2022 Jul' Special Issue

EDITION
Special Issue
July 2022
ISSN: 2583-0228
INTERNATIONAL
JOURNAL OF
MULTIDISCIPLINARY
INNOVATIVE
RESEARCH
A MULTIDISCIPLINARY JOURNAL
Copyright2021@CIIR
Message from the Editor-in-Chief
It is with great pride, enthusiasm and anticipation that I invite you to read the special issue of the
“International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research” (IJMIR) — “a new kind of research
journal.” IJMIR is multidisciplinary in scope and seeks to provide a forum for researchers interested in
the interaction with the scientific community across the globe. An enormous amount of work has
gone into the development of this journal and I believe you will see that effort reflected in this edition
and in the impact, it will have on the field. As we look at IJMIR, it is important to keep in mind that it
represents the collective thinking of a group of innovative individuals with whom I am privileged to
work. We want it to look different, to be different, to be one journal that, with its related website, will
be as dynamic as the work going on in multidiscipline, a rarity in academic publishing.
I am extremely proud of our board members and fortunate to be able to draw upon their individual
and collective knowledge, talent, judgment, and disciplinary backgrounds to maintain the quality of
the journal. As you examine the board’s makeup you will see a remarkable breadth of disciplines,
experiences, and backgrounds. This will enable a faster processing rate of the articles and gives us
scope to include more articles in a year. To get the best benefits out of this journal, the editors place
emphasis on the quality and novelty of the work and encourage state-of-the-art content and critical
review articles. This will help us in scoring high in performance measures and moving up in journal
ranking lists.
We invite colleagues working in the field of Physical Sciences, Engineering, Technology, Health
Sciences, Life Sciences, Nutrition, Pharmaceutical Sciences, Physiotherapy, Agricultural Sciences,
Management Studies, Physical Education, Chemical Sciences, Commerce, Juridical Sciences,
Educational Sciences, Mathematical, Statistical Sciences, Anthropology, Psychology, Fishery Sciences,
Forestry, Geography, Library Sciences, Environmental Sciences, Earth Sciences, Biotechnology, Arts,
Humanities, Philosophy, Social Sciences, Ayurveda and Unani Medicine to consider IJMIR as an
appropriate medium for the publication of your own high-quality research.
I am truly honored to have been selected as the Editor-in-Chief of the IJMIR. I am also very proud to
be working in tandem with an outstanding team of Associate Editors and members of the Editorial
Board. My warm welcome to the members of the Editorial Board of the journal. Together we would
work towards making the journal a truly influential publication. As Editor-in-Chief, I recognize the value
authors place on high-quality and unbiased peer-review conducted in a timely manner. Comments,
suggestions and special issue proposals are always welcome.
Thank you all for your amazing support and continued efforts aimed at ensuring that the International
Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research (IJMIR) is recognized as the leading journal in
multidisciplinary fields.
Editor-in-Chief
Prof. (Dr.) R. M. Mehra
www.ijmir.org
www.ciir.in
IJMIR Special Issue (Jul’ 2022) ISSN: 2583-0228
Contents
IJMIR Special Issue July 2022
(ISSN: 2583-0228)
Understanding the Basis of Strategic Planning ....................................................................................... 5
Mr. Mrinmoy Biswas ............................................................................................................................... 5
Understanding the Relationship between Culture and the Environment ............................................ 13
Ms. Leena George ................................................................................................................................. 13
Consumer Behaviour: Examining Product Selection Decision-Making ................................................. 21
Dr. Kadambat Kumar ............................................................................................................................. 21
An Overview of Individual Traits and Consumer Purchase Behaviour .................................................. 30
Mrs. Salma Syeda .................................................................................................................................. 30
A Comprehensive Review of Business Buying Behaviour ..................................................................... 40
Dr. Nishant Labhane .............................................................................................................................. 40
An Overview of B2B Buying Situations and the Stages of B2B Buying Process .................................... 49
Ms. Swati Sharma ................................................................................................................................. 49
Approaches of Targeting, Positioning and Market Segmentation......................................................... 58
Ms. Neha Saxena................................................................................................................................... 58
An Analysis of Demographics-Based Segmentation.............................................................................. 66
Dr. Vijayarengam Gajapathy ................................................................................................................. 66
Market Segmentation in B2B: Enhancing Marketing Effectiveness ...................................................... 74
Mr. Venkatesh Ashokababu ................................................................................................................... 74
Developing Offers: Creating Strong Customer Value Propositions ....................................................... 81
Dr. Bipasha Maity .................................................................................................................................. 81
Developing and Managing Offerings: An Analysis ................................................................................ 92
Dr. Vankadari Gupta .............................................................................................................................. 92
Product Life Cycle Management: Strategies for Success in Every Stage ............................................... 99
Dr. Jayakrishna Herur ............................................................................................................................ 99
Using Marketing Channels to Deliver Value to Customers: Improving Engagement and Experience 107
Dr. Lakshmi Prasanna Pagadala .......................................................................................................... 107
Exploring the Marketing Platforms and Channels for Successful Business ......................................... 113
Dr. Akhila Udupa ................................................................................................................................. 113
An Analysis of Advertising Channel Techniques.................................................................................. 120
Dr. Nalin Chirakkara ............................................................................................................................ 120
Creating Value for Customers Using Effective Supply Chain Management......................................... 128
Dr. Pramod Pandey.............................................................................................................................. 128
Page | 2
Copyright2021@CIIR
A Comprehensive Review of Inventory Management ........................................................................ 136

Mr. Ram Srinivas ................................................................................................................................. 136
Marketing Research: From Theory to Practice .................................................................................... 144
Dr. Srinivasan Palamalai...................................................................................................................... 144
Discipline of Advertising and Integrated Marketing Communications ............................................... 152
Dr. Ranganathan Kumar...................................................................................................................... 152
Sales Promotions and Public Relations: An Analysis ........................................................................... 163
Dr. Muralidhar Sunil ............................................................................................................................ 163
The Impact of Market Intelligence on Commercial Selling Strategies ................................................ 170
Mr. Ashok Bhat .................................................................................................................................... 170
Exploring Selling Strategies to Successfully Convince and Influence Prospective Consumers ........... 178
Ms. Anandasrinivasan Deviprabha ..................................................................................................... 178
Major Problems Faced by Sales Managers: An Analysis ..................................................................... 188
Mr. Anil Gowda.................................................................................................................................... 188
The Relationship between Consumer Empowerment and Satisfaction.............................................. 195
Ms. Pramoda Hegde............................................................................................................................ 195
The Basics of Policy Analysis: An Introduction .................................................................................... 203
Ms. Meenakshi Jhanwar ..................................................................................................................... 203
Federal Requirements for Policy Analysis ........................................................................................... 212
Dr. Krishnappa Venkatesharaju ........................................................................................................... 212
Decision Criteria and Decision Methods for Policy Analysis ............................................................... 220
Environmental Policy Analysis: A Comprehensive Review .................................................................. 230
Role of Assumptions in Models: A Study ............................................................................................ 238
Statistical Analysis Using Regression ................................................................................................... 246
Evaluating Regression Results Using Other Statistical Information .................................................... 255
The Basics of Benefit-Cost Analysis: An Introduction ......................................................................... 263
Measurement of Economic Efficiency Benefits ................................................................................... 272
Practical Difficulties with Actual Implementation of BCA ................................................................... 281
Page | 3
Copyright2021@CIIR
Alternative Benefit-Cost Decision Criteria .......................................................................................... 289

The Hedonic Wage Method: An Introduction to Valuing Environmental Risks .................................. 300
The Role of Risk Assessment in Environmental Management ............................................................ 309
Combining Revealed and Stated Preference Methods for Valuing Environmental Amenities ........... 318
Regional Economic Analysis, Input-Output Models and Multipliers................................................... 326
The Importance of Statistically Estimating the Initial Direct Effects ................................................... 335
A Comprehensive Review of National Forest Management ............................................................... 345
The Role of Risk Assessment in Modifying Benefit-Cost Analysis ....................................................... 354
Annular Disposal of Oil Drilling Brine Wastes ..................................................................................... 362
Opportunity Costs of Hydropower Foregone...................................................................................... 371
An Overview of Policy Instruments for Environmental Management ................................................ 383
The Need for Simple Methods of Policy Analysis and Planning .......................................................... 392
Role of Analyst in Policy-Making Process ............................................................................................ 402
Concept of Ethical Decision Making and Its Significance .................................................................... 411
Excessive Accident Rate Among Teenage Drivers ............................................................................... 418
Page | 4
Copyright2021@CIIR
International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

© CIIR, Noida, INDIA (www.ciir.in)
https://www.ijmir.org
Understanding the Basis of Strategic Planning

Mr. Mrinmoy Biswas
Assistant Professor, Masters in Business Administration,
Presidency University, Bangalore, India.
Email Id-biswas@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Businesses may successfully handle uncertainty, seize opportunities, and accomplish their
long-term goals by engaging in the core practise of strategic planning. The notion of strategic
planning is explored in-depth in this abstract, along with its essential components, procedures,
and advantages for businesses functioning in complicated and dynamic situations. Strategic
planning entails the thorough examination of an organization's internal and external
environments in order to create a cogent and flexible road map. In order to determine the
organization's strategic priorities and objectives, this study comprises a detailed investigation
of its SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats) profile. Organisations may
align their internal resources and competencies to maximise their competitive advantage when
they have a thorough awareness of the external environment. Several important components
make up the process of strategic planning. First, a distinct organisational vision and purpose
need to be established. These serve as the organization's guiding principles, giving its strategic
objectives a sense of direction and purpose. Decision-making, resource allocation, and the
determination of strategic goals that are in line with the overall goal of the organisation are all
made easier by having clearly defined vision and mission statements.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Company, Market, Organizations, Product.
INTRODUCTION
Have you ever pondered how a company chooses which goods and services to create, charge
for, market, and sell? Usually, organisations create plans and strategies outlining how they wish
to approach this process. Such a strategy must include the internal circumstances of the
organisation at the time, including its resources, capabilities, technology, and other factors. The
external factors that might affect the firm's goals, such as the economy, rivals, and
governmental restrictions, must also be included in the strategy. Organisations have
contingency plans, just as your personal plans like your intended major or work location are
likely to alter. Both individuals and organisations must create long-term strategic plans, match
their resources and capabilities to the possibilities that are available, and adapt their plans as
required to changing conditions [1]–[3].
Indicator of Value
Both individual and corporate customers assess goods and services to see if they provide the
intended advantages. For instance, while considering your vacation possibilities, you want to
Page | 5
Copyright2021@CIIR
be aware of the advantages of each location and the value you will get from visiting each one.
You must first construct a value proposition before you can develop a strategy or a strategic
plan. A value proposition is an "elevator speech" of thirty seconds that outlines the precise
advantages a product or service offering offers a customer. It explains how the item or service
outperforms rival goods and services. An example of a value proposition created by a sales
consulting company is as follows: "Whether their company is big or small, our customers often
see a minimum 30–50% increase from the prior year. They succeed in doing this without
putting in 80-hour work weeks or giving up their personal life.
Although a value proposal should result in profits for a company, it should be noted that when
the company offers its value proposition to its clients, it makes no reference of its own profits.
This is so that the external market, or what the buyers desire, may be the main emphasis. When
creating their value propositions, businesses often decide which target markets or client
segments they wish to address. Targeting, positioning, and market segmentation. For the time
being, be aware that businesses sometimes create various value propositions for various target
audiences. The value proposition explains to each target market's group why they should
purchase a product or service, go to a certain location, make a charitable donation, etc. Once a
product or service's advantages are obvious, the company must create tactics to back up its
value proposition. This procedure is guided by the value proposition. The tactics created by our
sales consulting company must assist customers in increasing their sales by 30% to 50%.
Similarly, if a company's value proposition claims that it is the biggest retailer in the area with
the most locations and the finest product selection, building more locations or expanding the
company's inventory may be a crucial component of the company's strategy.
Students and individuals alike should create their own unique value propositions. Describe why
a graduate programme should admit you or a company should recruit you. Demonstrate the
value you can provide to the circumstance. You may use a value proposition in a variety of
circumstances. Imagine asking your parents for money to participate in a study abroad or travel
abroad programme. They would need to understand the advantages and worth of travelling
overseas. Maybe going overseas for school can help you get a decent career. Consequently, you
could be able to pay back your student loans more rapidly. You could owe your parents
something, something they would likely cherish much.
Strategic Planning Takes Place in Businesses
An organisation may deploy its resources to take advantage of market possibilities by using
the process of strategic planning. Usually, it takes a long time. Therefore, where and how does
strategic planning take place inside organisations? Strategic planning is likely to take place at
a variety of levels in big organisations. For instance, senior managers will create corporate-
wide strategy plans. These are plans at the business level. Additionally, a lot of big corporations
have many divisions or enterprises referred to as strategic business units. A company or product
line inside an organisation that has its own rivals, clients, and profit centre for accounting
reasons is referred to as a strategic business unit. The SBUs of a company may also have their
own mission statements and often create their own strategic plans. Plans at the corporate level
are those. A company's or SBU's many divisions or functions may also create strategic plans.
A business could create a marketing strategy or a finance plan, two examples of functional
level plans [4], [5].
Consumers are familiar with the Goodyear blimp. North American Tyre, Latin American Tyre,
Asia Pacific Tyre, and Europe, Middle East, and Africa Tyre are among Goodyear's key
business areas. The SBUs of Goodyear are designed to meet the demands of consumers in
various international markets. The strategies and tactics used at the functional level must be in
Page | 6
Copyright2021@CIIR
line with and aid in the achievement of an organization's goals at the corporate and business
levels, and vice versa. A company's SBUs at the business level must also support and be
consistent with its corporate level goals. For instance, if a corporation has numerous business
units and wishes to boost corporate profits, each unit may create strategic plans to boost its
own profitability and subsequently the earnings of the company as a whole. At the functional
level, a company's marketing division could create strategic plans to boost sales and market
share of the company's most lucrative goods, which would boost earnings at the corporate level.
Plans at the business and functional levels should work together to boost earnings for the
organisation in order to achieve its corporate-level strategic goals.
Consider PepsiCo, which has pledged to achieve commercial and financial success while
making a beneficial contribution to society. PepsiCo describes its three divisions as PepsiCo
Americas Beverages, PepsiCo Americas Foods, and PepsiCo International, which includes
PepsiCo's operations in Asia, Africa, Europe, and Australia. PepsiCo Americas Beverages is in
charge of products like Pepsi soft drinks, Aquafina waters, Tropicana juices, and Gatorade. All
three business divisions must build strategic plans to financially manufacture offers while
proving their commitment to society and the environment in order to support PepsiCo's
overarching corporate goal.
Employees in charge of various goods or product categories, such as meals or beverages, may
concentrate on creating healthier products and making their packaging more environmentally
friendly in order to enhance PepsiCo's profitability at the functional level and grow the
company's market share. The new Aquafina bottle, for instance, uses less plastic and has a
smaller label, which benefits the environment by generating less trash. Similar to how you
could employ several tactics to achieve your objectives, organisations might use a variety of
techniques and approaches at various levels of the organisation. However, each level's
fundamental elements of the strategic planning process are the same. Next, the Strategic
Planning Process's Elements. The mission statement, goals, value proposition, and strategies
of the organisation are all developed as part of the strategic planning process.
DISCUSSION
The process of situation analysis: Before a corporation can decide on particular activities, a
scenario analysis must be carried out as part of the strategic planning process. In order to
analyse a situation, it is necessary to examine both the internal and external surroundings, as
"The Strategic Planning Process" demonstrates. It is necessary to assess the internal
environment of the company, including its financial and technical resources as well as the skills
and performance of its employees. Examining the external environment that the company
encounters, such as the economy and its rivals, is also essential. A company must constantly
assess the external environment since it has a big impact on its choices.
For instance, firms discovered that many of their rivals dramatically reduced the cost of their
goods during the economic slump of 2008–2009. Other businesses lowered the quantity of
merchandise or the size of the packaging. Businesses also provided incentives for clients to
buy their products and services online, which enabled them to reduce the number of employees
required to staff their physical storefronts. Even if a company cannot influence what its rivals
do, it must choose what steps to take to be competitive steps that partly rely on its internal
environment [6]–[8].
Carrying Out a SWOT Analysis
Organisations do a SWOT analysis, or a SWOT analysis of their strengths, weaknesses,
opportunities, and threats, based on the scenario analysis. Internal elements, such as strengths
Page | 7
Copyright2021@CIIR
and weaknesses, may be partially managed. Examples of an organization's strengths include its
well-known brand, effective distribution system, stellar service reputation, and sound financial
situation. A company's vulnerabilities can include a lack of market knowledge of its goods, a
skill shortage in its human resources department, and an undesirable location. Opportunities
and risks are aspects of the business that are essentially outside of its control. Opportunities
may include the high demand for the company's goods on a global scale, the lack of strong
rivals, and positive societal trends like an ageing population. A weak economy, high interest
rates that raise a company's borrowing expenses, and an ageing population that makes it
difficult for the business to recruit employees are just a few examples of threats.
A SWOT analysis of your own situation will assist you identify your competitive edge. It's
possible that your communication and leadership skills are good, although disorganisation is
one of your shortcomings. There may be opportunities for you in certain professions and
sectors, but there may also be risks from the economy and from competitors for the same jobs.
Furthermore, what one individual perceives as a strength may really be a problem for that
person. The same holds true for companies. Whether a firm, group, or person is removed and
the factor is still there, it is the simplest method to tell whether it is external or inside. While
external variables like opportunities and threats touch many people and organisations in the
marketplace, internal elements like strengths and weaknesses are distinctive to a firm or person.
Take PepsiCo out of the equation and look at the other aspects, for instance, if you are doing a
scenario analysis on PepsiCo and you are looking at the sluggish economy. The poor economy
is a factor that is external if it still exists. Even if PepsiCo hadn't been in 2008–2009, many
businesses were impacted by the bad economy's decrease in consumer spending.
Evaluation of the Internal Environment
As we've said, an organisation examines its internal environment by determining which
variables are its strengths and shortcomings. Companies may leverage their strengths to seize
chances and increase their competitive edge after they have identified their strengths. For
instance, PepsiCo's strengths are what are referred to as "mega" brands, or brands that produce
over $1 billion in annual sales each. Additionally, these brands are made to support PepsiCo's
social and environmental obligations. Strengths of PepsiCo include its substantial presence in
international markets, profitability, and brand recognition. The loyalty of a company's workers
may be a huge asset and provide it a competitive edge, especially in overseas markets.
Employees that are dependable and competent are often simpler to educate and have better
client interactions. In doing so, businesses might seek additional prospects.
Despite the high brand recognition of PepsiCo's goods, smaller businesses often deal with flaws
including low brand recognition, scant cash reserves, and unfavourable locations.
Organisations must consider aspects including performance and expenses, as well as brand
recognition and location, when evaluating their internal environments. Managers must evaluate
their company's current and prior strategies to identify which ones were successful and which
ones were unsuccessful. This increases the likelihood that a company's future activities will be
successful and helps it prepare for them. For instance, a business can employ the same kind of
packaging that was successful for one product for future ones. To determine what works and
what doesn't, businesses may also examine how consumers respond to changes in items,
including packaging. Customers' reactions to PepsiCo's changes to the packaging of popular
products in 2008 were conflicting. Customers did not appreciate the new box that Tropicana
introduced when they shifted from the recognisable orange with the straw inside. As a
consequence, after investing $35 million in the new packaging design, Tropicana went back to
their traditional orange with a straw.
Page | 8
Copyright2021@CIIR
It's a good idea for people to review the prior techniques they've used to determine which ones
worked and which ones didn't. Have you ever had a bad test result? Was it the instructor's fault,
your method of studying, or your own decision not to study? Find out which techniques are
most effective for you, then use those same techniques for upcoming tests. If a tactic didn't
work, figure out why, then try again. Organisations analyse their internal surroundings in a
manner similar to this.
Evaluating The Environment Outside
Monitoring market circumstances that influence an organization's operations even if they are
mostly beyond of its control requires observing the external environment. These elements
include the economy and competition, as we have already explained. The price and availability
of natural resources, political and legal restrictions, technical advancements, and cultural and
social trends are some other extrinsic influences. In the next section, each of these elements is
covered in further detail. Because they must look at the external environment in each location
where they do business, corporations must analyse the environment more intricately as they go
global. Each nation may have various laws, rival businesses, economic conditions, and
technology advancements, which will impact how businesses operate. Watch the "Did You
Know 2.0?" and "Did You Know 3.0?" movies, which give information on topics like the
number of individuals on MySpace compared to populations in the globe, to show how
variables in the external environment such as technology may influence education and lives of
people throughout the world. The video, which was first produced in 2006, has since been
modified and localised. The most recent iteration of "Did You Know?" was developed in Rome
in 2008 and illustrates how knowledge can alter the course of history. All organisations are
impacted by the external environment, but businesses need to concentrate on elements that are
important to their operations. For instance, PepsiCo will be impacted by government laws on
food packaging, but not Goodyear. Similar to this, students pursuing a business degree are not
required to concentrate on career options for licenced nurses.
The Market Competition
Whether it is direct or indirect rivalry battling for the money of the customer, all organisations
must take into account their competitors. For consumers' resources, both for-profit and
charitable organisations compete. In the soft drink market, Coke and Pepsi are direct rivals; in
the hotel business, Hilton and Sheraton are rivals; and in the charitable sector, United Way and
the American Cancer Society battle for funding. However, hotels must also take into account
the other lodging choices that guests may have, such as hostels, dormitories, bed and breakfasts,
or rental houses.
An industry is made up of a collection of rival businesses that provide comparable goods or
services. A technique for examining industries was established by Harvard University professor
and foremost expert on competitive strategy, Michael Porter. The framework, often known as
the five forces model or five forces model, aids organisations in comprehending both their
existing rivals and potential future adversaries. As a result, businesses may choose how to
effectively protect their position within the sector.
Competitive Research
When a company does a competitive study, they often concentrate on immediate rivals while
attempting to identify the firm's assets, image, and strengths. By doing this, the business may
estimate how much a rival could be able to spend on things like study, new product
development, advertising, and new locations. Analysing rivals entails looking at all available
information about them. Mystery shoppers, or those who visit rival businesses and pretend to
Page | 9
Copyright2021@CIIR
be consumers, may do so to assess both their customer service and their offerings. Imagine
visiting a restaurant that is a rival, examining the menu and the pricing, and observing the
customers to determine which dishes are most popular before modifying your menu to better
compete. Competitors must be aware of what other businesses are doing as they compete for
the customer's money. Both individuals and teams fight for positions, titles, and awards. In
order to increase their chances of success, competitors must identify their shortcomings and
game plans. Porter asserts that in addition to their immediate rivals, businesses must take into
account the strength and potential influence of the following:
Alternative Goods
Potential competitors; supplier and buyer bargaining power; and potential market entry.
Businesses may need to adapt their tactics in response to changes in any of these elements. For
instance, businesses like Coke and Pepsi have had to create new, replacement products like
vitamin water and sports drinks since consumers are eating less soft drinks these days.
However, other businesses like Dannon or Nestlé might potentially become competitors in the
market for flavoured water. You may go to a pizza restaurant or buy food at the grocery store
as alternatives to the hamburger fast-food company you chose. When computers first appeared
on the market, typewriters were replaced by them. Although the majority of pupils have never
used a typewriter, some customers still use them today for letters and forms. Personal
computers posed a significant threat to typewriter manufacturers like Smith Corona when they
were initially created.
Suppliers, or the businesses that provide raw materials and packaging to other businesses, must
also be taken into account. A business is in jeopardy if it can't receive the materials it needs.
Additionally, suppliers may opt to enter markets that are profitable for their clients. Because
they have negotiating power and expect to be pleased, customers, who are the focus of
marketing and strategic initiatives, must also be taken into account. A buyer's sizeable absence
from a transaction may have an impact on the operation of the selling business. For instance,
Walmart is a buyer with significant negotiating power. If companies want their items on
Walmart's retail shelves, they must be willing to make accommodations for them [9]–[11].
Finally, there is a "smaller" globe and a more globalised economy. No matter what they
produce, businesses worldwide are discovering that many other companies are manufacturing
the same "widget" or a comparable product and are ready to compete with them. Employees
have the same circumstance. Customers can now more easily than ever discover goods and
services online, and employees can now easily find the greatest positions out there, even if they
are located overseas. Also, businesses are purchasing overseas businesses. All of these elements
have an impact on the strategic choices that businesses make.
The Judicial and Political Climate
All businesses need to be aware of the political and legal settings in which they operate and
adhere to government rules. Numerous laws that have been enacted to safeguard both
consumers and corporations are enforced by various government authorities. For instance, the
Sherman Act forbids American businesses from restricting commerce by setting up cartels and
monopolies. The Federal Trade Commission, which also controls misleading advertising, is
responsible for enforcing the restrictions associated with the act. The labelling of consumable
goods, such as food and medications, is governed by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.
The Consumer Product Safety Commission, which establishes safety standards for consumer
items, is one organisation that has been quite active. In 2008 and 2009, lead-painted toys and
unsafe infant formula terrified shoppers. Companies are forbidden by the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration from using excessive amounts of lead in toys and other home items like
Page | 10
Copyright2021@CIIR
furniture and cutlery. Mattel voluntarily recalled mid-2000s Sarge vehicles. As we've said,
companies who operate in several marketplaces need to be aware that laws differ across
different nations and states. Different legislation from many states and nations influence
method. Consider establishing a new factory as an example. This is because you are unable to
meet the demand for your goods. If you're thinking about setting up shop in France, you should
be aware that it is against the law for workers there to put in more than 35 hours a week.
The Financial System
The economy has a significant influence on consumer and company expenditure, which in turn
impacts the objectives and plans of organisations. Economic considerations include things like
interest rates, unemployment, inflation, and whether the economy is growing or contracting.
When the cost of living keeps going up and money's buying power decreases, inflation happens.
When this occurs, you, other customers, and companies must spend more money on products
and services. Inflation-related interest rate increases are frequent. Because rising prices may
sometimes result in sluggish or even negative economic development, recessions can also
happen while inflation is on the increase. It is conceivable for both high-end and low-end goods
to sell successfully during a recession. While customers with lesser earnings tend to become
more value sensitive, consumers who can afford luxury items may continue to purchase them.
Other items and services, like those offered in conventional department shops, might suffer.
Even the sales of luxury products might decline during a severe economic crisis. The global
economic slump that started in 2008 had an impact on customers and companies at all levels.
Consumer spending decreased, holiday sales declined, financial institutions went out of
business, the mortgage market collapsed, and the "Big Three" American automakers requested
emergency loans [12].
CONCLUSION
Strategic planning also encourages organization-wide collaboration and alignment. It
guarantees that all divisions, teams, and staff members are pursuing a similar vision and goals.
This alignment makes cooperation easier, reduces decision-making in silos, and fosters a strong
organisational culture. Strategic planning also offers a well-organized way to make decisions.
By analysing risks, calculating potential outcomes, and taking into account numerous
situations, it helps organisations make wise decisions. This increases the capacity of the
organisation to accomplish its strategic objectives by decreasing the chance of impulsive or ad
hoc judgements. In conclusion, strategic planning is a thorough and dynamic process that helps
organisations to flourish in difficult and unpredictably situations. Organisations may
accomplish their long-term goals, take advantage of opportunities, and keep a competitive edge
by doing an internal and external analysis, developing practical plans, allocating resources
wisely, and regularly tracking progress. Adopting strategic planning as a core procedure equips
organisations to overcome obstacles, adjust to change, and position themselves for long-term
success in the quickly changing business environment of today.
REFERENCES:
[1] A. M. Hersperger, S. Grădinaru, E. Oliveira, S. Pagliarin, and G. Palka, “Understanding
strategic spatial planning to effectively guide development of urban regions,” Cities,
2019, doi: 10.1016/j.cities.2019.05.032.
[2] J. K. Siambi, “A Review of Strategic Planning and Implementation in Universities in
Jeddah, Saudi Arabia,” Int. Educ. Res. J., 2021.
[3] S. Tuchen, M. Arora, and L. Blessing, “Airport user experience unpacked:
Page | 11
Copyright2021@CIIR
Conceptualizing its potential in the face of COVID-19,” J. Air Transp. Manag., 2020,
doi: 10.1016/j.jairtraman.2020.101919.
[4] A. Krisch and J. Suitner, “Aspern Explained: How the Discursive Institutionalisation of
Infrastructure Planning Shaped North-Eastern Vienna’s Urban Transformation,” DISP,
2020, doi: 10.1080/02513625.2020.1794126.
[5] M. A. Marzukhi, D. Omar, A. F. Arshad, O. L. H. Leh, M. Yusup, and A. Jaafar, “One
stop centre (OSC): Lessons on best practices in planning system delivery,” Plan.
Malaysia, 2019, doi: 10.21837/pmjournal.v17.i9.590.
[6] D. Sahputra, P. Lumbantobing, and C. P. Tuppal, “Assessment of the quality of
independent nursing practice in Indonesia based on total quality management
indicators,” Belitung Nurs. J., 2021, doi: 10.33546/bnj.1324.
[7] A. Sutanto, Widodo, and U. Bidayati, “Total quality management planning model to
increase higher education performance and competitiveness,” Int. J. Eng. Technol.,
2018, doi: 10.14419/ijet.v7i3.25.17469.
[8] R. N. Musakuro and F. De Klerk, “Academic talent: Perceived challenges to talent
management in the south african higher education sector,” SA J. Hum. Resour. Manag.,
2021, doi: 10.4102/SAJHRM.V19I0.1394.
[9] M. S. Ayers and L. M. Reder, “A theoretical review of the misinformation effect:
Predictions from an activation-based memory model,” Psychon. Bull. Rev., 1998, doi:
10.3758/BF03209454.
[10] M. Ntona and E. Morgera, “Connecting SDG 14 with the other Sustainable Development
Goals through marine spatial planning,” Mar. Policy, 2018, doi:
10.1016/j.marpol.2017.06.020.
[11] R. Mathew, E. Bonilla-Martin, D. Santana, and E. Gonzalez, “Untangling the history
and procedures of strategic planning: We review a century of literature for answers,”
Plan. High. Educ., 2020.
[12] D. Sarri et al., “Smart farming introduction in wine farms: A systematic review and a
new proposal,” Sustainability (Switzerland). 2020. doi: 10.3390/su12177191.
Page | 12
Copyright2021@CIIR

Understanding the Relationship between

Culture and the Environment
Ms. Leena George
Assistant Professor, Master in Business Administration (General Management),
Email Id-leenageorge@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
An important factor in forming societies, affecting human behaviour, and influencing decision-
making processes is the interaction between the environment, social dynamics, and cultural
influences. With a focus on their effects on people, communities, and global systems, this
abstract investigates the complex relationships among environment, social variables, and
cultural characteristics. The environment includes all aspects of the outside world, such as
ecosystems, climate, natural resources, and physical landscapes. It acts as a foundational setting
that has an impact on social and cultural systems. Health outcomes, economic activity, and
quality of life are just a few of the ways that environmental issues like pollution, climate
change, and resource availability affect human communities. For sustainability to be ensured
and to lessen the negative consequences on human well-being, it is essential to recognise and
solve environmental concerns. Social elements include all of a society's interactions,
connections, and organisational systems. These elements include socioeconomic position,
demographic traits, family dynamics, institutions, and societal conventions. Individuals'
behaviours, desires, and opportunities are greatly shaped by social circumstances. They have
an impact on community power structures, inequality, social cohesiveness, and resource access.
Recognising societal issues, creating efficient policies, and promoting inclusive and fair
development are all aided by an understanding of social aspects.
KEYWORDS:
Culture, Company, Market, Environment, Information.
INTRODUCTION
A group or society's common views, values, norms, practises, traditions, and symbols are
represented by cultural aspects. Individual identities, worldviews, and behaviours are shaped
by culture, which also affects how information is transmitted and how people interact with one
another. Societies are made richer by cultural variety, which promotes collaboration,
innovation, and understanding. To advance social cohesiveness, intercultural communication,
and sustainable development, it is crucial to acknowledge and appreciate cultural differences.
It is complicated and dynamic how ecological, social, and cultural variables interact. Natural
catastrophes and climate change, for example, may have a significant impact on society and
culture. Changes in traditional practises and cultural identities may result from environmental
disruptions as well as migration, war, and other factors. On the other hand, cultural practises
Page | 13
Copyright2021@CIIR
and beliefs may influence how people see and behave in relation to the environment, which in
turn affects conservation efforts, resource management that is sustainable, and how people deal
with environmental problems [1]–[3].
In the global economy, the social and cultural environment which includes social trends like
people's attitudes towards health and fitness, demographic traits like age, income, marital
status, education, and occupation, and culture, which has to do with people's beliefs and values
is changing. The product selections of many companies are being impacted by trends in fitness,
nutrition, and health. PepsiCo makes sports drinks and vitamin water, for instance. The demand
for services like home cleaning and creche has increased as a result of more women working.
Baby boomers in the United States are attempting to take care of their ageing parents, send
their children off to college, and retire at the same time. Companies are reacting to the time
restrictions that their customers experience by developing more practical items, such frozen
dinners and wholesome snacks. The population's makeup is likewise undergoing continuous
change. The minority in the US with the quickest growth rate is Hispanic. Customers in this
group and other distinct groups favour various brands and product categories. Many cities have
businesses that target Hispanic clientele particularly.
Technology
The world's technology is altering how individuals interact and how businesses do business.
The changes in technology impact everyone. A few instances of how technology is influencing
both companies and customers are self-scanning and video displays at retail establishments,
ATMs, the Internet, and mobile phones. Many customers use text messaging, the internet to
purchase and read the news. As a consequence, instead of merely investing in conventional
print media like newspapers and magazines, marketers are now spending more of their
resources on internet advertisements and mobile marketing.
Biological Resources
Natural resources are in short supply, and consumers are becoming more and more conscious
of this reality. Many businesses nowadays are making greater efforts to adopt "sustainable"
behaviours that contribute to environmental protection and resource conservation. Green
marketing refers to the promotion of goods and services that are safe for the environment. Due
to the frequent summertime water shortages, several eateries now only provide customers with
water upon request. Hotels choose to save water by not doing daily linen and towel changes
unless customers specifically request it. Many firms, whether they sell their products to other
businesses or to end consumers, are starting to prioritise packaging reuse and lowering the
quantity of packaging, paper, energy, and water used in the creation of goods and services.
Green advertising benefits the environment as well as the business, and eventually, the
customer. Sustainability, ethics, and social responsibility have an impact on how an
organisation plans and uses its strategy [4]–[6]. When the scenario analysis is finished, it
becomes a crucial component of the strategic plan of an entity or a person. Let's examine the
further elements of the strategic planning procedure.
The Mission Declaration
The organization's mission statement explains the reason for the company's existence.
Organisations for business and nonprofit purposes both have mission statements, which they
often promote. Examples of mission statements are as follows:
The Mission Statement of PepsiCo
Page | 14
Copyright2021@CIIR
"Our goal is to become the top consumer goods firm in the world, specialising on quick and
easy meals and drinks. As we provide chances for development and enrichment to our workers,
our business partners, and the communities in which we operate, we aim to generate financial
gains for investors. Additionally, we pursue integrity, honesty, and justice in all we do.
The Mission of The United Way
To better people's lives through using community-based compassion. SBUs sometimes create
unique mission statements. PepsiCo International, PepsiCo Americas Foods, and PepsiCo
Americas Beverages, for instance, may all have their own mission statements.
Creating Organisational Goals and Creating Strategies
Developing Goals
The outcomes that organisations want to attain within a certain time range are referred to as
their objectives. Objectives must be completed within a certain time limit and, if at all feasible,
should be realistic and quantifiable. An organisation could set a goal such, "To increase sales
by 2% by the end of the year." Most likely, you have goals that you wish to accomplish within
a certain time range. For instance, you could want to graduate with a specific GPA while also
obtaining job experience or an internship.
Objectives provide managers with a frame of reference for assessing the firm's marketing
initiatives while also guiding and inspiring personnel. Although many organisations make their
mission statements public, the majority of for-profit businesses don't. Over the last several
years, PepsiCo has been able to achieve its corporate goals thanks to successes at every level
of the organisation. The business segments of PepsiCo have added more facilities in order to
expand their brands and penetrate new markets. The beverage and snack divisions of PepsiCo
have increased their market share by creating products that are easier to use and healthier. The
marketing goals of an organisation should be in line with its other goals, such as its corporate
and business goals. To grow the market share of Gatorade by 4% by the end of the year is an
example of a marketing goal for PepsiCo.
Designing Strategies
Strategies are the way through which an organisation will achieve its goals. Successful
strategies aid businesses in creating and preserving a competitive edge that rivals find difficult
to match. PepsiCo continually creates new products in an effort to maintain its competitive
edge. Goods and developments, such as "mega brands," which are eighteen distinct brands with
annual sales of more than $1 billion. Businesses often use several techniques to achieve their
goals and take advantage of marketing possibilities. For instance, Walmart has concurrently
pursued a strategy of establishing new shops quickly all over the globe in addition to pursuing
a low-cost plan. Many businesses include marketing strategies in their broad, comprehensive
business plans. Different marketing strategies are created by other businesses [1]–[3].
DISCUSSION
A marketing strategy is a functionally level strategic plan that directs a company's marketing
team. It serves as a guide that helps the company better comprehend its position in the market.
In order for the business to achieve its goals, the marketing strategy also aids in resource
allocation and work division. The various parts of marketing strategies will be explored
separately throughout the book and then together at the conclusion. Let's now examine the
several fundamental market techniques that businesses use prior to creating their marketing
strategy. the many product and market entrance tactics that a company might use to achieve its
Page | 15
Copyright2021@CIIR
goals. Strategies for market penetration concentrate on boosting a company's sales of its current
items to its current clients. To enhance customer use and entice them to purchase items,
businesses often give customers exclusive specials or reduced rates. Frito-Lay employs a
penetration strategy when it provides consumers with money-saving coupons or gives them
discounts when they purchase many packages of snacks. By offering simple recipes that use
their soup as a component for preparing fast meals, the Campbell Soup Company encourages
customers to purchase more soup.
Strategies for product development include producing new goods for current consumers. A
completely new invention, an upgraded product, or a product with increased value, such one
with a new feature, are all examples of new products. One example of a product with improved
value is a cell phone that enables users to shoot images or charge purchases using the device.
New flavours, colours, and sizes are just a few examples of the many variants that may be
found in a new product. An instance is Mountain Dew Voltage, which PepsiCo Americas
Beverages debuted in 2009. However, keep in mind that what works for one business may not
work for another. For instance, Dunkin' Donuts stated it was expanding its lunch menu just
after Starbucks declared it was reducing the amount of lunch options it offered. Market
expansion methods concentrate on bringing current items into new markets. For instance, high-
end coffee machine manufacturers started focusing on clients who frequent coffee cafes during
the most recent economic slump. By letting customers know they can make a nice cup of coffee
at home for a fraction of what they pay at Starbucks, the producers want to expand the market
for their goods.
Any new client segments, such as different age groups, new geographical regions, or overseas
marketplaces, might be considered new markets. Many businesses have entered quickly
developing markets like Russia, China, and India with success, including PepsiCo and
Hyundai. Different approaches, or strategies, are available for companies looking to expand
internationally. The tactics differ in terms of how much risk, control, and investment companies
must make. The simplest, least costly, and least hazardous approach for businesses is to simply
export, or sell their goods to customers overseas. However, this strategy gives them the least
level of control. Numerous small businesses sell their goods abroad. Companies may also sell
or licence the right to utilise a certain portion of their manufacturing methods, trademarks, or
patents to people or companies in international markets. Although licencing is a common tactic,
businesses must consider how to safeguard their interests if the licensee chooses to launch its
own enterprise and invalidate the licence agreement. When it entered China, the French
luggage and handbag manufacturer Louis Vuitton encountered this issue. Competitors began
using the Louis Vuitton mark on other items without authorization, which reduced Louis
Vuitton's income.
A KFC franchise in Asia could have a front that is much bigger than KFC locations in the US.
Buying franchises is a common strategy used by businesses to expand internationally.
Franchises are a more long-term kind of licencing that are very well-liked by service
businesses, including eateries like McDonald's and Subway, lodging establishments like
Holiday Inn Express and cleaning services like Stanley Steamer. Franchisees must pay a fee to
get the franchise and follow certain rules, but they also gain from the marketing and name
recognition that the franchising business offers. Contract manufacturing enables businesses to
contract with manufacturers to make their goods abroad. Product requirements are given to the
manufacturers, who subsequently produce and market the goods on behalf of the business that
hired them to do so. Contract manufacturing might provide tax benefits and could be more
lucrative than producing the goods domestically. Cell phones, laptops, and printers are a few
examples of items where contract manufacturing is often employed [7]–[9].
Page | 16
Copyright2021@CIIR
Joint ventures allow businesses to penetrate international markets by pooling their resources
and skills. Companies in each nation split investments and risks equally. Some nations, like
China, often demand that businesses enter the market via the creation of a joint venture with a
native company. Some companies may choose to cut ties with their partner and become
independent after entering the market in collaboration with a domestic company and
establishing themselves there. An example of a partnership between the American document
management firm Xerox and the Japanese Fuji Photo Film Co. is Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Sony
Ericsson is an additional instance of a joint venture. The partnership brought together the
technological competence of the Japanese business Sony with the telecommunications
experience of the Swedish company Ericsson.
Another option to join a foreign market is by direct investment. For instance, In Bev, the Dutch
company that produces Beck's beer, acquired St. Louis-based Anheuser-Busch in order to
increase its market share in the United States. The option with the highest risk and investment,
but the most control, is direct investment. Instead of seeking to do so via other firms, other
businesses, like advertising agencies, may desire to invest in and grow their own operations
directly in foreign markets. Diversification methods entail expanding a company's present
activities or entering new markets with new items. Companies that lack knowledge in various
industries or goods often expand their product ranges by purchasing other businesses.
Diversification may pay off, but it can also be problematic if a business lacks the knowledge
or resources necessary to carry it out effectively. One unsuccessful effort at diversification was
the acquisition of Bulldog Entertainment by Warner Music Group.
Approaches to Strategic Portfolio Planning
When a company, like PepsiCo, has many key business units, it must determine the goals and
plans for each unit as well as how to divide resources among them. Like a collection of works
of art or investments, a group of firms may be thought of as a portfolio. Companies may use
something known as a portfolio planning strategy to examine each firm. The analysis of a firm's
full collection of enterprises in relation to one another is part of a portfolio planning method.
The General Electric method and the Boston Consulting Group matrix are two of the most used
methods for portfolio planning.
The matrix of the Boston Consulting Group
The market growth rate and relative market share of each SBU are two criteria that the Boston
Consulting Group matrix uses to assist firms in evaluating each of their strategic business units.
The BCG matrix is a valuable method for making business and investment choices since it
presupposes that profitability and market share are closely connected. Before making choices,
managers should apply their discretion and other planning methods since the BCG matrix is
arbitrary. Managers may divide their SBUs into one of four groups using the BCG matrix.
Stars
Everyone aspires to stardom. A product with strong market share and rapid growth is known
as a star. A corporation may need to spend money promoting and improving its star items in
order to continue the growth of such products. When it was initially introduced, the iPod was
a star product. A product with modest growth and a large market share is a cash cow. Cash
cows control a substantial portion of a declining market. Despite the fact that they make a lot
of money, they are not sustainable. For Sony, for instance, DVD players are a cash cow. Digital
downloads are anticipated to eventually replace DVDs, just like MP3s did for CDs. Companies
that have cash cows must take care of them to ensure that they continue to bring in money to
support their star items.
Page | 17
Copyright2021@CIIR
Marks with Questions or Problematic Kids

Have you ever overheard an adult claim to be unsure of how to handle a child? When a product
has a low share of a market that is seeing rapid expansion, the same concern or issue occurs.
These items are categorised by managers as "problem children" or "question marks." They
must choose whether to invest in them in the hopes that they would become stars, destroy them
gradually, or sell them. For instance, many people bought motorbikes and mopeds in 2008
when gas prices rose because they obtain greater gas economy. Some producers do, however,
have a very small market share. What these producers should do with these goods is now up to
them to determine.
Dogs
Being seen as a dog in business is bad. A dog is a product with a small market share and slow
growth. Dogs are not well paid and do not have a bright future. Many businesses eliminate their
pets. Some businesses, however, are apprehensive of categorising any of their goods as dogs.
As a consequence, they continue to produce goods and services that they shouldn't or, in an
effort to succeed, invest in dogs.
Once the various goods have been categorised, managers may decide how to allocate resources
using the BCG matrix. A company may choose from a variety of tactics for a given product,
depending on the product. To increase market share for a company or product, particularly one
with potential, is one tactic. Due to the possible market share, several businesses invest in
question marks. It's common practise to apply the success sequence to turn question marks into
stars. The success sequence transfers funds from cash cows to question marks in the hopes that
they may develop into stars.
Holding market share indicates the corporation aims to maintain the same level of the product's
market share. When a company employs this tactic, it merely makes the minimal investments
necessary to maintain the product's market share. A corporation decreases its investment in a
product when it chooses to harvest it. Regardless of the product's long-term effects on its
existence, the objective is to strive to make short-term profits from it. When a business chooses
to divest, it drops or sells a product. When Procter & Gamble sold Smuckers its Folgers coffee
brand in 2008, it did just that. Additionally, Smuckers purchased Jif peanut butter from Proctor
& Gamble. Dogs are often divested, but businesses may also do so in order to concentrate on
other brands they already own.
The position of a company's goods in the BCG matrix is likely to fluctuate when new rivals
join the market, technology develops, and customer tastes shift. The business must constantly
assess the circumstances and modify its investments and product advertising tactics as
necessary. The company must also bear in mind that the BCG matrix is just one planning
method and that other factors may influence how well goods are received.
General Electric's Method
The General Electric method is another portfolio planning strategy that aids a company in
choosing whether to invest in possibilities. The GE method looks at a company's advantages
and the allure of the market it serves. As we've already said, a company's internal components,
such as its excellent technological and human resource skills and its sizable market share, are
what make up its strengths. An industry's attractiveness may depend on a variety of factors,
including how quickly it is growing, how much money its competitors' businesses are making,
and how difficult it is to break into the market. For instance, during recessions like the one in
2009, the automotive sector is not appealing, and as a result, many automakers choose not to
Page | 18
Copyright2021@CIIR
increase their production investments. As much as feasible, they strive to reduce or halt
expenditure in order to increase profitability. Both hotels and aeroplanes deal with comparable
issues.
Businesses rank industries' attractiveness and their own strengths as high, medium, and low.
Afterward, the businesses decide their investing tactics depending on how closely the two
correspond. The investment possibilities described in the GE strategy may be likened to a
traffic light, as "The General Electric Approach" demonstrates. For instance, if a firm believes
that it lacks the necessary competitive advantages and that the industry is unattractive, it will
get a low rating, which is akin to a red light. In such instance, the business should be harvested,
sold, or the corporation should cease investing in it, as was the case with numerous automakers.
A yellow light does not truly signify "speed up," despite what many people may believe.
Businesses with a medium industry attractiveness and company strength rating should exercise
caution when making investments and work to maintain their current market share. A
corporation is compared to a green light if it evaluates its business strengths highly and the
industry is very desirable. In this situation, the company should finance the venture and
increase its market share. Many businesses lose appeal during lean economic times. However,
firms must review prospects when the economy improves [10]–[12].
CONCLUSION
In order to solve current global concerns, it is essential to recognise how interwoven social,
cultural, and environmental aspects are. The interdependencies and trade-offs between these
aspects must be taken into account in multidisciplinary methods in order to provide effective
solutions. Frameworks for sustainable development place a strong emphasis on the need of
integrating environmental, social, and cultural aspects in order to ensure the long-term
wellbeing of both present and future generations. In conclusion, the intricate interaction
between environmental, social, and cultural elements forms civilizations and affects human
experiences. Addressing social issues, supporting sustainable development, and creating a
peaceful coexistence between people and their environment all depend on an understanding of
the relationships between these variables. Understanding how environment, social dynamics,
and cultural influences are interconnected enables countries to better manage the challenges of
our globalised world and work towards a more fair, inclusive, and ecologically responsible
future.
REFERENCES:
[1] C. Tzou et al., “Storywork in STEM-Art: Making, Materiality and Robotics within
Everyday Acts of Indigenous Presence and Resurgence,” Cogn. Instr., 2019, doi:
10.1080/07370008.2019.1624547.
[2] S. Aswani et al., “Marine resource management and conservation in the Anthropocene,”
Environmental Conservation. 2018. doi: 10.1017/S0376892917000431.
[3] A. D. Fitriana, “Pengaruh Akulturasi Dalam Proses Interaksi Antarbudaya Terhadap
Kesadaran Budaya Berbahasa Daerah Setempat Bagi Mahasiswa Rantau,” Komunida
Media Komun. Dan Dakwah, 2018, doi: 10.35905/komunida.v8i1.599.
[4] M. Tsvetkova, R. García-Gavilanes, L. Floridi, and T. Yasseri, “Even good bots fight:
The case of Wikipedia,” PLoS One, 2017, doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0171774.
[5] J. Rüdisser, G. Leitinger, and U. Schirpke, “Application of the ecosystem service
concept in social-ecological systems-from theory to practice,” Sustainability
(Switzerland). 2020. doi: 10.3390/su12072960.
Page | 19
Copyright2021@CIIR
[6] A. K. Saxena, D. Chatti, K. Overstreet, and M. R. Dove, “From moral ecology to diverse
ontologies: relational values in human ecological research, past and present,” Current
Opinion in Environmental Sustainability. 2018. doi: 10.1016/j.cosust.2018.10.021.
[7] P. Díaz, A. Bellucci, C. W. Yuan, and I. Aedo, “Augmented experiences in cultural spaces
through social participation,” J. Comput. Cult. Herit., 2018, doi: 10.1145/3230675.
[8] B. T. Possumah, Z. Muhammad, J. Padli, J. Abu Talib, and K. M. Shah, “Local
Knowledge, Public Policy and Poverty Reduction: A Review on Indonesia Experiences,”
SHS Web Conf., 2018, doi: 10.1051/shsconf/20184504002.
[9] R. Sawyer, “The Impact of New Social Media on Intercultural Adaptation,” Digit.
Commons, 2011.
[10] A. Skaržauskiene and M. Mačiuliene, “Assessment of digital co-creation for public open
spaces: Methodological guidelines,” Informatics, 2019, doi:
10.3390/informatics6030039.
[11] L. S. Evans, “Ecological knowledge interactions in marine governance in Kenya,”
Ocean Coast. Manag., 2010, doi: 10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2010.01.009.
[12] P. Bluteau, L. Clouder, and D. Cureton, “Developing interprofessional education online:
An ecological systems theory analysis,” J. Interprof. Care, 2017, doi:
10.1080/13561820.2017.1307170.
Page | 20
Copyright2021@CIIR

Consumer Behaviour: Examining Product

Selection Decision-Making
Dr. Kadambat Kumar
Professor, Master in Business Administration (General Management),
Email Id-krishnakumark@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
It is essential for companies to comprehend consumer behaviour and the aspects that affect
how people make purchasing decisions in order to successfully promote their goods and meet
client demands. The decision-making process that consumers go through when choosing items
is highlighted in this abstract, which offers a broad summary of consumer behaviour. It offers
insights into the intricacies of consumer decision-making by examining the major variables
and elements that drive consumer decisions. Consumer behaviour includes all of an individual's
behaviours, thoughts, and feelings related to buying and utilising things. There are often
multiple steps in the decision-making process: issue identification, information gathering,
alternative assessment, buy choice, and post-purchase analysis. Consumers' decisions about
which products to buy are impacted by a wide range of variables at each step. Furthermore,
outside variables have an impact on how decisions are made. Advertising, branding, and
promotional efforts are examples of marketing communications that have a big influence on
how customers feel about goods and how they know about them. Consumers' product
preferences may also be influenced by the retail environment, including shop design, product
placement, and sales people. Economical aspects like cost and availability must also be taken
into account.
KEYWORDS:
Consumer Behaviour, Product Selection, Market, Product, Decision-Making.
INTRODUCTION
These are the kinds of inquiries that marketing experts want to know the answers to. They are
aware that once they have the answers, their chances of developing and marketing goods that
you and others like you will want to purchase will be significantly improved. That is the main
focus of consumer behaviour research. Consumer behaviour takes into account the many
personal, situational, psychological, and societal motives behind product shopping, acquisition,
usage, and eventual disposal [1]–[3]. Every year, businesses invest billions of dollars in
research into what makes customers "tick." Google, AOL, and Yahoo! track your browsing
habits on the websites you visit, which you may not like. The businesses that fund search
advertising, or the advertisements that show up on the Web sites you access after doing an
online search, are interested in learning what kind of items you are interested in. By doing this,
Page | 21
Copyright2021@CIIR
these businesses are able to offer you popup advertisements and discounts for items other than
depends or Viagra ads and coupons you may really be interested in.
The Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a large shopping mall have observed shoppers
in retail outlets to determine when and where they often lingered or stopped to browse goods.
How was it completed? by observing where users' mobile phones were while they were sending
signals to cellular towers automatically. MIT discovered that when people's "dwell times" grew,
so did purchases. People have even been asked questions about various items while lying in
scanners for researchers to examine their brains. Then, what users say about the items is
contrasted with what their brain scans indicate, which reveals what they are really thinking. It
may seem crazy to scan people's brains for commercial objectives. But maybe not, given that
eight out of every ten new consumer items fail, even when they are test-marketed. Could it be
that people's opinions and what they say about prospective new goods differ? Marketing
experts are interested in learning more. But huge businesses aren't the only ones that can benefit
from researching consumer behaviour. With tremendous success, even startups and small
organisations may analyse client behaviour. A company may choose where to place an extra
shop by learning what zip codes its consumers reside in, for instance. Customer surveys and
other research may also be used to provide light on why customers made the decisions they did
and how they interacted with a company. Restaurants and other modestly sized companies
utilise coupons. For instance, coupons sent via newspapers have a unique identifier. Another is
provided to those who were sent messages online. When the vouchers are used, the restaurants
may determine which marketing strategies are most effective in boosting sales.
A rising number of startups and some enterprises are utilising social networking websites and
blogs to obtain low-cost client information. For instance, the New York-based firm Proper
Cloth has a website on the social networking service Facebook. All of the company's Facebook
"fans" instantly get updates on their own Facebook accounts whenever the business publishes
a new bulletin or images of its clothing. The young MBA graduate who established Proper
Cloth, Joseph Skerritt, adds, "We want to hear what our customers have to say." It is beneficial
to us and gives our clients a sense of community with Proper Cloth. Skerritt maintains a blog
for the business. Aside from Facebook, businesses also use Twitter and podcasts that can be
downloaded from iTunes to spread the "word of mouth" about their goods [4]–[6].
The Decision-Making Process of the Consumer
Since the first time you were asked which cereal or toy you wanted, you've had the ability to
buy things for far longer than you probably realise. Even if you're not aware of it, you've
established a methodical strategy to choosing between options over time. Similar customer
behaviour is seen elsewhere. But remember that despite their similarities, individuals behave
differently while making purchases. You could have a strong desire to buy a Smart Car.
However, your closest buddy could wish to purchase a Ford 150 pickup truck. Marketing
experts are aware of this. Since their advertising expenditures are restricted and businesses
cannot reach all demographics via all channels, they must focus on identifying consumer
trends. By doing this, they can efficiently and cheaply reach the individuals who are most likely
to purchase their items.
Phases of the Purchase Process
The phases of the consumer's purchasing process are described in "Stages in the Consumer's
Purchasing Process". You're presumably in the purchase process at any given moment. You are
considering the many items you desire or will ultimately need to purchase, how you will locate
the greatest deals on them, and where and how you will make your purchases. Other items
you've previously bought are being evaluated in the meanwhile. Some may be superior than
Page | 22
Copyright2021@CIIR
others. How will you dispose of them if you do? What will you then purchase? Where exactly
does that procedure begin?
The Consumer's Buying Process in Stages
Stage 1: Recognition of Need
Maybe once you graduate you want to travel the nation by backpack, but your pack isn't so
great. Marketers often attempt to persuade customers that they need a product. Do you believe
it is a coincidence that beverage manufacturers like Gatorade, Powerade, and others place their
vending machines near gyms where you can see them after a strenuous workout? Another
example would be movie previews. How often did you hear about a movie but not be interested
until you watched the trailer? You felt compelled to watch it thereafter.
Stage 2: Information Gathering
Perhaps you've owned a few different backpacks and know what you like and dislike about
each one. Or maybe there's a certain brand you've previously bought that you loved and want
to do so again. The brand owner's business is in a fantastic position, which is what businesses
aim for. Why? Because it often indicates that you will restrict your search and only repurchase
their brand. If the knowledge you currently know about backpacks is insufficient to satisfy your
needs, you'll probably continue to learn more about them from numerous sources. People often
inquire about their friends', relatives', and neighbours' product experiences. You might also
benefit from reading publications like Backpacker Magazine or Consumer Reports.
Online retailers like Amazon.com have emerged as a popular source of product information.
An example of a user-generated review website is eOpinions.com. The website provides
product reviews, shopping advice, and pricing data. Additionally, Amazon.com provides user-
written product reviews. When seeking for product information, people choose "independent"
sources like these. They also often examine non-neutral sources of information, such
salespeople, corporate websites, brochures, and commercials.
Stage 3. Product Evaluation
Of course, there are a huge variety of backpacks to choose from. You can't possibly look at
every one of them. As a result, you create what are known as evaluation criteria to aid in
limiting your options. Evaluative criteria are specific traits that are significant to you, such as
the cost, size, number of compartments, and colour of the backpack. These qualities vary in
importance. Some are more critical than others. For instance, you could value the backpack's
size and price more than its colour, unless it's hot pink and you despise pink. Marketing experts
try to persuade you that the evaluation standards you are thinking about represent the virtues
of their goods. For instance, you may not have given weight or durability of the rucksack you
intend to purchase any care. However, a maker of backpacks like Osprey could encourage you
to take note of these features that also happen to be important selling aspects of its backpacks
through magazine advertisements, package information, and its website.
Stage 4. Product Selection and Purchase
You choose the rucksack you want to buy at stage four. At this point, you are probably also
choosing other things besides the rucksack, such as where and how to buy it and under what
circumstances. The salesman at that shop may have been nasty, but the rucksack may have been
cheaper there than elsewhere. If you're too busy to visit the mall, you could prefer to place your
purchase online. At this time, further selections are made, especially those that concern
Page | 23
Copyright2021@CIIR
expensive things. Look for a retailer that will give you credit or a warranty if you're purchasing
a high-definition television [7]–[9].
Stage 5. Post-Purchase Use and Assessment
You now have the opportunity to assess if the rucksack you bought lives up to expectations. I
really hope so. You're prone to have postpurchase dissonance if it's not. You may refer to it as
buyer's regret. Even if you want to, you don't feel good about your purchase. You start to
question if you ought to have waited to obtain a better deal, bought something else, or waited
to acquire more information. Customers often hold this opinion, which presents a challenge for
retailers. If you're unhappy with the item you bought from them, you could return it and never
do business with them again. Or, even worse, you could complain about the product to everyone
you know.
Companies use a variety of measures to attempt to avert buyer's regret. They could provide a
money-back guarantee for lesser products. Alternatively, they can encourage their salesmen to
compliment your purchase. How often has a salesman said, "That outfit looks so great on
you!"? Companies may provide a warranty, instruction manuals, and a toll-free help line for
bigger equipment. Alternatively, a salesperson may contact you to check whether you need
assistance with the product.
Stage 6: getting rid of the product
When people used to buy items, neither producers nor customers gave any regard to how they
were disposed of. But things have changed. Consumers and society at large are growing more
concerned about how things are disposed of. Batteries and computers are a major issue since
they release toxins into landfills. If they can avoid it, consumers don't want to harm the
environment, and businesses are starting to realise this. Consider the water-based beverage
Crystal Light, which is available at grocery shops. It is available in bottles. However, a lot of
people purchase a concentrated version of it, add water, and put it in reusable pitchers or bottles.
They won't have to keep buying and discarding plastic bottles, harming the environment in the
process. Similar changes have been made to Windex's window cleaner. You may buy a
concentrate and add water to it rather than constantly purchasing fresh bottles of it. You've
undoubtedly noticed that instead of constantly using and discarding fresh plastic or paper bags,
the majority of grocery shops now provide cloth bags that customers can reuse.
Planned obsolescence is more of a concern to other businesses than conservation. Planned
obsolescence is a planned strategy used by businesses to render their items useless after a
certain amount of time. Reducing the gap between repeat purchases of a product by customers
is intended to increase a company's revenues. Older versions of the programme are often made
to be incompatible with newer versions when a software developer releases a new edition of
the product. For instance, not every formatting function in Microsoft Word 2003 and 2007 is
the same. When opening documents in the more recent version, sometimes they don't translate
correctly. So that you can open any Word documents you get, you will be more likely to update
to the latest version. Disposable goods are yet another strategy used by businesses to shorten
the gap between purchases. The example given is disposable lighters. Do you know anybody
who uses a reusable lighter today? Unbelievably, few people could have envisaged using an
inexpensive disposable lighter before the 1960s. Today, there are a lot more single-use items
available than there were before, from single-use eye drops and mobile phones to bottled water
and individually packaged food.
DISCUSSION
Page | 24
Copyright2021@CIIR
Low vs high levels of involvement Making Purchases: When consumers are contemplating a
purchase, they may not always go through the whole purchasing process. You have
undoubtedly thought about a lot of goods you need or desire, but you have never gone any
farther. You've undoubtedly examined hundreds of items in the past, compared them, and then
chosen not to buy any of them. Other times, you skip steps one through three and make
impulsive purchases. To quote Nike, "just do it." Maybe you see a magazine with Brad Pitt and
Angelina Jolie on the cover and purchase it right away because you want it [7]–[9]. Impulse
purchasing is the act of making a purchase without careful consideration or preparation. Level
of participation, or how personally significant or engaged you are in consuming a thing, is a
notion that is brought up by impulsive purchase. For instance, you could recall that you need
some tape when you see a roll at the checkout counter. Or maybe you'll see a bag of chips and
become hungry. Although they are necessities, they require little effort to use. While it's
possible, low-involvement items aren't often bought on a whim. However, low-involvement
items are cheap and provide little danger to the customer if she chooses them incorrectly.
When purchasing low-involvement items, consumers often participate in routine reaction
behaviour, or reflexive purchase judgements based on little information or information they
have already collected in the past. For instance, you would be exhibiting regular response
behaviour if you consistently order a Diet Coke during lunch. Because ordering a Diet Coke is
part of your lunchtime habit, you may not even consider your other beverage alternatives. If
you get a flat Diet Coke during lunch, don't worry about it. The world will not end as a result.
High-risk items, on the other hand, are those that are difficult, expensive, or fail often.
Examples include a home, a vehicle, and an insurance plan. These things are not often bought.
When buying high-engagement items, consumers avoid regular reaction behaviour. Instead,
they participate in what is known as prolonged problem solving, spending a lot of time
analysing the attributes of the items, as well as the costs, warranties, and other factors. When
purchasing high-involvement items, consumers may experience significant post-purchase
dissonance if they aren't convinced about their decisions. Companies who offer items with a
high degree of engagement are aware that post-purchase dissonance might be problematic.
They often make an effort to provide customers with a lot of information about their goods,
including the reasons why they are better than rival companies and how they won't let them
down. Salespeople are often used to provide extensive client "hand-holding".
The level of limited issue solving is in the middle. When consumers already have some
knowledge about an item or service but still look for a little more, they participate in limited
problem solving. One example is the rucksack you're seeking to purchase. If you want to avoid
having everything you've packed break apart while you're travelling, you'll have to spend at
least some time searching for one that's good. You could do a little internet research and make
a selection rather fast. Before making a pick, you could think about the options offered at your
preferred retail location, but you might not look at every rucksack there. You might also follow
the advice of a friend who is an authority in backpacks. You somehow expedite the decision-
making process.
Regardless matter how involved a customer is in the purchase process, brand names may be
quite essential. Consider buying a toothpaste tube as opposed to a brand-new automobile as
examples of low- and high-involvement products. You could frequently purchase your
preferred brand of toothpaste without giving it much thought, but you also might not be ready
to move to a different one. Having a favourite brand allows you to avoid the assessment phase
and save "search time" since you are confident in the product. You could do a lot of problem-
solving when it comes to the automobile, but you might only be open to considering a few
models or brands. An American-made automobile, for instance, had such a bad reputation for
Page | 25
Copyright2021@CIIR
quality in the 1970s that customers would joke that a car that was "not Japanese is crap."
American automobiles nowadays are of extremely high quality, but you get the idea. If you're
buying a product that requires a lot of your time and effort, a strong brand name will likely be
crucial to you. Because of this, the creators of high-involvement goods cannot become smug
about the worth of their brands.
Situational Aspects That Influence Consumer Purchase Behaviour
Situational effects are transient events that have an impact on how customers behave,
influencing whether they actually purchase your product, purchase other items from you, or
make no purchases at all. They consist of elements like the buyer's mood, the purchase's
purpose, and time-related, social, and physical aspects. All of these things have probably had
an impact on you at some point. Let's now take a closer look at these elements because firms
are keen to attempt and regulate them.
The Physical Situation of the Consumer
Have you ever been trapped in a departmental narrative and been unable to exit? No, you're not
necessarily a lackadaisical. When constructing their facilities, marketing experts consider
physical aspects like the layout and style of a business. It seems to reason that your spending
will increase the longer you roam about a facility. Because customers commonly require both
kinds of items, grocery shops usually arrange bread and milk products on different ends of the
store. They have to browse a large shop, which is obviously filled with other things they may
see and buy, in order to buy both. Another example of a physical issue is the placement of
stores. In terms of store placement, Starbucks has done a terrific job. You seldom go more than
a few miles without passing a Starbucks because it has the procedure down to a science.
Additionally, you can purchase Starbucks coffee nearly everywhere there is foot activity,
including many supermarkets and airports.
These kinds of physical variables are referred to as atmospherics and are ones that businesses
may influence. They also include the music that is played in shops, the lighting, the
temperature, and even the odours you encounter. Maybe you've been to an apartment complex's
office and been impressed by how nice it looked and even smelled. It's not an accident. The
complex's operators were attempting to persuade you to remain a long and tour their amenities.
According to research, "strategic fragrancing" causes consumers to spend more money, spend
more time in shops, and have a more favourable opinion of the calibre of the services and goods
offered. Another example would be the mirrors beside hotel lifts. Hotel managers have
discovered that guests don't feel as if they are waiting as long for their lifts when they are
preoccupied with admiring themselves in the mirrors.
However, not all physical characteristics are under a company's control. Take the weather, for
instance. Rain and other weather conditions may be advantageous for certain businesses, such
umbrella manufacturers like London Fog, but problematic for others. Golf courses, beach
resorts, and outdoor music venues all suffer when it rains. Many retail businesses, including
eateries, clothes shops, and car dealerships, have this trait. In the rain or snow, who wants to
vehicle shop? Businesses often make their goods more appealing during unfavourable periods
in an effort to combat negative physical conditions like poor weather. For instance, several
resorts provide discounts to guests who visit beaches during hurricane season. Another strategy
to deal with weather-related issues is to have a website. What could possibly be more cosy than
shopping from home? You may purchase goods like GAP, REI, and Abercrombie & Fitch
online if it's too chilly and windy to go shopping in person. Additionally, many restaurants
accept online and delivery orders, and you can browse for automobiles online.
Page | 26
Copyright2021@CIIR
Another situational element is overcrowding. Have you ever walked out of a shop without
making a purchase because it was just too crowded? Consumers are more favourable towards
businesses that make an effort to reduce congestion in their shops, according to several
research. However, some studies have shown that congestion may, to a certain degree,
positively affect a person's shopping experience. It is common to refer to the phenomena as
"herd behaviour". You want to know why if there is a queue of people waiting to purchase
anything. Should you also wait in line to purchase it? Prior to their sharp decline, housing prices
rose in the middle of the 2000s with the support of herd behaviour.
Sadly, herd behaviour has sometimes resulted in fatalities. In 2008, a throng rushing into a
Walmart early in the morning to get Christmas deals killed a shop employee by trampling him
underfoot. People's individual tolerance levels influence how they respond to crowding to some
degree. Which rock event would you choose to go to: A packed house concert where the
audience is having a blast? Or a half-full event where you might perhaps transfer to a seat closer
to the stage and avoid the bathroom line?
The Social Situation of the Consumer
What, how much, and when you purchase may be greatly influenced by your social standing.
You may have passed Girl Scouts selling cookies outside of supermarkets and other places
without buying anything. But what if the cookies are being sold by your neighbor's daughter?
Are you going to refuse her or be a good neighbour and purchase a box? Businesses who sell
their goods at parties, like Avon and Tupperware, are aware that your social context matters.
You don't want to let your buddy down by not purchasing anything while you're at her
Tupperware party. Additionally, everyone at the party will consider you to be stingy.
Additionally, some social circumstances may reduce your desire to purchase goods. Spending
a lot of money each month on fast food at places like McDonald's and Subway is possible. But
what if you had a great first date? What place do you go on a date? Some individuals may go
to Subway on their first date, but it could also be their last. Perhaps a more premium eatery
might be preferred by others. Similarly, your intake was influenced by your social environment
if you declined a drink or dessert on a date out of concern for what the person you were with
would think.
The Time Situation for the Consumer
What people purchase also depends on the time of day, the season, and how much time they
believe they have to shop. Researchers have even shown that a person's buying habits depend
on whether they are a "morning person" or a "evening person." The corporation Seven-Eleven
Japan is very aware of how physical elements like time effect customers. Point-of-sale systems
at the company's checkout counters keep track of what is popular and when, and shops are
promptly supplied with those items sometimes through motorcycle delivery that weave in and
out of traffic along Japan's congested streets. The objective is to place the goods on the market
when and where people will buy them. consumers may pay their energy bills, municipal taxes,
insurance or pension fees, as well as create copies, at Seven-Eleven Japan locations. The chain
also understands that, like Americans, its consumers are "time starved".
Companies all throughout the globe are aware of people's busy schedules and are attempting
to accommodate them. For patients who are in a rush or elderly patients who find it difficult to
exit their automobiles, several medical offices provide drive-through services. Companies may
sell tickets using Tickets.com by texting them to callers' cell phones. When the ticket buyers
arrive at the events they are attending, barcode scanners then read the phones' screens.
Likewise, there's no need to wait on the phone if you require customer assistance from
Page | 27
Copyright2021@CIIR
Amazon.com. If you have an account with Amazon, you may call you right away by clicking
a button on the company's website.
The Rationale for The Customer's Purchase
The duration of your shopping trip will also depend on why you're doing it. Are you buying
anything urgently? Do you need to buy a gift? Emergency clinics have proliferated in strip
malls around the nation in recent years. One motive is convenience. The other is inescapable
need. You probably won't look around much to discover the best clinic to go to if you cut
yourself and are heavily bleeding. You'll visit the one that is most convenient for you. What
about buying presents? Even while buying a present may not be urgent, you may not want to
spend a lot of time doing your shopping. For many years, gift certificates have been a well-
liked method of payment. But now your neighbourhood grocery shop sells them as cards.
Consider, though, that you need to purchase an engagement ring. Sure, you could quickly get
one online, but because it requires a lot of work, you definitely wouldn't. Suppose it was a
hoax. How would you know before making the purchase? What would happen if your
significant other declined and you were required to return the ring? How challenging would it
be to log in again and give the ring back?
The State of the Market
Have you ever had the urge to go shopping? Back then, wild horses couldn't draw you to a
shopping centre. People's spending habits are momentarily influenced by their emotions. Some
folks like to shop. The activity amuses them. Spenders with a spending addiction who
experience a transient "high" are at the extreme. A consumer's desire to shop might be ruined
by a bad mood. Many individuals felt impoverished as a result of the 2008 stock market
meltdown in the United States, which sharply reduced consumer spending. Conspicuous
spending was out and penny saving was in. As customers tightened their belts, Costco and
Walmart saw a rise in sales of their budget-friendly Kirkland Signature and Great Value brands.
Not as fortunate was Saks Fifth Avenue. Spring 2009 was different from previous seasons,
which normally result in a buying frenzy among consumers. Kimberly Grabel, senior vice
president of marketing at Saks Fifth Avenue, states that "we've definitely seen a drop-off of this
idea of shopping for entertainment."
Companies used a variety of strategies to entice customers to shop. Neiman Marcus, an elite
shop, started offering more mid-priced products. The French hypermarket Carrefour looked
examined customer loyalty cards in an effort to discover strategies for persuading clients to
buy non-food goods with larger profit margins. But not all companies suffered from the
depressing atmosphere. Sales at discount retailers like Half-Priced Books increased. As
individuals started to establish their own gardens, seed vendors also did so. Lastly, what about
the goods you see advertised on television? Snuggies, Ped Eggs, and Aqua Globes? The
company had its best-ever sales. It seems that people were watching television and indulging
themselves to the goods since they were too poor to go on vacation or buy at Saks [10]–[12].
CONCLUSION
Customer appraisal and happiness after a purchase affect subsequent consumer behaviour.
Negative experiences may discourage customers from making repeat purchases and harm a
company's reputation, while great experiences promote brand loyalty, repeat business, and
positive word-of-mouth. For companies to sustain customer satisfaction and create lasting
connections with customers, they must have a thorough understanding of the post-purchase
phase. Finally, it should be noted that consumer behaviour is a complicated process impacted
by internal, external, social, and psychological elements. Businesses may efficiently modify
Page | 28
Copyright2021@CIIR
their marketing tactics to match customer demands by understanding the decision-making

process. Businesses may create goods and marketing efforts that connect with their target
audience by anticipating and understanding the preferences, motives, and influences of their
customers. This eventually results in happy customers and a successful company.
REFERENCES:
[1] L. Alvino, E. Constantinides, and R. H. J. van der Lubbe, “Consumer Neuroscience:
Attentional Preferences for Wine Labeling Reflected in the Posterior Contralateral
Negativity,” Front. Psychol., 2021, doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2021.688713.
[2] K. S. Chon, A. Pizam, and Y. Mansfeld, “Consumer Decision Making and Prepurchase
Information Search,” in Consumer Behavior in Travel and Tourism, 2020. doi:
10.4324/9780203047613-14.
[3] K. S. Chon, A. Pizam, and Y. Mansfeld, “The Roles of Image and Perceived Constraints
at Different Stages in the Tourist’s Destination Decision Process,” in Consumer
Behavior in Travel and Tourism, 2020. doi: 10.4324/9780203047613-11.
[4] J. Němcová and J. Berčík, “Neuromarketing and the decision-making process of the
generation y wine consumers in the Slovak Republic,” Potravin. Slovak J. Food Sci.,
2019, doi: 10.5219/1018.
[5] S. K. Shrestha and B. Shrestha, “Consumer Behaviour Dimensions in Selection of
Undergraduate Management Specialization Courses in Nepal,” Nepal J. Math. Sci.,
2021, doi: 10.3126/njmathsci.v2i1.36570.
[6] “Consumer behavior in travel and tourism,” Choice Rev. Online, 2000, doi:
10.5860/choice.38-0386.
[7] S. Choudhary and T. Singh, “Role of Retail Store Attributes on Store and Customer
Engagement in Food Industry,” Int. J. Mark. Bus. Commun., 2017.
[8] A. Valenzuela, S. Francisco, and R. Dhar, “Effects of Preference Elicitation Task on
Consumer Reactions to Product Customization,” Adv. Consum. Res., 2004.
[9] K. S. Min, “Consumer response to product unavailability,” 2003.
[10] J. P. Bray, “A critical evaluation into the role of ethics in clothing purchase decisions,”
2011.
[11] Y. Piris, “How Can an Assortment Be Reduced Without Changing the Perception of
Variety? A Study of the Isolated Effects of Assortment Breadth and Depth,” in
Developments in Marketing Science: Proceedings of the Academy of Marketing Science,
2016. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-11815-4_6.
[12] N. A. Streletskaya, “Consumer Food Preferences: Three Essays on Labeling, Anti-
obesity Policies and Social Presence,” 2016.
Page | 29
Copyright2021@CIIR

An Overview of Individual Traits and

Consumer Purchase Behaviour
Mrs. Salma Syeda
Email Id-syeda.s@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Consumer buying behaviour is impacted by a broad variety of individual traits that affect how
people see, assess, and choose which things to buy. In order to shed light on the variables
influencing consumers' decision-making processes, this abstract presents an outline of the
major individual traits that affect consumer buying behaviour. Individual drives and
requirements can have an impact on consumer purchasing decisions. For instance, according
to Maslow's hierarchy of requirements, people have wants at different levels, ranging from
physiological to self-actualization. Customers may buy things to satisfy certain demands, such
as need for survival, social standing, self-expression, or personal development. Marketing
professionals may position their goods and create communications that appeal to customers'
wishes by understanding their motives. Individual impression also has a significant impact on
consumer buying behaviour. The term "perception" describes how people interpret and make
meaning of the data they receive from their senses. Purchase choices are influenced by
consumers' views of product quality, value for money, brand reputation, and other factors.
Marketers need to think about how customers will view their goods and control brand
perception through consistent messages and great experiences.
KEYWORDS:
Company, Individual Traits, Purchase, Customers, Demographics.
INTRODUCTION
Demographics are crucial for understanding consumer purchasing patterns. Individuals' tastes,
desires, and buying power may be influenced by age, gender, income, employment, and degree
of education. For instance, younger customers could prefer different items than older
consumers, and differing income levels may have an impact on the cost and selection of
products. To successfully segment their target market and adjust their marketing strategy,
marketers must take these demographic considerations into account. Second, psychological
characteristics and personality features affect how consumers behave while making purchases.
The kinds of things people are attracted to and the advantages they seek may be influenced by
personality factors like extroversion, openness to new experiences, and conscientiousness [1]–
[3].
Individuals' lives, values, interests, and views are all included in psychographics. Marketers
may create customised messages and services that fit their target audience's objectives and
Page | 30
Copyright2021@CIIR
desires by knowing the psychographic profiles of customers. Thirdly, customer attitudes and
beliefs have a big influence on what they buy. Individuals' opinions, sentiments, and
propensities towards certain goods, brands, or qualities are referred to as attitudes. Individuals'
subjective judgements of the effectiveness and advantages of items are known as beliefs. A
purchase is more likely to occur when a person has favourable attitudes and opinions about a
certain product. Marketers may affect customer attitudes by using persuasive communication
and branding techniques that emphasise the positive features and advantages of their products.
The Character of the Consumer The term "personality" refers to how other people perceive a
person's behaviour. The "Big Five" personality qualities that psychologists commonly talk
about are as follows:
1. Being open. how receptive you are to novel situations.
2. Conscientiousness. How conscientious you are.
3. Extraversion. how social or reserved you are.
4. Agreeableness. How well you get along with others.
5. Neuroticism. how prone you are to unfavourable emotions.
Do the qualities predict people's buying behaviour? is the query marketing experts want
addressed. Can businesses effectively target consumers with specific items based on their
personalities? And how do you learn about their personalities? Are the introverts you know
frugal savers while the extraverts you know are wild spenders? Although the relationship
between people's personalities and their purchasing tendencies is not entirely evident, market
experts are still investigating it. For instance, several research have shown that "sensation
seekers," or those who have very high levels of openness, are more likely to react favourably
to violent and graphic advertising. Finding out "who's who" in terms of personalities is a
practical issue for businesses.
The Self-Concept of the Consumer
The connection between people's self-concept and their purchasing behaviour has worked well
for marketers. Your self-concept, whether good or negative, is how you see yourself. Your ideal
self is how you want to view yourself whether that's more attractive, well-liked,
environmentally conscientious, or "goth". According to marketing experts, consumers
purchase goods to improve their self-esteem or, to put it another way, to become more like their
ideal selves. The American national anthem, "Be All That You Can Be," was utilised for years.
Army is making an effort to appeal to one's self-concept through recruiting troops. Obviously,
by becoming a U.S. Army, you'll develop into a better version of yourself, which will enhance
your quality of life. Many cosmetic surgeries and beauty products are promoted in a manner
that is meant to appeal to people's ideal selves. Everybody wants items that make their life
better.
The Gender of The Customer
Everyone is aware that men and women purchase various goods. They just need various
products different pants, shoes, toiletries, and a variety of other products physiologically
speaking. The way men and women shop also differs. Men prefer websites with more product
images, according to a survey by the technology research company Resource Interactive,
whereas women like to view things online in context with their lifestyles, such as a light in a
living room. Additionally, women are twice as likely as males to utilise viewing capabilities
like the zoom and rotate buttons and links, which let them alter the product's colour. Men often
approach shopping differently than women do. There's some truth to the stereotypes: Men see
what they want and purchase it, but women "shop 'til they drop." Otherwise, you wouldn't see
as many advertising for one sex or the other, such as the beer commercials that run on ESPN
Page | 31
Copyright2021@CIIR
and the home goods commercials that run on Lifetime. In reality, women decide on about two-
thirds of all purchases of domestic goods, whereas men make up around three-quarters of all
alcoholic beverage purchases. However, it seems that the distinctions in shopping between men
and women are fading. Younger, educated males, for instance, are less likely to think that food
shopping is a woman's responsibility. If the coupons were appropriately targeted to them, they
would also be more likely to bargain hunt and utilise them. According to a poll, almost 45
percent of married men like and find relaxation in shopping.
Products like face toners and body washes for guys, such as the Axe brand, are a relatively
recent phenomenon. Today, many firms are paying increasing attention to "what men want."
Additionally, places like Weldon Barber and Men's Zone have hair salons. Advertising targeted
specifically towards males is a speciality of several firms. Remember that many things now
that weren't in the past, such as kayaks and mountain bikes, are geared towards women.
Age and Life Stage of the Consumer
You've undoubtedly noticed that as you get older, the items you purchase alter. You probably
didn't desire clothes as a present when you were a youngster. However, as you grew older,
wearing fashionable clothing most likely took on more importance. Don't look now, but diapers
and wrinkle cream might be coming up soon, depending on what stage of life you're in right
now. Businesses are aware that customers make varied purchases depending on their ages and
phases of life. Companies are attempting to capitalise on the massive market of ageing baby
boomers. Ford and other automakers have developed "ageing suits" that youthful staff may use
while developing cars. The outfit represents the diminished movement and eyesight that come
with ageing. Then, automakers may decide how to customise the vehicles to better suit these
customers' wants.
Not Your Daughter's pants creator Lisa Ruds Sandel built a multimillion-dollar company by
creating pants for baby boomers with feminine figures. NYDJ has grown to be the biggest
domestic producer of women's jeans for under $100 since its founding seven years ago. Rudes
Sandel "speaks to" every one of her clients via a note tucked into each pair of jeans that reads,
"NYDJ cannot be held responsible for any positive consequence that may arise due to your
fabulous appearance when wearing the Tummy Tuck jeans," adding, "The truth is, I've never
forgotten that woman I've been aiming for since day one." You may give me credit afterwards.
Your actual age in years, or your chronological age, is one thing. Another is your cognitive age,
or how old you think you are. Alternatively put, how old do you really feel? The activities a
person does and the interests that come to mind are influenced by their cognitive age. An
important predictor of consumer behaviours, such as people's eating out, is cognitive age.
Shopping, playing video games, going to pubs and dancing clubs, and watching television. The
way that older individuals "feel" about themselves has significant commercial consequences.
Companies have discovered, for instance, that many "aged" customers don't like items that
show "old folks" because they can't relate to them since they see themselves as being younger
[4]–[6].
DISCUSSION
The Lifestyle of the Consumer: Even when two customers have the same age, personality,
gender, and other characteristics, their product purchases might be highly different. Despite
people's similarities, their lives might drastically diverge, as shown on the television
programme Wife Swap. Companies have started paying closer attention to customers' habits in
an effort to better understand them and engage with them. This sometimes entails conducting
Page | 32
Copyright2021@CIIR
in-depth conversations with customers or distributing lengthy questionnaires to them. The

surveys enquire about more than just respondents' preferences in goods, places they call home,
and sexual orientation. Instead, then asking individuals what they think, do, prioritise, value,
or generally believe about the world, researchers ask people what they do. Other than work,
where do they go? Who do they like conversing with? What do they discuss? Procter &
Gamble-commissioned researchers have even gone so far as to spend weeks following women
while they go shopping, do errands, and socialise. Other businesses have paid individuals to
record their daily routines and activities in a diary.
Psychological elements that influence people's purchasing decisions
Motivation
The internal urge we have to get what we need is called motivation. American psychologist
Abraham Maslow created the "Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs" in the middle of the 20th century.
Maslow's Theory of Motivation
Maslow proposed that before satisfying higher-level requirements, humans must first satisfy
their fundamental needs, such as the need for food, drink, and rest. Have you ever gone
shopping when famished or exhausted? Even if you were looking for anything to make your
buddies envious, your need to sleep or eat was probably worse.
People can have recurrent wants, like the physiological urge to eat. After eating breakfast, you
get hunger pangs at noon and then again at night. The desire for food, clothes, and safety are
examples of other requirements that often persist. At various times throughout a person's life,
yet new demands emerge. For instance, throughout elementary and high school, your social
requirements most likely took centre stage. You want to meet new people and go on dates.
Perhaps this led you to purchase certain brands of apparel or electronics. You made the decision
to pay for college and get a professional degree after high school because you started to
consider how other people would see you in your current "station" in life. This action satisfied
your desire for respect. If you're fortunate, you'll eventually come to understand Maslow's
concept of self-actualization, in which you think you have evolved into the person you feel you
were destined to be [7]–[9]. Marketing experts are familiar with Maslow's hierarchy. Consider
the need for individuals to feel safe and secure. The sales of new cars fell precipitously almost
everywhere during the global economic crisis that started in 2008, with the exception of
Hyundai vehicles. Hyundai advertised that automobile customers may return their cars without
having their credit affected if they were unable to make the payments on them. After seeing
how well-received Hyundai's programmes were, other automakers started implementing like
initiatives.
Banks have started providing "worry-free" mortgages to help prospective homeowners feel
more at peace. First Mortgage Corp., a Texas-based bank, promised to cover a homeowner's
mortgage payment for six months in the event of layoff for a cost of around $500.
The Viewpoint of the Customer
Perception is the process through which your brain interprets and makes sense of the
environment around you. You do this by triggering the senses of sight, hearing, touch, smell,
and taste. It also matters how these senses are combined. In one research, for instance,
participants were encouraged to sample a brand-new clear beer while wearing blindfolds. The
majority of them said that the product tasted like typical beer. The beer, however, was criticised
by several of them for tasting "watery" once the blindfolds were removed. Marketing experts
attempt to increase your receptivity to their goods by using various stimuli, regardless of
Page | 33
Copyright2021@CIIR
whether you need them or not. It's not a simple task. Consumers are inundated with all kinds
of marketing nowadays from every source, including the bathroom walls, magazines, the
Internet, television, radio, and print media. The typical consumer is said to be exposed to
roughly 3,000 advertising each day. Additionally, consumers now multitask more than they
did in the past. They are concurrently watching television, using the Internet, and checking
their mobile phones for text messages. We are constantly obtaining information. Some of it
makes it into our brains, but not all of it.
Have you ever read or considered anything, and then suddenly began to see advertisements and
information about it appearing everywhere? That's because it had become more apparent to
you. Ads promoting goods they need are often more effective at catching people's attention.
Using selective perception, you may exclude information depending on how relevant it is to
you. It's been called a "suit of armour" that aids in removing unnecessary information. A
phenomenon known as selective retention occurs when individuals forget knowledge, even
though it is very important to them. The knowledge often runs counter to what the individual
believes. An example of this is a long-time smoker who often forgets the information presented
in anti-smoking advertisements. Businesses employ repetition to make sure their marketing
messages are understood by you. Before the iPhone ads started to disappear from the television,
how sick of them were you? How often does a single television programme include the same
advertisement?
The use of unexpected stimuli is another strategy. This is referred to as shock advertising at
times. The stunning advertising of the apparel companies Calvin Klein and Benetton is
arguably what makes them most well-known. When Calvin Klein used barely dressed
prepubescent adolescents in their advertisements, it caused a stir. However, there is proof that
shock advertising is effective. According to one research, startling material improved memory,
improved behaviour, and boosted attention in a group of university students. The antithesis of
shock advertising is subliminal advertising. It entails subtly inserting marketing stimuli such
as images, advertisements, messages, and so forth into films, television shows, and other forms
of media. For instance, on a movie screen, the phrase "Drink Coca-Cola" can flash for a
nanosecond. It was believed that consumers would unconsciously process the information and
be influenced to purchase things. Remember that there is no hidden message being sent when
you witness popular products like Coke being drank in films and television shows nowadays.
Coke and other businesses often pay to advertise their goods on the broadcasts.
In the 1960s, the general public first learned about subliminal advertising. The Federal
Communications Commission denounced the practise in 1974 because it was seen as
subversive by many individuals. In any case, its usefulness is a little hazy. The fact that a lot of
the initial study on it was made up in the 1950s by a market researcher who was attempting to
get clients for his market research organisation didn't help. Nevertheless, subliminal advertising
continues to intrigue people. In order to generate "buzz" about the television programme The
Mole, ABC started promoting it in 2008 by broadcasting brief ads made up of just a few frames.
Blink and you would have missed it. In order to learn more, several television stations actually
phoned ABC. Later, one-second commercials began to run in movie theatres. Consumers may
see your marketing effort differently even if it reaches them and sticks in their minds. When
you present the identical item to two individuals, their reactions will vary. Another guy sees a
can of spray that is identical to any other furniture polish while the first sees Pledge, a fantastic
furniture polish. One lady sees a pricey bag to store her keys and cosmetics, while the other
sees a beautiful Gucci handbag. You may be enticed to watch The Mole after seeing a few of
the show's frames. However, your buddy could see the advertisement, think it's ridiculous, and
decide not to watch the programme.
Page | 34
Copyright2021@CIIR
Learning
The process through which customers modify their behaviour after receiving knowledge or
using a product is referred to as learning. It's the reason you don't repurchase a subpar item.
But learning has an impact beyond what you purchase. It influences the way you shop. People
who haven't utilised a product or brand before tend to look for more information about it than
those who have. Businesses use a variety of methods to educate customers about their goods.
Test drives are available at auto dealers. Pens, coffee mugs, magnets, and other freebies with
medicine names and logos all over them are often left behind by pharmaceutical salesmen at
doctors' offices. Another example would be free samples of goods that are sent to customers or
provided with newspapers. McDonald's provided free samples for customers to test in order to
advertise its new range of coffees.
Operant conditioning is another kind of learning, and it is what happens when scientists are
able to make a dog salivate just by ringing a bell or a mouse navigate a labyrinth in exchange
for a piece of cheese. Businesses use operant conditioning by rewarding customers as well.
Examples are the gifts that come with McDonald's Happy Meals and Cracker Jacks. Customers
are motivated to repeat their purchase habits as a result of the benefits. The free tans that come
with gym memberships, the punch cards that, after a certain number of transactions, reward
you with a free Subway sandwich, and the free car washes that come with filling up your tank
of petrol are some additional benefits.
Consumer Sentiment
People's "mental positions" or emotional sentiments towards institutions, ideas, goods,
services, and enterprises are called attitudes. Since attitudes are built on people's values and
beliefs, they are difficult to alter and have a tendency to last for a long time. However, that
doesn't stop vendors from making an effort. They want favourable thoughts towards their
services than negative ones. KFC started advertising advertisements a few years ago implying
that fried chicken was healthy, but the U.S. Federal Trade Commission ordered the firm to
cease. Another example is Wendy's claim that its goods are "way better than fast food." Wendy's
is attempting to change customers' perceptions of fast food by positioning its products as
superior.
Banks provide as a fantastic illustration of how customer views have changed. Small banks
who were unaffected by the credit derivatives and subprime mortgage disaster saw an
opportunity as a result of the taxpayer-funded government bailouts of major banks that started
in 2008. A tiny bank in Fort Worth, Texas called The Worthington National Bank posted signs
that stated, "Did Your Bank Take a Bailout? It wasn't us. One more said, "Just Say NO to Bank
Bailouts. "Bank Wisely!" Soon after launching these advertisements, The Worthington Bank
received tens of millions in additional deposits.
Societal Elements That Influence People's Purchasing Decisions
Situational elements, such as the weather, time of day, where you are, who you are with, and
how you feel, have a brief but significant impact on what you purchase. Personal characteristics
like your gender and psychological traits like your self-concept also have a role. The influences
of society are rather varied. They have a wider outlook. They are reliant on the environment
and how it functions.
The Culture of the Consumer
The common values, traditions, mannerisms, and attitudes that define a society are referred to
as its culture. Your culture has expectations about how you should live. It therefore has a
Page | 35
Copyright2021@CIIR
significant impact on the items you buy. For instance, miniskirts are often worn by women in
Beirut, Lebanon. However, if you're a woman in Afghanistan wearing a miniskirt, you could
suffer physical injury or perhaps die tragically. Women in Afghanistan often dress in burqas,
which totally encase them from head to toe. Similar to this, women in Saudi Arabia are required
to wear an abaya, or long black garment. It's interesting to see how popular abayas have become
in recent years. They come in a variety of designs, shapes, and materials. Some are quite
expensive and covered with gems.
Even civilizations that are similar to American culture in many respects may vary greatly from
American culture in other areas as well. The United States pushed nations all over the globe to
participate in deficit spending after the collapse of the financial markets in 2008 in order to
boost the global economy. However, neither German officials nor the general population found
it easy to support the idea. The majority of Germans don't use credit cards, and individuals
there often avoid getting into a lot of debt. These kinds of issues must be addressed by
organisations like Visa and MasterCard as well as companies who provide customers credit to
buy expensive goods.
The Subculture of the Consumer
A subculture is a group of individuals who are part of a culture but who vary from the prevailing
culture in some way, such as shared hobbies, occupations, religions, racial or ethnic origins,
sexual orientations, etc. People of Hispanic ancestry are the fastest-growing subculture in the
US, followed by Asian Americans, then Blacks. Hispanics in the United States have a rapidly
increasing buying power. It is anticipated to surpass $1 trillion by 2010. Companies are
attempting to capture this valuable market. The Spanish version of Home Depot's website has
now gone live. Some of Walmart's Neighbourhood Markets are now being transformed into
outlets targeted towards Hispanic customers. The Supermarket de Walmart shops are found in
Hispanic areas and provide amenities like full-service meat and fish counters and cafés
providing Latino pastries and coffee.
It is beneficial to market goods depending on the ethnicity of customers. However, given that
the lines between ethnic groups are thinning, it could become more challenging in the future.
For instance, a lot of individuals in today's society identify as multiracial. Remember that there
are other subcultures that marketing experts consider than those that are ethnic and racial.
Subcultures may emerge in reaction to people's interests, as we've already said. You've
definitely heard of the Dungeons & Dragons fandom, the hip-hop subculture, and those who
participate in extreme activities like helicopter skiing. Because the members of these groups
have certain interests and behaviours, marketing experts may create items just for them.
The Social Class of the Consumer
A group of individuals who share the same social, economic, or educational rank in society is
referred to as a social class. Customers from the same socioeconomic class have quite
comparable buying habits. Have you ever been shocked to learn that a rich person you knew
drove a beat-up old automobile or had worn-out clothing and shoes? If yes, it was because, in
your opinion, the person's buying behaviour was "out of the norm" for someone of his or her
socioeconomic status.
When it comes to consumer marketing, upmarket brand creators in particular tread carefully.
On the one hand, they want the broadest consumer bases imaginable. This is particularly
attractive during a recession when finding premium customers is challenging. On the other
hand, businesses run the danger of "cheapening" their brands if they produce goods that the
middle class can more easily purchase. Because of this, BMW manufactures Smart Cars, which
Page | 36
Copyright2021@CIIR
do not have the BMW logo. For a while, Tiffany's catered to many clients by offering a more
affordable range of silver jewellery. Later, the business was concerned that the line was
tarnishing its image. Remember that supply and demand have some role in determining a
product's pricing. Therefore, luxury companies work to limit their product's availability so that
their prices may stay high.
By launching "lower echelon" brands, some businesses have been able to gain market share
without endangering their premium brands. One illustration is Johnnie Walker. The whiskies
from this firm come in bottles with labels in red, green, blue, black, and gold. The greatest item
offered by the firm is the blue label. Each bottle with the blue label has a unique serial number
and is offered with a certificate of authenticity in a silk-lined box.
Opinion leaders and Advisory Boards
Of course, you certainly know individuals who, while not being affluent, yet drive a Mercedes
or another luxury car. Consumers have reference groups, which explains this. A customer joins
organisations with whom they identify and identify with. You have a support system if you've
ever wanted to play basketball or another sport professionally. Professionals in marketing are
aware of this. For instance, Nike employs well-known individuals like Michael Jordan to
promote the company's goods.
People that have specialised knowledge make up opinion leaders. These persons are respected
by customers, who often consult them before making purchases of products and services. An
example would be an expert in information technology who is well-versed with computer
manufacturers. The purchases made by these folks often set the pace for emerging trends. For
instance, the IT expert we cited is presumably someone who uses the newest and best tech
items, and his assessment of them is probably more credible to you than any kind of
commercial. Different strategies are being used by businesses today to connect with opinion
influencers. One method to achieve this is by network analysis using specialised tools. Software
created for this purpose is available at Orgnet.com. But the Orgnet programme does not mine
LinkedIn and Facebook. Instead, it is based on cutting-edge methods that revealed the
connections among terrorists affiliated with Al Qaeda. Valdis Krebs, the company's creator,
explains: Pharmaceutical companies want to identify these individuals. They are reluctant to
market a novel medicine to everyone.
The Family of the Consumer
The majority of market experts believe that one of the main influences on a person's purchasing
behaviour is their family. You are more like your parents than you realise, at least in terms of
your consuming habits, whether you like it or not. The truth is that a lot of the items you do
and do not purchase are influenced by what your parents purchase and do not purchase.
Products you are likely to like as an adult include the soap you used to use, the toothpaste your
parents purchased and used, and even the "brand" of politics you support. Research on family
purchasing patterns is vast. Which family members have the greatest impact on certain
purchases is another topic of interest for businesses. Many home purchases are heavily
influenced by children. For instance, compared to 37 percent in 2001, over half of nine to
seventeen-year-olds were requested by their parents to research items or services online in
2003. IKEA created its showrooms using this expertise. Fun mattresses and enticing comforters
are included in the kids' bedrooms to encourage kids to recognise and express their wants.
Children's marketing has come under more and more criticism. Some detractors charge
businesses of intentionally influencing kids to pester parents for certain things. For instance,
Hannah Montana concerts often sold out despite the fact that tickets may cost hundreds or even
Page | 37
Copyright2021@CIIR
thousands of dollars. However, as one author put it, advertising may not necessarily benefit in
the long run from using "pester power" if it alienates the parents of the children [10]–[13].
CONCLUSION
Individual decision-making processes and styles can have an impact on consumer buying
behaviour. Some people may make more thoughtful, sensible decisions by carefully assessing
their options and taking into account all the facts at hand. Others could be more impulsive and
depend on their feelings or other people's indications. Marketers may create tactics that are in
line with customers' decision-making inclinations by having a thorough understanding of
consumers' decision-making processes and styles. In conclusion, individual traits have a big
influence on what people buy. Consumer perception, evaluation, and purchasing decisions are
influenced by demographics, personality characteristics, attitudes, beliefs, motives, and
decision-making processes. By comprehending these unique traits, marketers may segment
their target market successfully, customise their goods, and create convincing marketing
techniques that connect with customers and eventually affect their buying behaviour.
REFERENCES:
[1] C. M. Herrera, “The ecology of subindividual variability in plants: Patterns, processes,
and prospects,” Web Ecol., 2017, doi: 10.5194/we-17-51-2017.
[2] M. Bartosik-Purgat, N. Filimon, and M. Hinner, “Determinants of social media’s use in
consumer behaviour: an international comparison,” Econ. Bus. Rev., 2017, doi:
10.18559/ebr.2017.2.5.
[3] A. V. Vohra, “Materialism, Impulse Buying and Conspicuous Consumption: A
Qualitative Research,” Glob. Bus. Rev., 2016, doi: 10.1177/0972150915610682.
[4] V. A. Andorfer and U. Liebe, “Research on Fair Trade Consumption-A Review,” Journal
of Business Ethics. 2012. doi: 10.1007/s10551-011-1008-5.
[5] M. Mora, E. Urdaneta, and C. Chaya, “Effect of personality on the emotional response
elicited by wines,” Food Qual. Prefer., 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.foodqual.2019.03.015.
[6] M. Guasch-Ferré, H. S. Dashti, and J. Merino, “Nutritional genomics and direct-to-
consumer genetic testing: An overview,” Advances in Nutrition. 2018. doi:
10.1093/advances/nmy001.
[7] L. Korsbek and E. S. Tønder, “Momentum: A smartphone application to support shared
decision making for people using mental health services,” Psychiatr. Rehabil. J., 2016,
doi: 10.1037/prj0000173.
[8] L. Folkersen, O. Pain, A. Ingason, T. Werge, C. M. Lewis, and J. Austin, “Impute.me:
An Open-Source, Non-profit Tool for Using Data From Direct-to-Consumer Genetic
Testing to Calculate and Interpret Polygenic Risk Scores,” Front. Genet., 2020, doi:
10.3389/fgene.2020.00578.
[9] S. L. Holak, A. V. Matveev, and W. J. Havlena, “Nostalgia in post-socialist Russia:
Exploring applications to advertising strategy,” J. Bus. Res., 2007, doi:
10.1016/j.jbusres.2006.06.016.
[10] S. L. Holak, A. V. Matveev, and W. J. Havlena, “Nostalgia in post-socialist Russia:
Exploring applications to advertising strategy (DOI:10.1016/j.jbusres.2006.06.016),”
Journal of Business Research. 2008. doi: 10.1016/j.jbusres.2007.06.013.
Page | 38
Copyright2021@CIIR
[11] L. Siracusa, G. Avola, C. Patanè, E. Riggi, and G. Ruberto, “Re-evaluation of traditional

mediterranean foods. the local landraces of ‘cipolla di giarratana’ (allium cepa l.) and
long-storage tomato(lycopersicon esculentum l.): Quality traits and polyphenol
content,” J. Sci. Food Agric., 2013, doi: 10.1002/jsfa.6199.
[12] C. Pérez-Santaescolástica et al., “Dry-Cured Ham,” in Pork: Meat Quality and
Processed Meat Products, 2021. doi: 10.1201/9780429324031-2.
[13] K.-P. Wiedmann, H. Buxel, and G. Walsh, “Customer profiling in e-commerce:
Methodological aspects and challenges,” J. Database Mark. Cust. Strateg. Manag.,
2002, doi: 10.1057/palgrave.jdm.3240073.
Page | 39
Copyright2021@CIIR

A Comprehensive Review of Business Buying

Behaviour
Dr. Nishant Labhane
Email Id-nishantbhimrao@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
The purchasing habits of businesses are different from those of consumers in various respects.
Businesses make purchase choices based on specific demands, objectives, and decision-making
processes. Multiple stakeholders, including purchasing departments, decision-makers, users,
and influencers, often participate in the purchase process in B2B marketplaces. Usually,
reasonable evaluations of supplier capabilities, product quality, pricing, delivery schedules, and
long-term value serve as the foundation for the judgements. Different elements affect how
businesses make purchases. These include both internal and external elements, such as market
circumstances, competition, technology breakthroughs, and regulatory needs. Internal factors
include organisational objectives, plans, and budgets. Organisational buying choices are also
influenced by the traits and actions of suppliers, interactions with current suppliers, and the
presence of alternative options. In commercial marketplaces, several purchasing circumstances
might occur. while a company has to do extensive study and assessment for the first time while
making a large purchase, this is known as new-task buying. Modified rebuy scenarios feature
purchases that resemble prior ones but have undergone certain changes or alterations. Straight
rebuy scenarios feature normal and repetitive transactions in which the customer repeatedly
buys the same goods or services with little variation.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Buying Behaviour, Market, Product, Purchasing Procedures.
INTRODUCTION
Businesses often use formal purchasing procedures to direct their purchases. The usual steps
of these procedures include issue identification, information gathering, supplier assessment and
selection, negotiation, purchase decision, and post-buy analysis. The complexity of B2B
transactions and the participation of several stakeholders call for careful analysis at every step
to ensure alignment with organisational objectives and needs. Business purchasing behaviour
is greatly influenced by supplier relationships and customer-supplier interactions. Long-term
partnerships may be formed through establishing connections that are mutually beneficial and
based on open communication, trust, and responsiveness. In B2B marketplaces, suppliers are
more likely to be successful if they comprehend their clients' demands, provide solutions with
additional value, and give top-notch customer service.
Page | 40
Copyright2021@CIIR
Additionally, technology and digital transformation have had a big impact on how businesses
make purchases. A wider variety of suppliers and product information are now more easily
accessible because to online platforms, e-procurement systems, and digital marketplaces.
Purchasing procedures have also become more transparent and simplified. Organisations are
using technology to increase productivity, automate procurement procedures, and get real-time
supplier performance information [1]–[3]. Consumers who purchase goods for their own use,
such as you and I, engage in business purchasing behaviour. However, a lot of companies don't
even sell their products and services to specific customers. Instead, other companies,
institutions, or governmental bodies serve as their clients. In many respects, business-to-
business marketplaces are different from business-to-consumer markets. One is that many more
items are offered in corporate markets than in consumer markets.
Consider purchasing a $500 PC from Dell. For you, the sale constitutes a single transaction.
Consider all the transactions, however, that Dell had to make in order to sell you just that one
machine. Dell had to buy a lot of components from several manufacturers of computer parts.
In order to keep its operations operating successfully, it also had to acquire the necessary tools
and facilities to assemble the computers, recruit and pay staff, pay for the creation and upkeep
of its website, pay for advertising, and purchase insurance. Before your transaction could occur,
several others had to. Complex business items are another possibility. For certain purchasers,
special construction or retrofitting is required. The goods range from expensive construction
machinery to structures and real estate for businesses, as well as military hardware and billion-
dollar cruise ships utilised in the tourist sector.
Many of these items have few, if any, individual users on the market. Additionally, a single
consumer might generate a large amount of revenue. Some companies, like those that serve the
Detroit-area U.S. car sector, only have a small number of clients, including General Motors,
Chrysler, and/or Ford. You can see why these suppliers are quite concerned when the
automakers have financial difficulty. Understanding an organization's purchasing dynamics
might be just as challenging as understanding the complexity of commercial items. A lot of
individuals may participate in the purchasing process inside an organisation and ultimately
have a voice in what is bought, how much is bought, and from whom. This is perhaps the
trickiest aspect of the company. In fact, it resembles a game of chess somewhat. The stakes are
very high due to the quantity that each business client may purchase. For certain businesses,
losing a significant client may be financially disastrous, while gaining one might be financially
fruitful.
The top five firms in the world according to the amount of revenue they produce each year are
listed in "Revenues" as of late. Unbelievably, the annual revenue of these enterprises exceeds
that of the whole business sector in certain nations. Imagine how much money you might make
as a merchant if you were able to get an exclusive account with any of them. In general, the
sale takes longer to complete the more expensive and complicated the item is. It might take
years to finalise the sale of a brand-new commercial aircraft to an airline business like U.S.
Airways, Delta, or American Airlines. Sales like this present a danger to businesses. The safety,
dependability, and effectiveness of the aircraft are just a few of the issues that the customers
are worried about.
Additionally, they often want the jets to be altered in some manner. As a result, closing these
agreements takes a lot of time and work. Contrary to many consumers, the majority of corporate
purchasers have high expectations for the goods they purchase. Consider the Virginia-based
Five Guys burger company as an example. Before choosing the mayonnaise, it uses, the
business taste-tested 18 distinct varieties. Would you be open to trying 18 various mayonnaise
brands before settling on one? Most likely not. The amount of personal selling that occurs in
Page | 41
Copyright2021@CIIR
B2B marketplaces is another distinguishing factor. Salespeople directly contact corporate

clients far more often than they do individual consumers. Most of us have sometimes received
calls from door-to-door salesmen. However, companies sometimes get many phone calls from
salesmen each day, and some clients even provide salespeople from important suppliers offices.
DISCUSSION
B2B sellers closely monitor overall economic situations in order to foresee consumer
purchasing habits, despite the fact that they don't sell their items to consumers like you and me.
Because derived demand is the basis for commercial product demand, the businesses do this
action. Demand that originates from or is derived from a source other than the main consumer
of a product is known as derived demand. Consumers are that source in terms of B2B sales.
industries that offer items to these industries are in serious difficulty if customers aren't wanting
the goods they make. Another feature of B2B marketplaces is fluctuating demand: a little
change in customer demand may have a significant impact on the whole supply chain of
companies that provide all the products and services that make it. Bullwhip effects often
happen. If you've ever touched a whip, you're aware that even a little movement of the handle
can cause the whip's point to shatter violently. Consumers serve as the handle of the whip,
while firms farther down the supply chain make up the whip. They have significant buying
power [4]–[6].
For instance, Cisco creates routers, which are specialised computers required for the operation
of computer networks. Google typically purchases fifty routers every year if it replaces 10% of
its 500 routers, which it does each year. What happens if demand from consumers for the
Internet drops by 10%? Google would therefore just need 450 routers. Thus, there is no longer
any need for Cisco routers from Google. Suppose the demand for the Internet returns to normal
the next year. Google must now replace the 50 routers it did not purchase in the first year as
well as the 50 it must replace in the second year. As a result, Cisco's sales increase by 100
percent, or twice the usual amount, in year two. Cisco thus faces a bullwhip impact, but
Google's revenues only fluctuate by 10%.
Because customers are such a potent force, some businesses even attempt to leverage direct
consumer influence to affect B2B sales even if they don't sell to consumers directly. An
example is Intel. How much does it matter what kind of microprocessor is used in your
computer? Intel wants you to, so it airs TV ads like the Homer Simpson one in the one featured
in the video clip below. It's unlikely that the advertisement will convince a computer maker to
purchase Intel's CPUs. But if it's crucial to you, you may be able to convince the manufacturer
to purchase them. Derivative demand is also the reason Intel mandates that chip purchasers
include a little "Intel Inside" badge on every computer they produce so that consumers get
familiar with Intel and desire its goods. B2B buyers also monitor consumer behaviour in order
to spot trends that can boost shared demand. When one product is in more demand than another,
this is known as joint demand. For instance, the release of a new video game platform like the
Xbox increases demand for a whole new batch of video games.
Different B2B Buyers
Buyers of enterprises might be for-profit or charitable organisations. We've divided the many
business clients in B2B marketplaces into four fundamental groups in order to provide you a
better understanding of them: manufacturers, resellers, governments, and institutions.
Producers
Page | 42
Copyright2021@CIIR
Producers are businesses that buy things and services to make them into other products.
Manufacturers and service providers are also included. Some examples are Procter & Gamble,
General Motors, McDonald's, Dell, and Delta Airlines. So are the eateries near your school,
your dentist, your physician, and the neighbourhood tattoo shop. For the creation of the
products and services they provide, each of these firms must purchase certain items. To make
automobiles, General Motors requires steel and countless other materials. We need steak and
potatoes at McDonald's. Fuel and aircraft are needed by Delta Airlines. Your dentist requires
X-ray equipment, mouth instruments, and medications like Novocain. Special inks, needles,
and a flashing "open" neon sign are required by your neighbourhood tattoo parlour.
Resellers
Resellers are businesses that market products and services made by other companies without
making significant changes to them. Retailers, brokers, and wholesalers are among them.
You're probably acquainted with two major stores, Walmart and Target. Large merchants,
wholesalers, and brokers have a lot of market sway. Your sales may rise rapidly if you can
convince them to purchase your goods.
Retailers from all over the world come to Walmart's corporate headquarters in Bentonville,
Arkansas, every day to attempt to sell their wares. But are you surprised that not everyone
wants to do business with a Walmart-like powerhouse? In order to quit doing business with
Walmart, Jim Wier, a former CEO of the firm that makes mowers and snowblowers under the
Snapper name, actually made a trip to the retailer's headquarters. Why? High-end, robust items
are those made by Snapper. Wier sought larger and deeper reductions from Snapper since he
was aware that Walmart was continuously selling his company's goods for ever-increasing
discounts. He thought Snapper items were and always would be too costly for Walmart
shoppers, unless the firm began producing lower-quality goods or outsourced its manufacture
elsewhere, which he didn't want to do.
Wier praised his trip, saying, "The entire visit to Wal-Mart's headquarters is a great experience."
"There are so few parking spaces that you have to drive around looking for one. You must stroll
after someone who is leaving and getting into their vehicle to take their position. After entering
the facility, signing up for your appointment and receiving a badge, you wait in the pews with
the other peddlers, including the man with the bras slung over his shoulder. The potential
suppliers were eventually led into tiny cubicles where they had 30 minutes to present their case.
Really, he added, "it's kind of like going to see the principal."
Governments
Can you identify the world's largest consumer of goods and services? The US government is
behind it. It makes any purchase you can think of, including paper and fax machines, tanks and
armaments, structures, restrooms for NASA, services for constructing highways, and security
and medical services. State and municipal governments also make substantial purchases of
goods. They have agreements with businesses that provide a wide range of services to the
public, from transportation to rubbish collection. Even for smaller sellers, business-to-
government marketplaces, or when businesses sell to local, state, and federal governments,
provide a significant selling potential. In reality, several government organisations mandate
that their agencies provide a specific percentage of business to small, minority, and female-
owned firms as well as companies run by wounded veterans [4]–[6].
These goods are not purchased and sold in a single central location or department. Businesses
should first register with the Central Contractor Registry if they want to sell to the US
government. The General Services Administration website should then be consulted. More than
Page | 43
Copyright2021@CIIR
200 federal agencies get assistance from the GSA in making frequent purchases of a broad
range of goods. Office supplies, IT services, auto repairs, and a wide range of other goods that
organisations often buy might be included in the list of goods. As a result, it is a fantastic place
to start. The GSA, however, would not discuss a deal for a fighter jet or the NASA toilet. It just
makes standard purchases.
Businesses who wish to work with the federal government should start with the General
Services Administration. Additionally, the U.S. Small Business Administration provides plenty
of resources for vendors looking to advertise to the government, including online tutorials. The
GSA's existence does not imply that the organisations it works with have no influence on the
purchases made on their behalf. Since the agencies themselves have significant influence, B2B
sellers must get in touch with them and actively promote their items to them. After all, it's
consumers who purchase goods, not agencies. Fortunately, each agency publishes a projection
of its budget, or what it plans to spend money on in the next months, online. The organisations
even provide contact information for those who make purchase choices, including their names,
residences, and email addresses. By just utilising a government credit card, several federal
agencies are allowed to make purchases of up to $25,000 worth of goods at once. They are an
excellent target for small enterprises because of this. Each organisation or department often has
its own procurement guidelines that must be followed. Frequently, prospective sellers are
required to submit secret bids describing what they are prepared to provide the government and
at what cost. Contrary to common assumption, however, the lowest offer is not always
accepted. Would the United States wish to send its troops into battle in the cheapest tanks,
aircraft, and armour? Most likely not. Government purchasers seek for the greatest deal much
like ordinary customers.
Institutions
Nonprofit organisations like the American Red Cross, churches, hospitals, philanthropic
organisations, private universities, civic groups, and others fall under the category of
institutional markets. They purchase a significant amount of goods and services, much like the
government and for-profit businesses. Cost containment is very important to them. More
individuals can use their services as a result of their cheaper pricing. The companies and goods
we've discussed so far are broad generalisations intended to get your mind working on the
numerous marketplaces that things may be marketed in. Additionally, not all of the things a
business purchases are expensive or complicated. Businesses also purchase enormous amounts
of low-cost goods. For instance, McDonald's purchases a lot of towels, bags, napkins, uniforms
for its employees, and other items. Almost every product that you and I use is likely utilised
for at least one commercial function. Many companies and some of us own real estate.
However, relatively few of us own many of the other goods that companies trade with one
another, including fiber-optic cables, cranes, and raw commodities like steel.
Having said that, a smart B2B marketer will examine each of the areas we have discussed to
see if they provide any chances. Of course, a combat plane will be of little help to the Red
Cross. However, a firm that produces toilet paper could be able to sell it to the American
government and the Red Cross. Online B2B markets and B2B prospects overseas may both be
effectively pursued. When it comes to B2B markets, marketing professionals and the
salespeople they deal with often need to do some sleuthing to determine who precisely is in
charge of what gets bought when. Consider the college textbooks you purchase. Who finally
selects which ones your school's kids will buy? Do publishers email you about certain books
they want you to purchase? Are there any advertisements for various chemistry or marketing
books in the school newspaper or on television? In most cases, you don't. The publishers know
that even if you purchase the books, instructors ultimately determine which ones will be utilised
Page | 44
Copyright2021@CIIR
in the classroom, so they do this knowing that you will buy the books. As a result, B2B vendors
focus a lot of their efforts on these clients.
That's not to argue that the publishers don't target you in certain ways. By bundling a study
guide with your textbook or another kind of online learning supplement, they may be able to
give you a decent discount. Additionally, they could provide your bookstore manager a discount
if they purchase a particular quantity of textbooks. A publishing house that concentrated on
selling its textbooks to customers like you or shop managers would, however, go out of
business. They are aware that academics are the real sources of income. Some academics make
their own book selections. A course coordinator, the dean, or the head of the department
sometimes choose book selections for adjunct lecturers without giving them a choice. Other
choices are decided by committees of academics, some of whom have a greater influence on
the outcome than others. Do you see what I mean? In some ways, figuring out where to begin
in B2B sales is similar to a treasure hunt.
Purchase Centres
Your school's professors are functioning like a purchasing organisation when they organise a
committee to choose textbooks. Within organisations, there are divisions known as buying
centres where purchases are made. Permanent departments made up of individuals who, in a
sense, shop for a livelihood is common in large organisations. They are, in other words,
professional buyers. Their names might differ. They are simply referred to as customers in
certain businesses. They are known as procurement officers, purchasing managers, or agents
in other businesses. Buyers are often referred to as merchandisers by retailers. The majority of
those who work in these fields have bachelor's degrees in science. To get an advanced buying
certification distinction, some people go through extra industry training.
Buyers may have a significant influence on a company's costs, sales, and profitability. The
buying staff at Pier 1 physically scour the globe in search of the goods that the company's
clients are most interested in. Consequently, savvy purchasers are professionals. They must be
since it is necessary for their employment. Their ability to choose the greatest items from the
best suppliers at the best pricing is essential to their profession. Professional purchasers are
more knowledgeable than consumers and less inclined to make impulse purchases. The duties
that professional buyers often do are listed in the sidebar below. Purchasing managers are
increasingly in charge of selecting services that their companies wish to outsource in addition
to goods. Manufacturing is only one of the roles. They also include, to mention a few,
information technology and networking services, customer care and order fulfilment services,
and product creation and design services. Purchasing agents who are in charge of locating
offshore suppliers of products and services often go overseas to see the suppliers' facilities and
assess their skills.
Players Besides
Though not all purchases are made by purchasing agents in their organisations. As we have
already demonstrated, other employees often have a voice, as they ought to. To identify the
greatest items and suppliers and to make the best purchases, purchasing agents usually require
their input. People who offer feedback to their companies' customers often belong to one or
more of the following categories:
Users
Users are the individuals and groups who actually utilise the product inside the organisation.
They often started the acquisition in an attempt to enhance the products or processes they
Page | 45
Copyright2021@CIIR
produce. Users often have certain expectations for the features and functionality of the goods
they use. A professor at your institution who wishes to adopt an electronic book and include it
into his or her online course is an example of a user [7]–[9].
Influencers
Influencers are those who may or may not utilise the product but who have knowledge or skills
that may influence a buyer's choice. An engineer could, for instance, like a certain vendor's
product platform and attempt to convince others that it is the best option.
Gatekeepers
You can't simply stroll into Walmart's corporate offices and ask to speak to a buying
representative if you want to sell them a product. You will first need to go through a number of
gatekeepers who will control if and when you have access to purchasing centre participants.
These include those who have some influence over which merchants are allowed in, such as
buying assistants, personal assistants, and other people. Gatekeepers often need the same
amount of courting as do potential purchasers. They often possess a significant amount of
inside knowledge as well as some unofficial authority. You're in an excellent position as a seller
if they like you. If they don't, your work will be considerably more difficult. Faculty secretaries
are often the gatekeepers in the textbook sales industry. They are aware in advance of the sorts
of books they will need as well as the instructors who will be teaching certain courses. The
calls of textbook sales reps are often screened by faculty secretaries.
Deciders
The individual who makes the ultimate purchase choice is known as the decider. The buying
manager may or may not make the decision. Routine and modest purchases are often made
only at the discretion of purchasing managers. However, it is probable that other employees in
the organisation, maybe even the CEO, will make the choice to buy a huge, costly product that
will have a significant influence on the business. Naturally, sellers pay close attention to what
decision-makers desire. "Who decides what to buy?" is a crucial query that B2B sales and
marketing staff are taught to ask rapidly of new clients.
B2B Marketing's Interpersonal and Personal Dynamics
Earlier in our lecture, we made a point of illustrating how logical and analytical company
buyers are. Would it thus come as a surprise to you to find that B2B marketing dynamics
sometimes don't result in the greatest purchase decisions? The items selected, whether for good
or ill reasons, are often influenced by interpersonal variables among the individuals making the
selection. For instance, one individual in a buying group may be very powerful and have a
significant impact on the choice to purchase. However, some members of the team could object
to the authority he or she has and insist on a different solution, even if it doesn't best serve the
objectives of the company. Smart B2B marketers are aware of these factors and make every
effort to sway the result.
It depends on personal characteristics. The options, services, perks, information, data, and
analytics available to B2B buyers are overwhelming. They often need to conduct in-depth
interviews with hundreds of prospective suppliers. No matter how methodical they are in their
purchasing practises, they will often find a way, either deliberately or unconsciously, to
simplify their decision-making. For instance, a consumer choosing between many suppliers
who are evenly matched may choose to just select the seller whose sales person he prefers.
These kinds of factors might be challenging for a corporation to manage. However, branding
how well a business markets its brands is a component that a corporation can influence,
Page | 46
Copyright2021@CIIR
according to Kevin Randall of the Illinois-based marketing consultancy firm Movéo Integrated
Branding. Sellers may influence business purchasers to believe that their items are the better
option by using their brands. For instance, IBM has a well-established reputation when it comes
to commercial goods. Because of the company's stellar reputation, purchasing agents and IBM
salesmen of course often repeated the adage "Nobody ever got fired for buying IBM" for years.
B2B marketing is, in essence, very strategic. Selling businesses want to learn as much as they
can about their clients so they can profit from it. Think of it as being interested in asking out
someone you saw on college. You may certainly attempt to randomly show up at a party or
another location on campus in the hopes of running into the individual. However, if you were
acting strategically, you may try to learn as much as you could about the person their interests,
hobbies, etc. before attempting to set up a meeting. As a result, you would be better equipped
to start a discussion and build a connection with the individual when you actually meet them.
Selling to businesses is also strategic. Few things are left to chance.
CONCLUSION
For suppliers and marketers aiming for B2B markets, understanding business purchasing
behaviour is essential. Suppliers may design value propositions that speak to customers'
requirements, adapt their tactics, and effectively explain the advantages of their goods or
services by understanding the elements that affect organisational buying choices. Finally, it
should be noted that company purchasing behaviour is a complicated process that is impacted
by a variety of internal and external influences. How firms make purchases is influenced by a
variety of factors, including organisational objectives, market dynamics, supplier relationships,
and formal buying procedures. Suppliers may connect with businesses successfully, forge
lasting relationships with their clients, and prosper in cutthroat economic settings by
comprehending the special features of B2B marketplaces and matching their products and
services to those demands.
REFERENCES:
[1] T. Osmonbekov and W. J. Johnston, “Adoption of the Internet of Things technologies in
business procurement: impact on organizational buying behavior,” J. Bus. Ind. Mark.,
2018, doi: 10.1108/JBIM-10-2015-0190.
[2] L. Skarpova and S. Grosova, “The Application of Business Network Approach for Small
and Medium Enterprises (SME) with regard to their Buying Behavior,” J. Compet.,
2015, doi: 10.7441/joc.2015.03.05.
[3] R. Nastiti and E. S. Nugroho, “The Effect Of Flash Sale And Discount Towards
Impulsive Buying (Study On Shopee Users),” J. Akuntansi, Manaj. Dan Ekon., 2020.
[4] Lakshmi, “CONSUMER BUYING BEHAVIOR TOWARDS ONLINE SHOPPING,”
Int. J. Res. -GRANTHAALAYAH, 2016, doi:
10.29121/granthaalayah.v4.i8(se).2016.2588.
[5] A. Sharma, “Who prefers key account management programs? an investigation of
business buying behavior and buying firm characteristics,” J. Pers. Sell. Sales Manag.,
1997, doi: 10.1080/08853134.1997.10754108.
[6] T. Zou, “Online impulse buying behavior amongst undergraduate students in Tianjin,
The People’s Republic of China,” ABAC J., 2018.
[7] Jahangir Alam, “Buying Behavior Under Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Pandemic
Situation: A Online Perspective Case in Bangladeshi Shoppers,” Chinese Bus. Rev.,
Page | 47
Copyright2021@CIIR
2020, doi: 10.17265/1537-1506/2020.03.002.

[8] M. Slabá, “The impact of age on the customers buying behaviour and attitude to price,”
Littera Scr., 2020, doi: 10.36708/littera_scripta2019/2/11.
[9] D. Yanti and M. N. R. Pradana, “Pengaruh Emiten dan Perilaku Investor Terhadap
Keputusan Investor di Pasar Modal,” Indic. J. Econ. Bus., 2019, doi:
10.47729/indicators.v1i2.32.
Page | 48
Copyright2021@CIIR

An Overview of B2B Buying Situations and

the Stages of B2B Buying Process
Ms. Swati Sharma
Email Id-swatisharma@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Awareness how businesses make purchases requires an awareness of business-to-business
(B2B) buying circumstances and the phases of the B2B buying process. This abstract offers a
summary of the various B2B buying scenarios and investigates the B2B buying process' phases,
providing light on the variables that affect organisational purchase behaviour. Depending on
the nature of the transaction and the organisational setting, B2B purchasing scenarios might
change. The terms "new-task buying," "modified rebuy", and "straight rebuy" are used to
describe the three main categories of B2B buying scenarios. An organisation engages in new-
task buying when it has to make a first-time purchase of a product or service, which requires
substantial investigation and analysis. When a company wants to make a purchase that is
identical to prior ones but with some changes or tweaks, this is known as a modified rebuy.
Straight rebuy refers to regular and repetitive purchases when the customer repeatedly buys the
same goods or services with little variation. The step of evaluating alternatives entails
determining which providers or solutions are the best based on a set of criteria and making a
decision. Organisations could take into account variables including cost, calibre, dependability,
supplier reputation, compatibility with current systems, and post-purchase support. Multiple
organisational stakeholders, such as buying departments, users, and decision-makers from
various functional areas, often participate in the decision-making process.
KEYWORDS:
B2B, Buying Situations, Market, Product, Buying Process.
INTRODUCTION
Businesses often go through a number of steps in the B2B buying process before completing a
purchase. The phases include issue identification, information search, alternative assessment,
supplier selection, buy choice, and post-purchase analysis. Organisations discover a
requirement or issue that needs a buying solution at the problem recognition stage. Changes in
internal needs, technology developments, or market trends often lead to this stage. When a
requirement is identified, organisations conduct an information search to compile pertinent
data, information on prospective providers, and details on readily accessible solutions.
Researching product details, costs, quality, and delivery terms is done at this step, and possible
suppliers' reputations and qualifications are also assessed. Information may be obtained from
a variety of sources, including vendor websites, trade exhibitions, industry journals, and
Page | 49
Copyright2021@CIIR
recommendations from connections in the sector. Following the evaluation of alternatives,

businesses go on to the supplier selection phase, when they negotiate terms, seal deals, and
create contracts with selected suppliers. Considerations at this stage include negotiating prices,
contract terms and conditions, delivery timelines, and developing cooperative partnerships with
suppliers [1]–[3].
The B2B Buying Process in Stages
the steps of the B2B purchasing procedure. They resemble the phases of a customer's
purchasing process. There is an understood necessity. Someone acknowledges that there is a
need that can be met by the organisation making a purchase of a product or service. Users often
control this level. For example, in the case of an electronic textbook, it can be the instructor in
charge of the online course. The chairman or dean of the department where the course is taught
instead can be the decision-maker.
The need is specified and estimated. The buying centre, or group of persons gathered to assist
in the purchasing decision, then sets some guidelines for what has to be acquired. In other
words, they outline what they think is required, the qualities it should possess, the quantity
required, the location required, and so on. The buyer will establish the technical criteria for
items that are more complicated or technically advanced. Here, users and influencers are
important. The professor who teaches the online course, his teaching assistants, and the
college's information technology personnel would strive to characterise the kind of book most
appropriate for the course in the instance of our electronic book. Should the book be made
available online as this one is? Does it need to be downloadable? Perhaps it ought to work with
Amazon's Kindle. The specs created for a janitorial services purchase by the state of Kentucky
are shown in "Product Specifications Developed for a B2B Purchase: An Example".
The lookup of potential suppliers is done. The personnel engaged in the purchasing process are
now seeking for information about the items they need and the suppliers of those products. The
majority of consumers start their search for suppliers and goods online, then go to trade
exhibitions and industry conferences, and then contact the suppliers they already work with
through phone or email. Additionally, the purchasers could read trade publications, blogs
written by professionals in the field, take part in vendor Webinars, or even visit their facilities.
When determining which suppliers are the most qualified, purchasing agents often play a
crucial role. Are they trustworthy and a solid company? Will they continue to exist in the
future? Do they have to be close to the organisation, or may they be in another part of the nation
or abroad? The suppliers that don't make the cut are promptly removed from consideration.
Requests for proposals must have completed answers from qualified vendors
A request for proposal, or invitation to submit a bid to provide the item or service, is delivered
to each vendor who is chosen. In an RFP, the vendor describes the product's quality, pricing,
financing, delivery, after-sales support, ability to be customised or returned, and, in certain
situations, even its disposal. Good sales and marketing professionals go beyond only giving
prospective customers the bare minimum of data in RFPs. They concentrate on the issues facing
the buyer and how to modify their proposals to address those issues. The parties engaged in the
purchasing decision are often given formal presentations by the sellers of their goods. If the
product is tangible, the sellers often provide the buyer samples, which are subsequently
examined and sometimes tested. In order to assist the consumer, feel at ease with the product
and provide guidance on how to use it most effectively, they could also solicit testimonials
from pleased customers or start a conversation with the customer.
Page | 50
Copyright2021@CIIR
The suppliers are chosen after evaluation of the offers. The RFPs are examined at this phase,
and the vendor or suppliers are chosen. The ideal way to analyse RFPs is for the members to
agree on the evaluation criteria and their relative weights. Depending on their objectives and
the items they acquire, various organisations will give different components of a proposal
varying amounts of weight. Some retailers, like discount and dollar shops, could place a lot of
importance on the price. Other organisations can be more concerned with premium products
and a seller's level of service. Remember that the manufacturer of Snapper lawn mowers and
snow blowers was more concerned with investing in high-quality components to create top-of-
the-line products that could be sold at a premium. The accessibility of items and the
dependability of suppliers are yet further concerns. Because supply chain delays may halt a
company's production of products and services and cost the business clients and its reputation,
supply reliability is crucial.
After-sales servicing is likely to be significant for expensive, sophisticated devices. A fast-food
restaurant may not be particularly concerned with the paper napkins' after-sales service, just
that they are affordable and easily accessible. But if the restaurant buys a brand-new drive-
through system, it wants to be confident that the supplier will be available to fix it if it
malfunctions and potentially even teach its staff on how to operate it.
DISCUSSION
A corporation may evaluate the RFPs using a scoring technique. A straightforward example of
a scorecard filled out by one member of a purchasing team is "A Scorecard Used to Evaluate
RFPs". The purchasing team's scorecards may then be tallied to assist decide which vendor
received the highest rating choosing a single supplier as opposed to many. Sometimes
businesses choose only one supplier to provide the product or service. This might simplify a
business's paperwork and other purchasing procedures. Instead of negotiating two contracts
and filing two purchase orders to acquire a certain item, the business simply has to do one of
each with a single provider. Additionally, the volume discount the business receives increases
the more it purchases from a single seller. But since a company is at the whim of a single
supplier, single sourcing may be dangerous. What happens if the vendor fails to deliver the
products, goes out of business, or raises prices? To prevent issues like this, many businesses
choose to work with many suppliers. Having a variety of providers keeps them on their toes.
They will probably put more effort into competing for the customer's business if they know
they can quickly switch to another provider [4]–[6].
Ordering procedures are set. The real order is put together at this phase. The order specifies the
agreed-upon price, the quantity, the anticipated delivery date, the return and warranty policies,
and any other negotiated parameters. The buyer's computer system may place the order on
paper, online, or by sending it electronically to the seller's computer system. It may either be a
single order or a collection of orders placed repeatedly when a business need an item or service.
Some customers arrange recurrent orders by having their suppliers electronically monitor their
inventories and send replacement goods as needed. A post-purchase assessment is completed,
and the seller is given the results. Businesses have an assessment phase after making a purchase
of products or services, just like consumers do. Users of the product may be surveyed by the
purchasing unit to gauge their satisfaction. Small U.S. aircraft manufacturer Cessna Aircraft
Company regularly polls customers who use the goods it purchases to get their feedback on a
supplier's performance. Some buyers set up benchmarks for their suppliers' performance in
terms of on-time delivery, product quality, customer happiness, and other factors, and they
supply those vendors with information on a regular basis, such as trend reports that indicate
whether their performance is increasing, staying the same, or declining. For instance, in return
Page | 51
Copyright2021@CIIR
for their agreement to work closely with the grocery store chain, Food Lion offers its suppliers
access to a broad range of daily retail data and performance assessments.
Remember that a provider with a history of poor performance could not be solely to fault. A
role for the buying corporation is also possible. In the event that the U.S. FedEx has a contract
with the Postal Service to assist in the timely delivery of its holiday shipments, yet a significant
portion of the items are delivered late, for which FedEx may or may not be at fault. The U.S.
may have transported quite a few cargoes. Weather was a factor, FedEx received postal
deliveries late, or shipment volumes were exceptionally high. To find methods to enhance their
combined performance, businesses must work with their suppliers. Some businesses host
yearly symposiums with their suppliers to encourage collaboration and recognise the top ones.
Different B2B Purchasing Situations
The purchasing scenario influences the steps an organisation takes and the number of
participants in some measure. Is this the company's first or fifty-first purchase of the product?
When buying anything for the fiftyth time, the customer is probably going to forego the search
and other steps and just make a purchase. A straight rebuy occurs when a customer purchases
the same goods from the same seller in the same amounts. In other words, nothing changes.
Post-purchase reviews are often omitted unless the customer observes an unanticipated change
in the offering, such as a decline in the product's quality or a delay in delivery. Straight rebuys
are preferred by sellers since the customer makes no further product or supplier considerations.
As a consequence, the seller receives a consistent source of income. Since the seller doesn't
have to spend as much time on the account, they are free to focus on seizing other business
chances. The vendor, however, cannot disregard the account. The straight-rebuy arrangement
may be in jeopardy if the seller fails to provide the buyer excellent, dependable service.
In order to ensure that the client is satisfied and the straight-rebuy scenario continues, the seller
may even station staff at the customer's place of business if the account is very significant and
huge. Employees from IBM and the management consulting business Accenture are posted at
the offices and facilities of its clients all around the globe. A new-buy selling scenario, on the
other hand, happens when a company buys a product for the first time.
In general, all of the purchasing steps that we discussed in the previous section take place. The
most time-consuming purchases are the new ones, for both the companies buying and the
companies selling to them. Many suppliers and products will be taken into consideration, and
many RFPs will be requested, if the product is sophisticated. Purchasing scenarios involving
new employees seldom happen. The likelihood of a purchase being new to the parties involved
is higher. A school district owns buildings, for instance. However, if a new high school has to
be created, management may not have someone on staff with relevant expertise. For individuals
engaged, such buying circumstance is a brand-new purchase.
However, a modified rebuy need not be conducted with the same vendor. It's possible that your
teacher has already taught this course using a book from a different publisher. Dissatisfaction
may have been caused by expensive textbooks, a lack of customisation, and other elements. In
this situation, she may speak with a few different textbook vendors to learn more about their
offerings. When they wish to change their purchases, some purchasers often ask other
merchants for bids in order to encourage them to compete for their business. Similarly,
experienced sellers try to find a method to modify straight rebuys into buys so they may have
a chance at the company. They accomplish this by often speaking with consumers to see if they
have any unmet demands or issues that a redesigned product may be able to resolve.
Page | 52
Copyright2021@CIIR
B2B Markets Throughout the World and E-Commerce

Worldwide B2B Markets
Businesses in the same industry have a tendency to congregate in the same geographic
locations, which is another feature of B2B marketplaces that you may or may not have observed
or considered. On or around Wall Street in New York City, several banks and financial
institutions operate in the United States. Hollywood is home to a large number of film and
television studios. Is this simply a coincidence that this has happened? The clustering happens
as a result of where the resources both natural and human that these businesses need are
situated. For instance, there are numerous oil reserves in the Gulf of Mexico. As a consequence,
several oil businesses and infrastructure may be found in or close to Gulf Coast towns like
Houston. Silicon Valley is home to a lot of high-tech businesses. One explanation is that the
businesses want to employ graduates from the neighbouring Stanford University, one of the
best computer science institutions in the nation.
However, there are other factors at play when enterprises in the same sector group together.
The merchants' desire to be near their customers is another factor. Walmart's global
headquarters, Bentonville, Arkansas, was once a tranquil small rural community. The number
of businesses expanding into the region to do business with Walmart has increased along with
Walmart's growth. The town's population roughly quadrupled in the previous twenty years.
Why do businesses desire to be close to their customers? Let's return to the analogy of the date.
If you fall in love and become "an item" with the person you're interested in, you definitely
wouldn't want to stay far away from them for an extended length of time since you would miss
them and you wouldn't want a competitor encroaching on your territory! Having close
proximity to suppliers may also help businesses get goods more rapidly. The assembly
operations of Dell are immediately next door to its suppliers. And as you now know, some
businesses actually station their employees on the premises of their clients.
E-Commerce Between Businesses
However, not all B2B customers and sellers are settling down close to one another
geographically today: e-commerce, or commerce performed electronically, such as through the
Internet, has diminished the importance of being close to buyers. Take the Hubert Company, a
company with its headquarters in Cincinnati that distributes supplies to the food sector. The
Hubert Company didn't have an online buying system 10 years ago, but now about 30% of its
business is conducted online, according to Bart Kohler, president of the firm. But just because
it has its headquarters there, the Hubert Company can no longer defend the market in and
around Cincinnati. Since there are no longer any actual geographic limits, anybody can
compete with me anywhere, says Kohler, "whereas before, I was kind of insulated to just people
in my area." The benefit is that other nations, such as Brazil, India, and China, are rising rapidly
and provide enormous prospects for the Hubert Company, while the United States is an
established market with little room for expansion [7]–[9].
The United States government is one of the many organisations that The Hubert Company
supplies to. On its website, look for the GSA link in the top right-hand corner. However, B2B
e-commerce really developed more slowly than B2C e-commerce. Many B2B companies'
websites were initially static. Nothing was interactive. "We put our first Web site up in 1998,
and it really didn't do anything," says Kohler. "All it accomplished was to display the company's
logo. I believe it included a photo of myself holding a catalogue and said, "Hey, call this number
and we'll send you a catalogue." It also had a toll-free number at the bottom.
Page | 53
Copyright2021@CIIR
The world has evolved. Since then, businesses have created sophisticated e-commerce
platforms that let their consumers take care of a variety of tasks independently. They have been
able to reduce the quantity of customer support they need to provide as a consequence. Does
your company wish to use rail transport to send its goods throughout the nation at a low cost?
A railroad like Union Pacific allows you to open an online account, reserve certain train cars
there, and choose the path you want the cars to go. Once the items have been transported, you
may check your account balance online and follow the train cars just as you do with shipments
delivered by FedEx and UPS. Based on their previous StaplesLink.com purchases, the office
supply retailer Staples has created unique Web sites for each of its company clients that are
filled with online catalogues of the things they often purchase at rates they seem prepared to
pay. B2B websites of today are everything from stagnant.
Different B2B Website Types
The majority of the examples we've shown so far are sell-side e-commerce websites. A sell-
side website is one where one seller offers goods to several purchasers. The selling of products
and services on a sell-side website, like the one the Hubert Company has, is shown in "An
Example of a Sell-Side B2B Web site". However, there are also buy-side e-commerce websites.
A buy-side site is one where a company purchases goods from various sellers who go there to
do business with the company. Several governmental organisations have buy-side websites.
B2B exchanges are online marketplaces where several buyers and sellers may connect and
transact business. These websites get their revenue from fees imposed on buyers and sellers
during each transaction. B2B exchanges proliferated online in the late 1990s and early 2000s
like weeds. Cyberbeings owners adopted a "build it and they will come" mentality in the hopes
of making money from the transactions made there. Not all of these websites have failed, but
many have. Alibaba.com, formed in 1999 as a trading platform for small and medium producers
to sell their goods, is one of the most popular and significant exchanges. Companies may
purchase and sell chemicals of all sorts on ChemNet.com, a worldwide market.
Web-based B2B auctions take place between firms. Both purchase side and sell side auctions
are possible. A B2B auction that takes place on eBay or a website like AssetAuctions.com
where excess industrial equipment is auctioned is an example of a sell-side auction. Motorola
often sells a few units of goods on eBay at the end of their lifespans. Motorola has discovered
that selling devices on eBay is a smart way to get some money from items that companies
would otherwise be hesitant to purchase since they are being phased out. Forward auctions are
another name for sell-side auctions. Buy-side auctions, in contrast, operate the other way from
typical auctions, assisting the seller in obtaining the best possible price for the goods. Instead,
in order to locate the least expensive provider of a commodity, the buyer starts the auction.
Following that, sellers compete with one another for the buyer's business by bidding as low as
they can for their goods. Buy-side auctions, also known as reverse auctions, are so-called
because the roles of the buyers and sellers are switched. But not all businesses conduct their
auctions via a middleman like Asset Auctions or eBay. Some businesses hold their own online
auctions so they don't have to pay an intermediary's charge. For instance, on its own website,
General Motors sells off refurbished cars to car dealers.
Pricing in Online Marketplaces
One effect of e-commerce is that B2B clients can quickly compare prices from the comfort of
their offices or cubicles, place bids on items, and read blogs written by professionals in the
field about various goods. Prior to speaking with vendors over the phone or in person, buyers
often do that. Comparing pricing has become more simpler for customers thanks to e-
commerce. And the item with the lowest price often gets the most attention. As a consequence,
Page | 54
Copyright2021@CIIR
B2B vendors have discovered that they have limited options for price increases. When items
are closely related to one another and B2B exchanges and auctions are used, the issue becomes
more serious. Do you want to pay extra for one brand of a chemical that has the same molecular
formula as every other brand if you're a buyer of chemicals searching for a supplier on
ChemNet? Perhaps not. You could spend extra, however, if you think one provider can provide
greater service than another. Regarding the rivalry in e-commerce, Kohler claims that
"everything has become much more of a commodity, commodity meaning that it's basically
more and more about price." Therefore, I have to always come up with new methods to attempt
to provide value for Hubert's clients, which is my task as a distributor. Some businesses decline
to offer their items directly online or to assign prices to them in order to prevent e-commerce
price wars. Products like Snapper are one example. Visit Snapper.com to learn more about
Snapper snow blowers and mowers, as well as dealers where you can purchase them. However,
there won't be any published pricing. A product cannot be purchased straight from the website
either.
Ethics in B2B Markets
It has a moral component to it. Consider the procurement industry: unlike B2C markets,
sending clients complimentary meals, golf outings, and the like is rather popular in B2B
settings. Business and government purchasers in many other nations not only require payment
of bribes in order to do business with them, but also anticipate incentives like these. Even
though they are illegal in several nations, businesses nonetheless pay them. Which nations are
notorious for bribery? Transparency International, a watchdog group, annually evaluates the
chance that businesses from the industrialised world would bribe overseas in a study dubbed
the "Bribe Payers Index". Transparency International's Bribe Payers Index, 2008" lists the top
five nations.
Table 4.3: Bribe Payers Index for 2008 from Transparency International
Or consider the straight-rebuy scenario that we already outlined. Recall that in a straight rebuy,
customers immediately repurchase things. Recently, Dean Foods, which produces the Silk
brand of soy milk, received a lot of bad attention when the firm secretly switched to
conventional soybeans, which are often farmed using pesticides, and changed the term
"organic" to "natural" on the labels of its milk. However, Dean didn't make much changes to
the product's barcode, packaging, or pricing. Stores continued to reorder what they believed to
be the same product, but it wasn't. Both retailers and customers felt deceived in large numbers.
Some supermarkets discontinued the whole Silk product range.
And do you still recall Intel's tactic of forcing PC manufacturers to wear "Intel Inside" labels
in order to boost demand for its chips? Recently, Intel settled a lawsuit alleging that it coerced
PC manufacturers into doing business only with it by paying a rival more than $1 billion. You
could think that what Dean Foods and Intel did was incorrect. The line between what is moral
and what is not is often blurry. Walmart is known for utilising its market dominance to pressure
suppliers into giving them the best bargains, sometimes driving them out of business. Is this
moral? What about businesses that use foreign suppliers, forcing American businesses and
people out of business? Is that incorrect? Depending on who you speak with. Some analysts
think that Walmart's ability to keep prices low has benefitted customers far more than it has
damaged goods providers. Is it justifiable to forbid American businesses from providing bribes
while allowing their overseas rivals to do so?
It's obvious that everyone has a very different perspective on what is and isn't moral. So how
can a company ensure that every employee is acting in accordance with company policy? State,
federal, and international laws and regulations are a logical place for businesses, their leaders,
Page | 55
Copyright2021@CIIR
and staff to start when trying to act morally. B2B rules and regulations sometimes include the
U.S. Federal Trade Commission. The FTC supervises businesses to stop them from engaging
in dishonest business practises that might hurt consumers and restrict competition. Companies
are also implementing ethical codes that lay out broad principles for how their staff ought to
act. Many businesses provide ethics training for staff members so they are prepared for
challenging moral conundrums. To guarantee that ethics are effectively applied inside their
organisations, many firms have started recruiting "chief ethics officers". The Business
Marketing Association has also created a code of ethics that promotes treating one's suppliers
properly and forbids bribery and other actions like unjustly criticising a competitor's goods.
Regarding Walmart, you cannot criticise the company's purchasing procedures. The buying
representatives of Walmart are not permitted to accept prospective suppliers for lunch, dinner,
a round of golf, or even just a cup of coffee. Such a policy has not only been introduced by
Walmart. A growing number of businesses have adopted this strategy because they understand
that benefits like this raise the price of their products and don't want their customers to focus
their selections on what will benefit them personally rather than the company. All things being
equal, businesses prefer to work with trustworthy organisations. They don't want to be
connected to companies that aren't. Why is this crucial? Because more and more customers are
expecting that. A few years ago, when it was discovered that the factories, they had contracted
with were using child labour and forcing people to work long hours in appalling circumstances,
Nike and a number of other garment manufacturers came under fire. Nike had a poor reputation
despite not owning the factory. Nike, Inc. now evaluates suppliers using a "balanced
scorecard," which takes into account factors like pricing, quality, and delivery time in addition
to how well they adhere to labour laws. It gives certain Chinese manufacturers flexibility in
times of need, allowing them, for instance, to change the days that staff are allowed off work.
Similar to this, Walmart has created a scorecard to evaluate its suppliers' product packaging in
terms of its environmental impact. Walmart makes this choice because its consumers are
increasingly aware of environmental impact and appreciate goods that are made in an
ecologically sustainable manner [9]–[11].
CONCLUSION
The actual purchase of the specified goods or services from the chosen vendors takes place at
the purchase decision stage. Financial transactions are carried out in accordance with the
agreed-upon conditions and purchase orders are issued. Organisations do post-buy assessment
after a purchase to gauge supplier performance, product quality, and general satisfaction. Future
purchasing choices and the possibility of continuing supplier connections are influenced by
this review. For suppliers and marketers looking to interact with business clients in a successful
manner, they must understand B2B purchasing scenarios and the phases of the B2B buying
process. Suppliers may customise their marketing strategies, communications, and services to
meet the wants and preferences of B2B customers by recognising the unique purchasing
circumstances and attending to the demands and concerns at each step. In conclusion, B2B
buying scenarios and the B2B buying process phases provide a framework for comprehending
how businesses decide what to acquire. Suppliers may successfully manage the complexity of
B2B purchasing, build fruitful relationships with business clients, and efficiently satisfy their
unique demands by taking into account the many buying scenarios and addressing the phases
of the buying process.
REFERENCES:
[1] T. Bornemann, M. Klarmann, and M. Moosbrugger, “Behavioral B2B Buying Research—An
Overview of the Marketing Literature,” Schmalenbachs Zeitschrift fur Betriebswirtschaftliche
Page | 56
Copyright2021@CIIR
Forsch., 2020, doi: 10.1007/s41471-020-00102-4.

[2] S. Mahapatra, A. T. P. Ramani, and A. D. Kulkarni, “Must have or nice to have,” J. Bus. Ind.
Mark., 2019, doi: 10.1108/JBIM-09-2017-0209.
[3] S. Hall, B2B Digital Marketing Strategy: How to Use New Frameworks and Models to Achieve
Growth. 2020.
[4] U. Herbst, N. Schmidt, S. Ploder, and V. Austen, “What do We Know ABout B2B Branding in
Marketing Research? - A Comprehensive Status Quo Analysis,” 28th IMP Conf., 2012.
[5] B. Sammy and E. Ghazaly, “Benefits and Barriers on B2B Marketplaces,” Ghazaly, Sammy El,
2005.
[6] R. E. Spekman and R. J. Thomas, “Organizational Buying Behaviour: Where We Have Been
and Where We Need to Go In,” in Handbook of Advances in Marketing in an Era of Disruptions:
Essays in Honour of Jagdish N. Sheth, 2020. doi: 10.4135/9789353287733.n24.
[7] P. Schubert, L. Uwe, and D. Risch, “Personalization beyond recommender systems: An
application-oriented overview of personalization functions,” IFIP International Federation for
Information Processing. 2006.
[8] R. E. Spekman and R. J. Thomas, “Organizational Buying Behavior: Where We Have Been and
Where We Need to Go,” SSRN Electron. J., 2012, doi: 10.2139/ssrn.1993207.
[9] P. Schubert, L. Uwe, and D. Risch, “Personalization Beyond Recommender Systems,” in Project
E-Society: Building Bricks, 2007. doi: 10.1007/978-0-387-39229-5_11.
[10] A. Alam and M. Almarzuqi, “Customer behaviour vis-à-vis loyalty model: South Asian
perspectives,” Pranjana, 2009.
[11] P. Schubert, L. Uwe, and D. Risch, Project E-Society: Building Bricks. 2006.
Page | 57
Copyright2021@CIIR

Approaches of Targeting, Positioning and

Market Segmentation
Ms. Neha Saxena
Email Id-nehasinha@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Successful marketing strategy must include targeting, positioning, and market segmentation.
An overview of these ideas is given in this abstract, emphasising their importance in developing
a distinctive market position, identifying and targeting the correct client groups, and clearly
expressing value propositions. Market segmentation entails separating discrete groups of
customers with comparable traits, requirements, or preferences out of a diverse market.
Marketers may customise their offers, communications, and marketing tactics to fit the
particular wants and preferences of their target audience by recognising the distinctive qualities
of each segment. Market segmentation enables businesses to properly allocate their resources
and provide customers individualised experiences that are memorable. Targeting is the process
of deciding which particular market segments a business should target. When choosing a target
market, companies must assess the attractiveness of various segments based on a variety of
criteria, including the segment's size, growth potential, profitability, level of competition, and
compatibility with their resources and skills. Companies may efficiently manage their
marketing resources and efforts by determining the most promising sectors, increasing their
chances of success. Targeting, positioning, and market segmentation are all related processes.
Market segmentation serves as the basis for targeting by assisting in the identification of the
groups that are most appropriate for a company's product offerings. By concentrating resources
and efforts on certain market niches, organisations are more likely to succeed in their marketing
goals. Once a compelling value proposition has been established, positioning aids in
differentiating the company's products within the chosen categories and creating a competitive
advantage.
KEYWORDS:
Marketing, Positioning, Product, Sale, Targeting.
INTRODUCTION
Establishing a unique and appealing picture of a product or brand in the minds of customers
within a target market is the process of positioning. Unique selling features, competitive
advantages, and value propositions that set a product or brand apart from rivals must be
identified and emphasised for effective positioning. Through positioning, businesses seek to
hold a distinctive and favourable place in customers' thoughts, influencing their views and
buying behaviour. A thorough grasp of the requirements, preferences, and behaviours of the
Page | 58
Copyright2021@CIIR
target market is necessary for effective targeting, positioning, and market segmentation.
Companies use a variety of strategies, including demographic, psychographic, behavioural, and
geographic segmentation, to divide their markets into smaller groups. With the use of these
strategies, marketers may generate useful and actionable segments by identifying pertinent
factors like age, income, lifestyle, attitudes, purchase behaviours, and geography.
Compared to others, certain individuals will be more interested in what you have to give. Not
every organisation needs to buy vertical lathes or CT scanners, just as not every person requires
homeowners insurance or physical therapy services. Some of those who do will purchase a few,
while a select few will buy several. In other words, not every one of your prospective customers
is "created equal." However, some clients are more equal than others. If your product is
reasonably priced, many individuals could be interested in it. If other individuals are just aware
that your product even exists, they could get intrigued [1]–[3].
Your objective is to identify these individuals and groups. You will need to categorise them in
order to do this. Market segmentation is the division of all consumers into sets of prospective
customers that have similar traits. When segmenting markets, the most important question to
ask yourself is: What groups of consumers are sufficiently similar that the same product or
service will appeal to all of them? Your marketing budget is going to be constrained, after all.
By concentrating on the customers, you have a real chance of selling to and adjusting your
offer for them, you may maximise your investment.
Mass Marketing Vs. Targeted Marketing
Targeted marketing, also known as differentiated marketing, refers to the process of selling to
certain groups of individuals and businesses. It's a rather recent phenomenon. The first was
mass marketing, sometimes known as undifferentiated marketing. It developed in tandem with
mass manufacturing and entails marketing the same item to everyone. You may think of mass
marketing as a shotgun strategy in which you fire as many promotional messages as you can
across every available channel as often as you can afford. Henry Ford, the automaker, excelled
at both mass manufacturing and mass marketing. Early in the 20th century, Ford invented the
modern assembly line, which enabled him to produce thousands of identical Model T cars at a
low cost. They were exclusively available in black. Ford once said, "Any customer can have a
car painted any colour he wants, as long as it is black." Additionally, he had articles about the
brand-new, affordable automobiles published in a variety of magazines and ran advertisements
in all the major newspapers. Model Ts made over half of all the vehicles on American roadways
by 1918.
Benefits of Market Segmentation and Targeting
General Motors' experience highlights a crucial point: segmenting and targeting markets don't
always entail "skinning down" the number of your consumers. In fact, it may assist you in
growing your clientele by providing information you can use to effectively modify a certain
aspect of your product, such as the offering's pricing, its quality, how you service and promote
it, etc. The procedure may especially assist you in doing the following tasks:
1. Steer clear of direct rivalry with other businesses vying for the same clients.
2. Create new goods, grow successful brands, and create new product lines.
Remarket older, less lucrative goods and brands; find early adopters; redistribute funds and
sales efforts to concentrate on your most lucrative clients; and retain "at-risk" clients who could
migrate to rivals. More specific, focused marketing is the current trend. But it takes some
detective work often market research to identify "who's who" among your consumers. Market
Page | 59
Copyright2021@CIIR
segmentation may be done using a wide range of instruments and research methods.
Governmental organisations, like the U.S. Census Bureau, gather and publish a great quantity
of economic and demographic data that may be used to identify shifting consumer trends. Even
small businesses and entrepreneurs are finding it simpler thanks to technology to acquire data
on prospective clients. For instance, the online gaming startup GamePUMA.com first felt that
clients from the United States made up its target market. However, the business discovered that
users were coming from all over the world when it looked more carefully at who was
downloading games from its website [4]–[6].
DISCUSSION
Companies are increasingly utilising the Internet to monitor people's Web surfing habits and
classify them into groups that can be sold to. See "Consumer Behaviour: How People Make
Buying Decisions". Due to the fact that they no longer need their own software and
programmes, even small enterprises may accomplish this successfully and affordably. Simple
online registration is available for services like Google's AdSense and AdWords programmes.
By browsing blog sites and discussion forums on the Internet, you might find new consumers.
You may search through Big-boards. Om’s tens of thousands of discussion forums to identify
prospective clients who might be interested in your product. Have you had a blog? Visit
BlogPoll.com to integrate a poll so you can find out what readers think of your concept. You
may download an iPhone application that will provide you with the most recent data and
statistics about the users of your website if you own a website. But using technology isn't
required to gain a sense of possible target audiences. Speaking with potential customers and
drawing on your own experience are crucial pieces of the jigsaw. Visit the eateries, shops, gyms,
subways, grocery stores, nursery facilities and workplaces where you believe potential
customers frequent. What do they do throughout the day, ask them? What do they discuss?
Which goods or services do you see them utilising? Are they enjoying utilising such things, or
are they becoming frustrated?
A Heart Attack Sufferer Founded the Healthy Choice Brand of Frozen Meals
Frozen meals from Healthy Choice were created as a consequence of talking to prospective
consumers. ConAgra, a food manufacturer, introduced the meals in the late 1980s after the
heart attack of Charlie Harper, its CEO. A coworker once praised Harper for his wife's delicious
low-fat turkey stew. When Harper discovered that others shared his need for convenient,
healthful meals, he started conversing with them about their needs. The Healthy Choice line
has 10% market share of frozen dinners two years after its introduction [7]–[9].
Targeting and Segmenting a Company's Current Clientele
It is often far harder to find and attract new clients than it is to keep your present ones. People
are routine-driven animals. Even when you are purchasing something as basic as a haircut,
consider how much time and effort you invest when you change your business from one
company to another. If you don't like your hair and want to choose a new hairstylist, you should
first chat to others whose hairstyles you prefer or check salon reviews. Once you've made the
decision to visit a certain salon, you'll need to hunt it up online or with your GPS and cross
your fingers that you won't get lost.
When you arrive at the salon, you must make an effort to describe your desired hair cut to the
new hairdresser and cross your fingers that he or she gets it properly. When you pay the bill,
there may be additional requirements that you must meet. Your American Express card could
not be accepted at the new salon, or they might not let you to place the tip on your card. But
once you get the hang of the new salon, conducting business there becomes lot simpler.
Page | 60
Copyright2021@CIIR
The same is true for businesses when trying to attract new clients. It's a challenging process
that involves much trial and error to find consumers, get to know them, and determine what
they actually want. Because of this, building strong ties with your present clients is crucial. In
general, you want to conduct as much business with each of them as you can. Making the most
of one's present consumers was underscored by the most recent economic slump. New
consumers were difficult to come by during the recession, and businesses decreased their
spending on advertising and marketing. It was not acceptable to conduct costly, impersonal,
shotgun-style marketing initiatives that would most likely provide erratic outcomes. As a result,
many businesses decided to concentrate their marketing efforts on their present clientele.
Backroads, a company focused on adventure travel, was in this scenario in 2009. The
California-based firm raised its sales by developing a tailored marketing campaign for
customers who had previously done business with Backroads. The company examined data on
prior purchases made by consumers, the seasons in which they travelled, the amount of exercise
involved, and whether or not they often travelled with kids. Based on the data, the business
then produced three relevant vacation options for each client. Customers received the
information through postcards and emails that included links to tailored Web sites that
reminded them of the excursions they had previously planned with Backroads and suggested
new ones. Vice President of Backroads' sales and marketing division Massimo Piroschki adds,
"In terms of past customers, it was like off-the-charts better."
Businesses aim to understand their consumers better by polling them or engaging marketing
research companies to do so, in addition to looking at their purchasing habits. Loyalty
programmes are another tool used by businesses to learn more about their clients. For instance,
if you apply to become a frequent traveller with a certain airline, the airline would probably
ask you many questions about your preferences. Following the entry of this data into a customer
relationship management system, you could get emails with special offers tailored to the routes
you often travel. British Airways goes so far as to keep track of the magazines that its most
affluent travellers like reading so that they may access the publications while flying.
Even small businesses are embracing Facebook to forge tighter connections with their clientele.
The Facebook page of Beverly Hills bakery Hansen Cakes receives roughly 2000 visits every
day. Employee Suzi Finer updates the website with "cakes updates" and pictures of the baked
goods she's working on during her downtime at the bakery. Finer provides consumers with
information about the cakes as well as special discounts and any local celebrity rumours she
may have heard. Sales at Hansen Cakes increased by 15-20% when the bakery started its
Facebook profile. "And that's during the recession," adds Finer, who is undoubtedly pleased
with her accomplishments. Twitter is another tool businesses use to connect with consumers
and increase sales. For instance, the homemaking guru Martha Stewart tweets her followers
when she plans a book signing, and voila! Many of them show up to the shop she will be
speaking at to purchase copies. The secret to building connections with clients is to find
methods to engage with them that they enjoy whether it's meeting or "tweeting" them, or
hosting events and tradeshows they want to attend.
Some clients are quite lucrative, while others aren't. Still others will ultimately result in
financial loss for your company. As a result, some of them will warrant more interaction from
you than others. Unbelievably, some businesses "untarget" unproductive clients on purpose.
What Best Buy did was that. In 2004, it was found that Best Buy had divided their customer
base into "personas," or categories of customers, and had developed unique sales strategies for
each. For instance, a lady from the upper middle class was called "Jill." A "Buzz" was the name
given to a young urban male. And those annoying, price-conscious clients from whom Best
Page | 61
Copyright2021@CIIR
Buy couldn't generate any revenue? They were called "devils" and removed from the business'
mailing lists.
But the knife slices both ways. Consumers will opt to conduct business with certain companies
over others because they see some businesses as being more equal than others. Market
segmentation, in the eyes of customers, implies "meet my needs give me what I want". Steps
in One-to-One Marketing" describes the actions businesses may take to identify their best
clients, develop deep, personal connections with them, and provide what they need. This
process is known as one-to-one marketing. You may think of one-to-one marketing as the rifle
strategy in our shotgun vs. rifle comparison, with the additional benefit that your weapon now
has a scope. In their book The One-to-One Future from 1994, authors Don Peppers and Martha
Rogers put out the concept of one-to-one marketing. What life might be like after mass
marketing was portrayed in the novel. Sellers would be able to provide us with precisely what
we need, and we would all have cooperative rather than competitive relationships with them.
Are we already there? Not exactly. However, it seems to be going in that direction given the
tendency towards more focused marketing.
One-to-One Marketing Process Steps
1. Create short-term metrics to gauge your progress. Choose a method for evaluating your
effort. Will you, for instance, utilise greater customer satisfaction scores, higher revenues per
client, the quantity of items supplied to consumers, lower transaction costs, or some other
metric?
2. Identify your target market. Obtain as much information as you can about your present
clients, such as their purchasing habits and preferences. Include a "opt in" question that allows
you to lawfully collect and utilise their phone numbers and email addresses when doing
business with them in order to stay in touch with them.
3. Set yourself out from your clients. Find out who your top clients are in terms of how much
they already spend, how much they want to spend in the future, and how simple or difficult it
is to service them. Find and target the clients that make minor purchases from you but big ones
from your rivals.
4. Interact with your clients, concentrating on the better ones. Find methods and platforms to
converse with clients about subjects they are interested in and like. Engage with your top
customers the most using your resources. Spend as little time and money as possible on
consumers with poor growth prospects.
5. Tailor your marketing materials and goods to their demands. Give your consumers precisely
what they want with your marketing materials, whether it's the product itself, its packaging,
delivery, or the services that go along with it.
How to Segment Markets
Sellers have a choice as to whether they want to target consumer markets, business-to-business
markets, or both. As a result, dividing markets into these two categories is a natural place to
start the segmentation process. Next, we focus particularly on the various consumer market
segmentation strategies. You may segment clients using many of the same variables. In order
to get a more complete understanding of its consumers and provide them with genuine value,
a company often uses numerous segmentation bases, or criteria, to categorise purchasers. Each
variable adds a new level of detail. Consider it as being comparable to how your lecturer builds
up information on a PowerPoint presentation until you are able to grasp what is being given.
Page | 62
Copyright2021@CIIR
You may break down a market using a variety of features. Some of these may not come to mind
right away for you. What about people's actual sizes? "Big-and-tall" retailers serve the larger-
sized demographic group. What about those with large or small feet, those with ailments, those
who like certain pastimes, or those who have diverse sexual orientations? Instead of, instance,
the breadth of their feet, which may be something you could consider depending on your
product, we'll now look at some of the more typical traits market researchers look at when
segmenting customers.
Segmentation Base Types
Common Ways of Segmenting Buyers" illustrates a few of the several buyer traits that are used
to divide markets into subgroups. You'll see that the traits may be divided into behavioural,
demographic, regional, or psychographic segmentations. Each of these categories will be
covered later. For the time being, you may obtain a general notion of what the categories
include by considering how marketing experts could respond to the following inquiries:
1. Segmenting based on behaviour. How do consumers utilise our product, and what
advantages do they seek?
2. Segmenting by demographics. What impact do our clients' ages, races, and ethnicities
have on the things they purchase?
3. Segmentation by location. How can we find our customers and where are they located?
4. According to where they are, what things do they purchase?
5. psychological grouping. What do our clients believe in and value? What kind of
lifestyle do they lead?
6. Behavioural Segmentation
According to how they interact with or act towards items, individuals and organisations are
divided into categories via behavioural segmentation. Segmenting customers based on the
advantages they expect from items is a widespread practise. Consider toothpaste as an example.
When purchasing toothpaste, what factor is most important to you the cost, the product's
capacity to whiten teeth, prevent tooth decay, and/or freshen breath? Maybe it combines two
or more advantages. Marketing experts may personalise various toothpaste products to you if
they are aware of these advantages. Colgate 2-in-1 Toothpaste & Mouthwash, Whitening, as
an illustration People who seek the advantages of whiter teeth and fresher breath can use Icy
Blast.
By their utilisation rates that is, how often, if at all customers are divided into different groups
by companies. For instance, the gambling and entertainment business Harrah's compiles data
on the patrons of its casinos. High rollers or big spenders are referred to as "VIPs." VIPs are
given special attention, including a dedicated "host" who attends to their needs while they are
at the casino. Businesses are drawn to regular users because they want to connect with like
consumers. They are also very curious about nonusers and how to get them to utilise the items.
Product use patterns may also serve as a segmentation basis. Initially, Avon Skin So Soft was
a cosmetic. However, Avon started promoting it for that use after learning that some individuals
were using it as a mosquito repellent. In order to compete with repellents like Off! Avon
eventually developed a different product called Skin So Soft Bug Guard. Similar to this, Glad,
a manufacturer of plastic wrap and bags, discovered that their Press 'n Seal wrap was being
used by consumers in unexpected ways. Following this, the marketing team at Glad created the
website 1000uses.com, which offers both business and consumer use advice. The following
remark on the website demonstrates how some users utilise the gadget in somewhat
unconventional ways: "I have a hedgehog that loves to gallop on his wheel a lot. After washing
a filthy wheel every morning for a long, I finally learned to utilise "Press 'n Seal wrap" to make
Page | 63
Copyright2021@CIIR
cleanup much simpler. I don't have to worry about cleaning up after my hedgie; he may run as
much as he wants. Glad has undoubtedly received a lot of useful customer data about the
product and PR through its 1000uses.com Web site, even if we suspect the company would
ever go to great efforts to split the Press 'n Seal market into hedgehog owners [10]–[12].
CONCLUSION
Technology and data analytics are essential for targeting, positioning, and market segmentation
in the fast-paced corporate world of today. Utilising cutting-edge analytics technologies,
businesses can collect and analyse enormous volumes of customer data to get insightful
knowledge about consumer behaviour, preferences, and purchasing habits. This data-driven
strategy helps businesses to customise their positioning strategies to fit changing customer
expectations while improving the accuracy and efficacy of targeted efforts. In conclusion,
market segmentation, positioning, and targeting are essential tactics for effective marketing.
Companies may create focused marketing strategies, efficiently manage resources, and provide
experiences that connect with customers by recognising and understanding certain client
groups. Companies may set themselves apart from rivals and secure a distinct place in the
market by strategically positioning themselves. Companies may maximise their marketing
efforts and achieve sustained development in cutthroat marketplaces by including these tactics
into the marketing planning process.
REFERENCES:
[1] M. A. Camilleri, “Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning,” in Tourism,
Hospitality and Event Management, 2018. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-49849-2_4.
[2] K. Kalam and K. K. Kalam, “Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning Strategy
Adaptation for the Global Business of Vodafone Telecommunication Company,” Int. J.
Res. Innov. Soc. Sci., 2020.
[3] D. Tania dan Diah Dharmayanti, “Market Segmentation, Targeting, dan Brand
Positioning dari Winston Premier Surabaya,” J. Manaj. Pemasar. Petra, 2014.
[4] S. S. Andaleeb, “Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning,” in Strategic
Marketing Management in Asia, 2016. doi: 10.1108/978-1-78635-746-520161006.
[5] S. Pyo, “Integrating tourist market segmentation, targeting, and positioning using
association rules,” Inf. Technol. Tour., 2015, doi: 10.1007/s40558-015-0029-9.
[6] E. T. Ebitu, P. A. Mbum, and A. E. Okon, “An Exploration of Emotional Intelligence
and Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning in Selected CentralBusiness
Districts in Nigeria,” Int. J. Mark. Stud., 2012, doi: 10.5539/ijms.v4n3p173.
[7] A. Fyall, P. Legohérel, I. Frochot, and Y. Wang, “Market segmentation, targeting, and
positioning,” in Marketing for Tourism and Hospitality, 2019. doi:
10.4324/9781315651026-25.
[8] M. H. Huang and R. T. Rust, “A strategic framework for artificial intelligence in
marketing,” J. Acad. Mark. Sci., 2021, doi: 10.1007/s11747-020-00749-9.
[9] H. Herdiyana and S. Salmah, “Analisis Market Segmentation, Targeting, Dan
Positioning Transportasi Online Grab Di Kota Bogor (Studi Kasus Pada Mahasiswa
Universitas Pakuan),” Jimfe (Jurnal Ilm. Manaj. Fak. Ekon., 2019, Doi:
10.34203/jimfe.v4i2.1151.
[10] A. Suyanto and W. D. W. Prakoso, “Analysis of Segmentation, Targeting, and
Page | 64
Copyright2021@CIIR
Positioning of Indonesian Car Market in Determining The Proper Market for Wuling
Motors,” Adv. Soc. Sci. Res. J., 2020, doi: 10.14738/assrj.78.8876.
[11] R. Rosdiyah, A. N. Hasibuan, A. Hamid, And Z. Matondang, “Strategy Of Market
Segmentation, Targeting And Positioning In Increasing The Number Of Customers At
Pt. Bank Muamalat Indonesia Tbk Kcp Panyabungan,” J. Sharia Bank., 2020, Doi:
10.24952/Jsb.V1i2.4437.
[12] R. M. S. Wilson And C. Gilligan, “Market segmentation, targeting and positioning,” in
Strategic Marketing Management, 2020. doi: 10.4324/9780080468570-15.
Page | 65
Copyright2021@CIIR

An Analysis of Demographics-Based
Segmentation
Dr. Vijayarengam Gajapathy
Email Id-vgajapathy@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
A common marketing strategy is demographic-based segmentation, which separates a target
market into groups according to factors including age, gender, income, education, employment,
and geography. An introduction of demographic-based segmentation is given in this abstract,
emphasising its importance as a core tactic for comprehending customer behaviour,
customising marketing messaging, and maximising marketing efforts. Based on common
demographic characteristics, demographics-based segmentation provides useful insights into
customer preferences, demands, and behaviours. Marketing professionals might target distinct
generations, such as millennials, Gen Xers, or baby boomers, who may have different lives,
beliefs, and shopping preferences. In order to tailor goods, marketing, and communication
channels to the tastes and interests of men and women, marketers use gender segmentation.
Income segmentation enables marketers to provide goods and services that are appropriate for
various income levels by giving them information about clients' buying power and
affordability. By identifying customer categories with particular expertise, interests, and
professional demands via education and occupation segmentation, marketers are better able to
tailor their marketing tactics to meet those particular needs.
KEYWORDS:
Customer, Demographics, Geographic, Marketing, Segmentation.
INTRODUCTION
Geographic segmentation acknowledges the impact of place on consumer preferences and
behaviour. It allows advertisers to target certain areas, cities, or communities where
socioeconomic, cultural, or racial elements may influence customer views, preferences, and
purchasing behaviour. Although segmenting a market based on demographics might provide
useful information, it shouldn't be the only factor considered. In addition to demographics,
other elements that affect consumer behaviour include psychographics, lifestyle, attitudes, and
behavioural patterns. Demographic segmentation may be used in conjunction with other
segmentation techniques to provide a more thorough insight of customer behaviour and
preferences [1]–[3]. Marketers may provide more personalised and relevant communications,
goods, and services by using demographic-based segmentation. Marketers may develop
focused marketing efforts that appeal to certain customer groups by studying the traits and
requirements of various demographic groupings. Customer engagement, contentment, and
Page | 66
Copyright2021@CIIR
brand loyalty are all improved by this strategy. The effective distribution of marketing
resources is facilitated by segmentation based on demographics. Marketers may maximise their
marketing efforts, finances, and channels by concentrating on the most promising demographic
categories that match the company's goals and market potential. Marketing efforts may be made
more efficient and successful by allocating resources to the segments most likely to provide a
high return on investment.
Demographic segmentation refers to grouping customers based on observable, individual traits
like their ages, incomes, ethnicities, family sizes, and so on. Age, income, gender, and family
life cycles are a few significant demographic factors that are utilised to categorise customers
in this area. Occupation, education, nationality, religion, and socioeconomic status are other
demographic factors. Because there is a wealth of publicly accessible demographic data in
databases all around the globe, demographics are often used to segment markets. The U.S.
Census Bureau's website has a wealth of demographic data that anyone may access. FedStats
and The World Factbook, which provides data on many nations, are two more official websites
you may access. In addition to current data, the websites include predictions of demographic
trends, such as whether certain population groupings are likely to increase or decrease.
Age
You are probably more likely to purchase a vehicle at this time in your life than a burial site.
Marketing experts are aware of this. They attempt to segment customers based on age for this
reason. You're probably already aware with some of the age categories that are most often
divided in the US. The biggest generation now is composed of college-age students. The
second-largest group, the baby boomer generation, has proven to be a highly appealing market
for sellers during the last thirty years or more. During the current economic slump, retro brands
old brands or items that businesses "bring back" for a while were targeted towards baby
boomers. Examples include Pepsi Throwback and Mountain Dew Throwback, which use cane
sugar rather of corn syrup to mimic how they were 'back in the good old days'. According to
marketing experts, they were appealing to baby boomers because they made them nostalgic for
happier days when they weren't concerned about losing their jobs, losing their houses, or having
their retirement and pension savings run out [4]–[6].
However, as they age, the baby boomer generation will ultimately become smaller. In contrast,
Generation Y consumers still have a lifetime of purchasing ahead of them, which means that
marketers might benefit greatly from the lifetime value of these consumers. But according to a
recent poll, the most recent crisis caused teenagers to alter their spending patterns and college
plans, and about half of older Generation Yers said they had no savings. Which group or
groups, therefore, should your company focus on? Although it might be challenging to appeal
to all demographics, many businesses attempt to diversify their consumer bases in order to
maintain market share as demographics shift. In order to appeal to Generation Xers, who have
lesser purchasing power than baby boomers, some businesses have launched more affordable
brands. As an affordable alternative to Pottery Barn, Williams-Sonoma, a maker of cookware
and home furnishings, launched the Elm Street business. The W hotels, part of the Starwood
hotel group, target Generation Xers with their modern décor and cool bars.
The fact that so many older Americans still play video games, in addition to members of
Generation X and Generation Y, is something the video game industry takes great pride in.
Another example is the spa industry. In the past, this market's goods and services were mostly
targeted towards adults. no more. In proportions that no one could have predicted a few years
ago, parents are increasingly paying for their tweens to have facials, pedicures, and other forms
of pampering. For many businesses, keeping up with shifting demographics may be the
Page | 67
Copyright2021@CIIR
difference between life and death. American manufacturers ran into problems due of
demographic factors as early as the 1970s. Many of the clients of the businesses were senior
citizens who preferred to "buy American." These folks were not about to purchase Japanese
automobiles since they were still aware that Japan had destroyed Pearl Harbour during World
War II. American youth, however, were. Additionally, Japanese automobiles had a higher
reputation. Despite the difficulties U.S. automakers are now facing, they have gone to
considerable lengths to appeal to the "younger" generation—the current baby boomers who do
not consider themselves to be elderly. If you are interested in automobiles, you may have
noticed that the once stodgy Cadillac now boasts a sportier appearance and stronger suspension.
Like the classic Chrysler Fifth Avenue your great-grandpa would have driven, the Chrysler 300
appears more like a muscle vehicle.
What about Generation X and Generation Y? Additionally, automakers have started contacting
them. General Motors has hired a new, younger set of managers who are aware of how
Generation X and Y customers are wired and what they want in an effort to revitalise the
century-old firm. One GM vice president said, "If you're going to appeal to my daughter, you're
going to have to be in the digital world". Companies must not only create new goods targeted
to Generations X and Y, but also new channels through which to connect with them. These
generations are not only more likely to disregard conventional advertising, but they are also
outright irritated by it. Toyota developed Scion Speak, a social networking site where users can
connect, mingle, and peruse the coolest new Scion cars, in an effort to sell to Scion drivers,
who are often younger. Younger customers are also paying attention to online events like the
fashion shows aired online, as well as the text, email, and Twitter messages they may sign up
to receive in order to obtain discounts, cash, and free goods. Also being utilised to appeal to
the two demographic groups are advertising games. Electronic games designed to advertise a
product or service are known as advergames.
Income
When you think that tweens will continue to purchase things for years to come, the market for
tweens may seem to be quite appealing. But if you were informed that baby boomers make up
50% of all American consumer expenditure, would your opinion change? Nearly three-quarters
of all U.S. homes are now owned by people over 65, and they spend $200 billion annually on
luxury automobiles, wine, travel, and financial goods, among other big "discretionary"
expenditures. Because it reflects a group's ability to purchase goods, income is employed as a
segmentation variable. Additionally, people's salaries often reflect their social status,
employment, and degree of education. Higher educational attainment often translates into
better-paying employment and higher social standing.
The producers of high-end goods like Rolexes and Lamborghinis target wealthy demographics
with their offerings. However, an increasing number of businesses today are targeting
customers with lesser incomes with their goods. Prepaid debit cards are the financial services
industry's fastest-growing product, and the majority of those who purchase and use them lack
bank accounts. Businesses are discovering that this group of consumers represents a sizable
untapped market and has a higher level of brand loyalty than others. You can make money if
you manage to catch enough of them. However, not all people who will purchase your goods
will have high incomes. Companies are aware that many customers act as if they belong to
higher income categories and wish they did. These customers are the target market for
Mercedes-Benz's more affordable "C" class car range.
Gender
Page | 68
Copyright2021@CIIR
Another approach to divide up customers is by gender. Men and women are often, but not
always, segmented and targeted differently because they have different physiological and other
needs, as well as shopping differently. However, marketing professionals don't stop there. For
instance, because women make many of the purchases for their households, market researchers
sometimes try to further divide them into subsegments. For women, those segments might
include. In addition to dividing the population into groups based on gender, market researchers
may also combine groups based on marital status, age, and other demographic factors. For
instance, did you know that more women than ever before in America are single? Can you think
of any marketing opportunities this might present?
Cycle of Family Life
If you have no children, your demand for paediatric services is likely to be slim to none;
however, if you have children or adopt them, your demand might be very high because children
frequently get sick. This is known as the family life cycle, and it refers to the stages families
go through over time and how it affects people's buying behaviour. When you think of family
vacations, you probably think of Disney resorts. Some vacation properties, such as Sandals,
exclude children from some of their resorts. Perhaps they do so because some studies show that
the market segment with greatest financial potential is married couples without children.
Resorts also segment vacationers based on where they are in their family life cycles.
Just as people's demographics change over time, so do their tastes, so even though you may be
able to isolate a market segment, such as one based on family life cycle, you shouldn't
necessarily make assumptions about what the people in it will want. Households with a single
inhabitant are more frequent than ever in the United States, yet until lately, people have
continued to want bigger automobiles and larger homes, or what some people humorously refer
to as "McMansions". The nation's top homebuilder, D. R. Horton, and other construction
companies are now building smaller homes to appeal to people like these, as the trend towards
larger houses appears to be reversing, much like the trend towards larger cars. High energy
costs, the credit crunch, and concern for the environment are driving this change.
Ethnicity
If you've ever visited a grocery shop that catered to a different ethnic group than your own, you
were undoubtedly startled to see the sorts of items offered there, proving that people's ethnic
origins have a significant influence on what they purchase. Companies are going to great
lengths to court this once overlooked group, as Hispanic Americans are the largest and fastest-
growing minority in the country. In California, the health care provider Kaiser Permanente runs
television ads letting members of this segment know that they can request Spanish-speaking
physicians and that Spanish-speaking nurses, telephone operators, and other staff are available
[7], [8].
Companies that sell electronic products, like AT&T, spend more money segmenting and
targeting the Asian community because they are known to be early adopters of new technology
and have above-average incomes. Information on the population and purchasing power of
various groupings is provided in "Ethnic Segments and Their Spending". Painting each group
with a broad brush would leave you with an incomplete picture of your customers because even
within various ethnic groups there are many differences in the products and services buyers
choose. For instance, even though the common ancestral language among the Hispanic segment
is Spanish, Hispanics trace their lineages to various countries. Nearly 70% of Hispanics in the
United States trace their lineages to Mexico; other Hispanics, however, come from other
countries.
Page | 69
Copyright2021@CIIR
1. New residents who have just moved here; reliant on Spanish; struggling yet hopeful.
2. FOBrs, a traditionally Spanish-speaking group that aspires to be fashionable.
3. Accidental explorers who prefer Spanish and are not eager to adopt American culture.
4. The enlightened: multilingual, tech savvy, motivated, educated, and contemporary.
5. Doubting Tomáses: bilingual, self-reliant, sceptic, lethargic, uninvolved in shopping.
6. English is favoured, with a Latin flavour that reconnects with Hispanic heritage.
7. SYLrs. English-dominant, libertarian, and multiracial.
You could even break segments down to the individual level, but doing so would be
prohibitively expensive, says Juan Guillermo Tornoe, a marketing expert who specialises in
Hispanic marketing issues. After all, are you really going to create unique products? Or
different marketing campaigns and communications? Probably not. Tornoe says that in order
to be effective, "you need to do your homework and understand where the majority of the
people you are trying to reach land on this matrix, and modify your message according to this
insight."
Segmenting Based on Location
If your great new idea for a product or service involves opening a local store, you should
probably do some research before you open the store to find out which geographic areas have
the best potential. For example, if your business is a high-end restaurant, should it be located
near the local college or country club? If you sell ski equipment, you probably will want to
locate your shop somewhere in the vicinity of a mountain. Geocoding is a process that takes
data like this and plots it on a map. Geocoding can help businesses see where prospective
customers might be clustered and target them with various marketing campaigns. Michigan's
biggest travel segment is made up of Chicagoans in specific zip codes that are upper-middle-
class households with children, or the "kids in cul-de-sacs" group, as Claritas puts it. The state's
tourism bureau was able to identify segments that were significantly different from the Chicago
segment, such as blue-collar adults in the Cleveland area who vacation without children.
DISCUSSION
Have you ever noticed that Dairy Queens are typically easy to find while McDonald's
restaurants are difficult to find in rural towns? McDonald's typically won't put a store in a town
of fewer than five thousand people, but this is prime territory for the "DQ" for one, because it
doesn't have to compete with bigger franchises like McDonald's. In some areas, you can switch
your mobile phone to a "discoverable mode," while you're shopping, and, if you want, get ads
and deals from stores as you pass by them. And it's frequently less expensive than hiring people
to hand you a flier as you walk by. Proximity marketing is an interesting new technology firms
are using to segment buyers geographically and target them within a few hundred feet of their
businesses using wireless technology. Apurva Ghelani, a senior sales engineer for Air2Web, a
company that aids businesses in promoting their brands and conducting transactions with
people via their mobile phones, speaks about how proximity marketing functions at a real
company in this audio clip. Geographic segmentation also aids businesses in tailoring their
products, as you probably won't be able to find the same heavy-duty truck in every city.
Using Psychographics to Segment
If your offering fulfills the needs of a specific demographic group, then the demographic can
be an important basis for identifying groups of consumers interested in your product. But what
if your product crosses several market segments? Take cereal, for example. The group of
potential consumers could be “almost” everyone. However, there are groups of people who
have different needs with regard to their cereal. Some consumers might be interested in the
Page | 70
Copyright2021@CIIR
fiber, some consumers may be interested in the prize that comes in the box, other consumers
may be interested in the added vitamins, and still other consumers may be interested in the type
of grains. Associating these specific needs with consumers in a particular demographic group
could be difficult. Marketing professionals often desire more information about consumers than
just demographic data. You want to know why consumers behave the way they do, what is of
high priority to them, or how they rank the importance of specific buying criteria. Think about
some of your friends who seem a lot like you.
One of the most well-known psychographic surveys is VALS, developed by a company called
SRI International in the late 1980s. Thousands of Americans were asked by the California
company the extent to which they agreed or disagreed with questions like the following ones:
"My idea of fun at a national par". Innovators are accomplished, intelligent, self-assured
individuals who take leadership. They are change leaders and are the most open to new ideas
and technology because they have such ample resources, and they display all three basic
motives to varied degrees. Image is important to Innovators, not as a sign of status or power
but as an expression of their taste, independence, and personality. Innovators are among the
established and emerging leaders in business and government, yet they continue to seek
challenges. Their lives are characterised by variety. Their possessions and recreation reflect a
cultivated taste for upscale, niche products and services.
Thinkers are people who are motivated by ideals; they are mature, content, at ease, and
reflective; they value order, knowledge, and responsibility; they tend to be well educated and
actively seek out information in the decision-making process; they are aware of current events
on a global and national level; and they are on the lookout for opportunities to further their
education.
Achievers
Driven by the desire for success, Achievers have goal-oriented lifestyles and a strong
commitment to family and career; their social lives reflect this focus and are organised around
family, their place of worship, and work. They are politically conservative, lead conventional
lives, and respect authority and the status quo. They value consensus, predictability, and
stability over risk, intimacy, and self-discovery. With many wants and needs, Achievers.
Experiencers seek variety and excitement, savouring the new, the offbeat, and the risky. As
young, impulsive consumers, they quickly become enthusiastic about new possibilities but are
equally quick to cool. Their energy finds an outlet in exercise, sports, outdoor recreation, and
social activities. Experiencers are avid consumers and spend a relatively high proportion of
their income on fads.
Believers
Like Thinkers, Believers are driven by ideals; they are conservative, conventional individuals
with concrete beliefs based on traditional, established codes: family, religion, community, and
the nation. Many Believers express moral codes that are deeply rooted and literally interpreted;
they adhere to established routines, which are largely centred around home, family, community,
and social or religious organisations to which they belong.
As consumers, Believers are conservative and conventional; they are also traditionalists.
Money defines success for Strivers, who don't have enough of it to fulfil their needs. They
prefer fashionable products that resemble the purchases of people with greater material wealth.
Many see themselves as having a job rather than a career, and a lack of skills and focus
frequently prevents them from moving ahead. Strivers are trendy and fun-loving. Because they
Page | 71
Copyright2021@CIIR
are motivated by achievement, Strivers are concerned about the opinions and approval of
others.
Makers
Like Experiencers, Makers are driven by a need for self-expression. construct a home, raise
kids, repair a vehicle, or can vegetables and experience the world by working on it—and have
the knowledge and drive to do their tasks properly. Makers are practical people who value self-
sufficiency and have constructive skills; they live in a traditional context of family, practical
work, and physical recreation and have little interest in what lies outside of that context. They
are suspicious of new ideas and large institutions like big business. They respect government
authority and organised labour but are resentful of government intrusion on individual rights.
Survivors
Survivors lead narrowly focused lives; they frequently feel that the world is changing too
quickly; they are at ease in the familiar; they are primarily concerned with safety and security;
they lack a strong primary motivation because they must prioritise meeting needs over
satisfying desires; they are cautious consumers; they represent a very small market for most
goods and services. Noting that both VALS and PRIZM group buyers based on their values
and lifestyles, but PRIZM also overlays the information with geographic data, you can gauge
what the buying habits of people in certain zip codes, which can be helpful if you are trying to
figure out where to locate stores and retail outlets.
The segmenting strategies we've covered thus far in this part call on the collection of
quantitative information, or data. You may enhance quantitative data with qualitative data you
get through conversing with and getting to know your clients. When you combine the two
forms of data, you get consumer insight. In order to design unique programmes and procedures
for local customer groups, Best Buy requested shop personnel to get insight into those groups.
A group of seniors was invited by staff in one location to their shop so they could demonstrate
how to transition to digital television. In only two hours, the business sold TVs and equipment
worth $350,000. What was the price of it? Including coffee and doughnuts, labour expenses
came to $99 dollars.
The maker of the tax preparation software Quicken, Intuit, offers a "follow me home"
programme. Teams of Intuit developers go to people's homes and spend a few hours observing
how users interact with Quicken. The following iteration of Quicken is then improved using
the newfound knowledge. When asked if he had ever seen customers installing or using his
company's product, a representative of the company said, "I'm not sure I'd want to be around
when they were trying to use it". This company is currently struggling to stay in business [9],
[10].
CONCLUSION
The efficiency of segmentation based on demographics has increased because to developments
in technology and data analytics. Marketers may obtain important data about consumer
demographics, behaviour, and preferences by using customer data, web analytics, and social
media insights. Marketers may improve their segmentation tactics, find hidden trends, and
make data-driven choices by using this data-driven methodology. As a result, segmenting target
markets based on demographic traits acts as a fundamental marketing approach, enabling
marketers to separate target audiences into discrete divisions. Understanding customer
demographics allows marketers to focus their marketing efforts, messaging, and products on
certain consumer groups, making their marketing campaigns more relevant and successful.
Page | 72
Copyright2021@CIIR
Demographics-based segmentation is always evolving thanks to developments in data

analytics, allowing marketers to provide more individualised experiences that increase
consumer pleasure and loyalty.
REFERENCES
[1] P. A. Sarvari, A. Ustundag, and H. Takci, “Performance evaluation of different customer
segmentation approaches Based On RFM And Demographics Analysis,” Kybernetes,
2016, Doi: 10.1108/K-07-2015-0180.
[2] Y. Sinambela, S. Herman, A. Takwim, And S. R. Widianto, “A Study Of Comparing
Conceptual And Performance Of K-Means And Fuzzy C Means Algorithms (Clustering
Method Of Data Mining) Of Consumer Segmentation,” J. Ris. Inform., 2020, Doi:
10.34288/Jri.V2i2.116.
[3] C. Lutz And G. Newlands, “Consumer Segmentation Within The Sharing Economy: The
Case Of Airbnb,” J. Bus. Res., 2018, Doi: 10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.03.019.
[4] L. D. T. Van Der Zanden, E. Van Kleef, R. A. De Wijk, and H. C. M. Van Trijp,
“Understanding heterogeneity among elderly consumers: An evaluation of segmentation
approaches in the functional food market,” Nutrition Research Reviews. 2014. doi:
10.1017/S0954422414000092.
[5] J. Dolz, C. Desrosiers, and I. Ben Ayed, “3D fully convolutional networks for subcortical
segmentation in MRI: A large-scale study,” Neuroimage, 2018, doi:
10.1016/j.neuroimage.2017.04.039.
[6] K. Nessel, S. Kościółek, E. Wszendybył-Skulska, and S. Kopera, “Benefit segmentation
in the tourist accommodation market based on eWOM attribute ratings,” Inf. Technol.
Tour., 2021, doi: 10.1007/s40558-021-00200-x.
[7] F. Hamka, H. Bouwman, M. De Reuver, and M. Kroesen, “Mobile customer
segmentation based on smartphone measurement,” Telemat. Informatics, 2014, doi:
10.1016/j.tele.2013.08.006.
[8] M. Cortiñas, R. Chocarro, and M. Elorz, “Omni-channel users and omni-channel
customers: a segmentation analysis using distribution services,” Spanish J. Mark. -
ESIC, 2019, doi: 10.1108/SJME-06-2019-0031.
[9] E. Mavragani, P. Nikolaidou, and E. Theodoraki, “Traveler segmentation through social
media for intercultural marketing purposes: the case of Halkidiki Traveler segmentation
through Social Media for intercultural marketing purposes: The case of Halkidiki,” J.
Tour. Herit. Serv. Mark., 2019.
[10] R. Baniya, B. Thapa, R. Paudyal, and S. S. Neupane, “Motive-based segmentation of
international tourists at Gaurishankar Conservation Area, Nepal,” J. Mt. Sci., 2021, doi:
10.1007/s11629-020-6179-z.
Page | 73
Copyright2021@CIIR

Market Segmentation in B2B: Enhancing

Marketing Effectiveness
Mr. Venkatesh Ashokababu
Email Id-ashokababu@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Business-to-business (B2B) marketing relies heavily on market segmentation since it enables
companies to identify and target certain consumer groups with specialised goods and tactics.
An introduction of market segmentation in the B2B setting is given in this abstract,
emphasising its significance for comprehending the various demands and preferences of
business consumers and for maximising marketing efforts. B2B market segmentation is
separating the larger business market into several segments according to factors including
sector, firm size, geography, client demands, buying habits, and decision-making processes.
B2B marketers may give more relevant and individualised marketing messages, goods, and
services by segmenting the market and getting to know their target consumers better. But
compared to consumer markets, market segmentation in a B2B setting might be more
complicated. Longer decision-making periods and various stakeholders are common in B2B
purchasing choices. Effective segmentation and marketing need an understanding of the
dynamics of the purchasing centre, including the main decision-makers, influencers, and users.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Business-to-business, Decision-making, Market, Segmentation.
INTRODUCTION
Businesses may discover consumer groups with comparable traits, needs, and purchase habits
by segmenting the B2B market. As a result, marketers may modify their value propositions,
pricing plans, product attributes, and distribution methods to correspond with the unique
requirements and preferences of each group. Companies may establish themselves as
dependable partners and solution providers by being familiar with the particular issues,
objectives, and decision-making processes of various client groups. B2B market segmentation
aids in the efficient allocation of marketing budgets for businesses. Companies may maximise
their marketing efforts and money by concentrating on the most promising segments that fit
with their strategic aims and capabilities. With a focused strategy, resources may be used more
effectively since the segments most likely to provide big returns can be targeted with marketing
messages and activities. Market segmentation in B2B marketplaces may be based on a variety
of factors. Firmographics, such as industry, firm size, and location, aid organisations in
Page | 74
Copyright2021@CIIR
understanding the particular needs and demands of various business kinds. The behavioural
segmentation process takes into account things like use trends, loyalty, and purchase habits. In
order to get insight into corporate customers' attitudes, values, and motives as well as their
decision-making processes and preferences, psychographic segmentation is used [1]–[3].
B2B markets are segmented using many of the same criteria as consumer markets. There are
demographic requirements. For instance, Goya Foods, a U.S. food firm, offers various ethnic
items to grocery shops based on the demographics of the populations the stores cater to
Hispanic, Mexican, or Spanish depending on the stores' target markets. Similar to this, B2B
vendors often segment their clientele based on their location and then cater their offerings to
them. Segmenting data based on behaviour is also prevalent. B2B vendors commonly segment
their clients according to how frequently they use their products. Customers who purchase a
lot of products and services from a vendor sometimes get special discounts and are helped by
salesmen who personally call on them. Smaller clients, on the other hand, are more likely to be
forced to depend on a company's website, customer support representatives, and telephone
salesmen.
But according to Matthew Harrison, Paul Hague, and Nick Hague's research, there are less
behavioural and needs-based segments in business-to-business markets than there are in
business-to-consumer markets for two reasons: first, business markets have a smaller customer
base (a few hundred as opposed to hundreds of thousands in consumer markets), and second,
businesses are less impulsive than consumers. They are not concerned with their social
position, affected by their family and friends, etc. as consumers are. Businesses, meanwhile,
are only interested in investing in goods that will eventually boost their profits.
The following are examples of behavioural, or needs-based, segments seen in B2B
marketplaces, according to Harrison, Hague, and Hague, a sector that places a premium on
pricing and is made up of tiny businesses with slim profit margins that don't see the product or
service they're selling as being crucial to their operations. a market sector that places a premium
on quality and branding and is made up of companies that are willing to pay more for superior
goods. a market sector that places a strong emphasis on services and is made up of companies
with high standards for both product and service quality. a market category with an emphasis
on partnerships, made up of companies who look to their suppliers for trust and dependability
and see them as strategic partners.
Like B2C retailers, B2B sellers are looking at new methods to connect with their target
audiences. Two conventional methods of targeting B2B markets are trade exhibitions and direct
mail campaigns, which are covered in greater depth later in the book. However, businesses are
also discovering that they can more cheaply target their B2B clients via email campaigns,
search engine marketing, and "fan pages" on social networking sites like Facebook. Businesses
are also starting blogs with cutting-edge material about brand-new goods and industry
developments that fascinate their consumers. Additionally, B2B vendors are hosting Webcasts
and giving online product demos for prospective consumers for a small fraction of the price of
visiting a trade show to present their goods.
Buyer classification criteria are based on segmentation grounds. Consumer markets are often
segmented based on behavioural, demographic, regional, and psychographic buyer factors.
According on how individuals and organisations act with or towards items, behavioural
segmentation splits them into categories. Demographic segmentation is the process of grouping
customers based on observable, individual traits such their age, income, ethnicity, family size,
and so on. Geographic segmentation divides consumers into groups according to their
residences. By separating customers into groups according to their behaviours, interests, views,
Page | 75
Copyright2021@CIIR
attitudes, values, and lifestyles. A company often use numerous bases to get a more complete
view of its consumers and provide value for them. When marketing professionals collect both
quantitative and qualitative data about their clients, they generate consumer insight. Business-
to-business markets are segmented using many of the same criteria as consumer markets. In
B2B marketplaces, there are, however, often fewer behaviorally-based categories [4]–[6].
Choosing Markets to Target and Market Strategies
Choosing Markets to Target
You may start to identify those customers that have greater potential if you segment them and
get some consumer data about them. Instead of using a shotgun, you are now using a rifle to
hunt. Do you want to spend the day searching for squirrels or ten-point bucks? These qualities
describe an appealing market. Given your operational costs, it is sizable enough to be
profitable. In China, only a small percentage of customers can afford to own vehicles. More
automobiles are sold in China than in Europe, nevertheless, due to the size of the nation's
population. Cell phones are used by three billion people worldwide. However, there are still
three billion people who do not. It is expanding. For instance, India's middle class is expanding
quickly, making it a highly desirable market for manufacturers of consumer goods. The
majority of Indians are under the age of 30, which increases demand for "Bollywood" films. It
isn't already overrun by rivals, or you have figured out how to stand out in a throng. PCs were
formerly manufactured by IBM. Lenovo, a Chinese business, purchased the product line from
IBM when the market was overrun by rivals.
Either it's reachable or you can figure out how to get there. Geographic accessibility, political
and legal obstacles, technical hurdles, and social barriers are all examples of accessibility—or
the lack thereof. For instance, the consumer goods business Unilever employs women from
third-world nations to deliver its products to rural customers who lack access to outlets in order
to overcome geographic hurdles. You have the means to participate in it. It might be a terrific
idea for you to enter the wind energy sector. However, it is a capital-intensive industry. This
implies that you will either need a large sum of money or must have the ability to raise it. The
likes of T may potentially provide competition for you. Oil mogul Boone Pickens is aiming to
expand and profit from the wind energy business. It "fits in" with the goals and purpose of
your company. Think of TerraCycle, which has established itself by marketing organic goods
in recyclable packaging. One of its products is fertiliser manufactured from worm faeces and
marketed in used plastic drink bottles. No matter how lucrative the market for the service could
be, it wouldn't be a smart idea for TerraCycle to launch a polluting, coal-fired power plant.
DISCUSSION
Choosing the Amount of Markets to Target with Target-Market Strategies: Henry Ford
demonstrated the viability of mass marketing, at least temporarily. Because you don't have to
customise any aspect of the product for various customer groups, which requires more labour
and costs more money, mass marketing is also effective. The issue is that different purchasers
have different needs. You will lose revenue if a rival gives these groups a product that better
satisfies their demands [7], [8]. Market segmentation: Most businesses adjust their products in
some manner to cater to the demands of various consumer groups. These organisations are less
susceptible to competition since they don't put all of their eggs in one basket. An organisation
that works in many market segments is Marriott International. The business operates fifteen
different kinds of facilities, including the following, to cater to the demands of various market
segments:
Page | 76
Copyright2021@CIIR
Hilton Courtyard. geared at motorists who travel by car. Hotels by Ritz-Carlton. geared at
upscale travellers. Conference Centres by Marriott. geared at companies organising small and
medium-sized meetings. ExecuStay by Marriott. targeted at business people who need lodging
for a month. Clubs at Marriott Vacations. geared at vacationers looking to purchase timeshares.
You may react to market changes caused by demography and other factors by using a multi-
segment marketing approach. For instance, an increasing number of individuals who are too
elderly to travel have the option of relocating to one of Marriott's "Senior Living Services"
facilities, which provide certain forms of care to seniors. By enabling consumers to choose
between your brands and goods, a multisegment approach may also help you weather a
downturn in the economy. Let's say you lose your job and can no longer afford to stay at
Marriott's Ritz-Carlton hotels. You may book a stay at a JW Marriott, the most opulent hotel
under the Marriott brand and less expensive than the Ritz.
Targeted Marketing
Some businesses, particularly those with less resources and smaller sizes, use concentrated
marketing. Targeting a relatively small number of clients is part of concentrated marketing.
Because all of your marketing efforts are concentrated in one area, it might be a dangerous
approach. One example is the car parts business. Numerous North American auto component
producers have traditionally limited their supply to the auto industry. But when the crisis that
started in 2008 caused sales at General Motors, Ford, Chrysler, and other automakers to decline,
the car components manufacturers found themselves in difficulties. Many of them started
making and selling components for solar panels, construction machinery, wind turbines, and
aeronautical tools. Targeting a niche market entail choosing a more specialised set of
customers. Being a huge fish in a small pond as opposed to a tiny fish in a large pond is your
objective when you engage in niche marketing.
A new strategy to identify markets and target them is called microtargeting, often known as
narrowcasting. Voter segmentation was its intended purpose during elections, including the
2004 US presidential contest. Microtargeting entails collecting every piece of information that
is accessible on a person, from their phone and tax records to the catalogues they get. Acxiom
is one business that gathers data of this kind. Acxiom can, for a price, provide you a list of
Hispanic customers who drive sedans, own two dogs, have caller ID, purchase certain personal
care items, watch specific television cable channels, read particular periodicals, and have
income and education levels that fall within a certain range. Microtargeting undoubtedly has
moral ramifications.
Choosing International Markets
Companies that compete on a worldwide scale may use any number of the segmentation
techniques we covered, alone or in combination. a little version of the targeting techniques used
in larger marketplaces. "Targeting Techniques in International Markets." If you're a vendor of
a commodity like iron ore, you may use a metals broker to market your goods globally. The
broker would be concerned with reaching out to clients all around the globe and creating unique
marketing strategies for each of them. To some degree, however, most businesses customise
their products to fit the wants of various customers all around the globe. For instance, Barbie
dolls are sold by Mattel in several countries, but they are not the same Barbie. To appeal to a
wide range of individuals worldwide, Mattel has produced many variations of the Barbie doll.
Although Pizza Hut has franchisees all over the globe, its goods, packaging, and marketing are
each suited to a certain area. For instance, squid is a common topping throughout Asia.
Companies customise their goods not only for several nations, but also for various clients in
various countries. For instance, Procter & Gamble's China business now sells goods tailored to
Page | 77
Copyright2021@CIIR
the nation's several local market sectors. P&G has designed a very basic, low-cost product for
the third category, a modified product for the second segment, and a sophisticated formulation
of laundry detergent for the premium market. Due to the rapidly expanding middle classes in
China, Russia, India, and Brazil, sellers are increasingly focusing on these markets. Consider
the cosmetics company Avon. The United States is no longer Avon's biggest market. This is
Brazil. Brazilians are very concerned with their appearance and are increasingly able to afford
cosmetic procedures and plastic surgery. These nations are so alluring that businesses are also
altering how they produce products and services. According to Vjay Govindarahan, a professor
at Dartmouth's Tuck School of Business, "Historically, American companies innovated in the
U.S. and took those products abroad." According to Govindarahan, businesses are now
producing inexpensive goods in order to seize big developing country marketplaces and then
resell them in wealthy nations. Examples include the $1,000 ECG machine from General
Electric and the $250 Acer laptop. The $2,500 Tato Nano, the cheapest automobile in the world,
was created for India but will eventually be marketed in the US.
Purchasing foreign firms or businesses with sizable market shares overseas is one of the
additional tactics for pursuing international markets. In order to get access to the Indian market,
Kraft launched a proposal to acquire Cadbury, a manufacturer of candies that holds a third of
the country's chocolate market. Similar to how the Dutch brewer Heineken recently acquired
Mexico's Femsa, which produces the beer brands Dos Equis, Tecate, and Sol, to fight against
Corona beer. However, some nations forbid foreign corporations from purchasing native
corporations. They are the only ones with whom they may partner. Other legal and cultural
impediments may sometimes stop foreign businesses from "invading" a nation. The Swedish
home furnishings manufacturer IKEA finally pulled out of Russia because doing business there
was too challenging. The Russian expansion of McDonald's has been fairly successful, in
comparison. The hamburger giant is looking to expand further by adding hundreds of additional
locations throughout the nation after dominating other areas [9]–[11].
Stand out from the competition; it's reachable or you can figure out a method to get there; you
have the means to compete in it; and it "fits in" with the goals and missions of your company.
Most businesses adjust their products in some manner to cater to the demands of various
consumer groups. A corporation may be able to adapt to market changes caused by
demographic shifts and other factors, such as economic downturns, by using a multi-segment
marketing strategy. Targeting a relatively small number of clients is part of concentrated
marketing. Targeting a niche market entail choosing a more specialised set of customers.
Microtargeting, also known as narrowcasting, is a recent initiative to "super target" customers
by collecting all types of information on them, including their phone and tax records as well as
the catalogues they get. Companies that compete on a worldwide scale may use any number of
these segmentation techniques, alone or in combination. Due to the rapidly expanding middle
classes in China, Russia, India, and Brazil, sellers are increasingly focusing on these markets.
To seize significant markets in these developing nations, businesses are manufacturing low-
cost items, which they then advertise and sell in richer nations. Other methods of pursuing
international markets include purchasing foreign firms or collaborating with them.
Offering Positioning and Repositioning
Why should customers choose your product above others? You must consider how to "position"
your product in the market in relation to rival items if it is subject to competition. You don't
want your product to be seen by buyers as simply another "face in the crowd," after all.
Positioning is customising your goods to stand out from the competition and get customers to
purchase it. A perceptual map may be used to place your product by plotting consumer survey
results on it. A perceptual map is a two-dimensional graph that graphically depicts how your
Page | 78
Copyright2021@CIIR
product compares to your rivals based on factors that matter to customers. The criteria might
include a wide range of elements, such as cost, degree of product quality, level of customer
service, and so on.
In order to put their items where the customer wants them, several businesses employ taglines
in their advertising. A tagline is a one-sentence slogan created to capture the essence of a brand.
You may have heard Wendy's slogan, "It's better than fast food," which aims to distinguish
Wendy's from eateries like McDonald's and Burger King by giving customers the impression
that Wendy's cuisine is less "fast foodish" given the negative press that fast food now receives.
Repositioning a product may be beneficial for businesses, particularly if they want it to start
appealing to other market groups. Repositioning is a strategy used to "move" a product to a
new location in customers' perceptions. An example is the i-house, a prefab home created by
the mobile home maker Clayton Homes. Popular Mechanics claims that the i-house "looks like
a house you'd order from IKEA, sounds like something designed by Apple, and consists of
amenities solar panels, tankless water heaters, and rainwater collectors that one would expect
to come from an offbeat green company out of California selling to a high-end market." I
believe we are retaining our appeal to our current market and growing it to attract more
consumers who wouldn't have previously given our home product any thought. At a recent auto
exhibition in Shanghai, Porsche debuted its new range of Panamera automobiles. The vehicle
is a worldwide model, however it is longer than Porsche's other vehicles [12], [13].
CONCLUSION
B2B market segmentation has been revolutionised by technology and data-driven strategies.
Companies can collect and analyse enormous volumes of data on consumer interactions,
buying behaviour, and preferences thanks to advanced analytics and customer relationship
management systems. With the use of this data-driven segmentation methodology, marketers
are better equipped to design specialised marketing strategies by discovering insightful
information, seeing trends as they emerge, and anticipating client wants. In conclusion, market
segmentation is a critical tactic in B2B marketing since it enables businesses to identify and
efficiently target certain consumer categories. Businesses may effectively allocate resources,
focus their value propositions, and customise their marketing strategies by having a thorough
awareness of the distinctive traits, demands, and preferences of various client groups. By using
data analytics and technology to segment the B2B market, businesses may improve customer
interactions, increase customer happiness, and gain a competitive edge in the challenging B2B
market.
REFERENCES:
[1] R. Mora Cortez, A. Højbjerg Clarke, and P. V. Freytag, “B2B market segmentation: A
systematic review and research agenda,” Journal of Business Research. 2021. doi:
10.1016/j.jbusres.2020.12.070.
[2] P. Hague and M. Harrison, “Market Segmentation in B2B Markets,” Unknown, 2016.
[3] L. Simkin, “Achieving market segmentation from B2B sectorisation,” J. Bus. Ind.
Mark., 2008, doi: 10.1108/08858620810901220.
[4] R. J. Thomas, “Multistage market segmentation: an exploration of B2B segment
alignment,” J. Bus. Ind. Mark., 2016, doi: 10.1108/JBIM-12-2015-0245.
[5] L. GyÅ, “B2B Market Segmentation Research,” Circ. Res. White Pap., 2018.
[6] M. O’Brien, Y. Liu, H. Chen, and R. Lusch, “Gaining insight to B2B relationships
Page | 79
Copyright2021@CIIR
through new segmentation approaches: Not all relationships are equal,” Expert Syst.
Appl., 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.eswa.2020.113767.
[7] C. M. Sousa e Silva and O. C. Dias, “Markets segmentation and differentiation of reverse
logistics offers,” Rev. Bras. Mark., 2021, doi: 10.5585/REMARK.V19I4.16392.
[8] H. Brotspies and A. Weinstein, “Rethinking business segmentation: a conceptual model
and strategic insights *,” J. Strateg. Mark., 2019, doi:
10.1080/0965254X.2017.1384750.
[9] A. Weinstein, “Market segmentation: Market definition and segmentation in B2B
markets,” Handb. Mark. Segmentation Strateg. Target. Bus. Technol. Firms, 2004.
[10] R. Singh, “Strategic market segmentation for B2B enterprises,” in Strategic Marketing
Issues in Emerging Markets, 2018. doi: 10.1007/978-981-10-6505-7_25.
[11] J. Barry and A. Weinstein, “Business psychographics revisited: From segmentation
theory to successful marketing practice,” J. Mark. Manag., 2009, doi:
10.1362/026725709X429773.
[12] C. M. Sousa e Silva and O. C. Dias, “Markets segmentation and differentiation of reverse
logistics offers | Segmentação de mercados e diferenciação de ofertas de logística
reversa,” Rev. Bras. Mark., 2021.
[13] A. Weinstein, “Segmentation and Target Marketing in B2B Technology Markets:
Strategic Insights from Marketing Executives.,” AMA Winter Educ. Conf. Proc., 2014.
Page | 80
Copyright2021@CIIR

Developing Offers: Creating Strong Customer

Value Propositions
Dr. Bipasha Maity
Email Id-bipasha@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Creating appealing value propositions that connect with consumers and influence their
purchase behaviour is a key component of developing offerings in marketing strategy. This
abstract gives a high-level summary of the offer development process, emphasising the crucial
factors, procedures, and techniques needed to create alluring and distinctive offerings.
Understanding the requirements, interests, and pain areas of the consumer is the first step in
developing offerings. Businesses may find opportunities and match their services to client
requests by performing market research, gaining customer insights, and analysing market
trends. The basis for creating goods, services, or solutions that cater to particular client
demands and provide concrete advantages is a customer-centric strategy. Several crucial
processes are involved in the process of producing offers. Businesses must first identify their
value proposition, which expresses the distinctive value they provide to clients in comparison
to rivals. To do this, you must list the distinctive qualities, advantages, and benefits of their
products. Businesses need to make sure that their value proposition is understood by
consumers, connects with their target market, and successfully distinguishes their brand.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Management, Market, Product, Value.
INTRODUCTION
Although many of us possess iPods, very few of us do so just for that purpose. We have one
because it provides music, and we like listening to music. Or we own one as a result of being
persuaded to acquire one. Undoubtedly, some individuals bought iPods soon after they were
released because they believed others found them to be "cool," and they wanted to fit in by
possessing one. Nowadays, iPods are so commonplace that hardly one ever gives them a second
thought. However, since the device revolutionized how we buy entertainment, iPods have had
a significant influence on the music and entertainment sector [1]–[3]. Assembles a Gift:
Purchases are made to satisfy necessities. To have greater access to music, to seem hip, or both,
is what the iPod is needed for. Offerings are goods and services created to provide clients with
value, either by meeting their requirements, their "wants," or both. Think back to your
education on human needs.
Merchandise, Cost and Service
Page | 81
Copyright2021@CIIR
A product or other physical item that individuals can purchase, sell, and possess makes up the
majority of offers. For instance, if you buy an original iPod, you may store up to 40,000 songs
or 200 hours of film. An example of a feature, or aspect, of the service is the quantity of storage.
If your playlist has 20,000 songs, this function offers you lots of storage, which is useful if your
playlist has that many music. You will only gain from the feature to a certain extent, however.
For instance, if you just need half as much storage, you won't be prepared to spend more for it.
A benefit exists when a feature fulfils a need or desire. As a result, depending on their demands,
customers value features differently.
A price, or the sum individuals pay to acquire the offering's advantages, is another component
of an offering. The cost of the transaction may include a single payment or something else
entirely. Many people believe that the cost of a thing is only determined by the money they
spent; however, the real cost of having a product, such as an iPod, includes both the device's
purchase price and the cost of any music or films that must be downloaded onto it. The total
cost of ownership is the sum of money spent on purchasing, using, and ultimately discarding a
thing. TCO is often seen as a term used by organisations to compare their services. Consumers,
though, also apply the idea. Consider comparing, for instance, two sweaters: one that can be
hand-washed and the other that has to be dry-cleaned. The jumper that can be hand washed will
cost you less money to acquire, but it can cost you more in terms of time and bother. That is
something a wise shopper would consider.
A service is a deed that offers a client an intangible advantage. Cutting hair is a service. A
haircut that you have paid for cannot be kept, given to someone else, or sold. Services that are
offered as "pure" services don't have any observable features attached to them. An example of
a pure service is skydiving. After the leap, all that is left is your recollection of it. Yes, an
aircraft is necessary, and that much is undeniably true. The leap is the problem, not the product.
The word "product" is sometimes used to refer to a physical or immaterial offering. For
instance, banks often promote certain lending programmes or financial "products" they provide
to customers. However, these items are really financial services. An offering of any sort is
usually referred to as a "product".
However, a lot of physical things also contain intangible service components. Buyers' main
worry when Hewlett-Packard unveiled its first piece of audio testing gear was the service HP
could provide. Could a new business, like HP, support the product if anything went wrong? As
you may have guessed, a service need not be used in order to be a significant component of an
offering. Even if customers never needed the service, the audio oscillator's HP'sm to provide
quality after-sales support in a timely manner was a key selling point. Barbershop Sport Clips
has a sports-bar vibe to it. Sport Clips' catchphrase is "At Sport Clips, guys win." Therefore,
even though you could leave Sport Clips with the identical haircut that you might receive at
Pro Cuts, your haircut-getting experience was significantly different, adding value for certain
customers. Sport Clips, used with permission as the source [4]–[6].
You could believe that the closest thing to a "pure" product free of services is a can of soup.
However, consider your options for how to buy the soup can for a minute. You may get it
online, at Publix or convenience stores like 7-Eleven. The product's intangible service
advantages, such as how you may shop for it, influence how you decide to get it. Even what
seems to be a "pure" product, such as a can of soup, may have an intangible service element
attached to it, such as the method you may shop for it for example, at a convenience store, a
grocery store like Publix, or possibly online.
The product-dominant marketing strategy
Page | 82
Copyright2021@CIIR
Marketers see goods, services, and pricing as three distinct qualities from the conventional
product-dominant viewpoint of business. They are to a certain degree. For instance, HP might
modify the functionalities of a testing tool without altering the terms of its support or the cost
of the tool. The Industrial Revolution served as the foundation for the product-dominant
marketing paradigm. Businessmen during this time period concentrated on creating goods that
could be mass manufactured inexpensively. In other words, businesses developed a focus on
their products, believing that producing higher-quality goods at cheaper costs was the greatest
strategy for gaining market share. Up to the end of World War II, marketing was still focused
in such manner.
The Service-Dominant Marketing Strategy
Who chooses which goods are superior? Customers undoubtedly do. As a consequence,
adopting a product-oriented strategy might lead to marketing professionals concentrating
excessively on the product itself and insufficiently on the customer or service-related
characteristics that consumers want. The majority of consumers will contrast the costs paid for
physical goods with the accompanying services. In other words, the foundation for comparison
is the whole product. In the end, prices are evaluated with other characteristics and services of
the items, even if a customer would first compare product A's price to product B's price. The
demands of the consumer determine which of these characteristics is dominant.
The benefit of a service-dominant strategy is that it blends an offering's product, pricing, and
service aspects. This aids marketers in adopting a customer-centric mindset, which might
enable them to enhance the value of their company's offerings. In addition to the providing
itself, marketers should think about the services required for the consumer to acquire, utilise,
and dispose of their offers since each of these actions results in costs for the client, whether
those costs are monetary or include time and inconvenience. Customers are becoming more
actively engaged in the benefits generation process. Let's return to Campbell's Cream of
Chicken Soup, that "pure" product. That can may be used by the user to make a cup of soup or
it can be a component of King Ranch Chicken. As far as the customer is concerned, no
advantage is felt until the soup is consumed; as a result, while the soup was a component of the
King Ranch Chicken, the consumer contributed to the development of the final "product". Or
imagine if the cafeteria at your school prepared King Ranch Chicken for you to eat; in that
scenario, you both consumed a good and a service.
Some claim that concentrating too much on the client might result in inadequate or subpar
product development. These individuals think that consumers often struggle to understand how
a cutting-edge new technology may help them. Numerous discoveries are routinely made by
researchers and businesspeople, and these findings subsequently lead to the creation of goods.
Consider the Post-it Notes made by 3M. A 3M scientist who was really attempting to produce
something different came up with the glue that allowed Post-it Notes to adhere and restack.
After it came Post-it Notes [7]–[9].
DISCUSSION
Levels of Products and Product Lines
The foundational technology upon which a product is constructed is called its technology
platform. Consider the iPod, which uses MP3 technology as an example. The creation of a new
product often entails taking a technological platform and rebounding its advantages in order to
provide a modified version of an already-existing service. Apple, for instance, furthermore sells
the Nano and the Shuffle in addition to the iPod Classic. The same fundamental technology
underpins both. In certain cases, a new product is built on a technological platform that was
Page | 83
Copyright2021@CIIR
first created to address distinct issues. For instance, a number of items were first created to
address issues faced by NASA's astronauts who were travelling to space. Later, other sorts of
offers were created using that technology.
For instance, the Micro Tek pet spray from Eqyss prevents animals from biting and scratching
themselves. The spray has a proprietary mix that NASA created to clean astronauts when they
return from space. NASA initially created the recipe for the Micro Tek pet grooming spray in
order to cleanse astronauts once they return from space. A technological platform is not only
physical goods. In a world dominated by services, knowledge might be a particular kind of
technological platform. For instance, the "bioesthetic" therapy paradigm was created to aid
those who experience discomfort while they chew due to TMJ, a jaw disease. The bioesthetic
technology platform may be taught to a dentist, who can subsequently provide treatments based
on it. However, there are more TMJ treatments that use different platforms, or bases, of
information and techniques, such surgery [10]–[12].
Few businesses are able to thrive with only one product. The majority of businesses sell a
variety of products that complement one another to meet the requirements and preferences of
a wide spectrum of clients. A product line is a collection of linked products. Product lines are
developed to boost the effectiveness of marketing campaigns. For instance, the basic soups
available in cans with red labelling are Campbell's condensed soups. However, Campbell's
Chunky is a ready-to-eat soup that comes in cans with a distinct name. Despite the fact that
both Campbell's red-label chicken soup and Chunky chicken soup are produced by the same
firm, the majority of customers anticipate variations between the two.
A product line may include a large variety of items, as is the case with Campbell's condensed
soup line, which has several dozen distinct flavours. Another option is for a product line to be
limited, like Apple's iPod line, which comprises of only a handful distinct MP3 players. Line
depth refers to the number of options inside a single product line, indicating whether the
product line is wide or limited. A line extension occurs when additional, comparable goods are
introduced to the product line. It would be a line extension if Apple added a new MP3 player
to the iPod family. Businesses may also provide a wide range of product categories. The
number of unique or separate product lines a corporation has determines its line width. For
instance, Campbell's offers a variety of non-soup lines, including Pace Picante sauces, Prego
Italian sauces, and crackers, as well as condensed, chunky, kids', and lower sodium soup
varieties. The product mix refers to a company's whole selection of items.
Consumer Product Types
Numerous categories may be used to group goods and services. These are the categories that
marketers most often employ, and we will refer to them throughout the book since each has
marketing consequences. Four broad categories may be found in consumer offerings:
Convenience Products
1. Purchasing options
2. Offering specialties
3. Unasked-for gifts
Each of these categories will be covered in this section. Do not forget that the categories are
independent of the characteristics of the products. Instead, they depend on how customers wish
to buy things, which might differ from customer to customer. What one customer views as a
shopping good, another consumer may see as a convenience good.
Convenience Products
Page | 84
Copyright2021@CIIR
Consumers often don't want to spend much time browsing for convenience goods since they
don't notice many differences between rival companies. The availability of bread is convenient
for many customers. The customer may choose the shop where they want to purchase their
bread, but they are prepared to buy any brand that the shop offers. Marketing convenience
goods often consists of putting the product in as many locations as possible where a sale could
happen. In 1913, the Life Savers Candy Company was established. Its main marketing tactic
was to get businesses to put Life Savers next to their cash registers and give customers a nickel
(the cost of a roll of Life Savers) in their change in order to induce an impulsive purchase.
Convenience offers and impulse offerings, or things bought without any thought, are closely
connected. The famous illustration is Life Savers, which the Life Savers Candy Company first
produced in 1913. To entice consumers to purchase one extra item a roll of Life Savers, of
course the corporation advised stores and restaurants to place the sweets next to their cash
registers and to always give customers a nickel back with their change.
Offerings for Shopping
An offer for shopping is one for which the customer will try to compare and choose a brand.
Customers seek to discover the greatest deal or the appropriate product because they think there
are distinctions between shopping options. Buyers could make many trips to retail
establishments or spend a lot of time browsing websites and reading product evaluations, such
those in Consumer Reports. If Crest's Whitening Fresh Mint is your preferred toothpaste and it
isn't available at your usual shop, you may have to switch locations.
When choosing which products to purchase, consumers often consider brand names. A retailer
may not carry another brand if it runs out of a certain brand. You could decide to wait to
purchase the toothpaste until your next trip to the store if, for instance, the store is out of Crest
Whitening Expressions toothpaste. You might even choose to shop at a different establishment
or get a sample tube of a different toothpaste until you can find what you want. Be aware that
even something as basic as toothpaste might become a buying item for someone who is
passionate about maintaining excellent oral health, possibly after reading internet product
reviews or speaking with her doctor. Because of this, organisations like Procter & Gamble, the
producer of Crest, make a big effort to sway not just customers but also influential figures like
dentists who help their goods sell.
Offerings of Specialty
Speciality products have a high degree of differentiation, and the brands that various businesses
use to sell them vary greatly. An Iron Horse or Orange County Chopper motorbike, for instance,
is likely to have many more features than a Kawasaki or Suzuki motorcycle. Specialty goods
are often only accessible via a few sources. For instance, speciality goods include unique scents
that are exclusively sold at high-end stores. Less commonly than convenience products are
acquired specialty offerings.
As a result, their profit margin is often higher. Specialty products have a lot of differentiation,
like this bespoke motorbike. People are willing to spend more money and go to greater efforts
to get these products. It's important to educate customers on the fundamental characteristics in
your product and develop brand familiarity in their thoughts in order to successfully market
speciality items. This is important. The branding on the product could be the sole thing that
sets fashion products apart. Even so, marketers put a lot of time and money into trying to change
how customers see their goods in comparison to those of their rivals.
Unexpected Gifts
Page | 85
Copyright2021@CIIR
Unwanted offers are ones that customers often do not want to have to look for unless they are
required. Funeral and towing services are often seen as unwelcome gifts. Selling unwanted
goods is challenging. Preneed sales in the funeral business or towing insurance in the
automotive industry are two examples of organizations that attempt to presell the product.
Other businesses, like insurance providers, work to increase customer awareness of their goods
so that when a need occurs, people think of them first.
Business-to-Business Offerings Categories
The same is true with business-to-business products; they come in a variety of forms just like
consumer services. B2B services, however, are categorised by how they are utilised as opposed
to consumer offerings, which are divided into categories based on how customers purchase.
Capital equipment offers, raw material offerings, original equipment manufacturer offerings,
maintenance, repair and operations offerings, and enabling offerings are the key types of B2B
offerings.
Equipment Capital Offerings
Any piece of equipment that has been bought, utilised for more than a year, and depreciated
during its useful life is considered a capital equipment offering. For instance, machinery
employed in a manufacturing plant would be regarded as capital equipment. Because the
purchasing choices for the items may be fairly complicated and include several departments,
professionals who market capital equipment often have to direct their communications to many
individuals inside the businesses to which they are selling. Determining who should get what
messages and how to influence the sale may be quite difficult from a marketing perspective.
Offerings of Raw Materials
Offerings of raw materials are supplies that businesses provide to other businesses so that they
may produce goods or render services. Offerings of raw materials are processed just to the
extent necessary for their efficient distribution. In general, ores such as those made of iron,
nickel, copper, and other metals are regarded as raw materials. Iron that has been processed
into steel sheets is referred to as a manufactured material since it has undergone finishing
processes but is still not a completed item that can be used on its own. The production of
additional products then employs both raw and produced materials.
Considering raw resources as commodities implies that there is little distinction between them.
As a result, availability and price are the main factors in the fight to sell them. Italian furniture
manufacturer Natuzzi specialises in leather furniture. Natuzzi purchases commodities while
making its couches out of wood. The leather that the business uses, in contrast, is graded,
meaning that each piece is given a quality rating. Because every business's leather in a certain
grade is essentially the same until a company chooses to purchase it, leather is still a commodity
to some degree.
OEM Products or Supplies
A final product's producer or assembler is known as an original equipment manufacturer. A
finished product is created by an OEM by assembling raw ingredients, produced materials, and
component components. An on/off switch is an example of an OEM offering, which are parts
that are supplied by one manufacturer to another and integrated without further modification
into a finished product. You could notice that the Natuzzi sofa has metal feet if you look at the
photo of it. Metal feet are considered an OEM component since they are most likely produced
by a company other than Natuzzi. Another example of OEM components is the hard drives
Page | 86
Copyright2021@CIIR
from Dell that are placed in computer kiosks like the self-service kiosks at airports that print
your boarding cards.
MRO Services
Offerings in maintenance, repair, and operations are goods and services that keep a business
running. MRO products include hardware for repairing any component of a structure or piece
of machinery as well as janitorial supplies. Distributors often sell MRO goods. However, a
retail shop sells many of the same goods. For instance, a hardware shop is where you may get
nuts and bolts. However, a commercial buyer of nuts and bolts will also need repair supplies
that you do not have, such as highly strong solder for metal welding. The customer would rather
buy many items from one seller than make multiple trips around town for them out of
convenience. To see the customer, the distributor dispatches a salesman. The majority of MRO
distributors sell thousands of goods, put up online shopping Web sites for their clients, and
provide a range of additional services to make their clients' lives simpler.
Promoting Offerings
offers that assist a business's operations but are not included in the end product it sells are
referred to as facilitating offers. This group of goods and services includes marketing research
services, banking and transportation services, copiers and computers, among others. It's
possible that the buyer's firm does not prioritise facilitating offerings in the same manner that
it does raw materials and component components. However, these options could be quite
significant to the individual making the purchasing choice. Your decision might be crucial to
your own success whether you are a marketing manager picking a vendor for marketing
research or an advertising agency. Because of this, a lot of businesses that provide facilitating
services work to cultivate long-lasting connections with their customers
Packaging, Labelling, And Branding
The Coca-Cola brand is the strongest brand in the world, claims BusinessWeek magazine.
However, a Reuters-sponsored worldwide poll of consumers indicated that Apple had the best
brand.
Branding
A brand is a name, image, design, symbol, or mix of such things that a seller uses to distinguish
and set apart its products from those of rivals. A brand's positioning in customers' thoughts is
achieved via a collection of actions known as branding. You may not be aware that The Beatles
founded Apple, a recording studio. Due of the potential for customer confusion caused by two
businesses with the same name, Apple Corp., Ltd. sued Apple Computer when it first started.
When Apple exclusively sold computers, this wasn't much of an issue, but with the debut of
the iPod and the introduction of Apple's iTunes programme, it might be argued that the firms'
offers are sufficiently similar for customers to mistake the two companies and their goods. In
reality, the name dispute litigation was not resolved until quite recently, some thirty years after
the first complaint was filed. However, the circumstance illustrates how crucial brand names
are to the businesses that hold them.
A branding strategy that achieves what Coke and Apple have is one that helps consumers
recognise the brand's meaning. As a result, marketing experts are particularly concerned with
whether a prospective new service supports the organization's brand and position in the minds
of consumers when determining if it matches a company's image. A brand's identity is
conveyed via its name, such as Apple. A brand mark is a sign, like the wave from Coke or the
multicoloured apple from Apple Computer, that is connected to a particular brand. Companies
Page | 87
Copyright2021@CIIR
value brand names and brand marks because customers use them to guide their purchasing
decisions. It was crucial to clean up the Apple brand because of this. Each business wanted to
guarantee that customers received what they desired and understood the significance of each
brand.
Which brand a new item will be promoted under is a crucial choice businesses must make. For
instance, Black & Decker manufactures power tools for consumers under the Black & Decker
brand, while its Dewalt brand manufactures items for more serious DIYers and experts. Black
& Decker would be developing a brand extension if it chose to add additional items to its
Dewalt line, such as coolers, transportable radios, CD players and other accoutrements
construction workers could find practical on a job site. Using an existing brand name or brand
mark for a new product category is known as brand extension. If the business did, it would be
because Dewalt already has a solid reputation among construction experts for great quality,
long-lasting durability, and performance. The Dewalt brand would be trusted by these same
specialists to deliver.
When branding a new product, businesses must take into account the degree of product
cannibalization that may take place. When a company's new product depresses sales of one of
its more established ones, this is known as cannibalization. Cannibalization won't happen with
a fully new product, but it probably will with a line expansion. Cannibalization will also happen
as a consequence of brand extensions if you market identical goods under different names. For
instance, if Black & Decker already had a line of coolers, portable radios and CD players when
the Dewalt line of items was introduced, some of the Black & Decker products may be
displaced by the new Dewalt offers. Cannibalization, according to some marketers, may be
advantageous since it indicates that a business is creating fresh, improved products. These
individuals think that your competition will cannibalise your own line if you don't.
Packaging Choices
The package on which a brand's logo and name will be prominently displayed raises another
set of considerations. In certain cases, the box itself functions as a brand. For instance, Coca-
Cola's Coke bottle's curved design is a registered trademark. Coca-Cola's lawyers will have
cause to sue you if you choose to promote your beverage in a bottle with a comparable shape.
In certain cases, a licenced trademark is represented via the packaging itself. One illustration
is the slender bottle of Coke. Wikimedia Commons is the source. A product's packaging must
perform a number of crucial tasks, including promoting the brand and its advantages,
safeguarding the product against damage and contamination during shipping as well as damage
and tampering once it is in retail outlets, preventing contents leakage, and displaying warning
and information labels that are required by law.
Packaging may sometimes serve other purposes, such as being a component of an in-store
display intended to advertise the product. A product is contained in its primary packaging as a
single retail unit. Examples of main packaging are a bottle of Coke, a bag of M&Ms, or a ream
of printer paper. Products may be protected, promoted, and brought to customers' attention via
primary packaging. Additionally, primary packaging may be used to include directions on how
to build the product, examples of how to utilise an item, and any other information that is
required. Any necessary warning or nutrition labels must be printed on the main package.
Primary packaging may also be grouped together. For instance, customers may purchase Coke
in 12-packs of cans or six-packs of bottles. A product is contained in secondary packaging in a
single wholesale unit. Examples include boxes of reams of paper and cases of M&M bags.
Retailers are the primary target audience for secondary packaging, not customers. It is
nevertheless likely to include brand markings and labelling, even when warning or nutrition
Page | 88
Copyright2021@CIIR
labels are not required. The specific items are additionally safeguarded during transportation
by additional packaging.
Packaging that is intended primarily for shipping and effectively managing huge volumes is
known as tertiary packaging. Cases of Coca-Cola are piled on pallets and then wrapped in
plastic before being sent to a supermarket by a Coca-Cola bottler. Pallets may be moved by a
forklift truck or even a tiny forklift inside of a grocery store with ease. Beyond just safeguarding
the goods during shipping, packing may be advantageous to the client. For instance, no-spill
caps may let you use your laundry detergent more conveniently or stop spills while you're
putting oil in your car's engine. Additionally, as we've already said, secondary packaging may
be used as a component of an in-store display, which can benefit your merchants.
Charge of the Offering
Managing all of a company's products and services involves a lot of difficulties. Several jobs
can be required, depending on the company's size and the range of its services. One such role
is brand manager. A brand manager is in charge of all commercial choices involving products
under a single brand. Business decisions include choices like which products to include in the
brand, how to position the brand in the market, price alternatives, and other choices that have
an impact on profit and loss. A brand manager is in fact often tasked with managing the brand
as if it were a distinct company. Consumer marketing firms are far more likely to employ brand
managers. Because B2B businesses often do not have many brands, the role is uncommon in
the B2B setting.
A product manager, who has commercial responsibility for a certain product or product line, is
a common sight in a B2B organisation. The product manager, like the brand manager, must
choose which offers to include, which advertisements to use, and many other business
considerations. Microsoft, Procter & Gamble, SC Johnson, Kraft, Target, General Mills, and
ConAgra Foods are among the companies that employ brand managers. Xerox, IBM, Konica-
Minolta Business Solutions, Rockwell International, among many other companies, employ
product managers.
Although the University of Georgia was the first to start a graduate programme in brand
management, the University of Wisconsin today offers the only significant programme that is
taught in the country. The university's Centre for Brand and Product Management oversees the
management of the programme. Because of the choices brand managers must make about
profitability and volume, the majority of brand managers just possess an undergraduate degree
in marketing. However, having a solid background in either finance or accounting is
advantageous. Numerous universities in the UK offer undergraduate degrees with a focus on
brand management, as does Seneca College in Toronto, Canada.
In certain businesses, a category manager is in charge of making business choices about a large
range of products. A category manager at SC Johnson may be in charge of all household
cleaning products, in which case brands like Pledge, Vanish, Drano, Fantastik, Windex,
Scrubbing Bubbles and Shout would fall under their purview. A brand manager may be in
charge of each of those brands and report directly to the category manager. A category manager
oversees many manufacturers' items at the retail level in each shop. The SC Johnson, Procter
& Gamble, Colgate-Palmolive, and many other manufacturers' products would fall under the
purview of the home cleaning category manager.
Making a market manager, who is in charge of business choices inside a market, is an additional
choice. A market in this context might be characterised as a geographical market or area, a
market segment, such as a business category, or a route of distribution. SC Johnson, for
Page | 89
Copyright2021@CIIR
instance, may employ regional pest management professionals. Regional market managers for
insect management would make sense considering that the weather affects whether bugs are
pests at any given moment. For instance, a manager of a southern regional office might like
more Off! due of the warm weather and biting mosquitoes that have already started to
proliferate in the southern United States in March.
A market manager is more likely to be assigned responsibility for a certain market segment in
B2B marketplaces, such as all hospital medical staff or doctor's offices. The managers of these
markets are known as vertical market managers, and all clients like these in a given industry
make up what is known as a vertical market. B2B businesses are structured in this fashion
because purchasing requirements and procedures are likely to be consistent within an industry,
whereas communication methods may vary between sectors. Vertical market arrangements for
marketing departments are more effective, in the opinion of B2B marketers, than organising by
region, since periodicals, websites, and trade exhibitions are structured to serve certain sectors
or even individual roles within industries. Market managers may sometimes report to brand
managers or sales executives if they work in the sales department of their companies. Market
managers have little authority over the communication-related aspects of marketing campaigns
or marketing strategies, and they are less likely to have as much freedom in terms of price and
product selections. These managers are more likely to be in charge of their markets and given
the duty of carrying out a product or brand manager's plan. Some businesses do not have brand
managers, just market managers. The brands are instead managed by marketing vice presidents
or other executives [13]–[15].
CONCLUSION
Businesses should continually test and improve their offerings throughout the development
process depending on consumer input and market reaction. The final offers are guaranteed to
meet or surpass consumer expectations thanks to this iterative process, which enables
continuous optimization. In conclusion, generating appealing value propositions for clients is
a critical step in the strategic process of producing offerings. Businesses may create enticing
and distinctive offers by understanding client demands, distinguishing out from rivals, and
coordinating with market segments. Businesses may create offers that connect with clients,
influence their purchase choices, and eventually result in long-term success in the market via
creativity, innovation, and constant refining.
REFERENCES:
[1] F. C. Muchadeyi et al., “Editorial: Why Livestock Genomics for Developing Countries
Offers Opportunities for Success,” Frontiers in Genetics. 2020. doi:
10.3389/fgene.2020.00626.
[2] D. Lagakos, “Urban-rural gaps in the developing world: Does internal migration offer
opportunities?,” J. Econ. Perspect., 2020, doi: 10.1257/jep.34.3.174.
[3] K. Bilińska-Reformat and I. Sztangret, “Influence of knowledge sharing between
intermediaries and IT leaders on developing offers for customers - polish perspective.,”
Int. J. Manag. Cases, 2013.
[4] V. De Marchi, E. Giuliani, and R. Rabellotti, “Do global value chains offer developing
countries learning and innovation opportunities?,” Eur. J. Dev. Res., 2018, doi:
10.1057/s41287-017-0126-z.
[5] J. Shapland, D. Burn, A. Crawford, and E. Gray, “From victimisation to restorative
justice: developing the offer of restorative justice,” Int. J. Restor. Justice, 2020, doi:
Page | 90
Copyright2021@CIIR
10.5553/ijrj.000034.
[6] J. Dumay, C. Bernardi, J. Guthrie, and P. Demartini, “Integrated reporting: A structured
literature review,” Account. Forum, 2016, doi: 10.1016/j.accfor.2016.06.001.
[7] R. A. Wolfe, F. B. LaPorte, A. M. Rodgers, E. C. Roys, G. Fant, and A. B. Leichtman,
“Developing organ offer and acceptance measures: When ‘good’ organs are turned
down,” Am. J. Transplant., 2007, doi: 10.1111/j.1600-6143.2007.01784.x.
[8] C. McMichael, E. Waters, and J. Volmink, “Evidence-based public health: What does it
offer developing countries?,” Journal of Public Health. 2005. doi:
10.1093/pubmed/fdi024.
[9] B. Melovic, D. Cirovic, B. Dudic, T. B. Vulic, and M. Gregus, “The analysis of
marketing factors influencing consumers’ preferences and acceptance of organic food
products—recommendations for the optimization of the offer in a developing market,”
Foods, 2020, doi: 10.3390/foods9030259.
[10] A. Haag, “Developing nations offer hope in climate talks,” Nature. 2005. doi:
10.1038/438895a.
[11] S. M. Cabeça, A. R. Gonçalves, J. F. Marques, and M. Tavares, “Mapping Intangibilities
in Creative Tourism Territories through Tangible Objects: a methodological approach
for developing creative tourism offers,” Tour. Manag. Stud., 2019, doi:
10.18089/tms.2019.15si05.
[12] K. I. Kasozi et al., “Pandemic panic and anxiety in developing countries. Embracing one
health offers practical strategies in management of covid-19 for africa,” Pan African
Medical Journal. 2020. doi: 10.11604/PAMJ.SUPP.2020.35.2.22637.
[13] M. Bozorg, A. Ahmadi-Khatir, and R. Cherkaoui, “Developing Offer Curves for an
Electric Railway Company in Reserve Markets Based on Robust Energy and Reserve
Scheduling,” IEEE Trans. Power Syst., 2016, doi: 10.1109/TPWRS.2015.2485938.
[14] J. Cré et al., “Developing an integrated offer for sustainable renovations,” Retrofit 2012,
Salford Manchester, UK, 24-25 January 2012. 2012.
[15] M. T. Waheed et al., “Need of cost-effective vaccines in developing countries: What
plant biotechnology can offer?,” SpringerPlus. 2016. doi: 10.1186/s40064-016-1713-8.
Page | 91
Copyright2021@CIIR

Developing and Managing Offerings: An

Analysis
Dr. Vankadari Gupta
Associate Professor, Master in Business Administration (General Management),
Email Id-chithambargupta@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
The process of generating, releasing, and maintaining a variety of goods, services, and solutions
in order to satisfy client wants and achieve a competitive advantage is known as developing
and managing offers. This abstract gives a general overview of the comprehensive approach to
creating and maintaining services, stressing the important factors, tactics, and difficulties
involved in doing so. A detailed awareness of client preferences, market dynamics, and industry
trends is the first step in the process of designing and managing services. Competitive analysis,
market research, and consumer feedback are all excellent tools for spotting market
opportunities and gaps. Businesses may tailor their offers to meet client wants and beat the
competition by collecting and analysing this data. Throughout the development and
management process, a customer-centric mindset is essential. Businesses may segment their
target market and adjust their services to different segments by doing so, as well as by
recognising the distinctive traits, demands, and preferences of various consumer groups. This
segmentation-driven approach enables customised experiences, personalised marketing, and
targeted messaging that raises client happiness and loyalty.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Variety of Goods, services, Management, Product.
INTRODUCTION
In order to create solutions that stand out in the market, innovation is essential. Businesses must
support innovation and cultivate a culture of creativity. Businesses may provide cutting-edge
goods, services, or solutions that meet new client expectations and give them a competitive
edge by investing in research and development. Maintaining relevance and fulfilling the
changing requirements of consumers need constant innovation and development. Numerous
factors, including price, branding, marketing, and customer service, are involved in the
management of offers. Pricing policies must examine variables including manufacturing costs,
market demand, and competitive pricing in order to achieve a balance between consumer value
and profitability. For positioning offers, building brand recognition, and conveying the unique
value proposition to clients, effective branding and marketing activities are essential. To
maintain a pleasant client experience and foster long-term partnerships, organisations must also
provide outstanding customer care. For long-term success, managing an offering's lifespan is
essential. This entails monitoring and examining performance indicators, getting customer
Page | 92
Copyright2021@CIIR
feedback, and modifying offers in response to changing market dynamics and consumer
preferences. Businesses may make data-driven choices, enhance their services, and embrace
new chances for development and progress by keeping an eye on consumer wants and industry
trends [1]–[3].
Any business must have a product that people desire to purchase. Most businesses are founded
by individuals who have an idea for improving an existing product. For instance, Hewlett-
Packard was founded in a garage in 1939 by two young engineers named Bill Hewlett and
Dave Packard who believed they had a superior concept for creating and building a precise
audio oscillator an electrical device that examines sound. Since their product was so much more
accurate than those of their rivals, it was produced and distributed all over the globe for more
than 30 years. In fact, it has perhaps had one of the longest sales histories of any electronic
gadget. Additionally, it was just $54 whereas similar items were over $200. For many years,
Hewlett-Packard, now more often referred to as HP, was not housed in a tiny garage. However,
the business continues to be able to expand by effectively creating and promoting new products.
In the majority of businesses, creating new products is a continuous process. In certain cases,
a business establishes a price point first, then creates goods and services to match that budget.
IKEA is an example of a business that practises this. IKEA works backward to develop items
to meet the range of pricing that customers are willing to spend for home furnishings. In other
cases, the focus is simply on creating a better product that enhances the value of already
existing items; the price is addressed afterwards. The audio oscillator from Hewlett-Packard is
an example of this kind of item.
Remember that a "new" product can be "new and improved," like laundry detergent; it can also
be an addition to a line of goods or services, like Marriott's addition of the Courtyard by
Marriott and the Fairfield Inn or Capri Sun's introduction of new flavours; or it can be a
company that has changed its positioning, like Hyundai Motor Company, which is attempting
to shift the perception of its cars from being cheap to "an overachieving, underappreciated
brand that smart people are discovering." What is brand-new for one business may not be for
another. For instance, a luxury hotel may already provide a cheap property, but when a budget
property is added, it is seen as a new product by the luxury hotel.
The Development of New Offerings Process
Similar phases in the development process are experienced by the majority of new products.
The processes are typically the same, albeit a company's size will influence how the various
stages of their new product development process are carried out and if items are tested on the
market before being presented. These phases are outlined in "The New Offering Development
Process".
Creation of Ideas
Many businesses, like HP and Apple, were started in a garage after the product's inventors had
a concept for it and had attempted to create and sell it. Two Stanford University students created
the audio oscillator that became HP's first product. Although there was some disagreement,
Apple's Macintosh microcomputer seemed to be a low-priced copy of the Xerox Star, a
workstation with software. Steve Jobs, the co-founder of Apple, saw a product demonstration
at a Xerox research facility. Employees often think about fresh product concepts. Engineers at
Motorola are developing a smartphone that can be charged by rubbing it against a flat surface.
The concept was developed by a Motorola engineer while rollerblading. He pondered the
possibility of building a tiny generator to harness and store the power produced by rollerblade
Page | 93
Copyright2021@CIIR
wheels. This concept later inspired the creation of a tiny roller ball integrated inside the mobile
phone. You just need to spin the phone to turn it on [4]–[6].
Your consumers are one source of inspiration. In reality, clients are arguably the primary source
of new product ideas in business-to-business industries. Customers are aware of their
requirements and desires, which gives businesses an idea of market demands. Lead users are
customers who excel in coming up with novel uses for items or product concepts.
Manufacturers often court these individuals for this reason. Lead users may also be seen in
consumer marketplaces. For their Ambrielle brand of intimate apparel, JCPenney, for instance,
consults a group of female experts.
When consumers are consuming items that have service components, they are especially
significant cocreators of offers. For instance, if you give your hairdresser comments while they
cut your hair, it will change the final style you get. Similar to this, a business owner may assist
her certified public accountant (CPA) create stronger financial and tax strategies for her
company by sharing information and criticism about it with the CPA. Another source of ideas
for new goods is suppliers. A supplier could create a new product or technological advancement
that can be used to the creation of yet another product, after which they approach the producers
of those items and propose updated versions of their goods. For instance, McClancy Seasoning
Co. produces spices for usage in culinary items by restaurants and food processing businesses.
The research and development division of McClancy collaborates with businesses like
Campbell's to help them create fresh, improved products.
Working with their suppliers, Campbell's develops a variety of new goods, including variations
of its Pace line. Of course, businesses also keep an eye on their rivals to see what they're up to.
Some products cannot be lawfully copied because they are covered by patents or copyrights.
the application that runs An example is the iPhone from Apple. However, there are several
approaches to achieving the same outcomes as Apple has with its iPhone. Both the T-Mobile
G1 and the Samsung Omnia, both of which are identical to the iPhone in design and function,
run similar software. The section under "New Offering Ideas" displays a few product concepts
that originated from the previously mentioned sources employees, clients, suppliers, and rival
businesses. Like the iPhone, innovations are uncommon. However, a lot of novel concepts are
just improved iterations of things that already exist. When a business releases a new model
based on the same platform and brand as one of its existing goods, it does so as a line extension.
These were line expansions when Apple introduced the Nano and the Shuffle to their iPod
lineup. Remember that whether you engage clients or not, idea creation is often the least costly
phase in the process of generating a new item. Each stage of the product development process
is often more costly than the one before it. It is very inexpensive and simple to come up with
ideas for new goods; the tough and costly part is turning those ideas into actual things.
DISCUSSION
Not all concepts for new products are worthwhile. The Edsel from Ford Motor Company, Clear
Pepsi, and New Coke from Coca-Cola are among well-known product mistakes. Dell's mobile
phone for ageing baby boomers is less well known. Potential consumers shunned the phone in
droves as a result of its big size, large buttons, and large screen, which shouted "I'm old and
blind!" Yes, even large corporations make errors [7]–[9]. To attempt to prevent errors early in
the development process, ideas are screened. The less money invested and lost; the sooner
faulty ideas are abandoned. The organisation attempts to assess the new offering during the
concept screening stage by responding to the following questions.
Page | 94
Copyright2021@CIIR
1. Does the proposed product provide value for the customer? Does it meet a demand in
the market?
2. Can the product be produced in the time allotted to bring it to market?
3. How much will it cost and how many units will be sold?
4. Is it possible to produce and market the product within our budget and yet turn a profit?
5. Is it necessary for us to provide the consumer post-purchase support? If so, do we
possess the means to do so?
6. Does the product complement our brand and business objectives?
At this point, some organisations test concepts. Potential customers are asked to test the concept
of the product. Prior to making a large financial commitment to a product or service that won't
succeed, the goal is to get early user feedback. Focus groups, in which eight to twelve
customers come together and respond to the idea, and depth interviews, in which people are
given the concept and given the chance to respond individually, are two techniques that are
used to evaluate concepts. Focus groups and in-depth interviews are two research methods that
may be utilised later in the product creation process to test concepts or for other reasons. This
textbook was created with the aid of focus groups that spoke remotely via the phone and the
Internet. Concepts may also be evaluated online by developing a picture and soliciting input
from users who reflect the target market. Concepts need to be assessed by target market
representatives whether utilising focus groups, depth interviews, or internet approaches;
otherwise, the input is not relevant.
Price and cost are significant factors in screening since they take into account the viability of
actually producing and providing an item. The concept must be abandoned if the business
cannot sell the product in enough numbers to make a profit. Another crucial factor is
comprehending the customer's unique value equation. Customers won't purchase a product if
the value they obtain from it is less than the price the firm charges for it. In order to justify
investing in the offering, it must be financially viable. The offering must also be feasible in
terms of the procedure. The degree to which the business can really produce and provide the
product is known as process feasibility. Financial feasibility is impacted by process feasibility.
The company's financial objectives won't be achieved if expenses can't be kept under control
throughout the production or servicing of the product. Customer happiness is also influenced
by the process's viability. Many companies provide attractive faucets, but one of your writers
had to have the "guts" of one faucet changed three times before it started working, and he later
discovered that two of his acquaintances had experienced the same problem with the same type.
A design is only really amazing if it functions properly.
A quality product is not merely visually pleasing. Process feasibility is the concept that it also
functions properly. Wikimedia Commons is the source. The issue of strategic fit is challenging.
Business history is full with instances when firms have missed opportunities to create market-
leading new goods only to watch their rivals succeed. For instance, when Chester Carlson
proposed the invention of photocopying to IBM executives the technological foundation that
subsequently served as the brains behind Xerox Corporation—they rejected Carlson. IBM
halted before thoroughly evaluating the possibility because it did not believe the product
aligned with its overall strategy. IBM also failed to appreciate the business possibilities the
device offered. The business now starts to evaluate two different forms of risk. The first is
investment risk, or the chance that the business won't get a good return on the resources it
invests in the new product. The second kind of risk is opportunity risk, or the possibility that a
company would overlook a superior concept because it has already made an investment in the
current one. When a business evaluates fit, it also evaluates its opportunity risk. When it
evaluates feasibility, it evaluates the risk of its investment. The ability to produce the solution
Page | 95
Copyright2021@CIIR
on schedule and within budget is another risk-related concern. The viability of a product is
continually evaluated throughout the new product development cycle.
Feature Description
The product's characteristics must then be condensed in the next stage. As the business takes
into account which characteristics are vital to customers at various price points, pricing enters
the picture once again. A premium product is probably packed with additional features. A low-
cost offering, on the other hand, is probably going to be a "bare-bones" item with minimal
features. In the process of deploying quality functions, a business first determines the
advantages the client wants before creating a product to fulfil those needs. The advantages are
connected to certain features of the offering, which are then divided into component-part
features. The product is developed using this list of component components. Thus, a thorough
grasp of what customers need and desire informs the process of developing feature
requirements.
Using the QFD method, HP has created a variety of computer printers. Given that each printer
model may be tailored to meet the demands of a particular client, the QFD approach has been
especially useful in ensuring that the necessary features are bundled together within the HP
printer line. Customers may then get the model that best meets their requirements without
having to pay more for unnecessary features.
Development
The real offering is planned, its requirements are defined, and prototypes of it are created during
the development stage. The company also takes into account how the product will be made at
this point. For instance, when a restaurant is creating a new dish, it must not only taste excellent
but also be able to be manufactured quickly after being requested and at a price that allows the
business to make a profit. Using the same technological platform as another product may be
highly efficient and less expensive in terms of a manufacturer's offers. It is often simpler for a
business to teach its technicians to service a new product when they are using the same
platform.
Testing
The offering is tested at this phase, first in a lab and subsequently with actual clients. Alpha
testing is another name for lab testing. The purpose of alpha testing is to confirm that the
product satisfies its criteria and performs as expected in a range of settings. For instance, Kraft
may introduce a brand-new food item that must function in hot and cold areas, high humidity,
dry climates, and high altitudes all of which might affect how effectively the item functions.
Beta testing is the next phase. Actual consumers test a product to ensure that it functions
properly in a real-world setting. Beta testing examines a product's functionality as well as its
distribution methods, customer support procedures, and other marketing-related elements. This
process may be pricey. Depending on the product, some businesses may decide that it is
preferable to just introduce the product and wait for the market to react to or test it after it is
put on sale.
Beta testing are often carried out in B2B settings with lead users and preferred clients. Because
the product may still have defects that need to be fixed, the product's developer has to build a
good rapport with these clients. Beta testing may harm the two parties' connection and harm
the sales of the product's creator if there are major modifications that need to be made to the
product or service and the relationship between the parties is "iffy". The business is creating
and testing the marketing communication strategy that will be utilised to launch the product at
Page | 96
Copyright2021@CIIR
the same time as it is evaluating the offering's ability to satisfy its specifications. Many
businesses employ user communities or consumer panels to evaluate their products as well as
their communication strategies. As previously reported, JCPenney asks a user community for
suggestions about their Ambrielle lingerie brand. The firm routinely delivers real prototypes to
consumers for testing and feedback, along with ideas, to the group. Similar to this, the data
warehousing business Teradata has a "partners" organisation made up of a community of users
who take part in the development and testing of the company's products.
Commercialization or Launch
An offering is made accessible to consumers once it has been developed and tested. A
corporation may sometimes introduce a service simultaneously in all of its markets. Other
businesses could use a gradual launch strategy where the product is initially made accessible
in certain areas before expanding to others. If training is required for the company's service
technicians, a rolling rollout can be appropriate. After training the initial group of workers to
service the product, the firm launches the offering in one market and expands into further
markets as fresh groups of people train to service the product. For an illustration of the debut
of a new product, see the video below. To make sure that a marketing strategy for a product
reaches consumers, receives favourable feedback, and results in sales, some businesses test the
strategy before it is fully implemented. It's known as a market test. Businesses may test the
market in all or selected markets. For instance, one beverage manufacturer tried the marketing
strategy for a new wine cooler by launching the product on the east coast and advertising it as
a "Polynesian" drink; on the west coast, the beverage was advertised as a "Australian" drink.
The Polynesian variation was promoted and packaged differently in other new areas since it
was more widely accepted.
Evaluation
A company's management keep a close eye on the development of an offering once it is offered.
You've undoubtedly heard about how new films perform in the "box office" during the first
weekend after release. A movie's first weekend often indicates how much it will gross
altogether. A studio's management may opt to boost the marketing for it if the first weekend's
ticket sales are strong. If the movie's ticket sales are weak, the company can decide to
discontinue showing it in theatres completely and distribute it on DVD. For various kinds of
offers, significant milestones may include the first 90 days following a product's introduction,
then a second 90-day period, and so on. But keep in mind that businesses are continuously
analysing their products and revising them by altering their pricing, their marketing strategies,
or adding or removing the features and services that go along with them. Depending on the
organisation and other goods or services being created, the duration of milestones used to assess
products may vary [10]–[12].
CONCLUSION
Staying ahead of technology changes, reacting to competitive pressures, and successfully
managing product life cycles are challenges in producing and managing offers. To overcome
these obstacles, businesses must embrace innovation, agility, and flexibility. Additionally, for
efficient and successful offering creation and administration, internal process alignment and
cross-functional cooperation are crucial. In conclusion, creating and managing offers is a
complex process that calls for an innovative mindset, a focus on the consumer, and a thorough
comprehension of market dynamics. Businesses may establish competitive advantages,
stimulate innovation, and successfully manage the lifecycle of offers in order to effectively
understand consumer demands on a constant basis, cultivate strong customer relationships, and
succeed in the long run. Businesses may prosper in dynamic and competitive markets by
Page | 97
Copyright2021@CIIR
making strategic decisions, pursuing continuous development, and concentrating on providing

value.
REFERENCES:
[1] P. Kotler, “Marketing management/Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane Keller,” Pearson Educ.
Int., 2012.
[2] M. Baker and S. Hart, “Marketing for nonprofit organizations,” in The Marketing Book,
2020. doi: 10.4324/9780080942544-36.
[3] P. Kotler, “Kotler P. Marketing management/Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane Keller. Pearson
Educ Int. 2012,” Pearson Educ. Int., 2012.
[4] T. Pohjosenperä, P. Kekkonen, S. Pekkarinen, and J. Juga, “Service modularity in
managing healthcare logistics,” Int. J. Logist. Manag., 2019, doi: 10.1108/IJLM-12-
2017-0338.
[5] V. Giannikas, D. McFarlane, and J. Strachan, “Towards the deployment of customer
orientation: A case study in third-party logistics,” Comput. Ind., 2019, doi:
10.1016/j.compind.2018.10.005.
[6] S. S. Morris, S. A. Alvarez, and J. B. Barney, “Dancing with the stars: The practical
value of theory in managing star employees,” Acad. Manag. Perspect., 2021, doi:
10.5465/AMP.2017.0223.
[7] J. Ramazani and G. Jergeas, “Project managers and the journey from good to great: The
benefits of investment in project management training and education,” Int. J. Proj.
Manag., 2015, doi: 10.1016/j.ijproman.2014.03.012.
[8] C. C. Porral and M. F. Lang, “Private Labels The role of manufacturer identification,
Brand loyalty and image on purchase intention,” Br. Food J., 2015, doi: 10.1108/BFJ-
06-2014-0216.
[9] S. Rafiq and S. A. Khan, “Challenges Faced by University Librarians in Digital Library
Development: A Survey of University Libraries in Lahore.,” Pakistan Libr. Inf. Sci. J.,
2021.
[10] H. Barnard, “Host countries’ level of development and internationalization from
emerging markets: A typology of firm strategies,” J. Int. Manag., 2021, doi:
10.1016/j.intman.2021.100828.
[11] H. N. Qureshi, M. Manalastas, S. M. A. Zaidi, A. Imran, and M. O. Al Kalaa, “Service
Level Agreements for 5G and Beyond: Overview, Challenges and Enablers of 5G-
Healthcare Systems,” IEEE Access, 2021, doi: 10.1109/ACCESS.2020.3046927.
[12] C. Calvo Porral and M. F. Lang, “Private labels,” Br. Food J., 2015, doi: 10.1108/bfj-
06-2014-0216.
Page | 98
Copyright2021@CIIR

Product Life Cycle Management: Strategies

for Success in Every Stage
Dr. Jayakrishna Herur
Email Id-jayakrishna.udupa@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
A key idea in marketing, the product life cycle directs the management of new goods from their
launch through ultimate decline. This summary gives a general overview of the product life
cycle and emphasises its importance in successfully managing new goods. The important life
cycle phases are highlighted, along with the strategic factors to be taken into account at each
step and the significance of innovation and adaptability for maximum success. The four
different phases of the product life cycle are introduction, growth, maturity, and decline. A new
product is introduced to the market at the introduction stage in an effort to garner interest and
make the first sales. To raise awareness and encourage product acceptance at this stage,
effective marketing methods are essential. These include focused advertising and distribution.
Innovation and strategic adaptability are essential to effectively manage new goods throughout
their life cycles. To spot areas for improvement and foresee changes in client preferences,
businesses must constantly study market trends, customer input, and competing actions. In
order to generate product improvements and distinguish offers, this requires a commitment to
research and development, agility, and a customer-centric strategy.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Life Cycle Management, Product, Sales, Strategy.
INTRODUCTION
A new product reaches the growth stage when it acquires momentum and customer acceptance.
Sales, demand, and competition are all rising quickly. Businesses need to concentrate on
increasing market share, cultivating client loyalty, and bolstering their position in the
marketplace. To take advantage of the product's momentum at this point, consistent marketing,
distribution, and customer support expenditure is necessary. Following the growth stage is the
maturity period, which is marked by a plateau in sales and market saturation. There is more
competition, and there may be pricing pressure. Businesses must distinguish their product
offerings at this stage by innovation, product improvements, and focused marketing initiatives.
Extension of the product's lifespan and maintenance of market share may be achieved by
strategic pricing, bundling, and diversification activities [1]–[3].
Products eventually reach the decline stage, during which time sales and earnings decrease as
a result of changed market dynamics, obsolescence, or changing consumer preferences.
Businesses must thoroughly assess the profitability of the product and take into account choices
Page | 99
Copyright2021@CIIR
including product diversification, discontinuance, or revival via repositioning or relaunching.

To reduce losses and reallocate resources to other viable possibilities, effective product
portfolio management and prompt exit plans are essential. Every year, over 20,000 new items
join the market, including convenience meals, health and beauty aids, gadgets, cars,
pharmaceuticals, hotels, restaurants, and more. For instance, about 1,400 food items with a
"whole grain claim" were released in 2006. Other recent product launches include numerous
technological items like the Nintendo Wii, iPods, and digital video recorders; numerous new
personal care items like new toothpaste flavours and fragrances; and novel convenience foods
like frozen meals, "100 calorie pack" snacks, and cereal bars.
For a product to be valuable to the client after it has been developed and launched to the market,
the offering must be managed successfully. The manufacturer of the good can only maintain
the offering on the market and meet its profit goals if this is done. Making a lot of difficult
choices is part of the process, particularly if the product is being launched to international
markets. An organisation must assess and comprehend aspects in the external environment,
such as laws and regulations, the economy and stage of economic growth, the rivals and
alternatives, cultural values, and market demands, before launching goods in international
marketplaces. To effectively introduce items in overseas markets, businesses also require
knowledge. Due to the many potential restrictions on global marketplaces, businesses may first
launch a product in a small number of foreign regions. Other businesses, like Coca-Cola,
choose to engage in international competition.
The phases a product goes through following development, from introduction to end-of-life,
are included in the product life cycle. Products and services age and move through numerous
stages, much as children do as they grow up. The PLC is a useful instrument that aids marketers
in controlling the phases of a product's acceptability and success in the market, starting with its
debut, rise in market share, maturation, and potential fall in market share. To manage and decide
what to do with goods, other techniques like the General Electric methodology and the Boston
Consulting Group matrix may also be utilised. For instance, if a market is stagnant but a product
is selling well, the corporation may elect to invest in other items instead of keeping money
from the cash cow in the product in a market that is not developing. Distinct goods and product
categories have distinct product life cycles. A product may go through four phases, which are
shown in "Life Cycle" as an example of the product life cycle. But not all goods go through
each step, and each stage's duration varies. For instance, some items are discontinued from the
market and never see their market share increase [4]–[6].
DISCUSSION
More items remain in a stage than in others. For instance, Clear Pepsi, a beverage released by
PepsiCo in 1992, had a precipitous fall after its release. In contrast, shortly after its launch in
the early 1980s, Diet Coke entered the growing market before moving on to the mature stage
of the product life cycle. While product categories like diamonds and durable commodities
often have longer life cycles, new computer devices, software, and video games can have short
lifespans. Throughout a product's life cycle, several strategies may be used for promotion,
pricing, distribution, or modification. Now let's examine the different product life cycle phases
and what makes them unique.
The Stage of Introduction
The introduction stage is the initial phase of a product's life cycle. The last step of the
development of a new product, also known as commercialization, is the introduction stage.
Compared to earlier phases, marketing expenses are often greater in this one. Think of how
much fuel a jet requires for takeoff compared to how much it needs when flying as an example.
Page | 100
Copyright2021@CIIR
A new product or service requires more money to be introduced into the market, much as an
aeroplane needs more fuel to take flight. Supply chains and placement options are required to
get the product to the customers, and communication is necessary to raise awareness of the
product and convince consumers to try it. Due to the high expenditures associated with product
development and promotion during the first stages, profits are often modest [7]–[9].
For many items, the duration of the introduction phase varies. However, a business may only
use the word "new" on a product's packaging in the United States for a period of six months at
a time. The goals of an organisation during the introduction phase often include raising
awareness, educating prospective consumers about the value and advantages, and encouraging
them to try the product or service. It may take much longer for goods and services, especially
those from multinational corporations, to be accepted in overseas markets. As a result,
businesses that launch goods and services overseas often need to have the financial means to
commit to their success over the long term.
The particular promotional tactics a business use to introduce a product differ based on the kind
of product and how many rivals it has in the market. Companies that produce goods like cereal,
snacks, toothpaste, soap, and shampoo often contact customers by using mass marketing
strategies including television ads, Internet campaigns, and promotional programmes like
coupons and samples. Companies use personal selling to connect with wholesalers and retailers
like Walmart, Target, and grocery shops. Numerous businesses advertise to consumers,
retailers, and wholesalers. Other, more focused advertising techniques are sometimes used,
such billboards and transportation signs. Many businesses use in-store demonstrations,
personal selling, and educational advertising for more complex or costly goods, such computers
or plasma TVs, so that customers may understand how the items function.
In China and the US, there are several innovative, practical snack packaging options, including
jelly snacks and packets in various sizes. To deliver the product or service to the clients during
introduction, an organisation has to have a sufficient number of distribution channels.
Additionally, the product quantities must be accessible to satisfy demand. For instance, IBM's
ThinkPad was a major popularity when it was originally released, but IBM was unable to
supply enough of the device due to the high demand. A company's manufacturers, distributors,
and other supply chain partners working together makes it easier to match supply with demand
and provide value along the way.
You may have eaten the well-known Rice Krispies Treats cereal when you were a child. The
cereal was so well-liked that Kellogg's struggled to meet the initial demand and ran
advertisements apologising to customers. When supply is insufficient to meet demand, rivals
might join the market, as occurred when the microwave was invented. The majority of people
possess a microwave, and costs have decreased dramatically since Amana priced their first
model at over $500. Sales rose from 40,000 units to over a million units in only a few years
when customers in the US first learned about and saw the device. Due to a cheaper price, sales
in Japan climbed even more quickly. The increased demand in both nations led to an influx of
rivals and a decline in pricing.
Pricing strategies for goods in the early stages might vary based on the kind of product,
competing products, the added value a product offers customers over alternatives, and the
expenses associated with its development and production. Companies want customers to
believe that a new product is superior to or more attractive than current offerings. Penetration
pricing and skimming are two tactics that are often utilised in the first phase. A cheap beginning
price is used in a penetration pricing strategy to get lots of people to test a product. The
company wants to sell a lot of products in order to make a lot of money. The initial cost of new
Page | 101
Copyright2021@CIIR
cereal variations, shampoo smells, detergent odours, and snack foods is often modest. Rarely
does a business use a high pricing approach for a product like this. In order to raise customer
knowledge of the product and encourage them to try it, it is often paired with advertising,
discounts, samples, or other unique incentives.
In order to more rapidly recuperate the cost of the product's creation and promotion, a business
may utilise a skimming pricing strategy, which entails establishing a high initial price for a
product. The top, or high end, of the market is attracted by the skimming technique. Customers
who are early adopters of items or those who are less price sensitive often make up this
segment. Manufacturers of electronic goods like digital cameras, plasma TVs, and DVRs make
their pricing high at first. The high price must, however, be reasonable given the nature of the
product and the various marketing tactics being used to sell it. Examples of tactics businesses
could employ in combination with a skimming strategy include selling to clients more
personally, running advertisements that target certain customer segments, and putting the
product in a select few distribution channels.
The Stage of Growth
A product moves into the growth stage of its life cycle if the market accepts it. Sales growth,
an increase in rival businesses, and larger profitability are the hallmarks of the growth stage.
Unfortunately for the business, rivals join the market swiftly during the expansion period. For
instance, Pepsi quickly entered the market with Diet Pepsi when Diet Coke saw significant
popularity. You'll see that Coca-Cola and Pepsi each have rival beverage products that are
comparable to one another, such as their own brands of bottled water, juice, and sports drinks.
Manufacturers must make sure that the product is accessible to consumers when more people
start to purchase it or else, they face the danger of them purchasing rival products. For instance,
when Nintendo's Wii was originally released, the manufacturers were unable to meet the
demand from customers. As a result, some customers bought rival gaming consoles like the
Xbox from Microsoft.
After the Nintendo Wii was released, demand for the device skyrocketed. Wikimedia Commons
is the source. Occasionally, a business may spend more on advertising a product while it is
growing. However, marketing often highlight the unique advantages the product provides and
its worth in comparison to rival products rather than urging customers to try the product. In
other words, the business must battle the competition while still informing and educating
clients. In order to retain sales in the face of competition, a business might benefit by
highlighting the benefits of the product's brand name. Although many different companies
make personal computers, having a well-known brand like IBM gives a company an edge when
rivals join the market. A corporation may have a competitive advantage if its new goods share
a successful brand name with its current ones, as Black & Decker does with several of its
products. Because more units are sold and more income is brought in during the expansion
stage, businesses often start to turn a profit.
As a business seeks to access as much of the market as possible during the expansion stage, the
number of distribution channels used to offer the product may also rise. A product's expenses
often stay high throughout the expansion stage as a consequence of expanding its distribution
and manufacturing to assure its accessibility at various outlets. During the growth stage, the
product's price normally stays around the same level, while some businesses may lower their
pricing somewhat to draw in more customers and match their rivals' prices. Companies
anticipate that growing their sales will boost their earnings.
The Development Stage
Page | 102
Copyright2021@CIIR
The sales of a product often start to level off as multiple rivals join the market and the number
of potential new consumers falls. This shows that a product's life cycle has advanced to the
mature stage. Consumer goods are often at the mature stage of their life cycles, with repeat
consumers making up the majority of their market. Profits decline as a result of the fierce
rivalry, leaving only the strongest competitors. Compared to previous phases, the mature stage
is the longest. Products like Quaker Oats and Ivory Soap, which have been available for more
than a century, are at the maturity stage.
Stronger rivals extensively market various items to customers due to the intense competition
in the mature market. The value and advantages that provide the providing a competitive edge
are often the focus of the product promotion tactics. During the mature stage, the marketing
directed towards a company's distributors may also rise. In order to compete, businesses may
lower the price of mature items. However, businesses must take care to avoid engaging in "price
wars" with their rivals that would completely ruin the profit potential of their markets and put
a firm's future in jeopardy.
Regarding its microprocessors, Intel and Advanced Micro Devices have fought various pricing
battles. Samsung also competed against Apple's iPhone by increasing features and decreasing
the cost of its Instinct smartphone. During the 2008 Christmas season, numerous internet
companies participated in price wars by lowering their product and delivery rates due to the
weakening economy. While major companies like Amazon.com can afford delivery expenses,
pricing battles often harm smaller merchants. Many merchants bought less goods for the 2009
Christmas season after learning from their failures.
To be competitive, businesses must devise plans to lengthen the mature stage of their goods.
Many businesses do this by changing their target audiences, their product offerings, or their
marketing plans. We now examine each of these tactics individually. By pursuing new
consumers, pursuing distinct market groups, or discovering new applications for a product, a
corporation might attract new customers by changing the target market. Financial institutions
and car dealerships increasingly target women since they have more purchasing power. More
businesses are selling their goods and services online as a result of the rise in internet
customers. Companies have the chance to prolong the product life cycles of their various
products when they enter new markets.
As a tactic to attract new customers, many businesses expand internationally or into other
geographic regions. A product that could be at the introduction stage in one market but in the
mature stage in another might be. For instance, when the American market reached saturation,
McDonald's started adding outlets abroad. Before being made available in the United States,
cell phones were very well-liked throughout Asia. In Asia, a lot of people use their cellphones
to charge purchases and scan coupons. The American market, meanwhile, may not be ready for
that kind of technology.
The maturation stage of the product may also be extended by making changes to it, such as
modifying its packaging, size, flavours, colours, or quality. Nabisco's 100 Calorie Packs serve
as an example of how a corporation modified the packaging and size to provide convenience
and 100-calorie servings to customers. Nabisco repackaged additional items as a result of the
100 Calorie Packs' increased sales of nearly $200 million, which outpaced the decline in sales
of numerous packaged foods. By developing new flavours, Kraft Foods prolonged the mature
stage of many crackers, including Wheat Thins and Triscuits. Although it is unpopular with
customers, many businesses reduce the number of items or the size of the packaging they use
to save money and prevent costs from increasing too high [10], [11].
Page | 103
Copyright2021@CIIR
Every year, automakers make a little amount of changes to their models to include new
aesthetics and safety features. The makers of automobiles make more significant changes every
three to five years. Common techniques for extending the mature stage of the life cycle include
changing the packaging or adding variants or characteristics. The packaging and style of Pepsi's
soft drinks and Tropicana juice products have recently altered. Consumers, however, said the
new juice box resembled a less costly brand, making the product's quality seem worse. Pepsi
started using the original Tropicana packaging once again as a consequence. Consumer
feedback on Pepsi's revamped soda cans was likewise unfavourable.
When bringing items to global markets, businesses must determine if the product can be
standardised and how much, if any, adaptation or modification is required to fit local cultural
requirements. Standardising goods and marketing tactics is significantly less costly, although
cultural and environmental variances often call for some adaptation. Cultural variations
sometimes necessitate changing product names, colours, and packaging. For instance, Coca-
Cola's diet beverages are referred to as "light," not "diet," in many Asian and European nations.
For the Japanese market, GE manufactures smaller appliances including washers and dryers.
To compete in the American market, Hyundai Motor Company had to up the calibre of their
cars. Companies must also look at the external environment in international marketplaces since
there are different laws, levels of competition, and economic situations as well as different
cultural norms.
Europeans refer to diet beverages as "light," not diet. In Germany, this Coca-Cola beverage is
offered. Wikimedia Commons is the source. Some businesses alter their marketing plans to
account for one or more of their goods' marketing factors. For instance, a lot of fast-food
restaurants and coffee shops, including McDonald's, now sell speciality coffee that rivals
Starbucks. Starbucks' management felt it was time to alter the business's strategy as a
consequence. Starbucks has expanded its lunch menu over the years and stopped grinding
coffee in-store in order to provide customer’s speedier service. The fragrance of all the lunch
dishes turned off some customers who missed the coffee shop ambiance and the aroma of
freshly made coffee.
Starbucks' former CEO and founder Howard Schultz joined the organisation once again as a
consequence of the company's declining market dominance. To figure out how to alter the
company's offering and lengthen the mature stage of their life cycle, Schultz contacted experts.
Starbucks later updated its lunch menu in several locations and started grinding coffee in-store
to give consumers the scent they had been missing. several of its outlets now have a more
classic coffee shop feel. The business has changed several of its products to provide clients
who care about their health lower-calorie alternatives. To cater to consumers who were having
trouble making ends meet but still wanted a nice cup of coffee, Starbucks stated it will start
offering instant coffee for around a $1 per cup in 2009. Additionally, the company modified
how it communicated with clients by including more interactive media, such blogs. California
is home to the oldest McDonald's still open today. Wikimedia Commons is the source.
Starbucks may have overextended itself, but McDonald's wants to add 14,000 coffee shops to
some of its locations. Many McDonald's locations are remodelling their interiors to include
flat screen TVs, recessed lighting, and wireless Internet connection in addition to the coffee
bars. Customers still like the original designs of other McDonald's locations.
The Stage of Decline
The product has entered the decline stage of its life cycle when sales start to fall and keep
dropping to lower levels. Changes in customer tastes, technical developments, and substitutes
that meet the same need might cause demand for a product to fall during the decline stage. Do
Page | 104
Copyright2021@CIIR
you believe that any of your classmates have ever used a typewriter, an adding machine, or a
slide rule? Calculators and computers have taken the role of slide rules and adding machines,
respectively. A good question to ask your parents is if they remember eight-track recordings,
which were popular before cassette tapes and before CDs. Some goods lose value gradually.
Some people experience a sharp deterioration. Young people's fads and styles can have
relatively brief lifespans and go "out of style" very rapidly. Many students also don't own
landlines or VCR players and find it hard to comprehend that individuals still use these
"outdated" technology. Similar to payphones, they are quickly going out of style.
Tech devices with a strong attraction to young people, including digital cameras, mobile
phones, and video games, often have short lifespans. When their goods reach the decline stage,
businesses must select what methods to use. Some businesses attempt to cut down on the
amount they spend on these items' promotions as well as the number of retail locations where
they are offered for sale. To encourage buyers to purchase the goods, they could provide price
reductions. Harvesting the product requires progressively lowering all expenditures on it,
including product investments and marketing expenses. The corporation believes that by
lowering these expenses, the earnings from the product will rise until their stock is depleted.
The business may also choose to remove the item from its lineup. The business may decide to
sell the brand to another company or just substantially cut the price to get rid of all unsold
inventory. If a business chooses to retain the product, it might lose money or profit if rivals opt
not to participate. Many businesses feel that the best course of action is to alter the product
during the maturity period in order to delay reaching the decline stage.
A company's management keep a close eye on the development of an offering once it is offered.
You've undoubtedly heard about how new films perform in the "box office" during the first
weekend after release. A movie's first weekend often indicates how much it will gross
altogether. A studio's management may opt to boost the marketing for it if the first weekend's
ticket sales are strong. If the movie's ticket sales are weak, the company can decide to
discontinue showing it in theatres completely and distribute it on DVD. For various kinds of
offers, significant milestones may include the first 90 days following a product's introduction,
then a second 90-day period, and so on. But keep in mind that businesses are continuously
analysing their products and revising them by altering their pricing, their marketing strategies,
or adding or removing the features and services that go along with them. Depending on the
organisation and other goods or services being created, the duration of milestones used to assess
products may vary [12], [13].
CONCLUSION
Effective product life cycle management also requires cross-functional cooperation. The
marketing, product development, operations, and sales departments work closely together to
provide a comprehensive approach to product management. At every step of the product life
cycle, the execution of marketing strategies is made possible by the flow of information and
experience, which also enables quick decision-making, innovation, and marketing strategy
implementation. The effective introduction and management of new goods depends on an
awareness of the product life cycle and the ability to manage it. Businesses may increase their
chances of success and longevity in the marketplace by deliberately adjusting and innovating
throughout the life cycle. To take advantage of opportunities, address problems, and keep a
competitive edge, marketing tactics, product improvements, and portfolio management must
be timely adjusted. Successfully managing new goods requires adopting a customer-centric
strategy, encouraging cooperation, and investing in continual development.
REFERENCES:
Page | 105
Copyright2021@CIIR
[1] H. Gmelin and S. Seuring, “Determinants of a sustainable new product development,” J. Clean.
Prod., 2014, doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2014.01.053.
[2] B. M. Hapuwatte and I. S. Jawahir, “Closed-loop sustainable product design for circular
economy,” J. Ind. Ecol., 2021, doi: 10.1111/jiec.13154.
[3] S. Al-Saqqa, S. Sawalha, and H. Abdelnabi, “Agile software development: Methodologies and
trends,” Int. J. Interact. Mob. Technol., 2020, doi: 10.3991/ijim.v14i11.13269.
[4] R. Ajwani-Ramchandani, S. Figueira, R. Torres de Oliveira, S. Jha, A. Ramchandani, and L.
Schuricht, “Towards a circular economy for packaging waste by using new technologies: The
case of large multinationals in emerging economies,” J. Clean. Prod., 2021, doi:
10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.125139.
[5] G. Armstrong and P. Kotler, “Developing New Products and Managing the Product Life Cycle,”
Mark. An Introd., 2013.
[6] C. Broadbent, “Steel’s recyclability: demonstrating the benefits of recycling steel to achieve a
circular economy,” Int. J. Life Cycle Assess., 2016, doi: 10.1007/s11367-016-1081-1.
[7] A. Tolonen, M. Shahmarichatghieh, J. Harkonen, and H. Haapasalo, “Product portfolio
management - Targets and key performance indicators for product portfolio renewal over life
cycle,” Int. J. Prod. Econ., 2015, doi: 10.1016/j.ijpe.2015.05.034.
[8] A. J. McMillan et al., “A review of composite product data interoperability and product life-
cycle management challenges in the composites industry,” Advanced Manufacturing: Polymer
and Composites Science. 2017. doi: 10.1080/20550340.2017.1389047.
[9] A. Tolonen, J. Harkonen, and H. Haapasalo, “Product Portfolio Management—Governance for
Commercial and Technical Portfolios over Life Cycle,” Technol. Invest., 2014, doi:
10.4236/ti.2014.54016.
[10] A. Horvat, B. Behdani, V. Fogliano, and P. A. Luning, “A systems approach to dynamic
performance assessment in new food product development,” Trends in Food Science and
Technology. 2019. doi: 10.1016/j.tifs.2019.07.036.
[11] C. Vila and J. C. Albiñana, “An approach to conceptual and embodiment design within a new
product development lifecycle framework,” Int. J. Prod. Res., 2016, doi:
10.1080/00207543.2015.1110632.
[12] S. Lockrey, “A review of life cycle based ecological marketing strategy for new product
development in the organizational environment,” Journal of Cleaner Production. 2015. doi:
10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.02.022.
[13] J. Simon, M. Trojanova, J. Zbihlej, and J. Sarosi, “Mass customization model in food industry
using industry 4.0 standard with fuzzy-based multi-criteria decision making methodology,” Adv.
Mech. Eng., 2018, doi: 10.1177/1687814018766776.
Page | 106
Copyright2021@CIIR

Using Marketing Channels to Deliver Value to

Customers: Improving Engagement and
Experience
Dr. Lakshmi Prasanna Pagadala
Email Id-lakshmi.prasanna@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Marketing channels are essential for providing clients with value because they make goods,
services, and information easily accessible. This abstract examines the value that marketing
channels provide to the creation and delivery of value to clients, emphasising the essential
tactics and factors to take into account when using these channels efficiently. In order to
improve the total customer experience, it highlights the significance of customer-centricity,
seamless integration, and engagement. Customers may access goods and services via marketing
channels, which act as conduits. They include a variety of touchpoints, including as brick-and-
mortar businesses, internet platforms, smartphone applications, social media, and call centres.
Businesses may use these channels to efficiently contact and engage clients throughout their
purchase journeys by using an integrated strategy. When using marketing channels to provide
value, a customer-centric strategy is crucial. Businesses may adjust their channel strategy to
match consumer expectations by understanding the preferences, demands, and behaviours of
their customers. This entails choosing the ideal channel combination that caters to the target
market and offers smooth and uniform experiences across numerous touchpoints.
KEYWORDS:
Businesses, Marketing Channels, Marketing, Product, Customer-Centric Strategy.
INTRODUCTION
In order to create a consistent consumer experience, marketing channels must be seamlessly
integrated and coordinated. When using several channels to communicate with a company,
customers want a smooth transition. Businesses may provide a seamless and personalised
experience by integrating data, processes, and technology, ensuring that consumers can simply
switch between channels and obtain the knowledge, goods, and services they need.
Additionally, using marketing platforms effectively requires connecting with clients and
creating deep connections. The venues for engagement, feedback, and communication are
known as channels. Businesses may encourage client loyalty, advocacy, and long-term
connections by putting customer engagement techniques like personalised messaging, social
media involvement, loyalty programmes, and proactive customer assistance into place [1], [2].
Page | 107
Copyright2021@CIIR
Digital technology's emergence has transformed marketing channels and created new chances
for revenue generation. Customers now have more access and convenience thanks to online
platforms and e-commerce, which allow them to browse, compare, and buy goods and services
at any time and from any location. Businesses may use digital channels to provide tailored
advice, focused advertising, and in-the-moment support, improving the value proposition for
clients. A product or service may move directly from the manufacturer to you when you
purchase it. But what if you had to get in touch with the product's creator every time you bought
something? This might work for certain items, like a haircut. What about the goods you buy at
the grocery store, though? You couldn't even start to reach out to all the producers of those
goods to make purchases. It would be a very ineffective way to do business. Fortunately,
businesses collaborate with one another to lift your load. So, for instance, rather of selling
individual toothbrushes to consumers, Procter & Gamble instead sells a large quantity of them
to a nearby pharmacy, which then sells them to you and other customers. The marketing
channel for a product is the precise route a seller takes to make a completed object or service
accessible to you for purchase, such as whether you may get it from them directly, in a shop,
online, through a salesperson, etc. The marketing channel includes all the individuals and
businesses that purchase, resell, and advertise the product "downstream" as it travels to you.
Channel Partners and Marketing Channels
The choices businesses make about the features and costs of their goods are now just as
essential as those they make regarding the marketing channels. Consumers now have higher
standards. They are used to getting their way. They'll just purchase a rival product if you can't
provide yours when, when, and how they want it. In other words, a company's sales strategy is
now just as crucial as the products it offers. A company refers to the businesses it collaborates
with as its channel members in order to actively advertise and sell a product as it moves via its
marketing channel to consumers. Companies work hard to choose the greatest channel partners
in addition to the best marketing channels. A powerful channel partner like Walmart may
aggressively market and sell a product that would not otherwise result in a profit for the
manufacturer. Walmart needs to collaborate with reliable channel partners so that it may
continue to get amazing items that sell out quickly. A poor channel partner, like a lousy spouse,
on the other hand, might be a burden.
There are just two parties involved in the simplest marketing channel: a manufacturer and a
customer. Your hairstyle is an excellent illustration. Your hairdresser gives you a haircut, and
it then goes directly to you. Before you receive the haircut, no one else owns, manages, or
remarkets it to you. But before they reach you, many other goods and services go via several
organisations. Intermediaries are the name given to these businesses. Companies collaborate
with intermediaries not because they necessarily want to, but because doing so would enable
them to market their goods more effectively than they could if they did it on their own. To put
it another way, they possess some of the skills the producer need. For example, they may have
access to a large number of consumers or the correct customers, marketing know-how, shipping
and handling capabilities, or the capacity to provide credit to the producer.
By reducing the number of transactions an organisation must complete, each of which requires
time and money to complete, intermediaries also increase efficiency. The article "Using
Intermediaries to Streamline the Number of Transactions" demonstrates how the tractor maker
John Deere may reduce the number of transactions it conducts from eight to just two by
distributing its products via regional farm equipment dealers. What was a fantastic channel or
channel partner yesterday may not be a great channel partner today since the marketing
landscape is always evolving. You must constantly assess your marketing channels and the
channel partners you associate with due to changes in technology, manufacturing methods, and
Page | 108
Copyright2021@CIIR
client demands. Additionally, you cannot assume that the channels that were used in the past
remain the most effective ones while developing a new product. It may be preferable to use a
different channel or channel partner [3], [4].
Consider Microsoft's digital encyclopaedia Encarta, which debuted in the early 1990s and was
first distributed on CD and via an online subscription. Encyclopaedia Britannica, a company
that had controlled the print encyclopaedia market for literally centuries, was almost
completely eliminated by Encarta. Ironically, Microsoft had attempted to collaborate with
Encyclopaedia Britannica to utilise the content from the encyclopaedia to create Encarta but
had been rejected. Encarta, however, is no longer in use. Wikipedia, a completely free online
encyclopaedia, has forced it out of business. The key idea is that both items and their marketing
strategies are always changing. As a result, you and your business must also be prepared to
change.
DISCUSSION
Channel Partners by Types
Now let's examine the fundamental categories of channel partners. We'll go through the most
typical forms of intermediaries to assist you comprehend the different kinds of channel
partners. Wholesalers and retailers are the two categories that are discussed the most often. The
categories we cover in this section are simply that categories, so bear that in mind. The
distinctions between distributors, retailers, and manufacturers have started to mostly overlap in
recent years. Although Microsoft makes things, it has lately started creating its own retail
outlets to offer items to customers, much as Apple has done. Similar to how many producers
now outsource their production, they behave more like wholesalers even if they still refer to
themselves as manufacturers. Whatever their positions in marketing channels, organisations
are starting to seize opportunities wherever they are found.
Wholesalers
Breaking bulk refers to the process through which wholesalers purchase large quantities of
goods from manufacturers, keep them, and then divide them into smaller pieces that are easier
for retailers to purchase. The reason why wholesalers are called that is because they resale
products "whole" to other businesses without altering the products in any way. You probably
don't want to buy a truckload of iPods if you're attempting to fill a tiny electronics shop. Instead,
you should probably purchase a more limited selection of iPods in addition to other goods. You
may purchase the variety of goods you desire in the amounts you want via wholesalers. Some
wholesalers have a large variety of goods. Others sell a limited selection of goods [5]–[7].
Most wholesalers "take title" to products, or own them until other vendors buy them. As a
consequence, wholesalers like these take on a lot of risk on behalf of businesses farther down
the marketing channel. For instance, the wholesaler, not you, bears the cost if the iPods you
want to buy are stolen during shipping, damaged, or become obsolete because a new model has
been launched. Particularly with regard to electronics, items age fast. Consider the mobile
phone you used to possess only a few years ago. Wholesalers come in a variety of forms. The
following sections cover each of the three primary categories of wholesalers: brokers,
manufacturers' agents, and merchant wholesalers.
Retailers Wholesalers
Wholesalers who claim ownership to the products are known as merchant wholesalers.
Additionally, they may go by the name’s distributors, dealers, or jobbers. Both limited-service
wholesalers and full-service wholesalers fall under this category. Full-service wholesalers
Page | 109
Copyright2021@CIIR
provide a wide variety of services to their clients, including inventory management, warehouse
management, buyer credit, customer support staffing, and product delivery. A significant North
American full-service supplier of hunting and fishing gear is Maurice Sporting Goods. Helping
clients choose which items to carry, how to price them, and how to show them is one of the
firm's services. Limited-service wholesalers charge their clients less but provide fewer services.
They may not provide delivery services, give credit to clients, or employ sales teams who make
cold calls to vendors. For instance, wholesalers that accept cash and carry. To maintain their
pricing at the same level as major shops that get significant discounts due to the massive
quantities of items they purchase, small merchants often purchase from cash-and-carry
wholesalers.
Another kind of limited-service wholesalers is drop shippers. Although drop shippers acquire
ownership of the products, they often do not touch or take control of them since they deal with
big or bulky items. Instead, they discover vendors and route orders to manufacturers, who then
send the goods straight to the sellers, earning a fee. Instead of hiring salespeople, mail-order
wholesalers offer their goods via catalogues, which are subsequently sent to customers. In
reality, truck jobbers keep goods which are often quite perishable on their vehicles. Customers
stop by the trucks as they go about, inspecting and choosing the goods they want right from the
trucks. The speciality goods that rack jobbers offer are displayed on their own racks in shops
and include things like books, hosiery and periodicals. While the products are being sold in
shops, rack jobbers have the title to them. They count the products that have been removed
from their racks and then charge the merchants accordingly.
Brokers
Brokers and agents don't buy the goods they market. Their only responsibility is to negotiate
sales agreements for manufacturers. Brokers often sell goods like timber and steel, along with
food, clothing and furniture. They often get a fee for what they sell, and the manufacturers with
whom they work assign them to various geographic regions. Brokers and agents are a "go-to"
option for both consumers and businesses wanting to acquire and sell items because they have
strong industry relationships.
Sales Branches or Offices of Manufacturers
Units that directly support manufacturers are sold through sales offices or branches of
manufacturers. They fall under the category of manufacturing outlets. They often provide
discounts when selling goods to retailers and sometimes to end users.
Retailers
Retailers purchase goods from wholesalers, agents, or distributors before offering them for sale
to customers. Retailers differ in terms of the goods they sell, how big they are, how much they
cost, how well they serve customers, and how quickly they can deliver items. As a result of
your past product purchases, you are already acquainted with many of these sorts of businesses.
Supermarkets, often known as grocery shops, are self-service merchants that provide customers
a complete selection of food items as well as certain home goods. Regarding pricing, services,
and the range of goods they provide, supermarkets might fall into the high, medium, or low
price categories. Grocery stores like Whole Foods and Central Market provide a large selection
of goods but usually charge higher costs. Retailers like Albertsons and Kroger are examples of
midrange supermarkets. Examples of supermarkets with a restricted assortment of goods and
services yet affordable costs are Aldi and Sack 'n Save. Drugstores specialise in selling
prescription drugs, over-the-counter medicines, and health and cosmetic items. They also
provide services like picture development.
Page | 110
Copyright2021@CIIR
Smaller versions of supermarkets are convenience shops. Many of them are open 24 hours a
day and sell petrol. They are often found on corners, which makes it simple and quick for
customers to enter and exit. Fast-food chains like Jack in the Box and Church's Chicken are
present at several of these establishments. Convenience is paid for by consumers via greater
product markups. Speciality shops offer a certain kind of goods, although they often have a
wide selection of it. Examples of speciality shops are Williams-Sonoma, which offers a variety
of kitchen and cooking-related items, and Zale’s, which sells jewellery. Speciality shop
employees often have a wealth of expertise and frequently provide consumer’s excellent
service. The sizes of specialty shops vary. Numerous are little. However, enormous specialist
shops known as "category killers" have appeared recently.
By selling a lot of one kind of goods in a given category, a category killer effectively eliminates
all other competitors in that "category." The retail pet supplies industry is dominated by PETCO
and PetSmart. Best Buy dominates the market for electrical products. In contrast, department
shops provide a large selection of goods for the home and the individual, including apparel and
jewellery. Chain shops are prevalent. The costs department shops impose as well as the quality
of service given to customers vary greatly. Neiman Marcus, Saks Fifth Avenue, and Nordstrom
all sell pricey goods and provide substantial one-on-one client attention. Both the rates charged
by department shops like JCPenney, Sears, and Macy's and the quality-of-service customers
get fall within the middle category. Discount department shops Walmart, Kmart, and Target
provide less services and less expensive merchandise. Superstores are enormous department
shops that sell both food and a wide range of everyday items. For the convenience of customers,
banks, hair and nail salons, and eateries like Starbucks are often situated inside these
establishments. You've undoubtedly visited a SuperTarget or a huge Walmart with products like
these. Supercenters and hypermarkets are other names for superstores.
Supercenters called warehouse clubs provide things at a discount. They demand that everybody
who uses their services become a member by paying an annual fee. Examples include Sam's
Club and Costco. Off-price merchants are establishments that provide a selection of discounted
goods including seconds, overruns, and items from the previous season that other
establishments have liquidated. Off-price merchants include Big Lots, Ross Dress for Less, and
dollar stores. Pop-up stores are a novel kind of retail establishment that have emerged in recent
years. Pop-up shops are modest, transient businesses. They could be kiosks or fill short-term
vacant shop space. A retailer wants to generate "buzz" and excitement in order to attract people
to its physical locations. JCPenney opened a pop-up shop at Times Square in 2006 for one
month. According to Kate Coultas, a JCPenney spokesman, inhabitants of Manhattan were
aware of the business. Many people hadn't visited a JCPenney store in a while. It was a really
dramatic remark, according to Coultas. In the boroughs around New York City, "it kind of had
a halo effect" on the company's outlets.
However, not all retailing occurs in physical storefronts. Retailing outside of physical
storefronts, or "nonstore retailing," is becoming more popular. Non-store retailing includes
activities like door-to-door sales, party selling, advertising on television, in catalogues, on the
internet, and in vending machines, as well as telemarketing. Direct marketing is also.
Companies that use direct marketing create and distribute advertising materials such
catalogues, letters, brochures, e-mails, and internet advertisements to customers, encouraging
them to get in touch with them directly to make purchases [8]–[10].
CONCLUSION
In order to assess and improve the success of marketing channels, measurement and analytics
are essential. Businesses may pinpoint areas for improvement, make data-driven choices, and
Page | 111
Copyright2021@CIIR
allocate resources efficiently by analysing customer data, channel performance indicators, and
consumer feedback. This makes it possible for companies to continuously improve their
channel strategy, provide value, and maintain competition in a market that is always changing.
In summary, the use of marketing channels helps businesses provide value to consumers by
assuring easy access, individualised experiences, and deep engagement. Businesses may
provide consistent and interesting customer experiences across a variety of touchpoints by
adopting a customer-centric strategy, integrating seamlessly, and using digital technology.
Businesses may adapt to changing consumer demands and preferences by continuously
measuring, analysing, and optimising their marketing channels. As a result, they can continue
to provide value to their clients and forge lasting connections with them.
REFERENCES:
[1] Y. Kurachi, S. Narukawa, and H. Hara, “AI chatbot to realize sophistication of customer
contact points,” Fujitsu Sci. Tech. J., 2018.
[2] J. M. York, “Putting Lean Startup into Perspective: A Novel Approach for Discovering
and Developing a Successful Business Model,” Arch. Bus. Adm. Manag., 2018, doi:
10.29011/2642-3243.100004.
[3] M. James, “Archives of Business Administration and Management Putting Lean Startup
into Perspective: A Novel Approach for Discovering and Developing a Successful
Business Model,” Arch Bus Adm Manag ABAM-104, 2017.
[4] T. Purcărea, “Modern Marketing, CX, CRM, Customer Trust and Identity,” Holist.
Mark. Manag., 2019.
[5] D. Chaffey, “Achieving Internet Marketing Success,” Mark. Rev., 2004, doi:
10.1362/1469347002523491.
[6] J. Owyang and J. Lovett, “Social Marketing Analytics,” A Framew. Meas. results Soc.
Media, …, 2010.
[7] M. Abraham et al., “Profiting from Personalization,” Bcg.Perspectives, 2017.
[8] L. Ament, “Omnichannel Journey Design: Is Your Business Ready?,” Cust. Relatsh.
Manag. CRM, 2017.
[9] R. Caixeta Menezes, “Advantages of strong brands on customer reach and customer
engagement on social media marketing,” Clementlevallois.Net, 2013.
[10] E. R. Rizqullah, Hasun Farda, and B. H. Sagita, “Evaluation of Angelina Zanisa
Leatherworks Business Model Using Canvas Business Model Approach,” e-Proceeding
Eng., 2019.
Page | 112
Copyright2021@CIIR

Exploring the Marketing Platforms and

Channels for Successful Business
Dr. Akhila Udupa
Email Id-akhila.udupa@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Businesses now have access to a variety of marketing tools that may help them reach their
target market, increase brand recognition, and encourage consumer involvement. The main
characteristics, advantages, and factors to be taken into account for effective implementation
of popular marketing platforms are highlighted in this abstract. It looks at numerous
conventional and digital channels that firms may use to improve their marketing plans and
reach their objectives. The affordability, scalability, and capacity to reach a worldwide audience
have contributed to the huge rise in popularity of digital marketing platforms in recent years.
Businesses may show tailored adverts to customers who are looking for certain keywords on
search engines like Google, which provide advertising platforms like Google adverts.
Businesses may target certain demographics, interests, and behaviours with the use of social
media sites like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn, which provide a variety of
advertising possibilities. These platforms provide organisations the chance to develop
interesting content, brand communities, and consumer engagement strategies. Businesses have
access to channels for producing and disseminating useful information that informs, entertains,
and engages their target audience via content marketing platforms like blogs, podcasts, and
video-sharing websites like YouTube. With the aid of these platforms, organisations can foster
customer connections, build thought leadership, and increase search engine exposure.
KEYWORDS:
Advertising, Successful Business, Company, Marketing, Brand Communities.
INTRODUCTION
Businesses may use email marketing systems to create and manage email lists, create
aesthetically attractive newsletters, and automate email campaigns. Customers may be
personally communicated with via this channel, which enables targeted advertising, product
updates, and tailored advice. Email marketing platforms provide useful analytics and reporting
tools that let companies assess the success of their campaigns and fine-tune their email
marketing tactics. Businesses have access to tools for creating and managing online storefronts
thanks to e-commerce platforms like Shopify, Magento, and WooCommerce. These systems
include features for order fulfilment, secure payment processing, inventory management, and
product listing. With the help of e-commerce platforms, firms can connect with clients on a
worldwide scale, provide a smooth shopping experience, and monitor sales and client data to
make smarter business decisions. Additionally, to digital platforms, conventional marketing
Page | 113
Copyright2021@CIIR
channels are still useful and relevant. Businesses have the chance to reach a wide audience with
television and radio advertising, especially for local or regional campaigns. Newspapers and
magazines, as well as other print media, provide specialised markets or certain demographics
with customised advertising alternatives. These conventional channels may support digital
initiatives and provide an all-encompassing marketing approach [1].
The chart "Typical Channels in Business-to-Consumer Markets" displays the common
channels in B2C marketplaces. The shortest marketing route, as we previously said, just
involves two parties: a manufacturer and a customer. Such a channel is a direct channel. In
contrast, an indirect channel is one that uses one or more middlemen, such as a broker,
distributor, wholesaler, or agent. The product travels via one or more middlemen in an indirect
route. That doesn't imply that the manufacturer won't engage in direct marketing to customers.
Levi's airs television commercials aimed at attracting customers. Food product manufacturers
advertise using coupons. However, the seller must concentrate on these intermediates as well
since they may aid in the selling process. Online Levi's shopping is not for everyone. The
typical business-to-business marketing channels. Observe how the channels match those in
B2C marketplaces, with the exception that the items are marketed to governments and
companies rather than to individuals like you. Industrial distributors are companies that provide
goods that corporations or government departments and agencies utilise but don't resell, as
demonstrated in "Typical Channels in Business-to-Business Markets". Grainger Industrial
Supply is one of the biggest industrial distributors in the world, offering tens of thousands of
goods. The corporation sells goods ranging from padlocks to medications to over two million
enterprises and institutions in 150 different nations.
Disintermediation
You could be inclined to believe intermediates, often known as middlemen, are evil. Products
may be sold for less money if you can remove them from the transaction a process marketing
experts refer to as disintermediation. Large shops like Target and Walmart sometimes cut out
intermediaries. Instead, they purchase their goods directly from producers, store them, and then
send them to their own retail locations. Walmart is doing this more and more often, sometimes
even buying food straight from growers abroad. However, eliminating the intermediary is not
always a good idea. The cost of purchasing, storing, and delivering a product to a seller may
be lower for a wholesaler with strong purchasing power and superior storage facilities than it
would be for the product's manufacturer operating alone. A distributor's hire will cost a
producer money as well. However, if the distributor can assist the manufacturer in selling more
of a product, it may boost the producer's earnings. Additionally, when you eliminate the
intermediaries you use, you now have to carry out the duties they previously completed.
Perhaps it's managing hundreds of merchants or keeping the stuff. Because of the
inconveniences, more than one producer has fired its middlemen only to rehire them later.
At the moment, disintermediation is the trend. Because it is now simpler for customers and
companies to communicate directly with one another online, there has been some degree of
disintermediation. Additionally, consumers now find it simpler to shop online for the best deals
on goods. Nowadays, the majority of travellers make their travel arrangements directly online.
Additionally, many people buy houses online rather than via real estate brokers. Resellers need
to develop fresh approaches to enhancing items if they want to stay in business. This parking
lot is going to require a lot of cleaning, so be grateful you're not the owner. This advertisement
from Nationwide Insurance makes it clear that maintaining strong, one-on-one communication
with your insurance agent can be a smart idea. Disintermediation using the Internet doesn't
work as effectively for other goods, however. An example is insurance. Although you may
Page | 114
Copyright2021@CIIR
purchase it directly from businesses online, many individuals prefer to do it via an agent with
whom they can consult. Cutting away intermediaries is sometimes just not doable. Would the
Coca-Cola Company be willing to go through the difficulty and expense of personally selling
you a Coke can? No. Coke cannot offer individuals individual Cokes any more than Santa
Claus can send presents to kids all across the world. Even Dell, which once gained notoriety
by selling computers directly to customers, now also distributes its goods via merchants like
Best Buy. Dell discovered that in order to successfully compete, Hewlett-Packard, Acer, and
other computer manufacturers' goods needed to be displayed in shops alongside its own [2]–
[4].
DISCUSSION
Alternative channels and many channels: However, marketing channels may become far more
intricate than those shown in "Typical Channels in Business-to-Business Markets" and "Typical
Channels in Business-to-Consumer Markets". View the channels under "Alternate Channel
Arrangements". Observe how a wholesaler could in certain circumstances sell to brokers, who
then sell to retailers and customers. In other instances, a wholesaler will sell directly to
customers or to retailers. Manufacturers sell directly to customers as well as, as we have
mentioned, to major stores like Target. The secret is to comprehend the many target markets
for your goods and create the finest channel to cater to the demands of each market's consumers.
Exists a segment of consumers who would buy your goods if they had access to internet
shopping from the comfort of their homes? It's possible that some clients are considering
purchasing your goods but do not want to pay full price. It would be best to contact these
persons using affordable pricing and an outlet retailer. Then, each category must be targeted
appropriately in terms of marketing. Before making purchases, many individuals often
communicate with businesses via a variety of media.
Utilising many channels may be efficient. According to at least one research, your clients are
more likely to be devoted to your goods the more marketing channels they use. Businesses put
a lot of effort into integrating their sales channels to provide customers a uniform experience.
For instance, the appearance and feel of QVC's TV channel, website, and mobile service—
which enables users to get notifications and make purchases using their mobile devices—are
all consistent. A business may utilise a marketing channel to differentiate itself from the
competition. In the beginning, Jones Soda Co. put its own quirky-looking soda coolers in skate
and surf shops, tattoo and piercing parlours, unique fashion businesses, and big-box retail
clothes and music stores. The business then launched a street-by-street "attack," putting
merchandise in grocery and convenience shops. Finally, larger businesses like Starbucks,
Barnes & Noble, Safeway, Target, and 7-Eleven outlets were able to purchase the company's
beverages [5]–[7].
Are you interested in buying gold from a vending machine? In Germany, you will soon be able
to. Due to its reputation as a secure alternative to paper money, which might lose value during
a time of hyperinflation, Germans choose to buy gold. Therefore, in addition to selling gold in
the traditional manner, the TG-Gold-Super-Markt firm intends to set up "gold to go" machines
at 500 sites across German-speaking nations. In order to stop money laundering, the gold is
given out in metal boxes, and cameras on the machine watch the transactions. Some businesses
discover methods to collaborate in strategic channel partnerships in order to boost sales. Best
Western and Harley-Davidson have a strategic channel partnership. On Harley-Davidson's
website, click the "Ride Planner" link to register for points and other benefits while staying at
Best Western hotels and motels. Some of Safeway's supermarket locations now sell Starbucks
products. Safeway expects consumers stopping in for a Starbucks cup of coffee would purchase
Page | 115
Copyright2021@CIIR
some grocery items, while Starbucks wants grocery shoppers at Safeway who are seeking a
cup of coffee to grab one.
Channels for International Marketing
The American consumer and corporate markets are well established and expanding steadily.
However, other nations provide a wealth of development prospects. In actuality, Coca-Cola
makes the majority of its money outside of the United States. The company's most recent
expansion is into China, where ready-to-drink beverage consumption per person is only about
a third of the worldwide average. How do you access these markets, exactly? What marketing
channels are used? Some third-world nations don't have effective intermediate systems. In these
nations, businesses must sell and distribute their goods directly to consumers. There are
complex marketing channels in other nations that must be used. Take Japan as an example.
Japan features a vast, convoluted network of middlemen, each of whom wants a share of a
company's revenues. A worldwide chain of hypermarkets called Carrefour attempted to grow
there but ultimately abandoned the nation due to the complexity of its marketing channel
structure. A frequent business approach is to acquire all or a portion of a foreign firm using
"Market Segmenting, Targeting, and Positioning". Making a direct foreign investment is the
term used to describe it. As you already know, several countries do not let foreign businesses
to operate inside their borders or to acquire domestic businesses. The biggest beverage producer
in China, Huiyuan Juice, was prohibited by the Chinese government from being purchased by
Coca-Cola.
Doing business in certain nations may be challenging due to corruption and unstable regimes.
The Colombian guerrillas threatened to seize one of Chiquita's subsidiary's banana fields, thus
Chiquita found itself in the unfortunate situation of having to pay them off. A joint venture is
one of the simpler methods of using middlemen to develop internationally. When two parties
agree to share the profits, losses, and control of an economic activity they jointly undertake, a
joint venture is established. Volkswagen, a German carmaker, has had trouble breaking into the
Asian market. To counter Toyota's hegemony in Asia, it just forged an arrangement with
Suzuki, a Japanese business. Will it function? Only time will tell. Joint ventures often fail,
especially when they include businesses from several nations. One of the joint ventures that
failed was the one between the American manufacturer Chrysler and the German automaker
Daimler. However, in certain nations, like India, it is the only method businesses are permitted
to do domestic business.
Simply exporting your goods is an even simpler technique to access markets. In the US,
Microsoft's Zune MP3 player hasn't been that successful. The product was afterwards
revamped and released in other nations. Companies may sell their goods directly to foreign
businesses, or they can use agents and brokers who are experts in international exporting as
middlemen to assist them locate possible customers for their goods. Keep in mind that a lot of
businesses, especially those in the United States, have grown via franchising. Franchises allow
independent business owners to pay to utilise a company's brand, name, methods, and
trademarks. The typical example of a franchise is McDonald's. McDonald's, as opposed to
Walmart, has had no issue gaining ground in Japan. By offering thousands of franchises there,
it has achieved this. Japan is really McDonald's second-largest market after the US.
Additionally, the business has hundreds of franchisees across Europe and other regions. The
famed Louvre Museum in Paris, which contains the Mona Lisa, also has a McDonald's
franchise. Franchising and licencing are comparable. A business may purchase the right to use
the production techniques, trade secrets, patents, and trademarks of another business for a
certain amount of time.
Page | 116
Copyright2021@CIIR
Activities Conducted by Channel Partners

Different businesses in a marketing channel are in charge of various value-adding tasks. Some
of the most frequent tasks that channel users do are listed below. Keep in mind, though, that
"who does what" may change based on what the channel members' actual contracts with one
another provide.
Promote Brands and Disseminate Marketing Communications
Wholesalers, distributors, retailers, and customers must be made aware of an offering's
existence and the benefits of purchasing it via marketing communications. Marketing channels
may sometimes utilise a push tactic to assist in achieving this. An effective push approach
involves a manufacturer persuading wholesalers, distributors, or retailers to sell their goods.
Through advertisements and other promotions, consumers are made aware that the product is
for sale, but the primary objective is to sell to intermediaries. A push approach has the drawback
of not focusing on the demands of the goods' real consumers. Coca-Cola used a push approach
for many years before realising that it needed to assist retailers in selling to customers at the
front door rather than concentrating on pushing drinks via the back door. Publishers of college
textbooks are now in a similar situation. They have traditionally focused their marketing efforts
on academics and bookshop directors. It goes without saying that when textbook prices rise,
fewer students are buying them. Publishers of textbooks would likely need to reconsider their
approach to sales and marketing channels, similar to Coca-Cola. A pull strategy, on the other
hand, focuses on increasing customer demand for a product in order to persuade firms to sell
it. The pharmaceutical business is a prime example of a sector that makes use of both pull and
push tactics. Pharmaceutical corporations advertise their products to doctors and pharmacies,
but they now also run advertisements intended to urge individual patients to see their doctors
about medications that could be of use to them. In many instances, two or more organisations
in a channel collaborate to jointly market a product to retailers, buyers, and consumers while
determining which organisation is in charge of which types of communications with which
parties. In the book's chapter on promotions and sales, the actual forms and styles of
communication will be covered in greater detail.
Regrouping and Sorting Products
We said before that many companies prefer not to acquire large amounts of a product. Breaking
down huge volumes of goods into smaller pieces and offering a variety of goods to companies
are two of the duties of wholesalers and distributors.
Inventory Management and Storage
A lost sale is often the outcome if a channel member is out of stock of a product when a client
wants to purchase it. The majority of channel participants thus stock, or "carry," reserve
inventory. But product storage costs money. Building or renting a warehouse has costs
associated with heating and cooling it as well as paying people to stock shelves, choose items,
transport them and other tasks. Some businesses, like Walmart, entrust the management of their
inventory to their suppliers. When and when items are required by Walmart's shops, suppliers
supply them since they have access to the retailer's inventory levels.
Supplying Products
Moving physical items from one channel member to another, and sometimes back again, is
necessary. Large distributors, wholesalers, and retailers may have their own fleets of vehicles
for this use. In other instances, they contract with independent transportation service providers
trucking firms, railways, etc. to convey their goods. Channel partners place a high value on
Page | 117
Copyright2021@CIIR
being able to monitor goods in the same way that FedEx packages can be tracked. They want
to always be aware of the location and condition of their items. Inventory loss, damage, or
spoilage may have a disastrous impact on a company's bottom line. The same goes for not being
able to get things on time or at all while your rivals can.
Extend Credit and Assume Ownership Risk
One of the first inquiries made in the event that goods are damaged in transportation is who
was the product's current owner. To put it another way, who loses? In most cases, no one
channel member takes on the whole ownership risk of a channel. Instead, it is divided among
channel members in accordance with their agreements with one another and any free on-board
clauses in those agreements. A clause specifies who is in charge of paying what shipping
expenses as well as who has free on-board ownership to the goods and when. The contract
terms that channel members are ready to accept, however, might depend on the kind of product,
demand for it, marketing circumstances, and influence of the different organisations in its
marketing channel. To avoid having to keep things, some businesses aim to wait as long as
possible to assume possession of them. Many channel members attempted to store as little
inventory as possible during the recession out of concern that it would go unused or stale.
Submit Marketing Materials and Other Information
Each channel participant has knowledge about market trends, inventory levels, and strategies
used by rival companies. If channel partners share and trust one another, the knowledge might
be twice as useful. Each company in the marketing channel may operate more effectively and
overcome barriers to competition with more information. Despite this, due to the extensive
information sharing between supply chain participants, including data on sales and inventories,
confidentiality is a major concern. For instance, a salesman for Procter & Gamble selling Tide
laundry detergent will have a decent notion of how many units of Tide are selling at Walmart
and Target. Sharing Target's or Walmart's figures with Target would be unethical from the
salesperson's perspective. Nondisclosure agreements are often included in purchase contracts
or mandated by company purchasers of their channel partners. What information is private, or
held by the partner, and how, if at all, the partner may use that information are both laid forth
in a nondisclosure agreement [8]–[10].
CONCLUSION
Businesses should take their target demographic, budget, marketing goals, and available
resources into account when choosing and using marketing platforms. The platforms that have
been selected must be in line with the overall marketing strategy in order to maintain
consistency in branding and message across all platforms. For assessing the success of
marketing initiatives and performing data-driven optimisations, it is essential to regularly
monitor and analyse platform performance indicators, such as impressions, click-through rates,
conversions, and customer engagement. In conclusion, the accessibility of various marketing
channels gives companies a multitude of chances to interact and reach their target audiences
successfully. Businesses may develop integrated marketing strategies that maximise their
reach, brand exposure, and consumer engagement by using digital platforms, content
marketing, email marketing, e-commerce, and conventional methods. Businesses may use the
power of these platforms to fulfil their marketing objectives and boost company performance
by carefully considering the target audience and strategically implementing them.
REFERENCES
[1] J. P. Doleman, “Understanding how to use mobile marketing in small businesses.,”
Page | 118
Copyright2021@CIIR
ProQuest Diss. Theses Glob., 2017.

[2] I. P. Cvijikj, E. D. Spiegler, and F. Michahelles, “The effect of post type, category and
posting day on user interaction level on Facebook,” 2011. doi:
10.1109/PASSAT/SocialCom.2011.135.
[3] I. A. Kulova and M. I. Mihaylov, “Digital marketing–the key to successful electronic
business,” Sci. Work. Univ. Food Technol., 2018.
[4] A. Alajeel, “The effect of social media on the Kuwaiti SMEs 2017,” Rev. Int. Relac.
PUBLICAS, 2018.
[5] S. Nagaraj, “Customer Engagement by Fashion Brands,” 2020. doi: 10.4018/978-1-
7998-2728-3.ch013.
[6] C. Abidin, “Micro-microcelebrity: Branding Babies on the Internet,” M/C J., 2015, doi:
10.5204/mcj.1022.
[7] B. Robinson, “Case study: how to use Levi’s core social strategies to capture Millennial
love,” Evigo.com, 2014.
[8] M. S. Bruner, “Fat Politics: A Comparative Study,” M/C J., 2015, doi: 10.5204/mcj.971.
[9] J. Kirchherr, J. Klier, and S. Stern, “Europe’s e-government opportunity,” McKinsey
Quarterly, 2015.
[10] K. Noyes, “For the airline industry, big data is a soaring opportunity,” Fortune, 2014.
Page | 119
Copyright2021@CIIR

An Analysis of Advertising Channel

Techniques
Dr. Nalin Chirakkara
Email Id-nalinkumar@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Advertising platforms are essential for spreading brand messaging, marketing goods, and
changing customer behaviour. The numerous advertising channel strategies are examined in
this abstract along with their importance in maximising reach and impact for successful
marketing campaigns. It emphasises important factors, tactics, and new trends that companies
may use to maximise their advertising initiatives across several platforms. Traditional and
digital platforms, each with their own benefits and targeting options, are both included in
effective advertising channel strategies. Traditional media still provide a wide audience and
high brand awareness, including television, radio, print, and outdoor advertising. Businesses
may use visual and aural aspects in television advertising to captivate viewers and build
enduring brand experiences. Targeted audiences might be reached via radio advertising at
certain times or on specialised stations. Targeted messaging based on reader demographics and
interests is possible in print media, including newspapers and magazines. Billboards and other
forms of outdoor advertising may draw attention in busy locations and raise brand awareness.
KEYWORDS:
Advertising Channel, Digital Platforms, Traditional Media, Market, Platforms.
INTRODUCTION
Digital advertising channels have expanded significantly, giving firms access to interactive
features, real-time monitoring, and precise targeting options. Through tools like Google
adverts, search engine advertising allows companies to show adverts that are specifically
focused on user searches and keywords. Businesses may target highly specialised audiences
based on demographics, interests, and behaviours through social media advertising on websites
like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn. By retargeting people based on their online
activity, display advertising places banner adverts on websites and mobile applications.
Through websites like YouTube, video advertising offers captivating storytelling options and
the capacity to reach sizable audiences through pre-roll or in-stream adverts [1]–[3].
Influencer marketing is one of the newest strategies for promoting via channels, and it entails
collaboration with well-known people or content producers to offer goods or services to their
devoted following. Businesses may reach specialised audiences with influencer marketing and
benefit from the authenticity and trust that influencers have established with their following.
Page | 120
Copyright2021@CIIR
Additionally, native advertising easily incorporates brand message into journalistic material,
giving consumers a non-intrusive and natural advertising experience.
Channel Choice Elements
Making the proper marketing channel choice is crucial since it may determine whether your
product succeeds or fails. Customers' ability to choose a portion of the channel is one of the
reasons the Internet has been such a successful marketing medium. As long as people have
access to the Internet, they may virtually shop for any goods anywhere in the globe whenever
and whenever they choose. Additionally, they have a choice in the shipping method.
Type of Client
However, not every product should be advertised on the Internet. Do you wish to carefully
inspect the fruits and vegetables you purchase, for instance, to ensure they are not overripe?
Then you may not want to do your food shopping online. It is obvious that the channel you
choose will depend on how your clients wish to purchase your goods. It should really be your
top priority.
What kind of client are you selling to a consumer or a business? In general, each of these two
audiences has a distinct sales preference. For toilet paper, the majority of customers are
prepared to visit a supermarket or convenience shop. The administrator of a hospital would not
attempt to restock its supplies. In addition, the hospital management would purchase a lot more
toilet paper than a typical customer and would anticipate a call from a supplier, but possibly
only sometimes. The management may then desire automated billing systems to charge the
hospital for the toilet paper on a regular basis. Likewise, companies often anticipate being
individually pitched to by salesmen when they purchase costly goods like equipment and
computers or goods that need to be customised. They often also demand unique payment
conditions.
Product Type
Your choice of marketing channels will also depend on the kind of goods you're offering.
Compared to items with longer shelf life, perishable goods often need to be promoted via
shorter marketing channels. For instance, a yellowfin tuna destined for the sushi market would
probably be transported to its destination overnight and handled by few middlemen. Canned
tuna, on the other hand, may be transported by "show boat" and handled by more middlemen.
Additionally, the marketing channels for pricey and delicate items are often shorter. Instead of
going via wholesalers, automakers often sell their vehicles directly to auto dealers. Corporate
jet manufacturers often sell them directly to businesses, who demand that they be tailored to
particular requirements.
Capabilities of Channel Partners
Your channel choices may be influenced by your capacity compared to that of other sorts of
organisations that use marketing channels. If you work as a massage therapist, you are perfectly
capable of giving your customer your product directly. You may sell your goods directly to
people online if you create downloadable items like digital books or recordings. An
organisation like this is Hypnotic World, a self-hypnosis recording producer in the UK.
However, let's say you've invented a fantastic new personal device that is tactile or physical.
You've succeeded in selling it via two channels, like television and the internet. You now wish
to introduce the item to retail establishments like Target, Walgreens, and Bed Bath & Beyond.
You can massively improve your sales if you can get the goods into these retailers. In this
Page | 121
Copyright2021@CIIR
situation, you may wish to work with a middleman possibly an agent or distributor to persuade
the corporate buyers of those shops to stock your product [4]–[6].
Organizational Climate and Technology
The marketing strategies used for items may also be influenced by the overall business
environment, such as the economy. Consider, for instance, what happens when the dollar's
value falls in relation to other currencies. When the value of the dollar declines, it becomes
more expensive to purchase goods that are imported compared to those made and sold in the
US. Products that are "made in China" lose their appeal as they get more costly. Some
businesses as a consequence start looking locally for their goods and channel partners. Of
course, technological advances also have an impact on marketing channels. We discussed how
purchasing and selling goods have changed as a result of the Internet. As much as customers
like purchasing things online, many businesses enjoy selling them. One advantage of using an
Internet sales channel over another, like a shop, is that businesses have greater control over
how and at what pricing their items are offered. Additionally, an online retailer keeps a digital
record of what customers see or click on while on its website. It may thus suggest goods to
customers that they are interested in and target them with discounts and even pricing.
Customers may customise things on certain websites. You may choose your pizza toppings and
then watch them fall onto your virtual pizza on the Domino's website. The website then notifies
you of the person baking, cooking, and delivering your pizza. Despite being digital,
engagement nevertheless seems much more intimate than a straightforward phone order.
Creating connections with customers is the focus of modern marketing. Businesses may do this
thanks to the Internet.
Marketing Channels for Competitor Products
Your marketing channels may be impacted by how your rivals promote their goods. As we
previously mentioned, Dell now supplies computers to businesses like Best Buy so that they
can compete with other brands on shop shelves. However, you aren't always required to choose
the channels that your rivals like. An example is Netflix. With a new marketing channel that
better satisfies the demands of many customers, Netflix upended the video rental industry.
Products from Maybelline and L'Oréal are predominantly sold in retail establishments. Mary
Kay and Avon, on the other hand, use salesmen to directly pitch their goods to customers.
Factors That Impact the Strength of a Product's Distribution
An intense distribution strategy is one that businesses use to market their goods in as many
locations as they can. For convenience offerings items that clients buy right away without doing
much research-intensive distribution tactics are often utilised. Newspapers and soft drinks are
two examples. They are sold everywhere, as you can see. Redbox, a company that rents DVDs
via vending machines, has made progress employing a more aggressive distribution approach
than Blockbuster: the machines are placed in fast-food restaurants, supermarkets, and other
locations where consumers often go. Conversely, selective distribution refers to the sale of
goods at certain stores in particular places. For instance, Sony TVs are available at a variety of
stores including Circuit City, Best Buy, and Walmart, but not all of the stores carry the same
models. A manufacturer may cater to several target customers by offering many models at
various shops, each with a particular set of features and price points.
Selling items via a single or small number of locations is known as exclusive distribution. For
instance, Rooms To Go is the exclusive retailer of supermodel Cindy Crawford's furniture
collection. A collection of goods created by designer Michael Graves is only available at Target.
You must visit one of those merchants to buy those things. TV shows are only distributed on
Page | 122
Copyright2021@CIIR
television. A TV production firm will agree to an exclusive agreement with a network like
ABC, CBS, or Showtime, and the series will first air only on that network. Later, repeats of the
programmes are often provided to other networks on a selective basis. The manufacturers of
upmarket goods often choose to distribute their goods more exclusively in order to control the
perception of their products and the pricing at which they are offered. Designer handbags and
pricey fragrances are two examples. The manufacturers of several of these goods were
dismayed to discover merchants had lowered the pricing of the goods, "cheapening" their
respected trademarks during the economic crisis [7]–[9]. The value of a company's brand may
be preserved by distributing a product under rigorous conditions to a select group of businesses
only. Additionally, it may stop goods from being offered at a bargain on grey markets. A market
where a producer hasn't given permission for their goods to be sold is known as a grey market.
DISCUSSION
Channel Strength: Strong channel partners, often known as channel leaders or channel captains,
frequently exercise what is referred to as channel power. Large manufacturers from the past,
including Procter & Gamble and Dell, often served as channel captains. However, that is
changing. Today, major retailers with greater channel dominance include Walmart and Target.
They are inundated with goods that manufacturers and wholesalers want them to sell to their
millions of clients. As a consequence, these merchants have more and more control over the
situation. In other words, they accomplish their goals. Killers of categories are in a similar
situation. Consumers like you are expanding their influence in the marketing channel. You can
utilise the Internet to discover anything you want at the greatest price available and have it
delivered when, when, and how you want, regardless of what one manufacturer makes or what
a local merchant has in stock.
Channel Discord
A channel conflict is a disagreement between channel participants. Channel clashes happen
often. This is in part because each channel member has unique objectives that set them apart
from one another. They get along with each other in a similar way to how you do with your
employer. You two want to provide excellent customer service to the clients of your company.
Your objectives, however, are different. Although your employer may want you to work on the
weekend, you may not want to since you have an exam on Monday and need to study [10]. All
channel participants want low amounts of inventory but quick access to additional items. Who
should be responsible for the inventory's keeping costs? What if customers decide not to buy
the products? Can they be given back to other channel participants, or is the company that owns
them responsible for getting rid of them? In their contracts, channel members attempt to make
sure that such information are clear.
There will always be areas of disagreement among channel members, regardless of how
"airtight" their contracts are. Members of the channel often ask their spouses, "What have you
done for me lately?" Wholesalers and retailers regularly complain that the manufacturers they
deal with aren't doing enough to market their goods so they would leave shop shelves more
quickly for instance, by giving out coupons for them, airing TV advertising, and so on.
Manufacturers want to know why retailers are positioning their goods near the bottom of
shelves, where they are difficult to view, and why wholesalers aren't selling them more quickly.
Apple started opening its own retail locations all throughout the nation, in part because it didn't
like the way other firms' stores were displaying and selling its goods.
Online product sales by manufacturers may also result in channel disputes. When this occurs,
wholesalers and retailers often feel as if they are in direct competition with one another for the
same clients. Likewise, when retailers give their own store brands greater shelf space,
Page | 123
Copyright2021@CIIR
producers sometimes feel belittled. Store brands are goods that shops either develop themselves
or get from manufacturers. For instance, Dr. Thunder is Walmart's store brand for Dr. Pepper.
Store brands are often more affordable since a shop doesn't need to advertise them to get them
on its own shelves as a "regular" manufacturer would. Additionally, some stores compete with
manufacturers by selling their house brands to other retailers.
Horizontal vs. Vertical Conflict
Vertical conflict is exemplified by the conflicts we've discussed so far. Conflict that arises
between two separate channel participants, such as a manufacturer, agency, wholesaler, or
retailer, is known as a vertical conflict. A horizontal conflict, in contrast, is conflict that arises
between entities of the same sort, such as two manufacturers that both desire a strong
wholesaler to sell only their own goods. Horizontal conflict may be beneficial since it is
motivated by competitiveness. But it may also lead to issues. A horizontal disagreement
between Walmart's suppliers of landline telephones occurred in 2005. The suppliers were
engaged in a pricing war and had lowered their rates for all the retail establishments they
served. Walmart didn't sell any more phones as a result of the price reductions. Simply put, that
meant selling them for less money and generating a less profit.
Channel leaders like Walmart often have a lot of influence over how channel issues are
resolved, meaning they frequently get their way. However, even the most dominant channel
leaders want to work together. A producer with channel power still need quality retailers to sell
its goods, and a retailer with channel power still requires quality suppliers to source goods. A
channel member cannot expect to work effectively if they take all the revenues from the other
channel members. Additionally, because each channel partner is in charge of advertising a
product via its particular channel, they are all, in a sense, on the same team. Each of them has
a personal stake in selling the goods, and each one's success or failure might have an impact
on the others.
Recall how Walmart handled the dispute with its phone vendors in the past: Walmart felt it
could consolidate and employ fewer suppliers since the many brands of landline phones were
so similar. The company then segmented the market for its phone goods into three groups: low-
cost phones with minimal features, mid-range phones with additional features, and high-end
phones with a lot of features. One of the three parts was requested of the selected providers.
This provided Walmart's consumers with the selection they wanted. Additionally, the chosen
suppliers ceased undercutting one another's rates since they were allowed to sell more phones
and compete for other consumer kinds.
Finding Channel Cooperation in a Moral Way
One strategy is to emphasise the advantages of doing business with your company. If your
brand and product are popular, for instance, you may mention how being one of its "authorised
sellers" might increase a retailer's foot traffic and sales. Companies often create case studies
and instructional resources to demonstrate to their partners how they can help them increase
their sales and profits. Additionally, channel partners want to know that there will be a
consistent supply of the items and that they are real, not imitations. Your aim is to demonstrate
to your channel partners that you are aware of these problems and that you can assist them in
generating revenue.
Sometimes it's the other way around, and merchants must persuade product manufacturers to
work with them rather than the other way around. An example is the internet store Beauty.com.
Because customers want to be able to smell and touch the items just as they do in a department
store, selling fragrances and cosmetics online may be challenging. However, Beauty.com has
Page | 124
Copyright2021@CIIR
been successful in persuading the creators of more than 200 high-end cosmetic businesses that
selling their goods on its website is a terrific bargain and may boost their sales. Beauty.com
allows users to talk live online with skin and hair care professionals and gives free product
samples to persuade suppliers that customers may get individualised treatment.
Companies may cooperate more easily if they provide marketing and promotional materials
that their channel partners can utilise to increase sales. Examples include brochures, banners,
images for websites, in-store displays, and adverts that partners may personalise with their own
logos and business details. It wasn't created by the grocery shop that had it on display, despite
the fact that it seemed to be. It was created for the grocer and other retailers like it by the meat
supplier Boar's Head. Especially when you're releasing a new product, training the sales
representatives of your channel partners is a crucial component of promoting collaboration.
Before the launch, the salespeople need to get training and marketing materials so that their
efforts may be coordinated with yours. Microsoft is a business that provides its partners with
high-quality training. Prior to the release of operating systems like Windows XP and Vista,
Microsoft offers sales and technical training to thousands of its partners. Additionally,
businesses hold sales competitions to motivate the sales teams of their channel partners to
promote their products. Additionally, it might be beneficial to provide your channel partners
with financial incentives, such as discounts for promoting your product. And you don't want
to "stuff the channel," Addison explains. When a business provides its channel partners
substantial discounts and unrestricted returns to purchase a large quantity of a product, it is said
to be stuffing the channel. This is done to reach sales targets. The issue with this tactic is that
it may cause inventory to accumulate, which is then dumped on the market and sometimes on
grey markets at great discounts. People's opinions about the product and its brand name may
be impacted by this. What happens to any inventory that isn't sold? In the next accounting
period, it is returned back up in the channel, hurting the "stuffers'" sales figures.
Last but not least, while working with your channel partners, you don't want to run the danger
of breaching the law or using unfair business practises. Concerns about secrecy have
previously been covered. Resale price maintenance agreements are another problem that
channel partners sometimes run with. A resale price maintenance agreement limits the amount
a merchant may charge for a product by the product's manufacturer. Because they don't want
the retailers to drastically reduce their items, manufacturers of expensive goods sometimes ask
merchants to sign resale price maintenance agreements. Producers feel that doing so would
"cheapen" their brands. Resale price maintenance agreements, according to producers, are
necessary to avoid price wars amongst their retailers, which might worsen costs for all of a
channel's members. Due to price maintenance agreements, both big businesses and tiny retail
stores have ended themselves in court. Some states have banned price maintenance agreements
on the basis that they hinder competition, even though the U.S. Supreme Court hasn't concluded
that all of them are unlawful. Some nations, like the United Kingdom, have outright bans on
them. The best course of action for a manufacturer is to provide its channel partners a
"suggested retail price".
Vertical and Horizontal Marketing Systems That Integrate Channels
To promote collaboration in a channel, a vertical marketing system might be established.
Members of the channel explicitly agree to work closely together in a vertical marketing
structure. One channel member assuming the responsibilities of another member may also
result in the creation of a vertical marketing system. Historically, Procter & Gamble has
produced domestic goods rather than selling them. However, the company's long-term plan is
to compete in every personal-care market, including salons, where the market for men's
products is still in its infancy. The Art of Shaving, a retailer of expensive men's shaving goods
Page | 125
Copyright2021@CIIR
with locations in premium malls, was acquired by P&G in 2009. Additionally, P&G owns and
operates retail stores where customers may purchase its renowned SK-II skin care brand.
Another sort of vertical marketing structure is a franchise. They are used to enter markets as
well as decrease channel disputes. Remember that a franchise allows an individual or
organisation to promote a business's products or services within a certain region or area. Along
with the ability to own and run the restaurants, McDonald's offers their franchisees items like
beef, bread, ice cream, and other things. Additionally, each restaurant owner signs a contract
with McDonald's committing to do business in a certain manner.
In contrast, the channel members in a traditional marketing system are unconnected to one
another. Each person runs their own business. An organisation will pursue a sale or acquisition
of a product if it appears like a good bargain at the time. However, there is no obligation for
the channel's participants to collaborate again in the future. In a horizontal marketing system,
two businesses at the same channel level for example, two manufacturers, two wholesalers, or
two retailers agree to work together to promote one another's goods or to take advantage of
available marketing possibilities. By working together to integrate Skype's service into Nokia's
phones, the Internet phone provider Skype and the mobile phone manufacturer Nokia built a
horizontal marketing structure. By doing this, Skype wants to tap into a new market.
Additionally, Nokia wants to market its phones to users of Skype on personal computers.
Similar to Intel, Via Technologies, a rival chip manufacturer, has collaborated with a number
of unproven Chinese PC manufacturers to create $200 netbooks. According to Via
Technologies, the new, less expensive netbooks sold by Chinese vendors will swiftly take 20%
of the market. Of course, Via Technologies sells more computer chips the more of them are
sold.
Supply Chains Against Marketing Channels
In the last decades, businesses have started to look at their marketing channels more
comprehensively. They have started looking at all the organisations that are involved in any
step of the process of manufacturing, advertising, and delivering an item to its consumer rather
than just the businesses that sell and advertise their goods. These businesses are all regarded as
being a part of the supply chain for the product. For instance, the manufacturers of the raw
ingredients that go into a product are part of the supply chain. If the product is food, the supply
chain goes all the way back to the farmers who cultivated the components and the businesses
from whom the farmers bought the seeds, fertiliser, or animals. It also goes via the distributors.
Along with helping to physically deliver a product, transportation firms like railways and web
development firms are also a part of the supply chain for a product. The Indian firm is a
component of the partner's supply chain if a software developer contracts with it to produce
computer code. Since it is not their responsibility to aggressively market the goods they
manufacture, these companies are not regarded as channel partners. But they all have an impact
on whether a product succeeds or fails. In order to make their supply chains as efficient as
possible, businesses regularly examine and tweak them. Supply chain management is the name
of this procedure. Managing the supply chain presents difficulties.
CONCLUSION
Businesses should take their target demographic, campaign goals, budget, and available
resources into account while optimising advertising channel approaches. Combining channels
is one aspect of a complete advertising plan that may be used to establish a dependable and
cohesive brand presence. Understanding customer behaviour, optimising targeting, and
gauging the success of advertising efforts all depend on using data analytics and audience
insights. Businesses may improve their advertising campaigns and distribute resources
Page | 126
Copyright2021@CIIR
efficiently by keeping track of important performance measures including reach, impressions,

click-through rates, conversions, and return on investment. In conclusion, using effective
advertising channel strategies can help firms increase the impact and reach of their marketing
initiatives. Businesses may engage their target audience and achieve desired results by
combining conventional and digital media, adopting evolving trends, and using audience
information. Businesses may maximise their advertising efforts to increase brand recognition,
create leads, and meet their marketing goals through strategic planning, continual optimisation,
and a customer-centric strategy.
REFERENCES:
[1] R. E. Zambrano, G. Jiménez-Marín, A. Galiano-Coronil, and R. Ravina-Ripoll, “Children,
media and food. A new paradigm in food advertising, social marketing and happiness
management,” Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health, 2021, doi: 10.3390/ijerph18073588.
[2] D. A. Yamoah, J. De Man, S. O. Onagbiye, and Z. J. McHiza, “Exposure of children to unhealthy
food and beverage advertisements in South Africa,” Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health, 2021,
doi: 10.3390/ijerph18083856.
[3] P. J. Danaher, T. S. Danaher, M. S. Smith, and R. Loaiza-Maya, “Advertising Effectiveness for
Multiple Retailer-Brands in a Multimedia and Multichannel Environment,” J. Mark. Res., 2020,
doi: 10.1177/0022243720910104.
[4] J. Guixeres et al., “Consumer neuroscience-based metrics predict recall, liking and viewing rates
in online advertising,” Front. Psychol., 2017, doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01808.
[5] S. H. Lee, S. H. Yoon, and H. W. Kim, “Prediction of Online Video Advertising Inventory Based
on TV Programs: A Deep Learning Approach,” IEEE Access, 2021, doi:
10.1109/ACCESS.2021.3056115.
[6] S. H. Ng et al., “Obesogenic television food advertising to children in Malaysia: Sociocultural
variations,” Glob. Health Action, 2015, doi: 10.3402/gha.v7.25169.
[7] A. V. Kontsevaya et al., “The extent and nature of television food advertising to children and
adolescents in the Russian Federation,” Public Health Nutr., 2020, doi:
10.1017/S1368980020000191.
[8] M. Story and S. French, “Food advertising and marketing directed at children and adolescents
in the US,” International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity. 2004. doi:
10.1186/1479-5868-1-3.
[9] I. Rossow, “The alcohol advertising ban in Norway: Effects on recorded alcohol sales,” Drug
Alcohol Rev., 2021, doi: 10.1111/dar.13289.
[10] O. Pavlovskaya, D. Kurenova, G. Murtazina, and O. Kolosova, “The impact of advertising on
social processes,” Mind Soc., 2021, doi: 10.1007/s11299-021-00279-z.
Page | 127
Copyright2021@CIIR

Creating Value for Customers Using Effective

Supply Chain Management
Dr. Pramod Pandey
Email Id-pramodkumar@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Supply chains are essential in today's cutthroat business environment for adding value for
consumers. This abstract examines the idea of customer-centric supply chain management and
identifies techniques that companies may use to increase value and satisfy customers. It
emphasises how crucial it is to match supply chain operations with consumer demands and
expectations in order to build lasting bonds and gain an advantage over competitors. Designing
and managing supply chain activities and procedures with a major emphasis on satisfying
customer needs is known as customer-centric supply chain management. It acknowledges that
elements like on-time delivery, product availability, customization possibilities, and post-
purchase assistance are just as important to a customer's pleasure as product quality or pricing.
Businesses may stand out from their competition and develop a distinctive value offer by
comprehending and addressing these customer-centric issues. To provide value to consumers,
supply chain partners must cooperate and integrate. A seamless coordination and response to
client requests are made possible by effective communication and information exchange
between suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, and retailers. Building trusting, productive, and
collaborative relationships with supply chain partners facilitates shared problem-solving and
eventually improves the entire customer experience.
KEYWORDS:
Supply Chains, Product Availability, Customer, Management.
INTRODUCTION
For the supply chain to be agile and transparent enough to fulfil client demands. Businesses are
able to react quickly to consumer enquiries, give correct information, and proactively manage
any interruptions when they have real-time access over inventory levels, order progress, and
delivery tracking. Businesses may respond swiftly to changes in consumer demand, market
trends, or unanticipated occurrences by implementing an agile supply chain strategy, which
ensures prompt and flexible order fulfilment and customer satisfaction. Customers desire
customization and personalisation more and more. Businesses may adapt to particular client
preferences and create a feeling of uniqueness by providing customizable product alternatives
or personalised experiences. Businesses may easily offer customised goods or services thanks
to flexible supply chains and responsive production techniques, and effective inventory control
assures the availability of the raw materials or components needed for modification.
Page | 128
Copyright2021@CIIR
Sustainability of the supply chain is a growing factor in the production of consumer value.
Customers are becoming more aware of the effects their purchases have on the environment
and society, and they value companies who put sustainability first in their supply chain
operations. Integrating ethical manufacturing practises, sustainable sourcing, and green
logistics not only reflects consumer values but also improves brand loyalty and reputation [1],
[2].
Imagine you've created a fantastic new product, such as Ghostbusters: The Video Game. The
game is fantastic, and you've made every effort to sell it via every available marketing channel.
The product will launch on Sony's PlayStation Portable platform and is now available at
GameStop, Walmart, Best Buy, and Amazon. The tale is over now, right? Not exactly. You will
sooner or later look "upstream" at your suppliers and "sideways" at possible business partners
in addition to the companies "downstream" that sell your goods. It only makes sense. These
businesses include the suppliers of the raw ingredients your company needs to manufacture it,
the shipping company that actually transports it, and the company that assisted in creating the
Web sites to advertise it. If you employed an Indian programmer to assist in creating the game's
computer code, that programmer would also be a member of the product's supply chain. The
business you engaged to handle copies of the game that consumers returned is also a component
of the supply chain. There might be literally hundreds of supply chain partners for large
companies with several goods. Service organisations have supply chains because they need
supplies to function.
Supply chain management is the process of planning, observing, and modifying supply
networks to maximise their efficiency. Although an American business consultant first used the
phrase supply chain management in the early 1980s, the concept isn't new. Henry Ford's early
1900s approach included seizing control of the supply chains for his autos in order to maximise
efficiency. Ford was the owner of the foundries that turned iron ore into steel for his
automobiles. In addition, he owned the ships used to carry raw materials and completed goods,
as well as the plantations from which rubber was taken to make the tyres for his vehicles. Many
businesses today still have a limited perspective on their supply chains; they primarily focus
on the expenses they can save. Cost-cutting is unquestionably a crucial component of supply
chain management. After all, if your rivals can manufacture their goods for less money, they
could drive you out of business. But keep in mind that a company may manufacture something
so subparly that nobody would purchase it. Because of this, astute businesses consider their
supply chains to be a crucial component of their marketing strategies. In order to provide their
businesses a competitive advantage, these businesses also consider how their supply chains
may add value for consumers.
The terms supply chain and value chain are now often used interchangeably. The value chain
concept states that each of your supply chain partners should assist you in adding more value
to your customers as the product moves along the chain, preferably more value than the supply
chain partners of your competitors can add to their products. An excellent example of a business
that has successfully created value for its consumers via clever supply chain design and
execution is the fashionable yet affordable apparel store Zara in Europe. Initially, Zara needed
six months to create an item and get it to retailers. Zara started collaborating with its own design
teams and supply chain partners more closely in order to get the newest trends in the hands of
consumers as quickly as possible. Additionally, it automated its inventory systems so that it
could ascertain what was selling and what wasn't promptly. It can now provide its consumers
with the newest fashion in only two weeks as a consequence. In addition, the business created
a new benchmark for the garment sector in the process [3], [4].
Purchasing and Sourcing
Page | 129
Copyright2021@CIIR
Choosing and employing certain companies to provide your company with products and
services is the process of sourcing. The act of actually acquiring such products and services is
known as procurement. A supply manager's duties now include more sourcing and
procurement, in part due to the increased specialisation of organisations. Companies have
improved their productivity by undertaking specialised activities, much as Ford's employees
did. Ford Motor Company no longer manufactures tyres for its vehicles in-house. It purchases
them from tyre manufacturers like Goodyear and Michelin. Nevertheless, it is still feasible to
"own" your supply chain. Owning its own mines, distributorships, and retail diamond shops
are the DeBeers diamond corporation. The issue is that owning several kinds of businesses is
incredibly expensive, and managing them all effectively is also challenging.
DISCUSSION
Businesses examine every link in their supply chains as well as those outside of them to
determine which ones can enhance their goods the most for the least amount of money. A
corporation will often outsource a duty to a company if it can locate one that can do that
function better than it can. Why, after all, would you do something yourself if someone else
could do it more skillfully or economically? The majority of businesses outsource at least part
of their transportation responsibilities to shippers like Roadway and FedEx rather than having
their own fleets of trucks, ships and aeroplanes. To assist them, other businesses employ goods
forwarders. Freight forwarders may be compared to travel brokers for freight. They are
responsible for negotiating shipping costs and reserving space for goods in warehouses and on
transportation vehicles. Additionally, a goods forwarder aggregates smaller cargoes from
different shippers into bigger loads that may be transported more cheaply. It does not, however,
own its own fleet of vehicles or storage facilities [5]–[7]. Other businesses take things a step
further and contract with outside logistics organisations to handle every aspect of order
processing and shipment. Examples of 3PLs are FedEx Supply Chain Services and UPS Supply
Chain Solutions. For a firm that wishes to concentrate on other facets of its operations, a 3PL
offers a one-stop shipping solution. Companies that receive and distribute goods worldwide
often use 3PLs to handle the hassles of shipping goods abroad and handling import and export
procedures.
The Rise of Offshoring and Outsourcing
Companies started outsourcing a variety of other tasks besides transportation in the 1990s.
Their two objectives were to cut expenses and concentrate on what they do best. The tasks
businesses outsource may surprise you. In reality, a lot of "producers" of goods now outsource
their production rather than doing it themselves. Nike and the majority of apparel firms design
their items but don't manufacture them. They instead submit their ideas to businesses in
countries with cheap labour. Many pharmaceutical corporations no longer create their own
pharmaceuticals, too. They delegate the work to smaller drug producers that, in recent years,
have a better track record of creating medications that are in high demand. Crest manufacturer
Procter & Gamble did not create the Crest SpinBrush. The SpinBrush's technology was created
by a tiny business named Church & Dwight Co., and P&G bought the rights to market and sell
the item.
Offshoring refers to outsourcing work to businesses overseas. "Percentage of Supply Chain
Functions Offshored in 2008" displays the proportion of supply chain functions that 300
international manufacturers and service providers claim to have offshored as of 2008 and the
proportions that these businesses anticipate having offshored by 2010. The Ins and Outs of
Outsourcing, to name a few. When a corporation outsources a task, there are many
compromises to consider. One of them is the loss of control, especially with regard to the
Page | 130
Copyright2021@CIIR
quality and safety of the products. Ask Mattel, please. Tens of millions of toys that Mattel had
outsourced for manufacture had to be recalled starting in 2007 due to lead contamination.
However, Mattel is not the only business that has issues. More than one-fifth of businesses that
outsource manufacturing admitted to "frequent" and "serious" quality issues in a recent
worldwide poll. Although items are randomly inspected by the U.S. Consumer items Safety
Commission, staff members cannot possibly test every single one of them. Many businesses
either test their own goods or hire outside laboratories to do so in order to safeguard their
consumers. For instance, if you sell a product to Walmart, you must be ready to submit it to the
lab upon request from Walmart. Additionally, businesses audit or inspect their suppliers
directly on-site. Other businesses permanently station staff with their suppliers to ensure that
the quality of the goods they are creating is acceptable.
Another danger associated with outsourcing that businesses must consider is losing control of
their technology. certain nations are better than others at preserving intellectual inventions, and
certain supply chain partners are more reliable than others. What guarantees do you have that
your supply chain partner won't take your technology? A few years ago, General Motors started
collaborating with a Chinese company to create the Spark, an automobile specifically for the
Chinese market. However, before GM could even start operating the vehicle factory, the
American manufacturer claimed that the car's design had been stolen, sold to another business,
and imitations of it were being driven on Chinese streets.
Another component of outsourcing has to do with the supply chain management practises that
businesses use to demonstrate their social responsibility and environmental sustainability. The
concept of social responsibility holds that businesses should run their operations not simply to
make money but also to improve society. Both concerns are getting more and more attention
from consumers. According to the concept of environmental sustainability, businesses should
use strategies that have the least negative effects on the environment in order to preserve it for
future generations. Starbucks and other businesses have embraced the Fair-Trade movement to
show customers they are socially conscious. Farmers and other producers in developing
countries get greater prices from supporters of the Fair-Trade movement, allowing them to
escape poverty. Although customers sometimes pay higher costs for goods with the fair-trade
label, Harvard research found that this was both expected by consumers and resulted in an
increase in sales.
Supply chains are being impacted by the effort for environmental sustainability, in part because
of the tighter environmental regulations in many countries. However, businesses are starting to
see the benefits of creating "greener" goods and getting rid of them ethically. It first enhances
a company's reputation and distinguishes it from rivals. Second, even during a recession, many
buyers are ready to pay extra for environmentally friendly goods. Walmart has disclosed its
intention to have its suppliers assess the environmental costs associated with making their
goods. The product labels will thereafter include the "green" ratings.
Patagonia, a manufacturer of outdoor apparel, places a high priority on environmental
sustainability and social responsibility. Patagonia makes an effort to minimise the
environmental harm caused by the design, sourcing, production, and recycling of their goods.
In order to guarantee that its supply chain partners treat employees properly, the corporation
audits them as well. The length of time it takes for goods to arrive in the United States and
reach customers is one disadvantage of outsourcing. The length of time is a significant problem
since it has an impact on how responsive a business is to its consumers. Retailers dislike having
to wait for goods. If they have to wait and can't locate what they want, their consumers could
go shopping somewhere else. Some businesses are outsourcing their tasks to locations closer
Page | 131
Copyright2021@CIIR
to home for a variety of reasons, including "Using Marketing Channels to Create Value for
Customers".
When businesses are unable to find a solution for their supplier issues, they either look for new
suppliers to work with or bring the operations back in-house, which is referred to as insourcing.
These days, outsourcing might really help your business stand out. The Discover Credit Card
Company does not contract out its customer care to foreign firms. That may help to explain
why Discover was rated as having the highest customer loyalty in a poll.
Matching A Company's Sourcing Methods to Its Customers' Needs
Any choice you make about insourcing and outsourcing should ultimately have the needs of
your customers in mind. The client is the last link in the supply chain, unless the product is
recycled. However, not all clients have the same needs in terms of goods and services. It could
be permissible for a business that sells personal computers to individuals to outsource its
technical assistance, possibly to a company in India that can do the task for less money.
However, a business that purchases a pricey, customised computer network would likely prefer
to work directly with the product's creator and not with a different business in a different nation
if the network goes down. Similar to this, using bargain-basement components might make
your consumers unhappy if you're building an expensive automobile for Ferrari-type buyers—
especially if the parts malfunction and their autos break down. On the other hand, if you're
developing a low-end car, high-end components can make it too pricey for low-end customers.
Customers who purchase luxury vehicles are inclined to expect superior after-sales care as well.
Inventory Management and Demand Forecasting
Demand Forecasting
Consider yourself a marketing manager who has done all within your power to assist in the
development and promotion of a product and it is doing well. However, as a result of
underestimating the product's demand, your business is now out of stock. Remember when
Nintendo was confronted with this situation when the Wii originally launched? The same thing
took place when IBM introduced the well-liked ThinkPad notebook in 1992. The product
scarcity will not only have a negative impact on your company's profitability, but also on you
personally. Why? Because depending on how successfully the things you strive to promote sell,
you, as a marketing manager, may get a bonus or commission. Of course, you cannot sell
something that you do not own.
As you can undoubtedly guess, if your company's demand estimates are off, even the finest
marketing choices and supplier selections won't help. The technique of calculating how much
of an item or service clients will purchase from you is known as demand planning. If you are
a product manufacturer, this will have an impact on both the quantity of items and services you
must create and the resources you must buy to make them. It will also have an impact on the
management of the resources, activities, and procedures required to provide an offering. For
instance, you could require your team to put in more hours if demand is high. Lead times are
closely tied to demand predictions. The lead time of a product refers to how long it takes for a
client to receive a products or service after placing an order. When a business forecasts demand,
lead times must also be considered [8]–[10].
Choosing which providers to utilise is a choice that is often made on a regular basis. Decisions
about forecasting must be made more frequently sometimes every day. Examining your
company's previous sales is one technique to forecast the demand for your goods. Most
businesses operate in this manner. However, they don't end there. Why? Because a variety of
Page | 132
Copyright2021@CIIR
variables including the cost and availability of raw materials, international competition, the
price of oil, the state of the economy, and even the weather can alter the situation. For instance,
demand for several things decreased when the economy tanked in 2008. Therefore, it is likely
that your production, sales, and marketing estimates would have been drastically off if you had
just used data from 2007. Do you recall the 2009 contamination-related recall of peanut butter?
If your company was a link in the supply chain for goods containing peanut butter, you would
have had to adjust your predictions right away.
The demand for your items will also be impacted by the promotions you conduct. Think about
what occurred when KFC initially released its new grilled chicken product. KFC sent free
grilled chicken vouchers on Oprah.com as part of the campaign. KFC ran the danger of running
out of chicken within twenty-four hours after the vouchers were posted to the website. Many
clients were refused service. Some others received "rain checks" that they could use to later for
free grilled chicken. When creating demand predictions, supply chain managers engage with
marketing managers and sales executives in addition to reviewing the sales histories of their
companies. Because they interact with clients more often and are aware of their demands and
if they are changing, sales and marketing people are aware of the promotions that are planned.
In order to prepare for demand, businesses rely on their supply chain partners. Supply chain
partners cooperate and exchange information via the practise of collaborative planning,
forecasting, and replenishment. Retail Link is a web-based CPFR solution created by Walmart.
Retailers may use Retail Link to see information such as how well their items are selling across
different Walmart shops, how soon and where additional products need to be supplied to the
firm, how current promotions are influencing the profitability of their products, and so forth.
Due to the fact that different businesses often use various information technology platforms
and programmes, Web-based solutions like Retail Link are increasingly being used by supply
chain partners to communicate with one another.
Not all businesses are enthusiastic about disclosing every bit of information to their supply
chain partners. Some merchants see their sales data as a valuable commodity that they can sell
to information providers like Information Resources, Inc., which offers competitive data to
businesses who are prepared to pay for it. In contrast, some businesses go so far as to consult
with their suppliers before even beginning production on a product to get their input on design
modifications, material selections, and manufacturing suggestions. Clearly, the tendency is
towards more information sharing, or what supply chain visibility is known as in the corporate
world. After all, it seems to reason that a supplier that is aware of your sales, operations, and
marketing strategies as well as what your consumers want would not only be more dependable
but also better equipped to add value to your goods. Companies can monitor how well
operations are doing, how goods are moving through the chain, how well partners are
performing and collaborating with one another, and how much value is being added to the
product by exchanging more than just basic transaction information.
Demand forecasting tools may also be utilised to get more precise results. To more accurately
estimate a company's demand, demand-planning software may combine a number of variables,
such as the company's sales history, point-of-sale data, warehouse, suppliers, and promotion
information, as well as economic and competitive trends. Some of the technologies enable sales
and marketing staff to enter purchase information into their mobile devices after speaking with
consumers, ensuring that a company's demand estimates are as current as feasible. Lighthouse
Foods, a producer of salad dressing, used demand-planning software to significantly enhance
its estimates. The business has been doing the task via spreadsheets and a conventional sales
database in the past. "Almost all of the computations were done manually. John Shaw, the
organization's head of information technology, explains that "we had no engine to do the heavy
Page | 133
Copyright2021@CIIR
lifting for us." The business was able to quickly cut its inventory by around a third while still
satisfying the demands of its clients [11], [12].
CONCLUSION
Technology advances like data analytics, AI, and the Internet of Things (IoT) provide useful
tools for supply chain management that is focused on the needs of the consumer. Businesses
may collect and analyse data on consumer preferences, purchasing habits, and demand trends
thanks to these technologies. By using this information, companies can better predict consumer
demands, manage inventory levels, and customise customer interactions, all of which lead to
increased client happiness and loyalty. In order to manage the supply chain in a customer-
centric manner, continuous improvement and performance evaluation are essential. Businesses
may evaluate the effectiveness of their supply chains and pinpoint areas for improvement by
using key performance indicators including order fulfilment accuracy, on-time delivery,
customer satisfaction ratings, and return rates. Regular customer assessment and feedback
provide priceless insights for streamlining supply chain operations and improving value
delivery. In conclusion, a crucial component of a company's success is delivering value to
customers via customer-centric supply chain management. Businesses may improve the total
customer experience, create customer loyalty, embrace technology, and give sustainability first
priority in order to obtain a competitive edge. Supply chains stay flexible and customer-focused
in a market that is always changing thanks to continuous development and adaptability to
changing consumer expectations.
REFERENCES:
[1] A. Margherita and M. Heikkilä, “Business continuity in the COVID-19 emergency: A
framework of actions undertaken by world-leading companies,” Bus. Horiz., 2021, doi:
10.1016/j.bushor.2021.02.020.
[2] B. Sundarakani, R. Kamran, P. Maheshwari, and V. Jain, “Designing a hybrid cloud for
a supply chain network of Industry 4.0: a theoretical framework,” Benchmarking, 2019,
doi: 10.1108/BIJ-04-2018-0109.
[3] C. P. Garg and V. Kashav, “Evaluating value creating factors in greening the
transportation of Global Maritime Supply Chains (GMSCs) of containerized freight,”
Transp. Res. Part D Transp. Environ., 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.trd.2019.06.011.
[4] A. Razak and K. Vattikoti, “Critical evaluation of value chain analysis for assessing
competitive advantage-a study on select companies of e-tailing industry,” Acad. Strateg.
Manag. J., 2018.
[5] R. R. Menon and R. V, “Using ANP and QFD methodologies to analyze eco-efficiency
requirements in an electronic supply chain,” Clean. Eng. Technol., 2021, doi:
10.1016/j.clet.2021.100350.
[6] S. Schiffling and M. Piecyk, “Performance measurement in humanitarian logistics: a
customer-oriented approach,” J. Humanit. Logist. Supply Chain Manag., 2014, doi:
10.1108/JHLSCM-08-2013-0027.
[7] B. Gaudenzi and A. Borghesi, “Managing risks in the supply chain using the AHP
method,” Int. J. Logist. Manag., 2006, doi: 10.1108/09574090610663464.
[8] R. van Hoek, V. Sankararaman, T. Udesen, T. Geurts, and D. Palumbo-Miele, “Where
we are heading and the research that can help us get there – Executive perspectives on
the anniversary of the Journal of Purchasing and Supply Management,” J. Purch. Supply
Page | 134
Copyright2021@CIIR
Manag., 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.pursup.2020.100621.

[9] J. Wongthongchai and K. Saenchaiyathon, “The key role of institution pressure on green
supply chain practice and the firm’s performance,” J. Ind. Eng. Manag., 2019, doi:
10.3926/jiem.2994.
[10] G. Balázs, S. Ágnes, S. Gábor, and K. Tímea, “Consumer Control Supportive
Visualization,” Acta Polytech. Hungarica, 2021, doi: 10.12700/APH.18.10.2021.10.4.
[11] S. E. Chick, A. Huchzermeier, and S. Netessine, “Europe’s solution factories,” Harv.
Bus. Rev., 2014.
[12] A. Gupta, N. Pachar, P. C. Jha, and J. D. Darbari, “Efficiency assessment of Indian
electronics retail stores using DEA,” Int. J. Bus. Perform. Supply Chain Model., 2019,
doi: 10.1504/IJBPSCM.2019.105719.
Page | 135
Copyright2021@CIIR

A Comprehensive Review of Inventory

Management
Mr. Ram Srinivas
Email Id-ramsrinivas@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Businesses must analyse their inventory management procedures in order to maximise the
effectiveness of their supply chains, save costs, and raise overall productivity. The importance
of inventory management analysis and its effects on inventory optimisation, the precision of
demand forecasting, and customer satisfaction are examined in this abstract. It emphasises
important approaches, measurements, and factors that companies may use to perform a
thorough examination of their inventory management procedures. Analysing inventory
management entails assessing a number of inventory-related factors, including as stock levels,
turnover rates, lead times, and order fulfilment accuracy. Businesses may find trends, patterns,
and inefficiencies that affect inventory holding costs, stockouts, and customer service levels by
analysing historical inventory data. This study provides the basis for making well-informed
decisions and identifying chances for improvement. Businesses may use sophisticated
technologies to optimise inventory management choices thanks to advanced inventory analysis
methods like statistical modelling, simulation, or optimisation algorithms. Based on demand
variations, lead times, and service level objectives, these methodologies may help in selecting
the best reorder points, safety stock levels, and replenishment procedures. Businesses are able
to efficiently manage inventory costs and customer service levels by using data-driven tactics.
KEYWORDS:
Businesses, Customer, Inventory Management, Safety, Systems.
INTRODUCTION
Inventory turnover ratio is an important indicator for inventory research since it shows how
rapidly stock is sold and replaced over a certain time frame. While a high turnover ratio may
portend frequent stockouts and possibly missed sales, a low turnover ratio signals surplus
inventory, tying up resources and incurring holding expenses. Businesses may find the ideal
stock levels to balance demand changes and save expenses by analysing inventory turnover.
Accurate demand forecasting is crucial to inventory management. Businesses may evaluate the
success of their forecasting techniques and pinpoint areas for improvement by comparing
actual demand with the predicted demand. Metrics for prediction accuracy, such as mean
absolute percentage error (MAPE) or forecast bias, provide information about the accuracy of
demand projections and aid companies in modifying their strategy for stocking up on inventory
[1]–[3].
Page | 136
Copyright2021@CIIR
Inventory items are often categorised based on their worth and significance using the ABC
analysis approach, which is frequently used in inventory management analysis. With the use of
this study, firms may concentrate their inventory management efforts on high-value or goods
with a wide range of demand. Businesses may optimise inventory management and reduce
stockouts or surplus inventory by applying suitable inventory control rules to various
categories, such as establishing different reorder points or safety stock levels. Businesses may
evaluate their capacity to swiftly and correctly satisfy client requests by looking at order
fulfilment measures like order fill rate or on-time delivery performance. Businesses may put
corrective measures in place to increase customer happiness, cut down on order lead times, and
boost overall service levels by detecting bottlenecks or inefficiencies in the order fulfilment
process.
Demand estimating is a component of an organization's overall inventory management
procedures. Inventory control is the act of making sure your company has a sufficient number
of items and a diverse enough selection of them to suit the demands of your clients. Avoiding
stockouts is one of inventory management's objectives. When you run out of a product a
consumer wants to purchase, you have a stockout. Customers will just shop elsewhere to
purchase the item, which is a procedure made more simpler than ever before by the Internet.
Many Americans went to the shop after the World Trade Centre assault to purchase batteries,
flashlights, American flags, canned food, and other items in case the situation meant there
would be an even more serious attack. Because their inventory monitoring system only tallied
what was required at night, Target sold out of numerous goods and was unable to refill them
for many days. While every five minutes, Walmart counted the items that were required. By
the end of the day, Walmart had locked up all of its suppliers' flags after buying enough
American flags, for example, to satisfy demand. Target, meanwhile, was out of flags and out
of luck since none were available.
Most businesses retain a certain quantity of safety stock on hand to assist prevent stockouts.
Safety stock is back-up inventory that acts as a cushion in the event that a product's demand
spikes or its supply declines for any other reason. But keeping an excessive amount of
inventory wastes money that would otherwise be used for advertising campaigns. Additionally,
inventory must be insured and, in certain situations, taxed. Additionally, inventory-held goods
may age, degrade, spoil, or "shrink". A decrease or loss of inventory as a result of shoplifting,
staff theft, administrative mistakes, or supplier fraud is referred to as shrinkage. In terms of
their inventory levels, many businesses found themselves in a bind as the economy entered its
most recent downturn. One the one hand, businesses did not store a lot of safety stock since
sales were poor. A lot of businesses, including Walmart, reduced the number of brands they
carried in addition to keeping less inventory. On the other side, they risked the danger of
running out of stock since they didn't know when business would come up. Many businesses
solved the issue by keeping greater stocks of important goods. Companies also saw the
struggles of their supply chain partners. In a poll on the recession, 45% of the businesses that
participated said they had helped their important supply chain partners financially, often by
giving them credit or rearranging their payment terms [4]–[6].
Systems for Just-in-Time Inventory
Some businesses employ just-in-time inventory systems in both good times and poor times to
reduce the quantity of inventory while maintaining the stock they need to fulfil their consumers.
Just-in-time inventory solutions allow businesses to hold a minimal amount of inventory.
Instead, companies enter into agreements with their suppliers to supply them inventory as
needed and, on occasion, to handle it on their behalf, a practise known as vendor-managed
inventory. A business that makes use of a vendor-managed just-in-time inventory system is
Page | 137
Copyright2021@CIIR
Dell. Dell carries a tiny number of spare components. Alternatively, its suppliers have them.
They supply Dell with components "just-in-time" for them to be built and are situated at tiny
warehouses close to Dell's assembly factories across the globe.
Customers may have their laptops made according to their requirements using Dell's inventory
and manufacturing system, a production technique known as mass customisation. This aids in
reducing Dell's inventory levels. Dell just has the components on hand, which can be modified
or reconfigured should customers' tastes change, as opposed to a large inventory of pricey,
already-assembled computers that customers may or may not purchase. If Dell ever redesigns
its laptops to better suit the needs of its consumers, it can more simply return the components
to its suppliers. Dell also has a better notion of what consumers may want in the future and the
kinds of merchandise it should have by monitoring its customers' orders. Because it enables
consumers to "have it their way," mass customisation also adds value to items, which many
purchasers are ready to pay for.
Product Monitoring
In an attempt to better manage their inventory, several businesses, like Walmart, are starting to
experiment with cutting-edge technology like electronic product codes. Because the number
on an electronic product code is really unique, it is superior than a barcode in many ways. If
the barcode on the item you were trying to purchase was broken or wouldn't scan, you've
definitely seen the checkout clerk scan the barcode off of a similar product, like a pack of gum.
It is possible to identify between two similar packets of gum thanks to electronic product codes.
The codes provide details regarding the dates of production, the origins of the shipments, and
the destinations of the gum packs. Knowing the difference between "seemingly" similar items
may help businesses keep track of their expiry dates in case they need to recall them for quality
or safety concerns. EPC technology may also be used to prevent "fake" goods, sometimes
known as imitations, from entering the market.
DISCUSSION
On radio-frequency identification tags, electronic product codes are kept. A cargo may be
recorded and tracked as it enters and exits a facility using radio signals that are emitted by a
radio-frequency identification tag. You have utilised RFID technology if you have
microchipped your dog, opened your vehicle door remotely, or waved a toll way tag at a
checkpoint. RFID tags are often used to monitor bigger shipments, such as cases and pallets of
products, rather than individual items since each one may cost anywhere between $0.50 and
$50.
How RFID Tags Operate
Some consumer advocacy organisations are concerned that RFID tags and electronic product
codes might be misused or used to monitor consumers' purchase habits. However, bear in mind
that the codes and tags, like your car's door remote, are only intended to function within close
proximity [7]–[9]. RFID tags and electronic product codes have supporters who think both
customers and businesses may benefit from time and money savings. They contend that the
information included in the codes and tags benefits customers by ensuring that outdated
merchandise doesn't end up on shop shelves and that stockouts are avoided. Furthermore, the
technology eliminates the need for cashiers to scan barcodes one by one for each item. Instead,
an electronic product scanner may quickly identify your computer across a wireless network
and add up the complete contents of your shopping basket.
Transportation and Storage
Page | 138
Copyright2021@CIIR
Warehousing
Product demand and supply may sometimes be exceptionally high. It may sometimes drop to
very low levels. Because of this, businesses often keep a certain quantity of safety stock,
frequently in warehouses. It would be nice if you didn't need to keep extra merchandise in a
warehouse as a company owner. In a perfect world, the components or goods would show up
at your location just in time for you to assemble or sell them. Unfortunately, the world is not
perfect where we live. A nice example is toys. To ensure they have enough toys for sale during
the holidays, the majority of toy manufacturers labour all year long. Retailers, however, do not
want to purchase a large quantity of toys in July. They intend to hold off on making a sizable
purchase of them until November and December. As a result, toy manufacturers store them till
then. Similar to shops, toy shortages during the Christmas season are avoided by keeping a
specified quantity of safety stock in their warehouses. Some businesses keep things on hand
until their costs rise. For instance, oil. If they anticipate a sharp increase in oil's price,
speculators, particularly investment banks and hedge funds, have been known to purchase and
hold oil. Sometimes they even go so far as to purchase whole oil fields and oil ships.
In a warehouse or storage facility known as a distribution centre, the focus is on processing and
transferring products to wholesalers, retailers, or end users. To save expenses, businesses
began converting to big, central warehouses a few years ago. Walmart built a four million
square foot distribution facility in Texas in 2005. But as of late, the preference has returned to
smaller warehouses. Smaller warehouse use is a move that is motivated more by customer
needs than by financial concerns. International manufacturers and retailers are being pressured
to reduce the amount of time it takes to deliver goods to customers because of the lengthy lead
times that come from shipping goods from Asia, the Middle East, and South America. A
business may better adjust its product assortment to meet the demands of customers in various
areas by geographically storing items near to consumers.
How Distribution Centers and Warehouses Work
In a warehouse or distribution centre the size of eighteen football fields, how do you even start
to discover a product or pallet of products? The first step is to save and account for each sort
of product that is distinct from others due to a feature, such as the manufacturer, size, colour,
or model. Its maker assigns it a unique identifying number, known as an SKU, to aid in
differentiation. "An Example of an SKU" displays an example of an SKU that may be found
on a product's box. The product is scanned as soon as it reaches the warehouse and assigned a
"address," or location, where it will be kept until it is removed from its shelf and sent.
Distribution centres and warehouses are likewise getting more automated and networked. Some
warehouses utilise robots to choose things from shelves, according to the paper "Using
Marketing Channels to Create Value for Customers." Employees at other warehouses choose
merchandise using voice-activated headsets. The employees speak with a computer via the
headsets, which instructs them on where to go and what to take from the shelves. The personnel
can choose things more precisely as a consequence than they could by glancing at a piece of
paper or a computer screen. We have just provided a very straightforward description of a rather
complex procedure. A distribution centre for Amazon.com is shown in the video below. When
you consider how the thousands of items that enter and exit Amazon's distribution centres each
day wind up in the hands of the appropriate customers, it's really astonishing. After all, how
often have you had to search very carefully to locate something you stored in your own garage
or closet? An essential component of the work in supply chains is order processing, or order
fulfilment. Why? Because keeping promises about delivery, timing, and manner are crucial
factors in determining customer happiness.
Page | 139
Copyright2021@CIIR
Eliminating paper systems and snail mail is one of the ways businesses are enhancing order
fulfilment and other supply chain procedures. As a result, organisations transmit and receive
documents through electronic data exchange rather of sending and receiving orders and
invoices on paper. Companies utilise electronic data interchange, a unique electronic format,
to transfer business papers from one computer to another. As a result of being able to verify the
progress of orders online rather than having to fax or email papers back and forth, it also
increases visibility across supply chain partners. Cross-docking is another recent development.
Cross-docked goods spend little to no time in warehouses. A product that is being cross-docked
will be brought by truck to a dock at a warehouse, where it will be unloaded and placed into
other trucks headed for retail establishments, as shown in "How Cross-Docking Works".
Not all products and services need physical transportation. The services provided when you
receive a massage, an oil change, or a manicure go directly from the supplier to you. Other
goods may be delivered electronically via fax machines, computers, phones, or electronic
networks. One example is the downloading of music, software, and books. The same goes for
over-the-phone psychic hotline readings and cable and satellite television. Of course, some
items need to be delivered physically. The actual movement of commodities throughout the
supply chain is referred to as logistics. Some of the physical distribution techniques that
businesses use may surprise you. Motorcycles are used by Seven-Eleven Japan to transport
goods to its retail locations via the congested, constrained streets of Tokyo. Coca-Cola sends
syrup to its bottlers through pipeline in certain countries. However, the most prevalent means
of moving goods that must be physically transferred to clients are air, train, truck, water, or
pipeline. Trucks Trucks transport more goods than any other kind of shipping. Anywhere there
are roads, trucks may go, even directly to customers' houses. In contrast, the range of travel for
ships, railways, and aeroplanes is constrained. Truck shipping is relatively quick compared to
other alternatives. But the price is also very high. Some commodities, particularly those that
are large or heavy, would need a lot of vehicles and drivers to transport them across vast
distances. An excellent example of one of these products is coal. To transport the same amount
of freight that one coal train can, four hundred to five hundred vehicles and drivers would be
required. It's not the greenest option since trucks release a lot of CO2s when compared to some
of the other forms of transportation.
Water
Without cargo transportation, it would be difficult to undertake international commerce.
"Loose" cargo such as grain, coal, ore, petroleum, and other mined goods is transported by
cargo ships. But they also move consumer goods, such as toys and TVs. Intermodal containers
are often used for shipping consumer products. Metal boxes are intermodal containers. The
biggest containers are 53 feet long by 100 inches tall. Huge cargo ships with a capacity of
15,000 containers are the largest. Comparatively, a train can hold a maximum of around 250
containers piled on top of one another. an image of an intermodal container ship hauling goods.
The good news is that shipping by sea is reasonably priced. It's really sluggish, which is the
bad news. Additionally, many marketplaces cannot be reached by water, necessitating the use
of another mode of transportation
The quickest method of shipping products is through air freight. However, shipping a product
by air is sometimes 10 times more expensive than shipping it by water. Only a tiny portion of
perishable commodities and expensive items are carried by air. Examples of the latter include
freshly cut flowers and fresh seafood destined for sushi stalls. It may be difficult to keep
perishable goods at the proper temperature and humidity levels while they wait on tarmacs and
onboard aircrafts. They often need to be transported in unique containers with coolants.
Perishables travelling by air are often packed by goods forwarders, who also make sure they
Page | 140
Copyright2021@CIIR
don't lose quality in transit. Air travel is the fastest-growing means of transportation, while
being the most costly, due to organisations like FedEx.
Railroads
Similar goods are transported by railroads and cargo ships, but on land. A significant portion
of intermodal containers discharged from ships wind up on railcars headed inland. The
containers are subsequently transported over lesser distances by truck to shops, warehouses,
and distribution centres. Businesses that must transport large, heavy items sometimes prefer to
situate their operations close to railways. Timber mills are one example. Shipping by rail is
comparable to shipping by vehicle and shipping by water in terms of speed and cost. Moving
products via water is faster and more affordable. It is slower than sending them by vehicle
however. It is also not as pricey. So, when petrol prices reached record highs in 2008, shippers
that had previously utilised trucks started to consider alternate modes of transportation,
including rail.
Pipelines
In general, pipelines are used to transmit chemicals, natural gas, and oil. Pipelines are used to
carry two-thirds of petroleum products, including jet fuel, kerosene, diesel and heating oil.
Although they are expensive to install, pipelines may deliver goods at a low cost once they are
in place. For instance, you could send a barrel of petroleum goods from Houston to New York
by pipeline for around a dollar. Depending on the size of the pipe, its pressure, and the viscosity
of the liquid, the oil will flow between three and eight miles per hour and reach in two to three
weeks. Similar to other items, goods delivered via pipelines often need to be transferred
utilising two separate means of transportation. You'll need to transfer your barrel of oil by train
or truck to the petrol outlets when it arrives in New York. Like other items, the substance in
pipes is susceptible to theft. For instance, criminal cartels in Mexico have stolen millions of
dollars' worth of oil by breaking into pipelines in distant locations.
Due to the wide range of clients Goya Foods services, company faces several difficulties. The
business offers more than 1,600 canned food items. Goya produces 38 different kinds of beans
since people's preferences for beans often depend on their cultural backgrounds, such as
whether they are of Cuban, Mexican, or Puerto Rican ancestry. Tens of thousands of U.S. food
retailers, from tiny mom-and-pop bodegas in New York City to supermarket giants in Texas,
get deliveries from Goya's truck drivers almost every day. According to the company's CEO
Peter Unanue, everyday deliveries are more expensive than dropping off large cargoes once a
week and having retailers keep products. However, Goya can provide retailers a wider selection
and make sure that items meet each store's demographics by using a more "just-in-time"
approach. According to Unanue, pink beans could be popular in New York City but not as much
in Texas or California.
Tracing and Reverse Logistics
As we've said, shippers experience extreme anxiety while their goods are in transit since they
are precious and face more hazards when crossing the nation than when they are stored in a
warehouse or shop. Shippers want to know the location of the products, their estimated arrival
time, and their current condition. After all, they could be misplaced, damaged, or even stolen.
Customers may become dissatisfied, and sales and earnings may decrease.
Track-And-Trace Technologies
Businesses now consider track and trace systems, which electronically record the routes that
items follow, to be nearly as crucial as actual transportation costs. An organization's ability to
Page | 141
Copyright2021@CIIR
track items enables it to foresee situations like order shipping errors, severe weather, and
accidents so they may be avoided. Many goods shipments nowadays may be tracked.
Sometimes GPS tracking devices are mounted on trucks, railcars, and containers to monitor
the movement of pricey goods. It is more difficult, nevertheless, to trace specific items. RFID
tags and electronic product codes are not yet widely used in systems. Produce is a difficult
commodity to track. You've undoubtedly noticed that the bananas, peaches, and other fruits and
vegetables lack barcodes. Additionally difficult to track are items that are combined to create
additional products.
The ability to track things is crucial for both companies and consumers. When there is a
contamination issue with an offering, consumers are more curious than ever to discover where
their items originate from. Products including milk, tomatoes, and peanuts infected with
salmonella have harmed and killed people and their pets all over the world. Consumers cease
purchasing the items entirely even when the source of the contaminated product is known. This
is because they are unable to determine the precise origin of the products. The livelihood of
producers whose goods are not at fault might be completely destroyed by this. Companies are
striving to create technologies that might one day enable complete product tracing. The Chinese
government and TraceTracker, a Norwegian business, are collaborating to achieve that
objective. An internet application called TraceTracker is now in beta testing. It can identify and
trace every batch of every product that is combined in the global food chain, from raw materials
to items on store shelves.
Backward Logistics
So, what happens if goods are damaged or rendered useless while moving through their supply
chains? And what do businesses deal with packaging waste and other production-related
"junk"? To extract value from these items and commodities, businesses are increasingly
moving them backward through the supply chain. Reverse logistics is the name of the
procedure. For environmental considerations, Patagonia devised a reverse logistics system.
Customers who have worn out Patagonia clothing may send it to the firm or bring it back to a
Patagonia shop. After that, Patagonia ships them to Japan to be recycled into wearable fibres
for new clothing. Even though it may raise the price of items, the business has persuaded other
garment manufacturers to follow suit. Reverse logistics systems are often put up by businesses
to "turn trash into cash." Genco, a company with its headquarters in Pittsburgh, focuses in
reverse logistics. Genco is used by businesses like Best Buy, Sears, and Target to locate
consumers for damaged or faulty goods. According to a recent research, businesses may use
this to recover up to 0.3 percent of their yearly revenues, or $100 million for Best Buy [10]–
[12].
CONCLUSION
In order to adjust to shifting market dynamics, customer needs, and operational restrictions,
regular and continuing inventory analysis is necessary. Businesses may continuously assess
and enhance their inventory management procedures by tracking key performance indicators,
carrying out regular reviews, and using digital solutions. Cost reductions, increased supply
chain responsiveness, and higher customer satisfaction are all results of ongoing improvements
in inventory management. In order for enterprises to attain the best supply chain performance,
cost effectiveness, and customer happiness, examination of inventory management practises is
crucial. Businesses may learn a lot about their inventory management procedures by using
methods like inventory turnover analysis, demand forecasting accuracy assessment, ABC
analysis, and order fulfilment metrics evaluation. Businesses may improve inventory
Page | 142
Copyright2021@CIIR
optimisation, save costs, and provide better customer experiences by using sophisticated
analytical tools and fostering a culture of continuous improvement.
REFERENCES:
[1] E. Saha and P. K. Ray, “Modelling and analysis of inventory management systems in
healthcare: A review and reflections,” Comput. Ind. Eng., 2019, doi:
10.1016/j.cie.2019.106051.
[2] Y. Ye and Y. Ge, “A bibliometric analysis of inventory management research based on
knowledge mapping,” Electron. Libr., 2019, doi: 10.1108/EL-11-2017-0241.
[3] R. Subanjui and T. Thawilpol, “Confirmatory Factor Analysis of Industrial Inventory
Management Optimization,” WSEAS Trans. Bus. Econ., 2021, doi:
10.37394/23207.2021.18.141.
[4] H. V. Ravinder and R. B. Misra, “ABC Analysis For Inventory Management: Bridging
The Gap Between Research And Classroom,” Am. J. Bus. Educ., 2016, doi:
10.19030/ajbe.v9i1.9578.
[5] Y. Rutagira and R. O. Awichi, “Statistical Analysis of Inventory Management Systems
on Organizational Performance,” East African J. Bus. Econ., 2020, doi:
10.37284/eajbe.2.1.163.
[6] M. Kumar, D. Garg, and A. Agarwal, “Cause and effect analysis of inventory
management in leagile supply chain,” J. Manag. Inf. Decis. Sci., 2019.
[7] E. Kehinde Busola, O. Olaleke, O. O. Adegbuyi, A. Ibidunni, and S. Ayodotun,
“Analysis of Inventory Management Practices for Optimal Economic Performance
Using ABC and EOQ Models,” Int. J. Manag., 2020.
[8] Y. Kumar, “FSN Analysis for Inventory Management – Case Study of Sponge Iron
Plant,” Int. J. Res. Appl. Sci. Eng. Technol., 2017, doi: 10.22214/ijraset.2017.2008.
[9] E. Borgonovo and L. Peccati, “Global sensitivity analysis in inventory management,”
Int. J. Prod. Econ., 2007, doi: 10.1016/j.ijpe.2006.12.027.
[10] W. Emar, Z. A. Al-Omari, and S. Alharbi, “Analysis of inventory management of slow-
moving spare parts by using ABC techniques and EOQ model-a case study,” Indones. J.
Electr. Eng. Comput. Sci., 2021, doi: 10.11591/ijeecs.v23.i2.pp1159-1169.
[11] W. AL-Dulaime and W. M. Emar, “Analysis of inventory management of laptops spare
parts by using XYZ techniques and EOQ model - A case study,” Int. J. Sci. Technol.
Res., 2019.
[12] S. A. H. Morales and L. Andrade-Arenas, “Inventory Management Analysis under the
System Dynamics Model,” Int. J. Adv. Comput. Sci. Appl., 2021, doi:
10.14569/IJACSA.2021.0120174.
Page | 143
Copyright2021@CIIR

Marketing Research: From Theory to Practice

Dr. Srinivasan Palamalai
Email Id-srinivasanp@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Effective marketing strategies and decision-making depend heavily on the collection and
interpretation of information. The importance of market intelligence and marketing research in
gaining insightful knowledge about the market, rivals, and clients is examined in this abstract.
It emphasises the methods, advantages, and factors connected to data collection and the
strategic use of data in marketing operations. Market intelligence includes the methodical
gathering and examination of pertinent market data, such as market trends, competitive
analysis, and consumer behaviour. Businesses may better comprehend the environment of their
sector, spot new possibilities, and anticipate changes by tracking and evaluating market
dynamics. Techniques for acquiring market information include primary research via surveys,
interviews, and focus groups as well as secondary sources including market studies, industry
publications, and public records. On the other side, marketing research focuses on collecting
information especially connected to marketing choices and activities.
KEYWORDS:
Businesses, Consumer, Marketing Research, Information.
INTRODUCTION
Businesses may use market intelligence and marketing research to help them make choices
based on data-driven insights. Businesses may uncover untapped market niches, evaluate
market potential, and adjust their marketing strategies to address certain client demands by
analysing market trends, competitive landscape, and customer preferences. These insights
assist companies in improving their value proposition, matching their services to market
demand, and gaining a competitive edge. Data quality, relevance, and dependability must be
carefully taken into account while acquiring information. Businesses must make sure that the
information gathered is correct, current, and derived from reliable sources. Data privacy, ethical
issues, legal compliance, and consumer information security should all be taken into account.
The use of strict data analysis methods, such as statistical analysis, aids in the extraction of
significant insights and the generation of trustworthy conclusions from the obtained data [1]–
[3].
Beyond only making decisions, market intelligence and marketing research data are used
strategically. Additionally, it directs numerous marketing initiatives including product
development, price plans, and advertising campaigns. Market research helps organisations
uncover consumer problems and develop products that address those problems. On the basis
of competitive research and consumer value perceptions, pricing strategies may be improved.
Page | 144
Copyright2021@CIIR
Target audiences' tastes and media consumption patterns may be used to adjust marketing
messages and communication channels so that they appeal to them. The process of gathering,
examining, and summarizing marketing data that may be utilized to address issues or find
solutions to enhance a company's bottom line is known as marketing research. Numerous
activities are included in marketing research. Despite its limitations, marketing research may
help remove some of the uncertainty in decision-making. Going back to your brilliant product
concept, what, for instance, should you call it? Although choosing a product's name may seem
simple, it's not. It may be a deal-breaker in various circumstances. Just ask Out! International,
Inc., the manufacturer of insect spray. Out! International came up with what it believed to be a
particularly adorable name for insect spray that would appeal to kids in the 1990s. The item
was marketed under the name "Hey! There's a Monster in My Room!" The issue was that
youngsters were frightened by the name alone. They had no interest in becoming involved.
Some marketing studies would have been beneficial: Thousands of copies of the Beatles' album
Yesterday and Today, which had the cover shown above, were distributed by Capitol Records
in 1966. Do you believe it received favourably? No. The populace was horrified. The LPs were
soon returned by Capitol Records as it realised its error, and a new cover was placed over the
"butcher cover". You may assist with a variety of things using marketing research:
1. Creating product designs and concepts
2. Figuring out whether or not there is a market for your product so you can decide whether
or not to develop it
3. Segmenting the market for your goods
4. Making judgements about prices
5. Type evaluations of packing
6. Assessing in-store advertising
7. Measuring your consumers' satisfaction
8. Measuring your channel partners' satisfaction
9. Assessing the performance of your website
10. Evaluating the placement and performance of advertisements
11. Choosing a marketing channel
Market intelligence, often known as competitive intelligence or market intelligence, is closely
tied to marketing research. Market intelligence is the process of obtaining information on a
regular, continuous basis to keep up with what's occurring in the marketplace, as opposed to
marketing research, which focuses on addressing a particular marketing issue at a certain
moment. For instance, if you own a convenience shop, part of your daily market research can
include driving around to examine what petrol prices rival businesses are charging or what
kinds of things they are selling and advertising. Talking to your clients and suppliers about
potential new product ideas is market intelligence if you run a small company. You are doing
marketing research if you go so far as to ask your clients questions regarding a new service
you're thinking about launching. Market research is often handled by marketing departments
in large businesses. They are not the only gang to do this, however. When asking other students
who they think are the finest instructors to take courses from, students may also get market
information.
Information Systems for Marketing
As businesses go about their regular business, they continuously accumulate a certain quantity
of marketing data. This marketing data is obtained whenever a sale is made and documented.
Additionally, marketing data is gathered when a sales person enters a client's shipping
selections in a company's customer relationship management system. When a business receives
a consumer complaint and logs it, this information should also be used. Consumer insight may
Page | 145
Copyright2021@CIIR
be produced using all of these data. However, gathering qualitative data, such as comments
about what consumers believe, in addition to quantitative data about them is necessary to
properly understand them. The key is to integrate all the data you get so that as many
individuals as possible inside your organisation can utilise it to make informed choices.
Unfortunately, information sharing across departments is sometimes lacking in large
organisations. It may be an issue even inside departments. For instance, a marketing department
may do research on a brand-related issue, come up with certain conclusions that might be
helpful to other brand managers, but never share them.
A marketing information system is a technique to handle the enormous quantity of information
that businesses have at their disposal information that marketing managers and professionals
need to make wise choices. From paper-based to highly advanced computer systems, marketing
information systems come in all shapes and sizes. However, in a perfect world, a marketing
information system would include the following elements:
1. A system for storing reports and data produced internally
2. A system for continuously gathering market knowledge; • Marketing analytics software
to aid managers in decision-making
3. A method for keeping track of marketing research data
DISCUSSION
Internally Produced Reports and Data: As we said, an organisation creates and maintains a
great deal of information as part of its regular commercial operations, including information
on sales and accounting as well as inventory levels, back orders, customer returns, and
complaints. Businesses also continuously capture data about their websites, such as clickstream
data. The amount of individuals who visit a website and its many pages, how long they stay
there, and what they purchase or don't buy are all tracked by clickstream data. Clickstream data
is used by businesses in a variety of ways. They use it to track the total volume of visits to a
site, identify under-utilized portions of the site and determine why, and automatically provide
users with offers and items based on their browsing habits. The enormous volumes of
clickstream data that are collected from websites may be automatically totaled and utilised to
create reports for management. Netflix recently gave a team of scientists a $1 million incentive
to sift through the Web data produced by millions of Netflix subscribers in order to enhance
Netflix's forecasts of what consumers would want to rent [4]–[6].
The ability for a company's decision-makers to swiftly access clickstream data and other
internally produced information may provide them a competitive advantage. The article "Using
Supply Chains to Create Value for Customers" discusses how Walmart surpassed Target after
9/11. Target's inventory information was only updated once a week, but Walmart's was updated
every minute. Immediately after the 9/11 terrorist attacks, Walmart's management realised that
American flags were selling swiftly; as a result, the business bought as many flags as it could
from multiple suppliers, leaving none for Target. Many businesses use intranets to make a
certain amount of internal data accessible to their workers and management. A company's
workers are the only ones with access to the material on an intranet, which functions and
appears like the Web. So, for instance, a brand manager may search her company's intranet for
the information rather than requesting an accountant to create a report on the sales of a certain
product.
Gary Pool is a specialist in data mining, which he uses to find information for BNSF Railway's
decision-makers. He doesn't wear a light, either. He doesn't even have a pocket protector on!
Manager of Marketing Decision Support & Planning, Marketing Systems Support, is Pool's
official title. However, large corporations with many products, business divisions, and
Page | 146
Copyright2021@CIIR
databases acquired and deployed in various locations and at various periods often have an
abundance of information that they are unable to put on an intranet. As a result, finding the
appropriate information might be challenging. You may not be aware of the information that is
there in front of you. Meet people like Gary Pool is a BNSF Railway employee and one of
BNSF's "go-to" personnel for obtaining marketing data. Pool is skilled in data mining, the
process of finding the appropriate information from the appropriate sources at BNSF. This
involves gaining access to many databases and writing computer programmes. Managers may
utilise the data that Pool collects in Excel spreadsheets to identify marketing patterns.
Analytics Programmes
Companies are increasingly investing in analytics tools to assist them in gathering and
interpreting internally produced data. Without being computer savvy, managers may use
analytics software to obtain a variety of information from a company's databases—information
that does not appear in the company's regular reports. Regression models, linear programming,
and other statistical techniques are included in the software to assist managers in providing
"what if" answers. For instance, "What effect will it have on sales if we spend 10% more of
our advertising on TV ads instead of magazine ads?" One brand of analytical software is Crystal
Ball from Oracle Corporation.
Using SAS's analytics tools, the sports goods store Cabela's has been able to greatly improve
the effectiveness of its marketing initiatives. "In the past, attempting to handle data consumed
75% of our statisticians' work. Corey Bergstrom, director of marketing research and analysis
at Cabela's, claims that now that they have more time, they can spend it using SAS to analyse
the data. This is just priceless. The programme examines the company's sales activities, market
research, and demographic information related to its enormous client database. It makes
various marketing judgements and utilises the data to better understand the marketing platforms
Cabela's favours. Do customers choose Cabela's one-hundred page catalogues or the seventeen
hundred page catalogues, for instance? Employees at Cabela's have figured this out with the
aid of the software.
Marketing Research
An effective internal reporting system may inform a management of what took on inside his
company. But what about what happens outside the company? How would you describe the
business climate? Are the conditions of credit lending flexible or restrictive, and how will they
impact what you and your clients can or cannot buy? What impact will new energy sources and
increasing fuel costs have on your business and your products? Do these developments provide
possibilities or challenges for business? What are your rivals doing, furthermore? When we
spoke about Encyclopaedia Britannica, the industry leader in the print encyclopaedia sector for
literally centuries, what did you say about "Using Marketing Channels to Create Value for
Customers"? Because Encyclopaedia Britannica failed to anticipate the advent of the digital
era, it almost went out of business. Southwest Airlines, in contrast, was ready when fuel costs
reached an all-time high in 2008, unlike other passenger aircraft firms. Southwest had foreseen
the issue and early on secured arrangements to purchase gasoline for its aircraft at much
reduced costs. Other airlines weren't as ready and suffered financial losses as a result of their
soaring fuel costs. Southwest Airlines, meanwhile, was able to make a profit. A corporation
may develop concepts for new products or services with the use of market information, which
can subsequently be tested via market research.
In order to learn about trends and what the competition is doing, market intelligence-gathering
activities include reading newspapers, trade journals, and government-produced economic
statistics. In large corporations, marketing department employees are largely in charge of their
Page | 147
Copyright2021@CIIR
company's market intelligence and ensuring that it is communicated to decision makers. Some
businesses pay for news services that frequently provide them access to this information. The
corporation LexisNexis is one of them. It gives businesses information about monetary and
legal advancements that can have an impact on their operations. Now let's look at some of the
information sources you may use to collect market intelligence.
Corporate Websites and Search Engines
Examining the websites of your rivals and doing simple searches on search engines like Google
are two obvious ways to get market information. Visit Google notifications to sign up for free
email notifications if you want to know what the media is saying about your business, your
rivals, or any other subject that interests you. Let's imagine you want to keep an eye on what
people are saying about you or your business on blogs, website comment sections, and on social
media sites like Facebook and Twitter. To accomplish this, visit a website like WhosTalkin.com
and type a keyword or business name into the search field. Turn up are all the positive
comments that individuals have made regarding the business or subject. What a fantastic
approach to find the flaws of your rivals. It's a great technique to identify talent, too. Designers,
for instance, examine the blogs of young people who are "fashion forward" using search
engines like WhosTalkin.com, and then include them in creating new goods [7]–[9].
Publications
To understand about broad business trends, it is a good idea to read The Economist, the Wall
Street Journal, Forbes, Fortune, BusinessWeek, the McKinsey Report, Sales and Marketing
Management, and the Financial Times. They all talk about current concerns, laws, and trends
that are important to companies operating in both home and international markets. Although
some of the material may need a membership cost to see, all of the publications are also
available online. You may find it interesting to note that several of these journals have Middle
Eastern, Asian, and European versions if your business operates in a worldwide market.
Information regarding market trends and business activity in certain sectors may be found in
other publications. Information that consumer-packaged goods companies are looking for is
provided through consumer products and technology. Similar to that, Progressive Grocer offers
knowledge on topics crucial to grocery retailers. Information Week offers information that is
pertinent to those using technology in their jobs. World Trade offers information on topics
important to businesses that transport and receive products from abroad. Information regarding
cutting-edge items that are going to enter the market is provided through commercialization.
Associations and Trade Shows
Another approach for businesses to learn about what their rivals are doing is at trade
exhibitions. Of course, every industry has a trade organisation that gathers and disseminates
data on trends, innovations, new technology, new procedures, and difficulties unique to that
sector. The American Marketing Association, Food Marketing Institute, Outdoor Industry
Association, Semiconductor Industry Association, Trade Promotion Management Association,
and Travel Industry Association all offer a wealth of information to their member businesses
and frequently send them daily e-mail updates on business developments.
Salespeople
Sales representatives at a firm are an essential source of market information. Let's say one of
your items isn't doing well. Will you first turn to newspapers and magazines to learn the reason
why? Will you seek advice from a business group? Most likely not. To acquire their "take" on
the issue, you should first speak with the sales staff at your company. Salespeople serve as the
Page | 148
Copyright2021@CIIR
organisations' eyes and ears. They may be better than anybody else at understanding how things
are doing in the market, what the competitors is up to, and what consumers want. It is essential
to have a method for keeping track of this data, which is why so many businesses have invested
in customer relationship management systems. To help workers better understand the market
knowledge they may be searching for, several businesses disseminate lists. Publishers of
textbooks are one example. They inform their sales reps of the kinds of books they want to
produce and urge them to search among the academics they deal with for possible textbook
writers.
Suppliers and Sector Pros
You have access to a lot of information from your providers. Good suppliers are aware of the
businesses that move a lot of inventory. And often, they know why. If the information you're
searching for is sufficiently generic, they will often tell you so they don't have to expose any
sensitive or immoral information a topic we'll cover in more detail later in the book. Along
with business journalists and writers, making a buddy in your sector might be beneficial. These
folks often have insider knowledge since they are asked to evaluate items.
Customers
Last but not least, when it comes to market information, keep an eye out for consumer
behaviour. They may provide a variety of hints, some of which will be difficult for you to
interpret. For instance, several wholesalers and retailers saw that during the most recent
economic slump, people started purchasing fewer items—exactly what they need to get by
throughout the week. Consumer goods producers that saw this pattern and realised they couldn't
pass on increasing costs to consumers "shrank" their products somewhat rather than raising
prices. You may have noticed that some of the items you purchase have become smaller, yet
they are still the same price.
Can Market Intelligence Be Excessively Exhaustive?
Can the use of market intelligence be abused? Yes, it is the solution. Procter & Gamble said in
2001 that it had engaged in "dumpster diving" by searching through a rival's trash to learn about
their hair care products. Even if the technique isn't strictly unlawful, it damaged P&G's
reputation. Similar to how British Airways was heavily criticised in the 1990s when it was
discovered that the firm had breached Virgin Atlantic Airways' computer network. Industrial
espionage is the practise of unlawfully or unethically gathering business information. Industrial
espionage happens often. In order to learn more about their rivals and their trade secrets or even
to bug their phones, businesses may sometimes employ professional spies. The trade secret of
a corporation might also be accidentally or intentionally disclosed by former and present
workers. Microsoft recently filed a lawsuit against an ex-employee it said had revealed trade
secrets to other companies. According to rumours, professional spies bugged Air France's first-
class seats for years in order to overhear executive talks [10]–[12]. The Society of Competitive
data Professionals has created a code of ethics to promote norms of behaviour and respect for
marketing experts who collect market data. It goes like this:
1. To work tirelessly to boost the profession's reputation and prominence.
2. To abide by all relevant national and international laws.
3. Prior to any interviews, truthfully reveal all pertinent facts, including one's identify and
organisation.
4. To keep one's obligations free of conflicts of interest.
Page | 149
Copyright2021@CIIR
5. To provide frank and accurate advice and conclusions while carrying out one's obligations.
6. To spread awareness of this code of ethics inside one's organisation, among outside
contractors, and across the industry.
7. To steadfastly follow and uphold one's employer's policies, goals, and rules.
CONCLUSION
For firms to remain competitive and respond to changing market conditions, ongoing
information collecting and analysis are crucial. Businesses may identify new possibilities and
quickly handle possible risks by routinely monitoring market trends, competition activity, and
consumer input. Businesses may also more effectively simplify information collection
procedures, find trends, and draw meaningful insights by using technology and data analytics
solutions. In conclusion, market intelligence and marketing research provide organisations
crucial information for well-informed choices and successful marketing plans. Businesses may
comprehend market trends, evaluate rival activity, and acquire profound insights into client
preferences by using these information collecting approaches. Businesses may optimise their
marketing efforts, increase consumer happiness, and find long-term success in a changing and
competitive market by carefully analysing and strategically using data.
REFERENCES:
[1] E. Wood, “Marketing information systems in tourism and hospitality small- and
medium-sized enterprises: a study of Internet use for market intelligence,” Int. J. Tour.
Res., 2001, doi: 10.1002/jtr.315.
[2] J. E. M. Williams and I. Chaston, “Links between the linguistic ability and international
experience of export managers and their export marketing intelligence behaviour,” Int.
Small Bus. J., 2004, doi: 10.1177/0266242604046296.
[3] C. West, “Competitive intelligence in Europe,” Bus. Inf. Rev., 1999, doi:
10.1177/0266382994237261.
[4] W. J. Hauser, “Marketing analytics: The evolution of marketing research in the twenty-
first century,” Direct Mark. An Int. J., 2007, doi: 10.1108/17505930710734125.
[5] K. Gheysari, “Evaluating influence of using the internet for competitive intelligence and
strategic benefits (Case study: food industry companies),” J. UMP Soc. Sci. Technol. …,
2015.
[6] V. S. Venkatesan and G. N. Soutar, “Market research in Australian SMEs: An empirical
study,” Small Enterp. Res., 2001, doi: 10.5172/ser.9.2.17.
[7] P. T. Adidam, S. Gajre, and S. Kejriwal, “Cross-cultural competitive intelligence
strategies,” Mark. Intell. Plan., 2009, doi: 10.1108/02634500910977881.
[8] A. W. Baur, J. Lipenkova, J. Bühler, and M. Bick, “A novel design science approach for
integrating Chinese user-generated content in non-Chinese market intelligence,” 2015.
[9] “About Our Authors,” Inf. Syst. Res., 2013, doi: 10.1287/isre.2013.0499.
[10] L. Gorchels, The Product Manager’s Handbook. 2000.
[11] L. Birch and F. Pétry, “The use of public opinion research by government: Insights from
American and Canadian research,” in Routledge Handbook of Political Marketing,
2012. doi: 10.4324/9780203349908-37.
Page | 150
Copyright2021@CIIR
[12] L. Gorchels, The Product Manager’s Handbook: The Complete Product Management
Resource. 2000.
Page | 151
Copyright2021@CIIR

Discipline of Advertising and Integrated

Marketing Communications
Dr. Ranganathan Kumar
Email Id-drsenthilkumar@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
The discipline of advertising and integrated marketing communications (IMC) has been
profoundly influenced by the quick development of technology and the shifting media
environment. The evolving media landscape's transformational implications on advertising
tactics are examined in this abstract along with the increasing significance of IMC for
successfully interacting with and engaging target audiences. The abstract also explores the
idea of integrated marketing communications and how it fits into the evolving media
environment. It emphasizes the need of having a unified and consistent brand message across
many platforms, including conventional and digital media. To create a cohesive brand
experience and increase communication efficacy, IMC places a strong emphasis on the
integration of diverse marketing platforms, including social media, direct marketing, public
relations, and advertising. The abstract also highlights the increasing significance of influencer
and content marketing in the context of the shifting media environment. Brands are using
content marketing tactics to provide educational and entertaining material that is in line with
the interests of their target audience as customers want more genuine and meaningful
information. Influencer marketing has become more popular as a result of the relevant and
powerful platform that social media influencers provide for brand endorsements and product
promotions.
KEYWORDS:
Discipline of Advertising, Integrated Marketing, Product, Communication.
INTRODUCTION
Relationships are formed, organizations become more productive, and individuals are able to
learn more about one another because to communication. The way we communicate has
changed as a result of technology like the Internet and mobile phones, which is also influencing
the message tactics used by businesses. Consider how you get information, and then consider
how businesses might reach you and other target audiences with information about their goods,
services, or causes. Businesses must adapt their media and communication strategy as people
discover new information sources. Organisations nevertheless want for customers to get a
unified message, nonetheless [1].
New Media and Integrated Marketing Communications
Page | 152
Copyright2021@CIIR
Organizations must explain the value and advantages of their created goods and services to
both present and future consumers in both business-to-business and business-to-consumer
marketplaces. A strategy called integrated marketing communications offers a way to reach
customers consistently across all of an organization's promotions, which may appear on TV,
radio, periodicals, the Internet, mobile phones, and other media. For instance, Campbell's Soup
Company often uses the tagline "Mm, mm good" in their print advertisements that are placed
in newspapers and magazines, online advertisements, and television and radio commercials.
Even if a corporation is attempting to target several populations, its advertisements should
convey a unified message. For instance, Campbell's utilises two distinct ad variants intended
to appeal to various customer groups, despite the fact that the concepts are essentially identical.
the two YouTube videos listed here [2]–[4].
One of the explanations for why integrated marketing communications have become so crucial
is changes in communication technology and rapid access to information through platforms
like the Internet. Consistently providing information about a company or brand helps in
building its reputation among current and future customers. Using their computers and phones,
many consumers and business professionals look for information and interact with other
individuals and enterprises. With more employees using virtual offices, messaging on their
phones, and communicating through social media like Facebook, the work and social settings
are shifting. The ways we communicate texting, the Internet, mobile devices, blogs continue to
alter how businesses operate and interact with their clients. As a consequence, businesses have
realised that in order to target certain demographics, their advertising techniques must also
evolve.
The millennial generation, which includes many college students, is the one pushing the
transition to new communication technology as consumers. You might choose to get
promotions through mobile marketing, such as from shops on your phone as you pass them on
the street or via a mobile gaming device that connects to the Internet ("Market Segmenting,
Targeting, and Positioning"). Likewise, as companies use social media, Facebook advertising
are growing in popularity. For instance, nearly 1.5 million people took part in the event and
saw the Honda Fit online when Honda let Facebook users to use the Honda brand to send heart-
shaped virtual presents on Valentine's Day. Think about the exposure the Honda Fit received.
The Internet, texting, mobile phones, user-generated content on websites like YouTube and
blogs, out-of-home advertising on billboards, and mobile promotions increasingly compete
with traditional media. You may have noticed that aeroplane tray tables sometimes have
advertisements on them. Additionally, you have certainly seen advertisements inside of subway
vehicles, buses, and even restroom stalls. These are more examples of out-of-home advertising.
The amount of money that businesses spend on various forms of communication will fluctuate
as the media environment does. According to some predictions, businesses will spend more on
new media over the next five years, going from spending around 16 percent of their overall
promotional budgets to nearly 27 percent of their budgets, or $160 billion by 2012 [5]–[7].
The Mix of Promotion
Companies aim to convey a consistent message to their customers and prospective customers
even if the money spent on advertising by organisations may flow to diverse media outlets. An
organization's promotion or communication mix, which includes advertising, sales promotions,
public relations and publicity, personal selling, and direct marketing, is made up of the many
marketing communications that it employs. Paying for the right to communicate a message
identifying a company or brand to a large audience at once is known as advertising. Of course,
organisations often use radio, television, magazines, newspapers, the internet, direct mail, and
these mediums for their advertising. As we previously said, companies also use social media
Page | 153
Copyright2021@CIIR
like Facebook, blogs, Twitter, and mobile devices to advertise. Each media has unique benefits
and drawbacks. The next section discusses a few pros and drawbacks.
Mobile phones, for instance, provide users on the road constant access, however coverage
varies depending on the market. Newspapers, periodicals, and radios are all transportable.
People often possess many radios, but since there are so many radio stations in each area, it
could be challenging to reach every one of your target audience. The majority of the time,
people are engaged in another activity while listening to the radio, which just uses sounds and
no pictures. Radio and television must both reach viewers rapidly. Television does allow for
demonstrations, despite the fact that many viewers switch stations or leave the room during
ads. Advertisers have long altered the loudness of television advertising in an attempt to attract
attention. The Federal Trade Commission, however, enacted a new rule that became effective
in 2010 that forbids marketers from altering the television advertisement volume [8]–[10].
Although magazines are often saved for a long time, marketers must make arrangements in
advance to place advertising in certain editions. Both magazine and newspaper readership and
ad revenue are declining as a result of the Internet. Many significant newspapers have shut
down, including those in Chicago and Seattle. Local businesses and customers may be
encouraged to support local newspapers in certain markets by local news and the fact that local
stores get lower rates for advertising in local newspapers. Which medium or media, given a
product's attributes and target market, offers the highest return on investment is one of the most
important criteria that an organisation must evaluate. A thirty-second commercial that ran
during Super Bowl XLII, for instance, cost $2.7 million. However, a record 97.5 million
viewers tuned in to watch the game, therefore the average cost per advertisement was just three
cents per viewer. But do advertisements result in increased sales for businesses? Many
advertising experts think that many of the advertisements don't. The advertisements most likely
do, however, have a public relations or brand awareness sort of impact.
An organisation may choose a different vehicle inside each distinct media. The unique way to
reach a chosen target market inside a media is called a vehicle. For instance, if a business wants
to create television advertising to target teens, Gossip Girl on the CW could be the appropriate
platform. Sports Illustrated is a good choice if a company wants to utilise publications to
connect with sports-loving men. Sports Illustrated developed SI.com as technology advanced
so that readers could get the most recent content online. Additionally, readers may access
"SIVault" on SI.com, where they can search stories and images that have appeared in the
magazine since its debut in 1954, as well as connections to popular articles and photographs.
Personal selling is a collaborative, compensated marketing strategy that brings together a buyer
and a vendor. The two parties may communicate with one another in person, via the phone, or
through another technology. Regardless of the channel, building a connection with the
customer is often what the vendor wants.
Personal selling occurs when you attend interviews for full-time jobs or internships and attempt
to persuade prospective employers to hire you. The interview closely resembles a buyer-seller
exchange. Both the buyer and the seller are hoping to accomplish certain goals. Some business-
to-consumer marketplaces use personal selling as well, albeit business-to-business markets do
so more often. Personal selling is something you've probably encountered if you've ever gone
to a Pampered Chef, Tupperware, or Amway party or bought anything from a Mary Kay or
Amway representative. By giving news articles a favourable spin, public relations works to
enhance and promote an organization's reputation and its goods. Press releases, publicity,
product placement, and sponsorships are examples of public relations materials. Additionally,
businesses utilise PR to advertise their goods and support their sales efforts. Because much of
the material is crafted to appear as if it has been produced by a group outside of the seller, PR
Page | 154
Copyright2021@CIIR
is often seen as being more unbiased and objective than other types of marketing. Many
businesses use PR agencies or have internal PR teams to look for and develop public relations
opportunities for them. Therefore, PR is covered by a company's marketing budget.
Coupons, competitions, games, rebates, mail-in offers, and other promotions that are not a part
of another element of the communication mix are classified as sales promotions. Sales
promotions are often created to encourage current and future consumers to act swiftly, buy
more items, and make more purchases. To entice customers to choose a certain brand and items,
many businesses now display coupons next to merchandise. Because they are intended for
channel members who do business or trade with consumers, sales promotions are sometimes
referred to as trade promotions in business-to-business marketing. Trade promotions include
events like trade exhibitions, sponsorships, and event marketing, as well as unique rewards like
additional cash, in-store displays, and prizes offered to shops to promote certain goods and
services. Sales promotions are often used as an addition to advertising to motivate people to
purchase goods more rapidly. The many kinds of sales promotion methods that businesses
might use are covered in "Public Relations and Sales Promotions".
Delivering personalised marketing materials to specific customers is known as direct
marketing. It gives businesses a way to communicate with customers in an effort to compel
them to take action. Delivery of materials is possible by mail, catalogues, the internet, e-mail,
telephone, and direct-response advertising. Direct marketing offers a number of advantages,
such as the ability to target a certain group of clients, gauge the ROI, and try various tactics
before rolling them out to the whole target market. Direct marketing is quite invasive, however,
and many customers may reject outreach efforts. Telemarketing is telephone-based direct
marketing. The phone rings just as you are about to begin eating supper. A local charity is
phoning to solicit donations. Calls often occur during meals or other inopportune times.
Telemarketing is costly, yet it may be quite successful for shops, service providers, and
philanthropic organisations. However, many businesses don't employ it since some customers
have a bad impression of telemarketers. Organisations are forbidden from contacting any
registered phone lines with the Federal Trade Commission thanks to the Do Not Call Registry,
which was created in 2008.
Many marketers turn to catalogues and direct mail as popular alternatives, albeit in a bad
economy, the amount sent declines dramatically. Customers might be asked to respond to a call
to action in direct mail, which is a specific action that the organisation is requesting from them.
A call to action is used in direct response advertising along with an offer. As you watch
television, a compelling product is shown. "Call now and receive a bonus package," the voice
offers. To buy the goods or to learn more, they want customers to contact. However, since it is
more convenient and less costly for the organisation, the Internet serves as the main direct-
response medium. Another significant channel for direct marketing is the Internet.
DISCUSSION
The Combination of Promotions, Communication, And Consumer Perception
The Mix of Promotion: One marketing manager may choose to concentrate on social media,
whilst another marketing manager may choose to concentrate her company's efforts on
television advertisements.
Factors That Affect the Promotion Mix Selection
The available budget. Which components of the promotion mix are used depends on a
company's marketing budget in many cases. The scope and frequency of a promotion are
Page | 155
Copyright2021@CIIR
impacted by the funding. For instance, many smaller businesses do not have the resources to
produce and air ads during the Super Bowl or on popular television programmes. They may
not get the exposure they need to succeed as a consequence. Other businesses, like McDonald's,
could devise inventive strategies to attract various target audiences. For instance, McDonald's
specifically targeted college students with a promotion that it live-streamed during a Boston
University lecture.
Stage in the Life Cycle of a Product
The kind and quantity of promotion employed depends on the stage in the product life cycle.
For products to gain market exposure, they often need a lot more funding for advertising.
Consider how much more fuel an aeroplane needs to lift off than to maintain flight. It holds
true for communication as well. with the beginning, more "fuel" is required to aid with take-
off. The kind of goods and the kind of purchasing choice. Different items call for various forms
of advertising. In order for the buyer to comprehend how the product functions and its many
features, particularly costly and sophisticated items sometimes need personal marketing. In
contrast, since consumers are acquainted with the items, advertising is often used to promote
convenience goods and products that are regularly bought.
Qualities of the Target Market and The Buying Readiness of Customers
Organisations must comprehend how prepared various target consumers are to make purchases
in order to choose the ideal technique of reaching them. For instance, some individuals are
early adopters and want to use new items as soon as they are made accessible, while other
demographics choose to wait until goods have been available for some time. Even if they will
need the goods in the future, some buyers may not have the funds to buy alternate things. For
instance, are the majority of college freshman prepared to buy new cars?
Preferences of Consumers for Different Media
We've previously discussed how different customer types favour various media. College-aged
students favour web, mobile phones, and social media more than older customers do, as we
indicated in terms of target audiences. Academics and commercial research firms have done
substantial study into consumer media choices. Companies poll their customers and undertake
their own research to learn how to best contact them.
Norms, Rivals, And Environmental Elements
Regulations may have an impact on the marketing strategy. For instance, cigarette products are
not allowed to be marketed on television in the United States. Alcohol and other contentious
items cannot be marketed on television during Golden Hour in various Asian nations.
Advertising at night is done in the hopes that little children won't notice it. The health of the
economy may also have an effect. When the economy is struggling, some businesses may
employ extra sales promotions, like coupons, to get customers into their establishments.
Consumers running the danger of expecting coupons and refusing to purchase goods without a
special offer.
The Accessibility of Media
Availability of media must also be taken into account when planning promotions by
organisations. For instance, popular television programmes and Super Bowl commercial spots
sometimes sell out rapidly. Companies must make extensive preparations in advance for
particular periodicals since they often have a longer lead time. In contrast, organisations may
often place radio ads the same day they want them to be broadcast because to the abundance
Page | 156
Copyright2021@CIIR
of radio stations and the nature of the medium. Events outside a company's control might also
impact its marketing efforts. For instance, when a crisis strikes, TV stations often remove the
ads to make room for nonstop news coverage. If a catastrophe or calamity occurs when your
business is running a TV ad campaign, you'll probably need to rush to find another way to
contact customers.
Push Vs. Pull Tactics
Additionally, businesses must determine whether to use a push approach, a pull strategy, or a
combination of both. In a push approach, a product is advertised to intermediaries like
wholesalers and retailers who subsequently advertise it to consumers. New items may have
displays put up by manufacturers at retail establishments so the retailer may market the item to
customers. Promoting a product to end customers is a pull tactic. For instance, a manufacturer
may advertise a new product on television and distribute coupons in newspaper inserts to
encourage people to buy it. In an effort to satisfy their desire, distributors and merchants
purchase the goods in response to their pull. Both a push approach and a pull strategy are often
used by manufacturers. More information about "Public Relations and Sales Promotions" and
push and pull techniques.
The Process of Communication
Do you record movies or TV episodes using TiVo or a digital video recorder so you can watch
them whenever you want and ad-free? Do you ever use the remote to mute the ads or switch
between shows? Consider the television programmes, periodicals, and radio stations you
choose to watch or listen to. Consider the additional activities you engage in when you watch
television, study, or listen to the radio. You're taking advantage of a hot July day by spending
time at the beach. You can hear all the music since your pals cranked up the radio's volume
when they brought it to the beach. Do you notice or pay attention to the advertisements if you're
listening to music or chatting with a buddy at the beach while you're listening to the radio? Do
you recall the promoted products? The Communication Process is a diagram that shows how
communications are conveyed and received. A message is encoded, or translated, by the source
to match the message channel for example, a print advertising, TV commercial, or retail display
and highlights the advantages and worth of the product. The communication is subsequently
decoded or interpreted by the recipient. The message must be understood by the recipient as
the sender intended in order for communication to be successful.
On a Friday afternoon, while you're getting ready to leave for home, you overhear someone
mentioning a Saturday event. On the other hand, you assumed the event was the next day and
not the Saturday since you didn't pay attention to all the specifics. You don't even contemplate
attending the next Saturday since you already have other commitments for that day. Have you
ever experienced this? You choose not to attend a gathering because you misunderstood the
message, is that right? You can believe a product or service offers different advantages or is
simpler or more difficult to use than it really is if you misunderstand something, mishear
someone clearly, or read information or a message incorrectly.
Marketing communications may be distorted by interference or noise. Any interruptions that
message senders and receivers experience during transmission are considered interference. For
instance, did you ever see advertisements for toys like the pogo ball, which seemed so simple
to operate but proved to be quite challenging when you attempted to hop up and down on it?
The same thing may occur if you're on the phone while preparing for an exam. The dialogue
makes it difficult to recall what you're reading. You may have difficulties receiving messages
due to issues with a server, bad print quality, poor reception, limited battery life, or poor print
quality. When you buy anything, you provide the sender feedback, which often lets the seller
Page | 157
Copyright2021@CIIR
know that you read about the product and were interested in trying it. The advertiser is aware
of the method you used to get information if you utilise any discounts or promos when you
purchase a product. Feedback is also provided via market research and warranty registration.
The Process of Communication
Processes of Perception
The perceptual process is how a person chooses what to focus on and how to understand and
recall many things, including information from advertisements. You pick what information you
are exposed to and what captures your interest whether you choose an elective course, a
television programme, a magazine, or a radio station. Imagine yourself returning to the beach.
Even when you're with a buddy, you could pay more attention to the person talking about you
when you hear their name than to your friend. The same effect occurs whether you read a
magazine or watch a television programme. When the phone rings while you are watching
television, you could pay more attention to the person on the other end of the line than to the
programme you were watching. Your focus may veer away from your exam preparation when
your pals come up. Imagine how hard it is for an advertisement to get your attention with so
many various forms of distractions and technology like recording devices.
Do you appropriately perceive the information provided by an advertising if they manage to
catch your attention, or do you alter it? Will the message remain the same if you share a tale
with a friend, that friend shares it with another friend, and that person shares it with yet another
person? Do you comprehend what someone else's notes imply if you borrow them after missing
class? Advertisers must not only offer consistent messaging, but also work to make sure you
understand what they are trying to say. Additionally, marketers want you to recall their
businesses and brands. You may not recall the words you studied for and memorised after the
examination. But ideally, hearing the words many times will help you remember them. The
same technique is used by advertisers to attempt to make you remember their messaging. You
can view the same advertisement or message not just once but many times in different locations.
Advertisers must be mindful not to overexpose the message to the point where it has a negative
impact on customers.
Do you recall details from your first-year classes? Do you have your friends' phone numbers
or e-mail addresses saved in your contact list? Or do you merely find their names there? Which
advertisements do you recall? What captures your interest? You may recall an ad when you get
irritating or hilarious texts. Advertisers want you to recall their product or service. Even the
best campaign will be ineffective if no one remembers the brand. Information that is somewhat
related to our own circumstances or ideas is more likely to stick in our minds. For instance,
you may not pay attention to or recall the messages used to promote a product or service if you
don't need it.
Message Techniques
Making Use of the USP of a Product
Organisations must ascertain which messaging tactics suit them best when attempting to
convey value. A product's unique selling proposition, or a particular value that customers will
remember, is identified by smart businesses. Domino's "Pizza delivered in 30 minutes or it's
free" is a prime illustration of a USP. Similarly, Nike's catchphrase "Just Do It" encourages
users to realise their potential and many users may consider all the things they do while using
Nike items. View the Nike movie below to get a sense of the many activities that individuals
from various nations engage in while utilising Nike merchandise.
Page | 158
Copyright2021@CIIR
Coca-Cola and Nike have had great success tailoring their advertising to several foreign
markets. Both businesses have well-known international brands. Similar to how items may be
modified for worldwide markets, certain campaigns may work in different cultures while others
must be modified for various international audiences. Companies must be mindful of how
words are translated, actions are perceived, actors' appearances, and the potential meanings of
various ad colours. Organisations must take into account the audience, the promotion's goals,
the medium, the budget, the USP, and the product when choosing a messaging strategy. It is
crucial to understand your target market and who you are aiming to reach. The more
information marketers have about the message-exposed customers, the better. Golfers are the
primary target audience for advertisements for golf equipment shown during competitions.
Some advertisings are a little risqué, like a few recent ones for the fast-food restaurant business
Hardee's. While some college students may find them appealing, other customers, such older
folks, may find them offensive. How do you feel? Do you believe Hardee's is attempting to
attract a younger audience? Do the advertisements increase your propensity to patronise
Hardee's for fast food? View the Hardee's advertisement in the clip below.
Goals for Organisational Promotion
Additionally, advertisers need to look at their goals for marketing. What do they want to
achieve with their promotions? Are they want to entice customers to buy something right now,
raise awareness for a new product, or do they want them to remember their brand in the future?
Building primary demand, or desire for an entire product category like orange juice, may be
one goal, but a business also wants to generate selective demand, or want for a particular brand
like Tropicana orange juice. The AIDA approach is used to achieve other typical goals. AIDA
goals are often accomplished in stages. Companies first concentrate on drawing attention to
and raising awareness of a product or service, which is crucial for new offers. A customer or
company won't purchase a product or service if they are unaware of it. Organisations aim to
pique customers' attention and convince them that their brands are the best once consumers or
companies are aware of the goods or services. In the end, businesses hope that customers will
act or buy their goods or services.
Message Specifications
Additionally, organisations need to decide what kind of appeal to employ and how to organise
their communications. Common commercial appeals include those that are hilarious, emotive,
frightful, logical, and ecologically responsible. Would you choose a comical ad if someone
asked you to choose your favourite commercial? Humorous ads are popular because they are
often enjoyable and memorable. Businesses must take care to ensure that their brand is
remembered even if humour sells. Even though some ads are incredibly engaging, people often
forget the brand or item.
The Super Bowl has some of the most talked-about ads each year. Many individuals just watch
the game to see the advertisements. View the YouTube movies below to discover one of the top
ten Super Bowl advertisements ever made and how other recent commercials used a similar
strategy. Take note of how often they make amusing appeals. Do you believe some are more
successful than others, though? Will viewers really purchase the product, in other words? To
prevent customers from being too worried or terrified, businesses must exercise caution when
employing fear appeals. Reebok had to stop a TV commercial a few years back because it
angered so many viewers. The commercial began with a bungee jumper leaping from a bridge,
then cut to a scene of only his shoes dangling by the bungee rope. People were upset by the
advertisement because it suggested the jumper had died after falling.
Page | 159
Copyright2021@CIIR
Additionally, businesses choose whether to use tactics like an open-ended or closed-ended

message, a one-sided or two-sided message, as well as slogans, characters, or jingles. An
advertisement for perfume or cologne is an example of an open-ended message that enables
the customer to reach his or her own conclusions. A message that is locked off makes sense.
The majority of communications are biased and only emphasise the good things, just like your
résumé. But two-sided texts are also often used. Pharmaceutical firms often highlight both the
benefits of taking a medicine and the drawbacks of not using one. Consumers' retention of a
brand is also influenced by the presentation's sequence. Which parts of a 25-page term paper
would be the most effective if you forgot about it and had to finish it before the next class day?
Would the best part be at the beginning, the end, or the middle?
Many students believe that either the beginning or the conclusion of their papers is the most
crucial part, expecting that the teacher won't attentively read the whole thing. For advertising
and commercials, the same approach applies. The brand name should appear at the message's
beginning and conclusion. Customers will ideally remember the company name this way even
if they just hear or read a portion of the advertisement. Some businesses use mascots,
characters, jingles, or slogans. Despite the fact that media is evolving, many of the personalities
and jingles haven't changed much throughout the years. Do you utter the phrase "Mm, mm
good" when you think about Campbell's soup? Campbells altered its slogan in 1998, however
the firm still often employs the "Mm, mm good" tagline in all of its media campaigns.
Evidently, customers still connect with the tagline. You may also be acquainted with the Jolly
Green Giant, the Wienermobile, and the Poppin' Fresh Pillsbury Doughboy, among other
jingles, characters, or symbols. Some of these figures represent these letters and symbols.
The jingle was created in 1963 and has since been reproduced in other languages. Oscar Mayer
organised a singing competition in 2006 for the jingle, which is still well-liked today. Following
the IMC principle, Kraft's promos are likewise consistent across media, including images from
commercials in their print advertisements in both English and Spanish.
The Budget for Promotion
The budget of a product is a crucial consideration when choosing which communication tactics
to use. The promotion budget may be determined using a variety of techniques. The easiest
way to figure out the marketing budget is sometimes to use a percentage of the previous year's
sales or the anticipated sales for the next year. This approach does not account for market
fluctuations or unforeseen events. However, since it is easy to understand and apply, many
businesses choose for this approach. The affordable approach, or what you believe you can
afford, is one that small enterprise often utilise. Unfortunately, costs often exceed expectations,
and you may not have enough money. Many small companies anticipate having money for
advertising, but they wind up running out and are unable to spend as much as they had intended.
You may have experienced this when you booked a weekend getaway based on what you
believed you could afford and found yourself short on funds. You had to change your plans as
a consequence and did not complete what you had intended.
Other businesses may choose to adopt competitive parity, in which case they make an effort to
maintain their promotional expenditure on par with that of their rivals. This strategy aims to
keep a brand in customers' thoughts. Some businesses believe they must spend at least as much
as their rivals during a recession in order to attract clients. Other businesses are compelled to
reduce expenditure or explore more focused advertising. In order to compete with other
companies that had an FSI, Kmart had to reduce spending while keeping their advertising
inserts in Sunday newspapers. The goal and task strategy, in which marketing managers first
decide what they want to achieve with their communication, is a more logical approach. Then
Page | 160
Copyright2021@CIIR
they decide which actions commercials, sales promotions, etc. are required to achieve the goals.
In order to create a budget, they do research to ascertain the cost of the tasks or activities.
The process of budgeting involves determining how much money should be allotted to various
media. Although conventional media currently accounts for the majority of media
expenditures, spending patterns are changing as the media environment evolves. The use of
mobile marketing to target certain populations is growing in popularity. According to one
estimate, in 2009, more than one-third of cell phone users were exposed to mobile advertising,
and 16% of those individuals chose to reply to the adverts via text message. Younger
individuals often embrace mobile ads the best. The majority of big brand manufacturers
anticipate using texting and multimedia communications in the future. Mobile marketing
enables marketers to reach out to customers and clients while they're on the move. More than
half of Internet users in China, Korea, India, and Thailand use mobile phones rather than
desktops to access social networking sites. While many marketers want to employ electronic
devices for their mobile marketing campaigns, other businesses may use mobile or moveable
promotions, which, as was previously said, are also regarded as out-of-home advertisements.
By 2011, it's predicted that businesses would spend up to 25% of their overall promotional
spending on mobile media [10], [11].
CONCLUSION
The trend towards data-driven and targeted advertising as a result of the evolving media
ecosystem is also covered in the abstract. Big data and sophisticated analytics have made it
possible for marketers to use consumer insights to provide personalised and relevant
advertising. With a personalised strategy, you can target your audience more precisely and gain
better engagement and conversion rates. As a result of the evolving media environment,
advertising tactics have had to change, and integrated marketing communications have become
more prevalent. Advertisers need to harness data-driven insights, offer consistent brand
messaging across a variety of platforms, and adjust to the fragmented media landscape.
Businesses may navigate the changing advertising environment and successfully communicate
with their target consumers by embracing these developments and upholding ethical practises.
REFERENCES
[1] A. J. Eberechukwu And A. Chukwuma, “Integrated Marketing Communication In
Building Customer-Based Brand Equity: A Review Paper,” Int. J. Manag. Econ. Invent.,
2016, Doi: 10.18535/Ijmei/V2i3.02.
[2] G. E. Belch, M. B. Belch, G. Kerr, I. Powell, And D. Waller, Advertising. An Integrated
Marketing Communication Perspective. 2020.
[3] D. Baleviciene, “Integrated Marketing Communications,” In Art Marketing, 2020. Doi:
10.4337/9781800883284.Integrated.Marketing.Communication.
[4] D. E. Schultz, “From Advertising To Integrated Marketing Communications,” In A
Reader In Marketing Communications, 2020. Doi: 10.4324/9781003060420-2.
[5] Belch Georg E. And Michael A. Belch Michael A., “Advertising And Promotion An
Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective, Sixth Edition,” Sereal Untuk, 2018.
[6] A. T. Shimp and J. Andrews, Craig, Advertising, Promotion and Other aspects of
Integrated Marketing Communications. 2013.
[7] J. K. Elrod and J. L. Fortenberry, “Integrated marketing communications: a strategic
priority in health and medicine,” BMC Health Services Research. 2020. doi:
Page | 161
Copyright2021@CIIR
10.1186/s12913-020-05606-7.
[8] N. Johnson-Hunt, “Dreams for Sale: Ideal Beauty in the Eyes of the Advertiser,” M/C
J., 2020, doi: 10.5204/mcj.1646.
[9] H. Powell, “The promotional industries,” in Promotional Culture and Convergence:
Markets, Methods, Media, 2013. doi: 10.4324/9780203130322-10.
[10] J. A. Laub, “Assessing the servant organization; Development of the Organizational
Leadership Assessment (OLA) model. Dissertation Abstracts International,” Procedia -
Soc. Behav. Sci., 1999.
[11] A. Romero-Lopez et al., “Market Research About Agriso Mobile Application For
Farmers,” Sustainability, 2020.
Page | 162
Copyright2021@CIIR

Sales Promotions and Public Relations: An

Analysis
Dr. Muralidhar Sunil
Email Id-sunilrashinkar@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Public relations and sales promotions are two separate but linked marketing tactics used by
companies to raise brand recognition, pique customer interest, and increase sales. Sales
promotions include a number of short-term strategies, including as discounts, coupons,
competitions, and product demos, to encourage rapid sales. Public relations, on the other hand,
is concerned with creating and sustaining a positive public image by strategic interaction and
communication with a variety of stakeholders, such as clients, media outlets, and the general
public. The main tenets of public relations and sales promotions are examined in this abstract,
stressing their significance and effects on firms. It examines the goals, plans, and techniques
used in sales promotions, highlighting their capacity to boost short-term sales, foster client
loyalty, and instill a feeling of urgency in customers. It explores how public relations may help
develop a brand's image, manage crises, and foster effective partnerships with stakeholders.
The abstract also discusses the difficulties and moral issues of public relations and sales
marketing. It illustrates the possible dangers of relying too much on sales promotions, such
declining brand value and profit margins. In order to retain credibility with stakeholders, it also
emphasises the significance of ethical practises in public relations, such as openness,
truthfulness, and responsible communication.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Sales Promotions, Market, Product, Public Relations.
INTRODUCTION
Even though you are aware that the business has been the subject of several lawsuits and
consumer complaints, you have just completed reading an excellent newspaper article about a
nearby restaurant. According to the news report, the restaurant is the greatest place to dine in
town and a terrific corporate citizen. There are occasions when a business receives "free"
exposure in the form of news articles or reviews about its goods and services in the media,
despite the fact that the firm had no input over the substance of the articles and may not even
be aware of their publication. Perhaps a portion of the restaurant's marketing money was
utilised to fund PR initiatives that produced favourable press and positive tales [1]–[3].
Information that a company wants the public to know is part of public relations. PR entails
using publicity to promote a favourable image for a business, a product, or a person. Since
there are now so many media venues, like YouTube, social networking sites, and blogs, that
Page | 163
Copyright2021@CIIR
people pay attention to, PR has grown in importance. Anyone may relatively easily criticise a
firm in a public forum. Publicity may bring about both good and bad news, such as a negative
review of a movie, restaurant, or automobile, or it can bring about favourable news. Even while
PR may seem free, cultivating connections with journalists can cost money since organisations
work hard to get favourable news coverage. Public relations and sales promotions are important
parts of many companies' promotion budgets, much like advertising.
Businesses employ sales promotions to increase sales and foster good consumer attitudes. In
order to market a product, businesses may use sales promotions in addition to advertising,
public relations, and personal selling. Examples of sales promotions include issuing discounts,
hosting competitions and games, and providing rebates and mail-in offers.
Tools and Activities for Public Relations
Effective public relations strategies may support sales efforts, assist a company build
relationships with its clients, and market what it has to offer. There are internal PR departments,
media relations teams, and investor relations teams at many businesses that participate in public
relations. In order to uncover and develop public relations possibilities for themselves, other
organisations might use outside PR companies or advertising agencies. For their articles to be
published, PR professionals need to establish connections with staff members at various media
outlets. Universities, hospitals, governmental agencies, and nonprofits often employ public
relations specialists to assist spread favourable information about their services and to generate
interest in what they do.
PR experts also assist political campaign managers in obtaining favourable news coverage.
When something negative occurs to an organisation or individual, PR professionals may
undertake damage control and provide a positive perspective. PR firms might guarantee that
product ideas are accurately perceived in international marketplaces. It is not always possible
to have PR articles published in the chosen media. Getting to know the individuals who can
help publish or proclaim the information to the public takes a lot of time and work. Annual
reports, employee and public-facing booklets and periodicals, Web sites that highlight company
achievements, speeches, blogs, and podcasts are just a few of the tools that businesses utilise
for public relations. Press releases, sponsorships, product placements, and social media are
some of the most popular PR techniques.
Press Statements
Putting a favourable spin on news items is one aspect of a company's public relations
operations. A press release is a news article created by a company to advertise a service, an
entity, or an individual. Think about how much more favourably a narrative or a product
suggestion will be received if the reader believes the material is coming from a neutral third
party rather than an organisation that is promoting itself. Press releases are typically written by
public relations professionals in the hopes that they would be picked up by the media and used
to enlighten the public. However, there is no assurance that a press release will be covered by
the media. Companies may use press releases to highlight PR opportunities such as charity
events, honours, new products, corporate reports, and initiatives they are doing to better the
environment or the community.
Read the press releases in the next two instances. The first piece seems to have been published
by a news outlet, but it was really produced by Apple's public relations team to promote the
release of the new iPhone 3G. The second news release and image show how a business like
Stubb's Bar-B-Q collaborates with Mobile Loaves & Fishes, a nonprofit that aids in feeding
Page | 164
Copyright2021@CIIR
the needy, to assist in feeding the hungry and replenishing food banks around the nation. The
narrative improves both organisations' favourable reputations.
A Sample Press Release for the Launch of a New Product
Apple unveiled the new 3G iPhone.
Similar to how locals may have an unfavourable opinion of businesses that enter overseas
markets since they don't know much about them. For employees and their families in India, a
company's reputation is crucial. As a consequence, American companies who are hiring in
India's IT sector often struggle to get the word out about their brands and products so that
people would want to work for them. The businesses do this via a variety of PR initiatives.
news conferences may be organised when a firm is just looking for positive PR, much as news
releases can be used to highlight the admirable things a company or individual accomplishes.
An organisation may host a press conference to announce that it has recruited fresh, in-demand
executives, that construction on a new building has begun, or to discuss its charitable
endeavours.
Sponsorships
The Staples Centre, where the Los Angeles Lakers play basketball, is well-known to many of
you. But consider how much more exposure the Staples Centre received once it was revealed
that Michael Jackson's open memorial service would be held there. All of the press articles
discussing tickets and memorial details gave the centre and Staples, the office supply chain that
the centre is named after, "free" exposure. For the naming rights to the 1998-built centre,
Staples paid $375 million. The chain has, in fact, seen a significant return on its sponsorship
of the facility. When you sponsor anything, you pay a price to have your name connected to
many items, such as the following:
1. A specific location;
2. A celebrity's attire;
3. A charity;
4. A workshop or informational event;
5. A NASCAR car
Although costly, sponsorships are becoming more and more common as businesses look for
methods to improve their brand recognition, distinguish their goods, and reach their target
consumers. Worldwide, businesses spent over $43 billion on sponsorships in, but the recession
has had an impact, and the Dallas Cowboys' new stadium still lacks a naming rights sponsor.
Sports get more than two-thirds of all sponsorships in North America, followed by
entertainment and charitable organisations. As a way to raise money, other businesses and
structures like buildings and bridges can look for sponsorships. If an organisation could afford
to put their name on either the Brooklyn Bridge in New York or the Golden Gate Bridge in San
Francisco, just think of how many people cross those bridges every day and how much
exposure it would provide them [4], [5].
DISCUSSION
One of the sponsorship categories that is expanding the quickest is cause-related marketing.
When a business provides financial or other assistance to a nonprofit group, it happens. For
instance, American Airlines hosts an annual celebrity golf and tennis event to raise money for
breast cancer research, while M&M's supports the Special Olympics. Additionally, the airline
contributes frequent flyer miles to the charity. Every pink lid submitted results in a donation to
Page | 165
Copyright2021@CIIR
breast cancer research from Yoplait Yoghurt. Strengthening consumer affinities for a firm that
engages in cause-related marketing may have a favourable PR effect.
Product Promotions
Product placement is the process of getting a company's product to appear in a TV programme,
movie, video game, live event, or book. Seinfeld repeats often include people drinking various
Coca-Cola brands. Similarly, a Nissan Maxima may appear in Desperate Housewives. Each
episode of The Biggest Loser normally has over 400 commercial ads. Between August 1, 2008,
and August 1, 2009, Apple put goods in 24 films that debuted at number one, compared to 20
Ford products and 12 Budweiser products [6], [7].
Typically, a business must pay a charge to place one of its items. However, there are situations
when the firm makes no payment if the goods is required for a programme in some manner or
is essential to the narrative. Castaway's product placement in the film was not funded by FedEx.
Product placement may raise a brand's visibility and exposure, as well as often boost sales. The
price of a product placement may be cheaper than the price of advertising given the amount of
exposures an organisation obtains.
Although television programmes and films tend to be the primary venues for product
placements, businesses are exploring new avenues. For instance, they are now inserting
products into online movies, video games, and novels. As long as people continue to use digital
video recorders to skip commercials and advertising, there will likely be more product
placements.
Sales Enticements
Sales promotions are initiatives that support a business's public relations, advertising, and
personal selling efforts. Although sales promotions are usually fleeting, they are employed
more frequently by businesses and by customers alike when the economy is struggling. The
purpose of sales promotions is to get buyers to act swiftly and buy more. Trade promotions are
often used to refer to sales promotions in business-to-business settings; this is because firms
"trade" or do business with one another, according to the article "Advertising, Integrated
Marketing Communications, and the Changing Media Landscape".
Companies utilise a pull strategy when they target customers with promotions, according to
"Advertising, Integrated Marketing Communications, and the Changing Media Landscape". To
put it another way, a business advertises its goods and services to the general public in an effort
to entice customers to its shops or prompt them to make product requests. If a business provides
a customer a coupon, it is hoped that the customer would use the coupon to purchase the goods.
When enterprises are the focus of sales promotions, a push strategy is used so that items may
be pushed through the channel to ultimate customers. For instance, a producer could provide a
store incentives like price breaks in exchange for pushing or promoting the product to the
customer. How a push strategy varies from a pull approach is seen in "A Push versus a Pull
Strategy". Many businesses advertise their goods and services to both their trade partners and
eventual customers using both a push and a pull approach.
Types of Consumer Sales Promotions
Do you like freebies? Most individuals do. A sample is a sales campaign in which customers
are given a small quantity of a product to trial before buying it. Samples raise awareness; hence
the technique promotes experimentation and increases awareness. Most likely, when you
bought a product, it came with a little free sample, like a sample of conditioner bundled with
your shampoo. Have you ever visited a shop that offered free samples of various foods? Giving
Page | 166
Copyright2021@CIIR
free samples is intended to encourage consumers to purchase a product. Even though sampling
costs money, it is often a fairly successful marketing tactic for food goods. People use the
product, the person giving out the sample informs customers about it, and any promotional
rates are mentioned.
Customers are often handed coupons along with the samples at numerous supermarket shops.
Coupons provide a product's price decrease right away. The manufacturer subsequently
reimburses the store for the amount of the coupon. A processing charge is also paid to the store
for accepting coupons. When the economy is struggling, more shoppers clip coupons and hunt
for unique discounts like buy one get one free and double coupons. While many shoppers clip
coupons from Sunday newspaper inserts, other shoppers locate coupons for goods and retailers
online. Customers with a loyalty card may also get coupons from the retailer. On many mobile
phones, consumers may download coupons as well. International customers have access to
discounts and other promotions thanks to mobile marketing and the Internet. While paper
coupons make up the bulk of use in the United States, digital coupons predominate in India.
Imagine how much simpler and less wasteful digital coupons scanned from a mobile phone are
for both businesses and customers as over 80% of nappy purchases are made using coupons.
Point-of-purchase displays, such as coupon dispensers positioned in shops, urge customers to
make an instant purchase. The producers anticipate that the sales campaign would improve
sales when a buyer notices a distinctive display or may promptly get a voucher. Online sales
campaigns are used for other products. Online sales promotions sometimes feature giveaways,
free delivery, discounts, and contests as incentives. For instance, to entice customers to
purchase online, several online retailers like Shoe Station and Zappos provide free delivery and
free return shipping. According to several businesses, the reaction to their online sales
promotions is superior than the response they get from their conventional sales promotions.
A premium is yet another excellent sales promotion for customers. A premium is anything you
get with your proof of purchase, either for nothing or for a little shipping and handling fee. Do
you recall wanting your favourite cereal because the package included a toy? An illustration of
a premium is the toy. To get a premium, you may sometimes need to send a certain quantity of
purchase receipts. A premium is intended to encourage you to purchase a product more than
once. Many customers are unaware that they can also be paying for the premium when they
pay the shipping and handling fees. Lots of individuals are drawn to contests and prizes as well.
People join or take part in contests as sales promotions in order to be eligible to win a reward.
Examples include the Monopoly game at McDonald's and the Publishers Clearing House
sweepstakes. The company hosting the sweepstakes or contest hopes that when you enter it,
you'll also go out and purchase some magazines.
Sales incentives created to encourage repeat business are loyalty programmes. Frequent flyer
programmes, hotel programmes, and gift cards for grocers, pharmacies, and restaurants are a
few examples of loyalty programmes. Loyalty programmes and point systems are sometimes
combined. An organisation may provide you a unique incentive, such as a free trip, free hotel
stay, or free sandwich, when you have accrued a certain number of miles or points. Numerous
loyalty programmes, particularly those for hotels and airlines, have partners to provide
customers extra opportunities to accrue and redeem miles and points. Both customers and the
manufacturers that provide them value rebates. When you get a rebate, you fill out a form and
return it along with your proof of purchase to the manufacturer in order to receive a partial
reimbursement of the product's purchase price. The key is submitting the documentation by the
deadline. Many shoppers overlook it or put it off for too long. They do not get any money back
as a result. This is why manufacturers want rebates as well. Consumers think rebates are nice
until they forget to return them back.
Page | 167
Copyright2021@CIIR
Trade Promotions
Trade exhibitions are among the most popular formats for sales marketing in B2B markets. A
trade exhibition is an occasion when businesses in a certain field present and showcase their
products to other companies they hope will purchase them. Typically, a single organisation may
participate in a variety of trade exhibitions. At trade exhibitions, representatives may find
prospective clients, educate clients about new and current items, and demonstrate goods and
materials using displays, brochures, and other materials. Prospective customers may provide
feedback to representatives on their company's goods and materials as well as possible rivals.
Because they can see the goods other companies are displaying and how they are selling them,
businesses may also acquire competitive information during trade exhibitions. 93% of
participants are impacted by what they see at trade fairs, even if only around 75% of
representatives who attend these events ultimately purchase the products they view. However,
just 20% of businesses follow up on leads they get at trade exhibitions, and only 17% of
customers who indicate interest in a company's goods are contacted.
Conventions or gatherings of experts also provide vendors a chance to display their various
items to prospective clients. A medical conference, for instance, may be an ideal venue to
showcase a novel medical gadget. Managers and salespeople often go to conferences to
promote their goods. Sales competitions provide incentives for salespeople to enhance their
sales and are often hosted by manufacturers or suppliers. The battles often centre on the sale of
expensive or sluggish goods. The salesperson who sells the most of the product receives a
reward, such as a complimentary vacation, business recognition, or money. Trade allowances
provide various incentives for channel partners, such as a manufacturer's wholesalers,
distributors, retailers, and so forth, to promote a product. An example of a trade allowance is a
payment for local newspaper advertising of a seller's goods. A marketing budget is
advantageous to both the producer and the merchant. Usually, the retailer may negotiate a
cheaper pricing for local outlet advertising than manufacturers, saving the producer money.
Receiving a rebate from the manufacturer helps the merchant.
Manufacturers also provide training to assist firms' salespeople comprehend how the
manufacturers' goods function and how customers might be persuaded to purchase them. In
order to explain how items function and address any issues consumers may have, many
manufacturers now provide in-store product demos. New computer and video gaming system
demonstrations are very popular and effective at driving sales. Free gifts from the manufacturer,
such as a tool, television, or other item, may also be used to persuade shops to sell their goods
to customers. To put it another way, a television maker may provide a television to the
management of a retail electronics shop in order to promote its goods. The manager receives
the television if a certain quantity of TVs are sold. Have you ever gone into an electronics or
furniture shop and felt as if the salesman was trying to sell you a certain television or mattress?
Perhaps the manufacturer was providing the salesman with monetary incentives to promote a
certain product. There may be a drive to sell the item because there is a lot of inventory, a new
model is replacing it, or the product isn't doing well.
The section under "Examples of Sales Promotions" summarises the many categories of sales
promotions created for both consumers and corporations. Rebates are extremely lucrative for
businesses despite the fact that different sorts of sales promotions are most effective for various
organisations since, as you have discovered, many customers neglect to submit their rebate
forms. Consumers often utilise more coupons in a bad economy, but they also purchase more
store brands. Consumers are using coupons that are accessible online or at the point of sale
more often. Trade exhibitions may be quite profitable for businesses, but those who attend them
need to follow up on the leads they create there [8]–[10].
Page | 168
Copyright2021@CIIR
CONCLUSION
The synergy between public relations and sales promotions is also discussed in the abstract,
emphasising how the two approaches may work in tandem to accomplish more general
marketing objectives. Businesses may effectively convey their promotional activities,
maximise reach and exposure, and develop long-term brand equity by combining public
relations campaigns with sales promotions. In conclusion, public relations and sales
promotions are essential elements of a thorough marketing plan. Sales promotions improve
sales right away and encourage consumer loyalty, while public relations emphasise creating a
favourable company image and preserving good stakeholder interactions. These two tactics
may increase their efficacy when used in tandem and help firms succeed over the long run in a
cutthroat industry.
REFERENCES:
[1] P. K. Rosifah, “Analisis pengaruh advertising, sales promotion, dan public relation
terhadap brand awareness pada Traveloka dan Mister Aladin,” repository.unpar.ac.id,
2021.
[2] Inayah Arbie, “The Effect of Advertising, Sales Promotion and Public Relations on
Consumer Purchase Decisions Using E-Commerce Shopee During the Covid-19
Pandemic on Employees of PT. PNM (Persero),” Int. J. Innov. Sci. Res. Technol., 2021.
[3] A. Maulana and M. Mulyana, “Analisis Pengaruh Public Relation dan Sales Promotion
Terhadap Minat Beli Pada Produk Starbucks di Kota Bogor,” J. Ilm. Manaj. Kesatuan,
2020, doi: 10.37641/jimkes.v8i2.327.
[4] C. O. Zephaniah, I. E. Ogba, and E. E. Izogo, “Examining the effect of customers’
perception of bank marketing communication on customer loyalty,” Sci. African, 2020,
doi: 10.1016/j.sciaf.2020.e00383.
[5] Z. Jordan, “The effect of promotion mix elements on Consumers Buying Decisions of
Mobile Service : The case of Umniah Telecommunication Company at,” Eur. J. Bus.
Manag., 2016.
[6] A. Kusnawan, “Analisis Pengaruh Kegiatan Promosi Terhadap Ekuitas Merk
Universitas Buddhi Dharma Di Kalangan Mahasiswa (Survei pada mahasiswa program
Studi Manajemen),” Primanomics J. Ekon. Bisnis, 2018, doi: 10.31253/pe.v16i1.52.
[7] I. Y. Ningsih and M. Arief, “Bauran Promosi Pada Dealer Yamaha Tretan Motor Dengan
Pendekatan Mixed Methods,” J. Kaji. Ilmu Manaj., 2021, doi:
10.21107/jkim.v1i1.10591.
[8] A. Rosmaniar, M. Oktaviani, and N. Mauliddah, “Public Relation Moderates Between
Sales Promotion With Purchase Decisions On XX Ready Foods In 2020,” J. Ekon. dan
Bisnis Dharma Andalas, 2021, doi: 10.47233/jebd.v23i1.160.
[9] D. Baleviciene, “Integrated Marketing Communications,” in Art Marketing, 2020. doi:
10.4337/9781800883284.integrated.marketing.communication.
[10] R. P. Bunaya, A. Sugiono, and F. Saptiani, “Peran Integtared Marketing Communication
Terhadap Keputusan Pembelian (Survei pada Konsumen Industri Kreatif Sub Sektor
Kuliner di Bandar Lampung ),” J. Kompetitif Bisnis, 2021.
Page | 169
Copyright2021@CIIR

The Impact of Market Intelligence on

Commercial Selling Strategies
Mr. Ashok Bhat
Email Id-ashokbhat@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Commercial selling is essential for promoting company growth and profitability. This abstract
examines the core ideas and tactics of commercial marketing, emphasising its significance in
a cutthroat market. Beginning with a definition of commercial selling, the abstract explains that
it is the process of convincing and influencing prospective consumers to buy products or
services for a profit. In order to achieve successful commercial sales results, it emphasises the
necessity of effective sales practises, relationship-building, and value proposition. The abstract
also explores the essential elements of commercial selling. It goes through how crucial it is to
comprehend consumer demands and preferences, carry out in-depth market research, and create
a focused sales strategy. The need of developing strong client connections, creating trust, and
offering top-notch customer service is also emphasised. The abstract also discusses how
technology and digital platforms are used in commercial selling. For lead management, sales
monitoring, and customer interaction, it emphasises the use of customer relationship
management (CRM) systems, sales automation tools, and online platforms. Sales personnel
may expedite operations, access real-time data, and personalise interactions with consumers
thanks to the incorporation of technology in commercial selling.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Market Intelligence, Commercial Selling, Product.
INTRODUCTION
Ted Schulte's home office clock was chiming 11:00 p.m. Hours before, his kids had gone to
bed. Schulte, a Guidant account representative who sells pacemakers, was conversing on the
phone with a cardiologist who was one of his customers. The next morning at 7:00 a.m., the
cardiologist was operating. A variety of his patient's medical issues led the doctor to wonder
whether pacemaker would be the most appropriate for her. So that the appropriate supplies and
instruments would be accessible for the surgery, the cardiologist's inquiries had to be promptly
addressed. In this instance, Schulte was the finest authority on the subject rather than another
doctor [1], [2]. You want to believe that your doctor is well equipped to handle whatever
ailment brought you in for an appointment thanks to her training and knowledge. However, the
truth is that salesmen are crucial to her ongoing education. Similar to how architects choose
materials and architectural components, salesmen who are individually specialists in a certain
product category affected the architect who created the home or flat you live in. A salesman
Page | 170
Copyright2021@CIIR
not only sold the food you consume to the grocery shop, but they also sold the ingredients to
the food manufacturers. Take a listen as Ted Schulte discusses how he got his start in sales.
Salespeople are crucial to the health of our economy. They are essential to businesses and
consumers alike. the elements that make a company more successful when it promotes and
sells its goods via salespeople.
The Function of Professional Salespeople
You've made a fantastic product, priced it fairly, and put in motion a fantastic marketing
communication approach. Right now, all you have to do is relax and watch the sales come in.
Most likely not. You may need to put in a lot more effort unless your business can sell the goods
exclusively online. For instance, someone would need to persuade the merchant to stock the
product if you wanted people to be able to purchase it in a physical store. An adage in business
goes, "Nothing happens until someone sells something." However, a number of things need to
take place before a transaction can be accomplished. In addition to selling items, businesses
rely on their sales and marketing departments to set the basis for this to happen. Salespeople
are nonetheless pricey. They often represent the most cost component of a company's marketing
plan. They must thus provide revenue in order to justify a company's investment in them.
Salespeople represent their company by doing the following actions:
1. Adding value for their companies' clients
2. Taking care of relationships
3. Providing their organisations with consumer and market insights
Sales representatives represent their clients in addition to representing their companies. A
salesperson is addressing the requirements of the client whenever she returns to her employer
with a customer's request, whether it be for a speedier delivery, a modification to a product
feature, or a discounted pricing. Her objective is to assist the customer in making the greatest
purchase for their requirements. The salesman is the expert, much like Ted Schulte. Selling is
great from the standpoint of society when qualified salespeople represent both customers and
sellers. The salesman has a fiduciary duty to the business and an ethical duty to the customer.
The two tasks can clash with one another, however. What should a salesperson do, for instance,
if her product only partially satisfies a customer's demands but a rival's offering is an ideal
match? Salespeople deal with disputes inside their organisations as well. When a salesperson
promises a client that a product will be delivered in three days, she has made a promise that her
company's shipping department will either keep or break. The salesperson has made a
commitment to the client when she accepts a contract with specific stipulations that will either
be maintained or violated by her company's credit department. What happens if the shipping
and credit departments can't agree on the shipment conditions the client should get? Should the
salesman support one side over the other? What if management want the salesman to promote
a dubious product that would generate a barrage of client complaints for the business' customer
service representatives? Should she still put forth a lot of effort to market the offering?
These kinds of circumstances lead to role conflict. When different individuals have different
expectations of you, role conflict arises. Add to it the fact that the salesman has a personal stake
in whether or not the sale is made, and you have the scenario we just described. She could rely
on it for her career or money. Can you comprehend how a person utilising dubious methods to
market a product may come from role conflict? Then, are salesmen deceitful? You may be
shocked to find that salesmen are less prone than politicians, preachers, and academics to
exaggerate in order to acquire what they want, according to research. Another research
compared the ethical issue responses of professional salesmen and business students. What did
Page | 171
Copyright2021@CIIR
the research reveal? that salesmen were more likely than students to react morally. Salespeople
manage these competing demands effectively overall. Salespeople contribute to the success of
their firms, which in turn generates employment for people and useful goods, and society as a
whole benefit from this. The majority of salespeople firmly believe in the worth of the products
offered by their business. For instance, Schulte is certain that the pacemakers he offers are the
finest available. Society can't lose when this conviction is joined with a sincere care for the
welfare of the consumer, a concern that the majority of salespeople share.
Adding Value
Think about the following scenarios. A cardiac surgeon with a high-risk patient is unsure on
what to do in this real-life scenario. To ask his advice on what to do, the doctor phones Ted
Schulte at Guidant. Schulte offers to travel 100 miles at the crack of dawn to be there to answer
any queries that may come up during the procedure and suggests the suitable pacemaker.
To compile bills, a wholesaler of food is working extra hours. Unfortunately, one in five is
incorrect. Customers don't get their bills in a timely manner as a consequence, which causes
them to pay slowly and incorrectly. As a result, the business must borrow money to cover its
payroll commitments. Salesman for the document-management firm Sri-IIST, John Plott,
suggests that the wholesaler buy an electronic invoicing system. The distributor does.
Therefore, instead of taking weeks, the wholesaler just needs a few days to prepare bills. And
the invoices are almost entirely correct, as opposed to being approximately 80% accurate. Due
to quicker consumer payments, the wholesaler no longer has difficulties making wages. A new
facility is being planned for Waco, Texas, by the poultry processing company Sanderson Farms.
For the project, the chambers of commerce from several nearby communities compete.
However, the Waco chamber official finds an enterprise zone that temporarily lowers the
company's taxes and then collaborates with a local banker to get better financing. The plan also
involves a nearby vocational institution so Sanderson will have enough qualified workers.
These elements combine to provide a special package that persuades the corporation to open
an office in Waco [3]–[5].
These are all real accounts of how salespeople provide value by learning about their clients'
requirements and then developing strategies to satisfy those demands. Salespeople may modify
the product, as in the case of Sanderson Farms, or they can modify the way they present the
product to make it simpler for the customer to comprehend and choose the best option. Other
forms of marketing communication don't make it simple to change a message or product on the
fly. To be fair, some websites are built to change the content and items they show depending
on what a visitor seems to be interested in while browsing the site. But there is no actual
conversation taking place unless the website offers a "chat with a representative" option.
Salespeople who can converse well are better able to comprehend their clients' demands and
subsequently come up with beneficial solutions for them.
Also keep in mind that generating value entails making sales. The majority of the value that
salespeople provide to their companies is in the form of sales. Although they provide value in
other ways, the majority of it is determined by how much they sell for their company. However,
not every case calls for businesses to use salespeople as their outlets. The salesperson's skill is
not necessary for all purchases. Retail establishments and online sales can also become more
appealing due to the requirement to sell items for very little money. However, salespeople may
be the most effective way to approach clients in circumstances that call for adaptability,
customer education, and other value-adding activities.
DISCUSSION
Page | 172
Copyright2021@CIIR
Sales reps must choose which accounts they have the highest chance of gaining and which are
the most profitable since they have a limited amount of time. Once a salesperson has made the
decision to pursue a particular account, they develop and put into action a plan. If a sale is
made, they are also in charge of making sure the offering is delivered correctly and to the
customer's satisfaction. The idea of "customers for life" has previously been emphasised in this
book. Salespeople understand that attracting and keeping clients is what matters most in
business, not creating friends. Although customers often choose the items of salespeople they
like, liking someone is not sufficient. It is the responsibility of salespeople to complete the sale
with the client. They must also understand that the objective is to complete as many sales as
they can in the future, not just one.
Information Acquisition
Salespeople cross boundaries since they work both within and outside of the company. They
are therefore the first to find out what rivals are doing. Therefore, reporting to headquarters on
the new products and tactics of their rivals is a crucial task for them. Similar to this, salespeople
engage in direct communication with clients and learn a great deal about their requirements in
the process. The companies are then given the information by the salesmen, who utilise it to
develop new products, modify their present ones, and restructure their marketing strategies.
The challenge is conveying the information to the appropriate business decision-makers. Many
businesses utilise CRM tools like Aplicor or Salesforce.com to provide salespeople a way to
input client information and others a way to access it. The marketing division of a business, for
instance, may utilise such information to identify consumer categories to reach out to directly.
The information may be used to refine and develop marketing strategies as well as to better
understand the people who make purchasing choices. As a consequence, marketing decision-
makers may choose to target trade exhibitions where prospective customers are likely to be
present. In other words, marketing managers may get this information from a customer
database without having to explicitly ask salespeople what their clients' needs are [6]–[8]. With
the use of the computer programme Aplicor, salespeople may record and monitor account-
related data. Marketing managers may then utilise this data to create better marketing strategies
and products. Because they have access to more consumer data, the technology also helps
salespeople better manage their accounts.
Different Sales Roles
Salespeople may be divided into a variety of categories. They may be grouped according to the
types of clients they serve, such as whether they are consumers, other companies, or
governmental organisations. The size of a consumer is another method to group salespeople.
In this book, we shall classify salespeople according to their activity. There are four
fundamental categories of salespeople based on activities: prospectors, account managers, trade
salespeople, and missionary salespeople. The majority of professional sales roles entail
promoting to other companies, but many also promote to customers like you. We next go
through each category of salesperson.
Missionary Traders
When a missionary salesman contacts potential customers, even if they are calling on
individuals, the interaction is business to business. For instance, a pharmaceutical salesperson
may contact a doctor to provide the doctor clinical details on the efficacy of a medicine. The
medicine salesman hopes the doctor will write a prescription for it. The drug is really bought
by patients, not by physicians. Similar to this, sales representatives phone your lecturers and
urge them to use certain textbooks. However, the decision to actually purchase the books rests
with you, the student.
Page | 173
Copyright2021@CIIR
Additionally, some salesmen collaborate with "market influencers." Teradata, a firm that
creates data warehousing solutions, employs Mary Gros. Gros appeals to college professors
who can influence decision-makers' perceptions about the data warehouses they use, whether
by consulting for them, authoring research papers on the subject, or giving advice to students.
Gros also meets with analysts who write product evaluations in an attempt to influence what
they write about Teradata's solutions.
Commercial Salespeople
A trade salesman visits stores to assist with product display, consumer advertising, and sales.
A trade salesman is Eddy Patterson. For Stubb's Bar-B-Q, a business that produces barbecue
sauces, rubs, marinades, and other barbecue goods, Patterson calls on large grocery store chains
like HEB. To help Stubb's items sell more quickly, Patterson offers advice on how to price them
and where to position them in the shop. To produce powerful advertisements and flyers
promoting Stubb's goods, Patterson often collaborates with the advertising departments of his
customers.
Prospectors
A salesman whose main responsibility is finding prospects, or future clients, is known as a
prospector. The prospective consumers have a need, but for a variety of reasons, they are not
actively seeking for items to fill it. These reasons may be that they don't know where to look
for such things or that they just don't have the time. Prospectors often conduct several phone
calls and a lot of door-to-door knocking, a practise known as "cold calling" since it involves
speaking to prospective clients "cold". Although selling is their main responsibility, prospecting
is the activity that makes them successful. Many salesmen that deal with customers would be
regarded as prospectors, including those in the insurance or financial services industries as well
as those in the cosmetics industry working for companies like Avon or Mary Kay. In some B2B
scenarios, the prospector identifies a lead and then gives it to a different salesperson to clinch
the transaction. Or the prospector might proceed with the sale by guiding the prospect all the
way through it. Although making sales is the main duty, prospecting is the task that fuels a
salesperson's success.
Account Executives
Account managers are in charge of maintaining a customer's business after they have purchased
a product. A prospector may find a new client and then refer them to an account manager, or
new customers may be so uncommon that the account manager is solely in charge of finding
and terminating them. If you sold beds to hospitals, for instance, new hospital organisations
would be uncommon. Although a new hospital may be constructed, there is a significant
probability that it would replace an existing hospital or form part of an existing hospital
network, in which case the account would already be covered. Taylor Bergstrom, a current
account manager for the Texas Rangers baseball team, started his career as a sales
representative. He settles transactions with a value of several hundred thousand dollars. The
Texas Rangers baseball franchise hired Taylor Bergstrom, a Baylor University alumnus, as a
sales representative to start his career. In an attempt to sell customers fifteen-game packages or
other special ticket packages, Bergstrom spent a lot of time phoning those who had bought
single-game tickets. Bergstrom works for the club as an account manager right now. Whether
the Rangers win or lose, he works with season ticket holders to make sure they have a
wonderful experience over the course of a season. His sales objectives include moving season
ticket holders into more costly seats, locating referral prospects for new season ticket sales, and
offering special event packages, such party packages, to box seat holders. While the majority
of account managers work with corporations, others, like Bergstrom, work with private clients.
Page | 174
Copyright2021@CIIR
Account managers must also locate and establish connections with lead users. Lead users are
in an excellent position to assist in developing new or improved products for a business.
Account managers cultivate connections between these main users and both of their
organisations in order for the two businesses to collaborate on innovation. Relationships with
customers and sales tactics.
Relationships with Customers
Strong connections between buyers and sellers are something that certain parties are more
interested in than others. To a greater or lesser extent, though, all marketers are eager to forge
closer ties with significant clients. Why? Because even when the big client obtains bulk
discounts, servicing one large customer may often be more lucrative than serving multiple
smaller ones. Serving numerous small clients requires a lot of time and money since it requires
phoning each one, processing their purchases, and handling any complaints. Consider the
shipping procedure as an example. One trip may be used to deliver a significant cargo to a
single consumer. Delivering smaller cargoes to several consumers, however, may need
numerous more visits. Therefore, marketers seek for larger, more lucrative clientele. Large
clients that businesses desire to sell to include big box stores like Home Depot and Best Buy
because they hope to benefit more from the larger sales they can generate.
Additionally, marketers want closer ties with creative clients like lead users. Similar to this,
marketers look for clients who have prestige or are acknowledged as experts. For instance, Holt
Caterpillar, a Texas-based dealer of Caterpillar construction equipment, is renowned among
Caterpillar dealers for its ingenuity. Customers like Holt have an impact on others. When Holt
invests in or tries anything new and it succeeds, other Cat dealers don't waste time copying
him. Some businesses are contacting opinion leaders in an effort to forge better connections.
For instance, JCPenney connects with influencers who would promote its items through e-mail
and websites.
Maintaining connections with market influencers who aren't their consumers is another
responsibility for salespeople. Mary Gros at Teradata collaborates with instructors and
consultants to ensure that they are completely knowledgeable about Teradata's data
warehousing solutions, as was already discussed. Future decision-makers are influenced by
professors who teach data warehousing, while current decision-makers are influenced by
consultants and market analysts. Gros must thus continue to interact with both groups.
Relationships in Sales
Take a moment to reflect on your connections with friends and family. The majority of
relationships go along a scale of closeness or trust. You share more private information with a
friend or relative you trust more and your connection is better as a result. Salespeople and
clients have connections that might vary from acquaintance to closest friend, just as you do.
The Continuum of Relationships
Business connections may vary from transactional, or one-time transactions, to strategic
collaborations that are often compared to marriage, as this picture illustrates. Functional and
affiliative connections, which may resemble friendships, fall somewhere in the middle.
Transactional relationships are at one extreme of the scale; each sale is a discrete trade, and the
two parties to it have little to no interest in preserving a long-term connection. For instance,
you may not care whether the petrol comes from Exxon, Shell, or another corporation when
you fill up your automobile with petrol. You only want the lowest cost. You would just do
business with another organisation if one of these businesses failed.
Page | 175
Copyright2021@CIIR
Functional connections are short-term, continuing partnerships that arise when a customer
keeps buying from a seller out of habit as long as her requirements are being satisfied. You
could regularly fill up at a petrol station close to your home if the costs are reasonable, saving
you the trouble of looking about. You will be more likely to experience inconvenience if this
petrol station closes. MRO products, such the bolts and nuts required to fix industrial
equipment, are often offered based on functional connections. There are slight variations in the
items' prices, qualities, and services. The buyer lowers his expenses by staying with the
effective goods.
When trust is a problem and the buyer requires a large level of knowledge from the seller,
affiliate selling partnerships are more likely to develop. The individuals in this market sector
trust Ted Schulte's judgement since they depend on him to guide them in making wise choices
on behalf of patients, according to Schulte. They are aware that Schulte wouldn't do any actions
that may endanger their connection. In a strategic partnership, both the buyer and the seller
invest time and resources to increase "the pie" for both sides. This degree of dedication is often
compared to marriage. For instance, GE produces the engines that Boeing utilises in its line of
commercial aircraft. Both businesses collaborate to enhance engine technology since it
provides them both a competitive advantage. GE sells one or more engines every time Boeing
sells an aircraft. More sales for both GE and Boeing may result from an engine that is quicker
or more fuel-efficient. As a consequence, the engineers and other staff members from both
businesses maintain a tight working connection. Returning to the value equation, the buyer
determines the value acquired after each transaction in a transactional relationship. Value
computations become less transaction-oriented and less frequent as the connection becomes
stronger. There will be instances when the buyer or the seller takes part in activities that are not
specifically linked to the transaction but that strengthen the connection. For instance, a GE
engineer may spend time training Boeing engineers on a new technology. Although no
particular transaction may be affected, providing additional value strengthens the connection
[9]–[11].
CONCLUSION
The difficulties and moral issues involved with commercial marketing. It discusses the market's
fierce competition, the need of adapting to changing consumer tastes, and the significance of
maintaining honesty and integrity in sales practises. Building long-term customer connections
and maintaining corporate success include ethical concerns including protecting consumer
privacy, abiding by industry standards, and avoiding misleading sales methods. Commercial
selling, which includes a variety of methods, techniques, and ethical issues, is a crucial
component of corporate operations. Businesses may increase sales and achieve long-term
profitability through comprehending consumer demands, cultivating trusting connections, and
using successful sales techniques. The efficacy of commercial selling is further increased
through technological adaptation and moral behaviour, allowing companies to prosper in
today's cutthroat economy.
REFERENCES:
[1] M. Dimopoulou, V. Offiah, K. Falade, A. M. Smith, V. Kontogiorgos, and A. Angelis-
Dimakis, “Techno-economic assessment of polysaccharide extraction from baobab: A
scale up analysis,” Sustain., 2021, doi: 10.3390/su13179915.
[2] C. Reali, “‘Guided by Commercial Motives’: Selling Songwriting,” J. Music Entertain.
Ind. Educ. Assoc., 2018, doi: 10.25101/18.1.
[3] E. Y. ha Tsang, “Selling Sex as an Edgework: Risk Taking and Thrills in China’s
Page | 176
Copyright2021@CIIR
Commercial Sex Industry,” Int. J. Offender Ther. Comp. Criminol., 2019, doi:
10.1177/0306624x18818925.
[4] R. J. Kornegay, “Is Commercial Surrogacy Baby‐Selling?,” J. Appl. Philos., 1990, Doi:
10.1111/J.1468-5930.1990.tb00252.x.
[5] S. VanCour, “Selling Sounds: The Commercial Revolution in American Music by David
Suisman,” Technol. Cult., 2014, doi: 10.1353/tech.2014.0086.
[6] D. Kunkel, “Children and Host-Selling Television Commercials,” Communic. Res.,
1988, doi: 10.1177/009365088015001004.
[7] G. K. Veluswamy, K. Shah, A. S. Ball, A. J. Guwy, and R. M. Dinsdale, “A techno-
economic case for volatile fatty acid production for increased sustainability in the
wastewater treatment industry,” Environ. Sci. Water Res. Technol., 2021, doi:
10.1039/d0ew00853b.
[8] M. C. MACKLIN, “Do Young Children Understand the Selling Intent of
Commercials?,” J. Consum. Aff., 1985, doi: 10.1111/j.1745-6606.1985.tb00357.x.
[9] C. M. Guerrero-López, M. Molina, and M. A. Colchero, “Employment changes
associated with the introduction of taxes on sugar-sweetened beverages and nonessential
energy-dense food in Mexico,” Prev. Med. (Baltim)., 2017, doi:
10.1016/j.ypmed.2017.09.001.
[10] G. Abel, “‘You’re selling a brand’: Marketing commercial sex online,” Sexualities, 2021,
doi: 10.1177/13634607211056189.
[11] B. Hay, “Commercial Nationalism and Tourism: Selling the National Story,” Journal of
Tourism Futures. 2018. doi: 10.1108/JTF-11-2017-0049.
Page | 177
Copyright2021@CIIR

Exploring Selling Strategies to Successfully

Convince and Influence Prospective
Consumers
Ms. Anandasrinivasan Deviprabha
Email Id-deviprabha@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Sales professionals use selling strategies to successfully convince and influence prospective
consumers to make purchasing choices. This abstract examines several selling strategies, how
they are used, and how they affect the success of sales. The first point in the abstract emphasises
how crucial it is to know your customers' wants and requirements in order to sell effectively. It
emphasises the need of attentive listening, perceptive questioning, and in-depth research to
identify client pain spots and personalise solutions appropriately. The concept also explores the
craft of developing rapport and trust with prospective clients. It addresses how to connect with
people and develop a pleasant customer experience by using relationship-building strategies
including empathy, sincerity, and effective communication. Building long-lasting consumer
connections and obtaining recurring business need trust. The abstract also examines sales-
related persuasive strategies. It talks about how to appeal to clients' emotions and reason by
using narrative, social proof, and persuasive language. To persuade clients to make a purchase,
one must be able to clearly express the special value proposition of a product or service and
answer their concerns.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Prospective Consumers, Market, Product, Selling Strategies.
INTRODUCTION
Depending on the kind of connection the customer and seller already have or desire to develop,
a salesperson's selling techniques will vary. Script-based selling, needs-satisfaction selling,
consultative selling, and strategic partnership are the four main types of selling techniques.
Selling Based on Scripts
When using a script-based selling method, salespeople memorise and recite sales proposals
verbatim. Canned selling is another name for script-based selling. Back in the late 1880s, firms
started using professional salesmen to promote their goods, thus the phrase "canned"; this is
because the sales presentation is standardised, or "straight out of a can." Businesses like
National Cash Register realised that certain salespeople were far more successful than others,
so they invited such salespeople into the corporate headquarters and had them deliver sales
Page | 178
Copyright2021@CIIR
presentations. Each presentation was recorded by a stenographer, and the NCR sales executives
then integrated the pitches into a single, powerful script. One of the earliest sales schools in
history was established by the business in 1894, teaching individuals how to sell using the
scripts that NCR had created [1]–[3].
Script-based selling is effective when client wants are consistent. A script may provide a
salesman a polished and expert explanation of how a product satisfies each of their demands
even if they don't. Following a few inquiries to ascertain the customer's needs, the salesman
then offers the specifics specified in the script to address those needs. Using a script also
guarantees that the salesman covers all pertinent product information.
Selling for Needs-Satisfaction
requirements-satisfaction selling is the practise of gathering information about a customer's
issues and requirements in order to design a sales proposal to address those demands. When
clients' wants vary but the things being supplied are pretty consistent, this kind of selling
performs well. For instance, you may arrive to a car dealership with a list of requirements for
a new car. The identical car could be bought by another person, but for a completely different
set of factors. Perhaps this individual is more concerned with the fuel economy or the size of
the trailer the car can pull, whilst you are more concerned with the design of the car and how
much legroom and headroom it has. Your demands would be ascertained by a few inquiries
from the salesman, who would then provide you with the ideal car while emphasising the
features that best suit your needs. The talk would not bring up the vehicle's fuel economy or
towing capabilities.
Selling Consultation
Needs-satisfaction selling and consultative selling often seem to be the same to students. The
ability to develop a customised solution is the main distinction between the two. In consultative
selling, the seller employs specialised knowledge to tackle a challenging issue and provide a
solution that is partly customised. For instance, TAC is a business that develops specialised
solutions to increase the energy efficiency of commercial and industrial buildings. To develop
a solution, TAC salesmen collaborate with engineers and other technical specialists as well as
their clients over the course of a year or more.
Partner-Based Strategic Selling
Selling strategy becomes more complex than even consultative selling as the buyer and seller's
relationship progresses towards a strategic partnership. In strategic-partner selling, both parties
contribute resources and pool their knowledge to develop solutions that help both parties'
companies thrive. For instance, Schulte presents himself to the cardiologists with whom he
collaborates as a strategic partner. He makes an effort to earn the confidence of the team
providing patient care.
Selecting the Appropriate Sales Strategy for the Type of Relationship and Selling Stage
The relationship kinds and sales plan types we mentioned don't always line up exactly as we
have explained. At certain points in time, other approaches could be more suitable. Script-based
selling, for instance, may be used to other kinds of sales interactions as well, such as affiliative-
selling connections, even though it is often utilised in transactional sales relationships. A script
is helpful for tasks like doing new product demonstrations in an affiliate sales role. Similarly,
consultative selling and strategic partner selling partnerships may be characterised by the
employment of the same questioning tactics employed in needs-satisfaction selling. Once
Page | 179
Copyright2021@CIIR
again, it relies on the buyer's preferences and the details they want in order to make an informed
choice.
The approach is the first step in the conventional sales process, while customer service is the
last. Other phases, such the needs-identification, presentation, and closure stages, exist in
between. In the method, the salesman tries to attract the potential client's interest and attention
for long enough to continue the sales call. Introductions are required if it is a first-time call. To
demonstrate that the time will be valuable, a benefit that could be applied to just about any
consumer may also be provided.
The Ordinary Sales Procedure
The approach is the first step in a conventional sales process, which includes multiple steps
until the closure. Good salesmen go above and above to ensure that the consumer receives the
product, utilises it correctly, and is satisfied with it.
The salesperson next enters a section where needs are identified with the buyer's consent.
Numerous inquiries are made in complicated circumstances, perhaps over the course of
numerous sales calls. In less complicated circumstances, demands may not differ across
consumers, making a pre-made presentation more plausible. Then, when solutions are
provided, requirements are just stated rather than being identified. The product is then
presented in a way that demonstrates how it meets the requirements stated earlier. FEBAs are
a kind of statement that may be used to provide solutions. Features, Evidence, Benefits, and
Agreement are abbreviated as FEBA. "This camera has an automatic zoom," the salesman
allegedly said. You can see how the camera zooms in and out on the stuff it views by watching
the viewfinder as I move the camera. You told me you intended to take pictures of Junior's
basketball games at important times, and this zoom will help you do that.
Keep in mind that the advantage was connected to a consideration raised by the client. Only
when something satisfies a need can it be said to provide a benefit. If the consumer didn't wish
to capture images of both close-up and distant subjects, the automatic zoom would be of little
use. Objections, which the buyer may make at any moment, are objections or justifications for
not continuing. A potential customer can protest to your approach by arguing that you don't
have enough time to make a sales call or that you don't need anything right now. Or a customer
can decide during the presentation that they don't like a certain feature. For instance, the
purchaser can discover that the camera focuses on the incorrect object due to the automatic
zoom. To determine if an objection is based on misunderstanding or a secret need, salespeople
should question the customer. A superior zoom is available, but it could be beyond of the
buyer's price range, for example. Further explanation might be necessary to allay the buyer's
concerns, or there might need to be a trade-off [4], [5].
The salesman should make the sale request once all objections have been addressed to the
buyer's satisfaction. The closing is the process of requesting the sale. The close may include
asking for the next meeting or requesting some other action in complicated selling scenarios
that need several sales calls. Delivering the products and ensuring client satisfaction are the
following steps when the closing includes a real transaction. Regardless of the marketing
method used, the sales process is often the same. However, the stage that is being emphasised
will have an impact on the first approach choice. For instance, the salesperson and the customer
may invest more time in the requirements identification step if the issue is novel and calls for
a tailored solution. As a result, a needs-satisfaction or consultation method is probably used.
On the other hand, if the client's demands are already obvious, the presentation stage is perhaps
more crucial. In this situation, the salesperson could use a script-based selling method, which
Page | 180
Copyright2021@CIIR
puts more emphasis on outlining a product's advantages than it does on asking the consumer
questions.
DISCUSSION
The Sales Process
The sales cycle is a crucial factor in determining how good salespeople are. The length of the
sales cycle, or the time it takes to consummate a deal, may be expressed in terms of stages,
days, or months. Because not all the individuals and businesses a salesperson interacts to will
end up as customers, as "The Sales Cycle" demonstrates, the sales cycle is shown as a funnel.
In actuality, the majority won't. Leads are the first step in the sales cycle, some of which develop
into suspicions. Some suspicions turn into customers, and some customers turn into prospects.
A lead, which is nothing more than the contact information of someone who could be interested
in the salesperson's goods, marks the beginning of the cycle. The salesperson may call or visit
the person mentioned in the lead to follow up on it. The approach denotes the start of the sales
process. The salesman introduces the customer to both himself or herself and the organisation
as they approach. The salesperson advances to the next stage of the sale if the customer
expresses interest.
A suspect is a person or group that is interested in an offer but it is still too early to know what
or if they will purchase. They have agreed to meet with the salesperson and may hear the sales
pitch or take part in a requirements assessment procedure. The salesman tries to qualify the
account as a prospect during the needs-identification phase. Asking questions to assess if a
buyer is likely to become a customer is the process of qualifying a prospect. A prospect is
someone who has the resources, permissions, requirements, and free time to make a purchase.
In other words, the buyer wants the kind of goods the salesman is pitching and is planning to
acquire it soon. The buyer also has the money to make the purchase and the legal right to do so
[6]–[8].
The sales cycle is finished after the transaction is closed. The customer is regarded as one of
the salesperson's "accounts" if the connection between the firm and the buyer will continue.
The buyer moved down the funnel by making a choice at each stage of the cycle, as can be
seen. She made the decision to think about what the salesman was promoting and developed
into a suspect. She made a purchase after that and turned into a potential. Finally, she made the
choice to purchase the salesperson's offering, turning into a client.
Metrics Salespeople Use
As you are aware, the primary metric, or measure, used to assess salespeople is the amount of
money they bring in. It can often determine if a salesperson is targeting the most profitable
clients by measuring the average revenue earned per customer and the average revenue
generated each sales call. Two more metrics are the number of suspects and prospects a
salesperson has in their pipeline. A salesman is more likely to make money the more
prospective customers there are in the pipeline.
A very crucial measure is conversion ratios. The effectiveness of a salesperson in advancing
clients from one stage of the selling cycle to the next is gauged by conversion ratios. How many
leads did the salesman convert to suspects, for instance? A 10:1 ratio indicates that the salesman
needed ten leads in order to find one suspect who was willing to go to the next stage. With a
5:1 ratio, a salesman only has to follow up on five leads before finding a suspect. Therefore,
the salesperson with the 5:1 ratio will have created two suspicions vs only one suspect for the
Page | 181
Copyright2021@CIIR
other salesperson if the representative can only make ten sales calls in a day. As a consequence,
by the end of the day, the second rep will have more suspects in his or her pipeline.
Comparably, how many suspects did the salesman turn into prospects before turning them into
clients? The sales representative with the 5:1 ratio will close twice as many sales as the one
with the 10:1 ratio if all the other conversion rates for the two salespeople are the same. In
order to determine which phases of the sales cycle they need to focus on, salespeople might
monitor their conversion rates. To increase his productivity and revenue, for instance, the sales
representative with a 10:1 ratio may observe what the rep with a 5:1 ratio is doing. His
conversion percentages also inform him how many calls he has to make to close a transaction
and how many calls he needs to make to convert leads, suspects, and prospects.
Activity targets specify how many of each sort of sales call a representative must make in a
certain amount of time. The article "How Activities and Conversions Drive Sales" demonstrates
how these factors influence sales. More calls result in more conversions, which in turn result
in more sales. It may be compared to a domino effect. An "after the battle" evaluation of a
salesperson's performance in relation to the challenges she encountered is called a win-loss
analysis. After the buyer has made a purchase, every sales opportunity is reviewed to ascertain
what went well and what didn't. A win-loss analysis may be especially useful when numerous
experts are engaged in the selling process since it enables the sales team to collaborate more
successfully in the future. Each member of the sales team may evaluate the process for
improvement, much like a squad viewing a movie after a football game. The study may aid a
business in producing better goods when the findings are conveyed to management. During a
win-loss analysis, a marketing manager who pays close attention to what salespeople say may
create more effective advertising and marketing strategies. All of a company's sales personnel
may benefit from a shorter sales cycle by delivering the same message to the whole market.
How Engagement and Conversions Influence Sales
Conversions are fueled by activities or other kinds of sales calls, which subsequently fuel sales.
The amount of money a salesperson will earn is another crucial statistic they utilise. The
majority of salespeople get incentive compensation in the form of a bonus or commission,
which is based on how much business they generate. A commission is often seen as a payment
for each sale, while a bonus is given at the end of a period of time depending on the overall
amount sold. The success of the business, the salesman as an individual, or the salesperson's
team may all be factors in incentive plans. While some salesmen are exclusively paid on
commission, the majority get a salary along with a commission or incentive.
Short sales cycles and transactional rather than relationship-focused selling tactics make
commissions more prevalent. Financial services might be an exception. While many financial
services salespeople are compensated with commissions, they are also expected to develop
enduring relationships with customers. Some salesmen simply get salaries. These salesmen, as
could be imagined, promote very expensive goods with protracted sales cycles. If they received
solely commission payments, they would be hungry before a transaction was made. If they earn
a commission, it could just make up a minor portion of their entire salary, or they might receive
a bonus as an incentive.
Metrics Sales Managers Use
The sales manager is interested in other indicators in addition to those the salesperson is. The
sales manager may assess salespeople, give them promotions, or identify areas where they need
further training by using the indicators we outlined previously. Sales managers often utilise
these analytics to guide more general choices. Perhaps there is a point of the sales process when
Page | 182
Copyright2021@CIIR
everyone requires training, or perhaps the leads produced by marketing are ineffective and new
marketing strategies are required. Aggregate sales cycle analytics may be highly helpful for
making wise management choices.
Sales managers often consider other metrics, such as market share, which indicates the
proportion of the market that purchases from their company as opposed to their rivals; sales by
product or by client type; and sales per salesperson. Sales by product or by product line may
provide the sales executive information into whether a product should be sold or requires more
investment, particularly when studied over time. If a product line's sales are falling but its
market share is remaining stable, the market as a whole is contracting. A contracting market
may indicate that the company has to explore new opportunities or create new products.
Another factor that sales managers consider is time. Does the business have a severe,
continuous issue or are its revenues decreasing because of a temporary seasonal downturn that
will pass? Additionally, sales leaders are continually worried about how the company's sales
are doing in comparison to what was anticipated for them. Forecasts become sales quotas, or
minimal standards of performance in terms of sales for each salesperson. Forecasts often result
in orders for raw materials and component components, changes in inventories, and other
financial outlays. If the projection is drastically wrong, money is wasted either because the firm
ran out of items or because excessive amounts of money were spent on stocking up on unsold
inventory.
You can see a sample of the data a sales manager would examine in "An Example of the Sales
Data Sales Managers Utilise". As you can see, the majority of sales teams are meeting or
exceeding quota. What about the Midwest, though? Selling 7 percent more is positive, but a
wise manager would inquire as to why sales fell more than $200,000 short. Inventory may be
adjusted to compensate for the Southeast's shortage, but shipping from the facility to Atlanta
and subsequently Chicago will cost more. Accurate projections would have first placed the
commodity in the Chicago warehouse serving the Midwest. Managers may assess sales
performance in relation to projected sales, or quota, using tables like the one above. A manager
would feel the same way about Jerry's low sales. The area as a whole fell short of quota due to
the performance of that one salesman. Jerry's failure to sell, or did something happen in the
region, cause the shortfall? The manager would be more concerned if Jerry lost a significant
account or had a history of not meeting quota than if a storm made landfall in the Carolinas or
if he had a health issue.
However, sales executives don't only concentrate on sales. They also emphasise the price.
Why? since a lot of sales executives are responsible for both the profitability and sales volumes
of their companies. Of course, money must be spent to sell products: If the company spends
too little, the sales force won't be able to function well. The amount and quality of leads
salespeople get may decrease, which might affect their sales, if, for instance, the funding
allocated for attending trade events is reduced. However, if the company overspends on trade
fairs, the cost per lead produced rises without really improving the efficiency of the sales team.
Perhaps the "additional" leads need too much time to follow up on or are duplicates. Another
crucial statistic is customer satisfaction. Both salespeople and their managers want happy
clients. Customers who are unsatisfied not only cease purchasing a company's goods, but they
also often complain to friends and family members about their poor shopping experiences.
Sometimes they even go so far as to post negative product reviews or blogs on websites like
Epinions.com. According to several studies, average customer satisfaction ratings are not as
significant as the quantity of complaints a business receives. Maybe it's because dissatisfied
consumers spread unfavourable rumours.
Page | 183
Copyright2021@CIIR
Surveys are used by businesses to gauge customer satisfaction levels in addition to recording
complaints. On a scale of 1 to 5, a score of 3 might indicate one of two things. The rating of
3.0 may indicate that, on the whole, people are content with the firm. Or the rating may indicate
that half of the customers were ecstatic and awarded the business a 5, while the other half were
deeply dissatisfied and gave the business a 1. If the latter is the case, then 50 percent of the
company's customers are preventing many others from making purchases by complaining to
their friends. organisations may sometimes use organisations like Tele Sight, which can
monitor customer satisfaction levels across an entire industry. The sales representative may
follow the company's customer satisfaction ratings using a service like this, as well as evaluate
how they stack up against the ratings of the whole industry.
A fundamental unit of measurement used to determine how long it takes to consummate a deal
is the sales cycle. Each step of the sales cycle is examined by salespeople in order to pinpoint
particular areas that need to be improved. A salesman may make more money with the same
amount of work if they can reduce the sales cycle. In order to determine which phases of the
sales cycle they need to focus on, salespeople also monitor their conversion rates. The same
KPIs that salespeople measure individually are also tracked at the aggregate level by sales
management. For instance, if many salespeople are having trouble with one step of the sales
cycle, more training, marketing efforts, or a new approach may be required. revenues leaders
may identify potential trends by comparing their company's revenues to their estimates. Many
of the other choices that a company's management must make are influenced by its sales
patterns, including those on output and manufacturing. Sales managers must also control the
selling expenses for their business. Sales and profit levels within a company are often under
the control of sales managers.
Sales and Sales Management Ethics
Which profession would exaggerate more during a job interview: academics, politicians,
preachers, or salespeople? Surprisingly, academics, legislators, and preachers were more
inclined to exaggerate their talents and abilities than marketers were, according to one research.
According to different research, while working in an unethical environment, the top salesmen
were more inclined to quit, but less successful salespeople were more ready to stick around and
participate in unethical activities. Many individuals are surprised by this research, but only
those who aren't in sales.
Common Moral Problems Salespeople Face
What are the most prevalent moral dilemmas that salesmen face? In many of the most typical
scenarios you could run across as a salesman, there are problems like the following:
1. A client who also happens to be a client of yours requests information on one of their rivals.
2. Choosing the budget for Christmas presents for your consumers
3. A customer requesting something unique that you might easily supply but shouldn't deliver
4. Picking a beautiful day to go golfing since nobody knows whether you are truly at work or
not.
The information about a customer's business is their property in the first case. Although the
salesman may possess such information, such as how many cases of the product they buy or
who their clients are, they do not have the authority to divulge it to the client's rival. Because
the seller will need access to sensitive personal data about the buyer in order to provide for the
buyer, the buyer will often request that the seller sign a nondisclosure agreement. Courts are
Page | 184
Copyright2021@CIIR
likely to concur with the buyer that the seller has a duty to safeguard the buyer's information
even in the absence of a nondisclosure agreement. Concern in the second situation is whether
the present is so lavish as to be seen as a bribe. Some businesses, like IBM and Walmart, forbid
customers from accepting even a complimentary cup of coffee from vendors. Because they
want every vendor to have free access to sales opportunities and win the business on their
merits, not their freebies, these firms forbid their customers from receiving promotional
products like pens or coffee cups with the seller's logo on them. Buyers would doubt the
intentions of a salesman who gave an excessively big gift. The majority of salespeople agree
that extravagant entertainment and gifts are losing their importance in business because
decision-makers would rather get a better deal than be amused. Decision-makers are aware that
these expenses increase the cost of conducting business.
The third problem is challenging for salesmen because it involves two things: perhaps breaking
corporate rules and giving one client an unfair edge. Customers may not be aware that their
unusual requests, even if fair and not against business policy, might throw the salesperson into
problems. In such case, the salesperson shouldn't carry out the request, albeit it could be prudent
to inquire about changing the policy. The second aspect, however, is a little trickier since the
request can be illegal and unjust to other consumers. No law is breached as long as the particular
request may be granted to everyone who requests it. What happens if the unique requirement
is for a discount? If such a discount is not made accessible to those who inquire, pricing
discrimination rules may apply. What happens if the request is legitimate but other clients learn
about it and get irate because they weren't given the same benefit? The salesman can then
develop a reputation for being unreliable. The last concern is if the salesman is stealing time
and effort from the business. Some contend that a salesman who is paid only on commission is
not robbing the business of anything, while others counter that even in that situation, the
business is losing out on potential sales that might be made if the salesperson were actively
working.
Salespeople also deal with other problems than these. In the United States, two fundamental
business concepts are that everyone should have an equal chance to succeed in company and
that the consumer should always have the power of choice. A buyer's capacity or chance to
make a decision is unjustly diminished or eliminated via manipulation, a kind of unethical sales
behaviour. Contrarily, persuasion may have an impact on a customer's choice, but that choice
still belongs to the customer. Misrepresentation, or saying a product accomplishes something
it doesn't, is one kind of manipulation. Other examples include concealing crucial information,
using hard-sell techniques, and utilising other unethical sales techniques. However, as was
already noted, salesmen often have high moral standards. The employment of deceptive sales
techniques is really rather uncommon.
Company Protections
Since they often operate in the field, salespeople are not constantly supervised. Since no
supervisor is able to see or hear everything, even inside salesmen may be able to get away with
unethical behaviour. So how can businesses oversee moral behaviour? The first step is to create
rules that outline what is acceptable and what is not based on the company's goal and values.
Good ethical policies explain the underlying ideas as well as the acceptable and unacceptable
behaviours. Salespeople and sales managers will be better equipped to react responsibly if the
concepts and values that underpin the rules are explained. Not all ethical problems can be
included in a policy. Ethics guidelines or codes of conduct may be rather extensive. For
instance, Shell's ethical statement is a book that is almost twenty pages long! These not only
specify how salespeople should deal with consumers, but they also go into depth about how
staff members need to deal with one another and how suppliers are to be handled.
Page | 185
Copyright2021@CIIR
Training all salespeople and sales managers on the policy is a smart second step. One
justification for such training is to ensure better adherence to and execution of the policy, but
another is to safeguard the business in the event that a salesperson engages in unethical or
criminal activities. The Federal Sentencing Guidelines, which were first created in 1987 and
later revised in 2007, outline what happens to businesses when workers violate ethical
standards. If anybody brings a lawsuit against the firm, companies who have strong rules and
educate all workers on them may legitimately argue under the FSG that any unethical employee
was operating independently and against corporate policy. When such allegations are made, the
corporation may utilise strong procedures and personnel training as a defence and not be held
accountable. However, training by itself falls short. The business must also have mechanisms
in place that allow for enforcement of the policy. For instance, a business should establish a
method for reporting unethical behaviour that safeguards the reporter. Many businesses feature
anonymous message boxes where staff members may report unethical behaviour. A comparable
and widespread practise is to establish an ethical office with the responsibility of looking into
any complaints. In order to guarantee that misbehaviour may be discovered, the FSG mandates
that businesses likewise establish internal auditing processes, the FSG, the rules, and the codes
of ethics apply to all workers. These weren't merely produced as a result of salesmen. Marketers
have struggled with the morality of statements made in advertisements, while supply chain
managers have struggled with how to treat suppliers morally. Managers have difficulties in
fostering a professional work environment and ensuring equal opportunities in every
department of the company [9]–[11].
CONCLUSION
The function of negotiating strategies in the selling process is also covered in the abstract. It
examines the tactics used by salespeople to bargain well, including looking for win-win results,
emphasising value rather than price, and coming up with cooperative solutions. In order to
effectively finish negotiations and create agreements that satisfy all parties, negotiation skills
are crucial. In conclusion, selling methods include a variety of abilities and tactics used by
salespeople to influence customers' purchasing choices. Sales professionals can increase their
sales effectiveness and contribute to the success of their organisations by comprehending
customer needs, developing rapport and trust, using persuasive language and techniques,
making effective presentations, using negotiation skills, and nurturing customer relationships.
It is crucial to continuously create and improve these marketing strategies in order to adjust to
shifting consumer preferences and shifting market conditions.
REFERENCES:
[1] B. Venkatesh, “A Study on the Innovative Sales Techniques,” Adv. Manag., 2013.
[2] W. L. Cron, S. Alavi, J. Habel, J. Wieseke, and H. Ryari, “No conversion, no
conversation: consequences of retail salespeople disengaging from unpromising
prospects,” J. Acad. Mark. Sci., 2021, doi: 10.1007/s11747-020-00763-x.
[3] J. Xu, M. van der Borgh, E. J. Nijssen, and S. K. Lam, “Why Salespeople Avoid Big-
Whale Sales Opportunities,” J. Mark., 2021, doi: 10.1177/00222429211037336.
[4] R. Gage, “Direct Selling Success,” Direct Sell. Success, 2020.
[5] R. D’Andrea, “Executing profitable sales negotiations: Selling value, not price,” Ind.
Commer. Train., 2005, doi: 10.1108/00197850510576448.
[6] R. A. Cornelius, “Strategies for Residential Real Estate Professionals to Mitigate
Declining Sales,” ProQuest Diss. Theses, 2018.
Page | 186
Copyright2021@CIIR
[7] S. Mukhopadhyay, S. Pingali, and A. Satyam, Selling IT: The science of selling, buying,
and deal-making. 2021. doi: 10.4324/9781003155270.
[8] K. M. Lenk, T. L. Toomey, D. J. Erickson, G. R. Kilian, T. F. Nelson, and L. E. A. Fabian,
“Alcohol control policies and practices at professional sports stadiums,” Public Health
Reports. 2010. doi: 10.1177/003335491012500508.
[9] A. El Bayaa, R. Goedegebuure, and S. Jones, “Drivers for the adoption of relationship
selling behaviors among B2B sales staff in the GCC,” Innov. Mark., 2009.
[10] D. A. Reid and R. E. Plank, Fundamentals of Business Marketing Research. 2020. doi:
10.4324/9781003063834.
[11] P. Titlebaum, H. Lawrence, C. Moberg, and C. Ramos, “Fortune 100 Companies: Insight
into Premium Seating Ownership,” Sport Mark. Q., 2013.
Page | 187
Copyright2021@CIIR

Major Problems Faced by Sales Managers: An

Analysis
Mr. Anil Gowda
Associate Professor, Masters in Business Administration,
Email Id-anilbgowda@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
The difficulties that sales managers must overcome in their positions have a direct bearing on
the performance of their teams and the whole company. The main issues that sales managers
often deal with are examined in this abstract along with insights on possible fixes. The
introduction of the abstract emphasises how dynamic and intricate the sales environment is.
Market turbulence, shifting consumer preferences, and shifting competition environments must
all be managed by sales managers. Their task is to ensure that their sales teams are effectively
executing their sales strategies while also coordinating them with organisational goals and
objectives. The concept also explores the challenges that come with managing a sales staff.
Sales managers are in charge of bringing in and keeping top talent, inspiring and teaching their
teams, and establishing a winning and productive sales culture. Sales managers may find it
challenging to strike a balance between team cohesiveness and cooperation and individual
performance objectives. Additionally, the abstract investigates the problem of productivity and
efficiency of sales forces. Sales managers must streamline procedures, use technology and
automation solutions, and provide pertinent sales enablement materials in order to maximise
the productivity of their staff. Sales executives must take a proactive approach to management
in order to overcome productivity roadblocks such administrative responsibilities, poor
communication, and a lack of enthusiasm.
KEYWORDS:
Business, Company, Consumer Preferences, Product, Sales Managers.
INTRODUCTION
All managers have difficulties in leading their teams of salespeople. These include making sure
that hiring, pay, and other management practises are not discriminatory; that sexual harassment
has no place in the workplace; and that workers are treated with respect and dignity. However,
there may be further difficulties. For instance, when clients are present, salesmen must be in
front of them. We previously spoke about how a salesperson's performance might be impacted
by the quantity of calls made. One sales manager recently reported a client who said he didn't
want Muslims phoning. Another sales manager said that when she and her salesman sat down
with a customer, the customer's computer display was showing pornography. Are the accounts
given to new salespeople by those sales managers? Otherwise, do they "fire" the client? The
salesperson would forfeit commission in the event that the client was terminated. However, in
Page | 188
Copyright2021@CIIR
both cases the management claimed to have dismissed the client, a move that both salesmen
approved of after receiving assurances that the loss of the transaction wouldn't be used against
them. The commission loss was justified [1], [2].
Several regulations that apply in other aspects of marketing also apply in sales but are more
apparent in sales. The Uniform Commercial Code, for instance, specifies whether a transaction
qualifies as a sale. Typically, a sale occurs when the goods is delivered to the customer and
accepted. In most cases, unless the order is approved, the consumer may cancel it without
incurring any fees. Sales managers must be aware of these regulations in order to prevent
developing potentially unlawful practises. Sales managers may also be impacted by rules
governing recruiting procedures, workplace safety, and other issues. The Federal Corrupt
Practises Act which forbids bribery and other actions that could be socially acceptable overseas
but are forbidden in the United States comes into play in cases involving international
transactions. Sales managers should establish tight working ties with the human resources
division for these reasons. These experts are tasked with keeping up with legal developments
that affect management practise, working with the legal department.
Bringing Sales and Marketing Together
Sales and marketing traditionally don't get along since they're like oil and water. Among the
best paid personnel in an organisation are often salespeople. Five of the top seven paid workers
of Moore-Wallace, a large national printer, are salesmen, with the CEO and CFO rounding out
the top seven. Jealousy may occur as a consequence. Tom Leigh, a professor at the University
of Georgia, was providing advice to a company when he asked salesmen to define marketing.
One salesman said that the marketing division was a money-sucking black hole that produced
no output. A marketing manager at the same business characterised salesmen as egotistical
glad-handers who often erred on the side of morality. Unfortunately, far too many organisations
still hold these beliefs.
How Marketing Affects Sales
Sales and marketing teams in a company may function successfully together. We'll start by
concentrating on how marketing managers assist salespeople [3], [4]. The sales cycle is
shortened by marketing. Marketing activities for a business could include planning material,
attending trade events, and developing advertising and promotional campaigns. Salespeople
utilise printed or digital collateral to promote their message. Brochures, position papers, case
studies, clinical studies, market research, and other written materials may be included.
Salespeople provide evidence to back up their assertions. A clinical trial would be more reliable
than a drug rep's claim that a medicine works more quickly than other treatments. If such a
research was conducted, the medication manufacturer's marketing division would create a
pamphlet to distribute to physicians that emphasised the results.
In the past, businesses have employed their marketing departments to use advertising to raise
awareness of their products and brands. For salesmen, brand recognition opens doors. Few
entrepreneurs wait for a salesman to stop by at their workplaces. They are too occupied to
entertain every incoming salesman! However, when a salesman from a well-known firm does
stop by, the businessperson is far more likely to be polite and listen, even if just briefly, to see
if there is any point in extending the discussion. Salespeople are assisted by marketing
specialists who handle leads for them. In order to develop new business, lead management is
the process of locating and certifying leads. Information systems known as closed-loop lead
management systems may monitor leads from the time the marketer first recognises them until
they are closed. The approach is described in "How a Closed-Loop Management System
Page | 189
Copyright2021@CIIR
Works," which also demonstrates how marketing teams utilise the data to assess which of their
initiatives are bringing in the most revenue for their organisations.
The Operation of a Closed-Loop Management System
Because marketing managers can discover which marketing initiatives reduce sales cycles and
increase sales, a closed-loop lead management system may help them make smarter investment
choices. Unfortunately, such a structure is lacking in many businesses. Therefore, in many
circumstances, leads are identified by marketing staff, sent to sales reps, and that is the last they
hear from them. Did the lead finally result in a sale and was it a good lead? Was the cost of
visiting the trade event that generated the lead worthwhile? These businesses are ignorant.
Closing the loop helps marketers understand what strategies are effective and which ones are
not. Ram Ramamurthy works as a marketer for Sri-IIST, a business with a closed-loop lead
management system. At a yearly industry trade conference in Las Vegas, Ramamurthy met
prospective client Frank Zapata and offered him a demonstration of his business's new software
application, DG Vault. Curtis Hamm, the Sri-IIST salesman in charge of Zapata's account,
understood that Zapata had previously viewed the product when he followed up on the lead.
Because of the meeting at the trade show, at least two stages in the sales cycle were eliminated,
and Hamm only needed to ask Zapata to gather all the appropriate personnel together to review
the service, and then present its financial benefits to Zapata's CFO. Hamm completed the deal
and closed the loop by informing Ramamurthy of any unanswered queries Zapata may have
had. Ramamurthy may improve his subsequent trade fair presentation using the input.
Marketing Boosts Conversion Rates through Lead Scoring
By rating the leads they deliver to salespeople, marketing teams also assist them in increasing
conversion rates. Marketing staff members score leads in order to determine if they are hot,
warm, or cold leads. As you would expect, a person who has spoken with a business
representative at a trade fair, saw a presentation, and provided information about her budget,
authority, need, and time is very certainly already a prospect. You may anticipate more
conversions to prospects and customers the more hot leads you bring into the sales cycle [5],
[6]. But lead scoring is more than simply answering questions. An interested prospective
customer has downloaded a case study describing how a product helped a customer address an
issue, visited your company's website, clicked a link in a follow-up email, and watched an
online demonstration of the offering. True, the lead hasn't provided any information on BANT.
However, the buyer's actions show a high interest, a lot greater interest than someone who only
clicked a link in an email and barely skimmed the sample.
When ought marketing to hand over a lead to sales? If the lead was produced during a trade
event, the salesperson ought to get it right away. However, before being sent to a salesperson,
the persons and organisations indicated in Leads obtained via other methods could be targeted
to receive further marketing messages. Marketing managers may get the data they need from
closed-loop lead management systems to determine whether to forward leads and when further
marketing discussions are productive. However, increasing the number of hot leads is not the
only way to increase conversions. By giving consumers information that facilitates wise
decision-making, marketing staff may increase salespeople's conversion rates. A company's
Web site, activity at trade fairs, collateral, and advertising may all be used to support a sales
team and, in the process, increase conversion rates. Undoubtedly, some informed customers
will decide they don't need or desire a product after learning more about it, and they won't
proceed. However, this is preferable than them purchasing the item and becoming upset when
it falls short of their expectations.
DISCUSSION
Page | 190
Copyright2021@CIIR
Marketers would be greatly disadvantaged without the assistance of their companies'

salespeople. Every day, salespeople converse with consumers. The "eyes and ears" of their
businesses are these people. They are the people in an organisation who are best at anticipating
client needs.
Salespeople Share Market Reaction
Salespeople are in charge of communicating the opinions and issues of their clients to other
team members. After all, if marketing managers are going to develop educational materials for
them, they need to be aware of the informational needs and preferences of their target audience.
Salespeople are the source of such information. But how the information is delivered varies
from circumstance to circumstance and from business to business [7]. At Boston Scientific,
Ted Schulte explains the partnership between sales and marketing. The management consulting
company Accenture works with customers on projects that may cost hundreds of thousands or
even millions of dollars. Win or lose, the account management team thoroughly examines each
sale's process once it is completed. Were we able to provide the customer with the appropriate
information at the appropriate time?" or "Were our services in line with their requirements?"
are replied to. Following the evaluation, executives determine if the business needs to develop
new products, expand its current offers, or pursue any other suggestions made during the study.
In comparison, the price range of the copiers and printers sold by KMBS salesmen is $5,000
to $150,000. Although KMBS often has many more sales going on than Accenture does at any
one moment, KMBS sales are typically less than Accenture sales. It is more difficult for
salespeople at KBMS to obtain information about those sales to the decision-makers at the firm
because of the huge amount of sales there. To keep track of all its prospects and their main
purchasing criteria, KMBS employs CRM software. If the sale fails, the software may be used
to record the reasons why as well as details on the competitor product the customer bought.
Then, marketing staff uses this data to enhance KBMS's sales initiatives. This classy sushi bar
is really a component of the Durcon countertop manufacturer's trade fair stand. Durcon makes
impermeable countertops. The elegant countertop's black and white design represents a crucial
sales message that the exhibit's marketing manager learned from Durcon's sales representatives.
Salespeople really wanted customers to understand how Durcon's product could be tailored to
any sophisticated décor need. Used with permission from Durcon, Inc. as the source. Smart
marketers, though, don't just depend on CRM software to comprehend what drives
marketplaces. As we've already said, they also interact with salesmen and actual consumers.
Alcatel marketing executive Andrea Wharton is in charge of the company's exhibit at trade
exhibitions. Wharton spends a lot of time speaking with salespeople to see what messaging
work best, and she employs this knowledge when developing Alcatel's display booths for trade
events. She then works at the booth during the events so she can speak with visitors personally
and gauge their opinions.
When salespeople relay knowledge obtained from their clients, the offering may change as a
result. Perhaps consumers are requesting more product features, quicker shipping, or better
packaging to lower the quantity of sent broken goods. Wendy's, a quick food restaurant, serves
as an illustration. Wendy's ran into a difficulty when it started exploring the notion of serving
salads at its restaurants. Previously, the restaurant had solely used paper items, such cardboard,
to wrap meals. There was no usage of plastic. The organisation took satisfaction in not using
plastic since it had made a commitment to environmental sustainability. Wendy's sought
assistance from the food-packaging business Pak-Sher. The salesman for Wendy's Pak-Sher
might have selected a variety of items from the store's shelves that may have worked
sporadically for Wendy's salads, but he understood more was required. He put together an
Page | 191
Copyright2021@CIIR
engineering group for packaging, and they went to Wendy's test kitchens. The plastic containers
that Wendy's "Garden Sensations" salads are served in were developed by Pak-Sher engineers
in collaboration with Wendy's product developers. The inclusion of plastic in the packaging
forced Wendy's to reconsider its stance on the substance, but Pak- Sher engineers also used
recyclable materials to help Wendy achieve its environmental objectives. In order to satisfy its
customer's need for sustainability, Pak-Sher modified their product.
In this case, the salesman carried the company to the customer rather than the client's voice
back to the firm. When items are customised, salesmen often manage the teamwork involved
in new product design. Tim Pavlovich, a salesman for Dell, for instance, offers what are
referred to as "appliances," which are Dell computers that are integrated into the customer's
product. Chances are high that there is a Dell computer inside the airport kiosk where you
swipe your credit card to generate your own boarding pass. In order to ensure that the client
receives the appropriate part or appliance, Pavlovich collaborates with Dell's engineers. As a
result, the engineers get useful consumer insights that result in new Dell products.
Salespeople Keep an Eye On The Opposition
Salespeople keep tabs on what clients purchase as well as the activities of their rivals, entering
the data into the CRM systems of their companies. Marketing managers search for both the
weaknesses and the strengths in their rivals' marketing and sales strategies. Strengths need to
be minimised while the weak points may be exploited. Marketing managers especially need to
know which businesses, depending on the proportion of agreements they win, are the strongest
rivals. A company may analyse its own competitive strengths and weaknesses with the use of
this knowledge to improve its marketing messaging, sales methods, offers, or any combination
of the three. Additionally, marketing managers are interested in learning which rivals the sales
team most commonly faces. The competitor's marketing and sales activities are extremely
comparable to yours if prospects consistently compare the same competitor's product to yours.
You may need to create some counterstrategies that salespeople can use in this situation to
remove the product from the prospect's consideration list. These strategies can include
emphasising certain benefits that only your product offers or encouraging customers to make a
purchase by emphasising your company's longevity.
A Sales Function That Is Outsourced
Some businesses contract out certain sales responsibilities. The several sorts of outsourced
salespeople, as well as the justifications for and difficulties with outsourcing various sales
operations, will all be covered in this section.
Categories Of Contracted Salespeople
The sales cycle may be outsourced in whole or in part by a business. The lead-to-suspect
conversion phase of the sales cycle is the only part of the sales cycle that is outsourced when a
firm engages a contact centre to conduct phone calls and schedule appointments. In other
words, the centre would schedule appointments with suspects every time. The outsourcer or
another kind of sales organisation it contracts for that purpose may then be in charge of the
suspect-to-prospect and prospect-to-customer conversions [8]. Salespeople who are
independent agents do not work for the business. They handle themselves most of the time,
choosing their own schedules and activities. They often get a direct commission payment,
which is dependent only on the profits they bring in for the business. They do, however,
sometimes also get basic salary. Independent agents are widespread in the insurance industry
and often offer conflicting products from rival businesses. Agents are less likely to sell for rival
businesses in other sectors. An independent agent representing many product lines should, in
Page | 192
Copyright2021@CIIR
theory, put the customer in a better position to discover the best deal with the least amount of
fuss.
An agent who promotes a manufacturer's product is known as a manufacturer's representative.
They often offer complimentary goods items that the same customer wants to buy rather than
competing products. For instance, a sales representative for one manufacturer's bathroom
faucets may also represent another manufacturer's bathroom towel rods and mirrors. A
manufacturer's representative is chosen by a firm because they are already selling to the target
market. Because the representative provides such a wide variety of things, customers are more
inclined to visit. Salespeople that complete the whole sales cycle are often employed by
distributors. Distributors are responsible for receiving and managing inventories. Before
reselling the merchandise, they may or may not claim ownership to it. Industrial distributors
often employ both inside salespeople and field salespeople, who may offer items over the phone
or by email at the distributors' sites and assist clients who visit such locations. Field salespeople
visit consumers where they are situated. Distributors may sell products from many
manufacturers, similar to how manufacturer representatives can. Some wholesalers exclusively
provide goods from a single manufacturer, or they are exclusive distributors.
Benefits and Drawbacks of Outsourcing
A manufacturer may benefit in a number of ways by outsourcing part of its sales activities.
Some of these have previously been noted, such as expanding one's customer base since the
businesses and individuals to whom one has outsourced tasks offer a wider range of goods. For
a buyer, having a large selection to pick from is preferable. Additionally, it is possible to benefit
from the ties that outsourced salespeople already have with the customers. As a result, using
distributors, independent agents, or manufacturer's representatives to enter new markets, such
as new product markets or new nations, may speed up the penetration of a company's goods.
These individuals and groups also have important market knowledge and are aware of rivals'
tactics, which marketers may use.
Outsourcing may result in lower expenses for a business. Except for educating them on the
firm's goods, the company that outsources the labour is not responsible for or responsible for
the cost of the salespeople's training. Additionally, the corporation only compensates its
salespeople when they sell its items since they often operate on a pure commission basis. One
word best describes the drawbacks of outsourcing: control. Agents, distributors, and
manufacturer's reps all operate independently. They are free to choose what and when to sell.
They may choose to provide a consumer a competitive product or just a different product from
the one you sell, unlike an employee who may be forced to do so. Additionally, you cannot
have them do sales calls. You could locate your congressman on the links if it's a lovely day
and the golf course calls.
Companies often design incentive programmes to encourage independent agents and
manufacturer's representatives in order to address control difficulties. Your product is more
likely to be promoted on every call if the commissions are appealing. Spiffs are also. Spiffs are
little bonuses that businesses provide to salesmen to entice them to promote certain goods. Also
bear in mind that salesmen like to propose items with quick sales cycles and easier to sell.
Why? because they get compensation for their sales. You will have their attention, time, and
effort if you can reduce a product's sales cycle and boost conversions. A corporation would
often hire a sales manager to work with independent salespeople in addition to providing
incentives for them. However, the sales manager's role involves both managing and selling.
The management must continually persuade the agents to sell the business's products and
provide them advice and product knowledge to do so. Finally, effective marketers listen to the
Page | 193
Copyright2021@CIIR
independent salespeople and organisations they work with in the same way that they listen to
their own sales staff. Marketing managers that do this not only produce more effective
strategies, but also strategies that are adopted. In other words, since the salesmen back such
techniques with their own efforts, they are more inclined to do so.
CONCLUSION
The moral issues that sales managers must deal with. Building trust and confidence with clients
and stakeholders requires adhering to high ethical standards in sales practises, making sure that
competitors are treated fairly, and avoiding conflicts of interest. In conclusion, a variety of
difficulties arise for sales managers while they do their jobs. Sales managers can improve the
performance of their teams and contribute to the overall success of the company by creating
strategies to deal with these issues, such as effective team management, goal alignment,
achieving sales targets, salesforce productivity, and cross-functional collaboration. Their
standing as dependable leaders in the sales department is further enhanced by their adoption of
ethical practises.
REFERENCES
[1] M. C. Peasley, B. Hochstein, B. P. Britton, R. V. Srivastava, and G. T. Stewart, “Can’t
leave it at home? The effects of personal stress on burnout and salesperson
performance,” J. Bus. Res., 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.jbusres.2020.05.014.
[2] N. Mohd Alwi, N. H. Zainal Abidin, and N. Mokhtar, “Makin Dirasa Makin Terasa: the
case of Mamart Food,” Emerald Emerg. Mark. Case Stud., 2021, doi: 10.1108/EEMCS-
10-2020-0359.
[3] O. Perdikaki, S. Kumar, and C. Sriskandarajah, “Managing Retail Budget Allocation
between Store Labor and Marketing Activities,” Prod. Oper. Manag., 2017, doi:
10.1111/poms.12733.
[4] Lisdawati and Faisal Ardiansyah, “Return On Assets Sebagai Pengukuran Perputaran
Modal Kerja dan Piutang PT AKR Corporindo Tbk,” Coopetition J. Ilm. Manaj., 2021,
doi: 10.32670/coopetition.v12i1.267.
[5] A. Karaman and K. Sayın, “Promotional Activities in Hotels; A Study,” Int. Conf. Mark.
Tour. Hosp., 2019.
[6] M. F. Anjos, R. C. H. Cheng, and C. S. M. Currie, “Optimal pricing policies for
perishable products,” Eur. J. Oper. Res., 2005, doi: 10.1016/j.ejor.2004.02.015.
[7] V. S. Abedi, O. Berman, and D. Krass, “Supporting new product or service introductions:
Location, marketing, and word of mouth,” Oper. Res., 2014, doi:
10.1287/opre.2014.1305.
[8] M. Rezvani, S. Ghahramani, and R. Haddadi, “Network Marketing Strategies in Sale
and Marketing Products Based on Advanced Technology in Micro-Enterprises,” Int. J.
Trade, Econ. Financ., 2017, doi: 10.18178/ijtef.2017.8.1.535.
Page | 194
Copyright2021@CIIR

The Relationship between Consumer

Empowerment and Satisfaction
Ms. Pramoda Hegde
Email Id-pramodah@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Building solid and successful connections between companies and their customers requires a
commitment to customer loyalty, empowerment, and satisfaction. This abstract examines the
ideas of customer pleasure, empowerment, and loyalty while underlining the importance of
each in the market of today. consumer loyalty is introduced in the abstract as the outcome of a
satisfying and long-lasting connection between a consumer and a firm. It emphasises the value
of recurring business and client loyalty in generating long-term profitability. Customer loyalty
is developed via dependable value delivery, outstanding customer experiences, and
individualised interaction. Additionally, the abstract explores customer happiness as a key
element of consumer loyalty and empowerment. It highlights the need for companies to
constantly meet or exceed customer expectations, follow through on commitments, and provide
first-rate after-sales assistance. Customers who are happy with the service are more inclined to
recommend the company to others and spread the word about it. The abstract also examines
the idea of client empowerment. It draws attention to how the availability of information, social
media, and internet platforms has changed the power relationships between companies and
their consumers. Customers who are empowered need openness, individualised service, and
the capacity to influence decisions. Customers who feel empowered are better equipped to
make educated decisions and have a say in the goods and services they use.
KEYWORDS:
Customer, Empowerment, Loyalty, Product, Satisfaction.
INTRODUCTION
The client should be at the centre of a company's operations, and the business that succeeds is
the one that meets consumers' requirements more effectively than its rivals. However, the best
person to meet the demands of the consumer is often the customer themselves. Customer
empowerment refers to giving consumers the authority to manage the marketing campaigns
that are directed at them. Today's technology makes it easier for the client to carry out that
precise action. In a recent poll, 250 leading corporations' chief marketing officers were
questioned about the main variables affecting their organisations' success. How did the police
respond? The capacity of a business to engage with, react to, and empower its consumers [1]–
[3]. According to research, three elements are necessary to empower customers: they must be
asked for and encouraged to provide feedback on goods, and they must be given the opportunity
Page | 195
Copyright2021@CIIR
to participate in the product's creation. Consider JCPenney as an example. You would assume
that a business of JCPenney's size wouldn't be able to allow consumers to design their own
styles of shopping experiences and that it would be required to standardise the goods and
services they get. JCPenney is a great illustration of how a company can engage its consumers
and give them greater control over the goods and marketing messages they get by using the
Internet and other technologies.
Communities of Customers
Where can you go to find out which high-definition television is best if you're ready to get one?
You most likely resort to the Internet and check websites like Epinions.com or
ConsumerSearch.com, just like many other customers. Do you want to find out more
information about a certain retailer's products? On Epinions, there have been evaluations of
more than 4,700 JCPenney goods. The key element is that customers converse. They converse
with one another and share their ideas and views online. Purchase choices are significantly
influenced by word of mouth, or the verbal exchange of information and views. When you sign
up for lessons, you depend on word of mouth. For instance, you enquire among your peers on
the top teachers and the difficulty of their courses. If you don't know someone to ask, check
out websites like ratemyprofessors.com.
Buzz describes how much word-of-mouth there is in a market. Buzz, however, also includes
blogs, articles, and other information about an item in addition to conventional word of mouth.
Companies use a variety of strategies to promote their goods, including press releases, events,
giveaways, blogs, podcasts, and free samples. Some marketing managers proactively search
the web for posts regarding their goods by "trolling" for them. If a bad review looks to be a
valid complaint, the marketing manager may move to resolve the client's issue and prevent
such complaints in the future.
Moderator Panels
Influencer marketing, or the practise of focusing on those with a reputation for having sway
over others in the hopes that they would act in the marketer's favour, is a technique utilised
more often in advertising. You could get the opportunity to participate in a survey if you spend
some time on the Procter & Gamble Crest toothpaste website. The poll inquires as to your
knowledge of dental care products, your study into them, and your ability to influence others.
These and similar inquiries are used to determine influencers. Influencers are then offered
product samples and chances to take part in market research by P&G. Because they are more
likely to be lead users, early adopters of new offers, and influence other people's purchasing
choices, influencers should be included in the cocreation of new offerings.
That was the concept behind the JCPenney lingerie community, Ambrielle. Carros came up
with a plan to find ladies who would be eager to join a particular group together with other
JCPenney workers who worked on the Ambrielle marketing team. In the context of marketing,
a community is a social group that focuses on a certain brand or product category. A social
network is another word for a community. A Social Network is an illustration of the Ambrielle
lingerie social network. Companies manage some communities. For instance, Harley-Davidson
founded the Harley Owners Group, a club for owners of Harley motorcycles. However, a lot
of communities develop on their own, without any assistance from a marketer. An example
would be the local arts scene. Ambrielle was founded and is managed by JCPenney, while the
HOG is managed by Harley-Davidson in collaboration with its members. The Ambrielle
community solely consists of influencers, which is another way that it differs from HOG. HOG,
in contrast, is open to everyone who owns a Harley. Influencers from Ambrielle provide
JCPenney product feedback and actively participate in creating the company's offers. To put it
Page | 196
Copyright2021@CIIR
another way, the influencers actively engage in marketing research projects. A community of
this kind is sometimes referred to as an influencer panel.
Influencer Panel Management And Organisation
The many qualities that influencer panel members must possess are listed in "Characteristics
Used to Qualify the Members of Influencer Panels". Be aware that the Ambrielle community
is comprised of a variety of influencer kinds. JCPenney has a reasonably full picture of each
member since it has also acquired lifestyle, demographic, and psychographic information about
them. Because JCPenney can utilise this information to more accurately categorise the market,
it is priceless. As a result, the business may better understand how effectively its messaging
and offers will resonate with various customer types when testing them out with the group. A
community does not inevitably emerge from an influencer panel. No community develops if
communication simply takes place between the marketer and the panellists themselves. A
community cannot thrive without communication among its members. P&G conducts surveys
of website visitors. You may be requested to join a P&G panel if your responses to the survey
demonstrate that you fit the "Characteristics Used to Qualify the Members of Influencer
Panels." Another strategy is to request a survey from a client whose issue you have just
remedied. After all, a person who took the time to voice their complaint could also have an
interest in serving on a panel. Sending random surveys to houses to find persons who would
make suitable panel members is yet another recruitment strategy [4]–[6].
An influencer panel must be activated after creation. Influencers don't want to be picked out
and then disregarded, after all. However, before activating a panel, marketing specialists should
be able to respond to the following three queries. What are our expectations of the influencer
panel? Typically, businesses want input on fresh products, fresh marketing tactics, and active
word-of-mouth advertising. The panellists should be aware of the difference between testing
and launching a new product. You don't want a new product that isn't yet ready for sale to
spread by word of mouth. How much work are the panellists prepared to put in? Companies
want to keep their panellists actively involved, so they should inquire about how often they
would want to participate and provide them the option to "opt out" of a specific activity if
necessary. You could sometimes issue a broad call for assistance, such as by publishing a note
on an internet message board stating you need volunteers to test a product. You could also just
give influencers product samples, ask them to taste them, and then ask them to complete a
survey. Additionally, the procedures they use must be simple for them to execute. For instance,
making the sign-up process tough by requesting a lot of information up front. Simply ask for
the email address if that is all you need. Any other data may be acquired at a later time.
What are the benefits for the panellists? What benefits do they get from taking part? Of course,
they are given the opportunity to test out free new items that may enhance their lives or will do
so in the future if a corporation pays attention to their suggestions. The product category is one
that was already significant to many influencers. These folks may just be interested in the
opportunity to sample a product before anybody else and provide feedback to a maker who has
specifically requested their input.
DISCUSSION
Social media platforms and other websites for networking: As we've said, communities form
on their own. Communities are built using social networking websites like Facebook and
MySpace online. On websites like this, you are friends with only individuals you already know.
The websites are only a means of communication. It's noteworthy to note that Facebook and
other social networking platforms cannot distinguish between close friends and strangers. Since
every connection or relationship is regarded equally from a marketing standpoint, social
Page | 197
Copyright2021@CIIR
networking sites provide intriguing opportunities to connect with individuals. As a broadcast

medium for advertising is one option, which may not be all that appealing. Similar to how
advertisements are displayed on radio or television stations and tailored to specific audiences,
businesses target customers by displaying adverts on a person's website based on information
that Facebook or MySpace knows about the individual.
Sending links and other information to other customers is a more engaging method. A
community may develop around a movie, for instance, if a marketer builds a Facebook or
MySpace page for the product. Following that, Facebook tells all of your friends that you are
endorsing the film if you join the group. Even while a community like this may not last as long
as the Ambrielle or HOG communities, it still serves its purpose at least until the movie
becomes dated and fresh films are released and garner interest. You join the craze when you
declare yourself a "fan" of anything, like a movie. Marketers are considering a variety of
strategies to utilise social networking sites like Facebook to generate buzz. People may give
"gifts" to one another using the "gift-giving" feature on Facebook. Actually, the presents are
merely Facebook symbols. Enter GiveReal, a website that enables users to exchange genuine
presents online. With the help of Facebook and the well-known premium gin Bombay Sapphire,
GiveReal created a campaign. Through the offer, Facebook users may send their pals digital
vouchers for Bombay Sapphire-based cocktails. Then, you may use these vouchers at eateries
and bars that take credit cards [7], [8].
Viral marketing, or the dissemination of the brand's message across the community, is one
outcome of social networking. Some businesses have improved the viral marketing of their
products by creating interactive websites that may, for example, include a game created around
a product. After then, users e-mail links to the game or website to their friends. Examples
include Nine Inch Nails' viral marketing effort for Year Zero, their concept album. A character
and setting from the album's songs were used to build an online alternative reality game. Due
to the success of the game and album, HBO has even thought of developing a television show
based on the album's dystopian future story. One medium for internet communication that aids
in the dissemination of viral marketing messaging is blogs. Corporate marketing executives
"spin" the material when they write certain blogs. However, anybody can write a blog. A
community may have a "voice" thanks to blogs. As an example, the CEO of the National
Thoroughbred Horseracing Association maintains a blog for the company and posts it on its
website. On the blog, comments may be made by anybody, however. Instead of being a one-
way commercial message, blogs now resemble the conversation at a town hall meeting much
more.
Empowerment and Satisfaction
The client should be at the centre of a company's operations, and the business that succeeds is
the one that meets consumers' requirements more effectively than its rivals. However, the best
person to meet the demands of the consumer is often the customer themselves. Customer
empowerment refers to giving consumers the authority to manage the marketing campaigns
that are directed at them. Today's technology makes it easier for the client to carry out that
precise action. In a recent poll, 250 leading corporations' chief marketing officers were
questioned about the main variables affecting their organisations' success. How did the police
respond? The capacity of a business to engage with, react to, and empower its consumers.
According to research, three elements are necessary to empower customers: they must be asked
for and encouraged to provide feedback on goods, and they must be given the opportunity to
participate in the product's creation. Consider JCPenney as an example. You would assume
that a business of JCPenney's size wouldn't be able to allow consumers to design their own
Page | 198
Copyright2021@CIIR
styles of shopping experiences and that it would be required to standardise the goods and
services they get. JCPenney is a great illustration of how a company can engage its consumers
and give them greater control over the goods and marketing messages they get by using the
Internet and other technologies.
Communities of Customers
Where can you go to find out which high-definition television is best if you're ready to get one?
You most likely resort to the Internet and check websites like Epinions.com or
ConsumerSearch.com, just like many other customers. Do you want to find out more
information about a certain retailer's products? On Epinions, there have been evaluations of
more than 4,700 JCPenney goods. The key element is that customers converse. They converse
with one another and share their ideas and views online. Purchase choices are significantly
influenced by word of mouth, or the verbal exchange of information and views. When you sign
up for lessons, you depend on word of mouth. For instance, you enquire among your peers on
the top teachers and the difficulty of their courses. If you don't know someone to ask, check
out websites like ratemyprofessors.com.
Buzz describes how much word-of-mouth there is in a market. Buzz, however, also includes
blogs, articles, and other information about an item in addition to conventional word of mouth.
Companies use a variety of strategies to promote their goods, including press releases, events,
giveaways, blogs, podcasts, and free samples. Some marketing managers proactively search
the web for posts regarding their goods by "trolling" for them. If a bad review looks to be a
valid complaint, the marketing manager may move to resolve the client's issue and prevent
such complaints in the future.
Moderator Panels
Influencer marketing, or the practise of focusing on those with a reputation for having sway
over others in the hopes that they would act in the marketer's favour, is a technique utilised
more often in advertising. You could get the opportunity to participate in a survey if you spend
some time on the Procter & Gamble Crest toothpaste website. The poll inquires as to your
knowledge of dental care products, your study into them, and your ability to influence others.
These and similar inquiries are used to determine influencers. Influencers are then offered
product samples and chances to take part in market research by P&G. Because they are more
likely to be lead users, early adopters of new offers, and influence other people's purchasing
choices, influencers should be included in the cocreation of new offerings. That was the concept
behind the JCPenney lingerie community, Ambrielle. Carros came up with a plan to find ladies
who would be eager to join a particular group together with other JCPenney workers who
worked on the Ambrielle marketing team. In the context of marketing, a community is a social
group that focuses on a certain brand or product category. A social network is another word for
a community. A Social Network is an illustration of the Ambrielle lingerie social network.
Companies manage some communities. For instance, Harley-Davidson founded the Harley
Owners Group, a club for owners of Harley motorcycles. However, a lot of communities
develop on their own, without any assistance from a marketer. An example would be the local
arts scene. Ambrielle was founded and is managed by JCPenney, while the HOG is managed
by Harley-Davidson in collaboration with its members. The Ambrielle community solely
consists of influencers, which is another way that it differs from HOG. HOG, in contrast, is
open to everyone who owns a Harley. Influencers from Ambrielle provide JCPenney product
feedback and actively participate in creating the company's offers. To put it another way, the
influencers actively engage in marketing research projects. A community of this kind is
sometimes referred to as an influencer panel.
Page | 199
Copyright2021@CIIR
Influencer Panel Management And Organisation

The many qualities that influencer panel members must possess are listed in "Characteristics
Used to Qualify the Members of Influencer Panels". Be aware that the Ambrielle community
is comprised of a variety of influencer kinds. JCPenney has a reasonably full picture of each
member since it has also acquired lifestyle, demographic, and psychographic information about
them. Because JCPenney can utilise this information to more accurately categorise the market,
it is priceless. As a result, the business may better understand how effectively its messaging
and offers will resonate with various customer types when testing them out with the group.
A community does not inevitably emerge from an influencer panel. No community develops if
communication simply takes place between the marketer and the panellists themselves. A
community cannot thrive without communication among its members. P&G conducts surveys
of website visitors. You may be requested to join a P&G panel if your responses to the survey
demonstrate that you fit the "Characteristics Used to Qualify the Members of Influencer
Panels." Another strategy is to request a survey from a client whose issue you have just
remedied. After all, a person who took the time to voice their complaint could also have an
interest in serving on a panel. Sending random surveys to houses to find persons who would
make suitable panel members is yet another recruitment strategy.
An influencer panel must be activated after creation. Influencers don't want to be picked out
and then disregarded, after all. However, before activating a panel, marketing specialists should
be able to respond to the following three queries: What are our expectations of the influencer
panel? Typically, businesses want input on fresh products, fresh marketing tactics, and active
word-of-mouth advertising. The panellists should be aware of the difference between testing
and launching a new product. You don't want a new product that isn't yet ready for sale to
spread by word of mouth.
How much work are the panellists prepared to put in? Companies want to keep their panellists
actively involved, so they should inquire about how often they would want to participate and
provide them the option to "opt out" of a specific activity if necessary. You could sometimes
issue a broad call for assistance, such as by publishing a note on an internet message board
stating you need volunteers to test a product. You could also just give influencers product
samples, ask them to taste them, and then ask them to complete a survey. Additionally, the
procedures they use must be simple for them to execute. For instance, making the sign-up
process tough by requesting a lot of information up front. Simply ask for the email address if
that is all you need. Any other data may be acquired at a later time.
What are the benefits for the panellists? What benefits do they get from taking part? Of course,
they are given the opportunity to test out free new items that may enhance their lives or will do
so in the future if a corporation pays attention to their suggestions. The product category is one
that was already significant to many influencers. These folks may just be interested in the
opportunity to sample a product before anybody else and provide feedback to a maker who has
specifically requested their input.
Social Media Platforms and Other Websites for Networking
As we've said, communities form on their own. Communities are built using social networking
websites like Facebook and MySpace online. On websites like this, you are friends with only
individuals you already know. The websites are only a means of communication. It's
noteworthy to note that Facebook and other social networking platforms cannot distinguish
between close friends and strangers. Since every connection or relationship is regarded equally
from a marketing standpoint, social networking sites provide intriguing opportunities to
Page | 200
Copyright2021@CIIR
connect with individuals. As a broadcast medium for advertising is one option, which may not
be all that appealing. Similar to how advertisements are displayed on radio or television stations
and tailored to specific audiences, businesses target customers by displaying adverts on a
person's website based on information that Facebook or MySpace knows about the individual.
Sending links and other information to other customers is a more engaging method. A
community may develop around a movie, for instance, if a marketer builds a Facebook or
MySpace page for the product. Following that, Facebook tells all of your friends that you are
endorsing the film if you join the group. Even while a community like this may not last as long
as the Ambrielle or HOG communities, it still serves its purpose at least until the movie
becomes dated and fresh films are released and garner interest. You join the craze when you
declare yourself a "fan" of anything, like a movie. Marketers are considering a variety of
strategies to utilise social networking sites like Facebook to generate buzz. People may give
"gifts" to one another using the "gift-giving" feature on Facebook. Actually, the presents are
merely Facebook symbols. Enter GiveReal, a website that enables users to exchange genuine
presents online. With the help of Facebook and the well-known premium gin Bombay Sapphire,
GiveReal created a campaign. Through the offer, Facebook users may send their pals digital
vouchers for Bombay Sapphire-based cocktails. Then, you may use these vouchers at eateries
and bars that take credit cards.
Viral marketing, or the dissemination of the brand's message across the community, is one
outcome of social networking. Some businesses have improved the viral marketing of their
products by creating interactive websites that may, for example, include a game created around
a product. After then, users e-mail links to the game or website to their friends. Examples
include Nine Inch Nails' viral marketing effort for Year Zero, their concept album. A character
and setting from the album's songs were used to build an online alternative reality game. Due
to the success of the game and album, HBO has even thought of developing a television show
based on the album's dystopian future story. One medium for internet communication that aids
in the dissemination of viral marketing messaging is blogs. Corporate marketing executives
"spin" the material when they write certain blogs. However, anybody can write a blog. A
community may have a "voice" thanks to blogs. As an example, the CEO of the National
Thoroughbred Horseracing Association maintains a blog for the company and posts it on its
website. On the blog, comments may be made by anybody, however. Instead of being a one-
way commercial message, blogs now resemble the conversation at a town hall meeting much
more [9], [10].
CONCLUSION
The advantages of customer pleasure, empowerment, and loyalty for firms. It highlights the
beneficial effects on increasing revenue, brand recognition, customer loyalty, and competitive
advantage. Customers that are pleased and devoted not only stay with the company but actively
promote it by becoming brand ambassadors, which promotes organic development. In
conclusion, strong customer relationships depend on the loyalty, empowerment, and pleasure
of their patrons. Businesses may develop a customer-centric culture that fosters loyalty,
empowerment, and happiness by concentrating on providing value, empowering customers,
surpassing expectations, and building strong staff engagement. To adapt to changing client
expectations and keep a competitive advantage in the market, major tactics include technology
adoption, personalised communication, and continual development.
REFERENCES:
[1] A. A. Mohammad, “The effect of customer empowerment and customer engagement on
marketing performance: The mediating effect of brand community membership,” Bus.
Page | 201
Copyright2021@CIIR
Theory Pract., 2020, doi: 10.3846/btp.2020.11617.

[2] S. Berraies, R. Chtioui, and M. Chaher, “Customer-contact employees’ empowerment
and customer performance: The CRM effectiveness as a mediator,” Int. J. Product.
Perform. Manag., 2020, doi: 10.1108/IJPPM-07-2017-0169.
[3] J. Castillo, “How interactions influence customer empowerment and satisfaction in the
retail industry,” J. Bus. Retail Manag. Res., 2018, doi: 10.24052/jbrmr/v12is04/art-15.
[4] C. C. Chang, C. M. Chiu, and C. A. Chen, “The effect of TQM practices on employee
satisfaction and loyalty in government,” Total Qual. Manag. Bus. Excell., 2010, doi:
10.1080/14783363.2010.530796.
[5] Y. Baashar et al., “Customer relationship management systems (CRMS) in the
healthcare environment: A systematic literature review,” Computer Standards and
Interfaces. 2020. doi: 10.1016/j.csi.2020.103442.
[6] M. Basir, B. Modding, J. Kamase, and S. Hasan, “Effect of Service Quality, Orientation
Services and Pricing on Loyalty and Customer Satisfaction in Marine Transportation
Services,” Int. J. Humanit. Soc. Sci. Invent., 2015.
[7] G. C. A. Ogbeide, S. Böser, R. J. Harrinton, and M. C. Ottenbacher, “Complaint
management in hospitality organizations: The role of empowerment and other service
recovery attributes impacting loyalty and satisfaction,” Tour. Hosp. Res., 2017, doi:
10.1177/1467358415613409.
[8] C. I. Pastrana, F. J. N. González, E. Ciani, S. N. Baena, and J. V. D. Bermejo, “Camel
genetic resources conservation through tourism: A key sociocultural approach of
camelback leisure riding,” Animals, 2020, doi: 10.3390/ani10091703.
[9] S. Arif and M. Ilyas, “Leadership, empowerment and customer satisfaction in teaching
institutions: Case study of a Pakistani University,” TQM J., 2011, doi:
10.1108/17542731111139473.
[10] J. C. Bustamante and N. Rubio, “Measuring customer experience in physical retail
environments,” J. Serv. Manag., 2017, doi: 10.1108/JOSM-06-2016-0142.
Page | 202
Copyright2021@CIIR

The Basics of Policy Analysis: An

Introduction
Ms. Meenakshi Jhanwar
Assistant Professor, Department of Environmental Science,
Email Id-meenakshi@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Policy analysis is a critical process that aims to evaluate and assess the effectiveness, feasibility,
and implications of various policy options. It plays a crucial role in informing decision-makers,
enabling them to make evidence-based choices that address societal challenges. This abstract
provides a concise overview of policy analysis, highlighting its key objectives, methodologies,
and significance in the policymaking process. The primary objective of policy analysis is to
examine existing policies or proposed alternatives and their potential impact on different
stakeholders, such as individuals, communities, organizations, or the environment. By
employing rigorous research methods and analytical frameworks, policy analysts identify the
underlying problems, evaluate potential solutions, and recommend policy interventions that
align with desired outcomes.
KEYWORDS:
Decision-Making, Ethics, Evaluation, Framework, Implementation, Impact Assessment.
INTRODUCTION
One overarching claim is that policy analysis offers knowledge into the public decision-making
process, or policy process, as it is often called. The method through which a governing entity
agrees on a policy is referred to as the "policy process." By policy, we imply a governing body's
plan of action, which might be expressed as a legislation, regulation, project, or other public
decision. It is likely to be of interest to a wide range of persons in addition to those who have
the power to make policy, including elected officials, representatives of other governmental
bodies, impacted citizens, corporations, and non-governmental groups. These people probably
want to know how a policy will affect them, other people, and society at large. Any of these
people may alter their opinions about a policy after learning about its effects or may strive to
get the policy changed. As a result, the nature of a proposed policy, whether it is approved, and
its effectiveness may all be influenced by a knowledge of its implications. More information is
preferable to less information, according to this perspective of the policy-making process, and
decision-makers may, should, and will use information while making judgments. Therefore, a
policy analyst must consider how to make such data meaningful to a decision-maker [1]–[3].
Why is study of policies relevant to environmental issues? The term "the environment" is often
associated with engineers, biologists, chemists, and other members of the physical or natural
sciences. For instance, the "greenhouse effect" and climate change debates are often presented
Page | 203
Copyright2021@CIIR
in terms of the problem's inherent scientific ambiguity. Perhaps we shouldn't take action to stop
climate change if experts can't agree on how serious of an issue it could be. Alternately, if
experts agree that climate change is a threat, maybe we should take all necessary precautions
to stop it. As opposed to this, if climate change is seen as a policy issue as opposed to a scientific
one, the scientific uncertainties and how to resolve them become just a portion of the problem.
Instead, new concerns surface, such as how much will it cost to stop climate change? What are
the effects of failing to stop climate change? Who benefits from mitigating the consequences
of climate change, and who benefits from not doing anything to stop it? The fact that these
additional questions have been raised suggests that the scientific problems surrounding climate
change may not be the most crucial ones for policy development; rather, the effects of a policy
on different interests may have a significant impact on whether laws are passed or treaties are
signed. It also becomes evident that environmental concerns are fundamentally
interdisciplinary, requiring the knowledge of not just physical and natural scientists but also
social scientists and academics from the humanities. Finally, it becomes apparent that there are
a variety of factors to consider when deciding whether or not to take action to combat climate
change. In fact, different parties engaged in these concerns are probably going to have interests
in various aspects of this subject and concentrate on various topics.
In doing so, policy analysis will be placed in a larger philosophical perspective. What kind of
data need to be provided by a policy analyst? What part does the customer play in the study of
policies? Should a policy analysis give an examination of the possibilities without making any
recommendations? If so, what goal ought to form the foundation of the recommendation?
Finally, we'll talk about some recent federal guidelines for regulatory action policy studies. It
becomes much more crucial for people participating in the policy process to comprehend and
evaluate such assessments if government agencies are now required to assess the consequences
of their ideas.
First, "we" refers to the writers of this work. Let's define a few words before we continue. We
acknowledge that we often provide our views rather than merely a predetermined set of
knowledge, despite the fact that we each draw on years of training and experience in
environmental policy analysis. Since we are assuming that you are a policy analyst, we shall
address you as "you." Although we hope that readers other than policy analysts will also enjoy
this book, adhering to this practice lessens the number of times we need to refer to "policy
analyst." The customer for the analysis will finally be "she." Although it is obvious that not all
customers or decision-makers are female, sticking to one gender eliminates the uncomfortable
s/he or him/her.
Setting Up the Analysis
As previously said, we see a policy analysis as information intended to aid in public decision-
making. Of fact, the word "information" is fairly wide. What type of data need to be included
in a policy analysis? What data is pertinent to the formulation of policy? There is no one correct
response to any of these issues, which is one of the teachings of this book. Even while all policy
analyses start with the same collection of data, there are several methods to go about doing one.
The definition of the customer and the formulation of the research topic are two essential steps
in performing a policy analysis. Even the greatest analysis may not help to the policy process
if these two factors are not carefully considered.
DISCUSSION
The Role of the Client
Page | 204
Copyright2021@CIIR
A customer is the individual or group for whom the analyst conducts research and who will get
the study's findings. She could be an employer, someone who hires an analyst on a contract
basis, or just an interested individual without any financial stake. She may be making a choice,
attempting to sway one, or perhaps just another analyst. Why is it vital for a policy analyst to
have clients? Doesn't it imply that the analysis will be biased to appease that decision-maker if
information is generated with that decision-maker in mind? If you're not asking yourself those
questions, you should! Having a client ensures that your analysis will be used, that you are
asking a pertinent question, and that any potential biases in your analyses are made clear.
According to our argument, having a client is actually an essential part of your analysis. The
audience you are writing for or the future consumer of the material you provide is, in essence,
your customer. Always consider your audience when selecting the degree of analysis to do and
the writing style to use when summarizing your results.
First, your analysis will be employed if you have a customer that is both interested in the policy
process and participating in it. Those who are engaged in the policy-making process are often
curious. They will take use of the information if it supports their argument. It is crucial for them
to be aware of the drawbacks of their position if the information is damaging to their cause. At
the very least, students will have a better awareness of the challenges they confront if they are
aware of issues with their current situation. In light of this knowledge, they could even try to
modify their position or their bargaining tactics. Having a customer for the data assures that it
will be used in the policy-making process [4], [5]. In contrast, it is less likely that the results of
a study will be put to use if it does not have a customer linked with it. To explain how the
analysis may be useful, you must first acquire access to individuals responsible in formulating
policy. The next step is to persuade them that your findings will be beneficial to them. You will
need to do far less persuading if the customer participates in the analysis from the outset.
Second, your customer may and need to assist you in defining the query you will examine. As
will become clear during the course of this book, a thorough policy analysis could examine any
problem that may be connected to a certain policy. Alternately, a policy study might narrow its
attention to only one or two salient aspects of a certain program. For instance, it may consider
the general advantages or disadvantages of a proposal, or it might concentrate on how a change
would affect a certain group in society, or it might examine how a change might affect physical
or biological processes. Your client may assist guarantee that your study will provide
information that will directly contribute to the policy discussion if she is aware of the topics
that are most crucial or areas where the policy debate can benefit from more knowledge.
Thirdly, being honest about any possible prejudices you may have by naming your client. When
we talk about bias, we don't only mean that the findings have been altered to get the intended
conclusion; we also mean that the study's design has had an impact on the outcomes. The first
is immoral and scientifically unjustified, because it damages the credibility of any earlier or
subsequent study by the same analyst by allowing data to be purposefully utilized wrongly.
Such prejudice cannot be justified in any way. There are many subtle ways that a customer
might "browbeat" you into thinking that your present findings are unacceptable and that you
should search for methods to raise/lower the effects, even if you won't be asked or ordered to
slant your analysis very often. Clearly stating that such alteration breaches professional norms
and that such fiddling with the findings raises doubts about the validity of the whole research
is necessary at this point. An incorrectly conducted research might harm both the customer and
the analyst.
It is sometimes inevitable to do a policy study that just considers a portion of the consequences
of a certain policy, as opposed to purposely slanting your findings. It is beneficial for a policy
analyst to strive for a comprehensive, objective, value-free study. Be mindful that a biased
Page | 205
Copyright2021@CIIR
appearance may come from a selective consideration of the problems. Furthermore, bias may
creep into an analysis even when you make an effort to be impartial in subtle, inadvertent, and
perhaps inevitable ways. For instance, if you concentrated on impacts on other groups, a
distributional study may omit effects on certain impacted sectors. Or, a benefit-cost analysis
without distributional analysis can suggest that impacts on specific people or groups are less
significant than effects on society at large. Another example is that if you concentrate on the
biological consequences, the research may be criticized of disregarding how a policy affects
people. The research might be criticized of neglecting potential alternative uses of the cash if
you believe that a particular budget has been allocated to preserve public health by reducing
exposure to pesticides. The act of selecting a data set for analysis implies the exclusion of other
data sets, which suggests that you do not think the other data sets are acceptable for your study.
Any study that concentrates on a single area will inevitably leave out some other areas, and this
omission may expose you to accusations of bias of the latter sort.
The question a policy analyst chooses to ask has ramifications for the research that is
commissioned or sponsored by that client, and as the choice of question unavoidably restricts
the field of analysis, having a specific client may convey signals about the analysis's potential
bias. In contrast to an examination of the same topic by representatives from coal-fired power
companies, an analysis of the consequences of clean air rules by an environmental organization
is likely to entail distinct issues. The groups may provide identical results if they begin with
the same data collection and the same research topic for each group of analysts. They began
their job by asking several questions, which led to the prejudice. For instance, environmental
groups are more likely to be interested in how new laws would affect human health, while
organizations representing electrical utilities are more likely to be concerned with the expenses
associated with the new restrictions. Both assessments will be helpful for the policy-making
process, but they will probably be put to distinct uses. Even if a client's impact on a report
consisted only of proposing the subject, providing funds, or making comments, mentioning the
client who funded the study indicates that the client had some input.
To guarantee that you have the flexibility to let the figures come out as they will, it is crucial
to avoid letting the client have excessive influence. As was already said, if an analysis is shown
to have skewed or incorrect findings, it may be very damaging to both the cause and the analyst
since both will lose credibility. Even if the outcomes do not necessarily benefit the customer,
well-documented research with reliable data, solid methodologies, and repeatable results will
be beneficial to you and the client. For the reasons mentioned above, having a customer for an
analysis increases the likelihood that it will be helpful and utilised. Having a client also causes
you to support that client's position on policy. Being totally objective is challenging, if not
impossible, but being trustworthy and truthful in the analysis is crucial for everyone involved.
Having the research plan evaluated by additional analysts is one technique to find hidden biases
and minimize the possibility of bias in a policy analysis. These analysts might be dependable
coworkers or unbiased individuals from a university or unaffiliated think group. Even
opponents might be among these experts. It is often preferable to be aware of prospective
criticism while you still have time to address it. Such a review of the analysis plan by a broad
spectrum of affected publics, and revision to take their concerns into account, may also be ways
to get these parties to have an implicit stake in or even "buy off on the use of the analysis in
the policy process. Moreover, such a review may be a safeguard to you in fending off pressure
from the client to slant the study design in one direction or the other.
In one northeastern California town, however, these groups decided to stop fighting each other
and instead formed the Quincy Library Group and developed a five-year forest management
program for regions within the Lassen, Plumas, and Tahoe National Forests, 1998). The QLG's
Page | 206
Copyright2021@CIIR
cooperative efforts resulted in a five-year forest management program for areas within the
Lassen, Plumas, and Tahoe National Forests. The early, tense QLG meetings enabled
participants to listen to everyone’s views: timber interests expressed anxiety about the impact
of the industry decline on jobs and the local economy, while environmentalists voiced concerns
about clearcutting, preservation of endangered species, and roadless areas. Initially participants
felt the only common ground was their belief that the “U.S. Forest Service management failed
both the environment and local communities” , but gradually they established other areas of
agreement. This led to the 1993 Community Stability Proposal, which replaced clearcutting
with single-tree and group selection logging and supported timber-dependent jobs by directing
felled trees to local mills. In fact, strength of the agreement was confirmed in 1995 when timber
mills turned down an opportunity to log in areas the QLG had designated as off-limits. The
QLG then lobbied Congress to pass the “Herger-Feinstein, Quincy Library Group Forest
Recovery Act,” which mandated the Forest Service to implement the Community Stability
Proposal. The QLG participants recognized the value of collaboration and stakeholder
involvement to balance their interests.
Identifying the Issue Through Policy Analysis
Any policy issue involves many different facets: how much the policy will cost, what kinds of
benefits it produces, who is likely to be affected by the policy, what the environmental impacts
will be, and so on. Since you cannot analyze everything, how do you choose what your subject
should be? We suggest using two principles: 1. The topic should be negotiable.
Conversing With the Customer
In choosing your topic, you could start by asking, what kinds of information would be of most
use to my client? The answer, of course, will heavily depend on who your client is. For
example, federal agencies required to produce environmental impact statements will require
analyses that cover a broad range of topics, from ecological impacts to social and economic
effects. In other cases, however, a client may be more specific in their needs. However, neither
of you want to see your time wasted, so as you discuss your study plan with your client, you
both need to come to an agreement on the specific topics that you will analyze. If you conduct
an analysis that your client did not expect or does not want, you may face consequences like
losing potential future work, losing your job, or not being paid for the work you did.
Of course, if you discover during the course of your work that there might be reasons to revise
your list of research tasks - for instance, you cannot complete a task within the time or budget
available, or another, more pressing issue arises - then you and your client might well want to
revisit your agreed list of questions. If you know who is most likely to be interested in the
information you are looking for, you may get in touch with them or their organizations to see
if they would be interested in forming a connection with you. You could also be able to develop
a notion that you'd want to examine and locate a customer that is interested in that issue if you
aren't directly hired by someone.
The American Lung Association successfully sued the EPA in 1993 to force it to evaluate and
amend the national health guidelines for ground-level ozone, an air pollutant. After a period of
heated discussion between environmentalists and business leaders, the final standards were
released in July 1997. The proposal for the new standards was released in November 1996. The
effects of ozone and particulate matter have been the subject of various research published by
the American Lung Association (ALA). According to one research, during the summer ozone
season of 1996, 13 cities saw between 10,000 and 15,000 hospital admissions for respiratory
disorders such as asthma, pneumonia, and chronic pulmonary disease, as well as between
30,000 and 50,000 visits to emergency rooms. Another research found that children are more
Page | 207
Copyright2021@CIIR
prone to lung injury. According to the Reason Foundation, a national research and educational
organization that explores and promotes rationality and freedom as the cornerstones of a good
society, the EPA's proposed reduction in mortality would be completely offset by the likelihood
of risk increases connected with the reduction in annual household income due to the high cost
of compliance with the proposed standards.
These two studies don't naturally compete with one another since they each concentrate on a
different area of study that advances their main goals.
having questions that might be answered. You are virtually guaranteed to start talks about
analytical subjects with questions that are ambiguous and poorly defined, despite the fact that
having questions that can be answered may seem like an apparent need. How would you
respond, for example, to the inquiry, "What are the impacts to the United States of reducing
greenhouse gas emissions?" That query has too many unspecified components to guarantee an
effective response. Someone has to identify which effects are important, how much greenhouse
gas reduction is possible, and maybe even which gases can be lowered and how. Some
questions that are more likely to have an answer are, "What are the effects on northern boreal
forests of achieving the greenhouse gas reductions specified in international negotiations," or
"How much are people willing to pay for more fuel-efficient vehicles, and what are the resulting
reductions in greenhouse emissions?" What types of repercussions are anticipated to occur
from reductions in greenhouse gas emissions? is another legitimate research issue. Both you
and your customer are likely to be aware of the study findings you will give for such inquiries.
Of course, it is negotiable how much the consumer wants to know about the details. Your
customer may or might not want to discuss the strategies you'll use to respond to these inquiries
with you. You must confirm that what you commit to doing can be accomplished in a timely
way. Another crucial component of having an answered question is being able to respond to it
within the constraints of time and money, which will be covered in more detail in section 2.
Public policy discussions often take place under time constraints. If you provide your analysis
after a choice has been taken, the choice cannot be affected.
Ethical Concerns and Policy Analysis
As has been noted, selecting which components of the policy topic to investigate may have an
impact on the findings simply by choosing what to include and what to exclude. For instance,
it might be claimed that the research implies that one group is more worthy of the policy than
the other groups if an analysis solely considers the impacts of a policy on one group and
overlooks consequences on others. These worries serve as a good reminder of the reasons we
have stressed the significance of selecting both a client and the analytical question. You have
the option to accept, walk away from, or renegotiate at those points when you are debating
whether to work for someone and the client and you have agreed on a certain job. Of course, it
is harder to leave if you work for the customer, but you may still submit new analytical topics
to the employer and explain why they are crucial. As a result, you are accountable to both your
profession and your customer. There are guidelines for a well conducted policy analysis, as this
book will explain. When a manager orders, "Just give me a number," the employer has to be
informed of these quality requirements. Neither policy analysts nor engineers make up figures
out of thin air. It's crucial that you let the employer or client know that research that is blatantly
self-serving will often be disregarded out of hand or, worse, result in a reaction that makes what
the client says invalid. Ethical dilemmas may result from a variety of circumstances, such as:
Whether or whether you and the client are at ease working together. If the study yields
information that persuades opposing parties to agree on a policy, there may be advantages to
this circumstance. Consider a scenario in which you are against government interference in that
Page | 208
Copyright2021@CIIR
area but your customer is in favor of additional regulation. You two are likely to wind yourself
on opposing political sides, so you should each carefully examine if you can cooperate.
What policy question is being analyzed?
The amount of knowledge that is accessible on such affects grows as a result of studying one
of these issues. The known implications may get greater consideration throughout the policy-
making process than the unknown ones if certain aspects are better understood than others. The
known costs may be given greater consideration throughout the policy-making process than
the unknown costs, for instance, if the costs of preventing climate change are more recognized
than other costs. The style of study to be done might often be quite flexible, and you can assist
your customer in comprehending the consequences of the gamut of responses to the research
issue being posed. You should submit a larger or rephrased policy question if you are worried
that the formulation of the suggested analytical question may lead to biased or bad decision-
making.
How the analysis will be conducted
You may undertake a policy analysis with very little time or money or with a lot of resources.
You may either gather original data or depend on data from already published sources. The
method used to perform the analysis may have an impact on the quality of the findings and,
therefore, the information given to decision-makers. A "quick and dirty" research, for instance,
may be indicative of the findings of a more complete investigation and may provide results
quickly; nevertheless, it may be shown to be erroneous by a more thorough study, which might
result in faulty information entering the policy-making process. At the same time, policy-
making may be hampered by the "paralysis of analysis," which uses more research on a subject
as a means of postponing decision-making. You must be aware of the limits of any research
you do as an analyst and explain them to the decision-maker. The value of immediate, cost-
effective research for swiftly affecting policy should be weighed against the potential for higher
quality with a longer-term, more in-depth study.
What findings a study will produce
Usually, from a research, more than one conclusion may be derived, and the same finding can
be interpreted in several ways. According to estimates of the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge
in Alaska, for instance, the territory is thought to contain between 4.3 and 11.8 billion barrels
of oil, but none of it would be commercially viable to extract at a $15 per barrel price. About
3.2 BBL are thought to be commercially recoverable at $20 per barrel. ANWR is the finest
remaining exploration location for oil in North America, according to Arctic Power, a coalition
of regional organizations that includes the Alaska Oil and Gas Association and the Alaska
Chamber of Commerce. In contrast, the Natural Resources Defense Council calculated the
current usage from the 3.2 BBL and came to the conclusion that ANWR would provide the
United States enough energy to last around six months. Is having enough oil to last for six
months essential for defending the United States from potential oil shocks, or is it just a drop
in the ocean compared to the country's voracious desire for oil? In this situation, information
that seems to be quite objective might be interpreted in a variety of ways. In other instances,
conclusions are derived from parts of the study' findings but not all of them, like when a policy's
effects on one group are given more weight than its effects on another.
Before starting the research, you may want to talk with your customer about whether she will
have complete control over it or whether you will be able to make the findings more generally
known. The whole set of findings from the analysis may often be obtained if the entire research
is made available for reading and criticism by others. Your client may be more willing to accept
Page | 209
Copyright2021@CIIR
analysis with potentially unpleasant findings if she has control over the research since she won't
necessarily have to share them. However, it also increases the likelihood that the data will be
utilized selectively. You should have a conversation with your customer about how the
analysis's outcomes will be delivered and who will be in charge of them before the research is
started. Will you be permitted to discuss or publish the study's findings without her consent?
Who will be asked to provide information for the study? After the research is over, avoiding
conflict will be made easier by having those questions answered beforehand.
What suggestions will be drawn from the research? distinct suggestions for action may result
from distinct results, just as multiple conclusions can be obtained from the same data study.
Should you make suggestions to your customer, or should you let her choose her own course
of action? Naturally, the default response is "it depends." Sometimes a customer may have a
stance and just want facts to back it, not arguments to modify it. In other cases, the customer
may be open to recommendations and searching for thoughts on what stance to take or how to
amend a proposal. It's up to you and your customer to decide if suggestions are necessary.
The second concern is how you should base your suggestions if you are going to offer any. It's
possible that your customer has certain goals in mind; fulfilling these goals with advice is one
option, of course. Making advice to achieve your client's goals, though, might provide an
ethical conundrum if you don't share her ambitions. For instance, your client could be trying to
get a subsidy for a certain interest group, and you might not be in favor of it. If the two of you
can agree on an analysis question to do, the analysis may not in and of itself present an issue.
You could still feel comfortable conducting a study for the customer. Even yet, you may not
want to provide a study advice that your customer would want to have.
You could wish to advise that the findings or suggestions be made independently from the
research, via press releases or other channels, and that the recommendations be kept out of the
report itself. A discussion of expectations between you and your customer before the research
is started, like before, may assist prevent conflicts in the future [3], [6], [7]. As an analyst, you
must choose when you are comfortable with a task and how to approach tasks that you are not.
The choice must be personal. The lesson to be learned from this talk is probably to plan
beforehand. Where may issues occur? Can you and your customer agree on how to resolve any
issues? In order to determine whether to accept tasks that could go against some of your ethical
principles, you must examine your own conscience. Ideally, your client will respect your ethical
principles as well.
The difference between the analyst and the decision-maker in many organizations is an
important thing to remember. The choice will not be made by the analysis or the analyst. The
analyst is a worker, and the analysis is information. The person who makes these judgments in
the end is often the agency director or an elected public figure. It's equally crucial that the
decision-maker refrains from interfering with the study's technical aspects. The decision-maker
is free to utilize or disregard the findings as they stand. This difference between line and staff
is often used. Even though the line between the two may often be blurred, remembering it can
save all parties involved in the policy process a lot of pain and shame [8], [9].
CONCLUSION
As a result, policy analysis is a crucial instrument in the policymaking process that enables
decision-makers to weigh the pros and cons of various options and make well-informed
decisions. Its interdisciplinary approach, emphasis on factual data, and consideration of
stakeholder viewpoints all help to create strong, workable policies that tackle difficult social
problems. The importance of policy analysis resides in its capacity to improve policy outcomes
and decision-making processes. Analysts determine the advantages, disadvantages, unexpected
Page | 210
Copyright2021@CIIR
effects, and trade-offs associated with various solutions by performing thorough analyses of
policy options. This information enables decision-makers to allocate resources efficiently,
devise policies that are more likely to accomplish their intended objectives, and make educated
judgments. In addition, policy analysis encourages openness, responsibility, and participation
of the general public in the formulation of public policy. It guarantees that policies are
evidence-based and take into account the different needs and interests of the people via
meticulous review. Policy choices may represent a wider variety of opinions when stakeholders
are included in the analysis, resulting in more inclusive and productive results.
REFERENCES
[1] M. W. Bauer and C. Knill, “A Conceptual Framework for the Comparative Analysis of
Policy Change: Measurement, Explanation and Strategies of Policy Dismantling,” J.
Comp. Policy Anal. Res. Pract., 2014, doi: 10.1080/13876988.2014.885186.
[2] M. Fischer, “Social Network Analysis and Qualitative Comparative Analysis: Their
Mutual Benefit for the Explanation of Policy Network Structures,” Methodol. Innov.
Online, 2011, doi: 10.4256/mio.2010.0034.
[3] Paul Cairney, “Understanding Public Policy: Theories and Issues,” Underst. Public
Policy, 2020.
[4] A. McConnell and S. Tormey, “Explanations for the Brexit policy fiasco: near-
impossible challenge, leadership failure or Westminster pathology?,” J. Eur. Public
Policy, 2020, doi: 10.1080/13501763.2019.1657485.
[5] M. Daly, “COVID-19 and care homes in England: What happened and why?,” Soc.
Policy Adm., 2020, doi: 10.1111/spol.12645.
[6] P. Van Schaik, Y. Peng, A. Ojelabi, and J. Ling, “Explainable statistical learning in public
health for policy development: The case of real-world suicide data,” BMC Med. Res.
Methodol., 2019, doi: 10.1186/s12874-019-0796-7.
[7] K. Aggestam and J. True, “Gendering foreign policy: A comparative framework for
analysis,” Foreign Policy Anal., 2020, doi: 10.1093/fpa/orz026.
[8] G. Skogstad and L. A. White, “Revisiting Richard Simeon’s Studying Public Policy,”
Can. J. Polit. Sci., 2016, doi: 10.1017/S0008423916001141.
[9] M. Yoshida, A. Theeraroungchaisri, T. Thammetar, and J. Khlaisang, “Exploring moocs
that promote innovative public services,” Sustain., 2021, doi: 10.3390/su132413939.
Page | 211
Copyright2021@CIIR

Federal Requirements for Policy Analysis

Dr. Krishnappa Venkatesharaju
Assistant Professor, Department of Environmental Science and Engineering,
Email Id-venkateshraju.k@presidencyuniversity.in
ABSTRACT:
Policy analysis involves a comprehensive examination of policies and their potential impact on
various stakeholders. In the context of the United States federal government, there are specific
requirements that guide the process of policy analysis. This abstract provides a concise
overview of some key federal requirements for policy analysis, highlighting their significance
in promoting transparency, accountability, and informed decision-making. The federal
government places importance on evidence-based policy analysis to ensure effective
governance. One crucial requirement is the consideration of costs and benefits. Federal policies
must undergo a rigorous assessment of their potential economic, social, and environmental
impacts. This analysis helps policymakers understand the trade-offs associated with different
policy options and facilitates informed decision-making based on comprehensive evaluations.
KEYWORDS:
Accountability, Decision-Making, Ethics, Federal, Guidelines, Impact Evaluation.
INTRODUCTION
Policy analysis is often not simply a good idea, but also the law. The American government is
mandated to evaluate the effects of several of its operations. Usually, the goal is to encourage
people to make better decisions. Examples of these specifications include. By altering the
specifications for hydroelectric facility license or renewal, this legislation modifies the Federal
Power legislation. The "equal consideration" provision requires the Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission to weigh the value of a river's non-power advantages equally with its power-
related benefits when making licensing decisions.
Executive Order
By establishing a framework for assessing the conception, effects, and efficacy of current and
prospective federal rules, this Executive Order seeks to simplify the regulatory process. An
study of the benefits and costs of various regulatory goals, objectives, actions, and alternatives
is one of the obligations, to the degree that it is authorized by law, for all agencies [1], [2].
Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations, By conducting an analysis to identify and address "disproportionately high and
adverse human health or environmental effects of its programs, policies, and activities on
minority and low-income populations in the US and its territories and possessions," all agencies
are required by this Order to work toward environmental justice.
Act of 1969 establishing national environmental policy
Page | 212
Copyright2021@CIIR
The mandate that any Federal activities that "significantly affect the quality of the human
environment" be evaluated in an Environmental Impact Statement is NEPA's most important
addition to the field of policy analysis. Impacts of the proposed actions, inevitable negative
consequences brought on by implementation, alternatives, the connection between short-term
usage and long-term productivity, and any permanent resource commitments brought on by the
execution of a planned action should all be included in the EIS. The National Environmental
Policy Act's state-level counterparts, as well as several other state laws, contain requirements
for policy analysis for environmental actions.
DISCUSSION
U.S. Water Resources Council: Principles and Standards for Water Resource and Related Land
Use Planning. The Principles and Standards developed a thorough planning procedure that
included developing alternate ideas and weighing the trade-offs between them. The agency is
required to undertake benefit-cost analyses for national economic development goals and
environmental quality objectives for each potential proposal. Although they should be
mentioned, the impacts on other variables like regional development and social well-being are
not necessary to be thoroughly examined.
This book aims to both assist policy analysts in their work and people who read policy analyses
in understanding their meaning. A policy analysis must be relevant to a current problem and
have a channel into the policy process if it is to serve as information for the policy process. The
definition of the analytical question lies at the heart of the first of these. Finding the question
that needs to be addressed the most during a policy analysis will assist to guarantee that the
outcomes are helpful. A client makes it much easier for the study to find a way into the policy-
making process. The customer will probably be engaged in the problem, will likely be aware
of the key analytical issues, will probably apply the findings. Ethics and considerations of
personal values will be nearly inevitable since policy analysis may affect how laws, regulations,
and public initiatives are formed, and therefore the lives of millions of people. Moral concerns
might still exist about the selection of the topic to be examined or the client's participation in
the study, even if the analysis is conducted using the most meticulous, objective, and impartial
methodologies imaginable and is written up such that all findings and conclusions are utterly
impregnable. Additionally, policy analysis is often performed under tight time and financial
constraints, either of which by themselves may result in analytical restrictions; how those
limitations are treated may cause issues. These choices and decisions cannot be avoided.
However, it is our aim that by bringing these issues to the attention of the novice analyst, you
will have the chance to plan ahead and think of other solutions [3], [4].
Analysis of the Policy Scope
Providing information on the many effects of a policy option is one of the primary duties of a
policy analyst, as will be covered in section 3 of this article. What are a policy's biological and
social repercussions? What is the expected cost and do the advantages of the activity outweigh
the disadvantages? Futures will outline some of the resources you might use to provide those
facts to a decision-maker. This section will start off by going over a few topics related to
establishing the scope of your study. Your research will become more straightforward and
focused if you accurately define the scope of the task, including the level of detail necessary,
the source of the data, and the time frame or duration of the study. Therefore, using correct
scoping will raise the likelihood that the customer will accept and apply your analysis.
Many of the details you need would take years of study by highly qualified technical specialists
if they were to be totally correct, and even then, the experts may not come to a conclusion on
the impacts they are researching. Normally, a policy analyst is unable to carry out the extensive
Page | 213
Copyright2021@CIIR
research really required to comprehend how a policy affects society. You may not have access
to some things like time, money, or technological know-how. Poor or inadequate information,
however, might result in poor policy choices. If the choice of which option will be picked
depends on these impacts, you should provide the decision-maker the best information you can
about each alternative's consequences. You will have to strike a balance between accuracy and
speed as a policy analyst.
This will draw attention to some of the problems you must resolve before starting your detailed
investigation. The most important takeaway is that you must adapt your analysis to the time
and resources at your disposal. You must advise your customer of the resources required to get
the level of accuracy she requires if your client requires highly accurate findings but those
results are not readily accessible from current research. You are considerably more likely to be
able to do your task quickly and efficiently if the customer will be pleased with knowing what
the consequences are likely to be without requiring to know the magnitudes. By offering a
highly complex study that you cannot execute in the specified time period, you will neither
benefit yourself nor your customer. You will either labor long hours for little pay, or your
customer will be unhappy with your job. When generic remarks would have sufficed, it is far
less likely that your customer would be angry if you deliver precise, comprehensive findings
because you used time and resources she may have preferred you employ elsewhere.
Approving a budget for analysis
When you initially go through the analysis with your customer, there are a number of concerns
that will need to be addressed. Will you work on the research for six months or for six hours?
Will you be able to recruit other analysts given your budget, or will you have to complete the
task yourself? Will you be able to create new data sources, or will you have to depend on
someone else's analysis of a problem that is somewhat like to your own? If you are required to
make a proposal to perform a research, as consulting companies commonly do, you will need
to provide a clear budget, timeline, and description of your intended final output. Your company
and you may directly arrange your time and financial restrictions if you work directly for your
customer. However, these problems must be settled before the job starts to guarantee that your
time and effort are put to the client's needs [5]–[7].
The project's scope will often be established even before you are aware that you will be working
on it. For example, your customer may want an urgent response or may have previously
concluded that a multi-year, multi-million dollar investigation is required. In other situations,
you will have the chance to recommend the ideal analysis's scope. From a social standpoint,
money spent on policy study is money that is not spent on other things, like putting policies
into action. The analysis's goal is to enhance the policy choice that will eventually be made.
Theoretically, a research is worthwhile if it improves the choice and outweighs the expenses
associated with doing the analysis, such as time and money. A research may not always lead to
a better choice of course of action. Both the decision to perform an analysis and the scope of
that study should be influenced by a number of factors:
Could your analysis force a change in the decision?
Is the person making the choice searching for the best option? It's conceivable that the choice
has already been made, maybe as a result of a legal requirement or a previous decision by the
decision-maker. If so, nothing will change as a result of the research, and focusing on a different
subject might give you more clout. On the other hand, if subsequent acts might alter or lessen
the impact of the policy, an analysis could still be helpful.
How well-known are the effects of the policy at this point?
Page | 214
Copyright2021@CIIR
Determining whether such consequences are likely to be significant or detrimental is important

if the policy's effects are entirely unknown. Another study may not be the greatest use of the
public funds if the policy has been thoroughly researched. But sometimes, policy-makers may
not act on a research because they aren't sure that it's accurate. Studies that support the initial
findings might significantly boost the analysis's credibility.
Spending at least a little amount of money researching implications is probably useful if there
are significant disparities between options' impacts, such as when millions of dollars, acres, or
lives are on the line. However, if the variations in consequences are negligible, it is not socially
beneficial to invest a lot of money in a research.
If you and your customer are debating on the socially ideal amount of analysis to do, those
variables might be helpful. But is it probable that either you or your customer would base their
choice of analysis scope on the socially optimum amount of analysis? In actuality, you and
your customer will both enter this discussion with different goals in mind. On a personal level,
she could desire a very credible and exhaustive study completed in practically little time for
nearly no money, whereas you might want to be well rewarded for a considerable amount of
time with little effort required. You two probably both understand that these viewpoints are
untenable. Negotiation and thorough communication are required to determine the extent of
the analysis so that both of you are aware of the required work as well as the time and financial
constraints.
Politics may also be a motivation for analysis. A policy maker may be hesitant to decide
because she is unsure or undecided, because she disapproves of the suggested option, or
because she believes that future research will change the findings of the previous study. In these
situations, stating that further research is necessary may prevent policy action, at least
temporarily. Even if you may disagree with the choice to delay, remember that you did not
make it. It is her responsibility to deal with the effects of her choice. The decision-maker may
be held accountable for demanding more research than is necessary for a policy, but the analyst
does not be punished for conducting excellent analysis. The rest of this article will address
some of the problems you will encounter when you decide the scope of your study. This list is
illustrative rather than exhaustive since as you gain more expertise in policy analysis, more
problems could come up. In any situation, we advise you to have an in-depth conversation with
your customer about how to strike a balance between the need for the greatest information and
limited time, money, and resources.
Application of "With and Without" Principle
Separating the consequences that are particularly attributable to the policy action from those
that will occur in the absence of the policy action is one of the core tenets of policy analysis.
In essence, we want to determine if enacting a certain legislation will result in higher levels of
environmental quality than levels that would have happened even if we did nothing. For
instance, just the extra recycling this program causes, not the overall quantity of recycling once
the policy is put into place, is a benefit when attempting to quantify the advantages of
mandating a curbside recycling program. Through recycling facilities and drop-off locations in
stores, some recycling has already started to take place. If the city already has a "pay as you
throw" policy that bases rubbish collection costs on the volume placed at the curb, then over
time, even in the absence of the curbside recycling program, householders may take efforts to
increase the quantity of recycling. Currently, homes recycle 1,000 tons in the first year. Even
without a curbside recycling strategy, it is anticipated that the amount of recycling would rise
to 1,200 tons in 10 years due to growing environmental consciousness and a desire to cut down
on waste disposal costs. However, recycling will become more practical and increase to 1,500
Page | 215
Copyright2021@CIIR
tons in 10 years if the curbside recycling program is made mandatory. Analysts sometimes
disagree as to whether the advantages of the program should be calculated as the difference
between the with and without program or as the difference between the before program and the
after program.
Comparing before and after would be incorrect, since some of the increase in recycling would
have happened even if the curbside recycling program had not been put in place. It would be
wrong to credit that shift to the curbside recycling program since no new program is required
to achieve the first 200 tons increase in the future. The alteration brought about by the curbside
recycling program is only an improvement over the heavy two-way arrows or what might
happen in the future if nothing is done. But just because nothing is done does not imply that
the level will remain the same in the absence of a project. Without the project, the future trend
can be growing or possibly changing as even sustaining the existing levels yields a benefit even
if the future is on a downward trajectory, maybe as a consequence of busier two-income
families using pre-packaged items. Even when the levels are the same before and after, the
initiative or policy has undoubtedly had an impact. After instance, instead of the present 1000
tons of recycling, 800 tons would have been produced in ten years if nothing was done. So,
preventing future losses is a legitimate program benefit.
The "with-without" concept is also highly useful for determining precisely which resources
may be disregarded from policy analysis and which ones need a thorough evaluation. It is not
necessary to assess a specific environmental consequence as part of the policy analysis if its
magnitude would be the same under both the with and without options. Changes in the sorts of
impacts or changes in the amounts of those effects alone determine the outcome of a policy
analysis. Even if a particular consequence may appear significant, it is not necessary to include
it in the analysis if the project or policy has no bearing on it. In order to ascertain whether the
resource will be severely impacted or not, preliminary study may, of course, be required in the
early planning or scoping phase of an analysis. If the public has voiced concern about this
environmental impact, a "negative declaration" of no effect must be made clear as a justification
for not include this problem in the policy analysis, according to the language of environmental
impact statements. Then, throughout a time for public comment, reviewers will comprehend
that although you were aware of the problem, it was not a factor in your decision since it was
consistent across all of the policy possibilities.
Precise
By definition, a policy analysis seeks to foretell how a policy will affect things. With sufficient
effort, a forecast may be made with a high degree of accuracy; yet, with less work, the projected
course of a change can be stated. For instance, a policy study may find that raising the gas tax
would enhance air quality by lowering petrol usage. In some circumstances, such as when
asked to assess if a fuel tax has any negative environmental effects, knowing merely the
direction of the effect of the tax on air pollution is sufficient for the purposes of the study. The
size of the impact is required in other circumstances. Consider the scenario where you are
evaluating several strategies to reduce air pollution in a city and you are attempting to decide
how much of a gas tax is necessary to meet that criteria. Here, you must calculate how much
less gasoline will be purchased as a result of the tax and how much pollution will be prevented
as a result of that decrease.
Depending on your client's needs from you, any of these evaluations might be completely suited
for her and serve a somewhat different function. They most likely include various time
constraints and research techniques. For the first example of a qualitative study, you may be
able to determine the sorts of impacts that would cause a gasoline tax to decrease pollution by
Page | 216
Copyright2021@CIIR
using a conceptual or theoretical model of the link between a gasoline tax and air pollution. As
an alternative, you may assess if emissions from automobiles are lower when gasoline costs
are greater by comparing emissions from cars in regions with different fuel prices. In the
second scenario, you'll need a variety of information, including information on the relationship
between gasoline price and quantity purchased, the change in pollution caused by changes in
gasoline consumption, potential gasoline substitutes, and the change in pollution caused by
those substitutes.
The accuracy of the results you can provide will often rely on your availability of time and
resources. For instance, Loomis provides studies of alternate land planning strategies were out
by the United States. America's Forest Service and U.S. Agency for Land Management.
Although it oversees nearly 50% more land than the USFS, BLM has generally gotten far less
budget. As a consequence, the BLM estimates the number of acres of land accessible for
various types of recreation when determining the impact of an option on recreation. In contrast,
the USFS is often able to estimate the projected usage in addition to calculating the available
acreage. Budget restrictions affect the BLM significantly more than the USFS, therefore its
investigation of alternatives is much less thorough.
You must be extremely cautious how you get to that conclusion, even if you can just provide a
direction to an impact, such as that air pollution would decrease as a result of a fuel tax.
Unintended effects may be hiding in plain sight, so if they seem plausible, you must do your
best to find them. For instance, it is quite probable that a fuel tax will lower automotive
emissions by lowering gasoline usage. Imagine, however, if individuals choose to buy and drive
dirtier vehicles powered by alternative fuels as a result of the gasoline tax. Alternately, maybe
more people worked from home, generating greater pollution via home offices and higher
power consumption. These effects need not be a worry if they are minor. But if the impacts are
significant, that rise in the gas tax may contribute to more pollution.
There are several ways that unintended effects might happen. As was already said, they may
result from unanticipated consequences, such as when a policy encourages consumers to
purchase more inferior items. More broadly, they may appear each time a policy measure is
connected to anything that is only loosely associated with the issue rather than the actual
problem. Additionally, even if a policy explicitly addresses the issue, there might still be
unintended consequences that negatively impact other aspects of society. According to this
"Theory of the Second Best," when there are many flaws in the economy, fixing just one of
them might leave society worse off than if nothing were done. People may be encouraged to
use electric automobiles, for example, if pollution from cars is taxed but not pollution from
electrical utilities. Pollution will be minimized even though automobiles will probably cost
more if the pollution from electricity generating is lower than that from gasoline consumption.
However, the levy on vehicle pollution may not benefit society if pollution really rises as a
result of power production and automobile prices rise.
As long as you and your client are both aware of the constraints of your study, having inaccurate
findings is not always a defect in a policy analysis. You may not be able to create
comprehensive findings due to time, data, or resource constraints. Understanding the direction
of effects, or even rough estimates of their magnitudes, can still help policymakers make better
choices because they can pinpoint where impacts are most likely to be significant and least
significant, where unintended consequences may arise, and where more in-depth analysis might
be particularly beneficial. Of course, you may provide additional insights if you have the time
and resources to undertake a more thorough investigation. However, if time is short, it is
preferable to have some outcomes rather than promise outstanding ones when the policy is no
longer relevant.
Page | 217
Copyright2021@CIIR
Secondary vs. Original Data Sources

Your capacity to put together the necessary research materials will also be impacted by time
and resource constraints. Will you have enough time and access to a library to conduct a
thorough examination of the body of literature, or will you be limited to looking through the
books you already have? Will you use data from previous research or will you gather new data?
Your background materials and data sources will take different shapes and originate from a
wide range of sources in order to give the knowledge your customer will require. Each piece
of data has its limits. Determining whether you are utilizing data or existing results legitimately
and when you are using them in ways for which they were not meant or are not suitable should
be one of the key abilities you learn as an analyst. This principle applies to data that you utilize
from other sources as well as data that you independently acquire. In both cases, the data may
not precisely serve your aims, and you will need to decide if flawed data are preferable to no
data at all. It may seem that gathering original data would be preferable to utilizing that of
others, but this superiority relies on your time, knowledge, and resources as it does with so
much else in policy research. Data collection may be time- and money-consuming, and it takes
careful preparation to provide findings that are meaningful. If you have limited resources, it is
probably best to use as much current research and data as you can. However, if you are unable
to locate any past studies on your area of interest, you have two options: either you may gather
the resources to carry out the study independently, or you can attempt to extrapolate from
previously conducted research that is not directly relevant to your study [8], [9].
Imagine, for instance, that you are researching how wood harvesting affects elk populations in
Idaho, but the only research you can locate focuses on how timber harvesting affects deer in
Wisconsin. You might hire a group of scientists to conduct a yearlong investigation on how
timber harvesting affects elk in Idaho. You might also try extrapolating some important data
from the Wisconsin deer research. If so, you must establish if deer and elk are expected to react
similarly to timber harvesting and whether animals in Idaho and Wisconsin are likely to be
affected similarly by wood harvesting. Are there any scientific justifications for why
Wisconsin statistics are likely to be greater or lower than Idaho data, or why the deer data may
indicate an upper or lower constraint on impacts on elk? If you have the capacity to compare
data from several sources, you could learn something new and get new insight.
If you can't collect the "right" data because of time constraints or financial constraints, the same
issue might occur when you develop your own data. For instance, imagine that you had the
time and money to solely poll residents of your community about their attitudes regarding
maintaining the purity of the air above Minnesota's Voyageurs National Park. Will the
responses you get from your sample of locals be indicative of those of individuals in other
areas? Is using this sample preferable to extrapolating from the results of previous studies?
There are no universal solutions to these problems; the solution will rely on the quality of the
available research, your capacity to carry out a study, and, once again, the need for the most
accurate solution. The benefits and drawbacks of current research in comparison to fresh data
sources, as well as the constraints of your study no matter how you construct it, should be
thoroughly discussed with your customer [10].
CONCLUSION
The most crucial step in scoping your analysis is figuring out the repercussions of a mistake.
Making a precise estimate of the impacts of that policy won't matter too lot, for example, if
your issue won't have a significant impact on anybody or if your customer is unlikely to employ
much of your work. On the other hand, you will want to achieve the highest level of accuracy
if millions of dollars or countless lives might depend on the findings of your research. In any
Page | 218
Copyright2021@CIIR
scenario, your personal and professional optimization challenge is to provide your customer
with the finest analysis you can, given the time and financial limits placed on you. When
confronted with the limitations you encounter, you should talk with your customer about
whether you even should continue with your research if you are unable to generate the degree
of accuracy in the findings that they need. Since all findings are inaccurate to some extent, the
overall issue is not whether flawed results are preferable to no results at all. Instead, the issue
is whether the research will be valuable for your customer given the degree of accuracy that
can be achieved. Discovering which of the numerous inadequately measured factors could have
a significant impact on the ranking of alternatives is made easier with the use of a method called
"sensitivity analysis." Not all inaccurately measured variables would need further analytical
time or data gathering; just that one variable would. The key to scoping, therefore, is to adjust
the degree of analytical effort to the significance of the values at stake in the choice. It does not
have to be flawless, but it does have to be done, may be a successful analyst's slogan.
REFERENCES
[1] A. Kriesberg, K. Huller, R. Punzalan, and C. Parr, “An analysis of federal policy on public access
to scientific research data,” Data Sci. J., 2017, doi: 10.5334/dsj-2017-027.
[2] N. Finio, W. Lung-Amam, G. J. Knaap, C. Dawkins, and E. Knaap, “Metropolitan planning in a
vacuum: Lessons on regional equity planning from Baltimore’s Sustainable Communities
Initiative,” J. Urban Aff., 2021, doi: 10.1080/07352166.2019.1565822.
[3] C. Page-Tan and T. B. Corbin, “Protective policies for all? An analysis of Covid-19 deaths and
protective policies among low-, medium-, and high-vulnerability groups,” Disasters, 2021, doi:
10.1111/disa.12525.
[4] P. T. Jaeger, “Assessing Section 508 compliance on federal e-government Web sites: A multi-
method, user-centered evaluation of accessibility for persons with disabilities,” Gov. Inf. Q.,
2006, doi: 10.1016/j.giq.2006.03.002.
[5] F. Fichert, “Transport policy planning in Germany - An analysis of political programs and
investment masterplans,” Eur. Transp. Res. Rev., 2017, doi: 10.1007/s12544-017-0247-7.
[6] M. M. Mello, J. Adler-Milstein, K. L. Ding, and L. Savage, “Legal Barriers to the Growth of
Health Information Exchange—Boulders or Pebbles?,” Milbank Q., 2018, doi: 10.1111/1468-
0009.12313.
[7] S. A. Rutledge, D. N. Harris, and W. K. Ingle, “How principals ‘bridge and buffer’ the new
demands of teacher quality and accountability: A mixed-methods analysis of teacher hiring,”
Am. J. Educ., 2010, doi: 10.1086/649492.
[8] O. A. Makinde, A. Sule, O. Ayankogbe, and D. Boone, “Distribution of health facilities in
Nigeria: Implications and options for Universal Health Coverage,” Int. J. Health Plann.
Manage., 2018, doi: 10.1002/hpm.2603.
[9] F. J. Lebeda, J. J. Zalatoris, and J. B. Scheerer, “Government Cloud Computing Policies:
Potential Opportunities for Advancing Military Biomedical Research,” Mil. Med., 2018, doi:
10.1093/milmed/usx114.
[10] E. M. Bukhvald and A. V. Kolchugina, “The spatial development strategy and national security
priorities of the Russian Federation,” Econ. Reg., 2019, doi: 10.17059/2019-3-1.
Page | 219
Copyright2021@CIIR

Decision Criteria and Decision Methods for

Policy Analysis
ABSTRACT:
Policy analysis involves evaluating various policy options and selecting the most appropriate
course of action to address societal challenges. Decision criteria and decision methods are
fundamental components of policy analysis, providing a systematic framework for assessing
alternatives and making informed decisions. This abstract provides a concise overview of
decision criteria and decision methods used in policy analysis, highlighting their significance
in facilitating rational and evidence-based decision-making. Decision criteria are objective
measures or standards used to evaluate and compare policy alternatives. Common decision
criteria include effectiveness, efficiency, equity, feasibility, and political acceptability.
Effectiveness refers to the ability of a policy to achieve its intended outcomes and solve the
identified problem. Efficiency assesses the cost-effectiveness and resource utilization of policy
options. Equity considers the distributional impacts and fairness of policies across different
groups. Feasibility examines the practicality and implement ability of policy alternatives, while
political acceptability evaluates the level of support and consensus among stakeholders and
decision-makers.
KEYWORDS:
Criteria, Decision-Making, decision Methods, Efficiency, Equity, Evaluation, Evidence-Based,
Feasibility.
INTRODUCTION
Imagine you were a decision-maker involved in an environmental policy dispute and you
wanted to act in the interests of society. Perhaps it has to do with the location of a polluting
plant that is expected to provide employment opportunities for the most vulnerable members
in your community. Perhaps you are figuring out how to save a threatened species. Or maybe
you're negotiating a decrease in greenhouse gas emissions to lessen the impact of climate
change. What is the best way to decide? What details would you want to know before making
a decision? What data would you wish your policy study to provide, in other words? First off,
keep in mind that a decision-maker is likely to be faced with two distinct questions: what sorts
of information are valuable, and on what basis should a choice be made. The first is what we'll
refer to as the decision-making criteria: the elements that influence a choice. The second is
what we'll call a decision procedure or decision rule. There might be a wide range of criteria.
Page | 220
Copyright2021@CIIR
The decision criteria are put together by the decision rule or technique into a final result—the
decision [1]–[3].
It's crucial to keep in mind that, even if you are the analyst or counselor, your customer
ultimately has the power to make decisions. The gathering of the data, forecasting the
consequences of each option on each of the decision criteria, and making the data useable for
your customer are your main duties as an analyst. Applying a decision-making process
provided by your customer is another service you might provide. The variety of decision-
making techniques that may be used to solve this issue may also be presented to the customer.
In most cases, you will take the criteria you have created, put them through the decision process
that your customer has selected, and then provide your client with the results. Your customer
is free to use the information whatever she pleases at this point.
Where do the criteria apply?
We need to take a step back in the process and talk about the aforementioned question: on what
basis are we searching for impacts? before we talk about decision criteria. The creation of
alternatives is a crucial component of policy analysis. Rarely does a decision-maker like having
just one option; after all, there isn't much decision-making to be done when there is only one
option. In other words, if you simply provide one option, you have already decided for your
company. In fact, your customer often has access to a broad range of options, both in terms of
the final product and the methods used to get there. Sometimes your customer will provide you
the alternatives; other times, one of your tasks will be to find alternatives. In the first scenario,
you may complete your analysis right away; but, in the second scenario, you will need to
carefully analyze all of your possibilities. This subject is covered in more detail.
The "no action" option should always be considered; in other words, what would or might the
world look like if nothing were done? The variety of recommended measures being thought
about would then likely be included in alternatives. A broad variety of options will help the
decision-maker better grasp the issue, provide her the chance to show all parties involved that
their concerns were taken seriously, and improve her chances of coming up with a solution. So,
if you aren't provided a lot of options, recommend to her that you broaden the selection. We
would like to take this opportunity to remind you that while analyzing your alternatives and
developing your estimations of the choice criteria, you should not compare the current state of
the world to that of the alternative, but rather to the state of the world in the absence of the
alternative. The second issue is, "What will you analyze," given that you now know what you
will be analyzing a group of choices. The choice criteria that follow provide some suggestions
for what you should include as a starting point.
DISCUSSION
Decision Criteria
What elements are crucial to comprehend while discussing environmental policy issues? It is
obvious that the answer to this issue will depend on the particular policy being examined and
the regulations that apply to it. Nevertheless, a thorough examination that is typically suitable
for many environmental challenges includes:
The impact of a behavior on physical, biological, scientific, and technological levels
What consequences will there be if a policy is implemented? Will the habitat be better or worse
off? Will the quality of the water improve or decline? Will the situation with traffic improve or
worsen? Making an informed choice on whether to execute the action requires knowledge
Page | 221
Copyright2021@CIIR
about the anticipated effects of the activity. The basis for assessing the following characteristic
is typically this knowledge of the physical and technological impacts.
Monetary Effectiveness
Here, we make reference to both items with established market pricing as well as those non-
marketed goods and services that have an impact on the general state of social welfare. Will
the overall effects of the policy be favorable for society, or will the costs of the program exceed
the advantages? Typically, benefit-cost analysis is used to examine this item.
Distributive Justice
Depending on their geography, race, income, or career, various individuals are affected by
public policy in different ways. Who benefits from this move and who loses? A policy's
distributional effects often reveal a great deal about its supporters and detractors.
Cultural and Social Acceptance
Will a certain activity upset some people? For instance, would a planned road disturb a Native
American holy place? Does killing wild horses and burros count as a means of reducing their
impact on rangeland? Is it OK to build a new chemical factory in an area with a high
concentration of African Americans where pollution is already a problem? A policy-maker will
want to comprehend potential objections to a proposal, particularly those based on social norm
violations.
Operational Effectiveness and Administrative Viability
Can anything go from theory to practice? For instance, if greenhouse gas emissions cannot be
adequately monitored, would marke permits still be effective in reducing emissions? Will a
government organization have the resources and staff to enact a law banning the removal of
endangered plants from private lands? Will a policy's ineffective implementation have
unfavorable unintended consequences?
Legality
Can the alternatives be implemented without amending current laws? Even if a proposal is
brilliant, if it would entail altering the state's constitution, current laws, or existing rules, it can
be challenging or even impossible to put into action without significant costs or a long
implementation period. As a consequence, although a policy alternative might undoubtedly
point out laws that need to be modified in order to enhance social welfare, this is often not the
main outcome of a policy analysis. Most realistic studies of policy must look for answers within
already-existing rules and laws.
Uncertainty
Are the consequences of a policy certain to occur? Is the range of uncertainty accepted or does
the range of potential outcomes significantly alter the conclusions of the study if there is
uncertainty about the policy's effects? Do reasonable ranges of important variables fully change
the ranking of alternative solutions? It will be crucial to offer ranges of findings in addition to
the mean if there is a lot of ambiguity in the study's subject. A decision-maker is probably not
indifferent between two choices with the same average effects but distinct ranges of outcomes
if there is any risk aversion. Consider two options where the mean or anticipated cost is $50
million, but the potential cost ranges for one are $1 million to $99 million and the possible cost
range for the other is $48 million to $52 million. Clearly, the second option offers greater
assurance and may thus be preferable. As previously indicated, the issue over climate change
Page | 222
Copyright2021@CIIR
is typically characterized as having significant scientific uncertainty: the impacts may be

significant or may not exist. If they are significant, we may desire to make significant and
costly changes to our existing behavior; if they are negligible, society is likely not interested in
imposing those costs on ourselves since there would be no corresponding advantage. The
spectrum of potential outcomes suggests dramatically diverse solutions, therefore lowering the
level of ambiguity could increase agreement on the best course of action. Consequently, it may
be desirable to carry out the extra data collection or analysis if the favored option is extremely
sensitive to factors whose uncertainty may be decreased [4]–[6]. Instead, then being exhaustive,
this list is designed to be illustrative. Some of these subjects may not apply to certain problems,
and your specific analysis might only involve a tiny subset of these categories. Almost all of
these considerations are likely to be taken into account by the person who makes the final
decision on an environmental policy.
Performance Metrics for Every Criteria
Each of these broad selection criteria will undoubtedly have a lot of quantifiable indications,
of course. That is, we need a quantifiable signal or gauge in order to assess how well various
solutions perform in addressing a certain issue. For instance, the physical, biological, scientific,
and technical effects of a policy could include a variety of things like the impact on air and
water quality parameters, the amount of freshwater wetlands that are impacted, the number of
people who contract a specific illness, changes in the amount of recreational visitation, or
minutes of travel delay per vehicle mile. Although the distributional or social/cultural effects
of a policy may be assessed for any number of different impacted parties, the economic
efficiency of a program is normally measured as a change in net benefits to society.
Distributional difficulties may be summed up by determining whether the costs of the policy
are progressive or regressive, or by determining whether the benefits received by each family
increase or decrease more quickly than household income. Estimates of the necessary agency
budget, personnel count, and evaluation of whether the budgetary resources allotted to an
agency are set or flexible are needed to determine operational practicability or administrative
feasibility. Whether the decision-maker is a legislative body, an administrative body, or a
lower-level official, legality varies. Uncertainties may have an impact on a wide range of the
policy concerns and can be examined both alone and in combination.
All of these elements might, to varying degrees, come into play during a discussion about
environmental policy. The fact that the social implications must also be taken into account is
maybe the most crucial thing to realize. The scientific repercussions are simply one set of
criteria. Problems with the environment and resources affect both science and people, thus it is
important to examine them from both perspectives. The majority of the variables that might
affect a choice about an environmental issue are probably covered by the aforementioned list.
Many of these consequences will likely be included in an environmental impact statement, with
a focus on the physical-biological-scientific-technical components of the issue. President
Reagan signed Executive Order 12291 in 1981 requiring agencies to apply benefit-cost analysis
in their regulatory procedures, to the degree permissible by law. Executive Order 12898 of
President Clinton on environmental justice mandates that agencies assess how their decisions
may affect minority and low-income groups in terms of distribution. Environmental groups
will probably concentrate on the scientific effects, while groups with financial stakes in a policy
will pay close attention to the distributional effects, and groups that may implement the policy
will concentrate on the administrative feasibility.
Whether you concentrate on one issue within one of these domains or almost all of them as a
policy analyst, you must make sure your study takes your client's demands into account. With
your time and financial limitations in mind, you must specify the scope of your study and the
Page | 223
Copyright2021@CIIR
degree of depth you will provide. You can either perform a very in-depth and complex
examination of one issue for a certain amount of time and money, or you may cover a variety
of things at a rather superficial, unsophisticated level. Even if these physical, biological, and
technological aspects are not the main focus of your research, it should be noted that they may
need to be calculated in order to calculate economic benefits and costs. You may see some of
the techniques you can use to ascertain the impacts of each choice on each of your criteria by
taking a peek forward at forthcomings.
The following phase is to present the alternatives to your customer in a way that will support
her decision-making once you have chosen the alternatives for study, decided which criteria
you are to assess for each option, and performed the analysis of effects. Your customer may
sometimes merely want the data you've gathered, or she may occasionally want it analyzed to
determine which possible policies are best. The many approaches that a decision-maker could
take to the option are suggested by the decision procedures that will be explored. It is rare that
it will be your responsibility to direct the decision-maker's process, but you may determine
how various decision-making processes or regulations will affect the favored option.
Methods Of Decision
One really powerful method for displaying the outcomes after you have examined each of your
criteria for all the choices is to utilize a matrix. Create a table where each column is an option
and each row indicates a criterion that you have examined. The outcomes of your analysis may
then be shown in each cell of the table.
Consider a situation where several ozone standards are under consideration. The status quo, or
option A, is the area's present ozone level; it is also known as the "no action" option under
terms of the National Environmental Policy Act. Alternatives B and C have lower ozone levels.
Sub-options for Alternatives B and C include providing licenses for minor pollution or
employing regulatory standards to accomplish the objectives. This lists a few of the operational
viability/administrative viability, economic efficiency, distributional, and physical/biological
consequences. It is not necessary to add consequences in these other categories if all of these
behaviors are equally legal under current legislation, similarly socially acceptable, and unlikely
to be altered by analytic uncertainty. Therefore, relying on the "with versus without" concept
may often simplify the decision issue by excluding factors that are consistent across options
from consideration.
This matrix alone condenses a substantial amount of pertinent data into a clear, understandable
style. A decision-maker can better grasp the trade-offs involved in the decision-making process
and can perceive the diverse implications of the policies. The presentation of these findings
could be the last thing you do. The material may need to be further synthesized for your
customer in various situations, depending on the criteria she will use to make her choice. The
list that follows offers some examples of the types of methods that decision-makers could wish
to compile all of this data. Although it is rare that you will be required to instruct a client on
how to make a choice, you could wish to do a few of the studies listed below to see whether
the best course of action is affected by the decision technique they choose.
Dominance
Consider Alternatives B1 and B2, which both reduce ambient ozone to the same level. While
B1 uses regulatory standards, requiring all businesses to reduce their emissions by the same
percentage, B2 uses market-based emissions permits, allowing some businesses to reduce their
required cleanup in exchange for reducing additional emissions from others. The claims that
both policies have equal effects, with the exception of the cost category, where costs to utilities
Page | 224
Copyright2021@CIIR
under B2 are $25 million and costs under B1 are $40 million. Since it makes sense that greater
utility costs are undesirable, policy B2 is unquestionably better than policy B1, or B2
outperforms B1. Accordingly, there is no justification for even considering policy B1, since B2
is preferable to it and at least as good as it on all but one criterion.
According to the Dominance rule, the dominated option may be removed from the pool of
alternatives if it matches or outperforms the other on all criteria. If there is no aspect on which
it is greater than the choice that rules it, why would it ever be chosen?
The key benefit of the dominance rule for policy selection is that all interested parties should
agree on it: why would anybody wish to retain option B1 in the pool when B2 is equal to or
better on all fronts? It is a very strong rule when it is applicable. The proviso "when it applies,"
however, must be regarded extremely carefully. Rarely is one choice dominant over another;
rather, the more normal situation is that each alternative has pros and cons, as you will discover
when evaluating any other alternatives mentioned above. For instance, the Status Quo option
has the most pollution and hence the worst consequences on agriculture and human health, but
it also has the lowest implementation and utility costs. Alternative C1 needs fewer employees
for enforcement even if Alternative C2 is less expensive for utilities. No other option
predominates over another.
Since certain natural resources are exploited so inefficiently, we sometimes may uncover
dominant or win-win alternatives, dominance is worth examining for as it may help remove
some of the alternatives from further evaluation. The dominance rule will not often be a
decision procedure that may be utilized to determine the greatest option since it is uncommon
for one alternative to equal or surpass all other alternatives on every criterion. Be aware that if
one alternative clearly outperforms all the others on every criterion, there may be cause to
suspect that a criterion was overlooked or that the other alternatives were purposefully chosen
to be subpar to the dominant alternative in order to make the dominant alternative the obvious
choice. Because environmental issues seldom have a single answer that everyone agrees is the
best. Perhaps the complete range of options wasn't taken into account, or the dominant options
were built like straw horses to be thrown out in favor of the favoured option. Alternately, it's
possible that the only criteria offered were ones that supported one particular solution.
Alternative C2 would prevail over Alternative C1 if, for example, "Additional Enforcement
Personnel Required" were not stated in the above. The dominance of Alternative B2 may
diminish if there was a category for "Likelihood of Violation of Air Quality Standards" that
would favor Alternative B1 over Alternative B2.
When it can be used, the Dominance rule for choices is particularly helpful for removing poor
alternatives and minimizing the number of options that need to be evaluated. However, as said,
its applicability is limited. In reality, it could mainly function to alert you to the fact that you've
overlooked anything in your analysis—either from the list of options or from the list of
standards by which the alternatives were judged.
Criteria Order
There are occasions when a decision-maker has a clearly stated aim that leaves little room for
judgment. For instance, the Clean Air Act mandates that the principal National Ambient Air
Quality Standards be established with a margin of safety to safeguard human health; the
standard-setting process is not to take into account the costs of meeting the standard. The first
consideration in this situation is safeguarding human health; all other considerations can only
be given secondary weight. Alternatives C1 and C2 are better than the status quo or any of the
B alternatives according to the ranking criteria since they both boost protection of human
Page | 225
Copyright2021@CIIR
health, even if they score worse on other metrics like cost to utilities and more enforcement
personnel needed.
Therefore, criteria ranking is a rule that prioritizes one criterion, and the choice is chosen
mostly based on that criterion. Other criteria don't have to be disregarded; they only get less
consideration. For instance, after considering impacts on human health, a further criteria may
be either Cost to Utilities or Additional Enforcement Personnel Required to choose between
C1 and C2. The criterion ranking technique concentrates the debate on one or more criteria,
while additional criteria are only considered afterwards, maybe as a deciding factor between
similar options.
The benefit of the criterion ranking technique is that the decision-maker must explicitly state
her preferences. The needs that are crucial to her must be made apparent, whether they are
related to legal obligations or a guiding principle. This method's lack of flexibility, even in the
face of very large opportunity costs, is a drawback. Even if upgrading from the B standards to
the C standards triples or quadruples the cost to utilities, a stringent criterion ranking based on
human health would not allow any trading-off of these higher costs with health. Even if there
are reservations regarding the relative quality of the lowest bidder's work or punctuality, there
are situations when a government agency is compelled to award the contract to the lowest
bidder. A decision-maker would obviously have more discretion if additional flexibility were
added to the criteria ranking approach to consider additional factors; however, if sufficient
discretion is granted to consider those additional factors, the decision rule may no longer be
strictly a criterion ranking approach.
Benefit-Cost Analysis
A benefit-cost analysis criterion makes economic efficiency the governing standard or law. The
ideal policy should give the largest net gain, regardless of who wins and who loses, in order to
maximize net benefits to society. Because everyone will benefit if the profits outweigh the
losses, it is conceivable for the gainers to make up for the losers. Given that the benefits are the
same for all ozone concentrations but the costs are lower for the permit alternatives, it is
obvious that the mark permit methods outweigh the standards approaches. Additionally,
Alternative B2's 0.10 ozone concentration provides net advantages of $50 million over the
status quo, in contrast to 0.08 with permits, which has no net benefits over the status quo. So
the ideal option is the 0.10 ozone concentration with market licenses. The fact that the extra
advantages of switching to the lower concentration are $25 million while the additional
expenses are $75 million shows yet another reason why the 0.10 concentration is preferable
than the 0.08 concentration.
Notably, economic efficiency is being employed in this case as a rule of decision-making rather
than a criteria. The net advantages of an option would be taken into consideration as a criteria,
but they would not always decide the preferable result. On the other side, the result is often
determined by the net benefits. A benefit-cost decision rule is essentially a method of ordering
factors, with economic efficiency serving as the main criterion. A benefit-cost decision rule's
primary value is that it assures that an activity's benefits do in fact surpass its costs. Despite the
fact that having positive net benefits may seem like an apparent good, many public initiatives
are carried out at net costs to society. For instance, several government initiatives provide some
producers subsidies; often, they are economically ineffective. Programs that cost more than
they are worth would be dropped under a benefit-cost decision rule.
Second, as was already said, because this criterion guarantees that society benefits from the
activity, it is feasible for everyone to benefit from it. Even though certain groups incur
expenses, they may be made whole by the benefits to society as a whole. In this illustration,
Page | 226
Copyright2021@CIIR
for instance, better air benefits both citizens in general and agricultural producers, while
cleaning expenses are covered by utilities. In this instance, customers' increased power costs
may supply the extra money required for the utilities to pay for the cleaning. The utilities could
be prepared to pay for the abatement effort if the higher rates are less expensive than the
enhanced benefit from better air quality. Since there are net gains to be obtained, everyone is
here at least as well off as they were before.
These arguments also point to a number of issues with a benefit-cost criterion. First, and
possibly most crucially, the analysis must take into account all the advantages and
disadvantages of a course of action. Therefore, in our case, it is crucial to factor in both the
non-marketed impacts of ozone on human health and the market effects of ozone on agricultural
products. If ozone has other effects, such as lowering vision and accelerating the corrosion of
iron and other materials, such effects must also be taken into account when doing the
calculations. Benefit-cost analysis often only included those items having readily measurable
market prices and quantities in the past, in particular. Economists have worked very hard to
make sure that environmental consequences are taken into account in benefit-cost analyses,
particularly since the National Environmental Policy Act of 1970. How much is an endangered
species worth is a contentious issue surrounding these initiatives. Can you put a price on a
human life? However, assigning monetary prices to these resources demonstrates their true
economic worth and the fact that consumers are prepared to pay to safeguard the environment.
A benefit-cost analysis that leaves them out is biased in favor of ecologically harmful activities.
Even if it is feasible to make everyone happier as a result of an activity, there will often be
winners and losers from a government move, which is the second criticism of benefit-cost
analysis. In the example above, decreased ozone benefits agricultural producers and others who
are sensitive to air pollution, but utilities and their customers pay the price. Is it unexpected
that utilities will object to the stricter ozone standards? Is it unexpected that despite the 0.08
ozone concentration level being less effective than the 0.10 standard, agricultural producers
and others who are sensitive to pollution would advocate for it? Benefit-cost analysis may be
a valuable tool for evaluating a policy's impacts on society, but the distributional consequences
of the policy are probably considerably more effective for explaining the actions of interest
groups. Benefit-cost analysis may end up as a choice criteria rather than as a decision rule as
long as decisions are made by individuals who may be influenced by interest groups.
Approach with Multiple Attributes
All of the criteria listed in the are there for a reason they are all likely to be significant to your
customer. All of these various elements may be included into a decision rule using the multi-
attribute utility technique. The preferred option is determined by adding the weighted sums of
the alternatives after each criterion has been given a certain amount of weight. are taken into
account in the equation; "utility" refers to the economic model of consumer behavior, which
makes the assumption that people want to maximize their utility, or well-being, by choosing
which products and services to buy.)
Utilizing Decision Methods and Decision Criteria
The significance of separating decision procedures from choice criteria cannot be emphasized
enough. The choice is based on criteria, thus a significant portion of your effort as an analyst
will likely be in determining how each option would affect the chosen criterion. They do not,
however, in and of themselves decide which option is preferable. though no option outweighs
all others, the choice itself may be complicated and challenging, even though calculating the
consequences on the criteria is a straightforward process. It should be evident by now that it is
not always easy to determine which option is the best. Which options are preferred above others
Page | 227
Copyright2021@CIIR
will vary depending on the choice technique used, or even the same decision procedure with
different weights or values. Although it would be nice to develop an algorithm that picks the
best course of action, decision-makers are compensated handsomely for their work. These
choices are seldom simple; a simple choice would need either that one option dominates all
others or that there is a clear social agreement about the relative importance of the many
criteria. The former, as has been repeatedly said, is likely to happen if alternatives are
articulated carefully; the latter would need a miracle.
As a policy analyst, it is your responsibility to provide your client—a decision-maker—
information that will help her in making that choice. Therefore, part of your task will probably
include gathering decision criteria and presenting them in a way that your customer will find
beneficial. One or more of the decision-making techniques previously mentioned may be used
as part of your work while evaluating the options. However, we don't anticipate that part of
your work as a policy analyst to be making the ultimate decision. Aside from keeping you busy,
tasks like creating a suitable list of criteria, formulating alternatives, figuring out how each one
affects each criterion, and figuring out how various decision rules affect the choice of
alternative will help your client make the best decision possible [7]–[10].
CONCLUSION
In order to sum up, decision criteria and decision techniques are crucial parts of policy analysis
because they allow for a systematic assessment of policy options and the facilitation of well-
informed decision-making. In the process of developing policies, rationality, transparency, and
evidence-based decision-making are encouraged by the use of objective decision criteria in
conjunction with suitable decision techniques. By using these tools, policymakers may choose
policies that support their objectives, core beliefs, and societal demands. Decision-makers may
systematically assess policy options, take into account different viewpoints, and make
judgments that are supported by facts and logical reasoning by using decision criteria and
procedures in policy analysis. This increases the possibility of creating policies that effectively
and sustainably address pressing social issues.
REFERENCES
[1] G. Yannis, A. Kopsacheili, A. Dragomanovits, and V. Petraki, “State-of-the-art review
on multi-criteria decision-making in the transport sector,” Journal of Traffic and
Transportation Engineering (English Edition). 2020. doi: 10.1016/j.jtte.2020.05.005.
[2] M. K. Kaltoft, R. Turner, M. Cunich, G. Salkeld, J. B. Nielsen, and J. Dowie,
“Addressing preference heterogeneity in public health policy by combining Cluster
Analysis and Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis: Proof of Method,” Health Econ. Rev.,
2015, doi: 10.1186/s13561-015-0048-4.
[3] F. Amaliyah and E. Herwiyanti, “Pengaruh Keputusan Investasi, Ukuran Perusahaan,
Keputusan Pendanaan dan Kebijakan Deviden Terhadap Nilai Perusahaan Sektor
Pertambangan,” J. Penelitan Ekon. dan Bisnis, 2020, doi: 10.33633/jpeb.v5i1.2783.
[4] E. Broniewicz and K. Ogrodnik, “Multi-criteria analysis of transport infrastructure
projects,” Transp. Res. Part D Transp. Environ., 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.trd.2020.102351.
[5] G. Fancello, T. Congiu, and A. Tsoukiàs, “Mapping walkability. A subjective value
theory approach,” Socioecon. Plann. Sci., 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.seps.2020.100923.
[6] J. M. Stratil, R. Baltussen, I. Scheel, A. Nacken, and E. A. Rehfuess, “Development of
the Who-Integrate evidence-to-decision framework: An overview of systematic reviews
Page | 228
Copyright2021@CIIR
of decision criteria for health decision-making,” Cost Effectiveness and Resource

Allocation. 2020. doi: 10.1186/s12962-020-0203-6.
[7] O. Rogeberg et al., “A new approach to formulating and appraising drug policy: A multi-
criterion decision analysis applied to alcohol and cannabis regulation,” Int. J. Drug
Policy, 2018, doi: 10.1016/j.drugpo.2018.01.019.
[8] A. Nikas, H. Doukas, and L. Martínez López, “A group decision making tool for
assessing climate policy risks against multiple criteria,” Heliyon, 2018, doi:
10.1016/j.heliyon.2018.e00588.
[9] A. Sasurya and N. Asandimitra, “Pengaruh Kepemilikan Manajerial, Keputusan
Investasi, Keputusan Pendanaan, dan Kebijakan Deviden terhadap Nilai Perusahaan,”
BISMA (Bisnis dan Manajemen), 2018, doi: 10.26740/bisma.v6n1.p1-10.
[10] H. Smith, P. Varshoei, R. Boushey, and C. Kuziemsky, “Use of simulation modeling to
inform decision making for health care systems and policy in colorectal cancer
screening: Protocol for a systematic review,” JMIR Research Protocols. 2020. doi:
10.2196/16103.
Page | 229
Copyright2021@CIIR

Environmental Policy Analysis: A

Comprehensive Review
ABSTRACT:
Environmental policy analysis is a systematic process that aims to evaluate and assess the
effectiveness, efficiency, and impacts of policies related to environmental issues. This abstract
provides a concise overview of the steps involved in conducting an environmental policy
analysis, highlighting the key considerations and methodologies utilized throughout the
process. The first step in conducting an environmental policy analysis is problem identification
and scoping. This involves identifying the specific environmental issue or challenge that
requires attention and defining the boundaries of the analysis. Clear problem identification
helps focus the analysis and ensures that the subsequent steps address the relevant aspects of
the issue at hand. Once the problem is identified, the next step involves gathering data and
conducting research. This includes collecting relevant information on the environmental issue,
such as scientific studies, reports, and data sets. The research may involve literature reviews,
data analysis, and expert consultations to build a comprehensive understanding of the problem
and its causes.
KEYWORDS:
Biodiversity, Cost-Effectiveness, Decision-Making, Environmental Policy, Evaluation, Impact
Assessment.
INTRODUCTION
What steps are taken during a policy analysis? It is very reminiscent of the research papers you
likely completed as a student in many aspects. Your goal, like with any research paper, is to
compile facts in a legible way and to outline your research process and findings. You should
definitely be more methodical in how you perform your policy analysis since it is likely to be
read and treated more seriously than other term papers. You will get a set of instructions on
how to do a policy analysis after reading this. In whatever analysis you do, it is quite probable
that you will come across these phases, but possibly not in the sequence listed. Of course, you
should customize these procedures to fit your own preferences, the requirements of your client,
and the current policy topic, rather than using them as a checklist. Develop a relationship with
a client as the first step. The function of the customer in policy analysis has previously been
covered. You should have a customer in mind while conducting your research, whether it is
your job, an organization for whom you are doing contract work, or some other connection.
Page | 230
Copyright2021@CIIR
Everything else is deduced from the stage of identifying your analytical subject, which is
crucial [1].
Select your analysis topic or problem to be addressed in step two
This phase and phase 1 are closely related in many ways. Your outcomes heavily rely on the
question you are trying to answer for your customer. There are various components in this
process. The first step is identifying the main policy question or issue that has to be resolved
by the client. It is obvious that this important policy problem must be addressed in your study.
You need to get acquainted with the situation and the main elements of this problem. To best
satisfy a specific ambient carbon monoxide standard, for instance, you must be aware of the
local sources, the amount of the pollutant at now, and the standard's level. The next step is to
ascertain whatever facts on this matter is essential to your client's choice. The main concern of
this stage is this query. The emphasis of your study of fulfilling the carbon monoxide standard
will probably change depending on whether your customer is the American Automobile
Association or the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
As was said in 1, you should also think about how your findings could be interpreted: What if
your findings contradict your client's viewpoint? You should be upfront with your client about
the possibility that certain forms of study or certain problems could not support her
predetermined stance if she is prone to solely look for answers that confirm her opinion. The
analytical baseline must then be determined. That is, what does your customer view the
"without" scenario the status quo in the absence of any action to be? You must choose a baseline
against which you will compare the impacts of any policy to the "without policy" option. The
next step is to identify the overall research restrictions, including the time, manpower, and
financial limits. If you have a lot of time and money, your analysis will be different than if you
have to scrounge your data together in one day.
Step 3 is to create the analysis
How will you carry out the task now that your question has been defined and your time and
financial limits have been established? The elements listed below are likely to be helpful to
you in this phase, even if the conversation that follows needs to be customized for the particular
project you are working on. Review the current research on your policy topic first. What
methods have been used in the past to answer your question? What can you infer from previous
research regarding methodology, modeling techniques, and even data accessibility that is
useful?
Next, consider the repercussions of taking no action or the foreseeable future without the
project. You must now determine how the world would change if the baseline remains in place
since your examination of the issue must once again entail a comparison to the baseline. The
next step is to decide on the analytical methodologies you'll use. Does your customer prefer an
input-output model that focuses on employment impacts over a benefit-cost analysis? Will you
use simulation techniques to determine the effects of different policies? If you need to discover
a cost-minimizing solution, would linear programming be the best option or may statistical
methods assist you locate a vital relationship? You may learn more about some of these
approaches and when to utilize them by reading.
The last step is to determine your data needs. Your examination of the body of literature, the
method of analysis you choose, your time and budgetary restrictions, and the data currently in
existence will all influence the data you require. You must determine at this stage if there are
enough secondary or existing data or whether more primary or original data must be gathered.
You must provide the geographic and temporal scales for your data in either scenario. In other
Page | 231
Copyright2021@CIIR
words, what are the relevant sources from which to get data, and over what region? You must
decide how far back in time you will travel if you want to utilize time series data. The sample
size is increased by collecting data deeper in the past, but when one travels back in time to eras
where other elements may have been quite different from what they are now, there is a greater
chance that the data may be less temporally relevant. Collecting data from earlier than the
1980s, for example, may be pointless for a research on telecommuting since few individuals
were able to work from home before that decade [2]–[4].
Step 4 gathering data
You choose the data you would require for your analysis in the previous stage. You must now
gather it. This might include traveling to the library, looking through your client's files, getting
data from a website, buying data from other sources, designing surveys or conducting
interviews, among other things. addresses some of the benefits and drawbacks of gathering
new data as well as utilising old data. This stage will also be dependent on the time and cost
estimates you and your customer agreed upon for your service.
Develop and screen alternatives in step 5
This phase may be completed sooner, when you are creating the study; later, when you have
performed some basic data analysis; or at any time throughout these steps, you may wish to
revise your list of potential solutions. You will research potential remedies to the issue
highlighted in stage 2 in this stage. What alternatives or possibilities does the decision-maker
or your customer have? What alternatives may be offered to other decision-makers? Exist any
other choices that would be more sensible? You could be outlining the range of options for your
customer at this phase, which might be quite crucial. As was said in 3, you want to have a large
variety of solutions that span the gamut of possibilities. The National Environmental Policy
Act mandates the analysis of a broad variety of options, including some that the "action or lead
agency" would not be legally able to carry out on its own. You want to make sure that
stakeholders' choices are treated seriously since they will define the range of potential solutions
to the problem. However, if you give your customer too many alternatives, she can feel
overwhelmed and find it difficult to consider them all.
How broadly do you want to consider potential alternatives? Consider this: Should you see the
program's present budget as set, or is there room to raise or lower it? Can you change an existing
pollution standard, or should you only look at other methods of accomplishing it? Your issue
description from Step 2 could restrict some of your possible solutions; in certain circumstances,
coming up with your alternatives might require rewriting the problem definition. These options
will form the basis of your analysis. You may need to go back and complete some of the earlier
phases based on the possibilities you come up with in order to finish your investigation.
DISCUSSION
Perform The Analysis
The task described in Step 3 will now be carried out in practice. You should assess each
alternative's consequences for a common set of affects before comparing them. Don't forget to
include the baseline or "no action" choice, either explicitly or as the standard against which to
compare other options. The effects of adopting each option on each criterion may be predicted
or estimated using a variety of models, statistical methods, or even expert opinion. Creating a
matrix with all the options on one axis and the measured effects on the other is one method of
arranging the outcomes expected impacts of the alternatives, as explained in 3. Such a matrix's
completion assures that every option is assessed in accordance with the same standards.
Page | 232
Copyright2021@CIIR
Additionally, you may wish to weigh the benefits and drawbacks of various options. There are
many various methods to evaluate alternatives, as has been explained; one of the problems you
will have wished to answer while defining the problem in Step 2 is which approach, if any, you
apply.
You could also want to do some sensitivity analysis at this phase. Sensitivity analysis looks at
how probable it is that your conclusions will remain mostly same if some of your underlying
assumptions or facts change. Will the same option still be preferable if the discount rate
increases, say, by 2%? Would you still suggest the same option if you had overestimated the
impact of a policy on pollution? Your outcome is considered resilient if it remains constant
when your underlying assumptions change. If the outcome is heavily dependent on your
assumptions, you may want to invest more time and effort in figuring out the exact values of
your variables, or perhaps your preferred option will be one that varies more or less depending
on the assumptions [5]–[7].
Step 7 Current Outcomes
Of course, you planned to provide your customer the results. Don't forget to make the outcomes
clear to her along the process. Knowing your customer in this situation will enable you to offer
the facts in the most practical manner. Is she already knowledgeable about the subject, or does
she require any background information? Does she want background information on how and
why you conducted the study, or does she prefer a one-page briefing document with bullets
summarizing the major findings? Will summarizing the material using charts or s help? Do you
need to define part of your terminology, or can you use simple English instead of jargon
entirely?
You should also figure out a strategy to make sure she is aware of the advantages of each option.
She has to be allowed to choose for herself which choice best satisfies her goals or resolves the
issue you tried to address, even if you may have evaluated the options and perhaps even given
a suggestion. What people learn from your analysis may be significantly influenced by how
you communicate your data. those shown in graphs and tables are often simpler to understand
than those explained in words. Results in graphs and text may be readily misconstrued or taken
out of context, in part because they are more accessible. If the uncertainties surrounding your
results are significant and large, you might want to graph the uncertainties or give a range in a
rather than just the average prediction; if a leaves out some of the nuances connected to your
results, you might want to remove those results and discuss them in the text, surrounded by
those nuances. The practice of having your findings evaluated by others before being finalized
is becoming increasingly widespread. This might take the shape of an informal internal review
or a rigorous external peer review. The scope of the evaluation will rely on your client's
preferences and how confident you are in your analysis. It is more likely that your findings will
be properly comprehended if you consider the consequences of how you will present them in
advance.
Application of These Steps
We advise you not to see these stages as stairs that will take you to the summit, where your
finished report is waiting, while you design your policy analysis. Instead, you should stop at
each of these stations as you go. Between some of them, you may have to switch back and forth
more than once. For instance, after doing your research, you may wish to reevaluate your list
of options, testing out any fresh ones that come to mind. You may be able to improve your
data by doing a sensitivity analysis. You may need to make changes to your analysis strategy
after you learn what data are accessible. The key is to not regard these phases as a single, linear
route but to allow time in your research design to cycle through them a number of times. You
Page | 233
Copyright2021@CIIR
will hone how you use these methods for doing the analysis as you gain expertise in policy
analysis. Additionally, you'll get rather skilled at modifying the methods to fit the variety of
policy difficulties you'll be asked to examine. We hope that this list will inspire you to develop
your own approach to carrying out these fundamental stages.
Modeling
Predicting the effects of various policy ideas before they are enacted will take up a large portion
of your work as a policy analyst. By definition, making a prediction involves extrapolating
from the present condition to a future one. If it were feasible to implement the policy, establish
a parallel reality that is precisely like the one we now live in, and then compare the outcomes
of that reality to those of the present one, you would be able to determine the precise
consequences of the policy. We will need to depend on other approaches to forecast the effects
of a policy until we have successfully duplicated our current societies in new environments.
Unavoidably, using models to forecast these effects is common. Making a forecast based on
your own experience and extrapolating from past events is one method. There are two
drawbacks to this strategy, however. First off, a fresh analyst may not have extensive
knowledge of the region, topic matter, impacted demographics, or other factors that determine
how reactions to a policy would be affected. Second, a convincing justification for the forecast
is often required by the general public, the courts, and public leaders. When detractors of your
study suggest a different conclusion, you want to be able to evaluate their results and contrast
them with yours on a solid foundation. Models are widely acknowledged techniques for
predicting outcomes of actions without actually executing those actions. But you must
constantly remember that a model is nothing more than a rough approximation of reality. Any
model of how the world functions should be thought of as an approximation that will not always
be absolutely true, much as Newtonian physics was proved to be with the arrival of relativity
to be a good but not perfect approximation [8], [9].
Setting Up A Model
A model is an abstraction and simplification of reality that may be used to anticipate the effects
of certain actions, explain why certain occurrences occur in the world, or both. Your work will
sometimes concentrate on a model's explanation function; in other situations, the prediction
will be more important than the explanation. The two functions are sometimes incompatible,
while other times the same model may be used for both. Most essential, even while you must
use models, you must also become familiar with their limits. Any model can never capture all
of reality since it is a simplification. When selecting a model, think about if any significant
features of reality are included or whether the model's simplifications won't have an impact on
how you utilize it.
You utilize examples of human and physical behavior in your daily activities to get along.
Based on a model that claims that most drivers follow stop signs while driving, you estimate
that when you approach an intersection with a stop sign and desire to cross the street, vehicles
will stop at the sign and allow you an opportunity to do so. You use maps to figure out how to
go from one location to another; the map acts as a representation of the terrain you want to
cross. A national map of the United States won't help you much if you're looking for a specific
street address in your neighborhood. Models often perform better in certain settings than others,
just as different types of maps are helpful in various contexts. Learning when a model will
provide you the information you need and when it is unsuitable is a skill you must develop as
you work with models.
Maps are a good illustration of how models may be used for explanation and prediction. A local
road map may be used to determine the best route to take. To better understand why highways
Page | 234
Copyright2021@CIIR
are situated where they are, a larger-scale map with additional topographic characteristics may
be helpful. A hypothesis that underlies this application claims that avalanches may be partially
explained by slope and aspect. A topographic map of a hilly location may assist anticipate
where avalanches are probable since it indicates the slope steepness and aspect. Models may
be used for a wide variety of things. They might be quite basic, like the generalization that most
motorists stop at stop signs, or highly complicated. Either a simple formula or a very intricate
connection may be used to represent a variety of occurrences. For instance, a general rule of
thumb would be that gasoline usage will decrease by 10% for every 100% rise in price. A more
intricate model may look at how factors like political allegiance, geography, accessibility to
public transportation, and wealth impact this connection. The rule of thumb could work for
your goals in certain situations, but in other situations, a more comprehensive model might be
required to take into account unique conditions.
We often assess a model's quality by how well it can forecast and explain the relevant
occurrence. The model is often run using assumptions that mirror a reality with a known
conclusion, and the model's output is contrasted with what really transpired. For instance, we
may subsequently assess if gasoline purchases reduced by 10% if gas prices increased by 100%.
This basic model could be suitable for simulating, for example, the impacts of a fuel tax
provided it also predicts how consumption of gasoline would vary in response to various %
increases in price. Increased model complexity often gives it a sense of superiority. After all,
including more data and interrelationships must result in better insights than using a
straightforward model with fewer data. This perspective on models with more complexity is
not always warranted. Complex models may sometimes be so tied to a certain environment,
such a location or period of time, that applying them in other situations can result in utterly
false conclusions. Additionally, it's conceivable that the model has erroneous connections that
are hidden away; if the model is not adequately verified, these erroneous links could not be
discovered until the model makes absurd or incorrect predictions. When used to scenarios other
than those for which they were intended, overly sophisticated models may perform worse than
simple rules of thumb.
A Range of Models
Models may come in numerous shapes and perform a variety of functions. Everything from a
narrative or a single equation to a matrix or more sophisticated optimization models is included
in the range. They might be mathematical formulas, diagrams, computer programs, or actual
copies. Almost all academic fields build, research, and employ models since they are all
engaged in some manner in the search for streamlined explanations of various parts of our
environment. Models might be conceptual or practical. In order to provide hypotheses about
how systems act, theoretical models are often utilized; empirical analysis may then be used to
determine if the theory is accurate. The two are interdependent; empirical modeling both
evaluates the model and establishes the size and significance of different impacts, while
theoretical modeling proposes what variables and connections are crucial for the empirical
research. Whenever feasible, decision-makers want quantifiable empirical findings. However,
you should base the empirical models you use to support those findings on theoretical models
that can withstand empirical testing.
Models might be ideal or typical. A positive model will outline the results of a certain set of
actions, but it won't say whether those results are preferable or not. A normative model will
decide which choice is preferable among many options based on a decision rule. There are
occasions when there is little distinction between these two categories of models. For instance,
maximizing an objective function while fulfilling constraints is the foundation of a linear
programming paradigm. This form may have a beneficial effect; for example, it might be used
Page | 235
Copyright2021@CIIR
to calculate the maximum quantity of wood that could be cut while still guaranteeing the
conservation of various quantities of wildlife habitat, so establishing a link between the cutting
of timber and the preservation of wildlife habitat. It is also possible for the model to be
normative, in which case the goal is to maximize wood harvests while maintaining a
predetermined level of habitat for animals. While modeling, it's crucial to maintain this
difference apparent in your mind. What criteria would your normative model use to determine
the better result if you're creating one? A normative model will compel you to explicitly express
what you believe the goal of your study to be since modeling necessitates an explicit
explanation of your assumptions.
All of the subjects covered in this book's second section use models and empirical
methodologies. These models often include embedded other models. Environmental policy
analysis often uses scientific models to explain phenomena like the transport of air pollution
and the interactions between animals and feed. For instance, some technique of measuring the
link between habitat preservation and the endangered species must be included in a benefit-
cost analysis of saving an endangered species via habitat conservation. For this reason,
understanding and working with researchers or the findings of research from a variety of
various disciplines are often skills that are needed for environmental policy evaluations [10]–
[12].
CONCLUSION
Finally, doing an environmental policy analysis entails a number of methodical stages that take
into account issue identification, data collection, policy assessment, stakeholder involvement,
policy proposal, and communication. Decision-makers may create and execute evidence-based
environmental policies that address urgent environmental concerns and support sustainable
development by following these steps and using the relevant methodology. Policymakers,
stakeholders, and the general public should be properly informed of the analyses' conclusions,
suggestions, and consequences. Transparency, accountability, and educated public
conversation are all facilitated by succinct and clear communication of analytical findings,
which ultimately aids in the approval and implementation of successful environmental policies.
REFERENCES
[1] E. Giuliani, “Piketty, Thunberg, or Marx? Shifting ideologies in the COVID-19 bailout
conditionality debate,” Journal of International Business Policy. 2020. doi: 10.1057/s42214-
020-00072-8.
[2] L. Hung et al., “Creating Dementia-Friendly Communities for Social Inclusion: A Scoping
Review,” Gerontology and Geriatric Medicine. 2021. doi: 10.1177/23337214211013596.
[3] V. Thomas and N. Chindarkar, “The Picture from Cost-Benefit Analysis,” in Economic
Evaluation of Sustainable Development, 2019. doi: 10.1007/978-981-13-6389-4_3.
[4] S. ul Haq and I. Boz, “Measuring environmental, economic, and social sustainability index of
tea farms in Rize Province, Turkey,” Environ. Dev. Sustain., 2020, Doi: 10.1007/S10668-019-
00310-X.
[5] T. Wikaningrum, “Prospek Skenario Kebijakan Pengelolaan Lingkungan Kawasan Industri
(Studi Kasus Kawasan Industri Jababeka Dan EJIP Di Kabupaten Bekasi),” J. Environ. Eng.
Waste Manag., 2018, Doi: 10.33021/Jenv.V3i1.401.
[6] A. Romanelli, M. L. Lima, P. M. Ondarza, K. S. Esquius, And H. E. Massone, “A Decision
Support Tool For Water Pollution And Eutrophication Prevention In Groundwater-dependent
Shallow Lakes From Periurban Areas Based On The DPSIR Framework,” Environ. Manage.,
2021, doi: 10.1007/s00267-021-01498-3.
Page | 236
Copyright2021@CIIR
[7] L. Price and A. Kendall, “Wind Power as a Case Study,” J. Ind. Ecol., 2012, doi: 10.1111/j.1530-
9290.2011.00458.x.
[8] T. P. Holmes, W. L. Adamowicz, and F. Carlsson, “Choice Experiments,” 2017. doi:
10.1007/978-94-007-7104-8_5.
[9] X. Liang and J. Fu, “Environmental improvement or industry enhancement? A case study on the
impact of environmental regulations on Chinese automobile industry,” Reg. Sustain., 2021, doi:
10.1016/j.regsus.2021.11.002.
[10] J. E. McCarroll, J. E. Fisher, S. J. Cozza, R. J. Robichaux, and C. S. Fullerton, “Characteristics,
classification, and prevention of child maltreatment fatalities,” Mil. Med., 2017, doi:
10.7205/MILMED-D-16-00039.
[11] W. M. Kemp and W. R. Boynton, “Synthesis in Estuarine and Coastal Ecological Research:
What Is It, Why Is It Important, and How Do We Teach It?,” Estuaries and Coasts, 2012, doi:
10.1007/s12237-011-9464-9.
[12] K. T. Geurs and B. van Wee, “Land-use/transport Interaction Models as Tools for Sustainability
Impact Assessment of Transport Investments: Review and Research Perspectives,” Ejtir, 2004.
Page | 237
Copyright2021@CIIR

Role of Assumptions in Models: A Study

ABSTRACT:
Assumptions play a crucial role in models, serving as foundational elements that shape the
structure, behavior, and outcomes of the models. This abstract provides a concise overview of
the role of assumptions in models, highlighting their significance in simplifying complex
systems, guiding model design, and influencing the reliability and validity of model outputs.
Models are simplified representations of real-world systems or phenomena, aiming to capture
essential elements and relationships. Assumptions are necessary to define the boundaries and
characteristics of the modeled system. They help simplify the complexity of reality by making
simplifying assumptions about the behavior of variables, the nature of interactions, and the
underlying mechanisms at work.
KEYWORDS:
Decision-Making, Forecasting, Input Parameters, Model Development, Model Limitations,
Model Outputs.
INTRODUCTION
While creating a model, you will need to make a number of assumptions. In fact, forcing you
to think about the presumptions supporting your study is one of the most useful functions of
models. If the underlying assumptions are validated by previous research or practical
experience, your model will be more credible. whether the underlying assumptions are more
suspect, you may want to advise more research into them or do a sensitivity analysis to
determine whether your results are influenced by slight modifications to the underlying
assumptions. When building a model, various assumptions are made. Initially, assumptions
identify the significant variables that have an impact on the system being studied. As was
previously noted, these elements are often identified via theoretical research and verified by
practical studies. Everything has an overall effect on everything else in the world.
For modeling purposes, you can get away with focusing on a select few key variables while
disregarding the vast majority of the rest of the world. Take into account quantifying the level
of water pollution brought on by agricultural practices. Even while there are surely hundreds
of elements that might have an impact on water pollution levels, only a tiny portion of those
100 will probably be able to provide a prediction that is accurate enough to be used in a model
that can evaluate different agricultural methods. Your prediction won't always be precise, even
if there are 100 variables involved, but it will almost surely be considerably more accurate than
a "best guess" of the correlations. You may reduce the quantity of data you need to collect while
Page | 238
Copyright2021@CIIR
simultaneously guaranteeing that you are aware of the data you want by outlining your data
needs explicitly [1]–[3].
Second, assumptions help you work out how those variables are related to one another. It is
crucial to identify which variables are exogenous and which are endogenous—that is, which
variables are influenced by other variables. Exogenous factors are used to predict endogenous
variables. For instance, it is possible to estimate the amount of energy, labor, capital equipment,
and raw materials needed to create steel. After these variables are set up, your model will
predict how much steel can be produced.
Exogenous or endogenous factors are not always present. For instance, it is often appropriate
to conceive of price as exogenous in a model of individual purchasing behavior since no one
can affect pricing. The price of the product is set by the larger market in a market system,
making both of those factors endogenous. Understanding the difference between exogenous
and endogenous variables is crucial for doing and comprehending statistical analysis. If you
combine the two sorts of variables, you run the danger of receiving statistical work that yields
erroneous or incorrect conclusions.
Assumptions also let us know whether a model is acceptable, which is its third function. In
other words, if the model's underlying assumptions are correct, it should be able to properly
predict and explain the phenomenon under study. If the assumptions are very near to being true,
the model may still be useful. If the model's assumptions genuinely deviate dramatically from
the situation at hand, it shouldn't be utilized. It would not be surprising if the model's
predictions proved to be inaccurate if it were used in this circumstance. It describes many
strategies, advantages, disadvantages, and examples of using data and models outside of the
environment in which they were generated.
DISCUSSION
Rationale For Use of Models
The analyst and the decision-maker may profit from models in a variety of ways. With the use
of models, you, the analyst, may streamline a very complex system. By strengthening your
understanding of the system, you may develop better strategies to bring about desired changes
or provide more precise future projections. You may stay on top of your core research subject
by abstracting from reality [4]. Models also provide a level of transparency that might aid in
reaching an agreement amongst various stakeholders involved in a policy. Having a strong
scientific understanding of a phenomenon may sometimes be advantageous, even to those on
opposite sides of an issue. For instance, governmental organizations, environmental
organizations, and maybe some polluters would support increased understanding of the factors
that contribute to urban air pollution. Even those who could be the subject of greater regulation
might support more accurate models by questioning the ones that are now in use and striving
to promote them. The technique might lead to a better understanding of the science
underpinning urban air pollution.
Models are very useful for simulating the effects of choices without really implementing them.
For instance, a model of water pollution from agricultural activities may be used to predict the
effects of a restriction on fertilizer use. Using a model of the effects of wood harvesting on deer
in Wisconsin, it may be possible to ascertain if different timber management regimes have an
effect on the size of the deer herd. If the model is based on the best scientific knowledge of the
system under study, the focus of discussion among interested parties will not be on the effects
of different choices, but rather on the relative merits of various alternatives.
Page | 239
Copyright2021@CIIR
One of the key advantages of using a model is consistency in the examination of multiple
techniques. Think about a situation where you are evaluating the effects of different fertilizer
management techniques while using a model that forecasts water pollution brought on by
agricultural fertilizer applications. You will probably be more justified in comparing the effects
of the various regimes if the results are all based on the same model rather than utilizing
separate models for the various regimes. Each model makes certain errors. It is more probable
that you will make more accurate comparisons when the error form is constant throughout your
results when using several models since you are less confident whether you are comparing
differences from the alternatives or differences from the models. On the other hand, if your
model is not designed to handle all the regimes, for instance, your model works well for corn
but not for tomatoes, your predictions are susceptible to being inaccurate whether you use the
same model for corn and tomatoes or different models for corn and tomatoes. Again, you must
exercise caution and only use your model in situations when it makes sense to do so.
Models also demonstrate the reasonable and scientific reasoning behind the formulation of
choices, policies, and strategies. Sadly, the paradigm nevertheless presents a sense of scientific
management even when it is used incorrectly, has weak verification, or has other significant
flaws. If the model is made available for examination by all parties concerned as well as by
other professionals, and if its validity is verified, the model's scientific base will be significantly
enhanced [5]–[7].
What To Consider When Maintaining A Policy Analysis Model
To perform a policy analysis, it may not be required to develop elaborate models of the
phenomena you need to evaluate; rather, in many cases, your effort may consist merely of
utilizing existing models and their output. The modeling challenges described can help you
arrange the data into a cohesive, well-supported analysis when you mix data from many
sources.
Issue Description
It has already mentioned the importance of the problem description, and paragraph two has
helped you think about the potential time, budgetary, and other constraints on your
investigation. The following issues need to be considered while developing a model. You must
confirm that your model offers the data you want. A model that is just ecological, for example,
won't be helpful if you want to know how much an alternative will cost. that you will be
equipped with the necessary time, money, and expertise to build a model that satisfies your
needs. By combining common sense and current information, modeling may be completed
quickly and affordably or it might take a significant amount of time and money. Both
approaches may be appropriate depending on your requirements and those of your client, given
that you and your client have addressed these issues in advance. that both the model's current
use and possible future applications have been taken into account. If you want to use your
model only once, it may need to be tailored fairly specifically to the details of your current
study. If you want to use your model often, you should create it such that it may be used in a
number of situations. that you have taken into account what would occur if your model was
inaccurate. If your model involves measuring the effects of a large, expensive activity that may
have long-term environmental and societal effects, you should spend more time and effort on
it to make it as accurate as possible. If the model's predictions can be reversed, the requirement
for accuracy is drastically lowered, and modeling expenses could be decreased.
A Scale Replica
Page | 240
Copyright2021@CIIR
How much development should your model go through? Will it be applicable to one particular
individual, a group of people, a neighborhood, a city, a county, a region, a state, a nation, or the
whole world? Will certain pollutants be impacted while others are not? Would it still be
effective if there was no air pollution? Does it apply to all ruminants or just deer? A model built
at one scale may not work as well when utilized on a different scale. If you are leveraging an
existing model rather than developing one from scratch, this issue can be very important. Does
your situation match the desired model? You may want to do some model validation to see if
the model is appropriate for your project.
Creation of the Model
When modeling, you must be certain of the assumptions you plan to use. As was previously
said, you should go to theoretical literature to determine the key variables, how they relate to
one another, and if the model is applicable. Early on in the process, you were aware of the
crucial elements. To get fresh data, you may sometimes need to conduct surveys or interviews;
in other cases, you may rely on data sets that have already been gathered. In both cases, you
must get information that closely satisfies your requirements. Similar to model creation, data
collection may call for a significant investment of time, money, and expertise, or it may just
need a small fraction of each. The relevance of the data to your query and the level of scientific
rigor used in its compilation both have an impact on the quality of the data. No matter how
well you collect data, would it really help you learn how elk respond to wood harvesting if you
require information on deer behavior? If you need the family income for a city, would the state's
per-capita income suffice? Once again, think about the scoping questions as you collect your
data.
Model Estimation Or Calibration
The data are used to estimate the model coefficients in this step of a statistical model, and/or
the model coefficients are used to generate predictions. The equations and their relationships
will be put together in a simulation or programming model, and the simulations will be run on
a computer. These days, it's common to look at issues like whether linear or non-linear
functional forms are better. In any case, you want your model to have the "best fit" your data
can have.
Model Validation
How can you know whether your model works as you expected it to? Models are often put to
the test by being applied to situations with known outcomes, then comparing the expected
results to what actually happened. If you are unable to do this form of validation, peer review
of your model could provide you useful comments. For several regressions, various "goodness
of fit" tests may be conducted. Findings from your validation attempts almost certainly won't
exactly replicate the real results; how closely they should match them will depend on how
precise you need your model to be. In certain situations, you won't be satisfied until the results
are almost identical; in other situations, you'll be happy if the results are in the same sequence
or just in the same direction. If the results of your model don't match what you expected, go
through your data, presumptions, and model estimations to determine if there are any issues.
If you have concerns about any of your hypotheses or any of your data, you may decide to
incorporate a sensitivity assessment of these variables as part of the validation of your model.
If the results do not substantially alter, the model is said to be robust to the varied assumptions.
You should absolutely put in more time and effort to ensure that these components are as precise
as possible in case the results do differ from your expectations. If your model is functioning as
intended and you are satisfied with it, you may now use it for the objectives for which it was
Page | 241
Copyright2021@CIIR
created. Your model will most likely be used as a decision rule to choose the preferred choice
or to predict the outcomes of several options to complete a section of a decision matrix.
Modeling Risks Could Lead to Issues
Any of the aforementioned actions might have problems. You could use a model that is
inappropriate for the scope of your issue, have insufficient or incorrect data, be unable to
properly apply the model's specification due to a lack of resources (time, money, or expertise),
overlook significant relationships, or poorly describe those relationships in your model
construction. At the commencement of this, we described modeling as a simplification of
reality. A simplification can never be perfect. Your goal as a model maker or user is to recognize
when your model will provide you useful information about the degree of precision required
by your client and when it won't. Real life cannot ever be faithfully recreated. However, if you
can provide data that adequately conveys an understanding of the impacts of different policy
alternatives, you will have done well.
Environmental Inequities Modeling Cases Review
Are vulnerable populations, such as the poor or minorities, disproportionately affected by
environmental degradation, such as exposure to hazardous waste sites or dangerous air
pollutants? If so, why? This political problem is receiving more and more attention from
activist organizations and government officials. For instance, President Clinton issued
Executive Order 12898 in February 1994 requiring federal agencies to consider how their
actions may alter how environmental effects are distributed throughout the population.
According to one activist, proving a connection between environmental concerns and
disadvantaged or marginalized populations may be enough to spur action. A policy may be seen
as morally repulsive, severely flawed, or both if it has a discriminating impact or affects
different groups of people differently regardless of the policy's intended goal. If existing public
policy or private behavior results in an uneven distribution of environmental dangers, new
regulations must be put in place to protect these people. However, from the perspective of a
policy maker, if the underlying causes are discovered, the problem may be easier to resolve.
Finding the causes could lead to recommendations for particular solutions to those problems.
Helfand and Peyton provide four hypotheses to account for the possibility of this discriminating
impact.
Poverty may be the cause of the problem given that minority groups in the US have low
incomes disproportionately. Consequences of income might appear in many different forms.
Environmental concerns like hazardous waste sites often seek to be located in areas with low
property values, including the fact that it saves them money on disposal. Second,
underprivileged people could be more motivated to live near to facilities that pose
environmental risks in order to get jobs related to such facilities. Third, poor people will be less
resistive to residing in an area where environmental concerns abound than rich people if
people's demand for a high-quality environment increases along with income.
Effects Of Education or Information
Minority and low-income areas often have less opportunities and educational levels. They can
lack the knowledge essential to understand the hazards fully, or they might have only sporadic
access to information about the risks in their local areas. In either scenario, they won't be as
driven to avoid these dangers as individuals who have more education or understanding.
Political Influence or Access
Page | 242
Copyright2021@CIIR
Poor and minority groups often have less power to influence political processes than powerful,
rich organizations. If government decision-makers have any say in where these facilities are
put, the facilities could end up in poor or minority communities since these groups cannot or
won't protest as effectively.
Discrimination
Government decision-makers or the operators of polluting facilities often choose out
underprivileged or minority communities. Numerous empirical studies have been carried out
to determine if there is a link between environmental impacts and impoverished or minority
populations. The results are significantly influenced by the data set used and the problem's
model. Finding a connection alone can be enough to change policy if a discriminating impact
can be shown. However, in other situations, discriminatory intent a deliberate plan to harm
certain groups while sparing others may be required. If so, correlation alone won't be sufficient
to elicit action; instead, a model must be able to determine if environmental imbalances are
brought on by discrimination or one or more of the other causes mentioned above [5]–[7].
Given that there are several independent factors that might influence the location of an
economic activity that causes pollution, a multi-variable model that enables multiple regression
is necessary since it is widely recognized in statistics that "correlation is not causality." The
factor that we want to foresee and adequately describe for the purpose of illustration is the
placement of stationary sources of air pollution, such as oil refineries or power plants. Finding
the variables that could be influencing the location of these polluting plants is crucial. Since
we are concerned about environmental equity, racial considerations are certainly obvious
elements. The racial factors to be taken into account in this research include Asian, Black,
Hispanic Origin, and Native American. As was already mentioned, a number of socioeconomic
characteristics, such as income, the unemployment rate, and the percentage of renters, may also
influence how many polluting sites are located in a certain zip code area.
The dependent variable is the ratio of newly allowed stationary air pollution sources per newly
approved square miles of the zip code area. By calculating the new construction sites that
received approval within two years following the Census Bureau's collection of the
independent variables, the number of sources is calculated. This is important because it enables
the gathering of data on the siting procedure using the characteristics of a community at the
time the decision to build a polluting plant was taken. There are three types of independent
variables. Racial features are the primary factors that determine whether the ethnic makeup of
the population at the time of siting has a significant influence on the density of newly permitted
sites in an area. Both income and college enrollment are considered factors for two reasons.
First, while calculating the significance of the minority variables, we may account for
demographic characteristics by taking into account income and education. If environmental
racism exists, site density should be high in both middle-class and low-income minority
communities. Second, the addition of demographic information allows us to determine if the
creation of new point sources of air pollution is especially targeted towards low-income
communities, independent of the racial composition of these areas. The importance of these
characteristics would suggest that "classism" rather than "racism" may be occurring.
As a substitute for two components, the model uses %Rent, or the percentage of units that are
inhabited by renters. First off, a higher number of renters is correlated with a lower percentage
of homeowners. Due to the fact that most people's largest investment is in their primary homes,
there may sometimes be vociferous opposition from homeowners to polluted areas that might
affect the value of their properties. Contrarily, renters usually have more flexible living
arrangements since they frequently have the choice to move with as little as one month's notice
Page | 243
Copyright2021@CIIR
or, at the most, have a one-year lease. Renters are less attached to a certain community since
they move around so often. Therefore, we would predict a higher site density in an area where
a higher percentage of residents rent.
It seems reasonable that house value would have a negative effect since this variable serves as
a proxy for local land values. If land costs were greater, a location would not be as advantageous
for industrial locations. Since high unemployment areas may support new industrial efforts
rather than oppose them, the unemployment rate is considered to be positive. A area may
provide incentives to firms to locate there if it is open to new industrial expansions, and new
enterprises wouldn't necessarily need to take expensive mitigation measures. We can
distinguish racial effects from other competing explanations for the high correlation between
pollution sources and minority population using this model. Essentially, this equation is a
simple model for choosing the location of stationary sources inside a certain metropolitan area.
Other details, like why there are so many plants being built, are not explained. The computed
slope coefficients allow us to evaluate the relative relevance or contribution of each
independent variable to the dependent variable, as well as whether a particular explanatory
variable consistently affects the dependent variable. By identifying the underlying factors, we
are able to move beyond just drawing a connection. With the use of this simple model, we can
determine whether or not racial profiling laws are the most beneficial policy variables for
resolving the problem [8]–[10].
CONCLUSION
As a result of their capacity to simplify complicated systems, direct model design, and
influence the validity and dependability of model outputs, assumptions play a crucial role in
models. To promote openness, dependability, and well-informed decision-making based on
model findings, assumptions should be thoroughly researched, assessed, and recorded.
Understanding and resolving the constraints and uncertainties brought on by assumptions is
essential to the appropriate and productive use of models in a variety of research areas and
decision-making procedures. A model may include assumptions that are both explicit and
implicit. Implicit assumptions may result from the modeler's attitudes, prejudices, or
restrictions in the amount of data or information that is at their disposal. Understanding possible
sources of uncertainty and potential model limits requires awareness of these implicit
assumptions.
REFERENCES
[1] O. Fullana, M. González, and D. Toscano, “The role of assumptions in ohlson model
performance: lessons for improving equity-value modeling,” Mathematics, 2021, doi:
10.3390/math9050513.
[2] T. Mai et al., “The role of input assumptions and model structures in projections of variable
renewable energy: A multi-model perspective of the U.S. electricity system,” Energy Econ.,
2018, doi: 10.1016/j.eneco.2018.10.019.
[3] J. D. Yeakel et al., “Merging resource availability with isotope mixing models: The role of
neutral interaction assumptions,” PLoS One, 2011, doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0022015.
[4] D. Fechter and I. Storch, “How many wolves (Canis lupus) fit into Germany? The role of
assumptions in predictive rule-based habitat models for habitat generalists,” PLoS One, 2014,
doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0101798.
[5] D. M. Church et al., “Extending reference assembly models,” Genome Biol., 2015, doi:
10.1186/s13059-015-0587-3.
Page | 244
Copyright2021@CIIR
[6] K. Poncelet, E. Delarue, and W. D’haeseleer, “Unit commitment constraints in long-term

planning models: Relevance, pitfalls and the role of assumptions on flexibility,” Appl. Energy,
2020, doi: 10.1016/j.apenergy.2019.113843.
[7] A. R. Tibahary and M. Muliana, “MODEL-MODEL PEMBELAJARAN INOVATIF,” Scolae J.
Pedagog., 2018, doi: 10.56488/scolae.v1i1.12.
[8] M. D’Anna et al., “Uncertainties in Shoreline Projections to 2100 at Truc Vert Beach (France):
Role of Sea-Level Rise and Equilibrium Model Assumptions,” J. Geophys. Res. Earth Surf.,
2021, doi: 10.1029/2021JF006160.
[9] A. Mari, “Assessment of insulin sensitivity with minimal model: Role of model assumptions,”
Am. J. Physiol. - Endocrinol. Metab., 1997, doi: 10.1152/ajpendo.1997.272.5.e925.
[10] M. R. Servedio, “An effective mutualism? The role of theoretical studies in ecology and
evolution,” Am. Nat., 2020, doi: 10.1086/706814.
Page | 245
Copyright2021@CIIR

Statistical Analysis Using Regression

ABSTRACT:
Statistical analysis using regression is a powerful analytical tool that allows researchers to
explore relationships between variables, make predictions, and understand the underlying
patterns in data. This abstract provides a concise overview of statistical analysis using
regression, highlighting its key principles, applications, and benefits. Regression analysis is a
statistical technique that examines the relationship between a dependent variable and one or
more independent variables. It enables researchers to quantify the effect of independent
variables on the dependent variable, assess the significance of the relationships, and make
predictions based on the observed data.
KEYWORDS:
Coefficients, Correlation, Data, Dependent Variable, Hypothesis Testing, Independent
Variable, Interpretation.
INTRODUCTION
This explains the idea of multiple regression, a statistical analysis method. For policy analysis,
multiple regression offers the functions of explanation and prediction, both of which are quite
potent. An analyst may determine what influences other variables via explanation, which
usually takes the form of testing a hypothesis. For example, is ethnicity connected to a person's
chance of living next to a noxious environmental facility? Will a gas tax change how people
drive in any discernible way? Second, predicting the outcomes of each option before selecting
one is a crucial job in policy analysis, as we have emphasized in earlier sections. A regression
may be used to forecast the results of altering some elements by demonstrating how those
factors affect other variables. A regression equation will tell the analyst how much individuals
will modify their driving habits if a $0.50 per gallon fuel tax is implemented [1]–[3].
Both the social and natural sciences often employ regression analysis to explain and foresee
how regression might be used to policy analysis. It gives a general description of the approach,
instructions for creating a regression and interpreting its findings, and strategies to gauge the
strength of the regression findings. We want to help you understand regressions, utilize them
effectively, and maybe even get some inspiration for your own regressions. Regression is far
more complex than this article can ever cover, but we still want to give you a basic knowledge
of it. The amount of gasoline a family buys, the distance from a hazardous waste site to a
person's home, and other variables of interest to policy analysts are frequently influenced by a
variety of variables, including the type of car a family drives, where the family lives in relation
to jobs, race, and income. Regression is a statistical technique used to determine the
Page | 246
Copyright2021@CIIR
contribution of several independent, or exogenous, factors to a dependent, or endogenous,

variable. Observations are data on the relevant variables. The independent variables may be
used to predict the dependent variable, which means that if you have the independent variables
and your regression model, you can estimate the dependent variable with reasonable accuracy.
Imagine, for example, if you wanted to create a model that forecast a person's height once they
were an adult. The dependent variable is height. The population's average height may be used
as a prediction to determine the height of a random individual. While such approach generally
works well, it does not reveal much about any one person. You want to be able to forecast
someone's height using their personal traits. You do some study and find a number of variables
that affect an adult's height. These might include the parents' heights, the person's gender, their
nutrition as children, and their parents' heights. Thus, your model is: Now you gather
information on everyone in your sample's height as well as the heights of their parents, their
gender, and the nutrition they received as children. You may graph each independent variable
against your dependent variable to see if there is a pattern in the distribution of points. Though
you are unsure of the proportional contributions of each element, you may think that each of
these independent factors contributes in a linear manner to height determination. The
coefficients, or Bs, in the equation indicate how much each independent variable has an impact
on the dependent variable [4]–[6].
To determine the most probable numerical link between your independent variables and your
dependent variable, i.e., the numerical values of the Bs, you must perform the regression.
Regression analyzes the individual contributions of each independent variable to height while
taking into account all the independent variables. The coefficients, or the change in the
dependent variable corresponding to a change in each independent variable, are revealed by
running the regression. The resultant equation, for instance, may be as follows: where the first
two are referred to as the intercept, 0.5 is the coefficient on the height of the father, 0.46 is the
coefficient on the height of the mother, etc. Now, you can use this regression equation to predict
a person's height if you know their parents' heights, whether they are male or female, and how
well they ate as children. A lady would be predicted to be 66.94 inches tall, while her brother
would be 2 inches higher, if, for example, her father was 70 inches tall and her mother was 64
inches tall and she had a healthy diet as a child.
As we did with the lady and her brother in the preceding paragraph, if you return to the original
data, you can now forecast the expected height of any individual in your data set. However,
when you locate the lady and her brother, you find that they are really 65.5 inches and 70 inches
tall, respectively. Is your regression now invalid as a result of this? Recall that when you don't
know the underlying reality, your regression is a technique of evaluating the connection
between the independent and dependent variables. You shouldn't anticipate receiving precise
responses. Instead, you want to identify independent and dependent variables that are related
statistically. A coefficient with a high likelihood of being different from zero is said to be
statistically significant. If a coefficient is statistically different from zero, it means that
changing the independent variable has an effect on the dependent variable; otherwise, it means
that there is no statistically significant relationship between the variables, in which case the
coefficient may be zero.
How can statistical significance be determined? The standard error and the t-statistics for your
coefficients were likely provided to you by the same computer program that generated your
coefficients. In other words, whether the range of error around the coefficient estimate is
modest or vast, the standard errors provide an assessment of the variance around the coefficient
estimate. To determine if the coefficient is statistically significantly different from zero, use the
t-statistics. The estimate is unreliable at that level and the independent variable should typically
Page | 247
Copyright2021@CIIR
be considered to have no influence on the dependent variable (a t-statistic of roughly 1.7 or

above shows statistical significance).
As an example, let's say the coefficients from your regression analysis included the following
t-statistics:
Given that they are all more than 1.7 in absolute value, the mother's height, gender, and diet
are all coefficients that deviate statistically significantly from zero. The intercept is likewise
not statistically significant, while the height of the father comes close to statistical significance
but falls short of achieving it. To put it another way, this regression identified significant
connections for three of the five variables, but it did not show a connection between the height
of the father and the height of an adult. The topic of statistical significance is further addressed.
Keep in mind that the dependent variable follows the causal chain from the independent factors.
A child's height does not determine its gender or diet, and neither does a child's parent's height.
It is important to carefully consider what in a regression model is reliant on other variables.
The dependent variable should not affect the independent variables, and vice versa, since the
causal link should only work in one direction. There cannot be predictability if there is no
relationship between any two variables; for example, it is very improbable that the presence of
sunspots would have any bearing on a person's height or vice versa. It is especially important
to consider what is being investigated if two factors are expected to interact—for instance, a
person's height is likely to affect her weight, and weight may affect height via nutrition. Maybe
certain independent factors make each prediction individually, or maybe they both have an
impact. In certain situations, more sophisticated statistical techniques could be required [7]–
[9].
You can make insightful predictions for policy analysis if you know how to compute the
impacts of changes in the independent variables in a regression. For instance, factors like the
water quality at a beach, the cost of getting there, a person's income, and the availability of
alternatives to beaches all affect the demand curve for beach activity. An example of such a
regression is the ability to calculate the advantages of recreational usage using a demand curve.
Using this regression equation, the advantages of modifying the water quality may be
calculated by altering the water quality variable and recalculating the benefits of the
recreational resource. It is helpful to draw the distinction between state-of-nature variables and
policy variables among the independent variables since the former may be affected by decision-
makers while the latter cannot. Assume, for instance, that the projected daily number of bus
journeys is as follows: In the short term, state-of-nature variables are often considered to
include a person's income, the population's average age, and the distance from their place of
employment. It is difficult to comprehend how a transportation strategy could possibly affect
how old the population is. However, the demand for mass transportation is influenced by the
population's age distribution. In contrast, a policymaker may use tax or subsidy policies to
affect bus fares and fuel prices.
DISCUSSION
Multiple Regression Models and Contour Maps
Consider again the regression equation for beach recreation. Keeping the other factors that
affect demand constant, the simplest demand connection is that between two variables: price
and quantity. This is a simplification since these other factors affect how many units we decide
to ingest. A two-dimensional visual depiction is insufficient when there are more than two
variables involved in an economic issue, as there are in this equation. Here, we wish to monitor
four independent variables at once. Baumol and Blinder recommend that we compare the
Page | 248
Copyright2021@CIIR
changes in demand brought on by the addition of new variables to the contour data shown on
detailed maps of mountainous regions in the United States.
On contour lines or "rings," we find a number representing the height above sea level at that
specific point on the mountain. The U.S. Geological Survey has produced a well-known tool
for reducing three dimensions into two, namely a "contour map." Any given contour line's
points reflect geographical sites that are all located at the same altitude above sea level. Thus,
the contour map displays three pieces of information about each point: latitude, longitude, and
altitude in contrast to the more common kind of map, which simply provides latitudes and
longitudes [10].
Actions Required to Run a Regression
Because it fits an equation to a collection of observed data, provides statistical estimates of
each variable's influence while maintaining other variables in the model constant, multiple
regression has been utilized for many phenomena that are important to policy. Although the
method has its drawbacks, multiple regression typically offers a respectably accurate
description of the events or behaviors of interest. The process of creating a multivariate
regression model involves numerous phases.
Name the Elements of the Policy Model.
Identifying the factors that are anticipated to have an impact on the dependent variable is the
first stage in a multiple regression study. The quantity desired is the dependent variable to be
explained in a demand function for an item like electricity, travel expenses, fuel, etc. The cost
of a good is always on the list of independent variables that affect demand, along with things
like consumer income, the cost and accessibility of substitutes, other socioeconomic factors
like age and education, and occasionally a measure of the good's quality. It is necessary to
factor in the population size of the consuming group when estimating aggregate demand for a
city or state. Alternately, measurements of unique taste or preferences derived from survey data
may be used if the regression includes data on specific customers. Of course, the household's
capital stock characteristics may be crucial in estimating the demand for fuel, water, or
electricity. The number of automobiles a home has, the size of its yard, and whether or not it
has central air conditioning may all be used to explain changes in the amount of fuel, water,
and electricity that a household uses.
It should be noted that economic theory identifies the factors that affect the demand equation.
The cost of the product, the cost of comparable goods, income, and preferences and tastes will
all be included in an economics book on the variables that affect consumer demand. In
contrast, if you were doing a regression to determine how exposure to a pollutant affected
cancer rates, you would use medical theory to identify the additional variables that are likely
to have an impact on cancer rates, such as smoking habits, age, and genetic predisposition.
Prior to gathering your data and doing your research, it is crucial to consider your regression.
By include all necessary variables, better modeling in advance may result in more pleasing
regression results.
We'll use a simple demand function to demonstrate a regression model. The link between the
amount sought and all of the variables influencing this demand is expressed by the individual
demand function for a product. The demand function may be written in generic form as: The
regression model may not be able to forecast the impact of a possible policy on the dependent
variable if significant factors that affect the dependent variable are unintentionally left out. For
instance, the size of a home and whether it has central air conditioning have an impact on how
much power is used. Assume that bigger homes are more likely to have central air since both
Page | 249
Copyright2021@CIIR
increase the amount of power used. Assume that you exclude home size from the regression
since you only have data on CAC and not house size. The coefficient on CAC will thus include
part of the impact a bigger home has on power use in your regression equation, overstating the
effect of CAC. If you were to attempt to estimate how switching a tiny home from no air
conditioning to CAC would affect energy use, your projection would incorporate, in part, the
size of the house and exaggerate your power need from switching.
Which Functional Form Should I Choose: Linear or Non-Linear?
Following the selection of the variables, the equation's form, or the way the independent
variables are supposed to interact to affect the amount of the dependent variable, must be
specified. Multiple regression is often referred to as linear regression, which gives the
impression that the only connection that might exist between the dependent and independent
variables is one that is linear. Actually, the dependent or independent variables are not
considered to be "linear" in a linear regression; only the coefficients are. While the connection
between the dependent variable and an independent variable is clearly a linear regression, there
are occasions when it makes sense for the relationship to be a straight line. For instance, if
you utilize an input to manufacturing twice as much, its cost will probably increase as well.
But sometimes a straight line doesn't make sense. The theory of diminishing marginal product,
for instance, would contend that, if you were to graph the connection between a production
input and output, doubling fertilizer would not be anticipated to double yield; yield would grow
more gradually. A functional form that allowed for a nonlinear connection instead of a linear
relationship between yield and fertilizer would be more suited in this situation.
For the sake of illustration, pretend that we are researching the demand for travels to and from
work. Each independent variable enters the equation as itself and only itself if the demand
function is given as a linear relationship. This and other linear demand functions are very
popular in empirical research for two reasons. The marginal connections in the demand
function are first directly measured by the slope or regression coefficients. In other words, they
show how much the amount needed changes when each of the relevant factors changes by one
unit. For instance, if the price goes up $1, the amount requested will decrease by 2 units every
period. Second, demand connections may sometimes be roughly linear over the decision-
making range. A demand function like this one yields a demand curve that is a straight line.
In this form, a one-unit change in price now has a more complicated impact on quantity: dQ/dP,
the slope of the demand curve, is now The relationship between price and quantity is no longer
constrained to be a straight line. The quadratic equation also includes squared terms for one or
more of the independent variables in addition to the linear terms. If is negative, the demand
curve slopes downward as a first-order impact; however, depending on the sign of, the demand
curve can get steeper or shallower as price rises. Because the quadratic form has a parabola-
like shape with a maximum or minimum, this shape sometimes produces outcomes in certain
areas of the policy analysis that are illogical. For instance, supply may drop over one range
when price rises while increasing over another. For other types of regressions, this form may
make sense, but for a demand curve, it might not. However, the quadratic form may be helpful
in many situations provided the analyst is aware that the resultant equation should only be
employed in a certain range of the independent variable. The natural number in the double-
logarithmic equation is on both sides of the equation, in logarithmic form: The so-called Cobb-
Douglas functional form is identical to this statement.
Again, a curved connection between the dependent and independent variables is feasible
because, depending on the sign and magnitude of the Bs, the relationship between Q and an
independent variable might be rising or decreasing at either an increasing or a decreasing pace.
Page | 250
Copyright2021@CIIR
Because there is no maximum or minimum in this connection between the dependent and
independent variables, it may be preferable for certain data sets than a linear or quadratic
relationship. On the other hand, since there is no definite "choke" price that will cause the
amount sought to equal zero, the double log may not be suitable for a demand curve.
The ability to quickly compare regression coefficients is the double log form's special benefit.
It is the only functional form in which the elasticities, or the percentage change in the dependent
variable corresponding to a one percent change in each of the independent variables, serve as
the regression coefficients. For example, if and in the equation above, then a 10% rise in price
results in a 5% drop in the amount bought (=-0.5), but a 10% increase in income results in a
10% increase in the quantity bought. Since the coefficients are elasticities, it is possible to
compare their magnitudes directly to determine which independent variable has the greatest
impact on the dependent variable. Because the size of the B coefficients depends on the scale
of the units of measurement for each independent variable, this cannot be accomplished using
a linear functional form.
Either the dependent variable or one or more independent variables may be recorded in the
semi-logarithmic form. As a result, the semi-logarithmic equation looks like this: Applications
of the semi log form usually use the first form in studies of recreation demand, changing the
number of visits to a natural logarithm and leaving all other independent variables in their linear
form. The benefit of this approach is that it can calculate the average consumer surplus per unit
Q by simply dividing it by the price regression coefficient.
Any regression has a wide variety of functional forms that are feasible. Running many
regressions on the same data set is often done in order to find a form that accurately fits the
data. Theory may be utilized to propose aspects of the functional form, as was said before. One
of the non-linear forms indicated above might be acceptable, for example, if a production
function showed declining marginal product, which means that a one-unit change in input
consumption would result in a decreasing quantity of extra output. It may be true in certain
production processes that the quantity of one input affects the marginal productivity of another
input. For instance, a chemical interaction between hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides in the
presence of sunlight results in the production of ground-level ozone, a pollutant. The quantity
of HC present determines how much ozone is created when is raised. If you were to perform
the regression, the theory predicts that adding one more unit would have the following impact
on ozone production: now depends on the amount of hydrocarbon.
Theoretically, the equation's form may not always be clear in other situations. Let the data
propose the functional form and the form that offers the greatest feasible fit for the data in these
situations. It may be possible to determine which form best captures the real relationships
between the independent and dependent variables using scatter diagrams showing their
connection. Several various forms could be evaluated in practice, and the one that best matches
the data should be chosen as having the highest likelihood of capturing the real connection.
Gather the Data
Getting observations for the variables is the next stage in the regression analysis process.
Although this step is simple theoretically, it may be quite difficult in reality. There are occasions
when your data originate from multiple sources and are thus not always comparable; for
example, you could have local daily gas prices but only weekly data on how much is spent. In
these situations, you must choose how to translate one set of data into the alternative units. The
consequences of not being able to discover the proper sorts of data must also be taken into
serious consideration. For instance, your regression findings may be skewed if you are unable
to get data on the cost of public transportation in your location. This means that the other
Page | 251
Copyright2021@CIIR
regression results would be altered due to the lack of this variable. Furthermore, the data must
show variance among the individual observations. For instance, it is impossible to determine
how changes in the price of public transportation would affect the demand for gasoline if the
price of public transportation stayed constant over the research period.
As these remarks imply, while choosing how to gather your data, you should consider the
conclusions you want to draw. Since various locations are likely to have varying transportation
costs, you should generally think about gathering cross-al data, or data from a number of
different places at the same time, if you wish to examine the effect of public transportation
pricing. On the other hand, you shouldn't worry about changes in the cost of public
transportation if you want to examine how drivers in a particular location react to changes in
the price of fuel. Instead, you should concentrate on collecting data from that area, most likely
time series data that show changes over time. In other words, the data you use should accurately
represent the kind of issue you are researching.
Using Regression Analysis
The statistical technique of least squares is often used to generate regression equations, or more
specifically, to estimate the coefficients, or Bs. For the time being, think about a regression that
has an intercept and only one independent variable: You will notice a scatter plot of dots that
resembles a line if you display your data on a graph. Regression's task is to plot a line across
the data that is as "close" to each individual point as feasible. Next, connect each data point to
the regression line by drawing a line. You want to make each of these line segments as little as
possible. However, if you just aggregate the lengths of those segments, making each segment
negative will reduce the sum of those segments. That strategy obviously goes against the spirit
of what you wish to accomplish.
By reducing the sum of the squares of the differences between each of the actual data points
and the predicted line, the linear regression approach, also known as ordinary least squares,
circumvents this issue. The sum of a series of positive values is obtained by squaring the error
term, which is the departure of each data point from the fitted line. The link between the
dependent variable and each independent variable is represented by the line that minimizes this
sum the most precisely. Graphs are used to illustrate the process. Here, each point corresponds
to the cost and volume of fuel used by a member of our sample. Each data point's horizontal
divergence from the fitted line is shown.
The idea behind how the regression works is the same whether more than one independent
variable is present: the sum of squared error terms is minimized for each independent variable.
Regression programs are included in almost all spreadsheet applications and statistical software
packages. Simply knowing how to input the data into the computer and, more crucially, how
to evaluate the results are all that is required. As a result, rather of focusing on the mathematics
itself, we will concentrate on putting up multiple regression questions for computer solution
and analyzing the results.
Using Regression Coefficients to Interpret
Understanding how to evaluate the various regression data that computer-based regressions
often produce may help you learn a lot about the issue you're researching by revealing the
factors that affect your dependent variable. You may be able to forecast the outcomes of
different policies thanks to it. Learning how to understand the magnitudes of the regression
coefficients is the first step in obtaining these findings from a regression. The regression
coefficient for each of the variables is the most important piece of data a statistical model offers.
Page | 252
Copyright2021@CIIR
Holding all other factors in the model constant, each coefficient shows how much a change in
each independent variable affects the dependent variable [11], [12].
CONCLUSION
Regression statistical analysis is a useful technique for understanding correlations, forecasting
results, and guiding decisions. Researchers may quantify the impacts of independent variables,
account for confounding variables, and generate data-driven predictions by estimating the
coefficients of a mathematical model. Regression analysis may be used responsibly and
effectively across many different study disciplines if its assumptions and constraints are
understood properly. Recognizing regression analysis's limits is crucial. For a proper
interpretation of the findings, assumptions like linearity, independence, and normality of
residuals must be satisfied. Estimates that are skewed or inaccurate may result from breaking
these presumptions. Regression analysis can only identify relationships between variables; it
cannot prove causality.
REFERENCES
[1] A. A. Suleiman, A. Suleiman, U. A. Abdullahi, and S. A. Suleiman, “Estimation of the
case fatality rate of COVID-19 epidemiological data in Nigeria using statistical
regression analysis,” Biosaf. Heal., 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.bsheal.2020.09.003.
[2] D. Sunarsi, I. R. Akbar, A. Rozi, and ..., “The Influence of Motivation and Work
Discipline on Employee Performance at the Yogyakarta Tourism Service,” Proceeding,
2021.
[3] A. Yusuf, “The Influence of Product Innovation and Brand Image on Customer Purchase
Decision on Oppo Smartphone Products in South Tangerang City,” Budapest Int. Res.
Critics Inst. Humanit. Soc. Sci., 2021, doi: 10.33258/birci.v4i1.1629.
[4] N. Nurjaya, A. Affandi, H. Erlangga, D. Sunarsi, and J. Jasmani, “The Effect of Product
Promotion and Innovation Activities on Marketing Performance in Middle Small Micro
Enterprises in Cianjur,” Budapest Int. Res. Critics Inst. Humanit. Soc. Sci., 2021, doi:
10.33258/birci.v4i1.1636.
[5] V. R. Prakash and S. Nagarajan, “Intelligent systems for redundancy removal with
proficient run-length coding and statistical analysis using regression,” Int. J. Intell. Syst.
Technol. Appl., 2019, doi: 10.1504/IJISTA.2019.097750.
[6] E. Sugiarti, “Pengaruh Lingkungan Kerja dan Kompensasi Terhadap Kinerja Karyawan
pada PT. Sukses Expamet,” J. Educ. Hum. Soc. Sci., 2020, doi: 10.34007/jehss.v3i2.343.
[7] I. Masriah, “The Influence of Motivation and Work Experience on Employee
Productivity,” PINISI Discret. Rev., 2021, doi: 10.26858/pdr.v1i1.20538.
[8] P. Meilia and Adnan, “Pengaruh Financial Distress, Karakteristik Eksekutif, dan
Kompensasi Eksekutif Terhadap Tax Avoidance Pada Perusahaan Jakarta Islamic
Index,” J. Ilm. Mhs. Ekon. Akunt., 2017.
[9] D. Prasada, “Pengaruh Gaya Kepemimpinan dan Budaya Organisasi Terhadap Kinerja
Karyawan Pada PT. Mandiri Konstruksi di Tangerang Selatan,” J. Educ. Hum. Soc. Sci.,
2020, doi: 10.34007/jehss.v3i2.381.
[10] I. Chenini and M. H. Msaddek, “Groundwater recharge susceptibility mapping using
logistic regression model and Bivariate statistical analysis,” Q. J. Eng. Geol. Hydrogeol.,
2020, doi: 10.1144/qjegh2019-047.
Page | 253
Copyright2021@CIIR
[11] S. Datta, D. K. Pratihar, and P. P. Bandyopadhyay, “Modeling of plasma spray coating

process using statistical regression analysis,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., 2013, doi:
10.1007/s00170-012-4232-y.
[12] D. Sunarsi, “Pengaruh Bauran Pemasaran Dan Kualitas Pelayanan Terhadap Kepuasan
Konsumen Pada Giant Dept Store Cabang Bsd Tangerang,” E-Mabis J. Ekon. Manaj.
dan Bisnis, 2020, doi: 10.29103/e-mabis.v21i1.473.
Page | 254
Copyright2021@CIIR

Evaluating Regression Results Using Other

Statistical Information
ABSTRACT:
Evaluating regression results involves more than just examining the estimated coefficients and
their statistical significance. Additional statistical information provides valuable insights into
the quality, robustness, and interpretation of regression analysis. This abstract provides a
concise overview of evaluating regression results using other statistical information,
highlighting key considerations such as goodness-of-fit measures, hypothesis testing,
multicollinearity, and heteroscedasticity. Goodness-of-fit measures assess how well the
regression model fits the data. The coefficient of determination (R-squared) indicates the
proportion of variance in the dependent variable explained by the independent variables.
Adjusted R-squared considers the number of predictors and adjusts for degrees of freedom,
providing a more accurate measure of model fit. These measures help evaluate the overall
predictive power of the model and determine how well it captures the variability in the data.
KEYWORDS:
Coefficient of Determination, Confidence Intervals, Hypothesis Testing, Model Diagnostics.
INTRODUCTION
By now, it should be evident that there are a lot of choices you must make when doing a
regression, including which variables to include, which functional form to use, and which data
sources to utilize. How do you determine whether your work is good? You may learn certain
things from the regression itself. You can get some insight into how well your regression
performed from some of the data the statistical software provides. Along with the regression
equation itself, the data also provides t-statistics for each regression coefficient, the equation
itself, a F statistic, and the estimate's standard error. You may learn more about the caliber of
your regression from each of these [1], [2].
Using T-Statistics
How can you know whether a certain independent variable has an impact on your dependent
variable? A change in the independent variable has no influence on the dependent variable,
hence the variable's coefficient should be 0 if it has no effect. Of fact, the regression equation
may find an impact different than zero just by coincidence. The t-statistics offered by the
regression equation may be used to assess if a non-zero coefficient is indeed different from
zero. The values in parenthesis next to each regression coefficient in Equation 6-22 indicate
Page | 255
Copyright2021@CIIR
the number of standard errors that separate that coefficient from zero. A computer software
determines the t-statistic by dividing the coefficient by the "standard error of the coefficient."
Similar to the standard deviation, the standard error of the coefficient offers a measurement of
the variability of the coefficient. We may be more certain that this specific variable has a
consistent impact on the dependent variable if the standard error is fairly tiny in comparison to
the size of the coefficient. The question of whether each regression coefficient is at least twice
its standard error is a common way to determine whether a variable is significant. This is often
similar to finding a "t-value" for a regression coefficient of about 2. In this situation, there is a
less than 5% possibility that the independent variable and the dependent variable are not
statistically correlated. The confidence interval around the coefficient may be used as an
alternative method to conceptualize this. The 95% confidence zone around a coefficient does
not contain 0 if a variable is statistically significant at the 5% level.
All of the variables in the aforementioned case deviate substantially from zero. The fact that a
variable is inconsequential may frequently teach us just as much as its significance. Finding
out if one of the policy variables genuinely has no systematic influence on the relevant
environmental parameter would be very helpful when comparing other policies, in other words.
We can rule out that policy variable in this situation since it would be utterly useless as a tool
for achieving the environmental goal. For instance, it would be very helpful to advise that a
policy instrument may not be effective in our city if we discover that the existence of a carpool
lane in other places has no discernible influence on vehicle miles traveled.
A value of around 2 or above is considered statistically significant, whereas a value of roughly
1.5 is not statistically distinct from zero at widely used alpha levels of 10% or higher. It should
be used with caution, however, just like any rule of thumb. Even though your t-statistic
indicates that a variable does not have a substantial impact, it is still feasible that it does. A tiny
data collection with a high variation is a frequent cause of insignificance. The number of
observations is a factor in determining statistical significance; more data make it simpler to
spot a statistical effect. Consider your previous estimate of the average height of the
population in your city. If you just know the heights of a small group of individuals, such as
the members of your family, you are unlikely to be confident in your findings. You would be
considerably more certain that your estimate of the average height in your city was accurate if
you randomly selected 1,000 persons from it. Similar to this, additional data will increase the
reliability of your findings for any statistical study [3], [4].
Multicollinearity, which occurs when two independent variables have a tight relationship with
one another, is another potential explanation for insignificance in cases when there is really an
impact. The t-statistics show the individual effects of each independent variable. The influence
of any variable alone is minor, but the effect of these variables collectively is substantial, if two
independent variables are highly correlated, such as the price of gasoline and the price of motor
oil, both petroleum products. Though none is significant on its own, the two variables are kind
of sharing explanatory power; they may be significant when combined. An F test may be used
to determine if two variables are significantly significant together. If the independent effects of
two strongly linked variables are not thought to be significant, it is also feasible to exclude one
from the regression equation and rely only on the other. The variables are not statistically
significant, but there is no harm in keeping them in the regression equation. More suggestions
on how to handle multicollinearity in a regression may be found in a statistics or econometrics
book.
The t-statistics are your first indicator of whether an independent variable affects your
dependent variable, in conclusion. In regressions, they play an essential explanatory function.
A variable's significance in a regression gives compelling proof that it does, in fact, impact the
Page | 256
Copyright2021@CIIR
dependent variable and may, by itself, provide crucial policy data. The question of whether race
and poverty are statistically substantially correlated with the location of a hazardous waste site
or other environmental problem, for example, is at the heart of most environmental justice
research. Understanding how to evaluate t-statistics can help you comprehend your own
regression findings as well as the analyses of others.
DISCUSSION
Measure of Goodness of Fit
The amount of variation in the dependent variable that can be described by the whole collection
of independent variables in the equation is known as the coefficient of determination, which is
represented by the symbol. To put it another way, is a rough measure of how effectively you
explained your dependent variable. It shows that the regression accounts for 82% of the
variation in the dependent variable and can range from a value of 0 (meaning the equation
accounts for no variation) to a value of 1.0 (meaning all of the variation has been accounted for
by the independent variables).
Rarely will a regression model have an equal to either 0 or 1.0. Values of 0.50, which show that
50% of the fluctuation in demand is explained, are fairly acceptable in empirical demand
estimate. Of 0.80 or even slightly higher are sometimes possible for time series or aggregate
regression models. You must be content with far less explanation of demand fluctuation in
regression models based on individual consumer or producer behavior, however. The equation
may not be sufficient to describe how the policy affects people's behavior if the coefficient of
determination is extremely low, say, in the range of 0.05 to 0.15. The absence of a key variable
or set of key variables from the equation or model is the most frequent source of this issue. As
a result, the may be utilized as a feedback mechanism to inform the analyst and the decision-
maker when new variables and related data are required [5]–[7].
Having a high or low is not really beneficial in and of itself since 1 are almost impossible to
achieve and because the value of for an equation fluctuates slightly depending on the kind of
data you're dealing with. When choosing between many regression models you may apply, it
can be extremely helpful. Using the identical set of data, let's say you run both of the following
equations. The regression with a higher value explains more of the variance in Q and is thus a
better fit for the data if one has a significantly higher value than the other. Regarding the
coefficient of determination, there are two further remarks that should be mentioned. First, two
coefficients of determination are often printed by computer programs. The first, known as, is a
straightforward computation of the proportion of variance that the independent variables
account for; the second, known as, is adjusted for the number of variables included.
If an independent variable is unrelated, it will leave the remainder of your regression alone,
therefore adding it to a regression won't harm the findings. Of course you want it to be included
if it is relevant. The most challenging situations are those in which you see an impact from
adding a variable but are unsure of its validity. The unadjusted will never decrease and may
even increase if additional factors are taken into account. When a new variable is introduced,
the adjusted may not increase since the additional variable may unintentionally increase the
equation's complexity.
The adjusted is a better measurement because it places the onus of evidence on the new variable
to demonstrate why it belongs in the regression. Second, some computer systems display the
percentage of the dependent variable's variance that each of the independent variables in the
equation, whose total equals the adjusted, explains. Price, for instance, may account for 20%
of the fluctuation, income, 10%, etc.
Page | 257
Copyright2021@CIIR
The F-Test.
The "F-test" or "F-ratio" is used to determine if the dependent variable and all of the
independent variables taken together are significantly correlated. The values of F that are
surpassed with certain probability, such as 0.05 and 0.01, for different degrees of freedom of
the dependent and independent variables, are given in every statistical textbook as s. The
overall significance of the equation is strongly shown by the F-ratio of 126.4.
Estimate's Standard Error
The computer also prints out a valuable statistic called "standard error of the estimate." This
statistic gives an indication of how accurately the regression model's overall estimations of the
dependent variable were made. Smaller estimate's standard errors are related to higher
prediction accuracy. There is a 95% chance that observations of the dependent variable will fall
within the range of two standard errors on each side of the estimate at the mean of the data if
the errors are normally distributed around the regression equation.
Here, we can see the upper and lower 95% confidence bounds as well as the least squares
regression line. Therefore, the likelihood that the real number is outside of this confidence zone
is merely 5%. However, take note that the confidence interval or band gets bigger the further
away from the mean and is narrowest in the middle. This implies that there is less confidence
in the accuracy of forecasts based on independent variables that are much above or below the
data mean, and the prediction errors are considerably larger than merely two standard errors of
the estimate. For further information on how to calculate confidence intervals around
regression predictions, an interested reader may reference a regression or econometrics book.
Few Cautions Relating to Regression Analysis
Like any technique, regression analysis should not be used carelessly. Despite the fact that any
collection of independent variables may be technically employed in a regression against any
dependent variable, certain regressions make sense while others are the statistical equivalent
of "garbage in, garbage out." As was already said, considering your issue before performing a
regression will help you avoid a number of issues. The discussion that follows is meant to
inspire you to consider your regression's setup even further before running it.
Possible Regression Issues
As a result, you decide to perform a fishing operation by running regression after regression
on various combinations of variables against a variety of dependent variables. You have a huge
number of observations on a large number of variables. What could possible fail? There are
several opportunities to use your regression for purposes other than amusement, therefore the
answer is "plenty."
A strong correlation between an independent and a dependent variable does not always imply
that the former "causes" the latter to change. The association is likely to be substantial, for
instance, if we regress the number of airline flights from an airport on the number of crimes in
the neighborhood. However, this does not imply that a rise in airline travel leads to an increase
in crime. Highly connected variables don't always mean that one is the cause of the other. In
this instance, a third factor, population density, likely contributes to both the overall number of
airline trips and the number of crimes. Computer programs make it very simple to incorporate
dozens of independent variables, but this does not imply that all variables need to be included.
It is crucial that the justifications for each variable's inclusion be supported by a theory or policy
that has some bearing on the choice at hand. In the absence of this, your analysis may provide
strange or nonsensical findings.
Page | 258
Copyright2021@CIIR
Second, even if a correlation is caused by a causal link, the causal direction may be different
from what the regression suggests. As an example, consider regressing a car manufacturer's
profit on its advertising costs, with profit serving as the dependent variable to be explained and
advertising costs serving as the independent variable. Does a strong connection between these
two factors mean that spending more on advertising will result in higher profits? Maybe not.
The chain of causality may go the other way: Management might be able to increase spending
on advertising thanks to high revenues. Therefore, it is crucial to consider whether the line of
causality postulated in the research is accurate when evaluating the findings of regression
analyses. Once again, you must base your model on theory—in this instance, ideas about how
businesses function.
Third, regressions may be employed in situations when the dependent variable's values are
beyond the range of the sample data. For instance, an analysis of data on road tolls and
commuter vehicle journeys may reveal that the dependent variable, trips, has a range of 16 to
28, whereas the independent variable, tolls, has a range of $0-$5. Both the causative variable
and the consequent projection for the number of trips per month are beyond the range within
which the initial data were gathered if the regression is used to assess an extreme policy of
extremely high road tolls. Because there is no proof that the estimated association established
in your regression persists outside of the range of the sample data, this practice, known as
"extrapolation," is risky. You may estimate the impact of changes in an independent variable
fairly accurately within your sample, but outside of that independent variable's range, the real
connection between the independent and dependent variables may take on a drastically
different shape. Extrapolating beyond the available data will provide incorrect findings, much
as two points are ideally linked by a straight line but the addition of a third point may make a
curve more acceptable.
Fourth, be cautious not to divide or multiply the dependent variable and an independent
variable by the same amount, since this might result in an erroneous correlation. We could, for
instance, seek to ascertain if a city's commuter vehicle travels are connected to its excursions
for all other reasons. Using travels per capita to adjust for population variations across cities
may appear logical. Even though there may be little to no correlation between the number of
car commuter trips and journeys for all reasons, this technique may lead to these ratios being
strongly connected.
Fifth, since a regression is based on historical data, it may not be a reliable indicator of future
values because the connections between the variables may have changed. For instance,
historical statistics show that aging has a negative impact on demand for travel. However,
future consumers may not cut down on their travel as quickly as they did in the past when the
statistics were obtained due to improved health care and increased physical fitness. Predictions
made from historical data may thus be unreliable. Examining if there is a consistent trend over
time is one technique to take this into account in the regression. In such case, further values for
the trend variable may be added to show the continuance of the current trend. Incorporating
information that is likely to be the real underlying causes of the quantity of travel, such as
statistics on population health, is another option to take these changes into consideration.
Regression Techniques Premises
When doing a regression analysis, it's crucial to ensure that the underlying assumptions are at
least somewhat satisfied. In essence, this entails assessing the model's misspecification,
heteroscedasticity, multicollinearity, and the independent variables' actual independence.
Regression violation issues may have little to no impact on your findings in certain
Page | 259
Copyright2021@CIIR
circumstances, but they may lead to inaccurate estimations of the statistical correlations you
are trying to identify. The following assumptions are made during regression analysis:
In order to turn the dependent variable into a linear function, it must first be assumed that the
dependent variable is a linear function of the independent variables. It was already mentioned.
Second, for all values of an independent variable, the distribution of sample observations
around the anticipated value of the dependent variable is constant. Homoscedasticity is a
quality, while heteroscedasticity is its violation. If your independent variable grows or
decreases, heteroscedasticity may cause the variation around your prediction to rise. Weighting
the data or observations in respect to their variation is often used to address this issue.
Although it is unlikely to have a significant impact on your estimates of the coefficients, it may
have an impact on your estimates of standard errors, which might cause your t-statistics to be
inaccurate.
Third, each independent variable is independent of the other independent variables, and the
values of each observation are independent of one another. With survey data collected from
hundreds of people, the individual observations are often independent of one another, but not
with time series data. Your coefficients may be overestimated if this criterion, known as
autocorrelation, is not met. In addition, an independent variable's values are not necessarily
independent of those of other variables. For instance, wealth and age may be associated, or
wealth and educational achievement may be connected. Multicollinearity is a violation of this
premise.
Fourth, the independent variables are independent of the dependent variable, and only the
dependent variable is considered to be a random variable. It is assumed that the values of the
independent variables are known with confidence. If regression analysis is used, for instance,
to estimate demand for an item at a price of $2, the actual amount bought at this price may be
predicted with some degree of confidence, but the price is known with certainty. The quantity
requested should also not have an impact on that pricing. Since you seldom have influence over
the prices you are charged at a shop, for example, the price is probably exogenous for a single
customer. Price, however, is not an independent variable; it is really another dependent variable
if you are a large consumer of an item and have the ability to bargain over both the price and
quantity of a good that you buy. In this case, you can get extremely poor results with a linear
regression with quantity as the dependent variable and price as the independent variable. It is
impossible for this to fully address every aspect you need to comprehend for a regression. In
analyzing these assumptions, our main goal is to point out to you any areas where you could
require further in-depth assistance, either from a statistical consultant or from statistics or
econometrics.
An Example: Testing for Environmental Racism
We now give the environmental equity model's multiple regression findings using the modeling
example as an example. According to this model, the population's race or ethnicity at the time
of permission had a favorable and statistically significant impact on the number of stationary
air pollution sites that were authorized. The number of stationary sources of air pollution that
are allowed in the Denver, Colorado, area is the dependent variable, and the two important
independent factors at the time of the site choice are race and ethnicity. Theoretically, a
developer may choose this specific location for the air pollution source based on a variety of
other considerations, according to the model. These additional determinants might consist of
things like the accessibility of affordable land, the intensity of local resistance, and the
proportion of rental homes in the overall housing stock. Both the goodness of fit of the equation
Page | 260
Copyright2021@CIIR
and the ability to distinguish the effects of race and ethnicity from other factors are improved
by including these variables in the regression.
The results of a multiple regression with the dependent variable being the number of newly
authorized stationary sources of air pollution per square mile of the zip code region. The
percentages of the population who are Asian, Black, Hispanic, and Native Americans; those
with college degrees; the median family income; the median home value; and the proportion
of housing units that are rentals may all be classified as independent variables. Only income
and renting are statistically significant predictors at the 5% level of the number of newly
approved stationary sources of air pollution in a particular zip code, as can be seen from the t-
statistics in the third row of the. As a result, it seems that point sources are less likely to be
proposed by developers and approved by governments in high-income communities than they
are in areas where a large proportion of residents live in rental homes. When these two factors
are taken into consideration, ethnicity is no longer statistically significant. In other words, white
low-income communities with high rental rates would have the same likelihood of allowing
fixed sources of air pollution as would be the case for neighborhoods of color. Overall, 51%
of the variance in the number of point sources in each zip code can be explained by the
regression equation. As a result, this analysis does not show that racial or ethnic diversity in a
region influences the location of air pollution sources in Denver, while it does show that low-
income areas are more likely to be degraded by these facilities. Additional investigation of the
findings, such as integrating the ethnic factors into a single "minority" category, may help
explain the findings [8]–[10].
CONCLUSION
It very briefs overview of linear regression, a very powerful tool for both testing of hypotheses
and forecasting results. Our purpose here is simply to expose you to the usefulness of this
method for analyzing data. Anyone who uses regression techniques should appreciate the
importance of using this method thoughtfully. Such thoughtful use includes thinking about
what data should be included, what variables are independent and which are dependent, choice
of functional form, and careful interpretation of the results and predictions. Evaluating
regression results involves considering a range of statistical information beyond just the
coefficient estimates. Goodness-of-fit measures, hypothesis testing, assessments of
multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, and autocorrelation provide valuable insights into the
quality and reliability of the regression model. By carefully examining these additional
statistical considerations, researchers can enhance the understanding and interpretation of
regression results and make informed decisions based on the analysis.
REFERENCES
[1] H. M. Lane et al., “Phenomic selection and prediction of maize grain yield from near-infrared
reflectance spectroscopy of kernels,” Plant Phenome J., 2020, doi: 10.1002/ppj2.20002.
[2] J. W. Evans, D. E. Kretschmann, and D. W. Green, “Procedures for Estimation of Weibull
Parameters,” Gen. Tech. Rep. FPL–GTR–264, 2019.
[3] T. Lo Barco, M. Kuchenbuch, N. Garcelon, A. Neuraz, and R. Nabbout, “Improving early
diagnosis of rare diseases using Natural Language Processing in unstructured medical records:
an illustration from Dravet syndrome,” Orphanet J. Rare Dis., 2021, doi: 10.1186/s13023-021-
01936-9.
[4] M. Alkhodari et al., “Deep Learning Predicts Heart Failure With Preserved, Mid-Range, and
Reduced Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction From Patient Clinical Profiles,” Front. Cardiovasc.
Med., 2021, doi: 10.3389/fcvm.2021.755968.
Page | 261
Copyright2021@CIIR
[5] R. Yin and D. M. Neyens, “Online health resource use by individuals with inflammatory bowel
disease: Analysis using the national health interview survey,” Journal of Medical Internet
Research. 2020. doi: 10.2196/15352.
[6] M. S. Gautham et al., “The National Mental Health Survey of India (2016): Prevalence, socio-
demographic correlates and treatment gap of mental morbidity,” Int. J. Soc. Psychiatry, 2020,
doi: 10.1177/0020764020907941.
[7] J. H. Shaver, G. Troughton, C. G. Sibley, and J. A. Bulbulia, “Religion and the unmaking of
prejudice toward muslims: Evidence from a large national sample,” PLoS One, 2016, doi:
10.1371/journal.pone.0150209.
[8] F. G. Murillo-García, M. Rossi, F. Ardizzone, F. Fiorucci, and I. Alcántara-Ayala, “Hazard and
population vulnerability analysis: a step towards landslide risk assessment,” J. Mt. Sci., 2017,
doi: 10.1007/s11629-016-4179-9.
[9] E. Kamau et al., “Epidemiological and clinical implications of asymptomatic malaria and
schistosomiasis co-infections in a rural community in western Kenya,” BMC Infect. Dis., 2021,
doi: 10.1186/s12879-021-06626-2.
[10] V. Janák, L. Bartoněk, L. Hrabálek, J. Keprt, and J. Charamza, “The prototype BS-II for
computer measurement of biomechanical characteristics of the human cadaverous lumbar
spine,” J. Orthop. Surg. Res., 2019, doi: 10.1186/s13018-019-1463-8.
Page | 262
Copyright2021@CIIR

The Basics of Benefit-Cost Analysis: An

Introduction
ABSTRACT:
Benefit-cost analysis (BCA) is a systematic approach for evaluating the desirability of public
projects or policies by comparing the benefits and costs associated with their implementation.
This abstract provides a concise overview of the principles of benefit-cost analysis,
highlighting key considerations such as the measurement of benefits and costs, discounting,
uncertainty, and distributional impacts. The primary principle of benefit-cost analysis is to
compare the total benefits and costs of a project or policy over a specified time horizon.
Benefits encompass all positive outcomes, including economic gains, improved social welfare,
environmental improvements, and other positive effects resulting from the project or policy.
Costs, on the other hand, include all resources expended, such as financial investments, labor,
materials, and any negative effects associated with the project. Benefit-cost analysis is one of
the most often used types of policy analysis. The majority of policy analysts eventually spend
time with BCAs, either participating in, initiating, or reviewing those carried out by others.
KEYWORDS:
Cost-Effectiveness, Criteria, Decision-Making, Discount Rate, Economic Evaluation,
Evaluation, Feasibility.
INTRODUCTION
As they aim to quantify the net benefits of a program to society, BCAs usually get a lot of
attention in discussions of environmental policy. Any policy analyst must have a solid
understanding of what a BCA is, how it is carried out, the elements that go into it, the ones that
shouldn't, and its limits. The fundamental concepts of benefit-cost analysis are explained here,
along with the justifications for employing it, the benefits and costs that are involved, and any
BCA-related restrictions. Following this, you should study Chapters 8, which covers the
creation of discounted measures like net present value, and Chapters 9, which covers
nonmarket valuation of environmental quality, to have a full understanding of what goes into a
thorough benefit-cost analysis [1]–[3].
A benefit-cost analysis is what?
Benefit-Cost Analysis compares all of the advantages and losses brought about by an activity
in terms of common units. Together with calculating the expenditures, the benefits are totaled.
The outcome is a net present value if the costs are deducted from the benefits, and a benefit-
cost ratio if the benefits are divided by the costs. Therefore, a BCA combines the advantages
Page | 263
Copyright2021@CIIR
and disadvantages of an option into a single figure. A thorough BCA evaluates several courses
of action using comparisons of those index values in order to identify which one best serves
society's interests by making the most economically sensible use of its resources. Whether the
commodities are advertised or fall outside of standard market processes, a BCA should
incorporate all benefits and costs related to an activity. All benefits and costs, as well as their
present and future values, should be included in the BCA. How BCA balances discounting
future and current values. What non-marketed environmental resources BCA may use.
BCA may be considered as data about a project's or policy's economic effectiveness. Public
authorities integrate this data with data on equality, political viability, and other elements to
decide which option best serves society's requirements. BCA may also be used as a decision
rule in specific circumstances; the favored option is the one that offers the most net benefits to
society. This second use of BCA is much more debatable than the first, as will be described in
greater detail. No matter precisely how the BCA information is put to use, it may help the
general public, agency heads, and elected public officials distinguish between choices that are
genuinely subpar and those that need serious consideration. Four key aspects of an
environmental project or policy will become considerably clearer with a BCA carried out using
the methods described in this article. These include the effective level of environmental
protection or quality, which balances the advantages and disadvantages of additional
safeguards or cleanup efforts; the best combination of environmental features in the alternative;
the ideal size or scale of the project or policy; and the ideal timing of when to put the various
management action or policy components into practice.
Even though BCA is employed as a decision rule, it is not confined to only deciding whether
alternative resource behaviors are acceptable or unacceptable. Many times, a well conducted
BCA may assist in identifying the economically inefficient aspects of a policy so that they can
be eliminated and the economically efficient aspects can be put into place. By putting each
separate element through BCA, BCA may be utilized as a guide to constructing the most
advantageous projects or policies. In a similar vein, BCA may provide details on roughly when
a project or resource management activity should be started in order to optimize benefits as
well as details on the distributional consequences of such action [4], [5].
DISCUSSION
Use of “With and Without” Principle
It is crucial to define the problem's breadth, and one essential component of that is determining
the baseline, or the consequences of no policy. To determine the overall impact of the policy,
the impacts of the policy are then contrasted with this hypothetical future condition of the world
without it. This prevents the use of a "before vs. after" perspective, which can credit certain
changes that take place concurrently with the execution of the policy to the policy when in
reality the changes were already taking place. That is, simply because nothing is done does
not always imply that the level will remain the same in the absence of a project. The "with-
without" method is also highly useful for determining precisely which resources may be
neglected in a BCA and which ones need a thorough evaluation. It is not necessary to examine
a specific environmental impact as part of the BCA if its intensity would be the same in both
the with and without options. A BCA's final result is only influenced by variations in the
magnitude of those impacts.
Theoretical Base of Benefit-Cost Analysis
Determining which mix of resource uses results in the highest net benefit for society is one of
a BCA's main goals. These benefits and losses are calculated from the perspectives of the
Page | 264
Copyright2021@CIIR
various societal individuals. People would favor resource reallocations that raise the
advantages to one person without diminishing the benefits to anybody else because they prefer
more benefits to fewer benefits. A Pareto improvement is when a policy results in no losers and
at least some winners. It is difficult to challenge a Pareto improvement. Even when a program
offers net advantages, some people may gain at the price of others. For example, creating a
reservoir helps individuals who like lake-based leisure at the expense of others who prefer
river-based recreation. In this situation, both parties would benefit from lake development if
those who enjoy lake-based recreation could adequately compensate those who prefer river-
based recreation, for example, by covering the additional costs river people would incur to
travel to other rivers. The project may be Pareto improving if it is feasible for the winners to
totally make up for the losers. Compensation need not actually occur for a potential Pareto
improvement, but because of the advantages, it is possible. That option is understandably
objectionable to those who ultimately lose in this scenario since they pay the expenses but don't
profit from it.
What Benefits Are Defined
You must be able to quantify the net increase in benefits if you want to know if a policy change
has improved social welfare. The advantages of a policy are often subjective, much like beauty.
Are the employment that the initiative generates beneficial? Are the extra goods produced
advantageous economically? What about the financial benefits that come from encouraging
telecommuting over driving to work? The analyst's valuation methodology and accounting
perspective will determine the responses to these questions.
The Philosophy of Value
According to the anthropocentric perspective, which forms the basis of BCA, humans are the
ultimate source of value. Only when individual persons are better off can goods and services
bring advantages. The extent of the advantages is dependent on how much better off each
person believes they are. Examining the shift in what economists refer to as the individual's
level of utility is one way to conceptualize "how much better off" However, we may infer the
value offered by looking at the actual decisions people make when faced with alternative prices
or incomes. Unfortunately, an individual's degree of utility is not immediately visible.
Money Used as a BCA Metric
The capacity to add up various advantages and remove various expenses is necessary for a
BCA. For instance, improving human health and visibility may be benefits of lowering air
pollution, but costs may include an increase in energy prices as a result of greater pollution
control costs at the electrical utility. Analysts must be able to sum up visibility and human
health and deduct pollution control expenditures in a reasonable manner in order to calculate
the total net advantages of lowering air pollution. One approach, which forms the basis of BCA,
is to multiply each unit of the good by the value per unit linked to each benefit or cost. If, for
instance, increasing visibility from 1 to 5 miles is worth, on average, $10 per year to each
person who is impacted and there are 1 million individuals who are affected, the visibility
benefit would be $10 million. The net benefit associated with better air quality may be
calculated by adding up all the advantages and expenses, then deducting them from the total
[6]–[8].
For a variety of reasons, including the fact that we're not used to thinking of these goods in
terms of the market and the argument that attaching price tags to these goods demeans them in
the same way that assigning price tags to human emotions is thought to be absurd, monetizing
environmental quality, such as air and water quality, is frequently seen as controversial. In
Page | 265
Copyright2021@CIIR
addition, leaving them out of a BCA will result in an incorrect analytical result. Even though
individuals may be hesitant to assign a price to environmental goods, it is probably safe to state
that for the majority of environmental goods and for the majority of people, there is a maximum
price that they would be ready to pay for very high levels of environmental protection. To the
best of their ability, economists attempt to estimate these values with the goal of summarizing
the decisions that individuals must make in order to safeguard the environment. The main
function of the dollar measure is to provide decision-makers a tool to compare apples and
oranges in a manner that improves their comprehension of the trade-offs.
From Use to Revenue
It may be shown that a change in income can be used to assess a change in utility by graphing
the utility of a customer using what are known as indifference curves. The most income a
person would be willing and able to spend on the improvement rather than forgoing it is
therefore one indicator of how much they stand to gain from an increase in air quality. This is
the amount of money at which the person cannot decide whether to spend it and get a certain
improvement in air quality or to retain the money and forfeit the benefit.
Income as a Stand-in for the Giving Up of Other Goods
This desire to pay notion will be more specifically illustrated later on. We want to make clear
that the desire to pay in the form of money is only a stand-in for the readiness to forgo other
goods and services in order to support the project or policy under consideration. As such, it is
a useful indicator of the value of a product. In summary, degree of wealth is seldom as
important in determining maximal readiness to pay as desire to exchange new for old goods.
For instance, someone who truly enjoys whale watching would be ready to skip three visits to
the park concert in exchange for one extra whale viewing excursion. In this regard, income
does not directly affect desire to pay; rather, it affects readiness to pay mainly because we
measure willingness in terms of dollars. Instead, the person is skipping three concerts in
exchange for one whale-watching excursion. But in order to quantify the three open-air
concerts that were skipped in exchange for one whale watching excursion in terms of dollars,
we must convert the skipped park performances into their equivalent in dollars of revenue. This
allows us to weigh the benefits of the whale viewing excursion against the expense society
must bear in order to give the chances for whale watching.
Social Benefits Come After Individual Benefits
Now that we have a basic method for evaluating advantages from a person's perspective, we
need to consider how this data may be used to decide if a certain policy or management action
is preferable. To achieve this, we make the assumption that what is best for society is also best
for the collective of its members.In other words, the advantages to society are just the aggregate
of the benefits to individuals. Consider, for instance, a society where Mr. Loomis and Ms.
Helfand are the only two members. There are two alternative product bundles with equal
production costs. The question that society is trying to answer is whether producing Alternative
B rather than the present Alternative A is the most valuable use of resources.
Total Social Benefits are Calculated Considering Economic Efficiency and Equity
These presumptions can raise some questions. There are undoubtedly instances when a
hamburger gives a homeless person who only receives one meal a day greater pleasure than the
identical hamburger does a wealthy person who consumes three meals a day. But the price a
person would pay to receive the item in issue is how much we value something. Because they
have fewer alternative resources to give up, the impoverished person's revealed value measured
Page | 266
Copyright2021@CIIR
by willingness to pay would likely be lower. Despite how heinous this extreme case may seem,
BCA is about economic efficiency, not equality. This is the marketplace's rationale. In the
market, each dollar has the same influence. Society is undoubtedly interested about equality
when assessing market results and rating choices in BCA. According to 3, the distribution of
total benefits may be just as crucial to social well-being as their overall number. Displaying not
just the overall net benefits but also how the advantages are spread across various income, age,
regional, or ethnic groups, or other groupings, is the best way to address the distributional
consequences of economically optimal resource allocations. This gives the political system the
option, if it so chooses, to provide various groups distinct rewards. Any differential weighing
system involves a value judgment, hence it should only be used by the political system; analysts
shouldn't use them unless the client specifically assigns them for this project. We shall follow
standard process utilized in federal Benefit-Cost procedures in this book and weight all people'
funds equally in the absence of clear, project-specific weights. Although there are numerous
other weighing methods that may be used, this one is undoubtedly compatible with most
environmental policy laws. Recent executive orders on environmental equity really emphasize
treating all societal groups equally rather than giving them special treatment.
Would We Want To Pay Compensation All The Time?
The inability to really compensate the losers is another issue that is often raised regarding
relying on potential Pareto improvements rather than actual Pareto improvements. Even if
failing to pay compensation genuinely makes some individuals worse off, there are a number
of reasons why actual payment of compensation may not be required. These justifications may
be divided into those that have to do with economic efficiency and equity. The justifications
for economic efficiency are founded on the notion that trying to carry out the processes required
to actually pay the remuneration may consume a significant portion of the net increase in
benefits to society. These consist of the enormous information costs involved in determining
the precise persons who win and those who lose. The high transaction costs of enabling real
transfers of wealth from winners to losers. The following are some equity-related excuses for
avoiding paying the compensation:
1. If losers are reasonably well off and winners are poor, paying compensation might make
equity worse. Having the poor pay the affluent would undoubtedly go against the
majority of widely recognized equitable standards.
2. Gainers must pay an increasing percentage of their gain in taxes, while losers' taxes will
be decreased under a progressive tax system that is combined with an efficient system
of transfer payments.
3. The majority of government programs would ultimately benefit from BCA, according
to some assessments. Simply said, we understand that although our share of the
growing economy may go less from one project, if the economy keeps growing as
resources are transferred from low-value to higher-value applications, ultimately our
share will grow.
However, communities are increasingly asking for compensation from developers when the
latter wants to impose a locally unwanted land use (LULU) on a specific neighborhood even
while the LULU is advantageous to society as a whole. There should be enough money to
provide compensation if using that site genuinely has a net positive impact on society. Whether
or not the compensation is paid impacts how the expenses and benefits are shared, but it has
no effect on whether the initiative generates net economic advantages. Beware: It's common
for developers to claim that paying the compensation will make the project unprofitable. If this
is the case, the project may have very modest economic advantages to begin with, and society
would profit more from its absence. After all, if the project results in net gains for society, those
Page | 267
Copyright2021@CIIR
who benefit from it should be able to make up for those who lose. Making the developer pay
the compensation might sometimes serve as a useful test for gauging the magnitude of the
location's net economic advantages.
The Impact of Accounting Stance on Transfer Determination
Despite the fact that benefits are defined from the perspective of each individual, a person's
gain is often precisely offset by a person's loss. That is, some resource reallocations only
involve the movement of economic activity from one person or place to another and may not
necessarily result in net improvements in economic efficiency. There is no net advantage to this
society, for instance, if Ms. Helfand obtains $100 worth of cheaper energy from a new
hydroelectric reservoir but Mr. Loomis loses $100 of river enjoyment downstream when the
reservoir is operational.
Although it seems to be fairly simple, if we add a realistic component to this example, we can
show how advantages are sometimes misunderstood. Let's say Mr. Loomis resides downstream
in Tennessee and Ms. Helfand lives upstream in the Commonwealth of Kentucky. If you
worked for the State of Kentucky and were the analyst calculating the advantages of building
the new hydropower reservoir, you would discover that the reservoir gave residents in
Kentucky a gain of $100 in benefits. One accounting perspective is the state's point of view.
The geographic perspective of which benefits and expenses count or matter and which ones do
not is referred to as the accounting attitude. Therefore, using Kentucky as our example, only
benefits obtained there and only expenses spent there would be taken into consideration.
Benefits and expenses that occur outside of our area of interest would be disregarded by the
state analyst.
Such a state accounting attitude is too limited from a global perspective to account for all
benefits and expenses to all parties. That is to say, the decreased quality of life caused by
Tennessee's lost river leisure should be quantified. In this two-state scenario, a state accounting
attitude would lead to the reservoir's negative externality not being taken into account in
benefit-cost calculations. Since internalizing such externalities into public decision making is
one of the goals of public regulation of resources, it is obvious that at the very least a national
accounting position is necessary to guarantee that the full benefits and costs of a resource
management activity are taken into account. Generally speaking, a national accounting posture
is the proper one for most acts when it comes to legislation pertaining to environmental policy
analysis, hydropower relicensing, and regulatory effect analysis. This is particularly relevant
when assessing national policy for the regulation of pollutants that travel over state boundaries
on the wind or on rivers like the Mississippi, Missouri, Colorado, or Columbia. It holds true
for laws like those governing aircraft safety, which have an impact on citizens all around the
country. When dealing with state programs that make use of federal cost-sharing monies, it is
also acceptable to adopt a national accounting posture. These federal monies represent the total
amount of household taxes paid throughout the nation [9]–[11].
But sometimes, even a national accounting perspective is too limited. Take the issue of reducing
acid rain in the northeastern US and southeast Canada. In the Midwestern States, the expenses
of mitigating acid rain are mostly felt. The advantages are felt in Canada and New England
downwind. The advantages of reducing acid rain for Canadians would be significant
improvements in their social well-being. They should be taken into account when comparing
the benefits to the costs of pollution control. Once again, analysts risk ignoring actual benefits
to people if they adopt a rigid accounting posture. Because the advantages outweigh the
drawbacks, the U.S. may mistakenly reject acid rain measures. However, it's possible that the
genuine societal benefits outweigh the expenses.
Page | 268
Copyright2021@CIIR
The analyst is often advised to follow the spirit of the first law demanding BCA and measure
benefits and costs "to whomsoever they may accrue". Concerns regarding which governments
or countries win and which ones lose are best addressed by demonstrating the distribution of
gains and costs to each political jurisdiction, much as when dealing with equality in BCA. This
is much preferable than taking a restrictive accounting attitude that completely leaves out some
states' or countries' expenses and advantages. A common prescription for economic and
ecological calamity is such an omission.
Gross Willingness to Pay, Cost, And Net Benefits
Is the increased employment produced by a resource management activity a benefit or a cost?
is one of the first issues that this raises, and it is now time to start answering it. The publication
often reports that the construction of a new industry, power plant, or easing of environmental
regulations would "create" a particular number of jobs. The same newspaper item may include
a representative of the wood sector who claims that by protecting an area as habitat for
endangered species, society forgoes trees with a $1 million market value. Is this a true
representation of the potential cost associated with identifying the region as a refuge for
endangered species? We now go on to an example that will help us respond to these inquiries.
Despite the fact that some State Fish and Game organizations would prefer to classify the
money hunters spend as a benefit of hunting, it is obvious that it is a cost. Of course, if the
wetland were to be drained, neither the money spent by hunters on transportation or
ammunition nor the money spent on feed additives would be lost to the economy as a whole.
The ranchers who are increasing the output of their herds will purchase the same quantity of
feed additives. The expenditures made by ranchers and hunters could only be lost to the
economy as a whole if they went home and burned their cash. In reality, if the wetland is
drained, hunters spend that money on their next most favored activity or location since
individuals are unlikely to do this.
Consider the choice on the placement of the Intermountain Power Project coal-fired power
plant to illustrate how decisions not to authorize draining a wetland, building a subdivision or
landfill in a certain area is just a transfer of economic activity. Near Capitol Reef, Canyonlands,
and Arches National Parks in Hanksville, Utah, a massive coal-fired power facility was planned
in 1978. It was chosen to construct the power plant on the west side of Utah, close to the town
of Lyndal and distant from any National Parks because of worries that air pollution might enter
these National Parks. The town of Lyndal gained the same number of construction workers and
plant operations staff, precisely offsetting the town of Hanksville, Utah, which lost all of the
inflow of these workers. The use of resources remained constant whether accounting was used
on a global, national, or state level. However, when looking at it from the city of Hanksville's
limited accounting perspective, there was a net loss. There was a net benefit for them when
looked at from the limited accounting perspective of the city of Lyndal. As is obvious, both of
these constrained accounting attitudes materially understate the shift in economic and social
well-being. No matter where the power plant was built or operated, the same number of people
were hired. Therefore, new developments in one area do not "create jobs" that would not
otherwise be needed on a national scale. The jobs are created by market demand.
Assumptions on the Use of Resources
Employment of labor, materials, diesel fuel, equipment, and other inputs of production, as was
previously described, represents opportunity costs to society. In other words, employing a
certain proportion of our limited resources for one project or management decision always
entails giving up using those resources to support another project. All of this is predicated on
relatively full resource use. If the labor used in one project would have otherwise gone jobless
Page | 269
Copyright2021@CIIR
for the time it was used in the project under investigation, then employing that labor in this
project did not result in any lost opportunity costs. To achieve the increased level of production,
society does not need to give up anything else in order to utilise the jobless resources.
How probable is it that a project will use resources that would otherwise be idle? It is very
improbable to depend on jobless resources for a long-term project that would need labor and
supplies over a number of years. In recessions, excess unemployment is more likely to be
temporary or last just a short while. The majority of resources, whether they be labor or
equipment, are rather mobile and will look for work rather than be jobless for extended periods
of time. However, it's possible that resources who wouldn't normally be engaged will be
employed at some point in a public project. If so, the analyst has two options: either treat the
economic costs of these resources as zero or, if labor expenses are included on the cost side,
count the salaries paid as a project benefit. Either approach will result in a project's net benefits
changing in the proper way.
Displaying Changes in Economic Activity and Employment
The employment associated with a public project or policy action is often required to be
exhibited by legislation like the National Environmental Policy Act, which regulates the
creation of Environmental Impact Statements, or local politicians. In order to properly account
for spin-off employment in project-related support sectors of the economy, direct changes in
project employment should be translated into total employment. The change in personal
earnings in a particular county or area as a consequence of an uptick in economic activity
brought on by the project may also be crucial to measure. Although a project that employs fully
utilized resources generates both induced employment and personal income, the size of those
transfers is often of interest.
This economic effect study often accomplishes at least two beneficial goals. The infrastructure
of roads, schools, hospitals, housing, and parks that will be required to accommodate the
increased employees and their families may first and foremost be planned with the aid of this
information by local government planners. Second, leaders could want to boost the economy
of certain regions at the cost of others. A distributional objective may be to increase the tax
base in rural economies and to provide employment prospects in rural regions. Politicians may
want to boost rural economies in order to keep them viable, even if this rural gain can be
counterbalanced by a loss of the equivalent economic activity in an urban region. The methods
for using multiplier analysis to calculate the revenue and employment implications of projects.
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, the concepts of benefit-cost analysis provide a methodical and exacting
framework for determining whether public initiatives or policies are desirable. BCA enables
informed decision-making based on an extensive analysis of the net social welfare effects by
quantifying and comparing the overall benefits and costs, taking time value of money into
account, resolving uncertainty, and examining distributional consequences. Respecting these
guidelines improves openness, responsibility, and the distribution of funds to initiatives and
strategies that increase social welfare. The effects of a project or policy on various population
segments are known as distributional impacts. In order to ensure that the benefits and costs are
examined from an equitable viewpoint, BCA takes into account the distributional effects. This
approach seeks to address possible inequities and socioeconomic imbalances by
acknowledging that the effects of initiatives or policies may not be dispersed equally.
REFERENCES
[1] R. C. Griffin, “The fundamental principles of cost-benefit analysis,” Water Resour. Res., 1998,
Page | 270
Copyright2021@CIIR
doi: 10.1029/98WR01335.
[2] W. J. Pienaar, “Principles of social cost-benefit analysis of public road projects followed in South
Africa,” South African J. Ind. Eng., 2018, doi: 10.7166/29-4-1926.
[3] A. Nesticò, S. He, G. De Mare, R. Benintendi, and G. Maselli, “The ALARP principle in the
Cost-Benefit analysis for the acceptability of investment risk,” Sustain., 2018, doi:
10.3390/su10124668.
[4] S. Farrow and W. K. Viscusi, “Towards Principles and Standards for the Benefit-Cost Analysis
of Safety,” J. Benefit-Cost Anal., 2011, doi: 10.2202/2152-2812.1033.
[5] N. Hanes and S. Lundberg, “E-learning as a Regional Policy Tool: Principles for a Cost-benefit
Analysis,” RUSC. Univ. Knowl. Soc. J., 2008, doi: 10.7238/rusc.v5i1.325.
[6] K. Kuntz-Duriseti, “Evaluating the economic value of the precautionary principle: Using cost
benefit analysis to place a value on precaution,” Environ. Sci. Policy, 2004, doi:
10.1016/j.envsci.2004.05.007.
[7] J. G. Hof and D. B. Rideout, “Limitations of the with and without principle in benefit-cost
analysis,” Public Financ. Rev., 1989, doi: 10.1177/109114218901700205.
[8] D. A. Farber, “Coping with uncertainty: Cost-benefit analysis, the precautionary principle, and
climate change,” Washingt. Law Rev., 2015, doi: 10.2139/ssrn.2637105.
[9] C. Dinwiddy and F. Teal, “Principles of cost-benefit analysis for developing countries,” Princ.
cost-benefit Anal. Dev. Ctries., 1996, doi: 10.1017/cbo9780511582578.
[10] D. James and C. Predo, “Principles and Practice of Cost–Benefit Analysis,” in Cost-Benefit
Studies of Natural Resource Management in Southeast Asia, 2015. doi: 10.1007/978-981-287-
393-4_2.
[11] S. Farrow, “Using risk assessment, benefit-cost analysis, and real options to implement a
precautionary principle,” Risk Analysis. 2004. doi: 10.1111/j.0272-4332.2004.00471.x.
Page | 271
Copyright2021@CIIR

Measurement of Economic Efficiency

Benefits
ABSTRACT:
The measurement of economic efficiency benefits is a crucial aspect of evaluating the impact
of policies, projects, or interventions. This abstract provides a concise overview of the
measurement of economic efficiency benefits, focusing on key considerations such as cost
savings, productivity gains, resource conservation, and market valuation. Economic efficiency
benefits capture the positive economic outcomes that result from a policy or project, indicating
how it contributes to enhancing resource allocation and overall productivity. Cost savings are
a common form of economic efficiency benefit, arising from reduced expenditures on inputs
or production processes. By identifying and quantifying cost savings, policymakers and
stakeholders can assess the financial impact and effectiveness of the intervention.
KEYWORDS:
Allocative Efficiency, Consumer Surplus, Cost-Benefit Analysis, Deadweight Loss, Economic
Efficiency, Efficiency Measures.
INTRODUCTION
Having decided what to measure, the following step is to figure out how to measure it. We must
be able to compare marketed and unmarked resources using the approach used to quantify
resource benefits. Economists use values derived from consumer demand and company supply
or cost curves to establish consistency in valuation for both marketed and nonmarketed
resources.
Advantages for the Consumer
The best way to explain resource value is through an example. demonstrates the demand curve
for gasoline among consumers. The user wants to buy six gallons of gasoline each week at a
price of $2 per gallon. What advantages come with being able to purchase six gallons of petrol
for $2? One would assume that because the customer paid $2 per gallon, they must be worth
$2. However, if we read from the quantity axis to the demand curve and then across to the
vertical price axis, we see that just the sixth gallon bought is only worth $2. The first gallon
each week is worth $7, the first five are each worth $3, the fourth are each worth $4, the third
are each worth $5, and so on. The first gallon of petrol is used to go to and from essential
appointments and tasks that cannot be completed by other modes of transportation, such a bus
or a bicycle. Thus, it offers advantages worth $7. In other words, the customer would spend up
Page | 272
Copyright2021@CIIR
to $7 for a gallon of petrol if she could only buy one every week. The customer makes a
"personal profit," or what economists refer to as a consumer surplus, of around $5 on this first
gallon of gasoline since the market clearing price is just $2.
The region below a customer's demand curve but above the actual price paid is known as the
consumer surplus. The striped area under the demand curve represents the consumer's net gains
as a result of being able to purchase six gallons of gasoline at $2 each. This location is worth
$15. Therefore, for the majority of commodities, customers get more for their money. Only the
most recent unit bought is really worth what the customer paid for commodities and services
that are consumable in tiny units, such as petrol or soda cans. There is often no consumer
surplus on the final unit purchased since its worth to the customer is precisely equal to the price
she paid [1], [2].
DISCUSSION
Consumer Surplus as Real Income
Receiving consumer excess is something that we have all done. Consider a period when you
were certain you would pay the full suggested retail price for a certain book or CD. The selling
price was less than you anticipated paying as you approached the register to pay the amount.
The price difference between what you paid and what you would have spent for the commodity
represented a genuine, measurable increase in your income. You paid the selling price for the
item and kept the consumer surplus as extra actual money in your pocket or purse.
Why Net Benefits Cannot Be Measured by Actual Expenditures
While using consumer surplus as a gauge of the customer's gains from economic efficiency
may seem simple, some individuals struggle with how to handle the consumer's real spending
of money. The entire amount of customer spending on an item is often a poor indication of the
overall advantages that the consumer derives from consuming the commodity, as shown by a
simple example. The customer spends a total of $12 on six gallons of gasoline at a price of $2
a gallon. But if petrol prices increased to $6 per gallon.
Advantages for the Producer
We will first simplify the research and quantify the advantages for a corporation or business
that accepts prices. When a company's production makes up a tiny portion of a product's
domestic or global market, that company is a price taker. Using gasoline as an example, one
independent oil producer would be so little as to have no impact on the price of the fuel. The
link between the market for gasoline and the specific oil producer is seen in Figure 7-2. The
total consumer demand and the total industry supply are used to determine the equilibrium
price in a domestic or global market. At the present market-clearing price for gasoline, the
demand curve that the individual producer is facing is horizontal. This is due to the independent
producer's contribution to supply making up such a little portion of the overall gasoline supply
that either doubling or halving output would have no impact on pricing. Additionally, the
independent oil producer is free to sell as much as it wishes at the going rate [3]–[5].
Positive Effects of Price Changes on Society
Think of a significant water supply or watershed yield improvement project that would
decrease a city's dependency on pumping ground water and replace it with surface water
supplies from a suggested reservoir. Water costs $15 per 1,000 liters based on the water supply
curve without projects. The average monthly usage at this price is 5000 gallons per person.
Page | 273
Copyright2021@CIIR
Areas A and B in 7-4 correspond to the current surpluses of producers and consumers. The
consumer surplus is $12.50, while the producer excess is $12.50.
Water supply costs would drop thanks to the planned project to the point that the supply curve
would change to the Supply with Project. This shows how the project would reduce the cost of
providing the city's citizens with the present 5000 gallons of water by 50%. The cost savings
from the decrease in water prices from $15 per 1000 liters to $10 are split between users and
producers. The precise divide will depend on how steeply the supply and demand curves slope
relative to one another. In our example, when the cost of water decreases from $15 to $10,
consumers earn $12.50 from cost savings and $12.50 from the transfer of producer surplus to
consumer surplus. The producer gains area Dl, or $37.50, from the cost savings on the current
amount of water provided. However, as the price of water declines, the producer loses the
producer surplus in region B. Therefore, the producer receives a net gain of $25 from the cost
reduction on the first 5,000 gallons of water. It should be noted that area B does not represent
a net gain, but rather a transfer of producer surplus obtained at the $15 price to consumer
surplus when the price of water drops to $10.
In addition to saving money on the existing amount of water, the decreased cost of water causes
the amount of water required to rise to 10,000 gallons. The ability to use the extra water from
area C2 or $12.50 results in a consumer surplus benefit. With the 5000 extra gallons of water
supplied, the manufacturer also makes a surplus. The gain is $12.50, or area D2. The project's
overall benefits to municipal water consumers and producers thus equal C1+C2+D1+D2, or
$75 per month. The original producer and consumer surplus must be subtracted from the new
total consumer and producer surplus in order to determine the net gain. In 7-4, this is shown.
The project's entire consumer and producer surpluses come to $50 apiece, or $100 all told. The
$25 advantages obtained outside of the project result in a net gain of $75. Regardless of how
the net gain is calculated, the project benefits total $75. If the total benefits surpass the costs,
this gain would be compared to the expenses of building the project or carrying out the
watershed management operation.
Benefits to Consumers from Environmental Improvement
Holding all other variables fixed, demand curves show an inverse connection between quantity
desired and price. The quality of the good is one of the variables that remains consistent.
Estimating a demand curve for automobiles that combines BMWs and Volkswagens makes
little sense. The demand curve will alter as the quality of the product varies, much to how
demand shifts are brought on by changes in income. This reasoning also holds true for
environmental quality. Customers would not be prepared to pay as much for water that is of
higher quality if a municipality is presently utilizing groundwater that is rich in nitrates, has a
sulfur smell, or is bitter-tasting due to lingering pesticides. The demand curve for drinking
water will change as farmers minimize non-point source pollution or if the city obtains another
source of superior water quality. The area between these shifted demand curves may be used
to calculate the benefits to families from the change in environmental quality, as initially shown
by Maler.
Comparing the Value of Small Changes in Market Goods with Significant Changes in
Nonmarket Goods' Quantity or Quality
Comparing the value of a change in quantity in a marketed product, such as food, minerals,
gasoline, paint, vehicles, or paper, with a change in quantity or quality of a nonmarketed
commodity is a common step in evaluating a typical public policy or regulation. The advertised
product is often exchanged on local, regional, or global marketplaces. Due to the fact that this
commodity is produced and traded internationally, the local business that is being examined
Page | 274
Copyright2021@CIIR
for greater regulation often only provides a tiny proportion of output to this national market.
For instance, if the marketed product is produced in several other states and is even imported
from other countries, controlling non-point sources of pollution from feedlots in one state often
has little impact on the price of the good. The demand curve for outputs sold in this specific
state is, in effect, horizontal at the market price, much as the demand curve a single gas station
owner would encounter. Price may thus be used as a proxy for the gross readiness to pay for a
further unit of production from a commodity. By deducting the expenses of creating that
marketed thing from this gross willingness to pay or total income, one may calculate the net
benefits of generating the marketed output from this parcel of land. Once again, this is
comparable to the right side for a single fuel producer. The surplus or change in net income
obtained by the producer is the only benefit of commodity production. Even while the initial
few units of the item exchanged in the market do create a consumer surplus, there is no
consumer surplus to be added to the commodity production in this situation. Since the change
in supply is so tiny, the price is unaffected, there is no consumer surplus in this situation.
Consumer surplus cannot vary if the price of the item to consumers stays the same. Consumer
surplus is essentially maintained at the same level as it was prior to the program. If the
consumer surplus before and after the policy is the same, then this policy has no effect on it
[6]–[8].
However, several regulatory measures to enhance the quality of the air and water often result
in significant or non-marginal improvements in consumer surplus. The capacity to trade
broadly and look for alternative suppliers is required for price stability; this is due in part to the
fact that the majority of environmental quality is not a homogenous commodity produced on
national or worldwide marketplaces. There aren't many alternatives to enhancing local
environmental quality, which contributes to the non-marginal impact of regulatory programs
on environmental quality. In other words, if the air quality in my city declines as a result of air
pollution brought on by urban development, I have no choice but to relocate. Due to this shift
in my demand curve, I experience a decrease in happiness, which would be quantified by the
change in consumer surplus caused by avoiding that change.
Thus, using market pricing to determine changes in producer surplus for market commodities
and then utilizing consumer surplus to determine environmental quality do not conflict with
one another in this case. The excess of the producer and the consumer are both indicators of
readiness to pay. Price is an indicator of the gross willingness to pay for an additional unit of
the item. As a result, the same conceptual yardstick of worth, willingness to pay, is used to
compare all resources.
A Commentary on Would-Be Payers vs. Would-be Accepters
It is only logical to use willingness to pay as a comparable measure of value for both market
and non-market commodities as prices reflect consumer desire to pay for one additional unit
of an item or service. This ensures that each consequence is given the same consideration.
According to economic theory, WTP should only be used to calculate profits. WTP is typically
suitable since the vast majority of policy assessments are for improvements. Economic theory,
however, would contend that a person's minimal willingness to tolerate should be used to
calculate the dollar amount of losses. This is especially true if the policy calls for a decrease in
what the person now owns and they have a legal property title to it.
This same theory states that for commodities or resources that account for a tiny portion of a
person's income and have a wide range of replacements, the differences between WTP and
WTA should not be significant. WTP, which is simpler to quantify, might be used as a decent
estimate of WTA for losses if this were the common situation. Of However, there may not be
Page | 275
Copyright2021@CIIR
many appropriate alternatives for many natural and environmental resources, such as water
quality or local species, therefore WTA may significantly surpass WTP. Therefore, if property
rights are allocated to the existing level and a decrease is being considered, WTA may be the
appropriate measure of losses.
Analysis becomes challenging because people often lose access to a natural resource as a
consequence of a policy, even if they do not have legal ownership rights to the resource at its
existing level. For instance, I like to watch the birds in a little marsh close to my house. A marsh
being filled and turned into a park will reduce opportunities to see birds. Should the amount of
my loss be calculated as my minimum WTA to accept it or as my maximum WTP to avoid it?
Since I do not technically own the wetland, my willingness to take payment in exchange for
allowing it to be drained should not be used to gauge the loss. Although one would assume that
the public has a legal stake in the wetlands since they are regulated by the federal Clean Water
Act. My lowest WTA will be greater than my maximum WTP by a factor of 2 to 5, according
to empirical data from several laboratory tests, many of which used real money. Consequently,
the method used for valuing the wetlands may determine whether option, maintaining the
wetland or creating the park, has the higher economic worth.
The practical response to this question often entails three essential components: if the present
level is public property, whether WTA can be accurately evaluated, and what the agency policy
recommendations are for such studies. Getting a legal opinion from attorneys within the
organization implementing the policy may assist to make the argument clear. Can the analyst
empirically determine the minimal WTA even if legal opinion shows that the public does have
certain limited vested rights? While market data that permits the assessment of demand curves
often yields WTP estimations, there are computational procedures and closed form solutions
that, in some situations, may enable the estimation of WTA from estimated demand functions.
It is less likely that non-market resources that depend on survey results will be able to generate
accurate estimates of minimal WTA. Finally, it's possible that the relevant regulatory body has
made the high-level policy decision that WTP will serve as the default measure of value. This
has been the case for a number of American organizations, including the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers and the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, whose benefit-cost studies are guided by the
Principles and Guidelines of the U.S. Water Resources Council.
You may always do a sensitivity analysis if you are concerned about this possible ambiguity in
the result of a benefit-cost analysis caused by the usage of WTP vs. WTA. This kind of study
determines how sensitive the final result is to the uncertainty around a crucial variable, as was
previously mentioned. Using WTP as a stand-in for WTA might be one of those important
factors. Both WTP and WTA for losses might be used to determine the alternatives' net benefits.
The public, decision-maker, and analyst may then determine if the ranking of policy choices
varies depending on the specific measure of losses used. Everyone may relax knowing that the
best policy option is resilient to at least this alteration if there is no change in ranking.
Difficulties In Applying BCA In Environmental Policy Analysis
BCA is a potent analytical tool for contrasting options. Its usage is often criticized due to how
potent it may be. Sometimes these criticisms are entirely opportunistic, coming from those who
favor a different course of action from the one recommended by the BCA but with lower net
advantages. However, some of the criticism directed towards BCA is justified. It has its
legitimate applications, but like every analytical instrument, it may also be abused. You must
be able to discern between legitimate criticism of BCA and assaults launched because the
attacker does not like the results as a BCA provider. We categorize the complaints as those that
Page | 276
Copyright2021@CIIR
target the intellectual underpinnings of BCA and those that focus on how BCA is actually put
into practice.
BCA Conceptual Difficulties
Anthropocentricity
BCA is a tool that is clearly anthropocentric. It does not consider fundamental values connected
to the natural world that are not generated from humans; instead, it contains only values that
people have. BCA is a decision-making tool for people and is a tool that is based on people
since people use it. Although it is theoretically feasible for individuals to consider other, non-
human values, there is currently no established method to quantify these values independently
of the values that people assign to them in daily life.
Therefore, under the BCA framework, the value of maintaining a specific species would be
negative if people did not care about its conservation. But it must be highlighted that whatever
that people value should be included into the BCA. If enough individuals stand up for nature's
inherent values, such values will be taken into account when determining nonmarket
advantages.
Distributive Impacts
An alternative's net advantages to society are ascertained via a benefit-cost analysis. By
properly allocating the costs and benefits throughout the whole community, it is theoretically
feasible for everyone to profit from an activity if the benefits outweigh the costs. Of course,
the possibility of everyone benefiting does not guarantee that the required redistribution will
really occur. Instead, a policy could favor certain groups while harming others.
For instance, it is anticipated that safeguarding the northern spotted owl would benefit
Americans more than it will cost to do so. Protecting the spotted owl did not assist the wood
workers who lost their employment as a result of such decreases in timber collection, however.
Retraining programs were made available to the displaced forestry workers as part of the
strategy to save the spotted owl as partial recompense for their lost employment. In this
instance, federal tax money was utilized to lessen the suffering of individuals who faced an
unfair share of the expenditures associated with owl conservation. There would have been
winners and losers without the recompense, without a doubt. The fact that there were positive
net advantages would very definitely not have persuaded those who lost to support owl
conservation [9].
Normally, a BCA does not take a policy's distributional consequences into account. These
distributional effects often provide an explanation for why certain more effective policies
cannot be implemented and are crucial for understanding who supports and who opposes
various options. A decision-maker who does not take into account how a policy will affect
relevant groups is also unlikely to hold onto power for very long. As a result, distributional
consequences typically supersede the suggestions made by a BCA. The effectiveness of the
benefit-cost analysis to decision-makers may be significantly increased, however, if data and
time allow, by assessing and showing the distribution of benefits and costs across various
groups.
No Sacrifice: Among Non-Comparable, Trade-offs
The foundation of a benefit-cost analysis is the idea that there are costs and advantages to a
project, and that these costs and benefits may and should be traded off. All of us would prefer
a safe, healthy environment if it didn't cost anything; environmental issues exist because
Page | 277
Copyright2021@CIIR
environmental protection is expensive. Most of the time, people are ready to give up some of
their favorite things in order to preserve the environment, but there comes a point when they
won't pay much more to do so. For instance, many individuals are ready to spend a few hundred
dollars more on a vehicle with an engine that is made to lower emissions of air pollution, but
they may not be ready to give up their automobile entirely and find another mode of
transportation. Benefit-cost analysis may be a very helpful method for determining the
appropriate amount of environmental protection in certain circumstances.
However, in certain environmental issues, some parties have taken a position that they are
steadfastly reluctant to budge from. For instance, a location may be considered hallowed
ground by a certain group of people; even if there was a gold mine worth a billion dollars
underneath it, this group would not consent to any encroachment. The site has unlimited
implicit value for them. In this situation, a benefit-cost analysis won't sway their judgment
since, if the site is infinitely valuable to them, its loss cannot be made up for. In fact, even if
the value of other uses is likewise extremely great, it becomes conceptually challenging to
undertake a BCA of building a site if its value to the group is actually limitless. Consider the
possibility that the holy place has the only known location of a material thought to have
extraordinary healing potential for a number of normally fatal human diseases. One group's
core values would be violated if the site was invaded, yet those who would perish without the
material would be ready to give up all they had to get it. In this situation, a benefit-cost analysis
would be of little use to either party. The greatest function an analyst can play in these very
difficult circumstances is to list all the advantages and disadvantages, with or without a price
tag, and to provide that knowledge to a decision-maker. Benefit-cost analysis may not be
immediately relevant, but with experts with environmental ethics training, some systematic
analysis would be feasible.
Paradoxes of Compensation
Major concerns have been raised regarding relying on BCA for public decision making since a
Potential Pareto Improvement does not necessitate that compensation actually be provided. The
concerns with equality and distribution have already been addressed. The likelihood that
enacting the new policy might alter the relative costs of items and income levels that affect
people's willingness to pay raises further concerns. For instance, switching from a scenario in
which salmon are limited and hydropower is abundant to one in which salmon are abundant
and hydropower is scarce might affect the relative costs of salmon and hydropower.
Additionally, there would probably be a difference in how much money commercial fishers
make compared to company owners and employees that work in industries that utilize a lot of
power. Depending on whether we assess the policy using the original set of prices and incomes
or the set of prices and incomes happening with the change, the attractiveness of the policy
may differ if the influence of the policy was so pervasive that relative prices or incomes
significantly changed. An example of a compensating paradox is this.
There are a few solutions to this issue. First off, relative prices or total factor income shares
seldom move since the majority of environmental regulations alter market supply of
commodities or production components in such a tiny way. Therefore, the prospect of a
compensation paradox is remote unless national policies have a significant impact on several
economic sectors. Second, the compensation paradox may not happen when comparing an
inefficient bundle of resource usage to an efficient bundle. If you're interested in learning more
about how to solve the compensation dilemma, check out Just, Hueth, and Schmitz's paper.
The Second-Best Theory
Page | 278
Copyright2021@CIIR
The goal of BCA is to suggest initiatives, regulations, or plans that increase people's quality of
life or economic efficiency. In BCA, we only assess the economic effectiveness of the resources
that the proposed policy would influence. Implementing such a proposal would be expected to
increase the economic efficiency of the overall economy if the BCA recommends that we shift
more water from agriculture to instream flow. That is, we have increased the economic
effectiveness of how leisure and fishing are used without having a detrimental impact on other
resources used elsewhere in the economy.
However, the theory of second-best asserts that increasing economic efficiency in one area of
the economy would not always result in a gain in social welfare if there are inefficiencies in
other areas of the economy. In other words, even if economic inefficiency is reduced, there may
still be some inefficiencies, and this might have unintended effects that lower wellbeing. If the
notion of second best holds true in all situations, we would be unable to determine the merits
of any particular environmental policy based on the data from a BCA as long as other industries
or resource uses continued to be economically inefficient.
In an otherwise inefficient environment, we need not be so gloomy about suggesting
economically optimal uses of natural resources, as the idea of second best has been re-evaluated
to reveal. First, Mishan claims that there is always a clear benefit to society if we can generate
the same bundle and amount of production for less money. Second, as Davis and Whinston
have shown, we may be able to make clear claims about increases in economic efficiency if
there is separability or independence between economically inefficient areas of the economy
and the ones that are being studied in the BCA. There is often little link between a certain group
of businesses in a specific geographic region and multiple other economic sectors for many
small-scale policy evaluations. Therefore, reservations about settling for less than ideal need
not prevent us from drawing the conclusion that more effectiveness in addressing
environmental challenges would promote social well-being [10], [11].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, measuring the advantages of economic efficiency is a useful tool for evaluating
the economic effect of projects and policies. Policymakers and analysts may assess the
economic efficacy and value created by interventions by measuring cost savings, productivity
improvements, resource conservation, and making use of market valuation tools. The pursuit
of policies that optimize economic efficiency and public welfare is made easier by this
knowledge, which also makes it easier to allocate resources and make well-informed decisions.
It is important to emphasize that both direct and indirect effects, as well as short- and long-term
consequences, should be taken into account when calculating the advantages of economic
efficiency. The assessment should take into account larger social advantages, such as greater
public health, improved quality of life, or decreased inequality, in addition to immediate
economic gains.
REFERENCES
[1] R. Rayner, C. Jolly, and C. Gouldman, “Ocean observing and the blue economy,”
Frontiers in Marine Science. 2019. doi: 10.3389/fmars.2019.00330.
[2] M. Robaina, K. Murillo, E. Rocha, and J. Villar, “Circular economy in plastic waste -
Efficiency analysis of European countries,” Sci. Total Environ., 2020, doi:
10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.139038.
[3] R. Dmuchowski, “Methods of measuring the effectiveness of logistics activities,”
Contemp. Econ., 2021, doi: 10.5709/ce.1897-9254.451.
Page | 279
Copyright2021@CIIR
[4] B. Standaert et al., “How to assess for the full economic value of vaccines? From past
to present, drawing lessons for the future,” Journal of Market Access and Health Policy.
2020. doi: 10.1080/20016689.2020.1719588.
[5] A. A. Shishkin and O. A. Tyugai, “Economic Benefit Estimating of Polydimensional
Efficiency Measurement Model Implementation,” Open J. Appl. Sci., 2015, doi:
10.4236/ojapps.2015.53011.
[6] T. Kogabayev and A. Maziliauskas, “The definition and classification of innovation,”
HOLISTICA – J. Bus. Public Adm., 2017, doi: 10.1515/hjbpa-2017-0005.
[7] Y. T. Wassie and M. S. Adaramola, “Analysis of potential fuel savings, economic and
environmental effects of improved biomass cookstoves in rural Ethiopia,” J. Clean.
Prod., 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.124700.
[8] J. Nikolajenko, R. Viederytė, A. Šneiderienė, and I. Aničas, “Components for measuring
the efficiency of the intervention measures to support business, initiated and
implemented by the government of Lithuania during the first lockdown,” Sustain., 2021,
doi: 10.3390/su13031031.
[9] S. Z. Saddam and M. N. Jaafar, “Modified Value-Added Intellectual Capital (MVAIC):
Contemporary Improved Measurement Model for Intangible Assets.,” Int. J. Acad. Res.
Accounting, Financ. Manag. Sci., 2021, doi: 10.6007/ijarafms/v11-i1/9023.
[10] A. Angelis, A. Lange, and P. Kanavos, “Using health technology assessment to assess
the value of new medicines: results of a systematic review and expert consultation across
eight European countries,” Eur. J. Heal. Econ., 2018, doi: 10.1007/s10198-017-0871-0.
[11] S. W. Lee, J. Jo, and S. Kim, “Leveraging the 4th industrial revolution technology for
sustainable development of the northern sea route (Nsr)—the case study of autonomous
vessel,” Sustain., 2021, doi: 10.3390/su13158211.
Page | 280
Copyright2021@CIIR

Practical Difficulties with Actual

Implementation of BCA
ABSTRACT:
While benefit-cost analysis (BCA) is a valuable tool for evaluating policies and projects, there
are practical difficulties associated with its actual implementation. This abstract provides a
concise overview of the practical challenges encountered in the implementation of BCA,
including issues related to data availability and quality, monetization of non-market goods,
uncertainty and risk assessment, distributional considerations, and decision-making under
political and institutional constraints. One of the primary challenges in implementing BCA is
the availability and quality of data. BCA requires reliable and comprehensive data on both
benefits and costs, which may be difficult to obtain, especially for non-market goods and
intangible impacts. Lack of data or poor data quality can lead to biased or inaccurate estimates,
compromising the reliability of the analysis.
KEYWORDS:
Administrative Burden, Data Availability, Discount Rate Determination, Evaluation
Challenges, Implementation Challenges, Intergenerational Equity.
INTRODUCTION
Incomplete BCA
The main issue with BCAs is that they usually leave out portions of the issue owing to data
shortages or the inability to convert one component into dollars. This is an issue with
implementation, not with the intellectual foundations of BCA, and it is a problem that is all too
prevalent. For instance, the value of hydroelectricity is taken into account in the economic
studies conducted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for the relicensing of private
hydroelectric projects, although recreational fishing and rafting are not necessarily valued in
terms of dollars. If all benefits and costs are not included in a benefit-cost analysis, the result
will be skewed [1], [2].
It is the analyst's responsibility to make sure the client for the BCA is aware of its limits if the
BCA isn't comprehensive. Typically, it is far simpler to make money from the project's
marketable features than its unmarketable or environmental repercussions. If the environmental
implications cannot be made financially viable, they should at least be adequately explored.
For instance, the analyst should identify and quantify the advantages of preservation in other
units if the research budget does not permit the analyst to quantify the benefits of maintaining
Page | 281
Copyright2021@CIIR
a wetland area in dollars. For instance, how many species that are endangered or vulnerable
rely on the wetland? Or how many recreational tourist days does it receive? How common is
the desire to protect the region among the general public? Incomplete knowledge on the effects
not covered by the BCA might result in poor judgments, particularly with respect to the
environmental impacts. Even if not all consequences can be measured in money, a BCA that
isn't comprehensive might still be helpful when evaluating different options. Assume that there
is no difference in the un-quatified impacts between the options. Consider the scenario where
Option A and Option B both yield the same amount of wilderness protection but Option A
produces more wood and Option B produces more minerals.
Decision Rule vs Decision Tool
Because some economists and decision-makers consider the outcomes of a BCA to be the
decision rule, the use of benefit-cost analyses has often come under fire. In other words, some
people think that BCA automatically selects the alternative with the largest net economic
advantages for adoption above all others. This viewpoint holds that the BCA "makes the
decision." Many people think that a BCA's purpose is to provide a final conclusion, even
though those conducting the BCA may not share that viewpoint. If the BCA supports an option
that is supported by one group, that group may argue in favor of using the BCA as a decision
rule, while others who support the alternative will argue that the BCA is an unsuitable technique
for decision or that the BCA was done improperly. So, occasionally a discussion over a BCA's
suggestion evolves into a discussion about the validity of the BCA itself.
Although the mechanics of executing a BCA are the same whether it is seen as a decision rule
or as an informative input to decision-making, the application of the BCA with the two
viewpoints is quite different. Even the finest BCA is not comprehensive as a representation of
the full range of implications of a policy on all members of society since there will always be
social and environmental problems that cannot be accurately expressed in terms of money or
by a single figure. Because of this, relying on the BCA to make a policy choice is only
permissible in situations when the legislation or rule the analyst is working under expressly
places a high priority on economic efficiency criteria. Otherwise, BCA just offers one point of
view, although a crucial one in the spirit of this work. there are a lot of legitimate arguments
against the usage of BCA. However, it is difficult to imagine a situation in which a decision-
maker would not want to know the overall effects of a potential course of action on society.
Does it improve overall social well-being to the point where it is conceivable to make everyone
better off and to leave no one worse off? If not, what justification can be shown for the
alternative? Is the importance of those who stand to benefit from the initiative so great that it
justifies the net losses to everyone else? Although utilizing a BCA as the only guideline for
choosing between a group of choices is sure to draw criticism, not using it as a factor in the
decision-making process is likely to face criticism at least just as intense [3], [4].
DISCUSSION
Discounting Benefits and Costs Over Time
Many recent measures aim to leave a lasting impression. They could compel businesses to
spend money on durable wastewater treatment facilities or have an impact on how long-term
land use changes are made. Hydropower dams often get federal relicensing during a 30–40 year
term. As the oil is pumped, decisions to permit offshore oil leasing will have long-lasting
consequences. Highway and light rail system construction not only has a lengthy lifespan, but
also comes with substantial upfront expenses and long-term advantages.
Page | 282
Copyright2021@CIIR
Is it possible to just add the dollar advantages from the first year to the dollar benefits from
each subsequent year? Is the value of the project's benefits now comparable to the project's
expenses today, 20 years from now? The idea that individuals would be equally eager to swap
a dollar today for a dollar in 20 years is implied by comparing the expenses of a dollar today
to the benefits of a dollar in 20 years. We are aware that is untrue. Although you may assume
that it is erroneous due to inflation, there are other issues present as well. Although it is
undoubtedly a problem, policy benefits and costs are often expressed in constant dollars, which
are inflation-adjusted. Therefore, the primary question is whether a dollar spent on highways
now is equivalent to a real or inflation-proofed dollar gained from them in the future. Or to put
it another way, would you give me a $1 now if I promised to pay it to you in writing in 20
years?
You probably wouldn't regard a dollar today and a dollar adjusted for inflation in 20 years as
being equal. People's reluctance to exchange a dollar now for an inflation-indexed dollar in 20
years may be attributed to two factors. People prefer certain times of day to consume things.
People prefer to enjoy or gain from something now rather than later, other things being equal.
This explains why customers pay a higher interest rate when borrowing money from banks or
using credit cards for now-pay-later purchases. Second, if individuals want to forgo today's
rewards of consumption, they may put the money in a worthwhile business that will generate
a profit. In other words, since the money is being used for something useful, individuals deposit
money in a bank or lend money to a company that will give them positive interest. Because
you may spend the present money to either boost your current consumption or invest it and
earn interest, a dollar in 20 years will be worth less than a dollar now [5], [6].
Reduction Process
In some aspects, the interest rate reflects both the 'temporal preference' of people for money as
well as the potential rate of return on their investments. The idea of compound interest rates is
one that most people are aware with; it states that money placed in the bank today will increase
at a certain rate of interest to a bigger quantity of money in the future. In benefit-cost analysis,
we employ discounting, which is just compounding in reverse, when we want to take a future
flow of financial benefits and determine the worth in the current time.
Discounting determines the present value, or current worth, of those future monetary gains and
expenses. That instance, what advantage does society get now from $10 worth of
hydroelectricity produced twenty years from now? This procedure might be shown via an
example. If the interest rate is 7.125%, $1 in benefits will only be worth 50 cents to us today
in 10 years. Why did we do that? I could withdraw $1 in 10 years if I deposited the 50 cents in
the bank today at a 7.125% interest rate. Therefore, at 7.125% interest, the present worth or
value of 50 cents now and $1 in 10 years to me today are equal. That is all there is to it, in a
way. Any future advantage may be converted into an equal current value if we know what
interest rate individuals use to be unconcerned about future spending. We can do this for the
complete stream of benefits and costs incurred throughout the course of a public project or
program to assess if the benefits outweigh the expenses.
The Interest or Discount Rate That Is Chosen
The right discount rate must be chosen, and this decision has both philosophical and practical
implications. Using large discount rates makes a statement that is nearly moral or philosophical:
the present is far more important to us than the future. This would suggest a zero discount rate
if everyone was as satisfied to enjoy a dollar's worth of consumption now as they would be in
10 years. Even a disregard for current spending in favor of future consumption, however, is
insufficient to produce a society with a zero discount rate since money invested in productive
Page | 283
Copyright2021@CIIR
firms now has the potential to provide a net return in the future. Discounting is most justifiable,
Lind warns, across time frames that do not surpass the lifespan of the average individual.
Observed Interest Rate Components
In a hypothetical economy with no taxes, no risks, and no costs associated with financial
transactions, economic theory offers clear direction on how to choose discount rates. In this
instance, the potential rate of return on investment is equal to the time-preference value of the
money. These two measurements of the discount rate differ after actual world distortions are
taken into account. It is crucial to remember that the actual or true rate of discount, a percentage
return to account for inflation, a percentage return to represent the risk that the borrower may
not repay, and tax rates all play a role in the observed market rate of interest. The market interest
rate before taxes would be 13% if inflation is projected to be 5% in the future, there is a 2%
risk premium, and the actual rate of return is 6%. The after-tax interest is just 9.75% if the tax
rate is 25%.
Since taxes are only a transfer of an individual's rate of return to the government and the taxed
portion of the rate of return is really not lost, in general we would wish to utilize the whole
13%. A real discount rate would only be 8% if we kept everything at real or year-zero pricing
and did not account for predicted inflation. According to some economists, the federal
government and many state governments are sufficiently big that they can share risks across
the many different projects and policies they are enacting. The risk premium ought to be zero
as a result. The actual discount rate for public investments in this scenario would be 6%, which
is just the real rate of return. We now discuss the economic theory that underlies the choice of
real rate of return.
Concepts for Calculating the Discount Rate
Given the many distortions in the actual world, there are several opposing views about how to
determine what the appropriate discount rate should be. One of the most well-known
hypotheses is based on the macroeconomic idea of a closed economy in a country's economy.
In order for such an economy to function according to a straightforward macroeconomic model,
consumer savings plus taxes must equal both public expenditure and private investment. In this
economy, one of the other three components must alter if the government wants to invest
additional money in a public initiative. This straightforward model argues that private
investment must decrease by the amount of money the government must borrow if it borrows
the funds for the project. Consumption and savings will decrease by the amount of the tax
increase if taxes are raised to pay for the project.
One group of economists contends that, given these connections between government funding
of a public project and the displacement of economic activity elsewhere in the economy, the
discount rate should emphasize the lost opportunities in the private sector as a result of shifting
the funds to the public sector. The value of missed consumption and the rate of return on
displaced private investments make up the two halves of opportunity costs in the private sector.
Financial reports of businesses may be used to determine the rate of return on investments. The
interest rate individuals would get on their savings may be used to estimate the worth of forgone
spending. In other words, consumers evaluate the worth of consumption to the interest rate they
would gain on savings while deciding whether to spend their last dollar or save their last dollar.
The weighted average of the return on private investments and the interest rate on savings is
the total social discount rate. The ratio of displaced savings/consumption to displaced private
investment in the funds to be transferred to the public sector determines the weight. In the end,
how the government generates the funds for the investment initiative will determine this. In
theory, a project- or policy-specific discount rate might be determined if special financing laws,
Page | 284
Copyright2021@CIIR
funds from dedicated trust funds, or certain excise taxes are applied. In actuality, this is
exceptional; the weights would be determined by the percentage of the government's budget
that comes from income taxes paid by individuals, corporations, other businesses, and
consumers.
However, the majority of national economies nowadays are a part of a global economy that is
open, which makes the idea of a closed economy rather deceptive due to the substantial exports
and imports. The growth of a public project supported by a deficit no longer requires a dollar-
for-dollar decrease in private investment. Foreign capital owners have the ability to directly or
indirectly fulfill the new, increased demand for capital resulting from the government initiative.
There is virtually little crowding out of domestic private investment in an open international
economy. As a result, Lind's most recent reevaluation of how to calculate the discount rate
suggests using the interest rate the government must pay while borrowing as the proper
government discount rate.
Of course, there is an intriguing twist to this when the official policy calls for private sector
investments rather than those made by the government. To reduce worker exposure to
carcinogens, for instance, workplace regulations may mandate that businesses invest millions
of dollars in new filtering systems. The opportunity cost of capital or the cost of borrowing for
the industry in this example, not the government, may be useful for figuring out the present
value of the charges. Risk would be a genuine expense in this situation, but taxes are still a
transfer.
Another line of justification emphasizes the role of "social time preference" in calculating the
discount rate. These arguments, in example, begin by interpreting the discount rate as an
indicator of people's preferences for now spending as opposed to future consumption. They
then provide a case for public goods or positive externalities. This claim makes the case that
people care more about the future of society than their own savings choices may suggest.
Individually, their choices on how much money to save have minimal impact on the wellbeing
of future generations. However, society as a whole does care, and we would all be better off if
everyone saved more money for future generations. According to this notion, discount rates
should be lower than the pace at which individuals save money in order to promote investment
for future generations.
Weitzman has discussed the problem of choosing discount rates for environmental projects and
regulations, the consequences of which might linger for millennia. Global climate change, the
dumping of nuclear waste, groundwater contamination, and species extinction are a few
examples of such policies. Even significant gains or expenses encountered 200 years from now
would be considered inconsequential under normal exponential discounting, as stated in
equation using discount rates routinely applied by Federal agencies. At 7%, a dollar now would
be equivalent to one millionth of a dollar after 200 years, for instance. So, sacrificing $2 in
benefits now to save $1 million in costs in 200 years would fail the benefit-cost test. Weitzman
notes that even the majority of economists are uncomfortable with this, much alone those who
have a strong moral imperative to avoid burdening future generations who are underrepresented
with expenses. However, what should a policy analyst do? Weitzman makes a suggestion on
how to deal with policies that have such far-reaching impacts. He makes the argument that
there is no justification for using the discount rate as a fixed constant across many centuries by
arguing that discount rates should reflect the long-run productivity of capital.
The future of technology and a wide range of variables affecting the productivity of capital
over the next two to three centuries are both quite unknown. What we really have is a range of
long-term capital productivities together with a distribution of corresponding discount rates.
Page | 285
Copyright2021@CIIR
The realization of the lowest discount rates is the only one that really has an effect on present
decision-making, as Weiztman goes on to show. These future gains and expenses are irrelevant
now due to the high discount rates and large discount factors. By going back to 8-1 and
comparing the much faster rate of fall of the present value of $1 with the 7% as opposed to 4%
discount rate, this becomes more understandable. While this does not offer a simple solution,
it does suggest that a sensitivity analysis of the net present value of environmental policies with
long term effects be performed. Weitzman concludes, "Thus, the paper is suggesting at least
the possibility that it may be essential to incorporate declining discount rates into any benefit-
cost methodology for evaluating long-term environmental projects." For instance, the analyst
may predict that discount rates would drop ten years from now and will be close to zero by the
end of the following century.
Weitzman recently went a step further and suggested that a discount function, rather than
relying on a single discount rate, should be used, with a discount rate of 4% for projects in the
near future, 3% for projects in the medium term, 2% for projects lasting 26 to 75 years, and
finally 1% for effects lasting up to 300 years.
Use By Federal Agency
The calculation of each government agency's own discount rates for each and every public
project would often be difficult and socially wasteful. It would also result in less-than-ideal
public investment overall, as was already mentioned. Instead, agencies are required to employ
the discount rates provided by federal law. The Office of Management and Budget established
a real rate of interest of 7%, which is used by most of the federal government. The optimal
discount rate, according to OMB, is related to the opportunity cost perspective, namely the lost
pre-tax rate of return on investments in the private sector. This discount rate does not account
for inflation since it is a real rate. Because of this, the 7% rate may seem excessive, even if
private sector interest rates might be higher.
The OMB advice expressly exempts the Federal agencies that deal with water from its
recommendations since Congress established a unique mechanism for discount rates for water
resources. The discount rate used by the water resources agencies represents the cost of
borrowing money for the federal government, especially the interest rate on long-term Treasury
Bonds. During the 1990s, this rate was in the middle of the 7% range. Since there are no Federal
income taxes due on this rate, it is a tax-free rate. Additionally, it is a risk-free rate. Due to the
fact that it contains an inflation premium, this rate of interest is nominal. It is erroneous to
incorporate inflation in the discount rate, however, since most Federal agency benefit-cost
studies are not permitted to adjust future benefits and costs for inflation. An instance of the
"Congress told us to do it that way" conundrum that federal agencies often experience.
However, this U.S. The Water Resources Council's discount rate strategy is consistent with
Lind's theoretical advancement that the government borrowing rate is the proper discount rate
in an open global economy [7], [8].
A few additional organizations in addition to water resource agencies use various discount
rates. Consider the U.S. The Forest Service employs a real discount rate of 4%. This rate was
calculated after considering corporate bond rates and rate of capital returns. Taxes are taken
into account in this rate, but risk is not included. For discounting oil spill damage, the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration utilizes a real rate of 3%. They argue that the 3% real
rate is the greatest representation of consumers' social time preferences. The true after-tax rate
of return to consumers after changing their income and spending time profiles has been in
particular 3%. This rate is much lower than OMB's in part because it utilizes the firms' post-
tax return rather than the pre-tax return used by OMB. However, according to NOAA, the
Page | 286
Copyright2021@CIIR
Treasury's recent short-term borrowing rates are also consistent with the 3% rate of return. The
Department of Interior's suggestion to utilize 3% is based on this. Even the OMB admits that
the actual interest rate on Treasury bonds and notes is 3%. In cost-effectiveness analyses, OMB
permits agencies to discount cost savings to the government using this interest rate. The EPA
has stated that the 3% rate of time preference should be used to evaluate the removal of lead
from houses since its hazard threshold primarily impacted consumers. The 3% preference for
social time among consumers was thought to be more acceptable than the 7% opportunity cost
of lost investment due to the regulation's modest influence on foregone investment.
There is a general sub-optimality when comparing the economic efficiency of public projects
estimated using various discount rates, even if the 3% discount rate is probably closer to the
social time preference rate. For instance, the OMB discount rate is 7%, thus the Department of
Transportation may reject a rule that would only provide a 6% return. Because it surpasses their
3% discount rate, the NOAA may approve a restoration project that generates a rate of return
of 4%. What naturally occurs in this situation is that the country chooses a transportation policy
that delivers a 6% rate of return over one that offers a 4% rate of return. Therefore, having a
uniform discount rate across all public agencies is at least as crucial as having one that is
theoretically accurate. Although there seems to be progress in the direction of a common real
rate of 7% across the federal government, this process has to be sped up such that all federal
agencies use the same rate unless there is a very compelling case for using a different rate. We
will now examine how to calculate an overall assessment of an action's economic efficiency
impacts using discounted gains and costs [9].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, there are challenges involved in actually putting BCA into practice. For a BCA
to be strong and successful, it is crucial to address issues with data availability and quality,
monetization of non-market products, uncertainty and risk assessment, distributional concerns,
and negotiating political and institutional restrictions. The credibility and effectiveness of BCA
as a decision-support tool for analysts and policymakers may be improved by recognizing these
difficulties and establishing suitable methodology and approaches. Making decisions when
subject to institutional and political restrictions might potentially impede the use of BCA. The
choice and prioritizing of projects or programs may be influenced by political issues,
stakeholder interests, and institutional constraints, thus departing from strictly economic
analyses. In order to include BCA into the decision-making process, it is necessary to overcome
these obstacles and make sure that economic information is properly shared and taken into
account.
REFERENCES
[1] C. Petitmengin and J. P. Lachaux, “Microcognitive science: Bridging experiential and neuronal
microdynamics,” Front. Hum. Neurosci., 2013, doi: 10.3389/fnhum.2013.00617.
[2] L. V. L. Henriques, M. de A. R. F. Dourado, R. C. C. P. de Melo, and L. H. Tanaka,
“Implementation of the humanitude care methodology: Contribution to the quality of health
care,” Rev. Lat. Am. Enfermagem, 2019, doi: 10.1590/1518-8345.2430-3123.
[3] D. K. B. S. G. Ganesh Narayanan, “New Paradigm of Outcome-Based Education – A Higher
Education Boon,” Turkish J. Comput. Math. Educ., 2021, doi: 10.17762/turcomat.v12i5.1041.
[4] J. Vince, E. Brierley, S. Stevenson, and P. Dunstan, “Ocean governance in the South Pacific
region: Progress and plans for action,” Mar. Policy, 2017, doi: 10.1016/j.marpol.2017.02.007.
[5] L. Schutte, M. Van Den Borne, G. Kok, S. Meijer, and F. E. F. Mevissen, “Innovatively
supporting teachers’ implementation of school-based sex education: Developing a web-based
Page | 287
Copyright2021@CIIR
coaching intervention from problem to solution,” J. Med. Internet Res., 2016, doi:
10.2196/jmir.5058.
[6] C. Wei Chong, S. Choy Chong, and K. Yew Wong, “Implementation of KM strategies in the
Malaysian telecommunication industry: An empirical analysis,” VINE, 2007, doi:
10.1108/03055720710838524.
[7] E. Korpi and T. Ala-Risku, “Life cycle costing: A review of published case studies,” Managerial
Auditing Journal. 2008. doi: 10.1108/02686900810857703.
[8] P. Soja and G. Paliwoda-Pȩkosz, “What are real problems in enterprise system adoption?,” Ind.
Manag. Data Syst., 2009, doi: 10.1108/02635570910957614.
[9] Y. Fassin, “The reasons behind non-ethical behaviour in business and entrepreneurship,” Journal
of Business Ethics. 2005. doi: 10.1007/s10551-005-0134-3.
Page | 288
Copyright2021@CIIR

Alternative Benefit-Cost Decision Criteria

ABSTRACT:
This abstract examines alternative benefit-cost decision criteria as a framework for evaluating
and prioritizing projects or policies. Traditional benefit-cost analysis (BCA) relies primarily on
monetary measures, such as net present value or cost-benefit ratio. However, alternative
decision criteria offer additional perspectives that can enhance decision-making processes. One
alternative criterion is multi-criteria analysis (MCA), which considers multiple dimensions of
project outcomes beyond monetary values. MCA incorporates qualitative factors, such as
social, environmental, or equity considerations, alongside quantitative measures. This approach
provides a more comprehensive assessment of a project's impacts and can better capture its
value to diverse stakeholders.
KEYWORDS:
Acceptability, Cost-Effectiveness, Decision-Making, Distributional Impacts, Equity,
Feasibility, Goal Attainment, Intergenerational Equity.
INTRODUCTION
The next stage is for the analyst to create a bottom line that includes the benefits and costs for
each impacted resource output throughout the course of the project. It is important to compare
the total of the alternative's discounted advantages to its discounted costs in order to make the
information the most useful for making decisions. The present value of the benefits minus the
present value of the expenditures makes up Net Present Value, as the name suggests. The
difference is the net gain after timing adjustments for expenses and benefits. The base year in
which all benefits and expenditures are calculated serves as the unit of measurement. Only
projects with NPV larger than zero are approved as economically efficient if the analyst uses
NPV as a judgment criterion. Negative NPV projects imply that society will lose more
resources than it will gain throughout the course of the resource management activity. A
discounted indicator of potential Pareto improvements throughout the course of the project is
the net present value, or NPV. If NPV is larger than zero, the gainers throughout the course of
the project might make up for the losers while still having some benefit left over, using benefits
as measurements of gains and costs as measures of losses [1]–[3].
Cost-Benefit Analysis
Equation 6-2's data is utilized in equation 6-2's benefit-cost ratio, which converts it to a ratio.
BCR is defined as the present value of benefits minus the present value of costs. Although it is
often thought that a greater BCR is preferable, a project's size and scope should be increased if
Page | 289
Copyright2021@CIIR
the BCR is very high. Only projects or resource management practices that have a BCR higher
than one would be taken into consideration for adoption if BCR is being utilized as a decision
rule.
Rate of Return Internal
The return on investment in a project expressed as a percentage known as the internal rate of
return compares the present value of the expenses and benefits. IRR is essentially the earning
potential or interest generated on investments made in the project under consideration. IRR, in
mathematics, is the interest rate that causes the project's NPV to be equal to zero. It just takes
a simple comparison to utilize the computed IRR to assess a project's economic effectiveness.
The interest rate at which the organization or society may borrow money is contrasted with the
computed IRR. As you may remember from our previous talk, one way to look at interest rates
is as the opportunity cost of missed opportunities to earn returns on the next best investment
for society. As a result, any project that yields an Internal Rate of Return larger than the interest
rate is recommended under the IRR choice criteria.
DISCUSSION
Does It Matter Which Discounted Measure Is Used?
The three NPV, BCR, and IRR calculations may be compared to show that they all utilize the
same data. Therefore, it would be reasonable to assume that these three metrics would result in
the same recommendations for which projects to approve and which to reject. This is only
accurate under some circumstances, however, if neither of the two budget constraints that
prevent adopting all economically efficient projects that pass their respective decision rule
exists, nor if the size of projects in terms of investment costs is comparable, then all three
measures will come to the same conclusions about the desirability of projects. The initiatives
or plans don't compete with one another. That is, the execution of one project did not prevent
the development of another. Either the projects under comparison last around the same amount
of time, OR the reinvestment possibilities provide returns comparable to those of the initial
initiative.
Making the choice between adding additional buses and building a light rail system is an
illustration of this kind of circumstance. The light rail will cost significantly more to build than
more buses combined, resulting in a lower BCR but a higher NPV. It is crucial to understand
the benefits of each of the three discounted measures of project value because there are likely
to be circumstances where governments have extremely limited funds to allocate to public
projects or when nature forbids certain projects or policies.
Benefits of Using NPV as a Theoretically Accurate Net Benefits Measure
By way of example, we may show how NPV is superior than BCR. If any of the aforementioned
three requirements are not met, there is no question as to which option society would prefer:
$2.3 million in net benefits or $6 million in net benefits? Plan B is favored if all opportunity
costs are appropriately calculated in the present value of expenses and the discount rate
accurately accounts for lost investment opportunities. If these projects are mutually exclusive
and we cannot invest in more than one of the same project A, people prefer more to less. Our
notion of what constitutes a well-being increase is expressed in terms of maximizing the total
amount of the net benefit rather than in terms of maximizing the rate of return. If giving up a
higher total return on another investment entails receiving a very high rate of return for which
we can only collect on a $1 investment, it is not appealing. .Comparing the marginal benefits
and the marginal costs of the increased investment involved in project B provides another
Page | 290
Copyright2021@CIIR
means of recognizing that project B is preferable than project A.Although Project B costs $8.3
million more, it offers $12 million more in benefits, which justifies the extra expense. As
Boadway has shown, in order for a project or policy to provide a potential pareto improvement,
NPV must be maximized.
Since the BCR is the average rate of return, maximizing the BCR is not directly tied to realizing
Potential Pareto Improvement. A high average rate of return does not always indicate that the
overall advantages are being utilized. A project that is not big enough may yet have a high
average return. Marginal cost and marginal benefit must be equal in order to get the greatest
gain. As a result, NPV is a valuable criterion for figuring out the best size and timing for a
resource management activity. The BCR is a vague indication of the size or time.
Additionally, how costs and benefits are defined may have an impact on the BCR's real worth.
Consider the scenario where a $5 million initiative increases developed recreation by $20
million but decreases dispersed recreation by $10 million. Is there a difference between the
advantages and costs of the decline in scattered recreation? The BCR will be / = 2 in the first
scenario and / = 1.33 in the second scenario. The NPV in either scenario is $5 million. If the
NPV is positive, the BCR will always be larger than 1, but the precise value of the ratio depends
on whether the lost benefits are counted as a cost and put in the denominator or as a loss and
put in the numerator.
Benefits of BCR
However, using the BCR has a few benefits. Some writers claim that using BCR and calculating
incremental BCRs is the proper approach if one has to rank several projects while keeping a
budget in check. The BCR is also simple for the general public to comprehend since it is stated
as dollars of benefit per dollar of expense. As a result, it appeals to the mind well. Last but not
least, the BCR is unaffected by project size when comparing projects when it is not desired for
judgments of attractiveness to be influenced.
Benefits of Using IRR to Calculate Discounted Net Benefits
So far, our attention has been on the relative advantages of NPV and BCR. The IRR, however,
provides a comparable mix of benefits and drawbacks. IRR and BCR both have the advantage
of being simple for the general public to grasp and being unaffected by the size of the project
since they can be represented as a return per dollar of investment. It also suffers from being a
poor predictor of which project gives the largest overall advantage to society since, like BCR,
it uses a rate of return rather than a total return as the decision criteria. The chance that there
are several interest rates that set NPV = 0 is what makes IRR worse. There may be two, three,
or more interest rates that can be solutions to equation 8-4, depending on the pattern of costs
and benefits over time. Unfortunately, it's quite possible that the analyst has no idea which
interest rate has been solved for [4]–[6].
The IRR does have one benefit over BCR and NPV, however, which is the capacity to compare
various projects or policies without needing to first establish a precise discount rate. The IRR
formula essentially solves for the discount rate, which would simply bring the present value of
benefits and costs to parity. This project will provide net benefits greater than its opportunity
cost if the real discount or interest rate is lower than the internal rate of return. Therefore, on
the basis of economic efficiency, this project or policy alternative would be accepted. However,
it is often not necessary for an organization or decision-maker to disclose the precise discount
rate it is utilizing. The project may be approved without ever having to choose the precise
discount rate to employ, as long as it produces a "reasonable" return. Given the prior discussion
Page | 291
Copyright2021@CIIR
regarding the difficulties in reaching a consensus on what should be the proper discount rate,
the practical benefit of such an approach should be clear.
The majority of agencies, as was also previously noted, have their discount rate set, therefore
this IRR function is not usually interesting. Additionally, numerous agencies have detailed their
selection criteria. Although BCRs are also calculated as additional information, organizations
like the Forest Service, Army Corps of Engineers, and USDA Natural Resources Conservation
Service often depend on the use of NPV.
In general, using NPV as the selection criterion for a Benefit-Cost Analysis has a lot to offer.
In terms of being most compatible with the conceptual underpinnings of BCA, it is the
theoretically right metric. The numerous solutions issue that may affect IRR estimates does
not exist for NPV.
Analysis of Sensitivity to Manage Uncertainty
The precise future costs and benefits of a project or program will always be a source of some
ambiguity. Several different causes of uncertainty are usually present. These include biological,
medical, and ecological uncertainties about how the policy may affect specific species or
human health, uncertainties about its social ramifications, and uncertainties about future input
and output prices. As previously stated, it is unclear what specific discount rate should be used.
Determine how sensitive the BCR or NPV is to various discount rates, pricing, or social or
biological impacts is the goal of sensitivity analysis. The policy is presumably the greatest if it
consistently ranks first regardless of the particular discount rate or assumption on future prices.
No matter whether of multiple conceivable discount rates is employed, if the NPV or BCR is
always larger than zero or one, the policy is probably economically efficient. Such an
invariance of ranking or feasibility is referred to as a robust finding by policy analysts. This
solidity will support the argument that this policy choice is the most economically effective.
The decision-maker should be informed of this robustness so that she will have greater
confidence in the BCA.
Alternatively, if there are considerable variations in future prices or discount rates, the ranking
of options or the viability of a strategy may sometimes change. For at least two reasons, a
decision-maker must be aware of this as well. This firstly shows that there may not be much of
a difference in actual economic efficiency between options. Second, sometimes a more
thorough investigation or the gathering of additional data may help to lessen the ambiguity
about a pricing, cost, or effect variable. One goal of the sensitivity analysis is to separate the
important factors that have a significant impact from those that have just a little one. The
analyst should pay more attention to those that have a significant impact by enlarging the
sample size or strengthening the analysis. Therefore, doing a sensitivity analysis to resolve
ambiguity about relevant variables may be a crucial component of a comprehensive benefit-
cost analysis.
Assessment of Environmental Quality and Resources
Benefit-cost analysis demands that benefits and expenses be valued in the same units. This
would not be a difficult undertaking if the majority of environmental policy assessments just
considered market goods. The majority of significant environmental policy concerns, however,
contain both non-market benefits and market costs; in other words, the costs are often quite
evident and easier to quantify, although the advantages of better air or water quality or higher
biodiversity preservation are harder to evaluate. This article aims to demonstrate how well-
developed economic theory and empirical methodologies may be used to evaluate the value
that individuals get from better air and water quality, animal protection, fisheries, and
Page | 292
Copyright2021@CIIR
recreational opportunities. Even things that are sometimes thought of as marketable, like the
amount of water available, have non-market dimensions. For instance, water for in-stream flow
is not charged even if metropolitan water supply is. Without an estimation of the non-market
worth of the in-stream flow to rafters, fishermen, and other river users, comparisons of the
advantages of urban water supply vs in-stream usage will be one-sided.
We want to underline right now that non-market valuation employs the same notion of value
as market commodities. Users' net willingness to pay is specifically what determines the worth
of a gain for natural resources, whether they are sold or not. Finding this information in the
absence of a market price is difficult for non-market commodities. But don't allow the lack of
a market price fool you into believing that value isn't there. People do place importance on
things like water and air quality. Although individuals cannot publicly and openly expose them
at a mall, they may do so inadvertently by their market purchases or other actions. For instance,
people's willingness to pay more for a home in a better-air-quality neighborhood reveals the
importance of air quality in metropolitan areas. The distance that individuals are ready to go to
reach a river with greater flows may sometimes reflect how important in-stream flow is to
them.
Other indications of worth include political involvement and donations to environmental
groups. In other situations, the policy analyst could employ a survey to construct a fictitious
market. Here, the responder makes use of this hypothetical market to express what, if a market
existed, they would be willing to pay for improvements in water quality. By the time you're
done reading this, hopefully you won't ever assume that "economists assign values" to the
environment. To measure in dollars the worth that individuals already possess, economists just
compile and arrange data on human behavior with the assistance of other social scientists and
statisticians. Economists do not generate value for the environment any more than scientists
did when they first looked through an electron microscope at subatomic particles or when they
first looked through larger telescopes at distant galaxies. The values have always existed; it is
only lately that we have been able to precisely quantify them, much like these subatomic
particles or far-off galaxies.
Common Methodological Arrangements For Quasi-Marketed Natural Resources
Evaluation
A lot of natural resources are not traded in open marketplaces. Because of restrictions on its
use or distribution imposed by federal, state, or municipal legislation, irrigation water is not
often sold in a competitive market. Nevertheless, we may determine the value of irrigation
water by examining market transactions related to its usage. Although it might be challenging
at times to attempt to examine the economic worth of hydropower, because the energy is
ultimately sold, we can often deduce this value. We may use one of four methods to determine
the economic worth of these quasi-marketed goods: market or transaction evidence, demand
estimates, residual valuation, or change in net income.
Proof of the Market or Transactions
To infer a value for the resource of interest, market or transactions evidence needs observation
of comparable sales of resources in competitive marketplaces. For instance, the analyst may
look at what private companies like the Nature Conservancy spent to buy wetlands to determine
the worth of any wetlands the city may hold. Finding market sales of resources with similar
properties to the publicly held resource is a crucial need for appropriate value using this
method.
Demand Curve Strategy
Page | 293
Copyright2021@CIIR
If there are enough prior sales or a data set of prices and quantities sold over time or throughout
the nation to statistically estimate a demand function, a demand curve technique may be used.
Without price variation, it is hard to assess how quantity reacts to price. Regional or temporal
variation is crucial to get price variation. This method has been used to meet local water
demand as well as regional and national need for lumber.
Remaining Value
Residual valuation entails deducting all input costs from the overall value of the product
generated, with the exception of "unpriced" resources like water or hydropower. The unpriced
or underpriced public input is then given the value that is left over after all other expenses have
been paid. So, the value of the agricultural produce less the cost of all the priced inputs, such
as land, seed, fertilizer, equipment, labor, and management, equals the irrigation value of
unpriced water coming from a National Forest. The two main presumptions made in this case
are that all other inputs are valued and that the total output value may be distributed based on
the marginal products of the inputs [7]–[9].
Variations In Net Income
Simulation of a firm's or producer's net income with and without greater amounts of the
environmental quality is required to determine how net income would change. For instance, it
is common practice to simulate how the agricultural business would change its operations if it
had an extra 1000-acre feet of water at a certain period of the year when determining the worth
of more water to a farmer. This simulation is often carried out utilizing information from farm
budgets and linear programming models.
Water as a Quasi-Market Resource
Our move from marketed to nonmarketed natural resources starts with the valuation of water.
A further acre-foot of water is worth how much? The first difficulty in valuing this water is
deciding which of its various applications will get the extra flow. Will the extra water be utilized
for municipal or irrigated agricultural purposes, or will it be dumped into the river to increase
instream flow? In general, it is believed that additional water supplies will be allocated to the
lowest-valued water uses, such irrigated pasture or irrigated crops. Because these lower-value
uses can typically buy water from higher-value municipal and industrial users, who are
therefore already supplied, this is the case. The previous appropriation concept of water law,
which is stringent in the Western United States, grants historic senior rights to the earliest users
rather than to the highest valued users, therefore this is not always the case.
The next stage is to choose which of the four approaches to use after evaluating which water
usage are most probable. Depending on the kind of water consumption that should be valued,
this is usually done. A change in net income or residual value technique is often utilized when
irrigation is the water usage. Budgets for farms are employed in this case to model the rise in
crop values brought on by more water. The cost of using this extra water and related agricultural
inputs, such as more seed, fertilizer, tractor time, etc., are deducted from the change in crop
values to produce the change in net revenue.
Municipal water usage will typically include the use of demand estimates or market
transactions to determine the value of water in this application. See Gibbons, 1986, or Fredricks
et al., 1996 for a debate on the value of water. Naturally, if the extra water is to be kept in the
stream to improve fishing or recreational boating, then under most U.S. S. In these situations,
you must depend on somewhat different methods for valuing water. The first approach
presented fundamentally comes within the area of demand estimate, which is why we claim
Page | 294
Copyright2021@CIIR
that it is "slightly" different. The next article on valuing leisure will cover this concept, which
is also known as the journey cost method.
Environmental quality and non-market natural resources are valued
There is a significant distinction between financial cash flow and economic worth to society,
as we have seen throughout previous chapters of this book. For public goods and other non-
market uses of natural resources, this difference is even more important. Natural resources that
are not commercialized are subject to the same economic dynamics as any other natural
resource or item, but there are some significant exceptions. Public commodities are nonrival
and nonexclusive by definition. The terms "nonrival" and "nonexclusivity" signify that no one
may be denied the advantages of the good; "nonrival" indicates that one's usage does not
influence another's use; for example, my seeing a piece of art does not affect your ability to
view the work of art. For instance, even if they never plan to visit the woods or utilize their
products, many individuals appreciate the preservation of biodiversity in tropical rainforests.
The producer cannot exclude nonpayers from consuming pure public commodities due to the
nonrival and nonexclusive character of such consumption. Therefore, even if it is economically
feasible for society, the optimal supply is often unprofitable in private markets since a single
producer cannot elicit payment from everyone who benefits from the activity. Unfortunately, it
is difficult to directly see willingness to pay via individual behavior in marketplaces without
an explicit or full market. Thus, methods for determining the demand for and value of natural
resources that are made available to the public are required.
The majority of Western States have institutionally removed ownership of game and sport fish
from the free market, which is another reason why natural resources need to be valued. Since
the State owns the majority of game animals, they cannot be bought and sold legally like
livestock. Furthermore, the State does not restrict access to animals based on pricing set by the
market. Economic forces still exist even when society has opted not to distribute access to these
resources via the market. That is to say, these natural resources are still scarce, there is excessive
demand at these zero or cost rates, and there are competing commercial applications for these
resources. Allocation choices regarding the usage of these non-marketed natural resources are
nevertheless necessary because of the scarcity, surplus demand, and conflicting needs. Benefits
and expenses need to be taken into consideration if society wants to get the most out of these
underutilized resources.
Methods of Stated vs. Revealed Preference
Non-marketed items may have a number of advantages, such as the preservation of natural
areas and endangered animals. Some of these advantages entail making use of the resource,
such as making leisurely trips to a location, seeing animals, or purchasing real estate in a
beautiful region. The value attributed to different applications may sometimes be determined
by observing human behavior, such as how often individuals travel to faraway locations or how
much they are ready to pay for a particular appealing property. Therefore, so-called "revealed
preference" techniques of valuing nonmarketed products employ real activity to define values.
People "reveal" their preferences for these nonmarketed items via these actions.
On the other hand, it might be challenging to relate certain non-marketed items to any utility
value. For instance, many individuals work to conserve natural regions in both the Arctic and
tropical rainforests even if they have little interest in visiting either. Although some reasons for
preservation relate to potential applications in the future, many of the reasons include no clear
behavioral traces. Existence value, or the desire to leave these things for future generations, or
"bequest value," the value individuals get merely from knowing that wild areas or exotic
Page | 295
Copyright2021@CIIR
animals remain, do not often have a function or an activity linked with them. However, the
actions of several individuals to save these sites show that these principles are genuine.
Economists utilize "stated preference" approaches, which depend on how much individuals say
they value the resource rather than just on their transactions, to quantify these values since
people cannot often express their values directly or indirectly via their market transactions. The
use values of non-market resources, such as leisure or enhancements in environmental quality,
are likewise valued using stated preference methodologies. In order to give ex ante levels of
environmental quality that are suggested in certain policies but have not yet been experienced,
stated preference techniques may sometimes be more flexible than revealed preference
approaches.
Disclosed Preference Techniques
Inferences regarding the value of environmental quality are based on real consumer behavior
in market purchases that are connected to environmental quality in revealed preference
methodologies. The hedonic property technique and the journey cost method are the two most
popular uses. The hedonic property technique estimates what greater air or water quality is
worth to families based on variations in home values. The trip cost approach enables
assessment of how the demand curve moves with changes in water quality. For example, the
cost of visiting a leisure place with greater water quality. Here, we go through each of these
approaches in more depth. We hope that this discussion will improve your comprehension of
these procedures and aid in your ability to analyze studies that were conducted using these
methods, even if it may not include all the material you need to become a practitioner. For
individuals wishing to become specialists in any of these methods, Freeman provides extra
information and references.
Hedonistic Property Approach
The hedonic property method is based on the notion that the value of a home can be broken
down into the value of each of its individual characteristics, including its size, number of
bedrooms and bathrooms, location in relation to amenities and workplaces, and the character
of its surroundings, including environmental factors. The importance that urban families put
on bettering the quality of the air and water has been thoroughly measured. The importance of
lowering sulfur dioxide and total suspended particles in the Los Angeles region is one of the
most well-known research. In this research, property values were examined in Los Angeles
neighborhoods with significantly varying levels of air pollution. Brookshire, et al. Even after
controlling for the other characteristics of the property's construction and neighborhood, they
discovered that a house in an area with the finest air quality was worth substantially more than
a house in an area with low air quality. Estimates for an increase in air quality from bad to
excellent ranged from at least $48 per month to as much as $173 per month after converting
the price differences between homes into monthly rental equivalents. Using the same
methodology, housing values on shorelines with low water quality were contrasted to those
with acceptable water quality.
Multiple regression may be used to estimate a distinct coefficient on Air Quality by gathering
information on homes from various cities' various air quality zones. The present value of the
household's willingness to pay for a one unit change in air quality is provided by this
coefficient. By combining the change in home value with the improvement in air quality
brought on by the program, the worth of a certain increment may be roughly estimated. That
is, determine the home price by adding the new level of air quality, then do it again at the level
of air quality that existed before to the program, and finally, determine the difference in the
house price. As this estimate of the change in value is correct only for little changes in air
Page | 296
Copyright2021@CIIR
quality, we mention "approximately." According to d'Arge and Shogren, the regression

coefficient will overestimate the value of benefits for significant improvements in the quality
of the environment. The regression coefficient, on the other hand, will underestimate the cost
of losses.
The analyst may estimate a second stage or remove the demand for environmental quality
connection from the first stage in order to more precisely quantify bigger or non-marginal
changes in environmental quality, such as air quality, using the hedonic property model. The
statistical analysis and data collection for the estimate of the second stage, or characteristic
demand function, are more difficult. In order to econometrically identify the demand for the
housing features and cope with potential endogeneity of implicit pricing of housing attributes,
it is necessary to gather housing price data across several marketplaces. The functional form of
the implicit prices to be employed in the second stage characteristic demand function will
depend on the functional form of the first stage hedonic pricing function. The marginal implicit
price does not rely on the level or quantity of the environmental quality characteristics if the
first stage hedonic pricing function is assessed in the linear manner shown above. As a result,
within a single housing market, the implicit price remains constant and does not change.
Therefore, numerous housing markets with different prices are required to achieve variation in
the implicit pricing of the environmental quality characteristic.
However, this makes the price endogenous. Alternatively, if the first stage hedonic pricing
function is non-linear, the implicit price will fluctuate according to the amount of the
environmental characteristic. When trying to estimate the demand for an environmental quality
feature, this also raises issues since exogenous independent variables are required by traditional
regression procedures. Furthermore, the identification issue in econometrics must be resolved
since the implicit prices are set by the characteristic's supply and demand at the same time.
Once again, both the use of an instrumental variable strategy to estimate the demand equation
and the multiple market approach may help solve this issue. The analyst uses a different
equation to predict the value of the price variable, based on a number of independent factors,
when using the instrumental variable technique. The price variable in the second stage of the
hedonic demand function is then set to this predicted level of the price variable. The
endogeneity of the price variable in the hedonic demand function is removed when the
anticipated value of the price variable is used. Consult Freeman or Palmquist for further details
on the hedonic approach.
Use of the recurring sales or resales approach is a variation of the common hedonic property
method that was previously discussed. By comparing home values before and after the
environmental change, adjusting for other variables unrelated to the environmental change, it
may be feasible to determine the economic worth of that change if a significant discrete
environmental change has happened in a particular geographic region. For instance, comparing
the selling price of a home after a recent flood in the region to what the same property sold for
previous to the flood occurrence might be used to determine the economic worth to a family of
avoiding a flood. This calls for a real estate market that is big enough to allow for the
observation of the identical property selling at the two separate times. This method may also
be used to reduce the danger of earthquakes, the discovery of new hazardous waste sites, fires,
etc. in addition to floods. In essence, the analyst must locate a real-world experiment in which
property purchasers were not aware of the danger before to the incident as opposed to after it.
The home costs in the repeat sale will reflect the economic benefit of preventing this fresh
environmental deterioration.
In either scenario, multiplying the change in home price by the quantity of houses impacted by
the change will provide the total worth of the increase in environmental quality. If the value of
Page | 297
Copyright2021@CIIR
environmental quality varies with the household's distance from a specific point source of
pollution or natural resource, this must be explicitly taken into account by introducing a
distance variable in the estimate of the first stage. The overall worth of the local homes would
then be determined with more accuracy using a spatial valuation gradient. Given that it is based
on the actual behavior of the impacted families in the region, the hedonic property technique
is highly potent and may be quite persuasive to decision makers. However, there is the risk for
underestimating owing to assessing solely residential household values, in addition to the
conventional issues of any technique depending primarily on statistical estimates. For instance,
not everyone who benefits from an increase in urban air quality lives in cities. To figure out
how to apply this value to tenants in apartment complexes and non-resident visitors to a
location, certain simplifying assumptions would be necessary. To put it another way, better
water quality at a lake in a town would certainly benefit more than only the locals who live
nearby as well as anybody who may bike or drive to the lake for fishing or a picnic lunch [10],
[11].
CONCLUSION
Alternative benefit-cost decision criteria, in conclusion, provide insightful viewpoints for
project appraisal and prioritizing. These criteria improve decision-making processes and lead
to more thorough and sustainable project outputs by including qualitative elements, flexibility,
environmental concerns, and social implications. In addition, alternative frameworks that take
into account social and economic factors in addition to traditional monetary metrics are offered
by social return on investment (SROI) and triple bottom line (TBL) analysis. SROI evaluates
a project's social worth by looking at results like employment, community empowerment, and
wellbeing. By concurrently assessing a project's economic, social, and environmental
implications, TBL analysis broadens the scope.
REFERENCES
[1] H. Saarikoski et al., “Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis and Cost-Benefit Analysis:
Comparing alternative frameworks for integrated valuation of ecosystem services,”
Ecosyst. Serv., 2016, doi: 10.1016/j.ecoser.2016.10.014.
[2] F. Zagonari, “Multi-criteria, cost-benefit, and life-cycle analyses for decision-making to
support responsible, sustainable, and alternative tourism,” Sustain., 2019, doi:
10.3390/su11041038.
[3] S. Kim, J. S. Kim, and D. K. Cho, “Benefit and cost ratio analysis of direct disposal and
pyro-sfr fuel cycle alternatives using the results of multi-criteria decision-making in
korea,” Energies, 2021, doi: 10.3390/en14123509.
[4] F. Nugraha, B. Surarso, and B. Noranita, “Sistem Pendukung Keputusan Evaluasi
Pemilihan Pemenang Pengadaan Aset dengan Metode Simple Additive Weighting
(SAW),” J. Sist. Inf. BISNIS, 2012, doi: 10.21456/vol2iss2pp067-072.
[5] K. Sjöstrand, A. Lindhe, T. Söderqvist, and L. Rosén, “Sustainability assessments of
regional water supply interventions – Combining cost-benefit and multi-criteria decision
analyses,” J. Environ. Manage., 2018, doi: 10.1016/j.jenvman.2018.07.077.
[6] E. Marseille and J. G. Kahn, “Utilitarianism and the ethical foundations of cost-
effectiveness analysis in resource allocation for global health,” Philos. Ethics, Humanit.
Med., 2019, doi: 10.1186/s13010-019-0074-7.
[7] S. C. Cook-Patton et al., “Protect, manage and then restore lands for climate mitigation,”
Page | 298
Copyright2021@CIIR
Nature Climate Change. 2021. doi: 10.1038/s41558-021-01198-0.

[8] D. Diakoulaki and F. Karangelis, “Multi-criteria decision analysis and cost-benefit
analysis of alternative scenarios for the power generation sector in Greece,” Renewable
and Sustainable Energy Reviews. 2007. doi: 10.1016/j.rser.2005.06.007.
[9] E. A. Adalı and A. Tuş, “Hospital site selection with distance-based multi-criteria
decision-making methods,” Int. J. Healthc. Manag., 2021, doi:
10.1080/20479700.2019.1674005.
[10] K. Athanasakis, I. Kyriopoulos, and J. Kyriopoulos, “Can We Incorporate Societal
Values in Resource Allocation Decisions Among Disease Categories? An Empirical
Approach,” Value Heal. Reg. Issues, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.vhri.2020.05.007.
[11] H. Amorocho-Daza, S. Cabrales, R. Santos, and J. Saldarriaga, “A new multi-Criteria
decision analysis methodology for the selection of new water supply infrastructure,”
Water (Switzerland), 2019, doi: 10.3390/w11040805.
Page | 299
Copyright2021@CIIR

The Hedonic Wage Method: An Introduction

to Valuing Environmental Risks
ABSTRACT:
This abstract explores the Hedonic Wage Method (HWM) as an economic approach to estimate
the implicit value of non-market goods, particularly job attributes, through the analysis of wage
differentials. The HWM is based on the premise that individuals make trade-offs between
various job characteristics and wages when making employment decisions. The HWM utilizes
econometric techniques to estimate the relationship between wages and job attributes, taking
into account individual and job-specific factors. By controlling for observable characteristics
such as education, experience, and industry, the method aims to isolate the impact of specific
job attributes on wages. The hedonic wage technique is another kind of hedonic analysis that
has to be highlighted. The fundamental concept of hedonic wage analysis is similar to that of
hedonic property analysis: in this case, salary is broken down into the characteristics of the
employment, including characteristics connected to the environment.
KEYWORDS:
Hedonic Pricing, Job Characteristics, Labor Market, Regression Analysis, Valuation, Wage
Differentials.
INTRODUCTION
The analyst pays close attention to the amount of more pay required to get an employee to
accept a greater risk of occupational sickness due to air pollution, noise pollution, or other
workplace hazards. This approach is best suited for valuing workplace risks, a frequent issue
in occupational and environmental policy. The worth of statistical life is also determined using
estimates of the extra wages that would need to be paid to accommodate increased rates of
sickness or death. The value of a statistical life is calculated by dividing the change in annual
income for a higher risk by the change in risk. For example, if an additional $1000 in salary is
needed to persuade workers to accept a 0.0001 increase in death per year, the additional
$1000/0.0001 = $10,000,000 is the value of a statistical life. This value is often applied to
workplace safety as well as road safety, health concerns from pesticides in food, airline safety
regulations, and other policies that have an impact on the likelihood of fatalities. Using a
workplace value of a human life for other programs is not a perfect fit since workplace risks
are willingly accepted by the employee in exchange for greater income, but breathing in the air
of the city where one lives increases the chance of lung cancer mortality, which is an
involuntary danger.
Page | 300
Copyright2021@CIIR
However, this is a frequently used strategy for valuing laws that protect life. In order for pay
differentials to effectively represent what employees are prepared to tolerate for higher risk of
injury or death, there are a number of simplifying assumptions that are necessary. One of these
is complete knowledge of the relative riskiness of various careers, allowing for an educated
trade-off of risk for gain. When a worker makes a wage-risk trade-off, the dangers of the job
may not be recognized to them since they are working with chemicals or substances that have
extended latency periods. Therefore, the strategy works best for substances or threats that are
fairly clear or well recognized to employees. See Palmquist (1991), Freeman (1993), or Viscusi
(1993) for further information on the theory and mechanics of this approach [1]–[3].
The hedonic approaches are widely used and acknowledged as effective ways to calculate the
advantages of various aspects of environmental quality. The hedonic property technique may
be used to evaluate changes in noise levels, access to public transit, stream restoration,
wetlands, parks, beaches, and open space. However, the hedonic property technique could not
fully represent all of the user benefits if the improvement in environmental quality being
assessed takes place on public land or in a rural area. We use a method for calculating demand
called the Travel Cost Method to quantify these advantages.
Using Travel Costs to Calculate Recreational Demand and Benefits
The recreational uses of natural and environmental resources are the only ones that can be
valued using the second kind of revealed preference approach customers must send themselves
to the recreational resource, as opposed to advertised commodities, which are transported to
customers. As a result, depending on where they reside, individuals pay significantly varying
implicit rates for a leisure area. People who reside near to a location will often visit it more
frequently than those who do not. Because of this, we are able to statistically use the price
variations and subsequent variations in the number of visits to draw a demand curve for the
leisure area. We can determine the net willingness to pay or consumer surplus from the demand
curve once we have it.
DISCUSSION
Basic Assumptions of the Simple Travel Cost Method
The Travel Cost approach of evaluating recreation demand makes various simplifying
assumptions, much like any measuring approach, whether in economics or biology.
Trips to a single destination
One of the most crucial presumptions is this one. According to this presumption, TCM should
only be used in cases when tourists go specifically to this location from their homes in order to
engage in recreational activities there. According to our straightforward map, this implies that
tourists go straight from their city of residence to the state forest before returning. If this is the
case, the round-trip distance from home to the site may be used to calculate the cost of visiting
the site. The assessment of the cost of visiting any one of the leisure venues on the same trip is
a practically intractable joint cost allocation issue. As a result, these visits are often left out of
demand curve calculation [4]–[6].
There are a few solutions to this issue, such as creating a "mega-site" that combines similar
adjacent locations. Through the use of an interaction term between a demand shifter and a travel
cost slope coefficient, Parsons and Wilson account for variations in the demand for single- and
multi-destination trips. The contingent valuation approach, which was discussed, may be
utilized to evaluate such multi-destination trips if multi-destination tourists are common. Thus,
before the TCM can be used, it is necessary to do research on the volume of travelers who make
Page | 301
Copyright2021@CIIR
multiple destination visits. In general, a significant portion of travelers conduct single

destination visits to various rural campsites, reservoirs, rivers, hunting, fishing, hiking,
National Recreation Areas, and even state beaches.
Cost of Travel Variation
The existence of sufficient variety in travel costs to draw a demand curve is the second key
premise. In order to draw a demand curve, we required campers to travel from cities that were
varying distances away. We would only be able to estimate one point on the demand curve if
all of the campers came from cities that were all the same distance apart. A demand equation
cannot be statistically determined with one point. Once again, rural recreation areas often do
not have an issue with this. A few tiny towns are nearby, and they are spread out in different
directions from several cities and counties.
No Advantages to Traveling
The third presumption is that travel itself has no advantages. In other words, we presume that
the journey expense is paid in order to utilize the leisure site's advantages. If individuals like
the journey, then some of the travel expenses are covered by the en route sightseeing and are
not only undertaken in order to profit from the leisure location. Our estimate of the advantages
of the leisure spot will be overestimated if individuals really enjoy the drive while en route.
Mixed empirical data support this supposition. There does appear to be some viewing benefit
during the first hour of the trip for short excursions to seldom visited destinations in picturesque
regions, such as Colorado or the Pacific Northwest. The inefficiency of travel time takes over
after the first hour or so. Even the first hour of travel appears to be useless in hot, dry places
like New Mexico. Of course, it is logical to infer there is probably minimal viewing value when
tourists often travel the same routes to see the same locations. However, this is a hypothesis
that may be experimentally tested for the questioned leisure place using correctly written
surveys. The approach is anticipated to provide accurate estimations of visitors' net willingness
to pay when the TCM's presumptions are satisfied. If the TCM's presumptions are not satisfied,
either the technique shouldn't be used or far more involved strategies are required to deal with
the problems [7].
Demand Curves Reflect the Presence of Alternative Recreation Sites and Opportunities
in Two Ways Using the Travel Cost Method
In this case, the actual number of visits made by campers to this specific state forest reflects
the availability of other campsites. There would be more campers in this state forest if there
were no other campsites and just this one. Therefore, if there were no other locations, the
horizontal intercept of the demand curve would be farther to the right. Due to the availability
of alternative campsites, our demand curve's vertical intercept has been adjusted downward.
This indicates that the most a camper would have to spend to stay at this specific campsite is
the travel cost to a campground of comparable quality. This downward change in the demand
curve is captured by a replacement index variable in the trip cost approach. If this index climbs
as more campgrounds become accessible from a certain city.
Overall, this demand curve's calculation of consumer surplus shows that alternatives are
present. The net willingness to pay for this preferred site over and above the next best
alternative is, in essence, the consumer surplus determined from a TCM demand curve that
includes a substitute variable. In other words, the advantages are the extra personal gain gained
from using this site as opposed to a less popular or more costly one. These illustrations highlight
one of the TCM's main benefits: its capacity to provide values that are based on real, observed
recreational activity. Another benefit of TCM is that it often uses pre-existing data, such as
Page | 302
Copyright2021@CIIR
receipts for camping fees, licenses for outdoor activities like rafting, fishing, and hunting, as
well as simple license plate surveys. As a result, the TCM is a very cheap way to determine
site-specific recreation values.
Environmental Quality to Be Included in Multi-Site Travel Cost Models as a Demand
Shifter
If the analyst just wants to evaluate the value of already-existing recreation, the single site TCM
demand estimation approach is highly helpful. If there is a mutually exclusive use of the site
that would entirely replace the existing reenactment, then this value is important. The consumer
surplus estimate would demonstrate the financial loss to consumers if, for instance, our public
forest was clear-cut or leased to a surface mining firm. In the case of river recreation, it would
be crucial to weigh the value of lost river recreation against the benefits of increased water
supply and reservoir recreation, as well as the cost of the dam, in order to assess if this is an
economically effective adjustment.
However, a large portion of policy evaluations include determining the value of a change in
recreation quality. For instance, determining how much more instream flow should be needed
to be released during the recreation season is generally a focus of the relicensing of a
hydroelectric dam. Therefore, the value of the now enjoyed leisure will rise; this rise in value
must be evaluated and then contrasted with the opportunity cost of decreased hydropower. The
water quality for fishing and other water-contact activities will be improved by several plans
to decrease non-point source pollution. The primary concern is once again calculating the value
increase of current excursions and new trips that would come from the improvement in water
quality.
It is challenging to predict TCM demand using a single site model
Since visitors to the park come from all various cities, watch how visitation would vary if the
water quality were to improve. In other words, everyone who visits this website has access to
the same degree of water quality, which is a public benefit. What we need to do is keep an eye
on how visitation alters as water quality changes. We can track how visiting varies with
environmental quality in one of two methods. It could be conceivable to estimate the TCM
demand model on a weekly or monthly basis to represent how visitation changes with
environmental quality at this place if it fluctuates over time in a predictable manner. Although
this is theoretically achievable, it is unusual to have visiting data on such a short time scale as
a week and to have such predicted changes in environmental quality that are known to visitors
in advance.
The most popular method for include environmental quality in a TCM demand estimate model
is to combine visiting data from leisure areas with distinctly varying environmental quality
ratings. Fish catch rates, water quality, instream flow, animal populations, and scenic qualities
often fluctuate from one place to the next because to variations in the geology, source of the
water, weather, and management practices. The analyst may benefit from these uncontrolled
studies to see how visitation varies as a result of these environmental quality adjustments. The
size of will show how much an environmental quality change of one unit causes the demand
curve to slant to the right or left. For instance, would show how many visits per capita would
increase with a 1-foot improvement in water clarity if environmental quality were evaluated in
feet. The area between the higher demand curves before and after the policy would be used to
calculate the economic worth of this improvement in water clarity. To establish if this is an
economically efficient course of action, the yearly benefits and costs of enhancing water clarity
by one foot might be examined.
Page | 303
Copyright2021@CIIR
Example of Instream Flow TCM Demand

The example that follows demonstrates how fishing visitation data were pooled across
Montanan rivers to investigate how the quantity of fishing trips varied with fish capture rates.
We basically have a straightforward bio-economic model since water quantity and quality have
an impact on fish capture rates. This model can be used to calculate the advantages of higher
instream flows or better water quality due to fewer non-point sources of pollution from
agriculture or logging, heavy metal discharge from mine sites, or any other factor affecting fish
populations through changes in water quality or quantity.
Two surveys of fishermen in Montana were conducted in 1985, and the results were used to
assess willingness to pay for recreational fishing using the travel cost method. The model takes
into account the aggregation of visitor data from many rivers in western Montana. Working
with scientists to translate changes in water characteristics into changes in trout populations
may help estimate consumer surplus for increasing water quantity and quality. The next step is
to utilize the resultant change in the fish catch variable in the TCM demand equations
determined above to calculate the equivalent change in benefits after the relationship between
water quality or quantity and trout populations has been established. The total consumer surplus
for a river with better water quality is calculated using the current trout capture at the location,
and the catch is then enhanced by the increase in catchable trout anticipated under the improved
water quality scenario. The Travel Cost Method demand curve goes from Low Fish to High
Fish as a result of the gain in the catchable trout variable in the demand equation. The region
between D Low Fish and D High Fish may be seen as the increase in fishing benefits due to
the improvement in water quality.
As the fish population rises in response to better water quality, this changing demand curve
process is repeated every ten years. The area between the two demand curves across the
impacted river over a certain amount of time, often 50 to 100 years, is used to compute the
present value of the change in fishing benefits. The current worth of these advantages would
be weighed against the present value of lost mining or wood, or whatever other policy action
is taken to improve the quality of the water. See Ward and Loomis, 1986; or Loomis and Walsh,
1997 for further information on these multi-site Travel Cost Method models.
Modeling Travel Costs: Recent Changes to Better Include Environmental Quality
There have been several TCM variations established during the last few years. These include
site selection models, often known as Random Utility Models. These models resemble the
pooled multi-site models mentioned before quite a bit. The primary distinction is that the visitor
must now make decisions over which site to visit first and then how often to do so. Both the
likelihood of selecting a particular site and the frequency of visits to each site are influenced
by the cost of travel and the relative site quality. The site choice issue makes use of a more
intricate kind of multiple regression, such as the multinomial logit models often used in
transportation planning. For a review of the many varieties of Random Utility Models, see
Herriges and Kling, 1999. Hedonic travel cost models, which take the opposite stance from our
initial TCM models, are another option. According to these models, the traveler chooses how
much extra money to spend on their trip in order to "purchase" leisure places with greater
quality standards [8], [9].
All of these models make it possible to value the little changes in environmental quality, making
them very helpful for policy analysis. These models, however, often need very complex
statistical analysis and fairly thorough survey data. Such an analytical effort is more than
warranted for the examination of rules with multi-million dollar expenditures. However, the
expense of calculating these more complex models might soon consume the whole project
Page | 304
Copyright2021@CIIR
analysis budget for modest policy analyses. At the conclusion of article, we cover the benefit
transfer technique for small projects.
Preference Approaches That Are Stated
The revealed preference approaches are founded on watching choices containing a market
component and utilizing that market knowledge to price non-marketed items, as was previously
mentioned. It has the huge benefit of being based on real conduct, meaning that individuals are
following through on their promises. However, as was also indicated above, these techniques
only record the values of individuals who engage in the relevant market. There may not be a
clear associated market for certain environmental goods, such as biodiversity, climate change,
or the preservation of endangered species, or many people who value the supply of the
environmental good do not engage in the associated market. For instance, a study of the cost
of travel would not adequately account for the value of many individuals who do not go to
Alaska but nevertheless support the protection of Prince William Sound from oil damage. The
Contingent valuing Method and conjoint analysis serve as the main tools for valuing in relation
to these so-called non-use or passive use values. Prior to the implementation of the policy,
CVM may also assess the usefulness of a change in environmental quality. This is a helpful
aspect in a policy study, particularly when looking at acts that may be highly expensive or
irreversible.
Method of Contingent Valuation
The contingent value approach is a survey methodology that creates a fictitious market or voter
referendum to assess respondents' willingness to pay for various amounts of non-marketed
natural and environmental resources. The technique uses a mail-in questionnaire, in-person or
telephone interviews, or both. CVM is the only technique currently available to measure non-
use or passive use values, such as the advantages the general public receives from the
persistence of unique natural environments or species. It is capable of measuring the value of
outdoor recreation under alternative levels of wildlife/fish abundance, crowding, instream flow,
etc.
The fundamental tenet of CVM is that a person may be legitimately informed about a realistic
but hypothetical market for "buying" usage and/or preservation of an unmarketed natural
resource. The person is then instructed to utilize the market to convey how valuable they
believe the resource is. The valuation elicitation procedure, or the specific willingness to pay
or readiness to accept inquiry structure, is one of the market's key characteristics. Other
important market characteristics include the description of the change in environmental quality
being valued and the method of payment.
Format for Value Elicitation
There are three different sorts of value elicitation techniques. First, there is the open-ended
willingness to pay inquiry format, which only requests that the responder indicate his or her
highest level of readiness to pay, for example, for the preservation of an endangered species or
an increase in the quality of the water. This was one of the first varieties of CVM and is still
the most straightforward. The respondent's willingness to pay in dollars is the response to such
open-ended queries.
The closed-ended "iterative bidding" style question is another method. Here, after stating a
starting dollar number, the interviewer asks the participants whether they would pay that
amount or not. In the event that a yes is obtained, the sum is increased and the procedure is
repeated until a "no" is noted. The person's maximal willingness to pay is shown as the largest
Page | 305
Copyright2021@CIIR
cash figure that elicited a "yes" response. The initial dollar amount is reduced till the first "yes"
is obtained if a "no" is noted on it. Poor beginning value selection in this iterative process may
have an impact on the respondent's ultimate reported value. By choosing the opening bid
amounts from an open-ended pre-test around the mean of WTP, or at the very least by avoiding
exceptionally high or low starting points, this starting point difficulty may often be reduced.
The dichotomous choice or "referendum" method, in which the respondent simply selects "yes"
or "no" in response to a single randomly allocated dollar amount selected by the interviewer,
is the favored value elicitation technique for many economists. Each respondent's cash amounts
are different. In this manner, different monetary amounts are requested from the whole sample.
The analyst may then determine the likelihood that a responder would say yes or no to a certain
financial amount. The statistical anticipated value of willingness to pay may be estimated from
this likelihood.
This dichotomous choice strategy provides a number of benefits. Its "take it or leave it"
structure is in line with the market, where consumers either purchase something at a specified
price or don't. Additionally, it mirrors how people vote on many public projects when presented
as a referendum. In other words, they cast a "yes" or "no" vote at a certain tax rate, much as
voters often do with ballot initiatives. The repetitive bidding beginning point issue is avoided
by the dichotomous choice method. The dichotomous choice style requires respondents to
simply decide whether their value is more or less than the dollar amount they are asked to pay,
unlike the open-ended WTP questions where some respondents find it difficult to provide an
exact dollar figure of their WTP. The analyst does statistical calculations to determine how
much greater their WTP is than the price they are requested to pay, much like the TCM.
Cummings, et al. (1986) and Mitchell and Carson (1989) provide further information on these
three methods.
Means of Payment
A responder may be contacted in a number of ways about payment of WTP. The specific
methods should be adjusted to fit the parameters of the analyst's created fictitious market.
Similar to "non-game check-offs" on many State income tax forms, payments into trust funds
are often used to preserve wetlands, rivers, or nongame animal habitat. Utility bills, more taxes,
or greater goods costs are some additional payment methods. The analyst should pre-test many
payment methods before choosing one to determine which ones produce the fewest emotional
reactions that are overt objections against the method of payment.
Regardless of the final payment method, it is still crucial to employ a check question to find
out why individuals are replying with a "no" or a constant zero WTP in a dichotomous choice
style. Are these folks really at 0 WTP owing to a lack of interest or money, or are they just
criticizing a particular aspect of the fictitious market? People will sometimes react, for instance,
that another group should pay or that the government should devote more of its current tax
revenue to the supply of this benefit. Either of those responses suggests a favorable valuation
for the resource but worry about the market as it is represented in the poll. The final WTP
analysis often leaves out these objectionable replies. People who are really unwilling to pay for
the resource because they are uninterested in it or do not think it is significant, on the other
hand, may still be included in the research since their value is zero.
Describe the resource that will be valued
Being educated customers or voters is intended to result in better, more reliable judgments
since contingent valuation aims to imitate a market or voting scenario. As a result, CVM
research educate individuals about the trade-offs they must make. The responder might be
Page | 306
Copyright2021@CIIR
given a description of the natural or environmental resource to be evaluated using words,

drawings, pictures, charts, maps, or other ways. Depending on the nature of the environmental
change being conveyed, a mix of these tactics is often used. Photographs are often used to
document changes to the quality of the air or water. Simple maps or drawings are often used to
represent changes in lake levels, river levels, or the area of wetlands. A straightforward story
can enough to explain changes in hunting or fishing success, since these people are often fairly
acquainted with the resource in question. In each of these scenarios, it's crucial to provide a
succinct, unbiased explanation of the resource. The survey might also include a description of
the good's regional or national importance. A survey instrument is created by combining these
three elements. The question should be phrased very simply: If the responder pays the money,
they will get an increase in environmental quality; if they do not pay, they will not [10]–[12].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, the examination of salary differentials using the hedonic wage method is a useful
method for determining the implicit worth of non-market items, especially job qualities.
Researchers and policymakers may acquire insights into the economic value of non-monetary
components of work by looking at the trade-offs people make between pay and certain job
features. This can help them make more informed decisions about labor market regulations and
job design. The HWM has certain drawbacks, despite the fact that it offers insightful
information on the implicit value of non-market products. The approach is predicated on the
idea that salary differentials only take into account the value of job characteristics, excluding
any other possible influences on salaries. Furthermore, the HWM may have difficulties
reflecting the subjective character of people's choices with relation to work qualities.
REFERENCES
[1] F. Bellavance, G. Dionne, and M. Lebeau, “The value of a statistical life: A meta-analysis with
a mixed effects regression model,” J. Health Econ., 2009, doi: 10.1016/j.jhealeco.2008.10.013.
[2] A. Majumder and S. Madheswaran, “Compensating wage differential and value of statistical
life: a meta-analysis,” Indian J. Labour Econ., 2017, doi: 10.1007/s41027-018-0102-y.
[3] C. Y. Fan et al., “Estimating global burden of COVID-19 with disability-adjusted life years and
value of statistical life metrics,” J. Formos. Med. Assoc., 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.jfma.2021.05.019.
[4] G. Dionne and P.-C. Michaud, “Statistical Analysis of Value-of-Life Estimates Using Hedonic
Wage Method,” SSRN Electron. J., 2005, doi: 10.2139/ssrn.350942.
[5] C. Mardones and M. Riquelme, “Estimation of the value of statistical life in Chile and
extrapolation to other Latin American countries,” Lat. Am. Res. Rev., 2018, doi:
10.25222/larr.61.
[6] M. V. Parada-Contzen, “The Value of a Statistical Life for Risk-Averse and Risk-Seeking
Individuals,” Risk Anal., 2019, doi: 10.1111/risa.13329.
[7] M. F. Evans and V. Kerry Smith, “Complementarity and the measurement of individual risk
tradeoffs: Accounting for quantity and quality of life effects,” Environ. Resour. Econ., 2008, doi:
10.1007/s10640-008-9197-9.
[8] J. E. Aldy, “Birds of a feather: Estimating the value of statistical life from dual-earner families,”
J. Risk Uncertain., 2019, doi: 10.1007/s11166-019-09303-7.
[9] P. Sinha, M. Caulkins, and M. Cropper, “The value of climate amenities: A comparison of
hedonic and discrete choice approaches,” J. Urban Econ., 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.jue.2021.103371.
[10] M. F. Evans and L. O. Taylor, “Using revealed preference methods to estimate the value of
Page | 307
Copyright2021@CIIR
reduced mortality risk: Best practice recommendations for the hedonic wage model,” Rev.
Environ. Econ. Policy, 2020, doi: 10.1093/reep/reaa006.
[11] T. Eriksson and N. Kristensen, “Wages or fringes? Some evidence on trade-offs and sorting,” J.
Labor Econ., 2014, doi: 10.1086/676662.
[12] A. M. Freeman III, “Property Value Models,” in The Measurement of Environmental and
Resource Values, 2021. doi: 10.4324/9781936331826-16.
Page | 308
Copyright2021@CIIR

The Role of Risk Assessment in

Environmental Management
ABSTRACT:
This abstract explores the concept of risk reduction as a strategy for environmental quality
improvement. Risk reduction refers to the systematic efforts to minimize or eliminate risks
associated with environmental factors, such as pollutants, contaminants, or hazardous
substances. Environmental quality improvement is crucial for safeguarding human health and
ecosystems. Risk reduction approaches recognize that identifying and mitigating risks is
essential to achieve sustainable and healthy environments. By focusing on reducing risks,
decision-makers can target specific sources or pathways of pollution and contamination,
leading to more effective and efficient environmental management. In this case, the product or
commodity to be valued is a decrease in the danger of dying too soon thanks to state-funded
incentives for a California program that encourages private sector to reduce hazardous waste.
KEYWORDS:
Biodiversity Conservation, Clean Energy, Conservation Practices, Ecosystem Restoration,
Environmental Management.
INTRODUCTION
The dichotomous choice referendum elicitation method was very credible due to the public
provision of a statewide program and the fact that in California the financing of these sorts of
programs is often chosen by a popular vote. Taxes become the most sensible or believable
method of payment due to the usage of a voter referendum elicitation structure. Unfortunately,
paying extra taxes is not often an emotionally neutral topic for individuals, and using this
payment method can lead to more protests. However, the choice of this technique was driven
by the practical potential of this specific payment mechanism [1], [2].
Using the Dichotomous Choice Question Format to Calculate WTP
Although the maximum WTP for risk reduction by households is not directly provided by
answers to dichotomous choice questions, there are statistical inference approaches to estimate
the maximum WTP from data on the likelihood of a YES or NO response to certain dollar
amounts. In addition to the pleasure lost from paying more taxes, it is believed that the
likelihood that a responder would choose "YES" in response to the WTP question is connected
to the predicted increase in wellbeing from obtaining the health risk reduction.
Spreading the Risk Reduction Message
Page | 309
Copyright2021@CIIR
Households must comprehend the environmental enhancement they are being asked to buy.
Over the brief history of valuing health-related risk, risk communication technologies have
seen significant evolution. Risk ladders have been employed by Gerking, DeHann, Schulze,
Mitchell, and Carson. Each step of these ladders stood for ever greater hazards. The most
dangerous risks are placed at the top of a ladder that displays various mortality probability from
various sources. The poll employed a multi-color risk adder to illustrate a variety of
unavoidable dangers and to give participants a sense of the scale of the risk from exposure to
heavy metals in comparison to other unavoidable risks. The risk ladder was used to elicit WTP
answers and displayed the reductions in risk level from three different programs as ladder
movements. As a result, the ladder was specifically employed to provide perspective on the
cost of the safety to be acquired.
Postal Survey
Twelve-page full-size, multicolor postal survey forms were separated into three sections. The
major topic of interest is the elicitation of WTP and risk communication. This was created to
fulfill three crucial tasks for the survey. In the beginning, it included details on the numerous
contaminated sources' hazardous waste exposure routes. Both textual and full-page illustrations
were used to communicate the information. The responder was given information about an
existing hazardous waste reduction program in California and how increased financing for this
program may lower the risk of exposure to hazardous wastes. The second included risk
communication tools to communicate risk levels in addition to outlining the paths of exposure
and a technique for lowering the risks. The risk ladder and story were used to explain the
present danger of early mortality from exposure to heavy metals. The elicitation of WTP
responses was the last job completed in the second. Three WTP questions were sent to
respondents, one for each size risk reduction program [3], [4].
Survey Results
Mailings of questionnaires totaling 1,000 were sent to a random sample of Californian homes.
Using a repeat mailing strategy, 43% of deliverable surveys received a response. 374 surveys
made up the final sample as a result.
DISCUSSION
Statistical WTP Function
In all three logit models, the coefficient on dollar bid is significant at the.01 level. The negative
indicator shows that respondents were concerned about the bid's financial amount. In other
words, the likelihood that the responder would pay the requested amount decreased as the
requested dollar amount climbed. The likelihood that they will pay for the risk reduction
program is intuitively related to the other factors as well. The internal validity of the
dichotomous choice CVM replies in this case is further shown by this.
Benefit Calculations
Equation is used to determine WTP. The annual WTP for the 25% reduction is $351 per year,
while the annual WTP for the 50% and 75% reductions is $449 and $515, respectively. These
figures represent the mean WTP for the three risk reduction initiatives. These numbers are in
line with the declining marginal benefit of further risk reduction, as can be observed. The
statewide WTP would then be calculated by multiplying these numbers by the total number of
homes in California. To ascertain what amount, if any, of decrease was economically effective,
this total WTP would be contrasted with the yearly cost of lowering heavy metal discharges.
Page | 310
Copyright2021@CIIR
Benefits of CVM
The CVM has at least three benefits. First, despite the fact that the majority of tourists go to
various destinations, the strategy will be effective in valuing enjoyment. CVM may thus be
used to assess recreational places that are visited as part of a longer vacation to a number of
locations. The second benefit of CVM is that its hypothetical character may be used as a
resource. Prior to the adoption of alternative policies, decision makers often require
information about how such policies are valued by the public. What good is it to prevent a free-
flowing river from being dammed or a roadless region from being logged when these things
haven't occurred, for instance? If the information is to be timely in supporting the decision
maker, it is necessary to provide information about expected conduct regarding potential
alternatives rather than previous behavior.
The ability of CVM to value environmental effects for which recreation only accounts for a
small portion of the social benefits, such as effects on human health outside of the workplace
or the preservation of rare species and unique natural environments, is perhaps one of its
strongest benefits. Even if they do not visit or see them, a lot of people appreciate or feel
satisfied knowing that these rare places or animals exist. For instance, even though they may
never see them in the wild, many people cherish the knowledge that spotted owls, whooping
cranes, wolves, condors, and grizzly bears exist. A person's donation to conservation groups
working to preserve these species or their natural habitats often reflects the significance of their
existence. Some individuals are also prepared to pay to protect certain sites for future
generations. This value as a bequest is another driver. To ensure that natural habitats or animal
species survive so they may visit them in the near future, some individuals are ready to pay a
premium over their future use value as an insurance premium. This is referred to as an option
value sometimes [5]–[7].
A large portion of what is referred to as the public trust values of natural resources is captured
by these choice, existence, and bequest values. These three values are also known as passive
use values, non-use values, and preservation values. Whatever name they go by, CVM is now
the sole way to translate these values into dollars. According to the U.S. District Court of
Appeals, these passive use values are suitable for calculating the public's losses due to natural
resource damages brought on by hazardous material spills, leaky landfills, abandoned mining
sites, etc. Regarding damages from oil spills under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration has adopted the same stance. These passive usage
values are often empirically significant, especially when a policy study includes somewhat
unusual surroundings or an irreversible choice. For instance, at least 85% of the advantages
derived by California families from protecting a special lake were linked to existence and
bequest values. See Mitchell and Carson, 1989 for a more in-depth explanation of the use of
CVM for valuing existence values.
CVM Assumptions
The foundational tenets of CVM are two. The first is that the responder does have a well-
considered value for the relevant natural or environmental resource. That is, compared to other
products she purchases, he or she has clear preferences for this increase in environmental
quality. The second presumption is that the responder to a survey or interview can provide an
accurate estimate of this value. In particular, the survey may provide the respondents the
context they need to express their genuine views.
For aspects of environmental quality including human health, air, water, noise reduction, food
safety, recreation, and well-known animal species, both of these hypotheses are often
acceptable. However, the first presumption may not be entirely true in the case of conserving
Page | 311
Copyright2021@CIIR
elusive endangered species or distant natural places. The assumption is therefore more likely
to be satisfied the more knowledgeable the responder is with the relevant environmental
problem. For instance, when addressed questions regarding air quality for spectacular visibility,
tourists to the Grand Canyon will probably have a well-developed value. After all, they
exchanged money for the expense of traveling to the location. For many other recreational
users, the same is true. The degree of conformance to the first assumption is considerably lower
for CVM questions with passive use values for a species or region that they may have just read
about. As a result, the range of estimates for passive usage values is probably wider than the
range for benefits to health or leisure.
However, many economists think that a responder can judge the value of this resource relative
to ones that are already being utilized, much like new product market testing. This option is
comparable to voting on ballot items to preserve a specific area as a public park, particularly if
the choice is presented in the context of a referendum. Regarding the second supposition, a
great deal of thought went into creating the hypothetical market for the survey that would elicit
truthful responses. A realistic hypothetical market or referendum that does provide significant
options that give respondents the motivation to reveal their genuine views may often be
produced using prior study and pre-testing. The most important thing is to stress that
government officials will utilize survey data to decide on tax rates and public benefit provision.
Respondents' tendency to be truthful would be dominating in CVM survey replies if they think
their answers would really have an impact.
CVM's Reliability and Validity
Of course, it makes sense for some individuals to wonder if the solutions to fictitious markets
are as accurate as those to genuine markets where money is exchanged. Would individuals
really spend the money they claim to in these surveys? The empirical data to date suggests that
persons who have had direct consuming experience with the commodity being surveyed would
pay around what they say they would pay when questioned their willingness to pay. Based on
comparisons between real behavior-based approaches and the fictitious markets employed in
CVM, this conclusion has been reached. Housing costs in Los Angeles neighborhoods with
lower air pollution were compared to what respondents indicated they would be willing to pay
for the same decrease in air pollution. This research by Brookshire et al. demonstrated that real
payments were statistically lower than indicated willingness to pay for a decrease in pollution.
Carson et al. compared 80 research that valued leisure using TCM and CVM and found that,
on average, CVM produced lower estimations of WTP than did the TCM. For the same
recreational resource or recreational activity, CVM yielded benefit estimates that, on average,
were around 90% of those generated by TCM. Welsh looked at the reliability of CVM using a
real cash market. Welsh was given permission by the Wisconsin Department of Natural
Resources to acquire and sell up to 75 deer hunting licences while conducting his investigation.
To enable hunters to purchase licenses, two marketplaces were established. One included
holding a "real market" in which hunters without licenses were presented with genuine hunting
licenses at a set price and asked whether they would purchase them at that price. The other was
a contingent value market, in which a separate sample of hunters received the identical price
quotation, no licenses were exchanged, and no actual money was used in the transaction. The
prices produced by the contingent value market were typically 25% higher than the real cash
values.
Less positive results have been seen when CVM WTP estimations were compared to real cash
in an experimental or laboratory context. WTP estimations with open-ended and dichotomous
choice CVM were around 2-3 times higher than real cash in various studies. Studies on the real
Page | 312
Copyright2021@CIIR
monetary validity of pure public goods, particularly those demonstrating a preponderance of

non-use values, can produce even greater discrepancies with actual cash contributions. Cash
contributions are vulnerable to well-known chances for respondents to free-ride in the real
donations as opposed to hypothetical ones, hence they are not a perfect criteria for determining
the validity of CVM WTP estimations. However, there has been improvement in recalibration
of CVM WTP replies utilizing respondent WTP answers' certainty to provide reliable estimates.
The learning approach of Bjornstad et al., which subjects the responder to a previous
hypothetical and then a real cash WTP trial before posing the actual policy CVM question, is
another new innovation that seems to increase the correlation of CVM WTP estimates to actual
cash WTP.
Reliability of general household CVM answers have been examined since validity for public
goods with passive-use values is challenging to prove unmistakably. Loomis utilized the test-
retest approach to assess the validity of households' WTP for recreation, choice, existence, and
bequest values for the preservation of a special wild bird habitat. Here, eight to nine months
following the first survey, the same homes were resurveyed. People were asked to respond to
both open-ended WTP and dichotomous-choice items in the questionnaires, which were
similar. CVM WTP results were shown to be trustworthy for both the visitor and general public
samples when employing the open-ended and dichotomous choice question formats. In
particular, there were no statistically significant variations in the WTP they provided in their
first and second surveys. This suggests that overall the replies are well-considered and rather
brief. All subsequently published reliability investigations, including the Exxon Valdez oil
disaster CVM, have confirmed this conclusion. For further information on these reliability
investigations, see Loomis, 1989, and Carson et al., 1997.
All of these comparisons have as their common denominator that respondents seek to express
their value of the resource in a CVM survey. The actions taken and the claims made seem to
sometimes understate the value and, in other instances, to inflate the worth. Based on these
research, it is possible to have some confidence that the statements of readiness to pay elicited
in contingent value surveys closely resemble the conduct that would be seen in a genuine
market in the circumstances described in the poll. Even though CVM estimates often include
errors, many economists would rather accept an approximation of these theoretically crucial
public good values than disregard them when analyzing policies. When the public good values
are not explicitly quantified, they often have a value of 0 in the policy analysis. Unquantified
public good values might look less relevant and be more difficult to compare to quantifiable
costs, even though a well-crafted policy study would attract attention to them. While CVM
estimations of WTP for passive-use values may be inaccurate, they are often less inaccurate
than indicating a value of zero. Passive usage values are statistically larger than zero, according
to the majority of CVM research that have been published in the peer-reviewed scientific
literature. As with any other economic or non-economic model, there is undoubtedly space for
development, but a blue-ribbon committee led by two Nobel Laureates determined that CVM
is sufficiently trustworthy to be utilized as a starting point for estimating passive usage values.
Combinative Analysis
Conjoint analysis is a stated preference method that market researchers have used for many
years to examine how customers trade off between several market-good features, such as safety,
durability, pricing, color, style, etc. This method has recently been used in the past ten years to
estimate preferences for non-market commodities. The foundation of conjoint analysis is in
techniques for studying complicated decision-making. The information integration theory is
a body of study on which these techniques are built. Conjoint analysis and CVM both have a
basis built on the notion of expressed preference, or what respondents indicate they would do
Page | 313
Copyright2021@CIIR
or do in a survey situation. Therefore, conjoint analysis has the ability to quantify both active
and passive usage values. There are several forms for preference elicitation, much as CVM.
We'll talk about the fundamental ratings method, in which a customer ranks each collection of
characteristics on a scale of, say, 1 to 10. Alternative question types include asking survey
participants to rate each good or service, or even just to choose the top option. The emphasis
on a product or program as a collection of qualities implies that conjoint methodology and
hedonic approaches are somewhat related. The main distinction is that the policy analyst in
conjoint is free to change the amount and variety of environmental parameters to fit the policy
topic being assessed. The analyst can only utilize the kinds of qualities and amounts of these
attributes found in the specific housing market of interest since the hedonic property technique
is disclosed preference. It might be challenging to evaluate the individual effects of each
characteristic since several of these qualities are often connected. The policy analyst may alter
the characteristics and lessen multicollinearity via a conjoint experiment, allowing for a more
accurate evaluation of each attribute's coefficient and subsequent marginal value.
An Overview of the Conjoint Analysis Theoretical Foundations
Conjoint analysis is in line with the Lancasterian theory, according to which customers get
utility from products depending on the kind and degree of features or qualities the products
provide. The value a customer anticipates from a certain decision between items will be based
on the levels of these traits and their degree of understanding. In a conjoint experiment, the
researcher will choose the levels at which the traits are given to the respondent in each option.
In order to include the set of determining qualities most likely to have an impact on a
consumer's choice, the attributes utilized in an experiment must be carefully selected.
By asking a person to evaluate two bundles with various degrees of the qualities, we may
estimate the component worth or attribute values. To the point when the two bundles are equal,
two qualities in each bundle may be changed in opposite ways. If one of the features is the
price of the product or bundle, then an indirect utility function that supports monetary valuation
may be generated using the price of each bundle. The marginal rate of substitution may
therefore be used to indicate the marginal willingness to pay for the characteristic by adjusting
the cost and another attribute to establish equality between the two bundles. By adjusting the
amount of the attribute and the price of the option, a value may be predicted for each attribute.
By subtracting the coefficient on the attribute from the coefficient on cost, one may use
regression coefficients to get the marginal value for each attribute.
The aforementioned example employs an additive model of utility, which presupposes that the
features increase to the choice's total usefulness. As a result, reactions to the levels of one
characteristic are unrelated to reactions to the levels of other qualities. The customer must
swiftly analyze a large number of potential combinations when there are many qualities and/or
levels, particularly if interactions are anticipated to be important. Louviere claims that the bulk
of variance in ratings may be accounted for by linear additive effects or main effects alone. A
main effects experimental design that employs a portion of the potential combinations is thus
suitable. Only a small portion of the potential primary impacts may be present in each survey
version. Each survey responder may only view the five combinations that were randomly
selected if there were 25 potential combinations of the qualities and their levels. In order to
pool the data and estimate the regression model, the sample would thus need to be big enough
such that enough individuals responded to any possible combination of questions.
Applications of Conjoint in the Environmental Field in the Past
Page | 314
Copyright2021@CIIR
It has been widely used to forecast customer behavior to use conjoint analysis. Recently, it has
started to be used to value-estimate non-market commodities. Lareau and Rae used the method
to calculate willingness to pay for diesel odor reduction. Gan and Luzar used conjoint
approaches to address the issue of waterfowl hunting's value. Adamowicz et al. studied the
differences between reported and revealed preferences for activities involving water. Stevens,
et al. used a conjoint method to evaluate the worth of different groundwater preservation
schemes. In addition, Garrod and Willis evaluated non-use benefits associated with forest
biodiversity, while Zinkhan et al. provided an example of the application of conjoint analysis
to quantify the numerous values connected with forest management.
Mackenzie calculated the value of six characteristics related to duck hunting excursions using
conjoint analysis. The responder was given descriptions of various combinations of the traits
as potential hunting excursions. On a scale of 1 to 10, the responder was asked to rate each
trip. The ratings given to each trip were the dependent variable in this experiment, while the
degrees of trip features served as the explanatory factors in the regression. The marginal value
or willingness is obtained by dividing the negative coefficient on each non-cost feature by the
coefficient on the cost. Mackenzie came to the conclusion that the conjoint analysis approach
may be a valuable tool for determining the worth of a public good's individual features. When
researchers try to evaluate things like whole ecosystems or multiple-attribute forest
management alternatives, this may be crucial. Additionally, the author came to the conclusion
that the rating scale technique can take preference intensities into consideration, but a discrete
choice contingent valuation analysis would not. The rating scale model structure may also take
respondent ambivalence or indifference into consideration. According to Mackenzie's theory,
this ambivalence or indifference shows up as non-response to more conventional non-market
valuation questionnaires, creating bias.
Equation was used to determine the marginal attribute values in each of the aforementioned
applications. Even though they are implicit prices, these marginal values could not accurately
represent respondents' highest levels of willingness to pay for changes to each feature while
keeping utility constant. Conjoint analysis may provide estimates of compensatory variation,
as shown by Roe et al. by introducing an option that reflects the status quo and comparing
ratings between the alternative and the status quo. We provide the empirical findings of a
research that evaluated the marginal passive use values for enhancing forest health as an
example of conjoint analysis.
Conjoint Analysis is Used to Assess the Value of Forest Insect Control
The condition and look of forests may be impacted by outbreaks of exotic and even native
insects and illnesses. Insecticide spraying is one example of a pest management strategy that
will undoubtedly have some positive effects on the insects it is intended to control, but it may
also have unfavorable effects on non-target natural resources. Different management levels will
have varying degrees of effects and varying expenses. Even pest control procedures entail a
vast range of actions, each having a unique set of repercussions or impacts on characteristics.
Losses in the levels of other qualities may result from management efforts to preserve one or
more forest attributes.
Managers who must choose which activities to take on particular forest regions may find it
helpful to understand public opinions about the trade-offs among different qualities or
amenities of healthy forests. Obviously, a forest in a national park will need different
considerations than a forest close to an urban area or in a regional park. In order to assess the
values of different aspects of management operations to safeguard or restore the health of
forests, conjoint analysis may be a suitable approach. This is due to the fact that conjoint
Page | 315
Copyright2021@CIIR
analysis enables us to assess the disaggregated value of the many public goods that might be
created by a certain forest.
Conjoint analysis of various management plans is used in this case study to examine three
distinct forest pest conditions in the United States. The first is an invasive insect called the
gypsy moth, which has a significant negative impact on decorative trees and trees in popular
leisure areas but minimal influence on commercial wood. The western spruce budworm is
involved in the second scenario. The majority of fir stands in the western US are home to this
insect, which has a significant negative influence on commercial wood in the Pacific
Northwest. The southern pine beetle, a different native bug, is the last example. In the
Southeast, this insect has an influence on commercial timber.
A survey that was delivered to 1200 homes included the three bug invasion scenarios. The three
geographical areas where the pests were most prevalent had an equal concentration of the
sample. Each area received the same questionnaire. Each forest pest management scenario
included an overview of the insect, its impact region, and the consequences of an unchecked
invasion. The third management option was then described, starting with "no action." The
second choice was moderate pest control, and the third was intense pest control. The
consequences anticipated over the next 15 years for each of the three management strategies
were then contrasted. The areas affected, whether the bug was a local pest, modifications to
commercial lumber, and the one-time cost to their home are among these consequences.
Environmental Impact Statements for suggested control strategies for each of the scenarios
were the source of the qualities utilized in the survey. The levels used in each EIS were based
on the anticipated values for the alternatives.
The three management alternatives in the situation were rated by the responder. Six different
survey iterations were employed in order to generate enough variance in the levels of each
characteristic to estimate a coefficient on each. Except for the attribute levels in the selections
for moderate and intense management, both survey versions were identical. Each forest
attribute's marginal values were obtained by dividing the attribute coefficient by the cost
coefficient. The marginal values may be seen as the advantages lost from adding one more unit
of a bad or as the price people are prepared to pay to prevent adding one more unit of a bad.
The marginal value, for instance, is $0.54 per infected acre. Therefore, a household's benefits
would be reduced by 54 cents for each extra acre of contaminated land, or it would have to pay
54 cents per acre to decrease the infestation of a forest by one acre. Conjoint analysis has the
potential to be an effective method for evaluating expressed preferences for complicated public
policy initiatives that entail trade-offs between policy goals [8], [9].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, risk minimization is a key strategy for raising environmental quality. Decision-
makers may promote sustainable ecosystems and protect human health by detecting,
evaluating, and minimizing risks related to pollution and contamination. Risk reduction
techniques provide a framework for efficient environmental management and contribute to the
general improvement of environmental quality via pollution prevention, remediation,
regulation, and risk assessment. Stakeholders may concentrate on practical initiatives that
specifically address the origins and routes of environmental hazards by highlighting risk
reduction as an approach to enhancing environmental quality. By taking into account the long-
term effects of human activity on ecosystems, biodiversity, and public health, this strategy
supports sustainable development.
Page | 316
Copyright2021@CIIR
REFERENCES
[1] A. Nandan et al., “COVID-19 pandemic in Uttarakhand, India: Environmental recovery or
degradation?,” J. Environ. Chem. Eng., 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.jece.2021.106595.
[2] L. Dautzenberg et al., “Interventions for preventing falls and fall-related fractures in
community-dwelling older adults: A systematic review and network meta-analysis,” Journal of
the American Geriatrics Society. 2021. doi: 10.1111/jgs.17375.
[3] B. J. Deal, M. D. Huffman, H. Binns, and N. J. Stone, “Perspective: Childhood Obesity Requires
New Strategies for Prevention,” Advances in Nutrition. 2020. doi: 10.1093/advances/nmaa040.
[4] D. Puciato, M. Rozpara, and Z. Borysiuk, “Physical activity as a determinant of quality of life
in working-age people in Wrocław, Poland,” Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health, 2018, doi:
10.3390/ijerph15040623.
[5] C. Sorensen et al., “Climate Change and Women’s Health: Impacts and Opportunities in India,”
GeoHealth, 2018, doi: 10.1029/2018GH000163.
[6] S. F. Simmons et al., “Reducing Antipsychotic Medication Use in Nursing Homes: A Qualitative
Study of Nursing Staff Perceptions,” Gerontologist, 2018, doi: 10.1093/geront/gnx083.
[7] A. Frehner et al., “How food choices link sociodemographic and lifestyle factors with
sustainability impacts,” J. Clean. Prod., 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2021.126896.
[8] T. Wirth, C. Peters, A. Nienhaus, and A. Schablon, “Interventions for workplace violence
prevention in emergency departments: A systematic review,” International Journal of
Environmental Research and Public Health. 2021. doi: 10.3390/ijerph18168459.
[9] R. Butkus, K. Rapp, T. G. Cooney, and L. S. Engel, “Envisioning a Better U.S. Health Care
System for All: Reducing Barriers to Care and Addressing Social Determinants of Health,” Ann.
Intern. Med., 2020, doi: 10.7326/M19-2410.
Page | 317
Copyright2021@CIIR

Combining Revealed and Stated Preference

Methods for Valuing Environmental Amenities
ABSTRACT:
This abstract explores the benefits and challenges of combining stated and revealed preference
methods in research and decision-making contexts. Stated preference methods (SP) and
revealed preference methods (RP) are commonly used approaches to understand and quantify
individual preferences and behaviors. Stated preference methods involve surveying individuals
and presenting them with hypothetical scenarios or choices to elicit their stated preferences.
These methods allow researchers to directly capture individuals' stated willingness to pay,
willingness to accept, or rankings for specific goods, services, or policies. Stated preference
methods are flexible, adaptable, and can be used to explore a wide range of preferences and
scenarios.
KEYWORDS:
Choice Modeling, Consumer Behavior, Data Analysis, Demand Estimation, Discrete Choice
Analysis, Econometrics.
INTRODUCTION
The value of environmental quality was considered as having two different approaches during
the first thirty years of non-market valuation, revealed preference techniques like TCM and
expressed preference methods like CVM. But lately, a number of economists have created
hybrid models that bring together data from TCM and CVM. There are essentially two
methods. The first is commonly referred to as the "trip response model" because it includes
survey answers about the "intended" number of visits if quality or price were modified in
addition to the observed number of trips associated with present quality and pricing. The
advantages of both the TCM and CVM are combined in these models. The trip response model,
for instance, is particularly suited to examining the advantages and demand for management
changes that have not yet taken place at a site. Since the management action has not yet been
implemented, TCM alone would be ineffective since there is no way to monitor the change in
real trips as a result of the management action. Although CVM WTP might be calculated, some
economists think that travelers are more likely to express how they will modify their travel
habits than their value per trip. Studies have shown the validity and reliability of answers to
queries on planned behavior [1]–[3].
In the second hybrid strategy, actual trip behavior and planned trip behavior are combined with
answers to CVM WTP questions. Basically, three questions are posed to the person: Do you
Page | 318
Copyright2021@CIIR
currently frequent the site? People who were already using the website were questioned
whether they would continue use it if the fee was $Y more. And last, if X increased the quality
of the site, would you visit it? A number of panel data estimators available in advanced
statistics programs may be used to assess the responses to this set of questions. The economist
may now more thoroughly analyze how the demand curve varies with different quality
modifications as well as how the vertical intercept of the demand curve shifts with the same
increases in quality by combining actual and desired behavior.
Environmental Policies' Health Benefits Can Be Quantified
Improvements in human health are one of the most often seen advantages of initiatives to
minimize air and water pollution. Reductions in disease, injury, and mortality are among these
health advantages. Several steps, based on risk assessment, are involved in determining the
health implications of better environmental policy, connecting the physical pollution to health
benefits. These actions include lowering emissions, lowering environmental concentrations,
lowering exposure, lowering impacts, and estimating those effects. Links between pollution
and its impacts on human health are made in steps 1-4. From high-dose, short-term studies
often conducted on laboratory animals to epidemiological investigations of human populations,
there are many general techniques to connecting 1-4.
Extrapolating from high doses for brief durations in laboratory animals to low quantities
throughout a lifetime in people is, of course, fraught with dispute. Cohort studies, which track
a specific group of people over extended periods of time, such many years, or daily time series,
which connect daily impacts on a person's health to current and lag-time exposure levels, are
the two main kinds of epidemiological approaches. Type studies have the benefit of being
lengthy, allowing for the measurement of the chronic impacts of long-term pollution exposure.
Studies of this kind are more likely to show transient impacts of pollution on human health.
Studies of this kind often benefit from real-world scenarios, as in Pope's investigation into the
impact of surrounding people' respiratory health and a steel mill's emissions. Due to demand
changes, retooling, and a labor strike, the mill intermittently opened and shut down. These
natural variations in emissions could be assessed to see whether there was a corresponding shift
in disease and hospital admissions. He found a statistically significant impact in his statistical
study [4]–[6].
DISCUSSION
Health Effect Metrics
Numerous studies, regardless of the methodology, have linked pollution emissions to adverse
human health outcomes, including mortality. Value of Statistical Life and Quality Adjusted Life
Years are two separate measures used to measure the change in mortality risk. Government
organizations, like the EPA, often employ the value of statistical life technique to determine
the advantages of lowering premature deaths. The VSL calculates how much individuals would
be willing to pay for marginal decreases in mortality risk. Instead than lowering the likelihood
that a known person would pass away, the goal is to lower the likelihood that someone else in
a vulnerable group will pass away. For instance, a wage hedonic analysis may reveal that a
worker would need to get $500 more year in additional pay in order to tolerate an increased
risk of 1 more death for every 10,000 employees. The worth of a statistical life is equal to $5
million when we multiply the $500 per year by the increased probability of death. This strategy
could be helpful if those being exposed are all about the same age. The elderly, however, who
have a substantially lower life expectancy than the typical worker or member of the general
population, are disproportionately affected by particular contaminants.
Page | 319
Copyright2021@CIIR
Analysts of public policy employ the second metric, quality adjusted life years, to cope with
varying life expectancies. This metric is based on the population's remaining life expectancy
for a certain age group. The policy study compares life expectancy with and without pollution
reduction and determines how many extra years are gained. The health of the person in that age
cohort is then taken into account when calculating these extra years or changes in anticipated
survival. For instance, extending a 75-year-old's life to 80 years is a gain of five years, but it
may not be as useful as extending a 55-year-old's life by the same amount of time. It is stated
that the capacity to enjoy life and other age-related illnesses place a higher value on 5 years for
a 55-year-old than a 75-year-old. These quality adjusted life years may be evaluated in the same
way as the value of a statistical life. We now turn to the question of how to assess gains in
health status or preventing early mortality [7]–[9].
Methods of Human Health Valuation
As previously, we must depend on a reliable indicator, such as readiness to pay or willingness
to accept, in order to value all benefits in a way that is comparable to costs. You may find out
how much individuals are willing to spend in a number of ways to lower their risk of becoming
sick or dying too soon. We have spoken about hedonic techniques. The hedonic property
technique calculates how much individuals will pay in increased housing costs to live in safer,
cleaner communities. The hedonic wage approach calculates the amount of compensation
required for employees to accept a greater risk of disease, injury, or early death. Benefits
associated to health may also be valued using the stated preference techniques, such as conjoint
and contingent valuation.
Cost of the Illness
A lower limit on what individuals are willing to pay to safeguard their health is sometimes
provided by organizations using the cost of disease technique. The cost of sickness approach,
as the name suggests, rates an accident or disease by adding the direct medical expenditures as
well as the opportunity costs to the person and society from being disabled. Forgone labor
hours are included in these opportunity expenses. This strategy understates what people would
pay to prevent the disease or injury since it does not take the disutility of the illness or injury
into account, providing a lower bound estimate of what people would pay. The cost of sickness
approach understates desire to pay by at least a factor of two, and sometimes by a factor of four
to six, according to comparisons of techniques based on willingness to pay estimates and cost
of illness estimates.
Given the complex payment alternatives associated with many health insurance policies, the
cost of sickness technique may appear simple, but there are significant technical challenges.
Since a person's real costs significantly vary on the kind of health insurance coverage they
have, it may be difficult to determine what the average person actually spends. See Rice, et al.
1985 for further information on the cost of sickness method.
Preventing Conduct and Defensive Expenses
Looking at people's efforts is another way to gauge how much they would be willing to spend
for better health. One's exposure to the contaminant is avoided or reduced in the first kind of
conduct. One may do this by altering their behavior, such as staying inside on days with high
pollution levels or buying air and/or water purifiers. The second behavior is to lessen the effects
of the pollution by taking medicine or getting medical attention from a trained specialist. The
two avoiding behavior measures are theoretically closer to the accurate measure of willingness
to pay than the cost of illness method, but they are typically lower limitations on a person's
maximal willingness to pay. In other words, individuals often spend more than what they must
Page | 320
Copyright2021@CIIR
for medicine, therefore the cost of the prescription may not represent their highest level of
willingness to pay to prevent a disease. The shared production issue in certain defensive
expenditures, nevertheless, offsets this. Buying bottled water may also improve the flavor while
lowering the danger of contamination. The purchase of an air conditioner to purify the air may
also help to chill the space to a more comfortable temperature. There are additional advantages
that this technique might mistakenly ascribe to pollution reduction in addition to those for
which the payment in these two cases is not entirely for the decrease of pollution.
Transfer Of Benefit
For a lot of years, economists doing small-scale benefit-cost evaluations were often compelled
by time and financial constraints to accept values previously published in the existing literature
instead of conducting their own investigations. In these policy studies, public entities often
apply a number of expedient valuation techniques. They base their estimation of the typical net
willingness to pay on professional judgment. Other than knowing the number of persons
impacted by a regulation or the visitor usage levels, these strategies do not need site-specific
data gathering and statistical analysis. Benefit transfer can incorporate unit day value
approaches, as well as the transfer of the entire demand function from a TCM study or a
willingness to pay function from a CVM study to a different application. Benefit transfer has
evolved into a subfield known as "benefit transfer." The rest of this section will now provide a
quick description of these strategies.
U.S. Values of a Water Resources Council Unit Day
The UDVs of the U.S. Water Resources Council are the most established and well-known
technique for transferring recreation benefits. To produce an estimate of the average net
willingness to pay for recreation usage, this technique depends on expert opinion. The figures
chosen are thought to be comparable to consumer surplus, that is, net of the cost or price of
travel. According to the Water Resources Council's standards, recreation may be divided into
two categories: "general" and "specialized." General recreation encompasses the bulk of
activities that call for the building and maintenance of established facilities and easy access.
The majority of picnicking, tent and trailer camping, warm-water fishing, swimming, and
small-game hunting are all included. Opportunities for specialized enjoyment are increasingly
few, use intensity is low, and greater expertise, knowledge, and appreciation are necessary. In
addition to trout fishing, big-game hunting, upland bird and waterfowl hunting, pack
excursions, Whitewater boating, canoeing, and specialist nature photography, wilderness
recreation is regarded as specialized.
According to the recommendations, specialist recreation should cost between $9 and $27 per
day in fiscal year 1997. Values for general enjoyment range from $2 to $7 per day. To account
for changes in the consumer price index up to the present, unit day values have been modified.
For instance, in 1962, the suggested price range for specialized entertainment was $2–6, in
1973, it was $3–9, in 1982, it was $6–18, and in 1996, it was raised to $9–27. By accounting
for changes in the consumer price index, these figures may be updated to the present. Based on
a point score, unit day values are modified to reflect quality factors that are prevalent in
different locations. In contrast to a reservoir with clean water and few users, one that has a
significant load of suspended silt or is overused would be less desired, have a lower point score,
and be at the lower end of the range of generic recreational values. When assigning values,
other possibilities are also taken into account. If the population served does not have access to
comparable recreational options, higher values are awarded. On the other side, even when
many people are anticipated to utilize a planned location, lower unit values are allocated if
Page | 321
Copyright2021@CIIR
comparable recreational choices are relatively prevalent. View the USA. For these points, see
the Water Resources Council or Loomis and Walsh, 1997.
These criteria for assessing the quality of the recreational experience, however, have certain
flaws. The site ratings are subjective, which is the major issue. First, rating is usually done by
a leisure planner rather than a tourist. There may be some variations in the quality ranking
depending on how closely the recreation planner's tastes or expertise match those of the
majority of the visitors. Second, if various persons are doing the rating, there is an issue with
the rating's reproducibility or dependability across locations. Additionally, it could be simple
to manipulate the ranking such that the agency's recommended kind of leisure has a higher
rating than other forms of recreation. In essence, rating is like a leisure planner attempting to
make a best estimate at the quality coefficients in a regression.
As part of the execution of the Resources Planning Act of 1974, the USDA Forest Service
created its own unit day values for recreational time. A five-year update is made to the values.
The first systematic attempt was made in 1980, and values for fish/wildlife and forest-based
leisure were based on the literature at the time. The 20 years of TCM and CVM values reviewed
in-depth by Walsh et al. provided a strong empirical foundation for the 1990 RPA values. The
U.S. utilized the 1990 figures with a few minor adjustments. Environmental Impact Statement
for the 1995 RPA Program prepared by the Forest Service. speak with the U.S. For revisions to
these values every five years, see the most recent RPA Program Environmental Impact
Statement from the Forest Service.
Approaches to Benefit Transfer Using META Analysis
The technique of transferring values from the existing literature to locations where
management or policy choices must be made but for which neither values nor the time to
conduct a research is available has been significantly enhanced by two key developments. The
initial development was the use of META analysis to build a regression equation that connected
the average consumer surplus each day from earlier research to a wide range of explanatory
factors. These elements include the nature of the leisure activity, the location of the leisure
space, and specifics of the valuation technique used. These regression equations, which were
developed by Walsh et al. and Smith and Kaoru, provide a more methodical way to estimate
the value per day of a certain outdoor leisure activity without carrying out a site-specific
research. To estimate the value per day, the analyst just has to enter the values of the explanatory
variables for the site of interest into the META analysis regression and carry out the necessary
multiplications. Rosenberger and Loomis have formalized examination of its accuracy in
relation to site-specific investigations. One META analysis used to predict numerous values for
recreational activity results in projected benefits per day that, when compared to the original
research, are often 50% to 70% off. If recreation activity-specific META studies are utilized
rather than a single META equation that tries to predict results for various activities, this error
rate may be decreased. However, compared to a site-specific research, it is probable that the
majority of META assessments would only provide an approximate estimate of the value per
day. However, the approximate nature of the value determined via a META analysis may be
adequate for certain management choices or policy challenges.
Transfer of Benefit and Function
The use of benefit-function transfer is the second significant development in benefit transfer.
This method involves applying to the recreation area under consideration the demand function
from an existing TCM study or a WTP function from an existing CVM research that was
undertaken for a comparable activity but in a different location. This method, like META
analysis, calls for estimates of the independent variables from sources like the US Census and
Page | 322
Copyright2021@CIIR
distance estimations from maps. To estimate value per day, they are placed into the demand or
WTP function. The method is probably more accurate than META analysis since the demand
or WTP functions are unique to a given activity or kind of recreational resource. A formal
comparison of the benefit-function transfer to a primary, site-specific research, however,
demonstrates some degree of inaccuracy for this enhanced strategy. The inaccuracies in the
consumer surplus per trip average 5-10%, which is considered to be an acceptable range, when
moving TCM demand functions that contain site features for a broad recreational resource like
reservoir recreation across two comparable geographic locations. Transferring TCM demand
functions throughout the nation, however, revealed unacceptably high errors of 250%. For
further information, see Loomis et al.
Transfer of Benefits in Health Valuation
The field of evaluating health benefits has also employed benefit transfer. An extensive
explanation and illustration of how to use the benefit transfer approach to calculate the health
advantages of lowering air pollution. In this instance, the dose-response function, which depicts
the impacts of pollution on human health, is sometimes transmitted in addition to the valuation
estimations. Benefit transfers have sometimes taken place from the United States to other
nations, especially certain developing nations. In this instance, the original research benefit
estimates are simply scaled by the income disparities between the two nations. For an example
of benefit transfer of air pollution reduction from the US to Taiwan, see Alberini and Krupnick.
Benefit transfer research is now quite active. The recent creation of massive databases of
completed research might hasten this. Numerous Federal agencies, including Environment
Canada, have compiled estimates of the value of environmental quality, along with the demand
and WTP functions that go along with it, from thousands of research. Environment Canada
makes use of this database accessible over the World Wide Web. EVRI, or Environmental
Values Reference Inventory, is the name of the database. When time and money do not allow
for a site-specific research and precision is not crucial, it may be simpler to estimate the
advantages of leisure thanks to the rise in original studies, databases, and benefit transfer
techniques.
Federal and State Agencies Use Valuation Techniques
Government agencies often accept revealed and expressed preference methodologies, such as
travel cost and contingent value, for valuing both leisure and other unmarketed advantages of
natural resources. The federal government has twice endorsed TCM and CVM. U.S. The two
main techniques for evaluating outdoor recreation in Federal benefit cost studies were
established by the Water Resources Council during two distinct administrations. Lately, the
U.S. The environmental valuation methodologies covered in this article have received approval
from the Department of Interior as acceptable procedures for valuing non-marketed natural
resources that have been harmed by spills, mining waste, and other harmful discharges. In order
to quantify the recreational benefits and passive use benefits of alternate hydroelectric water
flows from Glen Canyon Dam into the Grand Canyon, the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation and
National Park Service relied on CVM. When defending its decision to acquire more elk winter
habitat outside of Yellowstone National Park, the Montana Department of Fish, Wildlife, and
Parks cited a CVM report on the advantages of seeing and killing elk. The Travel Cost Method
and Contingent Valuation Methods are used by a number of other state fish and game agencies,
including those in Arizona, California, Idaho, Maine, Missouri, Nevada, and Oregon, to value
activities involving fish and wildlife.
The subject of valuing natural resources, both marketed and unmarketed, shows that there is
an established and theoretically valid foundation for deriving such values. These values are
Page | 323
Copyright2021@CIIR
often derived from people's real behavior, such as their purchase of goods manufactured from
natural resources or their use of recreational facilities. The methods mentioned here merely
enable the analyst to quantify these values in monetary terms for the purpose of weighing the
advantages and disadvantages of various applications for those natural resources. This allows
both the general public and the manager to assess the economic efficiency of resource
allocations or management decisions. Economic efficiency is not the sole criteria, as we have
frequently emphasized, but it also shouldn't be disregarded [10]–[12].
CONCLUSION
Many individuals only link economic values with products that are sold, and when they think
of economics, they only think of money. This viewpoint would restrict the effectiveness of
economic instruments, such benefit-cost analysis, for studying environmental issues since
environmental policy challenges virtually always include non-marketed products. Additionally,
excluding out these non-marketed characteristics would substantially skew any economic study
of these issues. Non-market valuation aims to turn apples-and-oranges comparisons into
apples-and-apples comparisons, such as the financial worth of hydroelectricity vs the
ecological implications of turning a river into a reservoir. It is obvious that environmental
commodities are valued to people from the activity of individuals who wish to safeguard
natural resources and from polling data on those who are not engaged. A way to include these
items in an economic study and make sure they are not overlooked in that analysis is to estimate
their monetary worth. For some people, assigning money amounts to products that aren't sold
is unpleasant or even repugnant. By making these items limited and a replacement for money,
assigning them monetary worth somehow devalues them. Saying that saving an endangered
species is worth the same as, example, a big commercial aircraft sounds horrible, just as placing
a cash figure on emotional things like friendship does.
REFERENCES
[1] Z. Haipeng and X. Xuxuan, “Combining stated preference and revealed preference methods for
the valuation of non-market goods,” Chinese J. Popul. Resour. Environ., 2012, doi:
10.1080/10042857.2012.10685119.
[2] W. Adamowicz, J. Louviere, and M. Williams, “Combining revealed and stated preference
methods for valuing environmental amenities,” J. Environ. Econ. Manage., 1994, doi:
10.1006/jeem.1994.1017.
[3] D. Earnhart, “Combining Revealed and Stated Preference Methods to Value Environmental
Amenities at Residential Locations,” Land Econ., 2001, doi: 10.2307/3146977.
[4] W. Adamowicz, J. Louviere, and M. Williams, “Combining revealed and stated preference
methods for valuing environmental amenities,” in Revealed Preference Approaches to
Environmental Valuation Volumes I and II, 2019.
[5] D. Earnhart, “Combining Revealed and Stated Preference Methods to Value the Presence and
Quality of Environmental Amenities,” Land Econ., 2001.
[6] J. Orlowski and P. Wicker, “Monetary valuation of non-market goods and services: a review of
conceptual approaches and empirical applications in sports,” European Sport Management
Quarterly. 2019. doi: 10.1080/16184742.2018.1535609.
[7] R. Cascajo, A. Garcia-Martinez, and A. Monzon, “Stated preference survey for estimating
passenger transfer penalties: design and application to Madrid,” Eur. Transp. Res. Rev., 2017,
doi: 10.1007/s12544-017-0260-x.
[8] D. Earnhart, “Combining revealed and stated data to examine housing decisions using discrete
Page | 324
Copyright2021@CIIR
choice analysis,” J. Urban Econ., 2002, doi: 10.1006/juec.2001.2241.

[9] C. Polizzi et al., “Is ecosystem restoration worth the effort? The rehabilitation of a Finnish river
affects recreational ecosystem services,” Ecosyst. Serv., 2015, doi:
10.1016/j.ecoser.2015.01.001.
[10] J. J. Louviere, D. A. Hensher, J. D. Swait, and W. Adamowicz, Stated Choice Methods: Analysis
and Applications. 2010.
[11] D. Hensher, J. Louviere, and J. Swait, “Combining sources of preference data,” J. Econom.,
1998, doi: 10.1016/S0304-4076(98)00061-X.
[12] M. Bradley and A. Daly, “Use of the logit scaling approach to test for rank-order and fatigue
effects in stated preference data,” Transportation (Amst)., 1994, doi: 10.1007/BF01098791.
Page | 325
Copyright2021@CIIR

Regional Economic Analysis, Input-Output

Models and Multipliers
ABSTRACT:
This abstract examines the use of regional economic analysis, specifically input-output (IO)
models and multipliers, as tools to understand the economic interdependencies and impacts
within a region. Regional economic analysis provides insights into the structure, performance,
and dynamics of regional economies, facilitating informed decision-making and policy
formulation. Input-output models are a widely used analytical framework in regional economic
analysis. These models quantify the inter-industry relationships and transactions within an
economy, capturing the flows of goods, services, and income between sectors. By representing
the interdependencies among sectors, IO models provide a comprehensive picture of the
regional economy and its linkages to other regions.
KEYWORDS:
Employment Multipliers, Export Base Theory, Input-Output Analysis, Interindustry
Relationships, Local Economy.
INTRODUCTION
The need to quantify the change in local income and employment related to policy alternatives
have been frequently referred to in previous s. Addressing the distributional equity criteria often
requires some information on changes in local jobs and income. That is, does a particular policy
or alternative affect local economic activity? Is the change in local economic activity relatively
small in magnitude compared with the scale of the local economy? More importantly, is much
of this change in local employment concentrated in one or two industrial sectors? A loss of 100
jobs spread evenly throughout the retail, transportation and food service industries may cause
fewer problems to a local economy than a loss of 100 jobs concentrated in one particular
industry. While the relative weight to give gains and losses in jobs in different industries may
often be a value judgment , the decision-makers and the public have a right to know just what
is the change in jobs by industry from some public action [1], [2].
This right to know is exemplified in the National Environmental Policy
Act's procedures for preparation of an Environmental Impact Statement. Specifically, EISs
require the analyst to describe the effects of the proposed policy on the human environment,
which includes effects on employment opportunities and income. Thus, a regional economic
analysis is a common feature of most EISs performed by nearly all Federal agencies and many
Page | 326
Copyright2021@CIIR
state agencies as well. It also makes good sense for a decision-maker to pay attention to local
income and employment effects. While we demonstrated in the benefit-cost that local gains
and losses in employment are nearly always transfers of economic activity at the national level
, these changes in local income and employment sometimes take on symbolic proportions in
public policy debates. Opponents of an alternative that might restrict large tractor trailer trucks
to non-rush hour periods will often raise the specter of massive reductions in local employment.
Conversely, proponents of new development will often tout rosy predictions of gains in
employment from the proposed action. Local effects will also have disproportionate influence
on local decision-makers’ attitudes toward a project. There is often much to be gained by an
objective regional economic impact analysis of just what the employment effects are likely to
be. This helps add an element of realism, and sometimes demonstrates that local employment
concerns are a smokescreen for other underlying reasons for local opposition or support. The
objective of this is to provide the reader with an understanding of the basics of traditional
regional economic analysis, the input-output model and multipliers that are derived from it.
With this background, the reader will be much better able to judge whether there is even likely
to be any sizeable employment effects and, if so, what types of models might be available to
calculate the income and employment effects [3], [4].
DISCUSSION
Traditional Concepts of Regional Economic Analysis
Economic Linkages and Leakages
The easiest way to grasp the traditional notion of regional economic analysis is to think about
how a local economy might react to building a new power plant near this area. By local, we
often mean a county or group of counties directly linked to the power plant, due to where the
workers would live during construction and operation of the power plant, or where the inputs
to run the power plant would come from. The operation of the power plant has both direct
effects and indirect effects that we sometimes group under the headings “backward” and
“forward linkages” in this local economy. For example, the operation of the power plant will
have direct effects on the local economy as engineers and plant operators are hired. These
people directly work at the site; hence their wages are the direct effects on the local economy.
But operating a new power plant requires many additional inputs, such as coal, water for
cooling, and heavy equipment. To the extent that the local economy can meet some of this
increased demand for inputs, there is an additional stimulation of local industry. This
stimulation of local industry to supply inputs is known as the backward linkages and gives rise
to what are known as multiplier effects, to be discussed later in this. In addition, the availability
of additional electrical capacity might induce companies that use large quantities of electricity
to move into the region. Hence, additional workers may be employed in these end-using
sectors. This stimulation of final demand may create what is called the forward linkages to a
local economy.
If a local economy is either industrially diversified or has the appropriate land, water, and other
factors of production to supply these backward and forward linkages, operation of a power
plant may sustain a large amount of local economic activity. On the other hand, if this area is a
rural economy that does not have the diversified economic base to supply most of the inputs or
utilize the final outputs, then the spin-off economic effects will be quite small. For example,
the coal for the power plant may come from other states, and the electricity generated may go
to an urban area far away. Thus, the analyst must be very careful to scrutinize what required
inputs are likely to come from local production, and which from outside the local economy as
imports, which are referred to as leakages from the local economy. While the potential exists
Page | 327
Copyright2021@CIIR
for a new local demand for these inputs to make presently nonexistent local production
economical, it is important not to let local optimism overwhelm common sense. Often,
production of these inputs is subjected to economies of scale so large that a few plants supply
the entire national demand for these inputs. One local power plant may not make local
production profit, and much of the power plant’s spending will not have much effect on the
local economy [5], [6].
Indirect Rounds of Related Economic Activity
Once the direct spending and payment of wages occurs in the local economy, there are more
ripple-like effects felt in other sectors of the local economy. For example, for every $1000 of
electricity produced, the backward linkages suggest that the company requires several hundred
dollars’ worth of inputs. This stimulates the industrial sectors supplying those inputs. As those
support industries are stimulated, they need more inputs as well. That is, if demand for local
coal goes up, the local firms that mine coal must hire more labor and buy more raw materials
to meet the increased demand. More underground mining requires more mine timbers to
support the mineshafts. This stimulates the forest products sector to harvest more trees and
lumber mills to process the timbers. Finally, trucks and fuel are needed to transport the mine
timbers to the mining firm and the coal to the power plant.
Role of Imports in Determining the Size of the Total Effect
The amount of stimulation of economic activity depends on how self-sufficient the local
economy is in supplying the labor and capital necessary to support the expansion of basic
industries. One critical factor worth investigating is the supply of labor inputs to a new or
expanding industry. The demand for more labor arising from a new project is normally met
from one of four sources: the hiring of previously unemployed workers in the local economy;
hiring of new workers from outside the local area who now relocate their households to this
new area; competing away workers from existing jobs in the local economy by offering higher
wages in the expanding industry; hiring of temporary workers who maintain their households
outside the local economy. Determination of the direct change in local income and employment
in each of these cases may be somewhat different. As an approximation in cases a-c, analysts
often simply count the number of new jobs created, though this approach ignores the possibility
that the three different sources of supply of labor may have different true gains to the local
economy. This is often a reasonable simplification to make, unless the circumstances
surrounding a particular development project clearly contradict conditions. When case arises,
much of the wage income is lost to the local economy, as leakages are substantial.
Input-Output Models: A Simple Model of a Local Economy
Now that you have an intuitive understanding of the income multiplier and regional economic
linkages, it is time to more formally develop the analytical methods used to calculate the
multipliers for all sectors of the economy. To start with, we will consider two views of a given
local industry. The first view is based on their output, the second view based on their use of
inputs. These are the foundation of input-output models used to derive multipliers in complex
economies. Input-output models are the heart of more sophisticated regional economic models
such as Social Accounting Matrix and compu general equilibrium models.
Social Accounting Matrix
The SAM is an expansion of the basic I-O transactions to include non-industrial financial flows,
such as factor and institution exports and inter-institutional transfers. Factor and institution
exports are payments made by firms outside the study area to workers or individuals living
Page | 328
Copyright2021@CIIR
inside the study area. A factor export would be stock dividends or interest income received
from firms or banks located outside the study area. Another non-industrial financial flow is
retirement income. These have been an increasingly important source of income in many areas
of the U.S. economy. In some cases, it is the environmental attributes of the area that draw
these owners of capital and retirees there. Sometimes stimulating the industrial sector of an
economy to the detriment of the natural environment may result in departures of owners of
capital and retirees, resulting in a net reduction to the economy. An institutional export would
be wages received by a worker that commutes to a job outside the study area, but lives in the
study area. Inter-institutional transfers involve payments from one level of government to
another level of government. For example, Federal Payments in Lieu of Taxes by the Federal
government to compensate local governments for inability to collect property taxes on federal
lands are important inter-institutional transfers in many public land counties in the western U.S.
While these distinctions may seem rather esoteric, one of the defining features of what has been
called the new economy is the importance of these three sources of "extra-regional" income. A
study by Waters, et al., of the Oregon economy found, using a SAM rather than I-O model, that
this outside regional income. “Emerges as the most important generator of jobs in the Oregon
economy, providing the source of almost 20% of Oregon jobs in 1993." This is several times
larger than logging's contribution in Oregon. Another advantage of a SAM is the ability to
disaggregate households by income level so as to better evaluate distributional effects of
policies. For a discussion of SAM, see Pyatt and Round
Income Multipliers
Much as the business or output multipliers were determined above, the income multiplier can
be analogously determined in the Input-Output model. The type I and type II income multipliers
can be defined similarly to equation and i.e., the type I income multiplier is the ratio of the
direct plus indirect change in income to the direct change in income. The key difference
between output multipliers and income multipliers is that the income multiplier applies just to
the direct change in income, not to the direct change in dollar output or sales. A frequent
mistake is to multiply an increase in $10 million in final demand by an income multiplier and
conclude that $15 million in local income will be derived. The fallacy here is that much of the
$10 million increase in final demand will be met by importing more inputs into the local
economy. The direct gain to the local economy is only the local value added. It is this local
value added which represents the direct or first round income effects. Therefore, it is these first
round income effects that should be multiplied by the income multiplier.
Employment Multipliers
Besides measuring the change in local income, often the policy analyst and decision maker are
interested in the change in local employment associated with the direct change in final demand
in the local economy. This requires that one additional piece of information be developed to be
used along with the Input-Output model. That piece of information is the number of workers
per dollar of output delivered to final demand. For example, each $10,000 of microchip
production might require 0.035 workers.
Assumptions Of Input-Output Models
The ability of Input-Output models to concisely summarize the interrelationships between
industries themselves and other segments of an economy requires several simplifying
assumptions. One way to summarize these assumptions is in three words: linear additive
production. These three terms refer to the first assumption of Input-Output models:
Page | 329
Copyright2021@CIIR
Constant Returns to Scale

Each industry's and firm's production function is a fixed and constant relationship between
inputs used and outputs produced. For example, using 10% more inputs yields exactly 10%
more output. To obtain 10% more output requires that all the inputs be increased by 10%
because the production recipe or mix that translates inputs to outputs is exactly the same at
10% more output and 100% more output. In the short run time period of a few years, this
assumption may be plausible. The firms and industry have a given set of machines and other
capital that limits the degree of deviation from the existing production mix.
However, in the long run, this assumption rules out several common types of long run economic
behavior of firms. The fixed relationship between inputs and outputs rules out any economies
of scale when producing large increases in output to meet major increases in final demand.
Again, one often observes, as firms expand in the long run, that they can take advantage of
economies of scale. Related to this assumption is the lack of substitution possibilities even as
the level of production is changed.
Single Industry, One Output
Traditional industry I-O models assume that each commodity or group of commodities is
produced by a single industry in which each firm in the industry produces only that output.
More recent I-O model structures no longer requires such an assumption and allows for
multiproduct industries. However, all models still require that each firm uses the same mix of
inputs to produce that output. When product groups or industrial sectors are broadly defined,
this assumption is at best an approximation. The more narrowly defined the industry, the more
likely some firms will: also produce other related goods; use production technologies that are
somewhat different from one another.
No Supply Constraints
I-O models assume that there are no constraints on a firm or industry in expanding output to
meet increased demand. That is, there are no bottlenecks in terms of land, labor, or capital that
would interfere with industry expansion. This assumption may sometimes be violated in the
short run, when firms are unable to quickly locate the additional specialized labor or capital
goods necessary to expand production. In some urban areas, the availability of land or water
may a binding constraint. That is, while a firm may have identified the land needed to
accommodate the proposed manufacturing plant, the indirect and induced effects predicted by
the IO model may require additional land or water that is not available locally.
When these assumptions are not be fully met, newly developed compu general equilibrium
models may more realistically predict the regional economic impacts to a local economy. As
usual, these more flexible and realistic models are more complex to set up, as they involve
estimating demand and supply relationships for major sectors and outputs in the economy.
Many policy analyses continue to rely on simple Input-Output models, since they often believe
that the cost of additional complexity outweighs the benefits of greater precision. When
possible, the policy analyst can qualify the results of Input-Output computations when
communicating these results to decision makers. For example, a policy analyst familiar with a
local economy can indicate whether bottlenecks hindering the ability of local firms to expand
might result in only part of the increase in final demands being satisfied locally and the rest
being imported.
Development Of Input-Output Models: The Survey Based Approach
Page | 330
Copyright2021@CIIR
The data necessary to construct a Transactions for sub-state areas often involve a combination
of existing secondary data from government agencies and primary data collected from the
industries themselves. Often both mail questionnaires and in-person surveys are used to obtain
the detailed information on what inputs an industry uses, where those inputs are obtained, and
the rate of output associated with those inputs. Since total outlay must equal total output, the
various sources of information must be reconciled so that the overall transactions are balanced.
Development of an Input-Output model from primary data is a substantial undertaking and
requires extremely detailed knowledge of regional economics. Typically, most policy analysts,
consultants, or government agencies do not build primary data Input-Output models
themselves. Rather, they use existing Input-Output models or contract out to regional economic
specialists to develop such models.
Use Of Existing Input-Output Models
Many states have developed primary data Input-Output models for their states as a whole. For
example, Utah has developed its own Input-Output model for the entire state . Other states like
Colorado, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming have developed Input-Output models for
various sub-state regions of their economies. Whenever these models match the geographic
scope of interest in a policy analysis, it is wise to use these existing input-output models.
RIMS Multipliers
A consistent set of state-level output, income, and employment multipliers are available for
each state in the U.S. from the U.S. Department of Commerce. These multipliers are known as
RIMS, for Regional Input-Output Modelling System. These multipliers are based on the United
States national averages production technology. However, the multipliers do reflect the
presence or absence of specific industrial sectors in a state’s economy. The RIMS income
multipliers are slightly different than discussed above. These income multipliers reflect the
combined effect of state value added and a type I multiplier. Palmer calls such a number a
"response coefficient" rather than a multiplier, although RIMS calls them earnings multipliers.
An income multiplier converts the direct change in income to the total change in income. The
response coefficient converts the changes in sales volume or total gross output to income.
Therefore, the RIMS income coefficient/multiplier can be used directly against gross output or
sales volume, since the state value added has already been accounted for in determining the
size of the multiplier.
Of course, this makes the resulting RIMS multiplier smaller. To illustrate the differences, recall
that the income multiplier was 1.3889 and was multiplied not by the initial $100,000 spending,
but rather it was multiplied only by the initial or direct income of $40,000. Total income was
therefore $55,556. The equivalent calculation using a RIMS multiplier would be .55556 time
the $100,000 spending for the same total income of $55,556. Essentially the RIMS multiplier
of .55556 reflects the fact that only $40,000 of the initial $100,000 spending would be direct
income, with the other $60,000 being leakage outside the area. So if you take $40,000/100,000
time 1.3889, you will end up with the RIMS multiplier of .55556. Thus, most of the RIMS
income multipliers are between are decimals, usually ranging from .45 to 78. However, as
illustrated above you should not be fooled by this smaller number. It contains the same full
indirect effects of a more standard income multiplier.
Often there will not be a perfect match between the geographic region of interest and the
available state level Input-Output models. For example, if one were performing an analysis of
building a power plant in northern Michigan, the State of Michigan Input-Output model would
not be very appropriate. The reason is that the state of Michigan as a whole is much more self-
sufficient than would be the remote upper peninsula economy of northern Michigan. Southern
Page | 331
Copyright2021@CIIR
Michigan is a major manufacturing, wholesaling, and distribution center for the north central
United States and hence has a relatively high income and employment multipliers. This is
contrasted with the small towns of in northern Michigan that would be the main support centers
for construction and operation of the power plant. These small towns import much of their
retail goods, food, etc.. Thus, the leakages from these economies are quite high. As a result, the
income and employment multiplier would be much smaller for these areas than for the State of
Michigan as a whole, and the use of the State of Michigan Input-Output multipliers would
greatly overstate the economic effects of power plant construction on the northern Michigan
economy. If, however, the geographic scope of interest was the entire state of Michigan, then
the state level Input-Output model would be appropriate [6].
Tailoring an IO Model to a Sub-State Local Economy: The IMPLAN Model
The need for Input-Output models that reflected the economic interdependence of rural
counties that surround most National Forests has led the U.S. Forest Service) to develop a
modular Input-Output model that could be adapted down to the individual county level, for any
county in the U.S. The resulting IMPLAN model consists of two major parts: a national-level
technology matrix and estimates of sectoral activity for final demand, final payments, gross
output, and employment for each county. The database represents 1977 through 1990 county-
level economic activity for 528 sectors or industries. The national technology matrix denotes
sectoral production functions and is utilized to estimate local purchases and sales. This 528-
sector, gross domestic product-based model was derived from the Commerce Department's
national input-output studies. In essence, the information on what sectors are present in what
counties is used to construct a transactions with only the processing sectors that are present in
the local economy. Everything else is assumed to be imported. The national average technology
is used to develop the direct coefficients for the sectors that are present locally. This is an added
assumption of IMPLAN: that local firms and industries utilize the national average production
technology and are on average as efficient at turning inputs into outputs as the typical U.S.
firm. Comparisons with locally derived survey-based Input-Output models have shown that
IMPLAN may overstate the local multipliers slightly.
The strong feature of IMPLAN is that the policy analyst can tailor or customize an Input-Output
model for any area affected by a proposed policy alternative. In the example, an impact area
was defined as two zip codes. The IMPLAN database is updated by the Minnesota IMPLAN
Group as the Bureau of Economic Analysis collects new data and re-estimates the National
Input-Output model. This is the same database used by RIMS II multipliers. The structure of
IMPLAN also reflects recent advances in the design of I-O models. To avoid the homogeneous,
single-product industry assumption of traditional square inter-industry I-O models, an industry-
by-commodity format is being adopted in IMPLAN. As described by Alward et al., "In this
format, industry demand for commodities is given by the 'use' matrix, and industry production
of commodities is provided by the 'make' matrix."
The make matrix viewpoint allows for a distinction between local commodity production that
is for domestic consumption and local production for export. Another extension is to a Social
Accounting Matrix approach that allows for tracing of incomes received not just by location of
employment but also location of residence and by use of that income in the consumption
process. More importantly, the SAM approach allows for explicit incorporation of non-
production flows of income, such as governmental grants-in-aid from Federal to local
governments. See Alward et al. , 1992, for a detailed discussion of the SAM approach [7]–[9].
While IMPLAN was originally developed for mainframe computers, micro-computer versions
are now available from the Minnesota IMPLAN Group in Stillwater, Minnesota. The current
version of IMPLAN runs in a Windows environment. The Minnesota IMPLAN Group not only
Page | 332
Copyright2021@CIIR
sells the software but provides training. While IMPLAN was developed by the U.S. Forest
Service, it is now widely used by many state and federal agencies, universities, and private
consulting firms [10], [11].
CONCLUSION
In summary, regional economic analysis utilizing input-output models and multipliers offers
valuable insights into the interdependencies and impacts within regional economies. These
tools provide a comprehensive understanding of the economic structure, linkages, and potential
outcomes associated with various changes or policies. While subject to limitations, IO models
and multipliers remain essential tools for regional economic planning, policy evaluation, and
decision-making processes. Additionally, IO models can incorporate regional-specific data,
such as local industry structures, employment figures, and regional trade patterns, to tailor the
analysis to the unique characteristics of a particular region. This customization enhances the
accuracy and relevance of the results, providing a more robust understanding of the regional
economy. However, the use of IO models and multipliers is not without limitations.
Assumptions regarding sector interdependencies, static relationships, and data availability can
influence the accuracy of the results. Furthermore, IO models may not fully capture dynamic
processes, technological changes, or shifts in consumer preferences.
REFERENCES
[1] R. Bess and Z. O. Ambargis, “Input-Output Models for Impact Analysis: Suggestions
for Practitioners Using RIMS II Multipliers,” 50th South. Reg. Sci. Assoc. Conf., 2011.
[2] M. L. Zlati, R. V. Ionescu, and V. M. Antohi, “Impact study on social accounting matrix
by intrabusiness analysis,” Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health, 2021, doi:
10.3390/ijerph182312547.
[3] T. Tohmo, “The economic impact of tourism in Central Finland: a regional input–output
study,” Tour. Rev., 2018, doi: 10.1108/TR-04-2017-0080.
[4] M. Muchdie, “Spatial Distribution of Multipliers in Kalimantan Island Economy: An
Inter-Regional Input-Output Analysis,” Signifikan J. Ilmu Ekon., 2017, doi:
10.15408/sjie.v6i2.4736.
[5] K. Kronenberg, M. Fuchs, and M. Lexhagen, “A multi-period perspective on tourism’s
economic contribution – a regional input-output analysis for Sweden,” Tour. Rev., 2018,
doi: 10.1108/TR-03-2017-0044.
[6] E. Katalin, S. Norbert, V. M. Zsófia, and V. Attila, “Study Of The Regional Economic
Impacts Of The University Of PéCs With Gmr-Hungary Model,” Teruleti Stat., 2021,
doi: 10.15196/TS610103.
[7] R. Vera Vázquez and M. A. Langle Flores, “Flexibilization of the input-output model to
determine productive interdependencies in the border city of Reynosa, Tamaulipas,
2013,” Estud. Front., 2019, doi: 10.21670/ref.1909030.
[8] G. Chen, M. Hadjikakou, and T. Wiedmann, “Urban carbon transformations: unravelling
spatial and inter-sectoral linkages for key city industries based on multi-region input–
output analysis,” J. Clean. Prod., 2017, doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.04.046.
[9] C. K. Seung, “Untangling economic impacts for Alaska fisheries: A structural path
analysis,” Mar. Resour. Econ., 2015, doi: 10.1086/680444.
[10] D. Sheng et al., “A multiregional input-output analysis of water withdrawals in the
Page | 333
Copyright2021@CIIR
southeastern united states∗,” Rev. Reg. Stud., 2019, doi: 10.52324/001C.8259.

[11] A. V. Cherniavsky and A. A. Chepel, “National and regional type i and ii input—output
multipliers: Analysis of calculation methods,” Vopr. Ekon., 2021, doi: 10.32609/0042-
8736-2021-4-32-57.
Page | 334
Copyright2021@CIIR

The Importance of Statistically Estimating the

Initial Direct Effects
ABSTRACT:
The importance of statistically estimating the initial direct effects in research and analysis.
Estimating the initial direct effects is a crucial step in understanding the relationship between
variables and assessing the impact of interventions or changes. Statistical estimation allows
researchers to quantify the magnitude and significance of the direct effects between variables
of interest. It provides a rigorous framework for analyzing data and drawing valid conclusions.
By employing appropriate statistical techniques, researchers can determine whether the
observed relationships are statistically significant and distinguish them from random
variations. Using a small local economy as an example, this case study demonstrates how to
calculate the initial or direct change in final demand and the accompanying IO estimates of
employment. The example assesses the relative impacts that population expansion and
potential global warming might have on park visitors and, therefore, employment in the
neighborhood that serves as the park's entry. While population increase is expected to be a
significant factor in determining economic implications, climate change may also be
significant.
KEYWORDS:
Causal Inference, Counterfactual Analysis, Data Analysis, Estimation Methods, Experimental
Design, Impact Evaluation.
INTRODUCTION
The number of people who visit the national park will depend on the temperature and
population. The first change in direct final demand that the IO model will use to anticipate the
overall impact on employment in the gateway community's economy is the change in visitor
spending. This example also highlights the importance of policy analysis at the local level:
even if a tiny local region won't have much of an impact on state population growth or climate
change, it may prepare to somewhat minimize the consequences via the implementation of
suitable adaptations. For instance, if population growth and climate change lead to sharp
increases in travel and, therefore, in the need for tourist services, this demand would boost the
local economy. Due to this stimulation, there will be a need for more employee housing as well
as for a better transit system to transfer the extra workers and tourists throughout the city. This
example focuses on predicting the 2020 climatic and demographic influences on visits in order
to replicate a viable planning horizon. In our hypothetical scenario, this would provide enough
Page | 335
Copyright2021@CIIR
time for Estes Park, the key gateway settlement for Rocky Mountain National Park in Colorado,
to prepare for the anticipated rate of expansion [1]–[3].
Monthly variations in precipitation and temperature at greater greenhouse gas concentrations
are used in the investigation of the climate change driver. According to a global circulation
model, these greater GHG concentrations will lead to a global climate that is more than 4° F
warmer than the historical baseline period and drier overall. How this climate change may
affect tourism to Rocky Mountain National Park and the regional economy of Estes Park is the
main economic impact issue. In a regional economic study, calculating the first or immediate
consequences of a program is sometimes the most difficult and least mechanical step. This may
be when supporters and detractors of a certain program diverge noticeably; one side may push
for significant initial employment increases while the other may urge for little job gains. By
putting more effort into predicting the direct change in final demand that will be utilized as the
first driver in the IO model, many regional economic studies might become far more accurate.
This example will demonstrate how the IO analysis may be driven by estimates from various
regression models. The regression model will be used to test the hypotheses that there is no
statistically significant increase in employment due to climate change and that changes in
Colorado's population have a statistically significant impact on employment in the Estes Park
region. Rejecting this hypothesis suggests that, in addition to the effect of population growth,
climate changes as indicated by the GCM model also have a statistically significant influence
on employment in Estes Park.
DISCUSSION
Tailoring IMPLAN Model to Zip Code Level
The modest economy of Estes Park is defined by its reliance on visitor traffic. In this kind of
economy, the majority of sectors often provide products and services that are primarily
purchased by tourists rather than by other economic sectors. Thus, the impact of tourism on the
final demand sectors is mostly seen in the rise in demand for the goods produced by certain
businesses, such as accommodation, leisure, and food [4], [5]. The main framework for this
investigation was the IMPLAN IO model. Zip code level data is ideal for this investigation
because of Estes Park's little economy. The initial IMPLAN zip code data were updated using
numerous local, state, and federal sources, as is often necessary. In order to effectively depict
the expenditure cycles in such an economy and produce type II multiplier effects, the model
was calibrated to include households and local government as endogenous sectors.
Since there were no visitor spending profiles especially for Rocky Mountain National Park,
statistics from two other national parks that were selected because of their similarities to Estes
Park were used instead. Since Estes Park and Yosemite National Park both have locations close
to large metropolises, Yosemite's total tourist expenditure per capita was utilized as a
comparison. Similar to how Estes Park serves as a gateway for Rocky Mountain National Park,
Grand Teton National Park only has one significant entrance. Because of this symmetry, it is
probable that the GTNP spending proportions were roughly typical of the spending percentages
of RMNP tourists in Estes Park. Another major obstacle to the effective use of IO models in
applied policy assessments is the estimate of changes in expenditure per unit.
Six sections are broken up with an estimated local spend per visitor of $68 based on the data
from these two parks combined. To match the IMPLAN economic sectors, this total
expenditure must be broken down. These industries include housing, restaurants and bars,
travel, equipment and other shops, leisure services, and grocery stores. Since tourism drives
the ultimate demand in these industries, the spending by average tourists will result in impact
estimates on the production, employment, and revenue of the impacted industries. The Rocky
Page | 336
Copyright2021@CIIR
Mountain National Park management published visitation figures for the years 1987 through
1999. The Colorado Front Range counties' population information and estimates were acquired
from the state demographer's office. The majority of the regression coefficients on the
independent variables were statistically significant, and the peak season model's explanatory
power of 87% is fairly high.
The regression model was first used with simply population change taken into account. The
findings offer estimates of monthly visits with and without climate change. It was then
combined with the expected GCM temperature and precipitation along with the population
change. In order to calculate confidence intervals around the prediction and the Estes Park job
projections from the IMPLAN IO model, the standard error of the regression estimate is
employed.
The confidence intervals for the 2020 population occupations and the existing baseline
employment do not overlap, as can be seen, indicating that they are statistically distinct from
one another. Therefore, Estes Park's tourist spending, regional economic activity, and overall
employment are all anticipated to be significantly impacted by Colorado's population increase
between the two eras. The confidence ranges for the population and climate change scenarios
combined in 2020 Jobs do overlap the population-only scenario, suggesting that the shifts in
employment resulting from the combined impact of population growth and climate change
were statistically equivalent to those resulting from population growth alone. In an input-
output model, this example demonstrates the usefulness of the confidence intervals in
determining the significance of various changes in initial final demand. In this instance, even
if global warming does not materialize, the more certain consequences of population expansion
on visits warrant planning for more staff housing and enhanced transit infrastructure.
Considering Local Changes in Income and Employment
While it is vital to understand how a policy action impacts local income and employment from
the perspective of the regional economic impact, it is crucial for the policy analyst to remember
these are just local consequences. If there is full employment, employment increases in one
county under analysis are often compensated by decreases in employment in other counties
outside the effect region. Therefore, we advise against assuming that a particular policy
decision would "create" new employment or cause job losses. In the local region, a policy may
have this effect, but complete and honest disclosure requires you to indicate that these gains
and losses are often counterbalanced by changes elsewhere in the economy, resulting in no
overall net change in employment at the state and national levels.
Consider the choice of whether an agency should authorize a new shopping center in an area
that is ecologically sensitive because it includes a wetland to show how the transfer of income
and employment works. The developer will constantly highlight the direct employment the new
retail establishment "creates." People will need to be hired by the stores to work as stock clerks,
cashiers, etc. But do these positions really add to the economy of the nation? The answer to
this question is no for a number of reasons. First, from whence will the employees for the new
shops travel? The retail shop employees will likely come from other current positions
elsewhere if there is full employment. Consider what would happen if the retail mall were to
be rejected. Does this imply that over the anticipated 30-year lifespan of the establishments,
none of the individuals who would have worked at the grocery store would have jobs? Most
likely not. Most of us work at least part-time to support our families and cover our rent [6]–[8].
Consider what would transpire if the new retail mall was granted approval to make the
transition even more clear. This new shop will attract customers who will spend money there.
But does the economy actually have access to additional funds? It resulted from lower
Page | 337
Copyright2021@CIIR
purchases at certain other retailers. For instance, just because there are 30% more food shops
does not always guarantee that individuals will eat four meals a day. There is really no net
increase in spending or employment in the nation's economy; the establishment of a new retail
complex only reallocates current expenditure. The operation of new firms that create items for
sale or export outside the local regional economy, as opposed to a new local shopping mall,
will often have a greater favorable net influence on the local economy, since firm sales may
bring fresh money into the area. Therefore, it is crucial for the policy analyst to carefully
differentiate between the rise of the economy's core or exporting sectors and the expansion of
companies that mainly serve local demand.
When Benefits May Also Be Economic
The principal advantages of a project may be the income of otherwise jobless workers if there
is significant and ongoing labor shortage in the area where it is being proposed. Substantial and
persistent unemployment in the United States is defined as existing in a region where the
unemployment rate in the previous year was 6 percent or higher, and was at least 50% above
the national average for three of the previous four years, or 75% above the national average for
two of the previous three years, or 100% above the national average for one of the previous
two years. Not more than 50% of the labor is presumed to be provided by jobless workers and
may be recorded as a benefit, even in areas qualifying as having large and persistent
unemployment.
The Appalachian Mountains, the Northern Lake States, and the Four Corners region of the
Southwest were the areas of the United States where these circumstances predominated in the
1960s and 1970s. In such circumstances, the local economy would really profit from the
secondary economic advantages measured by direct and indirect increases in income. There
aren't many additional locations in most wealthy nations that would qualify except these ones.
This is not meant to minimize the economic significance of regional economic consequences
to the political and economic factors. A significant portion of the political justification for
growth is an effort to seize regional benefits, which is often represented in significant rises in
the property prices of commercial landowners or higher profits for proprietors of nearby
businesses. The inhabitants who would be impacted by a proposed project are only thinking
about their own profits and losses, not the benefits or costs to other areas or the country as a
whole, from their perspective. However, where federal funding or permissions are involved, it
would make a policy study more thorough to offer both the national and local perspectives.
As a result, many policies that seem to benefit the local area really involve the redistribution
of money from other areas, industries, and the country as a whole. A political judgment on the
merits of such redistribution usually lies beyond the purview of an impartial policy study. Such
income transfers are referred to as pecuniary repercussions by economists. This move also
exemplifies the zero-sum nature of promotions that resemble chambers of commerce in one
town against another: one town's gain is often another town's loss. In order to avoid becoming
a policy advocate, it is crucial for the policy analysis to highlight the local economic impacts
while emphasizing repercussions to other sectors or areas.
We spoke about optimization techniques as a potential decision rule. The common form of
optimization techniques is to maximize or minimize a goal while guaranteeing that a set of
constraints is fulfilled. This strategy does seem quite hard from that explanation, and it can be.
Once you become aware of these issues, you may be surprised by how prevalent they are. Many
decision-related issues may be seen as restricted optimization problems. You may be surprised
by how many decisions you make on a daily basis such as how much time you spend working
Page | 338
Copyright2021@CIIR
on something when you should be resting, how you divide your income, and where you go on
vacation fall into this framework.
Understanding the elements of optimization issues and some of the fundamental ideas behind
their solutions may be quite beneficial on its own. For instance, considering the worth of adding
extra requirements to a suggested plan may cause you to reconsider knowing that, in theory,
adding a restriction can never increase the value of the objective function. Making someone
consider what the precise goal of a situation is might assist to make the problems at hand more
clear. The ideas of the mathematical solution might nevertheless assist to better comprehend
the issue even if it is not overtly mathematical.
The majority of resource and environmental policy choices are restricted optimization issues.
Resources, such as funding for enhancing national park conditions, staffing for law
enforcement oversight, and funding for pollution abatement, are often few and must be divided
among many conflicting objectives. In case the U.S. How much of the Environmental
Protection Agency's budget goes toward controlling pesticide usage, enhancing air quality, and
improving water quality? Which national parks should have more resources for maintenance?
How much wood may be harvested from the national forests without endangering the
environment? These are all challenges with restricted optimization.
in the use of restricted optimization as a decision-making technique, or as a means of
determining the best answer to the issue under consideration. The use of optimization
techniques may be put to much more than just that, however. For instance, they are highly
useful for assessing the outcomes of various situations. They may be used to sensitivity analysis
to find out how sensitive the best solution is to other values or presumptions in the issue. They
may sometimes be useful just in an accounting sense, since they can monitor the consequences
of shifting assumptions on a variety of outcomes. Constrained optimization may thus lead to
optimum solutions, but it can also aid in completing the matrix of consequences for several
options without necessarily being utilized to choose between them. First, an overview of the
fundamental components of a limited system optimisation issue. Both linear and non-linear
versions of these issues are possible; certain elements of the two forms will be contrasted. We'll
conclude by giving some instances of optimization.
A Constrained Optimization Problem's Essential Elements
The objective function, the constraint set, and the activities are the three fundamental
components of all constrained optimization problems. We'll go over each of them in turn.
Activities
The choice variables are referred to as the activities in a restricted optimization problem. What
are the actions that the decision-maker may influence that affect the effects, in other words?
One of the most important aspects of the programming issue is identifying the activities. Think
of the challenge of dividing the EPA's money among water, air, or pesticide programs, for
example. In this instance, the activities are the sums of money allocated to each program. In a
land management situation like the one the U.S. The Forest Service, the organization, must
choose which management approach to use on each acre. Should a certain location be utilized
for undeveloped leisure, a camping, or intense timber management? Therefore, the
management techniques chosen for each acre are the activities. Activities are the person-hours
allocated to each potential personnel use in a decision on staff allocation.
The programming issue is built around the activities. The distribution of these activities among
the options is the answer to the optimization issue. The impact of this decision may be
Page | 339
Copyright2021@CIIR
determined after the activities have been assigned. The impact of an extra $1 million on the
water quality program may be studied, for example, if the best allocation allocates $1 million
more of the money toward improving water quality. The activities are functions of the goal
function and the restrictions, either directly or indirectly. For instance, the allocations to the
water, air, and pesticide programs the three operations for this problem combine to make up
the EPA budget constraint, the overall financial cap that forces EPA to choose how to deploy
its money. The amount of timber, recreation, and wildlife that will be produced as a
consequence of the program, which is likely to be part of the target function, depends on how
many acres are set aside for each potential management strategy in the Forest Service issue.
Therefore, it might be helpful to simply list the activities; these are the judgments that must be
taken, and all other effects will flow from these actions.
Constraints
Constraints provide restrictions on how an issue is solved, as the name would imply. For
instance, the United States' overall budget. There is a limit to how much EPA may provide to
its programs. Another example of a restriction is determining the entire area of wooded land
accessible for timber harvesting. These two examples demonstrate how the constraints on the
equation may be used for a variety of reasons, such as establishing definitions, mandating
compliance with established rules or physical restrictions, or allowing for sensitivity analysis.
Sometimes it helps to divide limitations into "technical" and "policy" categories. Technical
limitations largely serve the defining function by describing the association between the
activities and other relevant factors. As an example, one technical limitation would state that 1
acre of intense forest management produces 10 tons of silt, while another might state that it
produces 15,000 board feet of lumber. Technical limitations would also specify how the EPA
would allocate funds across each of its programs. For example, a million dollars spent on water
quality might result in a 1000-ton reduction in biological oxygen demand, while a million
dollars spent on air quality might result in a 10,000-ton reduction in sulfur dioxide emissions.
Technical limitations in each of these cases convert the activities the acres designated for
intense management or the funding allocated to each EPA program into outputs or impacts of
interest, such as the production of lumber or sediment or decreases in emissions. These recently
obtained variables may also be transformed into other relevant variables via constraints. For
instance, a technological limitation may translate the sediment metric into downstream
hydropower output or consequences of silt on fish habitat. Although both pollutants are
measured in tons, you would need additional constraints to determine which causes more harm
to people, fisheries, or other variables of interest. Without additional comparisons, there is no
way to determine whether reducing BOD by 1000 tons is preferable to reducing sulfur dioxide
by 10,000 tons. Although BOD and sulfur dioxide are likely to be used to establish these new
limits, both of those quantities depend on the underlying activities, or the amount spent on each
program. As previously stated, actions are the primary cause of all restrictions, either directly
or indirectly.
Activities have a role in policy restrictions as well, and they may be used to create new
variables. Technical factors, however, are technical connections, while policy variables are
restrictions put on the issue by an outside source. One policy variable is the overall money that
EPA is allotted to distribute across its programs. That budget is a result of congressional actions;
it is not determined by any natural laws. Similar to this, the Endangered Species Act mandates
maintaining or increasing population levels of endangered species, while the Clean Water Act
may impose limitations on sediment flows into streams. Since policy variables are essentially
Page | 340
Copyright2021@CIIR
human needs placed on the system rather than technological connections, they should be easier
to adjust, at least in principle.
Contrary to what the above description would imply, the line separating technical restrictions
from policy constraints is far murkier. Changing legal requirements may be politically
challenging and take a long time; even while they are, in principle, susceptible to policy whims,
such whims may actually serve as permanent fixtures. Technical relationships can occasionally
be altered by advancements in technology or practice. For instance, altering the method of
timber harvesting can affect the amount of sediment produced, even under intensive timber
management practices, and more efficient pollution control equipment can raise the amount of
pollution reduced per million dollars spent. Though it might be helpful to consider how rigid
any given restriction is, it is not necessary to spend a lot of effort determining whether a
limitation is technological or policy-related.
The Purpose Function
The viable set is defined by the restrictions, as was just said. How should the decision be made
between those points be made if there are many sets of activities in the feasible set? The goal
function, which is the last component of the issue, defines the standard used to make the
decision. Is it the intention to maximize net social benefits? to reduce harmful impacts on the
environment and human health? To increase earnings or decrease expenses? What do you
actually want to achieve, in other words?
The actions have an impact on the goal function, either directly or indirectly. It may be as
simple as maximizing or reducing one activity or one item associated with an activity, or it may
include a more intricate function involving a number of activities and products. The goal may
be to reduce damage to the environment and human health, for example, in the EPA budget
issue. The terms "human health" and "the environment" would then need to be defined; for
example, "human health" may refer to mortality from water-borne toxins and lung cancer, while
"the environment" could refer to harm to plants and aquatic ecosystems. All of those
consequences would then need to be quantified in terms of the budgets allocated to actions to
improve the quality of the air and water. For example, each ton of BOD eliminated may save 1
person from dying from water-borne toxins while also preserving 15 fish. The objective
function offers a clear declaration of objectives in each of these scenarios. As a result, it serves
the useful purpose of compelling a policy maker to create goals that are both explicit and
quantitative.
The source of the goal function might take many different forms. For example, the Clean Air
Act's demand for air quality standards may be worded as limiting impacts on human health.
Legislative mandates may indicate the function either directly or implicitly. Profit
maximization and cost reduction are often seen as realistic approximations of how firms
function in the private sector. In other situations, a policymaker or agency may wish to gather
personnel to talk about the goals and how to give various aspects of the issue varying weights.
Prices give a mechanism to translate apples and oranges into equivalent monetary units, making
them ideal weights to utilize in particular situations. In some situations, it could be required to
establish weights for some of the relevant items using non-market valuation methodologies.
An exercise for a decision-maker that might be challenging but ultimately very effective is
having an explicit conversation about goals.
The fulfillment of both requirements may be easily checked. Given these limitations, it is also
simple to confirm that Air Budget is set to the highest level available. The goal function often
takes the form of a line with a slope and an unknown intercept; the answer to the optimization
issue is to move the objective function in or out across the feasible set until it just barely touches
Page | 341
Copyright2021@CIIR
the edge of the feasible set. The goal function may be changed to undertake a sensitivity
analysis, much as the constraint set often includes flexibility in it. The components of the goal
function may be given varying weights, or the objective function's general structure can be
totally altered. It is often the case that the objective function is up for discussion; whether this
is because different persons have different aims or because the weights given to the various
components of the objective function are ambiguous. Regardless, altering the objective
function enables testing the response's sensitivity to changes in this function. The collection of
activities in question is probably a suitable decision if the response is consistent across all
versions of the goal function; otherwise, improving the objective function could be crucial.
Altering the goal function may also be used to develop alternatives and simultaneously assess
their consequences. For instance, the goal function in the EPA budget issue may be to maximize
net benefits to society, reduce damage to human health, or minimize negative environmental
effects. The same set of restrictions could be applied to these three separate goal functions, and
all of the objectives as they were previously articulated would have to be expressed in terms of
the activities. The generated sets of actions may serve as the foundation for several options.
Dark Values
Even while it is probably not exactly proper to think about shadow values as components of
optimization problems, they may nonetheless be a highly valuable source of information. The
marginal impact of a constraint on an objective function is measured by a shadow value, which
measures the impact of a one-unit change in the constraining factor on the objective function.
The shadow value of a constraint that is not binding is zero, meaning that it has no cost since
it has no impact on the solution or the level of the objective function. On the other hand, if the
constraint is binding, the shadow value has a positive impact on the objective function.
By using optimization software, shadow values may be determined automatically. They may
assist in identifying the restrictions that do and do not have an impact on the problem's
resolution. Since a significant increase in the value of the objective function could result from
a very minor change in the level of the constraint, it may be worthwhile to investigate how
rigid the constraint really is if it binds and has a big shadow value. A dollar value may also be
implicitly provided for a non-marketed commodity through the shadow value. Shadow values
are calculated by dividing the units used to measure the goal function by the units used to
measure the constraint. For instance, the shadow value is expressed in dollars per acre if the
objective function is expressed in dollars and the constraint restricts the number of acres. As in
the forest management example, assume that there is a restriction pertaining to an unmarketed
item and that the objective function is expressed in dollars. The shadow value of the constraint,
or the value connected to the final unit of the constraint, describes how much the marginal ton
of silt or the marginal acre of habitat alters the objective function. Then, a policy-maker may
be consulted to determine if limiting sediment is worth, for example, $50 per ton or whether
an acre of land set aside for habitat is worth $1,000 in lost net benefits. Policymakers may then
consider whether the advantages of the constraint are likely to exceed those costs once the
optimization model implicitly calculates the cost of the limitations.
All optimization problems are built around these three components: activities, constraints, and
objective function. It is necessary to define the activities in terms of the restrictions and the
goal function, either explicitly or implicitly. The restrictions establish the feasible set, or the
range of values that, given the technological, legal, or institutional criteria, are viable for the
activities. The feasible set of activities is narrowed down by the objective function to the best
possible set for attaining the given goal. These three components combine to provide the
shadow values of the constraints, which show which constraints have an impact on and which
Page | 342
Copyright2021@CIIR
do not have an impact on the solution to the optimization problem. An even more thorough
illustration of this optimization activity is provided [9], [10].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, measuring the early direct impacts statistically is an important stage in research
and analysis. It offers a precise framework for calculating the connection between variables,
accounting for confounding variables, and determining how interventions or modifications
may affect the results. Making decisions and formulating policies based on data is made
possible by the accurate evaluation of direct impacts, which improves the validity and
reliability of results. In studies that evaluate policies or include interventions, the estimation of
direct impacts is crucial. Researchers may evaluate an intervention or policy's efficacy and
provide information for evidence-based decision-making by measuring the direct impact of the
intervention or policy on pertinent outcomes. Policymakers may more effectively develop
interventions and allocate resources by having a clear understanding of the size and direction
of the impacts. The limits of statistical estimate must be understood, however. The precision
and generalizability of the estimates may be impacted by assumptions about the model's
specification, the reliability of the data, and the existence of unobserved variables. Additionally,
it is important to evaluate estimated direct effects with caution, keeping in mind the context
and research design constraints.
REFERENCES
[1] A. S. Stillwell and M. E. Webber, “Predicting the specific energy consumption of reverse
osmosis desalination,” Water (Switzerland), 2016, doi: 10.3390/w8120601.
[2] K. T. Han and S. J. Kim, “Association between early treatment hospitals, serum
cholesterol level and cardiovascular disease risk in dyslipidemia patients,” Eur. J. Public
Health, 2021, doi: 10.1093/eurpub/ckaa139.
[3] S. S. Nair, A. Surendran, R. B. Prabhakar, and M. M. Chisthi, “Comparison between
FOUR score and GCS in assessing patients with traumatic head injury: a tertiary centre
study,” Int. Surg. J., 2017, doi: 10.18203/2349-2902.isj20170209.
[4] M. Mohsin, Y. Hengbin, and Z. Luyao, “Application of non-equilibrium SPMs to access
overexploitation risk faced by scomberomorus sinensis in Shandong, China,” Pak. J.
Zool., 2021, doi: 10.17582/JOURNAL.PJZ/20190901040914.
[5] R. L. Baker et al., “Bayesian estimation and use of high-throughput remote sensing
indices for quantitative genetic analyses of leaf growth,” Theor. Appl. Genet., 2018, doi:
10.1007/s00122-017-3001-6.
[6] E. Vanem, “Non-stationary extreme value models to account for trends and shifts in the
extreme wave climate due to climate change,” Appl. Ocean Res., 2015, doi:
10.1016/j.apor.2015.06.010.
[7] J. Y. Y. Kwan et al., “Development and Validation of a Risk Model for Breast Cancer-
Related Lymphedema,” JAMA Netw. Open, 2020, doi:
10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2020.24373.
[8] H. B. Nielsen and M. Ninomiya, “Test of effect from future in large hadron collider,”
Int. J. Mod. Phys. A, 2009, doi: 10.1142/s0217751x09041524.
[9] S. A. Shapiro, R. Schwarz, and N. Gold, “The effect of random isotropic
inhomogeneities on the phase velocity of seismic waves,” Geophys. J. Int., 1996, doi:
Page | 343
Copyright2021@CIIR
10.1111/j.1365-246X.1996.tb04057.x.
[10] S. Lineweber, D. and McNulty, “The Cost of Power Disturbances to Industrial & Digital
Economy Companies,” EPRI, 2001.
Page | 344
Copyright2021@CIIR

A Comprehensive Review of National Forest

Management
ABSTRACT:
The topic of national forest management, focusing on the strategies and considerations
involved in effectively and sustainably managing forest resources at the national level. National
forest management plays a critical role in ensuring the conservation, utilization, and sustainable
development of forest ecosystems, which provide a wide range of environmental, social, and
economic benefits. Effective national forest management involves various components,
including forest planning, resource allocation, monitoring, and stakeholder engagement. Forest
planning encompasses the development of long-term strategies and goals for forest
management, considering factors such as biodiversity conservation, ecosystem services, timber
production, and recreation opportunities. These plans provide a framework for decision-
making and guide the allocation of resources and activities within the forest.
KEYWORDS:
Biodiversity Conservation, Ecosystem Services, Fire Management, Forest Inventory, Forest
Planning, Forest Policy, Forest Resources.
INTRODUCTION
An estimated 190 million acres of land are under the management of the United States Forest
Service. The Multiple Use and Sustained Yield Act of 1960 lays out the principles that would
govern the administration of these properties, stating that the national forests "are established
and shall be administered for outdoor recreation, range, timber, watershed, and wildlife and
fish purposes." The definition of multiple use is) the management of all the different renewable
surface resources of the national forests so that they are utilized in the combination that will
best meet the needs of the American people; making the most prudent use of the land for some
or all of these resources or related services over areas large enough to provide sufficient latitude
for periodic adjustments in use to conform to changing needs and conditions; that some land
will be used for.
Even by legal standards, the aforementioned definition is well crafted. But the preceding
sentence may also be converted into optimization language to make it useful. Multiple use is
meant to "best meet the needs of the American people" in this version by being managed for
"outdoor recreation, range, timber, watershed, and wildlife and fish purposes" "without
impairment of the productivity of the land." The USFS is responsible for overseeing "outdoor
recreation, range, timber, watershed, and wildlife and fish purposes;" the restriction is that
Page | 345
Copyright2021@CIIR
"productivity of the land" cannot be compromised; and the objective function is to "best meet
the needs of the American people," "with consideration being given to the relative values of
the various resources, and not necessarily to the combination of uses that will give the greatest
benefit."
Even still, it still seems too lyrical to be solved mathematically. It has to be transformed into
algebraic notation and formulae. In the 1980s, the USFS designed management options and
determined preferable alternatives for the national forests using an optimization model called
FORPLAN. The issue type for which FORPLAN may be utilized is severely oversimplified in
the example that follows. Let's say the national forest has two separate land types: forest and
range. Intensive forest management, intensive range management, recreation emphasis on
either forest or range, wilderness management on either forest or range, and campsite, which
calls for a mixture of 10 acres of range and 15 acres of forest, are the various management
techniques that can be used to these land types. These make up the activities; the key decision
the USFS must make is which management action to implement on each acre. In turn, the
outputs from the forest, such as grazing, recreational activities, animal habitat, and sediment
discharge, will depend on the management activity chosen for each acre [1], [2].
The allocation of management techniques for this issue is as follows. The land allocation that
maximizes the quantity of wood is supplied by the optimization model, but it also keeps track
of all the other consequences, in this instance, the following set of outputs. In this instance,
possibly due to the sediment limitation, increasing the amount of forest or rangeland acreage
actually decreases the quantity of lumber available, with each acre costing production 0.05
MBF. All three constraints are found to be binding. In comparison, removing one unit of the
sediment limitation would result in a 40.8 MBF increase in wood output. Thus, it is evident
from a review of the shadow values that the silt limitation significantly affects the amount of
wood that may be produced on these properties.
In contrast, the USFS could favor encouraging increased recreational usage of its lands. With
the 500-ton sediment restriction in force, the following set of outputs would be the best option
to optimize recreational use: as well as shadow values. The whole area is divided into
campsites, and all resource production is ancillary to the production of enjoyment. However,
the sediment restriction is not legally obligatory. More land would be helpful for providing
more recreational opportunities. These two options demonstrate how altering the goal function
changes the allocated resources. Additionally, it shows how optimization models may be used
to better understand the nature of the issue that the agency is attempting to resolve. For
example, given a 500-ton sediment limitation, upper boundaries have now been set for both
wood and recreation output.
DISCUSSION
Building An Optimization Model
The aforementioned example had a ton of details on how a certain management technique
affected a variety of outcomes. You may be wondering where all of this knowledge came from.
The fact that an optimization model could need a lot of information is one of the difficulties in
developing one. This illustration demonstrates how information may be presented in a variety
of ways, such as economic or social factors as well as physical or biological impacts. Previous
research, mathematical models, original data gathering and analysis, and expert opinion are
just a few of the numerous sources from which the information in the model may have
originated. To identify correlations between activities, one may also employ regression
estimates [3]–[5].
Page | 346
Copyright2021@CIIR
The degree of confidence that you assign to the data that you use in your model is perhaps the
most crucial aspect to comprehend. The impacts of each management strategy on, for instance,
sedimentation, are shown as certain in the model above, and the results are determined to
multiple decimal places. However, the model's sedimentation settings may have a significant
impact on the outcome. If the sediment values were altered, how drastically would land
allocations change? The findings of the 500-ton sediment restriction and the 1000-ton limit
demonstrate that the best land allocations are really significantly altered by sediment values.
Therefore, the accuracy of these numbers is crucial to how the analysis turns out. Since these
values do significant, it could be crucial to devote additional study time to enhancing their level
of confidence. Similar changes in land allocation result from reducing the price of sediment
from $1800 to $1200 per ton. As a consequence, the relative values in the objective function
have an impact on the outcomes.
You may want to think twice about adopting an optimization model if the model's input data
are very uncertain and the output is significantly dependent on these uncertain values. The
model's answers are precise, which belies the reality that there are no assurances attached to
the data that it is based on. Developing alternatives based on criteria other than maximizing or
decreasing certain objective functions could be more ethical. However, the model's accounting
function, or its capacity to monitor the effects of many options on the relevant criteria, may
make it effective even in the face of uncertainty. Any land allocation placed into the model
will then have a minimum and maximum projected sediment load associated with it since the
model may be set up with extreme values for, for example, the sediment load from a certain
activity. Even if the model is no longer an optimization model, it may still help to comprehend
how different options will affect things.
Comparison Of Linear And Nonlinear Programming
Any optimization issue may be solved using all the ideas mentioned above. It is still helpful to
categorize optimization problems into two groups: linear programming and nonlinear
programming, mostly for computational reasons. In contrast to linear regression, the term
"linear" has a distinct connotation in this context. A regression may contain independent
variables for both Income and Income2 if it is using linear regression, but the issue must be
linear in the coefficients. The goal function and restrictions must both be linear in the activities
in linear programming, in contrast. For instance, there are no nonlinear transformations of the
activities in the National Forest issue that was previously shown; all equations are weighted
sums of the activities. With nonlinear programming, the activities may be entered without
regard to the goal function, the restrictions, or both.
Computer programs are substantially more effective at solving linear programming issues than
nonlinear ones. As a result, linear programming issues may become much bigger than nonlinear
issues while still being readily and swiftly resolved. Finding the optimum solution to a
nonlinear programming issue may be challenging computationally since there may be many
possible answers. However, it may not always be advantageous to state an issue in a linear
fashion for a number of reasons. Some of the significant problems brought up by their
discrepancies will be highlighted in the debate that follows.
It is necessary for linkages between activities and other items to be linear in linear programming
problems. For example, each acre subjected to rigorous forest management resulted in the
production of 20 MBF of wood, 0.5 tons of sediment, one recreation visitor day, etc. Thus,
20,000 MBF of wood, 500 tons of sediment, and 1000 RVDs would be produced on 1000 acres
of intensive forest management under the linearity assumption. However, it's possible that these
Page | 347
Copyright2021@CIIR
connections aren't all that linear. As people detest vast harvested areas more than tiny harvested
areas, 1,000 acres of wood may result in less than 1000 RVDs.
Then, one acre in intense forest management generates 1 RVD, as indicated in the, but 1000
acres in intensive forest management gives 31.6 RVDs, clearly considerably less than 1000.
Assume that the real ratio between visitors and acres in intensive forest management is. When
numbers vary just slightly over a limited range, the assumption of a linear connection may not
be a terrible estimate, but it is possible that it is inaccurate over a wider range.
The solution is always located either at a corner of the feasible set or along one of its sides,
which is another consequence of the linearity assumption. The constraint set is a polygon since
all of its components are linear. Since the objective function is also linear, it will eventually
contact the restriction by moving as far up or down as it can, either at one of the polygon's
corners or along one of its sides. Due to these linearities, the solution to the linear programming
issue might vary significantly with minor adjustments to the goal function. Examining the
impact will reveal it. At the intersection of the two constraints, the goal function reaches its
maximum value. If the objective function were modified in any manner that gave the Air
Budget a little advantage over the Water Budget, such as making it such that it maximized 1.1
+ Water Budget, the answer would still hold. Any combination of the Air and Water Budgets
that reached a total of $10 million, including at least $2 million for Water, would accomplish
the maximum if the goal function had been to maximize the Air Budget plus the Water Budget.
The answer would now be at the top corner, with the whole budget being allocated to water, if
the objective function were modified to give the water budget just a little bit more weight—for
example, to maximize Air Budget + 1.1. The likelihood that a linear programming problem's
solution might leap from one corner to another demonstrates how sensitive these issues are to
the assumptions they include.
Nonlinear programs' ability to adapt gradually in the face of minute changes is frequently a
more realistic representation of reality than the extreme options of linear models. However, by
adding additional corners to the polygon, a complicated linear model that has numerous
restrictions may start to resemble a nonlinear issue. Multiple restrictions may cause a polygon
to resemble a curved surface, as seen in 11-3. The corners of the linear problem are now closer
together, but slight changes in the objective function may still cause the solutions to leap from
one to the other. In complex situations like these, a linear programming problem's
computational appeal may exceed a nonlinear problem's potential for more accuracy. Keeping
the nonlinearities of the issue intact in these situations may result in a more realistic
representation of the system. In contrast, simple nonlinear problems, like the decision between
wood and recreation above, may be addressed simply, even by hand.
The decision between a linear model and a nonlinear model is often influenced by the
computing complexity of nonlinear models and the potential unrealistic character of linear
models. Of course, other elements also play a role in this decision. Some issues are by definition
fundamental linear programming issues. For instance, Taylor, Adams, and Miller looked at the
agricultural practices and crops chosen on various kinds of land in the Willamette Valley in
response to various nitrate runoff reduction regulations. It is simple to anticipate that each acre
of a given land type would provide the same profits under a given crop management plan;
overall earnings are the sum of the crops chosen for each acre of each kind of land; and runoff
from each acre is predictable. A linear program is the best tool in this situation since the issue
is inherently linear. Helfand and House, on the other hand, were interested in how farmers
might alter the inputs they used in response to different nitrate runoff reduction measures. They
employed nonlinear programming to identify the solutions since the yield of the crop reacted
to increases in water and fertilizer inputs with declining marginal returns. Along with other
Page | 348
Copyright2021@CIIR
constrictive presumptions that could be more practical in certain contexts than others, linear
programming also assumes constant returns to scale. As a result, although certain issues merit
maintaining their nonlinearities, others are intrinsically linear.
It is more straightforward to assert that the nature of the issue, rather than the computational
easiness, should determine the choice of approach when computing expenses decline with the
development of increasingly complex computers and programming languages. This situation
is definitely true for straightforward issues. It's crucial to understand the implications of the
linearity assumptions if a model is big enough that solving it using linear programming seems
favorable. The linear technique may be useful in certain situations, as in the Taylor, Adams,
and Miller research, but it may also have severe limitations in others.
The Optimization's Uses
Numerous uses for an optimization model have been mentioned in the debate up to this point.
The ability to determine the levels of activities that fulfill a set of restrictions and result in a
maximum or minimum value of the objective function is undoubtedly its most basic feature.
The model may also pinpoint the limitations that affect that allocation and how expensive they
are to the goal function, as the discussion of shadow values has revealed.
This latter function shows that the one and only solution may be found without using an
optimization issue. Instead, the model may be altered to better understand the effects of any
one solution. This can be done by modifying the model's parameters, the model's parameters,
the objective function's form, or the objective function's weights. It is feasible to utilize
sensitivity analysis to assess how susceptible a solution is to each of these potential alterations.
The outcome is considered resilient if it does not change, or does not change significantly, in
response to certain changes. Further study into these factors is not necessary, even if there are
doubts about the parameters since they have no effect on the outcome. On the other hand, if the
solution is very susceptible to these changes, increasing our understanding of the parameters
or functions may be crucial.
This approach may be useful even in the effort required to express a policy issue as an
optimization model. The whole issue will become apparent to you as the analyst and to her by
defining the actions that the policy-maker can influence, outlining the technical and policy
limits that she confronts, and compelling her to articulate her goals. Are the restrictions really
unbending or may they be bent? What value does she assign to different actions or other
results? Even if she is unable to express her objective function for you, you may be able to
demonstrate the effects of several objective functions. The optimization model determined the
greatest timber and recreation outputs achievable under the sediment limitation in the national
forest management scenario, as well as the tradeoffs associated with supplying either one or
the other.
Finally, though by no means incidentally, the optimization model may be used as a tool in
accounting. The national forest example demonstrated how measuring all outputs in terms of
activity levels and then solving for the activities also yields values for all outputs. Thus, the
model may be a very useful tool for completing the matrix of effects of many possibilities.
Running the model may identify many of the implications of an alternative if it is thought of
as a different run of the model. However, as was already said, optimization models could need
a ton of data, and they might only be as effective as the data they employ. The correctness of
your response can be a ruse if your model is solely based on extremely approximate estimates.
Therefore, sensitivity analysis is a crucial need. It could even be more suitable to find answers
without the use of a formal optimization model and instead depend on alternative strategies.
However, the time spent developing the optimization issue was not in vain. Even without
Page | 349
Copyright2021@CIIR
specific numerical figures, just outlining the actions, restrictions, and objectives will be
beneficial when you use other techniques to approach the issue.
Risk Evaluation
In life, almost every decision has the potential for negative effects. There is a possibility of
harm or perhaps death while driving to work. However, millions of individuals drive to work
every day because they consciously accept this potential consequence and believe it is
worthwhile to exchange convenience for the risk of harm or death. Other times, the dangers we
must deal with are forced upon us by businesses operating in the market or by government
organizations. Decision-makers may better comprehend the uncertainty surrounding numerous
policy choices by using risk analysis. There may be a vast variety of potential future scenarios,
each with a different chance of happening. For instance, there's a little possibility that building
a new landfill may cause some contaminants to flow into the groundwater. Additionally, there
is a remote possibility that such groundwater contamination may ultimately find its way into a
town's drinking water supply. A tiny portion of the population may become sick from this
exposure if it happened. How can an analyst decide if creating this additional landfill is worth
the possible negative effects? This will provide a general overview of how to include these
kinds of probabilistic outcomes in a policy study.
We must first define what risk is in order to establish risk analysis. Risk is often characterized
as an occurrence that we do not know the probability of occurring, but we do know the
alternative outcomes or states of the world. Knowing the different outcomes and their
probabilities is the first step in calculating risk. An easy illustration is tossing a coin. We are
aware of the results and the average probability that follow several coin flips. The policy analyst
may specify the anticipated range of outcomes by working with scientists. The analyst may
often determine the likelihood of certain outcomes using historical data, mathematical models,
and the findings of scientific investigations.
An anticipated value may be calculated to sum up the impact if the monetary value and
likelihood of each result are known. As an example, let's say there is a 5% probability that a
toxic leak would happen, causing 10 fatalities, and a 95% chance that no hazardous spill will
happen over the chemical plant's lifetime. We may determine that a life is "valued" at $10
million using the valuation techniques that have been outlined. Therefore, the anticipated value
is $10,000,000* 0.05 + $0*0.95, or $500,000. In a benefit-cost analysis, this anticipated loss
from the chemical plant would be one of the expenses. Although risk analysis encompasses
much more than this anticipated value calculation, it serves as an example of a best-case
scenario for policy analysis since it assumes that each outcome's probability and monetary
worth are known. There is still a lot the analyst can accomplish in a risk analysis even if the
monetary values are unknown.
Uncertainty
Uncertainty, as opposed to risk, occurs when a new product or technology is introduced and it
is unclear what the quantitative likelihood of each potential result is. The alternative states of
the world may be known, but there is no foundation for estimating the probability that each
state would occur in this case, which might be described as uncertain. If there is real ambiguity,
it may be necessary to halt the policy analysis process until these probabilities have been
determined by scientific experimentation. In other situations, the analyst could consult a group
of experts to at least identify the scenarios that have a high, medium, or low probability of
occurring. In this instance, the analysis may provide all three of these results for use in the
decision-making process by the decision-maker and the general public.
Page | 350
Copyright2021@CIIR
Ignorance
Some judgments may be marked by utter ignorance, where we lack the knowledge to even
enumerate the outcomes that could be conceivable, much alone the likelihood of them. By
examining a few real-world problems, it is possible to demonstrate the difference between
uncertainty and ignorance. There are certain known potential outcomes linked to ongoing
greenhouse gas emissions, but the likelihood are unknown. As a result, uncertainty may be a
feature of climate change. A characteristic of the introduction of genetically modified
organisms into food crops may be ignorance, since we are unsure of the potential effects such
an experiment may have on other plants, animals, or people. As a result, ignorance is present
in this instance. A wise course of action could be to do no damage, or to err on the side of
caution, until we at least know what conditions the planet is likely to enter after the introduction
of these species.
It is crucial to understand that hazards cannot be entirely removed. We cannot live in a risk-
free environment; instead, we may alter the magnitudes of the dangers we experience both as
individuals and as a community, for example, by consuming healthier foods or a diet high in
junk food. Risk-related policy actions seldom determine that a certain group of individuals will
pass away. Instead, they alter the likelihood that, on average, a certain percentage of a
population may pass away sooner or later than they otherwise would. Risk-related policy
choices are, virtually by definition, gray areas. If you work in risk analysis, communicating
that message to decision-makers and other impacted parties may be the most difficult task you
will face [6]–[8].
Compound Probability of a Series of Events and Decision Trees
We wish to use the decision-tree method to add a little realism to our expected value estimate.
We may use decision trees to map out a sequence of probabilistic events and then calculate the
expected value of every potential result. In the aforementioned landfill scenario, we may have
a 1% likelihood of a leak and a 1-0.01 probability of no leak. In the event of a leak, there is a
0.2 percent chance that the contaminant may wind up poisoning the town's drinking water. The
likelihood that residents of the town may get sick if the drinking water is poisoned may be as
high as 0.4.
For the sake of this straightforward illustration, we will state that there are simply costs related
to humans being sick and disregard any ecological repercussions. The combined likelihood of
a leak, pollution getting into the groundwater as a result of the leak, and people becoming sick
as a result of the pollution getting into the groundwater is 0.0008. As you can see, the likelihood
of all three happening simultaneously is pretty low. How many individuals will be exposed is
the other detail we need to know as part of risk analysis generally and to determine the
anticipated value. Assume that 5,000 people live in the town and would be using this water for
this scenario. In this case, we would anticipate that 40 individuals may become sick. This
information is nevertheless very helpful to decision-makers and the general public even without
the further step of a monetary assessment. This states that if the dump is permitted, 40
individuals should anticipate becoming sick. Of course, the best case scenario is that nobody
gets sick, but the worst case scenario is that if a leak contaminates the city's drinking water, up
to 2,000 of the town's 5,000 residents might become sick. The variety of potential outcomes
and their chance of occurring are laid forth for the decision maker and the general public by
using these decision trees.
We may go to the following phase in an anticipated value estimate if we have determined that
an illness will cost, let's say, $1000 in missed wages and suffering. We would multiply the
monetary worth of damages by the 40 persons predicted to become sick if the landfill is
Page | 351
Copyright2021@CIIR
permitted in order to get the anticipated value. This $40,000 would be the anticipated expense
that would need to be taken into account in the overall study of environmental policy. See
Stokey and Zeckhauser for further details on decision tree analysis's use to environmental
policy analysis. Consider the scenario in which the community choosing where to locate the
dump has 50,000 residents to understand the significance of the risk of exposure information.
In this instance, 400 persons, or 10 times the estimated number of diseases, will be affected.
Additionally, the comparable anticipated expenses would be $10,000 greater, or $400,000. The
creation of this kind of data may assist in informing the policy-making process on the relative
benefits of various disposal sites [9], [10].
CONCLUSION
To sum up, national forest management is a difficult and multifaceted process that seeks to
strike a balance between the preservation, use, and sustainable development of forest resources.
Comprehensive forest planning, resource allocation, monitoring, and stakeholder participation
are all essential components of effective management plans. National forest management may
promote sustainable practices and take ecological, social, and economic factors into account in
order to improve the long-term health of forest ecosystems and the people that rely on them.
The goal of sustainable national forest management is to strike a balance between social
welfare, economic growth, and environmental preservation. It entails putting procedures in
place that support local livelihoods and community development, encourage sustainable use of
forest resources, and safeguard the integrity of forest ecosystems. This necessitates taking into
account ecological stability, biodiversity preservation, mitigating and adapting to climate
change, and distributing benefits from forest resources fairly.
REFERENCES
[1] L. Mair et al., “Evaluating citizen science data for forecasting species responses to
national forest management,” Ecol. Evol., 2017, doi: 10.1002/ece3.2601.
[2] J. S. Brandt, T. Allendorf, V. Radeloff, and J. Brooks, “Effects of national forest-
management regimes on unprotected forests of the Himalaya,” Conserv. Biol., 2017, doi:
10.1111/cobi.12927.
[3] C. Maier and J. B. Abrams, “Navigating social forestry – A street-level perspective on
National Forest management in the US Pacific Northwest,” Land use policy, 2018, doi:
10.1016/j.landusepol.2017.11.031.
[4] M. Nie and C. Miller, “National forest management and private land development:
Historical, political, and planning considerations,” Society and Natural Resources. 2010.
doi: 10.1080/08941920902724982.
[5] T. A. Steelman and L. A. Maguire, “Understanding participant perspectives: Q-
methodology in national forest management,” J. Policy Anal. Manag., 1999, doi:
10.1002/(SICI)1520-6688(199922)18:3<361::AID-PAM3>3.0.CO;2-K.
[6] Y. Oura, “Transition of Forest Tourism Policies in Japanese National Forest
Management,” Tour. Plan. Dev., 2018, doi: 10.1080/21568316.2017.1333035.
[7] S. Charnley, J. Long, and F. Lake, “Collaboration in National Forest Management,” Sci.
Synth. to Support Socioecological Resil. Sierra Nevada South. Cascade Range, 2014.
[8] J. J. Vaske, M. P. Donnelly, D. R. Williams, and S. Jonker, “Demographic influences on
environmental value orientations and normative beliefs about national forest
management,” Soc. Nat. Resour., 2001, doi: 10.1080/089419201753210585.
Page | 352
Copyright2021@CIIR
[9] R. Manning, W. Valliere, and B. Minteer, “Values, ethics, and attitudes toward national
forest management: An empirical study,” Soc. Nat. Resour., 1999, doi:
10.1080/089419299279515.
[10] Nees von Esenbeck, National forest management act of 1976 /. 2018. doi:
10.5962/bhl.title.150195.
Page | 353
Copyright2021@CIIR

The Role of Risk Assessment in Modifying

Benefit-Cost Analysis
ABSTRACT:
This abstract discusses the principles for modifying benefit-cost analysis (BCA) to account for
risk. BCA is a widely used economic tool for evaluating the costs and benefits of projects,
policies, or investments. However, incorporating risk considerations is essential for robust
decision-making in the face of uncertainties and potential impacts. This principle involves
acknowledging the presence of risk and conducting a comprehensive assessment. It includes
identifying potential sources of risk, estimating the likelihood and magnitude of different
outcomes, and understanding the implications of uncertainty on the project's costs and benefits.
Policy experts shouldn't be very surprised by this. People purchase insurance in part because
they would rather know they would only incur a modest loss than take the chance of suffering
a huge loss. The trade-off between risk and return is widely recognized in the world of investing
as well. Investors must obtain higher rates of return with a risk premium to make up for the
increased likelihood of a very low payoff or even a capital loss.
KEYWORDS:
Cost-Benefit Analysis, Decision-Making, Discounting, Equity, Expected Value, Externalities,
Risk Assessment.
INTRODUCTION
In general, policy analysts calculate the anticipated values of each policy option when projects
or programs contain hazardous outcomes. The best project to choose is the one with the most
projected value if the public and the decision-maker are both "risk neutral." By "risk neutral,"
we imply that people don't care whether they get $20 for sure or have a 50/50 chance of getting
$10 or $30. Therefore, a risk-averse person does not choose riskier options. They are not "risk
averse" people who would much rather accept the guaranteed $20 than the chance; in fact, they
may pick the guaranteed $18 rather than the 50/50 chance of $10 or $30. The utility drop for a
risk-averse decision maker or society is thus greater for a $2 loss than for a $2 gain. The analysis
must show more than simply the anticipated value of each option if the decision maker or the
people of society who will be impacted by a given policy action are risk averse. It must also
show the distribution of outcomes and their financial implications. It's possible that society
might rather sacrifice greater anticipated value for reduced risk [1]–[3].
There is a lot of work on changing processes and criteria for making decisions in benefit-cost
analysis when the results are uncertain. For instance, option pricing is a term used to describe
Page | 354
Copyright2021@CIIR
the readiness to pay for a hazardous event. The predicted consumer surplus and the option value
together make up the two halves of the option price. Option value may be thought of as the
extra money a hesitant and risk-averse customer would pay now to guarantee the existence of
an item in the future, or to keep an option. Either the supply side or the demand side of the
market might be at danger. The risk's distribution could also be significant. There may be
insurance or "contingent claims" markets in certain market scenarios, allowing participants to
so-called "hedge their bets" against potential outcomes. However, there aren't any such
contingent claims markets for the majority of environmental settings and many publicly
managed natural resources, therefore option pricing is seen to be the best indicator of how
much risk averse people.
Overview of Risk Analysis
Instead of just computing predicted values in a benefit-cost analysis, risk analysis takes a far
more comprehensive approach to incorporate risk into a policy study. Risk assessment, risk
communication, and risk management are the three components of risk analysis.
Risk Evaluation
Risk assessment often entails a quantitative evaluation of the harm or impairment caused to
society or an environment as a result of agent exposure. Estimating the likelihood of outcomes,
such as an increase in cancer mortality in a certain place during a specific time period, is part
of the risk assessment process. The risk management phase is initiated if it is determined that
the risks are significant enough to be of concern.
Management of Risk
In order to manage risk, the agency must determine what mitigation or control alternatives are
available, or what steps may be done to lower this risk. This may include deciding not to
authorize a certain course of action if it is not practicable to lower the risk, if mitigation
measures are mostly unsuccessful, or if they have other unfavorable outcomes. A compensation
plan that lowers other risks, like constructing a hospital in a town without one, might be part
of a risk management strategy.
Communication of Risk
Risk communication is done to educate the public and help the public cope with this risk if the
choice is made and the residual risk levels are considered to be adequate. This would include
public education campaigns that included warning labels on the items, emergency notification
protocols, and readily accessible adaptive behaviors that would lower the likelihood of
exposure for sensitive persons.
Risk Analysis Types
Environmental Risk Assessment
The three processes mentioned above might be carried out for a variety of reasons or sorts.
Separate risk assessments have been carried out for years on specific pollutants, chemicals,
pesticides, or other danger factors. The majority of these focused on the consequences on
human health, such as instances of sickness or life-threatening illnesses like cancer. The
effectiveness of engineering and transportation systems, such as the security of nuclear power
plants and airplanes, is also evaluated using risk analysis. Humans are the endpoint of interest
in this situation. Ecological risk analysis is a more modern application of risk analysis to
ecosystems. Risks to non-human species are the endpoints in this case, the aim or focus of the
investigation. For instance, studies on the toxicity of insecticides on certain species are
Page | 355
Copyright2021@CIIR
regularly conducted. The Endangered Species Act, which assesses the risk of extinction of
certain species, is increasingly using ecological risk analysis. In ecological risk assessment,
even threats to whole ecosystems may be assessed. For instance, the increased danger of
importing exotic insects that might harm forest ecosystems may be included in a policy study
of the liberalization of trade in forest products [4]–[6].
Risk Comparison Analysis
There are few financial resources available to decrease risks, and almost all risk analyses
identify some danger of mortality and hazards. To determine which hazards need to be
decreased the most, priorities must be established. We cannot eliminate danger from life. The
opportunity costs of not using a chemical that might otherwise be useful may sometimes be
rather high. Some dangers may be lessened by technology more successfully than others. Due
to all of these aspects, it is necessary to establish priorities in order to identify the risks that
need to be decreased the most. Analyzing hazards in relation to one another is the goal of
comparative risk analysis. It offers a methodical strategy to determine which significant
hazards we should eliminate first and which other threats need less of our focus. In order to
minimize effects on human health and the environment in the face of limited resources to
accomplish those objectives, comparative risk analysis often prioritizes those actions that
provide the "biggest bang for the buck" those that lower the greatest risk per dollar invested.
DISCUSSION
By taking into account both the risks of the proposed course of action and the alternatives, a
comparative risk analysis may be carried out in a policy analysis. It is crucial to take into
account the "with vs. without" concept if the planned action is to outlaw a specific usage of an
insecticide. This is because the hazards connected with the replacement pesticide or biological
control program must be taken into account. Avoiding fragmented strategies that could reduce
overall safety is the aim. Comparative risk analysis makes an effort to add some reason to what
would otherwise devolve into a public argument over competing agendas. Individual groups
often speak out forcefully in favor of a danger that they personally encounter or that scares
them more than other groups. Since drinking water is harder to avoid than smoking, for
example, people may support reducing drinking water risks even though anti-smoking
initiatives are much more cost-effective. For example, the risk to an individual from smoking
is significantly higher in the United States than the risk from contaminated drinking water.
When comparing safety measures, it is often found that less dramatic dangers may be
minimized for a lot less money than other concerns that make headlines. However, there are
other factors that influence public policy in addition to objective scientific study. Policymakers
must balance the reductions in psychological risk against the decreased number of lives saved
if the psychological costs associated with particular hazards are much higher for more
individuals than those associated with dangers that can be avoided with greater ease.
Legal Foundation for Risk Assessment
It is often advantageous to include elements of a risk analysis to your policy analysis in certain
situations, while a risk analysis may be legally mandated in others. A risk analysis is expressly
required by many environmental legislations as part of the overall policy consideration. The
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, the Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances
Control Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, and the
Food Quality Protection Act of 1996 are among these laws. Some of these laws mandate that
the agency choose the option that offers the greatest level of safety or a wide margin of safety
while paying little attention to costs. Other laws, like TSCA and FIFRA, mandate that the
analysis balance risks and benefits. FQPA, the most current statute, mandates that
Page | 356
Copyright2021@CIIR
To use advanced risk assessment and management methods in dealing with the unique
susceptibility of infants and children and other vulnerable groups," according to the
Environmental Protection Agency. Additionally, EPA is required to conduct its risk assessments
by taking " a pesticide's cumulative exposures from food, drinks, drinking water, the house,
and public areas. Pesticides used in food eaten disproportionately by babies and children are
subject to a more rigorous safety evaluation under the law than those used in other meals and
agricultural goods. Congress mandated that the U.S. The Office of Risk Assessment and Cost-
Benefit Analysis will be established by the Department of Agriculture to conduct risk analyses
of the numerous programs run by the organization.
A Risk Analysis Process
Risk Evaluation
Several stages are involved in risk assessment. Finding the risk's source is the first step. People
are thus exposed to the source. The impact of the exposure on these people must be assessed
after they have been exposed to the source. In order to estimate the aggregate impacts, the
effects per person are applied to the particular population that is exposed to the hazards. The
social sciences and public policy have very minor involvement in each of these processes;
instead, research rooted on the scientific, physical, biological, and medical sciences is involved
in each of them.
Source Evaluation
Finding out how your options will impact the probability distribution of endpoints like health
status, injury rates, and species extinction is the first step in a risk assessment. You would
design a modification that would eliminate normal emissions releases or the likelihood of
unintentional releases, breakdowns, spills, etc. To determine the potential releases, spills, etc.
that may result from applying each option, you could utilize a decision tree technique.
Therefore, the first stage is identifying the potential routes via which the source of risk, such
as a pollutant or safety measure, may affect the environment or human health for each choice.
At this point, it's crucial to follow this route both backward toward the input end and forward
toward the consumer end. This is also known as life-cycle accounting or "cradle to grave"
accounting. Examining each step of manufacturing, usage, and disposal may provide important
details regarding the total costs of a substitute. A thorough risk analysis would take into account
the risk to miners, the transportation risks of getting the fuel to the plant, the emissions and
safety there, the disposal of waste fuel, the construction and decommissioning costs for the
plants, and the risks associated with electrical transmissions. The probability connected to each
of these impacts throughout the whole pipeline should ideally be estimated or computed.
Exposure Evaluation
The next stage is to determine which persons are likely to be exposed, how many of them, via
what channels, and for how long. Adults and children would be included in the population if
this is a health assessment, while the kind and number of species would be included in an
ecological risk assessment. Geographic study throughout the full track mentioned above will
be necessary for this. This process should involve determining who and how many will be
impacted at each stage of production, use, and disposal since the source assessment examined
impacts both forward and backward from the source. Therefore, the choice of mining
technique, the mode of transportation, the route of transit, the site of the plant, the location of
end-user consumption, and the location of ultimate disposal may all be relevant. Naturally, not
all exposure analyses are that thorough. If all that is being considered in this study is a new
Page | 357
Copyright2021@CIIR
application of an existing pesticide, the exposure assessment would only consider those who
might be impacted by the new usage, leaving the other manufacturing stages alone.
Effects Evaluation
Finding out what will happen if this group is exposed to this danger is the next step. To
determine how this risk impacts people or other animals, we integrate knowledge of exposure
pathways with information on the size and frequency of the source of the risk. For instance,
exposure to lead is known to impair learning, and lung problems may result from exposure to
particles. Here, the risk analysis incorporates scientific information about the chemical or
pollutant's potency, its latency, and whether the impacts are short-term or long-term. Studies
on experimental dose-response relationships or epidemiological analyses of human populations
may provide the scientific solutions to these queries. Even if each is flawed in some manner, it
is necessary to characterize and, if possible, quantify the biological impacts of exposure.
Risk Characterization
This stage combines the information mentioned before with the population's sensitivity in order
to forecast the outcomes. In order to anticipate higher rates of disease, incapacity, or death,
scientific information is coupled with the age distribution of the population exposed, its
existing health state, and the availability of medical treatment. As a result, the risk assessment
for the same chemical may change depending on whether the group or population segment
exposed is made up mostly of babies, children, and seniors or employees aged 20 to 55. The
risk characterization describes the people who are impacted, how they are affected, and often
offers an estimate in terms of numbers, or range of estimates, of the number of extra cancers
or injuries that might occur as a consequence of a given course of action. In order for the
decision-maker and the general public to assess the rationality of the resultant numerical
estimates, the risk characterization should give documentation about the processes employed
in the first three phases. The primary data needed for the risk communication stage will be
provided by the risk categorization [7]–[9].
Risk Management
Risk management entails determining if the population's anticipated hazards are accurate and,
if not, what measures may be available for decreasing the risk. The decision-maker often makes
the determination of whether the risks are acceptable or worth taking given the potential
rewards. Given that it highlights the expected consequences of the choices the decision-maker
must choose from, the risk assessment should have a significant impact. When making this
choice, the decision-maker often solicits feedback from stakeholder groups and the general
public. She may also apply cost-effectiveness or benefit-cost analyses. There are sometimes
general guidelines used to determine whether a risk is acceptable or not based on comparative
risk assessments. For instance, dangers that are less than one in a million may not always be
seen to be significant.
The risk management phase may entail assessing if there are risk-reducing actions that may be
incorporated in the proposed action to lower the risk, regardless of the degree of risk, if
stakeholder groups or the public believe the danger of the action is not worth the benefits. The
aforesaid risk assessment and routes analysis were extremely helpful in this situation.
Reevaluating the exposure routes may provide opportunities to lower the likelihood of release,
decrease the number of exposed people or their vulnerability, or lessen the impacts of exposure.
As a result, the whole risk analysis becomes an iterative tool for making decisions. These
mitigating actions could entail requiring more backup safety precautions, rerouting waste
trucks away from populated areas, increasing the frequency of safety inspections to lessen the
Page | 358
Copyright2021@CIIR
likelihood of release, or expanding access to medical examinations of people to detect and treat
effects early. A risk management approach may include starting education campaigns to inform
persons who may be exposed how to react in the event of an emergency release in order to
reduce their exposures and resulting damages. To determine the new level of risk, the impact
of these mitigating measures would be added back via the earlier stages of the risk analysis.
The risk management phase would next assess this new level of risk to decide whether or not
it is acceptable. If the risk is still not acceptable, there may be justification for not choosing
that specific suggested action or alternative or for looking for compensating projects that would
lower other risks in order to make taking on the additional risk acceptable. We want to stress
once again that individuals seldom have to choose between taking risks and not taking any;
instead, they often have to decide which risks to take and to what extent. We will probably
continue to face the degree of dangers we are now incurring if we reject a hazardous option.
Communication of Risk
In this last phase, the risks associated with the suggested course of action are disclosed to the
stakeholders and the general public together with the justifications for these risks. This step's
goal is to inform the public about the considerations that were taken into account while
determining this trade-off, not necessarily to justify the choice. The debate should be presented
in a form that the general public can understand and that explains the decision's background. It
is often beneficial in this respect to provide comparative risk information regarding other
options examined as well as common threats.
Issues with Risk Perception
The complexity of perceived risk often impedes effective risk communication and public
acceptance of unbiased risk assessments. The public's perception of a danger will often
determine whether it is deemed acceptable or unacceptable. People in society often have a
higher tolerance for voluntary risks than they do for forced ones. In addition to this, the general
public has a tendency to be more accepting of known hazards than unknown risks linked to
new technology or other people's degree of preparation. Due to the nature of the death or terror,
even certain deaths are sometimes seen as worse than others. Last but not least, there is a well-
documented certainty premium to completely remove the risk or ambiguity. Therefore, risk-
averse people may choose to forego the option with the greatest anticipated value in favor of
one with a lower expected value but a more guaranteed result. There is much evidence that
human conduct does not adhere to the precepts of anticipated utility theory, even if this may
seem unreasonable to those who support the expected value idea of how people should act.
Therefore, while doing a risk analysis, the policy analyst has to keep these elements in mind.
Assessments of the Health Benefits of Risk: Examples
Over the last 20 years, hundreds of risk studies have been conducted. The Regulatory Impact
Analyses conducted by the U.S. provide examples. authorities such as the Environmental
Protection Agency. Here, we'd like to provide a few succinct examples to show the variety of
uses for risk analysis. The references to these case studies include further information on each
of these risk assessments. Definitions of risk assessment at the EPA are based on a 1983 study
on risk assessment by the National Research Council of the National Academy of Sciences.
When EPA produced a series of technical advice materials for agency personnel in 1986, it
made it easier to implement risk assessment. Risk assessment initially placed a lot of emphasis
on health impacts, particularly those brought on by carcinogens, toxicants, and other
substances. The EPA used these four fundamental procedures in many of its risk assessments:
Identification of the Risk
Page | 359
Copyright2021@CIIR
This is a qualitative assessment of whether the data now in hand points to the possibility that
exposure to this chemical will have any negative impacts on human health.
Dose-Response Evaluation
This stage makes an effort to quantify the association between environmental chemical doses
or concentrations and the frequency of health impacts on various categories of people at each
concentration. The relationship between emissions and the consequent environmental
concentrations is often used to determine the expected dosage. The "effects assessment"
outlined above applies to this phase as well.
Exposure Evaluation
In this particular policy study, this phase defines the precise categories of people who are most
likely to be harmed by this chemical, at what quantities, and for how long. The effects of eating,
inhalation, and skin contact are all taken into consideration.
Characterization of Risk
In order to determine the population's health impact if this specific policy is enacted, this phase
links the dose-response connection to the exposure assessment. For instance, if this specific
usage of this specific chemical is allowed, it may estimate the extra cancer cases that can be
anticipated in the community. Each of these processes naturally involves a substantial amount
of literature studies, models, and assumptions to fill in any gaps in the data and literature. These
assumptions must be stated explicitly by the analyst in order for them to serve as the foundation
for any sensitivity analysis involving the unknown parameters. The EPA has used this
methodology to conduct risk analyses for main health-based requirements related to a number
of specific air contaminants, including carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, lead, and nitrogen
oxides. The Clean Air Act requires the EPA to establish guidelines for these pollutants that will
adequately safeguard the public's health. This generally refers to the "no observed adverse
effect level" or NOAEL, which does not imply zero risk or health impacts. However, to account
for our limited understanding of how pollution impacts human health, establishing a margin
for safety does require erring on the side of caution. The impacts on agricultural productivity
and pricing must be taken into account as part of the economic costs. Because of disagreement
about how appropriately to balance hazards to humans against cost savings to farmers, the EPA
has had trouble with pesticide registration [10]–[12].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, adjusting BCA to account for risk is essential for sound judgment. The principles
covered—identifying and evaluating risk, modifying discount rates, performing sensitivity
analysis, applying probabilistic analysis, taking risk mitigation measures into consideration,
and communicating uncertainties provide a framework for incorporating risk into the
assessment of initiatives, strategies, or financial commitments. Following these guidelines
improves the validity and applicability of BCAs in risky situations, allowing for better
informed and resilient decision-making. The Safe Drinking Water Act's maximum
contamination levels, hazardous air pollutants, and secondary air quality requirements are all
subject to this framework's application by the EPA. Risk assessment under the Toxic
Substances Control Act takes into account both environmental and human health consequences.
However, this law permits these hazards to be weighed against the chemical's advantageous
applications and the availability of replacement substances. The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide
and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), which mandates evaluation of health and environmental hazards
Page | 360
Copyright2021@CIIR
but also allows for balance of economic and environmental costs and benefits, is a major risk
assessment program for the EPA.
REFERENCES
[1] E. Engle, “History of the General Principle of Proportionality: An Overview, The,”
Dartmouth LJ, 2012.
[2] A. Desai, P. Ogrodnik, K. Desai, and V. Mapunde, “Prevention of retention of vaginal
swabs and tampons with novel device system,” BJOG An Int. J. Obstet. Gynaecol., 2021.
[3] V. D. Kalikian, “El Comercio Electrónico, La Contratación Internacional Y La
Determinación De La Ley Aplicable. Aplicación Del Derecho Internacional Privado, La
Armonización Legislativa Y El Análisis Económico Del Derecho,” J. Chem. Inf. Model.,
2019.
[4] R. K. Niven, “Maximum-Entropy Weighting of multiple earth climate models,” Clim.
Dyn., 2012, doi: 10.1007/s00382-011-1163-5.
[5] M. Andrews, M. G. Cripps, and G. R. Edwards, “The potential of beneficial
microorganisms in agricultural systems,” Ann. Appl. Biol., 2012, doi: 10.1111/j.1744-
7348.2011.00519.x.
[6] I. S. Amiri et al., “Introduction to photonics: Principles and the most recent applications
of microstructures,” Micromachines. 2018. doi: 10.3390/mi9090452.
[7] J. Yang, W. Tong, and A. G. Hauptmann, “A framework for classifier adaptation for
large-scale multimedia data,” Proc. IEEE, 2012, doi: 10.1109/JPROC.2012.2204009.
[8] J. Yang, “A General Framework for Classifier Adaptation and its Applications in
Multimedia,” Carnegie Mellon Univ., 2009.
[9] K. M. and S. A., “Adaptive clinical trials in sepsis research: Pros and cons,” Infection,
2019.
[10] S. Pazmino et al., “Step-down-bridge versus tight-step-up therapy in patients with early
rheumatoid arthritis lacking poor prognostic factors: An economic point of view,”
Arthritis Rheumatol., 2018.
[11] J. Yang, “and its Applications in Multimedia,” Forbes, 2009.
[12] Huag, “Acceptance Based Telephone Support When Transitioning to SPMS,” Case Med.
Res., 2020, doi: 10.31525/ct1-nct04239664.
Page | 361
Copyright2021@CIIR

Annular Disposal of Oil Drilling Brine Wastes

ABSTRACT:
This abstract discusses the concept of annular disposal of oil drilling brine wastes, focusing on
its potential benefits and considerations. Annular disposal refers to the practice of injecting
drilling brine wastes into the annular space between the production casing and the wellbore
wall, providing a means of waste management and containment. Oil drilling brine is a
byproduct of oil and gas extraction processes, consisting of water mixed with various dissolved
and suspended solids, chemicals, and hydrocarbons. Proper disposal of drilling brine wastes is
crucial to prevent environmental contamination and ensure the protection of groundwater
resources. It allows for the confinement of drilling brine wastes within the wellbore, reducing
the risk of spills, leaks, or accidental releases. By utilizing the annular space, the waste fluids
are isolated and contained within the well, minimizing the potential for environmental harm.
KEYWORDS:
Annular Disposal, Brine Waste, Deep Well Injection, Drilling Waste, Environmental Impact,
Groundwater Contamination.
INTRODUCTION
Salt brine byproducts from oil and gas drilling are often produced in considerable amounts. At
least 14 million barrels of brine were produced in Ohio, the subject of our case study, in 1985.
The brine may also include harmful pollutants including benzene, toluene, lead, and manganese
in addition to its high salt content. Typically, the concentrations of these pollutants in brine
waste are so high that to fulfill drinking water regulations, they would need to be diluted with
100 to 4,000 times as much fresh water. The discharge of brine salts in surface or groundwater
effectively renders the water source unfit for use as drinking water since this is not possible.
The majority of states strictly regulate the disposal of brine salts from oil and gas production
because of this contamination issue. With at least three barriers separating the injected brine
from any freshwater aquifers, deep well injection is the safest method of disposal.
A less expensive technique, referred to as annular disposal, does exist. This procedure injects
the brine over any fresh water aquifers but above the oil-producing deposit. The salt solution
and the freshwater aquifer are therefore separated by only one barrier. Due to the danger, only
Louisiana and Ohio permit such activities. In Ohio, brine from this annular dumping technique
polluted 11 water wells throughout the course of the two-year period 1984-1986. However,
employing this method as opposed to deep well injection might result in significant cost savings
for producers. Given that many oil wells generate three or more barrels of brine for every barrel
Page | 362
Copyright2021@CIIR
of oil, small oil and gas producers in areas like Ohio may find it difficult to afford increased
disposal fees [1]–[3].
This is a typical examination of environmental policy. A better environment vs greater expenses
for regional farmers is a trade-off. Should Ohio follow other states' lead and outlaw annular
disposal? Due of the health dangers and accessibility of better disposal alternatives, local
citizen organizations like the Ohio Brine Disposal Task Force requested annular dumping be
discontinued. As you would expect, industry opposed this, and a measure allowing the state to
continue allowing annular dumping was before the legislature. Imagine you were the policy
analyst in charge of reviewing this legislation in the Ohio legislature. What strategy would you
employ? The remainder of this case study describes the methodology used by the Case Western
University research team. Check to see whether you concur or disagree with their methodology
and conclusions. We'll let you know what the legislature determined at the conclusion of the
case study.
Risk Analysis Approach Taken
Risk of Contamination
The likelihood of failure during the first drilling and the probability of barrier failure and
subsequent leaking each year were used to quantify this risk. The probability were calculated
as being 0.0025 and 0.009, respectively, using radioactive tracers in Louisiana wells that were
comparable. The likelihood that these leakages would pollute water wells was quantified after
that, followed by the total number of compromised wells. A groundwater solute transport model
of the two aquifers most likely to be impacted by annular brine dumping was used to conduct
this investigation. The model converted a specific leak into two probabilities: first, the
contamination plume's travel into the drinking water aquifer; and second, its probability
distribution. Over the course of twenty years, the plume's journey was tracked. If the plume
penetrated the aquifer during this period and the amounts of pollutants there above the
requirements for drinking water, that portion of the aquifer was deemed contaminated. The
likelihood that a certain household water well or city municipal well would be located in an
area that was deemed polluted depended on how big the plume was in relation to how big the
aquifer was. The anticipated number of residential water wells that would be polluted based on
the existing five-year annular well examinations was 2.5. a single aquifer. The likelihood that
more than five residential water wells would be affected was 0.11 percent. In that aquifer, there
was a 0.023 percent chance that a municipal water well would be affected as well. About one
residential water well was anticipated to be harmed in the other aquifer, and the likelihood of
municipal well pollution was 0.012 [4]–[6].
Anticipated Losses
It was not made clear if Hobbs, et al.'s technique of calculating damages was based on
replacement costs or hedonic property analysis. Nevertheless, they calculated losses of $60,000
for each polluted household water well and $200,000 for each contaminated municipal water
well. Based on these and the probability, the projected economic loss for one aquifer was
$153,000, and for the other, $46,000. Thus, it was calculated that the two aquifers had suffered
losses totaling $207,800.
Industry Savings on Costs
On a per-barrel basis and then multiplied by the total number of existing annular wells, the
direct cost savings to industry from being permitted to adopt the less expensive annular disposal
approach as opposed to deep well injection were calculated. The expected annual cost
Page | 363
Copyright2021@CIIR
reductions were $400,000, which is about double the losses. Assumedly, all of the wells will
experience the increased deep well injection expenses without being shut down. If an oil and
gas well is marginal, stopping production may be less expensive than paying the increasing
expenses. The cost reductions to industry are thus somewhat exaggerated. There would be no
extra advantages beyond the cost savings to industry to take into account if the study took a
national accounting position.
Additional Financial Advantages of Annular Disposal
As these researchers did, you may take a state accounting position and consider Ohio's
employment implications. If the more affordable annular disposal option remains a possibility,
you may specifically include the direct and indirect implications on long-term employment
owing to increased drilling of new oil and gas wells. An input-output model that used these
increases in oil and gas employment produced a gain in state revenue of $7.5 million, which is
a significant impact. The viability of these benefits is still up for debate. These increases in
employment in Ohio are just transfers of activity that would take place in other oil-producing
states, as was previously explained. However, given this policy study related to a bill before
the Ohio state legislature, evaluation of these impacts on state employment was likely pertinent.
However, it may be preferable not to include these in the $400,000 in costs that annular disposal
saved.
Benefit versus Cost Analysis
It would seem that prohibiting circular disposal would not be economically efficient given the
trade-off between the advantages of doing so and the greater costs to industry. In a different
light, the harm to the oil business is larger than the harm to city residents and homes. It's
possible, however, that this research did not accurately take inspection expenses into
consideration. Inspecting these annular wells every five years will cost $360,000 in annualized
current expenditures, as was mentioned. If deep well injection took the place of annular
disposal and decreased inspection frequency, this would result in increased advantages from
outlawing annular disposal or decreased societal cost savings from maintaining annular
disposal.
Options for Risk Management
Because of existing legislation, annular brine wells are only inspected once every five years.
Increased inspection frequency would lessen the possibility of any brine leaks getting
unnoticed. Continue to permit annular disposal while increasing the frequency of inspections
to once every three years or even once a year is one risk management option. The question of
whether the greater inspection expenses were justified by the increased inspection frequency
was addressed by the study's authors. They came to the conclusion that a greater examination
frequency was not necessary. This result was reached based on the fact that the cost of yearly
inspections would climb from the existing $360,000 with a five-year inspection cycle to $1.8
million with annual inspection. It did decrease from the present 2.5 to 1 the anticipated number
of residential wells that will be affected. However, considering their estimations of the harm
done to homes by polluted wells, they come to the conclusion that more frequent inspections
are not necessary. One would have to agree that lowering the anticipated number of polluted
wells from 2.5 to 1 would reduce harm or benefit families by $90,000, while the rise in
expenditures would be close to $1.5 million.
The authors' recommended risk management strategy called for compensating homes whose
water sources had been tainted. This may be achieved, for example, by buying them
replacement water and utilizing a different water storage system, such a cistern, together with
Page | 364
Copyright2021@CIIR
water trucked in at the cost of the oil firm. The drinking water wells were continuously
monitored as part of the risk assessment, and the authors made the premise that any
contamination would prompt an immediate closure of the wells. Of course, this isn't always
feasible, and at best, the cost of such a system has to be subtracted from the money the business
would save thanks to annular disposal. With more reasonable monitoring assumptions, health
losses may be significantly higher if the authors' estimate of costs to families was $60,000.
Furthermore, the authors were quite clear in saying that their research did not take any
ecological consequences, such as those on fish, animals, plant communities, or other factors,
into consideration. One of the aquifers serves as the conduit for leaks that ultimately empty
into rivers. If part of the pollution is released into the river, it will cause direct harm to the
riparian ecosystem, fish, and waterfowl, as well as indirect harm to fishermen and fish-eating
birds. The advantages to fisheries, waterfowl, and angling would not need to be significant to
outweigh the cost reductions, according to the authors' estimate of a $200,000 annual cost
savings. Furthermore, the losses can be greater if the optimistic assumption of ongoing
monitoring of drinking water wells and prompt notification is substituted with more realistic
expectations for drinking water well notification. However, this case study offers a beautiful,
straightforward illustration of a risk analysis as well as some possible traps to watch out for
when doing even a basic risk analysis [7]–[9].
A Legislative Choice
Later, the legislation added certain technical limitations to the licensing of annular disposal. In
light of the aforementioned analysis, what do you think of this choice? What might you have
changed or refined about this analysis.
Conservation Programs of the USDA: Ecological Risk Analysis
1994 saw the U.S. Congress mandated that the Department of Agriculture set up an Office of
Risk Assessment and Cost-Benefit Analysis to conduct internal evaluations of the agency's
programs. The Conservation Reserve Program and the Environmental Quality Incentives
Program were the first national projects that the Department of Agriculture evaluated. In order
to prevent soil erosion, non-point source water and air pollution, as well as to offer some limited
advantages for wildlife habitat, CRP is meant to retire highly erosive land from agricultural
use. EQIP is a program that provides farmers with water quality-focused support to minimize
non-point source pollution and salinity of rivers by actions like changing agricultural methods
or establishing buffer strips. The Department of Agriculture modified the Ecological Risk
Assessment Framework from the EPA to undertake risk evaluations of certain environmental
activities.
The risk assessment process included three steps: issue formulation; analysis; and
categorization of risk. The choice of endpoints to be assessed during the study was a part of the
problem conceptualization process. Water quality, wetland function, and animal habitat were
among the CRP's targets. Po water sources, wetlands, aquatic community viability, and
vulnerable or endangered species were among of the goals for EQIP. During the analytical
phase, each endpoint was measured with the appropriate programs in place and its exposure to
agricultural impacts was characterized. For instance, the research compared how the program
would affect aquatic ecosystems like trout, how nitrates influence water quality, and how the
program would lower the quantity of nitrogen moving from agricultural fields into water
bodies. The exposure and effects analyses are combined in the risk characterization phase to
determine the size, severity, regional distribution, and temporal timing of the negative impacts
on each of the endpoints. The outcomes of the risk categorization, together with the economic
analysis and other administrative considerations, would be utilized by USDA to reach a final
Page | 365
Copyright2021@CIIR
appraisal of the effectiveness of these two programs and recommendations for improvement.
The Department of Agriculture's activities are examined by Resources for the Future, which
goes into depth on the challenges involved in doing ecological risk assessments. There were
certain endpoints that were challenging to quantify. For instance, the endpoints of wetlands and
the sustainability of aquatic ecosystems were poorly defined, making measurement
challenging. At the very least, measuring of the endpoint for aquatic ecosystems would have
been made achievable by operationalizing these issues using regularly used metrics of species
diversity. Some of the other measured endpoints lacked levels of concern that would have an
impact on risk classification. For instance, LD50, the dosage at which half the population would
perish, was hardly employed as a threshold indication. It is difficult to determine the degree of
impact at which a resource becomes damaged or non-functional without such quantifiable
indications. There are limits for soil erosion in tons per acre, but there aren't many additional
endpoints with well-defined thresholds.
Reviewing this risk assessment serves as an overview of the processes needed to conduct an
ecological risk assessment as well as its relative complexity to risk assessments for human
health. Do not, however, assume that ecological risk assessments should be disregarded
because they are difficult to do. On the contrary, advancement can only be accomplished
through trying these. The ecological risk assessment conducted by the Department of
Agriculture found data gaps that may be filled via study. Every time a test like this is
administered, there is also a noticeable "learning by doing" improvement. The next one will
probably be superior.
Illustrations of Policy Analysis
The prior chapters of this book provide instances of real policy studies, but this chapter offers
three in-depth analyses. Since there isn't enough room to illustrate all of the tools and
techniques covered in this book, we have instead picked a few to highlight key ideas and
techniques. The U.S. is exemplified by the first example. Use of a decision matrix by the Forest
Service that integrates the standards covered in 3. Environmental Impact Statements produced
by almost all federal and state agencies often include these matrices. This illustration
emphasizes the shift from broad criteria to specific performance indicators and demonstrates
how helpful it may be to compile similar data on all options into a single format. The second
example shows how benefit-cost analysis may be used to compare the market values of
hydropower with non-market benefits such as leisure time spent seeing a significant waterfall.
The quantity of water visible pouring over the falls and the amount passing through the pipeline
to the hydroelectric turbines are directly inversely correlated: more water over the falls equals
less water for energy. While the economic benefit of energy is readily evident, the leisure worth
of taking in the waterfall's sights and sounds is less so. In this illustration, the value of
hydropower is compared to the economic advantages of watching the falls at various river flow
rates to identify the optimal water level for both the falls and the generation of hydroelectricity.
This example demonstrates the use of benefit-cost analysis as well as how non-market impacts
are included in the study.
The third example shows how optimization may be used to assess the effects of several best
management methods for reducing non-point source water pollution from farming on
profitability and nitrate leachate. The optimization strategy enabled a comparison of various
economic and non-economic regulation techniques, as well as the changing degrees of each's
rigor. This example highlights how crucial it may be to simulate the consequences of potential
alternatives: some seemingly logical-sounding options ended up raising pollution and
decreasing revenues, problems that this research might help prevent. As a policy analyst, you
will often spend as much time analyzing the research of other analysts as you will on your own
Page | 366
Copyright2021@CIIR
policy assessments. Think about other ways to conduct these analyses as you read each of these
case studies. What main decision-making factors were specifically examined, and what factors
were left out? Consider the oversimplifying presumptions that were used. Consider what more
information may have been gathered to lessen the dependence on assumptions. Consider if
these issues might have been analyzed using alternative analytical decision-making
methodologies. You ought to be considering topics of this kind at this stage in the book.
Choosing a Favored Alternative
Alternative E, which does provide a balance or compromise among the many resources and
objectives, was chosen by the Forest Supervisor and Regional Forester as the recommended
alternative in the Draft EIS. In other words, Alternative E does not lean substantially toward
either commodities or preservation. The favored alternative also tries to keep the level of
important resources at its present level. Without raising the budget, it, for instance, offers elk,
salmon, semi-primitive nonmotorized leisure, employment, and payments to nearby counties
at or beyond existing levels. While some options could add one or two resources above the
desired option, the trade-off is that other resources will be reduced from their existing levels.
Reductions from the existing level can spark a flurry of objections from people who believe
they have de facto property rights to the resources they now use. Therefore, even if it means
giving up some of the profits above the present level, it is often a prudent approach to limit the
decreases at the current level. Alternative E was chosen as the favored option, which suggests
that the U.S. The Forest Service used a uniform assessment standard. Additionally, Alternative
E seems to adequately handle the nine public problems that the Forest Plan aimed to resolve.
This matrix demonstrates how well-crafted summaries may show the distinctions between the
alternatives in a wealth of biological, social, and economic information.
Statement of the Problem
In the US, there are hundreds of privately owned hydroelectric installations. Although these
facilities don't emit any air pollution and generate power utilizing the renewable hydrologic
cycle rather than non-renewable fossil fuels, they do have an influence on the environment.
The river's flow regime is regularly altered by hydropower installations, usually to the cost of
local fishermen. The flow of the river between the site of diversion and the point of return is
also decreased by hydroelectric plants that divert water into penstocks, which often has a
negative impact on recreational usage and the aesthetics of the riverine environment. The
Electric Consumers' Protection Act of 1986 was created by Congress in response to worries
about the effects of hydropower on the environment. In this Act, Congress mandated that the
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission "equal consideration" in its licensing or relicensing
decision be given to non-energy or environmental considerations. How much water should be
left in a stream for fishing and pleasure should be considered while deciding whether to renew
a license. Frequently, less water passes through the turbines the more water is left in the stream.
The utility suffers a great loss of potential as a consequence, which eventually affects power
users.
Natural resource authorities and the proprietors of the dams have often had strongly opposing
views on whether river flow constitutes fair consideration and balance. FERC can only draw
inferences without comparable units to compare kilowatts and visitor days. This example is
meant to show how benefit-cost analysis and non-market valuation might be used to a FERC
relicensing decision involving the assessment of economically optimal flows over a beautiful
waterfall on a significant western river. Even while economic factors shouldn't be the only
consideration when deciding whether to renew a license, neither the public nor FERC decision-
makers currently have access to much comparative data on benefits and costs. As a
Page | 367
Copyright2021@CIIR
consequence, minimum instream flow requirements have become more important than optimal
instream flow requirements that strike a compromise between costs and benefits.
A Study of the Economic Benefits of Higher Flows
The advantages of enhanced flow and the opportunity costs of hydropower are both converted
into comparable units, or cash, via benefit-cost analysis. According to federal BCA regulations,
economic worth must be calculated as net willingness to pay. The replacement cost of the next
least costly source or the expenditures saved by using hydropower are often used to estimate
the net WTP. The net WTP for seeing the falls is calculated using tourist surplus from
purchases. There are two components to the shift in recreation benefits brought on by a change
in flow. The first component is the alteration in visits brought on by the flow change. People
visit waterfalls more often when the flow is greater because they are more appealing when it is
lower. Next, a WTP function is used to value the profits or losses from travels. The second
component is the change in value daily as a result of those visitors still going to the falls at
various flow rates. Duffield, et al. 1992 demonstrated that the change in overall recreation
values is equivalent to:
Advantage Methodology
With the help of the contingent valuation approach, we were able to produce an estimate of
how WTP evolves with flow. CVM entails asking tourists whether they would be ready to pay
more to see the falls at greater water levels. A CVM variation known as contingent behavior is
used to estimate the first term in equation to determine how visitors' trip frequency might vary
under various flow conditions.
Sample of Visitor Survey
The 57,000 visitors to Idaho's Shoshone Falls, which is situated in a defined recreational area,
comprise the relevant survey population. The falls are a well-known tourist destination in the
area and are conveniently located near an interstate route. At full flow, the falls are nearly 200
feet high and 800 feet broad. The falls provide a spectacular sight and sound when the flow is
high. Through an on-site survey, the names and addresses of visitors to the falls were gathered.
1500 surveys were distributed in total. A personalized cover letter was included with each
survey that was delivered. A postage-paid return envelope was provided in the survey packet.
Two weeks after the first mailing, a follow-up postcard was sent.
Analytical Statistics
The WTP regression's general form is provided in the following equation:
The visiting function has a similar general form, economic theory predicts that more flow over
the falls will have a positive effect and that the marginal value of extra flows will decrease. In
other words, with all factors staying constant, each extra 100 cfs of flow would most likely
have a decreasingly modest incremental benefit. The CFS natural log of flow is a non-linear
functional form that allows for declining marginal value. A plot of WTP as a function of flow
on the most recent trip seems to be consistent with this natural log functional form. The findings
of the regressions show that the natural log of flow is statistically significant at levels much
over the 0.01 threshold in both the WTP per day equation and the change in number of trips
equation. Because it is the primary policy variable in our research, the flow variable is
significant.
Estimates of the Total Annual and Monthly Benefits
Page | 368
Copyright2021@CIIR
The formula in equation was used to compute the yearly benefits related with flow: Our
estimate is given by the regression of the change in the number of trips, and more precisely by
the regression coefficient on flow. To estimate the amount of aggregate visitation for each
flow level, the change in the number of trips made by each visitor was added to the base
visitation for each geographic location. The WTP per visit connected with that particular flow
was used to value this number of visits. The average value per trip during the base or survey
season was used to value reductions in the number of trips currently used. The equation then
called for the summation of these two sources of the change in benefits. By extending the
sample to the known total visits and dividing it by the change in CFS, we were able to determine
the change in aggregate benefits and determine the marginal benefits curve [10]–[12].
CONCLUSION
Finally, annular disposal of oil drilling brine wastes may be advantageous for well integrity,
waste containment, and logistical effectiveness. To reduce hazards and assure the preservation
of the environment and groundwater resources, well design, construction, monitoring, and
regulatory compliance must be carefully taken into account. To address any possible chemical
or pollutant problems, proper waste categorization and treatment should be implemented.
Drilling brine wastes also need to have their chemical makeup and any possible impurities
thoroughly examined to make sure they don't endanger the subsurface environment or public
health. To address possible problems and reduce potential dangers, the waste fluids may need
adequate pre-treatment and classification.
REFERENCES
[1] E. Malachosky, B. E. Shannon, J. E. Jackson, and W. G. Aubert, “Offshore disposal of
oil-based drilling-fluid waste: An environmentally acceptable solution,” SPE Drill.
Complet., 1993, doi: 10.2118/23373-PA.
[2] R. Caenn, H. C. H. Darley, and G. R. Gray, “Drilling and Drilling Fluids Waste
Management,” in Composition and Properties of Drilling and Completion Fluids, 2011.
doi: 10.1016/b978-0-12-383858-2.00012-3.
[3] J. S. Heslin and B. F. Hobbs, “Economic Analysis of Oil and Gas Brine Regulations,” J.
Energy Eng., 1990, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9402(1990)116:1(51).
[4] R. C. Minton and N. Last, “Downhole injection of OBM cuttings economical in North
Sea,” Oil Gas J., 1994.
[5] Z. Moschovidis et al., “The Mounds Drill-Cuttings Injection Field Experiment: Final
Results and Conclusions,” 2000. doi: 10.2118/59115-ms.
[6] G. Hareland, J. J. Azar, and P. R. Rampersad, “Comparison of cuttings transport in
directional drilling using low-toxicity invert emulsion mineral-oil-based and water-
based muds,” 1993. doi: 10.2118/25871-ms.
[7] R. C. Minton and B. Secoy, “Annular re-injection of drilling wastes,” 1992. doi:
10.2118/25042-pa.
[8] F. Sanfilippo, M. Dusseault, and F. J. Santarelli, “Waste disposal into the deep
underground - Technical and economical considerations for applications outside the oil
industry,” 2009. doi: 10.2523/iptc-13745-ms.
[9] C. Chung, D. Marian, R. Napalowski, and J. Thomson, “Dynamic well clean-up flow
simulation for field start-up planning in the Pyrenees development, offshore Western
Page | 369
Copyright2021@CIIR
Australia,” 2010. doi: 10.2118/133838-ms.

[10] R. J. Louviere and J. A. Reddoch, “Onsite disposal of rig-generated waste via
slurrification and annular injection,” 1993. doi: 10.2523/25755-ms.
[11] E. Malachosky, B. E. Shannon, and J. E. Jackson, “Offshore disposal of oil-based
drilling fluid waste. An environmentally acceptable solution,” 1991.
[12] H. Hatamian, “‘Wastes’ in the up-stream petroleum operations,” 1998.
Page | 370
Copyright2021@CIIR

Opportunity Costs of Hydropower Foregone

ABSTRACT:
This abstract explores the concept of opportunity costs associated with the foregone
development of hydropower projects. When a decision is made not to develop a hydropower
project in favor of other uses of water resources, there are potential economic and
environmental opportunity costs that need to be considered. Hydropower represents a
significant source of renewable energy and has the potential to contribute to energy security
and mitigate greenhouse gas emissions. However, the development of hydropower projects
often involves the construction of dams, reservoirs, and other infrastructure that can have
significant environmental and social impacts. In some cases, the decision is made to forgo
hydropower development to protect natural ecosystems, preserve biodiversity, maintain river
flow regimes, or safeguard cultural and recreational values.
KEYWORDS:
Energy Alternatives, Environmental Impact, Hydropower, Opportunity Costs, Power
Generation, Renewable Energy.
INTRODUCTION
Before drawing any conclusions regarding the economic optimum flows, the advantages of
increasing flows must be weighed against the change in the opportunity cost of hydropower
foregone. In essence, the marginal opportunity costs and the marginal benefit of water over the
falls must be contrasted. Although the precise opportunity costs differ from utility to utility
based on their options for replacement power, estimating the approximations of hydropower
values is reasonably simple since there are readily accessible standard factors. 1.9835 acre feet
of water are transported per cfs of water through a given place over the course of one day. 198
acre feet of water are represented by 100 cfs of flow per day. A foot of head in an acre of water
produces.87 kilowatt hours. The hydroelectric plant at the study site has a head of 207 feet,
which equals 180 kwh per acre foot of water. In order to have 100 cfs flow over the falls rather
than around the power plant during the six-month leisure season, 18,068 acre feet of water and
3,252,240 kwh of energy must be sacrificed [1], [2].
The utility saves money by using hydropower instead of the next least costly source, which is
its value. In the Pacific Northwest, this is $.0192 per kwh, compared to a national average of
$.017 per kwh for coal-fired steam power plants. The weighted average for the utility under
consideration for the six days of peak electricity and Sunday off-peak is $.01653 per kwh. The
potential cost of lost hydropower, using this kwh value, is $53,759 for 100 cfs, or $538 per cfs.
Because the opportunity cost per acre foot is constant and the value of power per unit is
Page | 371
Copyright2021@CIIR
consistent throughout the range of flow options being studied, the marginal cost curve is
horizontal.
Regulation of Water Pollutants from Non-Point Sources
Description of the Issue
One of the main causes of water pollution is agricultural runoff, which includes soil erosion,
fertilizer runoff, and pesticide runoff. In most cases, the source of the pollution is a "non-point"
source, which indicates that there isn't a single, obvious place where the pollution enters the
receiving body. Instead, agricultural runoff often enters a lake, river, or aquifer without a readily
apparent entry site and travels through the surface of the land or via subsurface soil. For two
reasons, controlling non-point source pollution is much more challenging than controlling point
sources of pollution: first, because it is diffuse, it is very challenging, if not impossible, to
measure the pollution's amount; second, because it can travel great distances, it is challenging,
if not impossible, to pinpoint the source of the pollution. However, due to the significance of
this issue, officials at the state and federal levels are showing a rising interest in lowering NPSP.
"Best management practices" may help farms decrease their runoff. BMPs are agricultural
techniques that lessen pollution from agriculture, such as altering tillage or applying fertilizer
or pesticides. The crop, the specific region, the kind of environmental issue, and the practice's
economics all influence what constitutes the "best" management technique. Understanding the
link between farming techniques and farm income as well as the relationship between farming
practices and pollution for that location is necessary to determine the most efficient strategies
to minimize pollution in a farming region. In the Oregon Willamette Valley, Taylor, Adams,
and Miller aimed to determine the consequences of various NPSP reduction measures.
Agriculture in the Willamette Valley is quite diverse, producing things like grass seed, cereals,
vegetables, and berries. The valley also has high concentrations of nitrogen and phosphorus in
both its surface water and groundwater, two pollutants that endanger human health as well as
contributing to the eutrophication of water bodies. They looked for agricultural runoff
reduction strategies that wouldn't put local farmers through undue hardship [3], [4].
DISCUSSION
Methods: Setting Up the Programming Problem
First, they divided their research region into five distinct farm types: well drained bottomland,
badly drained bottomland, well drained terrace land, poorly drained terrace land, and well
drained foothills since BMPs are crop- and geography-specific. They then determined the sorts
of farming that can be done on each of these land types. These agricultural techniques varied
from common operations to BMPs that reduce pollution. The third phase was calculating the
consequences of various agricultural operations when used on various kinds of land. Taylor,
Adams, and Miller had to rely on the scientific community's knowledge to perform their
assessments, as is typical in environmental policy analysis. They used an agronomic model
called the Erosion-Productivity Impact Calculator to quantify these impacts. Based on
environmental inputs and management approaches, EPIC models how a plant develops. Both
crop yield and nutrient runoff are produced by it.
They were able to calculate average productivity rather than the outputs of just one year by
running EPIC to mimic the impacts of crop growth across 25 years. Both the impacts of present
agricultural practices and those of other BMPs were simulated using EPIC. The authors
anticipated that the variations in procedures would be more accurate, even while EPIC does
not exactly represent the consequences of current practices. The biases in EPIC were not
Page | 372
Copyright2021@CIIR
anticipated to be significant weaknesses in their research since they were more focused on the
changes resulting from the usage of BMPs than the absolute amounts [5]–[7]. Finally, the goal
of their investigation was to evaluate various runoff reduction solutions. Five alternative
regulatory strategies were taken into consideration: a tax on fertilizer usage, a tax on nitrogen
runoff, per-acre effluent regulations, a requirement for the use of no-till drills in the production
of small grains and grass seed, and a prohibition on the use of autumn fertilizer to decrease
runoff during winter rains.
Crop output and runoff linked with an acre of a certain kind of land subject to a particular
management style were the outcomes of the EPIC analysis. These types of findings may
simply be fed into a linear programming model, as was detailed in Chapter 11 of the book. The
options of land management techniques used on every acre of each kind of land in this example
are the activities. The technical limitations specify how much crop is cultivated and how much
runoff is produced by each acre for each activity. The many regulatory methods they thought
about were the policy limitations in that order. Finally, the idea that farmers want to maximize
earnings underlie their goal function. With more details on crop prices and the expenses
associated with each management strategy, it was able to implement the goal function.
Their issue with linear programming was to. The aim function includes the total of all crop
expenditures and income across all farms. The limitations connected production, input levels,
and runoff to the activities the management techniques associated with each kind of acre. Thus,
for example, the total yield of crop i was expressed by multiplying the yield per acre from
practice k producing crop i by the number of acres of that practice. Each acre also had inputs
and runoff, and the total number of acres for each land type was limited by constraints. Finally,
by adding them as new constraints to the system, the impacts of each management technique
were simulated.
The Impact of Policy Analysis In The Development Of Policies
What will happen to all your work after all that effort and all those late hours spent finishing
your study for your client? We want to let you know that your customer will be very grateful
and will decide right away based only on your research. However, as sincere policy experts,
we feel compelled to caution you against counting on this result. More often than not, policy
analysis affects how your customer views your problem and the choice of solution. However,
such impact could only be felt gradually over a lengthy period of time and might only be
indirect. It might take a while for your customer to read your findings, or she might not fully
comprehend them. Your report's timing may be off; she may have had to make the choice before
you were done, or delays in the procedure may mean that the choice won't be made for a while.
Your findings may not be as significant now because of other factors that have come into play
since then. It's possible that your research yielded findings that contradict her claims, and she
could decide to disregard your study. Or, it can take her a while to process the findings and
allow them to affect her.
Do not let any of these results demotivate you. It takes time and effort to gradually change
people's opinions. You may have to explain to your customer how to apply your findings in
addition to what they are. It's possible that you'll need to repeat your justification for why the
other choice prevails over the one she favors. You may be able to persuade others if your
findings are public. Even though they are often overworked and short on time to comprehend
all the complexity of any given situation, most decision-makers are clever individuals. She will
be more inclined to believe you if you do reliable, insightful analysis, and your findings will
probably influence her policy choices.
Environmental Policy Analysis Using Social Science
Page | 373
Copyright2021@CIIR
Although environmental issues might seem as issues with the natural environment, in the end,
environmental issues and the remedies to them are social and behavioral in origin. The social
sciences make important contributions to our understanding of the behavioral causes of
environmental problems, both in terms of individual incentives and challenges to collective
action. This is similar to how the natural sciences provide a foundation for understanding the
need for environmental policy and guiding its design. Additionally, the social sciences have
made significant contributions to our knowledge of how laws and other institutions may be
created to address environmental issues. By concentrating on significant contributions
primarily from political science, economics, psychology, and sociology to the analysis of
environmental problems and their solutions, this paper distills fundamental intellectual
frameworks from the social sciences that support contemporary environmental policy in the
contexts of industrialized countries. These frameworks serve as the foundation for the
definition of environmental issues at various scales as well as the conceptualization and
empirical evaluation of policy recommendations that aim to influence people's behavior in
ways that benefit the environment and support sustainable economic development. Since
environmental risks are still present, enhancing environmental policy decision-making requires
both the frameworks and insights of social science research as well as those of the scientific
sciences.
Public attitudes regarding the environment have changed significantly across the industrialized
world since the middle of the 20th century. Elites and common people alike are becoming more
aware of and worried about the effects that industrialization and urbanization are having on the
environment and public health. Many nations have established extensive laws and regulations
to address environmental concerns, and a number of new political and governmental
institutions, including specialized government regulatory agencies, green political parties, and
well-established nongovernmental advocacy organizations, have also emerged. Marginalized
communities have spoken up and organized themselves in more complex ways to challenge
unsustainable social quos in their own backyards in the name of environmental justice. Global
environmental issues, such as climate change and its consequences for natural catastrophes,
agricultural productivity, and ecosystem sustainability, are also receiving more attention
internationally.
Numerous ways have been used to demonstrate how the natural sciences have contributed to
the advancement of environmental policy, not the least of which is the transparent application
of scientific knowledge to the identification of environmental problems and the comprehension
of the chemical, biological, and ecological relationships that underlie these problems. However,
the social sciences have also made significant contributions to our knowledge of the causes of
environmental issues, primarily by pinpointing the role that individual and group human
activity plays in these issues. The social sciences have also made significant contributions to
our knowledge of how laws and other institutions may be created to address environmental
issues, as well as the possibilities and difficulties that come with putting such solutions into
practice. In addition to research from the scientific sciences, social science research also plays
a significant role in shaping environmental policy since the globe continues to face
environmental problems. Even though they may seem to be issues with the natural
environment, environmental issues and the remedies to them are ultimately social and
behavioral in nature.
The main contributions from political science, economics, psychology, and sociology are
highlighted in this study as we synthesize fundamental social scientific frameworks that
support contemporary environmental policy analyses in the settings of industrialized countries.
In doing so, we acknowledge that the name "social sciences" serves as a catch-all for a diverse
Page | 374
Copyright2021@CIIR
range of academic fields, each of which operates in accordance with a unique set of underlying
assumptions, practices, and norms as epistemic communities. Key conceptual, normative, and
empirical insights on environmental politics, governance, and development have come from a
range of social science disciplines, including anthropology, geography, and political ecology.
In this study, we concentrate on a subset of social sciences that have been fundamental to the
methodologies used by analysts and policymakers at the vanguard of deciding on
environmental policy in the increasingly technocratic settings of the industrialized world. In
this regard, our discussion focuses on the conceptualization and empirical evaluation of policy
solutions that aim to influence public behavior in ways that improve environmental quality and
support sustainable economic growth. These frameworks underlie how environmental
problems are defined at various scales. There is an even greater need for academics, students,
and practitioners to reflect on the underlying disciplinary insights and assumptions upon which
such approaches are based and to discern both the strengths and limitations of transferring
policies, laws, norms, and other institutions. As policies and institutions developed in
industrialized contexts diffuse for better or worse to emerging economies seeking to establish
or enhance their own domestic regulatory states. In many contexts across the globe, the social
sciences we discuss here have played a crucial role in the study of environmental policy
choices.
Environment-Related Issues
The issue that needs to be solved must be identified before any public policy can be studied or
implemented. The way in which environmental issues are conceptualized may influence the
range of policy options put out as potential remedies or the results that policy may produce.
Depending on how you frame it, environmental quality is a right or interest that exists in nature
itself, regardless of how much value people assign to ecosystems, species, or environmental
circumstances. This kind of view guided the New Zealand government's decision to provide
the third-largest river in the nation, the Whanganui, the same legal protections as people in
2017. Environmental quality is seen as a basic human right and a foundational element of
personal potential under a different notion of values. Another method of thinking about
environmental issues has been strongly linked to calls for sustainable growth or a "steady-state"
economy.
A vision for development that "meets the needs of current generations without compromising
the ability of future generations to meet their own needs" was presented in the Brundtland
Commission report from 1987, for instance. The UN's 2030 Agenda for Sustainable
Development, which integrates environmental criteria alongside goals for eradicating poverty,
ensuring security, and promoting gender equality, has more recently incorporated the pursuit
of sustainable development, including shifts to less carbon- and resource-intensive economies,
through its seventeen Sustainable Development Goals. Environmental issues have often been
intertwined with more general issues of social justice and inequality. Indigenous peoples, racial
and ethnic minorities, and economically underprivileged communities have historically
struggled to gain recognition of both existing and emerging environmental problems in their
backyards, from the siting of toxic waste sites and pipelines to the effects of hydraulic
fracturing on the safety of drinking water, and even contamination by genetically modified
organisms.
The same players have also had to overcome obstacles in order to develop and implement
policy solutions that successfully address these issues. Environmental rules, no matter how
well-intentioned, may deprive underprivileged populations of their property rights or usufruct
rights to land usage. For instance, "fortress conservation" has come under fire for protecting
hotspots of biodiversity or other special wild places, such as national parks, at the cost of local
Page | 375
Copyright2021@CIIR
and Indigenous peoples who have a long history of claiming such areas as their traditional
fishing, foraging, farming, or herding grounds. Nevertheless, despite disparities in power and
resources, underprivileged communities or organizations sometimes succeed in the policy-
making process.
The causes of the growth of contemporary environmental movements in several nations and
the growing worldwide agreement that the status quo environmental circumstances are no
longer acceptable have been the subject of a great deal of social science study. Environmental
issues may be framed differently in different institutional, cultural, and political contexts, much
like other policy issues. This may be of particular significance when natural scientists have not
yet reached a consensus in their study or created reliable tools to evaluate biological or
chemical correlations that would otherwise be impossible to see. Furthermore, when policy
entrepreneurs haven't identified the issue and started looking for remedies, unfavorable
environmental circumstances could never be included in the agenda for public policy.
Social science research has made a significant contribution to how government officials and
policy analysts comprehend the causes of environmental problems now that environmental
policy concerns are on the policy agenda. In this article, we concentrate on social science
understandings of the primary causes of environmental issues, which are understood to be the
unintended consequences of economic activity pollution and other unintended effects that pose
risks to human health, loss of environmental amenities, harm to ecosystems, or reductions in
the quality of human life due to resource constraints. The key issue for environmental policy
becomes how society can and should account for, avert, and adjust to environmental and natural
resource impacts. Here, we focus on a few of the key ideas social scientists have contributed
to understanding the causes of environmental issues, which provide the basis for environmental
policy analysis.
Externalities and Transaction Costs
Environmental issues are now often seen as a kind of market failure according to economists.
Market failures may occur when transactions do not fairly represent the full value of products
and services to the parties to those transactions or to third parties who are impacted by those
transactions, even when markets in theory distribute commodities and services in an efficient
manner. Negative externalities, or the imposition of negative consequences to third parties as a
result of the production or use of an item, are a market failure that manifests as environmental
issues. From the perspective of society as a whole, the relevant commodities and services are
oversupplied in the market because these externalities, or spillovers, are not reflected in their
prices. For instance, if the cost of producing coal is not fully reflected in the pricing, coal would
be unfairly priced lower than it should be, which would encourage more people to purchase it
than is ideal for the welfare of society as a whole. Consumers would be given a more accurate
price signal of the total costs associated with coal if the coal industry were made to "internalize"
these social costs. This would force consumers to make different decisions, such as using less
coal or looking for alternative energy technologies that might have fewer externalities and are
therefore more cost-competitive.
The well-known fable of a farmer and a rancher by economist Ronald Coase, which is based
on a dispute between two neighbors, may be used as a metaphor and analytical framework to
help explain negative externalities at the micro level. According to the Coase Theorem,
transaction costs are a major reason why markets struggle to allocate resources effectively in
the face of externalities. If these costs didn't exist, the parties involved could do so. In the world
of Coase's tale, the farmer and rancher would haggle among themselves to reduce the total of
both the losses from cattle wandering into the farmer's fields and the expenses of preventing
Page | 376
Copyright2021@CIIR
losses, such erecting a fence. Naturally, there are very real transaction costs related to acquiring
information, making agreements, and settling disputes over pollution and the use of natural
resources, as Coase himself recognized. Because it is too expensive for the parties involved
often thousands upon thousands of individuals, not just a single farmer or rancher to negotiate
"win-win" agreements, there will be numerous negative spillovers to market transactions.
Problems with Commons and Public Goods
Even though a single polluting source may only have a very modest effect on a single member
of a large affected population, the aggregate impact of all affected individuals is still quite large
when it comes to environmental problems like pollution. The well-known issue of collective
action arises from the disparity between the individual and group effect of numerous
environmental damages. This issue emerges when there is not enough at stake for each member
of an affected group in comparison to the expense of mitigating the externality. In these
situations, free-riding on the labor of others is often sensible.
Many environmental facilities are public goods, which means they are non-rivalrous and non-
excludable, which creates issues for collective action. Environmental quality often resembles
a public benefit since everyone has access to clean air without having to pay for it. Natural
resources and ecosystems often exhibit the qualities of public goods. Garrett Hardin
demonstrated how the "tragedy of the commons" might result from the public-goods character
of natural resources. It is rational for each user to maximize their immediate gains from
resource use and extraction when resources are shared in common and cannot be excluded,
such as when grazing as many cattle as possible. This results in crowding, overuse, and eventual
degradation of shared natural resources. Many commons problems arise from the attributes of
a common pool resource being non-excludable but rival in consumption, meaning that use by
one person renders that same resource unavailable to another. All public goods problems
involve issues related to goods possessing the dual characteristics of being non-rivalrous and
non-excludable. Fish taken by one vessel leave the fish stock depleted for subsequent fishing
boats in the area, and it is difficult, if not impossible, to exclude boats from fishing in open
waters. Open ocean fisheries are a classic example of a common pool resource. Boats "race to
fish" to catch as many fish as possible.
The "tragedy of the commons" may not, however, be indisputable, according to certain
empirical social science study. Even in the absence of governmental action, individuals may
use resources from the common pool or other public goods in ways that combat the propensity
to free-ride. Such community-based self-regulation of local common pool resources may take
on a variety of institutional forms, combining formal and informal laws and customary
norms—supported by rewards and punishments to encourage compliance such as humiliation,
social isolation, and excommunication. The general loss in environmental quality across many
nations and the advent of wicked environmental issues like climate change, however, appear
to be compatible with the "tragedy of the commons" thesis and the propensity of different social
actors to free-ride.
Natural science has shown how the loss of a single species or natural resource may significantly
alter an ecosystem or bring significant harm to it. For instance, when the number of a species
that makes up a fishery drops, it might threaten the ecosystem as a whole and cause the species
to become extinct. Because the consequences of scarcity on ecosystems are so well known,
natural scientists have sometimes predicted an impending environmental catastrophe as a result
of the extinction of many species and resources. From the standpoint of the social sciences,
notably economics, scarcity may actually improve the value of an item or service and may
motivate attempts to conserve it, in contrast to the viewpoint of the natural sciences which
Page | 377
Copyright2021@CIIR
regards it as a significant environmental concern. This happens with private products because,
assuming steady demand, scarcity increases their value. Individuals may be encouraged to
invest in new strategies to safeguard or develop the private resource or to develop additional
technical advancements as a result of the growth in its worth.
In general, it has been seen that patterns of economic growth sometimes follow a pattern of
growing scarcity or other environmental damage, which is then followed by attempts at
preservation. According to a trend known as the Kuznets curve, environmental pollution
actually starts to decline as nations industrialize and reach a peak in income and consumer
growth, suggesting that economic expansion may eventually be good for the environment.
Given that people traditionally organize for environmental political action only after their most
fundamental material demands have been satisfied, Inglehart's notion of post-materialism
mirrors this trend. Despite these tendencies, "leapfrogging" the practice of economic actors
forgoing the use of industrial technology that pollute the environment in favor of more
environmentally friendly alternatives has also taken place in a number of emerging nations. On
this basis, it is sometimes said that developing countries face the prospect of "tunnelling
through" the environmental Kuznets curve by taking note of the errors made by the affluent,
industrialized nations.
But without some kind of political action to make polluters pay for environmental
rehabilitation, these types of dynamics don't seem to happen. They notably do not apply to
global public goods, where there are weaker international organizations. For instance, lack of
an atmosphere devoid of significant amounts of carbon dioxide, methane, and other greenhouse
gases leads to climate change. The scarcity of a clean atmosphere in this sense does not
inevitably lead to price signals or other market incentives to attempt to prevent global warming.
Instead, each actor's main motivation is to let someone else pay the expenses associated with
lowering GHG emissions. Only if several actors lower their emissions will there be significant
advantages from GHG reductions. Each actor has a right to question why it should bear
additional expenses for emissions reductions if others are not. Furthermore, those players who
did not cut their emissions must share in the advantages of those actors' reductions if others do,
in fact, lower their emissions. Market signals alone cannot eliminate the motivation to free ride
when it comes to public goods.
Policy Alternatives
It is obvious that environmental issues do not arise in a vacuum, whether they are defined in
terms of the negative consequences of pollution and resource depletion or in terms of the more
recent focus on sustainability. They are a result of how human activities interact with the
environment, often emerging from very complex, dynamic systems including how human
economic and social activity interacts with the environment. For a variety of worthwhile goals,
people, organizations, companies, and governments work to extract value from natural
resources, but in the process they risk depleting or exhausting those resources.
An all-encompassing strategy for resolving environmental issues might be suggested by
comprehending these root causes. Finding strategies to guarantee that people and corporations
absorb these externalities will be the general answer when environmental issues are seen as the
result of economic activity. Although this broad answer is simple in principle, figuring out the
optimal way to encourage the internalization of externalities presents difficult policy questions.
Here, we examine the contributions of social science to two key issues crucial to the analysis
of environmental policy: the determination of the policy standards by which solutions should
be selected or judged, and the general benefits and drawbacks of various environmental policy
instruments.
Page | 378
Copyright2021@CIIR
Values and Standards

How safe is safe? is a recurring question in environmental policy analysis.This subject comes
up most explicitly when deciding how strict different pollution limits should be set in
government laws, but it fundamentally serves as the basic issue supporting almost all
significant environmental policy choices. Even while too often researchers and politicians seem
to regard "safety" or "environmental protection" as if they are self-evident ideas or ones that
can be resolved simply by marshaling scientific facts, it is a topic without an obvious,
undisputed solution.
This tendency has recently been seen in the promotion of a "risk-based" regulatory approach
by academics and policymakers, with the implication that sound and thorough scientific
understanding of effects on human health or ecological viability can automatically lead to
sound policy decisions. Natural science, however, cannot, by itself, indicate how environmental
policy should be developed since, in order to identify what policies should be implemented, it
is also necessary to make normative judgements. Any risk-based approach to environmental
control must be founded on a precise articulation of normative values or policy criteria in order
to be coherent. Making judgments on how much pollution should be considered acceptable—
or, more broadly, by what standards should environmental policy decisions be guided—is
essential to making ethical environmental decisions.
The policy-analytic social science literature has a wide range of possible criteria, but any in-
depth analysis of them will include some investigation of moral or political philosophy. For
our current goals, efficiency is a critical welfare economics criteria. From there, we consider
cost-effectiveness and feasibility as two crucial alternatives to efficiency. We next talk about
equality, another important criterion that isn't covered by efficiency or cost-effectiveness and
may even conflict with them. Efficiency considers both the benefits of environmental policy in
terms of decreases in damage as well as the costs of obtaining those gains in order to strike a
balance. In two different methods. The first method is based on the Pareto efficiency principle,
which states that a policy must benefit at least some people without harming anybody else.
Pareto efficiency has sometimes been proposed as a way to enhance environmental policy via
purported "win-win" solutions that provide benefits to the environment as well as cost savings
or other private rewards to enterprises. However, empirical data shows that these win-win
scenarios are rather uncommon and, in any event, cannot fully internalize all negative
externalities.
The second efficiency test, which is more often used, is known as Kaldor-Hicks efficiency.
This test allows for more than just literal win-win choices to be effective. The Kaldor-Hicks
test also recognizes as efficient any alternative where the benefits to the "winners" under a
policy are higher than the costs the policy would place on the "losers" in the aggregate. The
calculation of net benefits, which is often used in benefit-cost evaluations of environmental
programs, is required by this test. However, using an efficiency test poses a number of
analytical and methodological difficulties. Identifying and describing the underlying dangers
that need to be addressed is one of the primary challenges. Natural sciences have played a
significant role in the business of risk assessment, albeit not entirely. It is a business that is
important even when using policy standards other than efficiency.
Any anticipated risk reduction from various policy choices must be valued or monetized,
however, when an efficiency test is in effect. This may be done using revealed-preference
techniques, stated-preference methods, or contingent valuation approaches. Because cancer-
causing chemicals may have extended latency periods, environmental measures that try to
eliminate them often have risk reduction advantages that don't manifest for years or even
Page | 379
Copyright2021@CIIR
decades. In such cases, the monetized estimates of all policy effects will be transformed into
present value terms, necessitating the identification of a suitable discount rate to be used while
doing so.
The efficiency test, as well as the use of benefit-cost analysis to ascertain whether the test is
met, has also sparked normative criticisms and questions that have implications for both
specific methodological decisions as well as whether benefit-cost analysis should even be used
at all. Some of these concerns revolve on how to assess how a policy will affect people in the
future or people who live in nations other than the one that made the policy. Others question
whether and how to include "non-use" or "existence" value when valuing effects on natural
resources that go beyond "use value" to people. Indigenous or aboriginal cultures may have
distinct perspectives than those from industrialized cultures in certain nations when it comes to
these valuation decisions and more basic epistemological presumptions. Even within
industrialized societies, there may be big disparities between laypeople and professionals'
perceptions of certain hazards.
These moral and methodological concerns mostly surface when the efficiency criteria is used
to make judgments about environmental policy. The necessity to make the valuation decisions
involved when benefits must be monetized, as the efficiency test requires, will often be
eliminated by other appropriate policy factors. One alternative in this regard is the cost-
effectiveness criterion, which also takes into account a policy's costs but does not require
balancing costs and benefits. As a result, it is not necessary to make an effort to monetize
benefits like reduced mortality or morbidity or environmental benefits. Decision-makers would
be directed by the cost-effectiveness criteria toward policies that can accomplish the required
degree of environmental or health improvement at the least expensive level. Others have
suggested considering feasibility as a criteria for policy, aiming to maximize environmental
protection while staying within the bounds of what is practical. The precautionary principle,
which has been strongly advocated as the best approach to make policy choices concerning
environmental risk, is related to the feasibility criteria. The burden of evidence is often shifted
to those who produce possible externalities, such as those who develop new goods or
procedures that may be harmful to the environment or people's health, under the precautionary
principle. It prohibits economic activity unless it can be shown that there are no externalities.
The precautionary principle is popular with policymakers and the general public, although
some academics have questioned its logic and wisdom.
Whether efficiency, cost-effectiveness, or feasibility are the criteria used for a specific policy
study, it often just considers the overall benefits or costs of environmental measures, rather
than how those impacts are dispersed. The main issue with market failures from the perspective
of welfare economics is the total social costs of economic activity; when externalities exist,
pollution is overproduced. But there are also serious issues with distributional fairness raised
by environmental issues. The scarcity that drives the majority of environmental issues
inevitably raises what Young refers to as a "problem of allocation." This issue is more about
"who gets what" than it is about sustainability or avoiding harmful side effects.
Because not everyone in society bears the risks and environmental consequences from
economic activities equally, equity concerns are inherent to environmental problems itself.
Socioeconomic and racial discrepancies in the imposition of the effects from industrial
activities are particularly apparent in this respect; these concerns have been expressed in a
"environmental justice" movement in the US and abroad. Choices concerning potential policy
remedies are also substantially influenced by equity considerations. The Coasean parable, for
instance, not only demonstrates what a negative externality is but also highlights the need of
equality in determining how rights are divided when creating policies or legal frameworks. It
Page | 380
Copyright2021@CIIR
matters whether farmers are granted the freedom to keep others out of their farmland or
ranchers are granted the freedom to let their livestock wander freely given the existence of
transaction costs. Which distribution is just? This issue comes up not only in parables but also
in the actual world of policy decision-making anytime alternatives for policies that would help
some people while harming others must be chosen. It also occurs anytime systems for trading
emissions permits are implemented because policymakers must choose who will get the first
distribution of permits and in what percentage.
Paying attention to distributional fairness also brings up a number of additional environmental
policy concerns. One of them focuses on how equality and efficiency tradeoffs should be
handled. Another is the degree to which advantages flowing to foreign inhabitants should be
taken into account when making policy decisions; this is a crucial consideration when it comes
to global climate change policy. Another concern, also related to climate change, is the moral
duty that modern people and organizations have to uphold for future generations. The idea that
environmental conservation is a human right and equity and fairness considerations regarding
environmental quality are somewhat related. Even while official policy evaluations of
environmental challenges in many industrialized countries may not always explicitly take into
account rights-based thinking, this point of view does seem to pervade much of the political
and legal debate around environmental policy. Any such right may be used or defined at the
individual or communal levels, such as in the latter scenario when indigenous peoples
experience targeted environmental deterioration. As was already said, some observers have
also stated that even when people don't directly destroy ecosystems or species, they
nevertheless have inherent worth, if not rights. Others question if a commitment to democratic
government or other human rights conflict with a human right to environmental quality [8]–
[10].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, in order to guarantee informed decision-making and sustainable water resource
management, the opportunity costs of postponed hydropower construction should be
thoroughly assessed. A thorough evaluation of the prospective benefits and costs is possible by
taking into account the economic, environmental, social, and cultural components. Such
analysis enables the discovery of alternate options for energy production, water management,
and conservation activities and aids in comprehending the trade-offs involved. It is necessary
to do an extensive study that takes into account economic, environmental, social, and cultural
factors in order to determine the opportunity costs of hydropower lost. Making decisions about
managing water resources and planning energy may be made easier by quantifying prospective
costs and benefits and taking into account trade-offs. Integrated strategies, such multi-criteria
decision analysis, may assist in evaluating and contrasting the many consequences and values
connected to various possibilities.
REFERENCES
[1] K. Garrett, R. A. McManamay, and J. Wang, “Global hydropower expansion without
building new dams,” Environ. Res. Lett., 2021, doi: 10.1088/1748-9326/ac2f18.
[2] M. Schillinger, “Balancing-market design and opportunity cost: The Swiss case,” Util.
Policy, 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.jup.2020.101045.
[3] T. S. Aung, T. B. Fischer, and A. S. Azmi, “Are large-scale dams environmentally
detrimental? Life-cycle environmental consequences of mega-hydropower plants in
Myanmar,” Int. J. Life Cycle Assess., 2020, doi: 10.1007/s11367-020-01795-9.
Page | 381
Copyright2021@CIIR
[4] D. K. Okot, “Review of small hydropower technology,” Renewable and Sustainable

Energy Reviews. 2013. doi: 10.1016/j.rser.2013.05.006.
[5] C. M. Gómez, C. D. Pérez-Blanco, and R. J. Batalla, “Tradeoffs in river restoration:
Flushing flows vs. hydropower generation in the Lower Ebro River, Spain,” J. Hydrol.,
2013, doi: 10.1016/j.jhydrol.2013.08.029.
[6] R. J. P. Schmitt, N. Kittner, G. M. Kondolf, and D. M. Kammen, “Joint strategic energy
and river basin planning to reduce dam impacts on rivers in Myanmar,” Environ. Res.
Lett., 2021, doi: 10.1088/1748-9326/abe329.
[7] K. Siala, A. K. Chowdhury, T. D. Dang, and S. Galelli, “Solar energy and regional
coordination as a feasible alternative to large hydropower in Southeast Asia,” Nat.
Commun., 2021, doi: 10.1038/s41467-021-24437-6.
[8] M. Tan-Mullins, F. Urban, and G. Mang, “Evaluating the Behaviour of Chinese
Stakeholders Engaged in Large Hydropower Projects in Asia and Africa,” China Q.,
2017, doi: 10.1017/S0305741016001041.
[9] K. Mongird et al., “An evaluation of energy storage cost and performance
characteristics,” Energies. 2020. doi: 10.3390/en13133307.
[10] R. Payet-Burin, M. Kromann, S. Pereira-Cardenal, K. Marc Strzepek, and P. Bauer-
Gottwein, “WHAT-IF: An open-source decision support tool for water infrastructure
investment planning within the water-energy-food-climate nexus,” Hydrol. Earth Syst.
Sci., 2019, doi: 10.5194/hess-23-4129-2019.
Page | 382
Copyright2021@CIIR

An Overview of Policy Instruments for

Environmental Management
ABSTRACT:
Explores the properties of policy instruments, which are tools used by governments and
organizations to implement policies and achieve desired outcomes. Policy instruments possess
certain characteristics that shape their effectiveness, efficiency, and suitability for addressing
specific policy objectives. One key property of policy instruments is their ability to influence
behavior. Effective instruments are designed to induce changes in the behavior of individuals,
businesses, or other actors in the target population. This may involve providing incentives, such
as financial rewards or subsidies, or imposing penalties or regulations to discourage undesirable
behaviors. The effectiveness of a policy instrument is often measured by its ability to bring
about the desired behavioral change. Efficiency, cost-effectiveness, feasibility, and equality are
the main policy criteria we have identified. These factors are often used in policy analysis to
guide judgments on a range of potential policy approaches to environmental challenges. Here,
we provide a quick overview of the principal conclusions from social science research on the
primary instruments at the disposal of environmental policy makers.
KEYWORDS:
Economic Incentives, Environmental Policy, Flexibility, Market-Based Instruments, Policy
Effectiveness.
INTRODUCTION
Although the majority of the instruments discussed here could be used by other decision-
makers, whether private or public, international or local, for our current purposes, we will treat
national governmental bodies as the key policy-makers. This is because all of the tools
discussed here have been adopted and implemented by such bodies. Social science scholars
have attempted to comprehend the circumstances in which each of these different policy tools
may be most effectively applied as well as the degree to which each proves efficient in
resolving environmental issues and fulfilling necessary policy requirements as these tools have
been utilized in practice. The research's conclusions suggest that when choosing a tool,
decision-makers would be wise to take into account three key factors: the nature of the
environmental problem, the traits of the industry actors or other sources of the problem, and
the ability of governmental institutions to implement and enforce the tool. Generally speaking,
a regulatory tool's ability to achieve results that are more efficient or economical increases with
its flexibility. Environmental policy may not prove to be successful at all if such flexibility is
Page | 383
Copyright2021@CIIR
not complemented by a sufficient number of incentives for firms to improve their

environmental performance, either via market forces or through efficient compliance
monitoring and enforcement [1]–[3].
The instruments are discussed approximately in the sequence in which they first appeared in
response to environmental issues in several nations, with interest in more adaptable tactics
seeming to increase over time. Liability was often the primary emphasis of the early reaction
to environmental issues in many nations, which was then followed by the imposition of
"command and control" norms like means-based and performance-based regulation.
Eventually, interest in more adaptable regulatory designs, such market-based policy
instruments and management-based regulation, grew out of worries about the bluntness and
costs of these techniques. Researchers and policymakers have also focused their attention on
voluntary initiatives designed to motivate businesses to go above and beyond the requirements
of environmental regulations. Today, most governments all around the globe use some
combination of all of these techniques.
Liability
Imposing accountability on polluters after they cause damage to others is one technique for
resolving environmental issues. Ex-post liability, sometimes known as the "polluter pays"
concept, may, at least in theory, have a dissuasive impact that encourages polluters to take
preventive action. Ex-post liability is generally thought to be insufficient as a primary means
of addressing environmental concerns, primarily for the same types of reasons that
environmental problems arise in the first place: transaction costs and the issues with collective
action. However, such liability by itself may be deemed appropriate for special types of
environmental concerns or as a general backstop to other options. Even in the presence of
accountability, victims will be more likely to free ride on others than to pursue their own
expensive forms of remedy via a liability system. This dynamic most likely results in a subpar
degree of deterrence and the persistence of the same environmental issues that policymakers
attempt to address. Governments have established protective, pro-active environmental
legislation to address the flaws of ex-post liability and aim to prevent environmental damages
from happening in the first place.
Means-Based Regulation
A number of methods may be used for proactive regulation. Rules that require regulated entities
to utilize a certain method of pollution management or to take other specific actions to lessen
environmental issues are one kind of regulation. Examples of these "means standards" are
specifications for the installation of catalytic converters on cars or the functioning of pollution
scrubbers on plant smokestacks. These "means standards" are often referred to as technology
or specification standards. Regulations of this kind are frequent in environmental policy. Means
standards may also be simpler to implement than other forms of regulation for regulatory
authorities, and they typically give better assurance that regulated enterprises will take the
necessary environmental protective action. Despite these benefits, since means standards
require the same, "one-size-fits-all" action for every regulated organization, they are often less
cost-effective than other types of regulation. Some businesses may not really need to take the
necessary activity, or they could have alternative options that might be more advantageous or
less expensive [4]–[6].
Regulating Based on Performance
Regulation may identify "what" to accomplish without stating "how" to do it, instead regulating
the achievement or avoidance of certain results. Such a performance criterion leaves it up to
Page | 384
Copyright2021@CIIR
the regulated company to decide how to achieve or avoid the desired result rather than requiring
any specific technology or other action. Companies just need to produce the intended results.
A typical illustration of a performance requirement is an emissions cap. Performance standard
may overcome the one-size-fits-all drawback of means standards by defining criteria in terms
of results and giving enterprises freedom in achieving those objectives. Additionally,
performance criteria might make it easier for innovation to happen. Due to these factors, many
social scientists advocate performance criteria as more economical regulating tools.
Performance requirements, however, are not without their drawbacks. Fundamentally,
performance standards demand an accurate way to assess how well organizations have satisfied
the prerequisite result requirements. Nevertheless, it may also be challenging to quantify results
in terms of environmental criteria. Practically speaking, authorities are often unable to
continuously check the emissions from each chimney and exhaust pipe that contributes to air
pollution.
Furthermore, "teaching to the test" is a sort of gaming in which regulated businesses discover
methods to get the desired result at the expense of the regulation's primary goal. This type of
gaming may compromise performance requirements. Volkswagen's 2015 diesel scandal is an
example of this; the company installed software to ensure that their engines were optimized for
emissions control while connected to the required testing machine, but then recalibrated and
emitted more pollution under normal, on-the-road conditions. As businesses employ their
flexibility in novel ways that result in brand-new, unforeseen challenges, performance criteria
may be a little more susceptible to the occurrence of unintended consequences.
Financial Instruments
Performance standards may nonetheless be less cost-effective than purportedly market-based
regulatory instruments, while being more cost-effective than means standards in other cases.
This is due to the fact that performance standards may experience a unique version of the one-
size-fits-all issue since they call for equal levels of emissions control even while the costs for
doing so may differ across enterprises. Market tools allow for - and even provide incentives for
- organizations to determine their own level of emissions rather than mandating that all
businesses adhere to the same emissions limit. Market instruments work by either creating a
system of tradable emissions permits or by imposing a per-unit fee on emissions.
The Coasian bargaining dilemma mentioned in 1.A above would be resolved by a marginal
pollution tax set at a level equivalent to the societal costs of pollution, which would also
guarantee that businesses completely internalize their externalities. While a tax gives clarity
about the expenses imposed on businesses, it does not provide much assurance regarding the
total amount of pollution that will be lowered. This is because it may be difficult to calculate
the exact marginal societal cost of pollution. A different market-based strategy known as
emissions trading, sometimes known as "cap and trade," may provide more assurance about
the total magnitude of pollution reductions. An overall intended level of emissions is defined
under a cap and trade system, and various "credits" for aggregate emissions are then granted,
adding up to the desired level. Then, each specific company gets credits that are equivalent to
a percentage of the total emissions level; just as with any performance criteria, they are required
to maintain their emissions at the level permitted by the permits they now have. Contrary to
consistent performance criteria, however, cap and trade allows for the exchange of credits,
which changes the required degree of control for each business. By reducing pollution more
than is necessary, businesses with lower marginal costs of control can free up some of their
emission credits, which they can then sell to businesses with higher marginal costs of control
Page | 385
Copyright2021@CIIR
in order to reduce pollution to the same overall level but at a lower cost. Empirical research
supports these theoretical predictions of higher cost-effectiveness.
Of fact, some of the same possible restrictions that may apply to performance criteria also apply
to market instruments. They rely heavily, for example, on an accurate method of monitoring
emissions. Additionally, market-based environmental policy tools may result in hot areas,
which pose a unique issue. The concentration of pollution in particular places may increase if
the companies that purchase and sell credits are situated in various locations. Additionally,
studies have looked at whether cap and trade generally hurts smaller businesses.
Regulation Based on Management
Management-based regulation instead mandates that businesses gather data, create internal
plans and procedures, and engage in other management-related activities that are indirectly
aimed at reducing environmental problems. It does not even require businesses to adopt any
direct measures that aim toward a desired outcome. For instance, some laws require businesses
that use toxic chemicals to engage in pollution prevention planning in an effort to reduce their
use of toxics, even if no specific pollution prevention or control measures are required of those
businesses and in some cases, even if they are not even required to carry out their required
plans. In summary, management-based regulation seeks to strengthen private-sector
environmental management in order to address environmental issues.
When tackling environmental issues when there are no universally applicable solutions and
where it is not practical to monitor the results, management-based laws seem to be the best
option. For instance, it has been used to promote a decrease in the usage of hazardous chemicals
and to attempt to avert devastating industrial catastrophes. According to empirical data, these
restrictions may enhance several environmental quality metrics. Research has also shown that
management-based policies may not result in long-lasting gains. When businesses begin to
manage their environmental affairs more deliberately in response to management-based
requirements, they first seem to discover low-hanging fruit, but as time goes on, the necessary
planning seems to become more routine and environmental benefits start to wane.
Information Release
Another regulation strategy mandates that certain types of information be voluntarily disclosed
to the public in addition to being collected for internal planning reasons. The U.S. Toxics
Releases Inventory rule is a well-known illustration of this kind of policy tool. Certain
industrial establishments are required by TRI to publicly declare the quantity of dangerous
substances they leak into the environment. Some studies have cited the gradual drop in
chemicals reported under TRI as evidence of the effectiveness of the strategy. Others have
shown that actual gains in environmental performance or other variables, as opposed to other,
more conventional kinds of regulation, may be used to explain reported decreases. In fact, some
empirical research indicates that the effectiveness of toxics disclosure laws may even be
dependent on how well they mesh with strict traditional environmental standards and pressure
from environmental organizations [7], [8].
Studies of state initiatives in the United States that encourage the sharing of information on
harmful emissions have not found any evidence that disclosure has had any appreciable
influence on the environmental performance of facilities. The specific impacts of the federal
TRI legislation, if any, are yet unclear. Nevertheless, other studies have shown that in other
contexts, knowledge sharing may sometimes lead to at least some minimal levels of
environmental benefit. According to researchers, information sharing may strengthen
numerous other legal, commercial, and societal incentives on businesses to cut down on
Page | 386
Copyright2021@CIIR
pollution. Additionally, if the proverb "what gets measured, gets managed" is accurate,
information disclosure may function as an element of management-based regulation and result
in managerial changes at regulated companies.
Subsidies
The fact that environmental quality is a public benefit might make it difficult for private
investors to fund certain environmental solutions, such storm-water management or water
delivery infrastructure. Private funding for public environmental facilities may be
supplemented by governmental funding and subsidies. An further example of a form of subsidy
that may be used to solve environmental issues is tax credits for investments in nonrenewable
energy sources.
Voluntary Initiatives
Rewarding businesses that voluntarily adopt environmentally responsible behavior or achieve
high levels of environmental performance is a similar strategy. Governments may provide
technical support, rewards and public recognition, unique eco-labels, or certain types of
regulatory relief to eligible businesses via so-called voluntary environmental initiatives.
Examples include the "Energy Star" product labeling program run by the U.S. government or
the U.S. National Environmental Performance Track collaboration initiative of the
Environmental Protection Agency. However, because the rewards provided to businesses
through these programs are typically modest, they are likely to be of limited use in addressing
the majority of the world's major environmental problems. Some research suggests that these
kinds of voluntary programs can have a discernible impact on certain environmentally relevant
metrics.
Institutions
In the same way that social science research has aided in the identification and evaluation of
various policy tools for tackling environmental issues, it has also explained a number of
important institutional decisions pertinent to environmental policy. They include decisions
regarding the institutions specifically, the public or private sector that should be primarily in
charge of resolving environmental issues as well as the proper size of policy responses top-
down or bottom-up. Additionally, the design of the procedures used to develop and put into
practice environmental policy has benefited from social science studies on policy decision-
making.
Governments are the main suppliers of environmental policy, although many non-
governmental entities also play a role in governance. Private third parties may operate as stand-
ins for governmental actors, particularly in countries with weak states or for issues that
governments are unable or unwilling to solve. Business groups or NGOs that serve in this role,
often referred to as "private regulators," draw their authority and legitimacy more from moral
persuasion and market strength than from coercion or force. For instance, a number of
independently developed labeling and certification programs have appeared to provide
companies and consumers throughout the world reliable information and guarantees about
specialized preferences for more ethical or sustainable types of agriculture and manufacturing.
These non-state systems have the power to set methods, performance criteria, or any other kind
of regulation that a government may impose, but they are unable to enforce compliance via the
fear of coercive measures. Private environmental governance will thus resemble government-
adopted voluntary initiatives in many ways. Despite this, there are occasions when market
forces applied by business organizations, NGOs, and even large businesses like Wal-Mart may
Page | 387
Copyright2021@CIIR
provide incentives for compliance that are comparable to those offered by governmental
authorities.
Social scientists have looked at why businesses voluntarily "self-regulate" and go above and
beyond legal compliance. According to conventional knowledge, private certification programs
provide businesses a competitive advantage over less-advanced rivals in their industry by
providing members of the club with unique reputational advantages. Product differentiation,
market access, and, in certain circumstances, a decreased likelihood of future governmental
control are further incentives for self-regulation. Private forms of environmental governance
have sometimes been found by researchers to enhance specific indicators, such as the number
of days taken to comply with standards and the amount of paperwork processed. Researchers
have had a tougher time identifying substantively significant changes linked to these private
volunteer activities, similar to voluntary programs more broadly. Concerns arise about the
effectiveness of non-state systems of environmental governance's implementation and
compliance monitoring.
DISCUSSION
The option between private and public government is seldom completely binary in practice.
Instead, environmental governance involves a close partnership between the public and private
sectors. What might normally seem to be voluntary private conduct is shaped by the shadow of
public government, such as via regulatory threats. Public government, however, is critically
dependent on private companies for information and action. Research shows that public and
private governance are linked, particularly in transnational company governance interactions,
with several players working together across sectors and nations to create private laws while
cooperating with already-existing state regulatory systems. The decision about environmental
policy sometimes involves prioritizing one sector over another or assigning distinct roles and
duties to individuals from each area.
In Contrast to Bottom-Up
The scale at which solutions should be sought for is a recurring problem in environmental
policy. Environmental issues often transcend political lines, with the exception of those with
extremely localized effects, prompting the question of whether the burden of solving them
should fall on national entities or be transferred to smaller scales. For international
environmental issues like climate change, the decision between a top-down and bottom-up set
of remedies has special relevance.
International treaties have long been a mainstay of national policy, used to compel nations to
deliver global public goods, preserve the environment, and uphold human rights. However, in
the age of globalization, both states and non-state actors, like businesses, play complex roles
that go beyond the creation, negotiation, and ratification of treaties. Frequently, they are forced
to think about whether other bottom-up policy tools, like private, voluntary initiatives or other
cutting-edge policy alternatives, might be more successful. Multilateral treaties, which seek to
impose on nations a regime under which they make specific commitments related to
ameliorating or preventing environmental damages, if not also contributing funds toward their
remedy, even in other jurisdictions, have long been the traditional approach to tackling the
collective action challenges associated with managing commons at the international scale.
These methods have, however, sometimes run into problems with ineffectiveness and
inclusion. Even though they still rely on signatories for enforcement, treaties need ratification
at the level of the nation-state before they can be considered "binding." In the end, this depends
on how willing and capable state-level bureaucracies are to meld foreign concepts, norms, and
institutions with domestic ones.
Page | 388
Copyright2021@CIIR
Top-down approaches have raised questions about their efficacy as well as global equity
because they may reflect the preferences of developed nations, whose industrialization and
development have accelerated environmental degradation, to the exclusion of developing and
emerging economies, many of which stand to experience more of the negative effects such as
rising temperatures, sea level rise, and resource scarcity. Those affected individuals and
communities those at the base of the global economic pyramid who are likely to experience
environmental harms most directly might not have their interests and concerns well represented
in top-down policy discussions, which could contribute to developing countries feeling left
behind.
Although bottom-up methods to environmental governance may lessen the drawbacks of top-
down approaches, a bottom-up approach may not be sufficient when issues extend beyond a
smaller scale. Furthermore, there is a risk of a "race to the bottom" effect when governance is
delegated to lower levels, since local governments may be enticed to compete for corporate
activity by enacting less restrictive legislative measures. A related worry is the possibility of
jurisdictional or scale spillovers, which means that as some localities or regions respond more
aggressively to environmental issues, they might only find that they push more-polluting
businesses to other jurisdictions with laxer regulations, without fully resolving the trans-
boundary environmental problem. Although some research provides counterexamples and
theoretical arguments to doubt the relevance of race-to-the-bottom effects, the degree to which
these issues with bottom-up tactics express themselves is still an open subject.
There is a lot being done to address climate change at different levels of government, despite
the fact that multilateral action by states is a crucial part of global environmental governance.
Around the globe, transnational climate governance projects have been formed by governments
of various shapes and sizes, including those of cities, states, nations, and regions, who are
working together to manage climate change in complex ways. How successfully these diverse
bottom-up techniques can replace top-down tactics and how policies created at different sizes
may be coordinated or integrated are crucial issues.
Regulatory Procedures
Individuals have diverse preferences and viewpoints about the values and interests that are
involved in decisions regarding policy criteria, tools, and institutions. Understanding who
should make these decisions and how they should be made is what has driven the broad subject
of political science in all areas of public policy, including environmental policy. The kind and
degree of engagement by impacted parties, including the general public, in the decision-making
process, as well as accountability and openness of policy decision-making, are essential topics
for environmental policy analysis. Democratic ideals are intertwined in environmental policy
in significant, sometimes unique ways, often as a result of the major institutions' lack of
conventional linkages to electoral responsibility. For instance, many important institutions at
the domestic governance level may have a bureaucratic or technical focus and be governed
indirectly by other organizations with an electoral foundation. As a consequence, social science
research that is especially pertinent has concentrated on the role of experts, consensus-building
in the administrative setting, and public involvement in regulatory body decisions.
Additionally, courts have been recognized for their important responsibilities in influencing
other political institutions and domestic environmental policy.
Securing democratic accountability at the level of global environmental governance is more
challenging since there are no traditional election processes and it is logistically impractical to
allow for direct public engagement. Accountability is a problem that affects both voluntary
transnational projects like worldwide environmental management standards or certification
Page | 389
Copyright2021@CIIR
programs for sustainable forestry practices as well as the establishment of international legal
institutions like multilateral treaties. With several interests at stake and networks of public and
private players engaging in various policy arenas, policy decision-making in these global
contexts tends to be fragmented and diffuse. Delegation strategies that improve the principal-
agent relationships between state representatives and international organizations can be used
to address the global accountability deficit, as can strategies of so-called stakeholder
participation that involve a variety of governmental and nongovernmental organizations in the
formulation of international policy. Additionally, accountability strategies can be both
internally and externally focused. The former entails standards that effectively govern those
who participate in the transnational regime, while the latter entails efforts to increase support
for the regime among those who are not a part of it but are nonetheless impacted by it.
According to research, information disclosure, one of the key instruments for resolving
environmental issues, may be used to foster accountability in international governance
structures. It should be understood, nevertheless, that more responsibility may not necessarily
result in better environmental performance, particularly if the accountability mechanism forces
a global institution to follow the lowest common denominator strategy. Environmental policy
analysis itself may benefit from similar strategies for advancing the legitimacy and
accountability of environmental institutions on both the national and international levels. When
analysis is seen as more trustworthy, its influence on real choices will be stronger. Taking
measures to include people in the creation of policy analysis may improve the knowledge basis
on which analysts do their work and increase the salience and credibility of the analysis'
conclusions.
Last but not least, decisions concerning processes come into play even after the study and
selection of environmental policy instruments. The way that policy instruments are used might
be just as important as how they are developed. The way that laws are implemented "on the
books" may not necessarily correspond to how they are carried out "on the ground." The
knowledge of how policy instruments are used and enforced has also benefited significantly
from social science research. The means by which societies will resolve environmental issues
are ultimately determined by the procedures used in the formulation and execution of policy
choices. The social sciences have contributed much to our knowledge of how these systems
function and how they may be organized to provide better environmental results [9], [10].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, a variety of factors affect the efficacy, efficiency, and applicability of policy
instruments for accomplishing targeted policy results. The effectiveness of policy instruments
is largely dependent on their capacity to impact behavior and on other important qualities such
as efficiency, flexibility, co-benefit generation, political viability, transparency, and
accountability. Policymakers may choose and create efficient tools to tackle difficult policy
issues by having an understanding of these features and their consequences. Finally, crucial
characteristics of policy tools are accountability and openness. Instruments that are transparent
make their objectives, methods of application, and results obvious and easily accessible.
Accountability procedures make sure that it is possible to assess the instrument's effectiveness
and impact and that those in charge of it may be held accountable for their actions. Enhancing
public confidence, facilitating public engagement, and contributing to the overall efficacy of
policy instruments are all made possible through transparency and accountability.
REFERENCES
[1] D. Sudrajat, “Pengembangan Kurikulum Diklat Teknis Pengelolaan Barang Milik
Daerah Berbasis Kompetensi Pegawai,” J. Good Gov., 2020, doi:
Page | 390
Copyright2021@CIIR
10.32834/gg.v15i2.125.
[2] L. S. Bennear and R. N. Stavins, “Second-best theory and the use of multiple policy
instruments,” Environ. Resour. Econ., 2007, doi: 10.1007/s10640-007-9110-y.
[3] Y. Ma, L. Kong, X. Yang, and C. Lin, “Innovation Cooperation Network Evolution about
Green Building Technology with Government Intervention: Based on Evolutionary
Game Theory,” IEEE Access, 2021, doi: 10.1109/ACCESS.2021.3119632.
[4] P. Bertoldi, M. Economidou, V. Palermo, B. Boza-Kiss, and V. Todeschi, “How to
finance energy renovation of residential buildings: Review of current and emerging
financing instruments in the EU,” Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Energy and
Environment. 2021. doi: 10.1002/wene.384.
[5] E. Lieberherr and O. O. Green, “Green infrastructure through Citizen Stormwater
Management: Policy instruments, participation and engagement,” Sustain., 2018, doi:
10.3390/su10062099.
[6] M. Kolasa, “On the Limits of Macroprudential Policy,” B.E. J. Macroecon., 2021, doi:
10.1515/bejm-2018-0189.
[7] S. Lockie, “Market instruments, ecosystem services, and property rights: Assumptions
and conditions for sustained social and ecological benefits,” Land use policy, 2013, doi:
10.1016/j.landusepol.2011.08.010.
[8] V. Maslennikov, D. Korovin, and O. Afanasyeva, “Refinancing as an element of control
over inflation,” Entrep. Sustain. Issues, 2019, doi: 10.9770/jesi.2019.7.1(31).
[9] S. L. Ustin and E. M. Middleton, “Current and near-term advances in Earth observation
for ecological applications,” Ecological Processes. 2021. doi: 10.1186/s13717-020-
00255-4.
[10] P. Lascoumes and P. Le Gales, “Introduction: Understanding public policy through its
instruments - From the nature of instruments to the sociology of public policy
instrumentation,” Governance. 2007. doi: 10.1111/j.1468-0491.2007.00342.x.
Page | 391
Copyright2021@CIIR

The Need for Simple Methods of Policy

Analysis and Planning
ABSTRACT:
The need for simple methods of policy analysis and planning in order to enhance decision-
making processes and improve policy outcomes. As policy issues grow increasingly complex
and interconnected, the use of simple and accessible analytical tools becomes essential for
policymakers to navigate the intricacies of policy development and implementation. Complex
policy problems often involve multiple stakeholders, diverse perspectives, and vast amounts of
data and information. In such contexts, simple methods of policy analysis and planning offer
several advantages. Firstly, they provide a clear and structured framework for understanding
and addressing complex issues. By breaking down complex problems into manageable
components, simple methods enable policymakers to identify key variables, relationships, and
trade-offs, facilitating a more systematic and comprehensive analysis.
KEYWORDS:
Decision-Making, Effectiveness, Efficiency, Evaluation, Implementation, Policy Analysis,
Policy Planning.
INTRODUCTION
We think there are a number of systematic processes or approaches to policy analysis that may
be employed to tackle current policy issues. We also think that a portion of these techniques
fall into the category of fundamental techniques, providing rapid results and acting as
theoretically sound tools for making sensible policy judgments. Some may argue that since
there are so many different public policy issues, it is impossible to create a single set of
systematic methods to address them all. Critics could also assert that since these issues'
geopolitical and social circumstances are so varied, there is no one solution that works for all
of them. However, a method for tackling these issues has developed and being used [1], [2].
One straightforward variation is known as the rational model, in which issue characterization
is followed by the discovery and assessment of potential solutions, then policy execution. There
is proof that the analytical process does assume this or a comprehensibly comparable shape
when time and resources are available. However, time constraints, knowledge gaps, and
resource shortages most often prevent this methodical approach from being used. This book
differs from others in that we only give easily implemented techniques that may be helpful
when there isn't enough time for in-depth study. In contrast to university academics and think
tank consultants who are employed explicitly to do detailed study on public policy problems,
Page | 392
Copyright2021@CIIR
policy analysts are sometimes obliged to provide advice to policy makers in very short periods
of time.
Basic Policy Analysis
These later efforts have also been referred to as policy studies or policy research. The analysts
who do this task are often given comparably big budgets, lengthy deadlines, and access to vast
amounts of data. As a result, they use different techniques than staff employees who regularly
do work for decision makers. To express this distinction, the words "quick analysis" and
"researched analysis" were created.2 We believe they are very helpful for finishing a short-term
task or for making the first cut at a longer-term project since we have only included approaches
in this book that we feel are both rapid and theoretically defensible. As a result, we refer to
them as basic procedures and the end result of their use as basic analysis others who create
studied analysis have different objectives than others who provide simple analysis. Researchers
look for the truth underlying issues and counterintuitive, or even illogical, answers, knowing
that their work would be rigorously evaluated by their colleagues. The analysis's intricacy,
elegance, and accuracy have astonished other academics.
The targets are far more realistic for rapid, basic analysis. The objective may be as simple as
providing public decision-makers with accurate information so they don't make serious
mistakes. As an example, you may help the mayor of a sizable city decide whether to support
the director of public works in defending the price of trash collection when a rival says the
price is twice as much as other cities of similar size. A little more utopian objective may be to
provide decision-makers with enough information to allow for an informed debate on public
policy and the adoption of better policy as a result. On a practical level, a rapid, basic analysis
could be all that is necessary to justify a one-time local issue where the expense of a thorough
investigation would outweigh the advantages of a precise solution or if the best technological
answer has little chance of being implemented due to political considerations.
Basic analysis is, in some ways, a considerably more sophisticated process than researched
analysis. The process of doing a research analysis is quite well documented; there are
established norms of scientific conduct and common exploratory procedures. The ability of the
consumer to comprehend fundamental analysis, follow its logic, and as a consequence, create
better policy, is, on the other hand, its most persuasive aspect. This indicates that there is
interaction between the fundamental analytical procedures themselves, the client interaction
process, and the communications channels utilized to provide the analysis' findings. Because
of this, some writers refer to fundamental analysis as a skill rather than a branch of science.
Success is determined by the caliber of the public discussion and the effectiveness of the
approved policy. As a result, the fundamental analysis has to take the policy issue into account.
The capacity of a method to directly address the client's issue in the time allotted must be taken
into consideration while choosing a method [3], [4].
The distinctions between policy analysis and planning have been extensively discussed in
writing. We will focus on the key points for readers of this book in order to avoid writing a
lengthy review. Some would argue that the terms "researched analysis" and "basic analysis,"
with planning being the former and policy analysis being the latter, adequately capture the
distinctions. This, like other straightforward dichotomies sometimes put out, is insufficient.
First, an examination of the applicable literature in both subjects would show that planning has
largely focused on issues at the state, municipal, and regional levels of government, while
policy analysis has mostly focused on issues at the federal level of government. Although this
is a true statement about the literature, for our purposes this dichotomy also means very little.
Page | 393
Copyright2021@CIIR
While the federal government often creates plans, state and local governments frequently enact
policies.
Critics claim that policies are broader and more abstract, call for more data and research, and
have greater repercussions than plans, although supporters of the opposite position would
counter. Depending on the level of government, the response is: A person's techniques could
be another person's policies, and still another person's plans. This semantic distinction is not
very significant. In their job, the majority of planners and policy analysts—whether they work
for the government or for private clients apply both fundamental techniques and researched
techniques.
DISCUSSION
Perhaps more significant are the disparities in the paradigms of the processes in each discipline
as a consequence of its historical growth. The following components are part of conventional
comprehensive planning:
1. a thorough inventory phase is often used to collect information on the physical environment,
natural geography, and infrastructure as well as the demographic and economic features of the
local people.
2. A search for alternative solutions that may be considered as extensive but is really quite
limited and excludes several important options before presenting them to the customer.
3. the process of creating a plan
4. Client not identified: "the public interest"
5. a scope that is subject-oriented rather than problem-oriented
6. a somewhat broad timeframe
7. A non-partisan approach to the implementation process
On the other hand, policy analysis covers a similar collection of traits:
1. a small inventory or search phase that is focused on a single problem
2. a limited search for options, all of which are typically reviewed and presented to the customer
3. writing memos, policy documents, issue papers, or draft legislation
4. One customer in particular, whether it be the CEO, an elected person, a public interest
organization, a neighborhood, or a bank, is likely to have a specific viewpoint on the issue.
5. An issue or problem-focused mindset, often known as a reactive stance
6. a period of time that is sometimes hampered by the tenure of elected leaders and uncertainty
7. a political strategy for accomplishing goals
The process of policy analysis is more similar to fundamental techniques, whereas the process
of comprehensive planning is more similar to studied methods. But there are still a few things
to note. First off, policy analysis is merely a small component of a wider process of policy
development. Analysis is the process of dissecting a policy issue into its constituent elements,
comprehending them, and coming up with solutions. The phrase "policy analysis" may often
be used when "policy planning" would be more suitable since the process of developing
policies involves many tasks beyond analysis. Second, it seems from the two explanations that
Page | 394
Copyright2021@CIIR
policy analysis is considerably more reactive than planning and only takes place after a problem
or a potential solution has been identified. This is a current reality of policy analysis; it could
be brought on by a lack of analytical resources inside the government. The initial step in
developing a plan, policy, or program must be taken by someone, yet the professional planner's
function in government has received very little attention.
Third, planning is done out of concern for the long-term efficient use of resources as well as
the greater public interest. The policy analysis paradigm calls for work for a single customer,
as was already mentioned. An example of a client that embodies the public interest is a mayor
who takes an especially valiant stance on a matter that is perceived as being crucial by city
people. Or the customer could have a highly personal objective, such as running for reelection,
which might work against the general welfare. Last but not least, we did not include policy
analysis and planning in our title to indicate that we would include both researched and
conventional approaches. We will only address the most fundamental techniques, to the extent
the two can be distinguished. Instead, we picked our title since the book's focus is on the work
done by policy analysts and planners in state and municipal governments. It doesn't matter how
the formal label is written [5]–[7].
Learning The Policy Analysis and Planning Methods
In most methods classes, students are given a toolbox of analytical methods that may allegedly
be used to solve policy issues. The problems with this strategy are many. It gives the impression
that producing a solution is as simple as finding the ideal match between the issue type and the
chosen technique. Rarely is this the case. Additionally, it ignores the fact that complex issues
confronting governments often have several facets and need for a variety of analytical
methodologies rather than just one. When a topic is evaluated in this manner, it often loses its
context and becomes into a math problem rather than a policy challenge. Some people's
response to this way of learning has been that because every situation is different, what is
required is the "right frame of mind" to do analysis. In other words, there isn't a tried-and-true
way to solve these issues; instead, a fresh strategy has to be developed for each situation. We
fall somewhere between these two. We think there is a common way of dealing with these
issues. We also think that this process may be utilized to investigate complicated problems
using a variety of fundamental or basic methodologies. In this book, we have collected these
fundamental techniques for the novice policy analyst.
We think that without a context, it is impossible to acquire these fundamental techniques. As a
result, we define the process of policy analysis and planning in the first half of this book and
explain a number of fundamental methodologies suitable for each stage of that process.
Examples are used to demonstrate each technique. Practice problems are included at the
conclusion of each procedure. The book's second section covers policy issues that will take
between ten and twenty hours to settle. Readers must define the issue, choose a strategy, and
adopt techniques of analysis on their own for each policy instance, as opposed to the more
guided exercises included with the process. It was decided to use a combination of conventional
instruction and active learning for a number of reasons.
Some could argue that practical experience is the greatest way to gain these abilities. We believe
it is more effective to understand and practice these approaches before using them in real life
since a standardized procedure has arisen and practitioners of policy analysis and planning have
created a variety of fundamental methodologies. What role do other classes play in developing
policy analysis skills? In addition to methodologies, there are two more learning areas that are
crucial for people who want to work on issues affecting state and local governments. The first
is the procedure for formulating and planning policies. How do laws become law, and how do
Page | 395
Copyright2021@CIIR
administrative regulations get established? How do experts in organizations work to provide

analysis and guidance to decision-makers, whether they are officials who have been elected or
appointed? How can different stakeholders, public and private entities, be included in the
analytical process? These issues are addressed in planning, governance, administration, and
management courses as well as certain multidisciplinary programs.
Understanding the economic, topographical, and social structures of metropolitan and regional
systems is the second crucial component. How do cities and areas develop and deteriorate?
Which of their issues could governments try to solve? These issues are covered in urban and
regional economics, human ecology, sociology, geography, and multidisciplinary courses.
The courses in descriptive and inferential statistics, management and analysis of large data sets,
and courses containing a variety of researched analytical techniques, such as survey research
methods, linear programming, benefit-cost analysis, input-output techniques, geographic
information systems, modeling, and simulation, typically make up the analytical methods
section of a planning or policy analysis curriculum. Some curricula provide classes that cover
more general approaches to policy analysis and planning, including tools for program
monitoring and assessment, forecasting and prediction, and alternative generation. The analyst
should utilize this material early in their career. The analyst will be prepared to continue on to
training in more complex analytical techniques and strategies of researched analysis after
studying the fundamentals of policy analysis and planning. These approaches often need more
time and resources, bigger basic information and data sets, and more advanced analytical tools.
Applicable Rules for Starting Policy Analysts
It takes time to learn how to approach policy issues and how to choose suitable fundamental
approaches throughout the policy-making process. Practice cannot be substituted for.
Therefore, our first piece of advice is to start thinking like an analyst and a planner. Consider
the challenges that governments and non-governmental players involved in public policy and
planning face when you read the daily news. Ask yourself what information you would need,
how you would address those issues, and what fundamental techniques could be acceptable.
As you form the habit of approaching policy issues analytically over time, you will become
more certain in your capacity to comprehend them.
You May Find The Following Advice Useful As You Start Your Policy Analysis
Learn to concentrate quickly on the main criterion for decision-making in the problem. Which
aspect of the issue is most crucial to your client? What standard is it probable that the decision
will be based on? Will the price of certain services be reduced? Or maybe it's to use the money
already allotted to the activity more wisely? Perhaps it will be to increase the number of people
the program serves. How can the benefits of different policies or initiatives be assessed? It's
crucial to pinpoint the issue's "nugget" in order to solve it. You will have to face the several
potential aims, both implicit and explicit, that are a part of that significant public/private
festival marketplace growth, as in the case of Underground Atlanta.
The criteria may sometimes be deduced from legislative purpose, but in other situations, you
may need to dig it out from a mound of apparently random reading. The customer is often
unaware of the primary decision criteria while working on exercises or case studies, therefore
you won't have a genuine client from whom to extract "the nugget." The problem is that the
aims of public policy are sometimes very ill-defined and frequently have several, concurring
goals. Beginner analysts need to develop their ability to concentrate fast to avoid wasting their
time. Beginning analysts must understand and conquer the sea of uncertainties they face,
including the vast amount of reading material without any that are of priority, reams of
Page | 396
Copyright2021@CIIR
undifferentiated data, the blank writing pad, the unmoving pencil, and the screen with the
flickering cursor. Starting is challenging, but concentrating on the main criteria for decision-
making will assist in identifying the information required. Making a poor start is preferable
than not starting at all. You may and should iterate: Does your main criteria for decision-making
hold up after many hours of work?
Naturally, there are risks associated with picking the nugget too soon. There is a propensity to
choose the one that can be described and assessed the simplest, perhaps neglecting other
significant but less measurable aims and outcomes as well as forgetting who pays for and
benefits from the policy. A strong chance exists that there may be several competing, equally
legitimate choice criteria, and that early concentration will permanently rule out the
alternatives. Consider the Different Policy Actions That May Be Used. When the private
market or the government fails to distribute products effectively or when there are concerns
with equality or distribution, there are several direct and indirect steps that governments may
take to solve public policy challenges. There are certain activities that entail monetary policy
and others that do not.
Even though policy instruments are frequently chosen due to familiarity, customs, or
professional biases, planners and analysts should be aware of the full range of potential
policies.6 Several schemes have been proposed for categorizing these kinds of policy actions.7
O'Hare's conceptualization is helpful in helping to categorize the types of actions that might be
taken.8 We have modified that conceptualization. We advise using this direct or indirect,
monetary or nonmonetary framework to assist you come up with potential policy options when
presented with a problem. A government may directly offer a good or service via bureaus,
departments, companies, or special districts, such as fire and police protection, education, and
recreation, falling under the category of direct monetary policies. A government may also buy
such an item or service from a commercial company, another government, a nonprofit
organization, or it may grant a company a license to provide the service. These products or
services may also be rationed, auctioned, or distributed by governments.
Governments may implement commodities and excise taxes, tariffs, penalties, quotas, or fees,
or they can set up pricing systems, all of which fall under the category of indirect monetary
policies. Additionally, they may provide indemnification, subsidies, welfare payments,
vouchers, grants, loans, tax credits, exemptions, insurance, or other such methods. Direct non-
monetary policies, such as safety and environmental legislation, ban or limit behavior by rules,
regulations, standards, quotas, licensing, deregulation, or legalization. Governments have the
power to compel particular activities, but relatively few laws really do so; instead, they are
prohibitions disguised as duties. According to O'Hare, the only true duties in American society
are serving on juries, attending school, and providing information for the census.
Efforts to change behavior via education, knowledge, and advocacy are examples of indirect
nonmonetary policies. They also include more forceful techniques for pleading or cajoling.
Consider programs designed to prevent adolescent drug or tobacco usage. A fee on plastic
shopping bags has been suggested by an environmental organization. Prior to acting in the
market, you must first establish your objectives. What did the environmental organization want
to achieve? Review the various policies and policy combinations, as well as how they could
help achieve the stated goals. Alternatives seldom neatly fit into just one category. They often
fit into two or more categories, necessitating the customization of general rules to match
particular circumstances. Additionally, it is necessary to highlight any restrictions and issues
with each policy's intended use. Nonetheless, while considering alternative legislation, it is
helpful to keep this categorization system in mind. The impact of the policy interventions is
also less guaranteed as we travel from the higher left to the lower right, as O'Hare noted. When
Page | 397
Copyright2021@CIIR
the government offers or buys anything, the result is rather predictable. The results are less
definite when we embrace policies based on persuasion or persuasion alone. Stay away from
the Toolbox Approach to Policy Analysis.
For a variety of situations, certain disciplines explain analytical procedures in great depth. This
may entice some individuals to start working on a policy issue because it fits with their
preferred methodology. Instead than the other way around, the issue should define the
approach. The goal of this book is to steer clear of the toolbox method. Because issues are
complicated, new analysts may be unsure of the best approach to take. We propose selecting
the most straightforward acceptable approach and, if none currently exists, creating one out of
common sense. If necessary, combine techniques. Utilize several wherever feasible. Try to
resist the inclination to fall back on our most comfortable techniques when we are anxious.
Logic, common sense, and expertise in certain subject fields are the main instruments of the
policy planner. It is advantageous to have experience with data analysis, logical problem
solving, and other specialized abilities. However, we often create our own technique or
approach to policy issues. The more policy research we do and the more we learn about what
the customers, actual or simulated, find clear and helpful to their deliberations, the simpler it
will be to be creative in this way. The customer is obliged to accept or reject the findings
without knowing if the techniques used are opaque.
You will be required to evaluate whether the landlord of many sizable apartment buildings
engaged in discriminatory renting practices. There are always a few students who are
knowledgeable of formal measures of racial segregation as well as the social science literature
on prejudice. Some will make the effort to impose their usage on this issue, often with
disastrous outcomes. In reality, this case offers a fantastic chance to create your own approach
based on a solid understanding of discrimination, analyze the scenario, and then explain it to
the customer using that way. It is effective to gain expertise in policy analysis by working
through the examples and exercises in this book, seeing how others handle similar issues, and
realizing where one's own techniques fall short.
Understand How to Handle Uncertainty. Beginner analysts may be tempted to determine the
most probable future values for each parameter of a policy issue before isolating each one.
They think the issue can be resolved since they have identified its major components. This
strategy often wastes time. As a result, we provide fundamental techniques for decision analysis
and sensitivity testing that, even in the absence of data for certain variables, may still be used
to analyze key components of a policy issue. This will be shown using a well-known policy
dilemma: Should a city eliminate property taxes on certain downtown buildings for a period of
time to promote their redevelopment? Our experience demonstrates that the majority of novice
analysts devote all of their work to determining if the tax relief will lead to the development.
The effort to determine what the expenses and advantages of such a program would likely be
if it were implemented and whether or not it caused development is seldom ever made. Policy
analysts must have the ability to deal with and operate in an unpredictable environment. Nearly
every issue with public policy involves uncertainty. In question 10, you will be asked for your
opinion on whether to put up for auction a piece of downtown real estate or to construct a city-
owned parking garage there. Uncertainty is pervasive, even in this really straightforward urban
policy issue. Your ability to manage that uncertainty and yet provide sound policy
recommendations will be very difficult.
Speak in Numbers. This book spends a lot of time on how to comprehend and solve issues
using numbers. The majority of policy issues have a database that is related to them, and it is
crucial to utilize this database to learn more about the issue. Addition, subtraction,
multiplication, and division are some of the most fundamental mathematical processes that may
Page | 398
Copyright2021@CIIR
provide insightful results. You may find out how much a service costs per person, for instance,
by using division. It goes without saying that you will want to start by carrying out a few basic
mathematical operations before you analyze the solid-waste collecting situation. How much
trash is collected and in how long? by what kind of crews? How many of what sorts of trucks
will be used? In lanes or on the streets? What kind of garbage bin will you be using? How do
these figures compare to other cities? High, low, or equal? What crucial information is apparent
lacking yet required for this first analysis? What about yard garbage collection and recycling?
Of course, not all crucial aspects are amenable to scientific measurement. While some are
intangible, this does not always mean they are not significant. Even if intangibles are shown to
be crucial in the final analysis, the quantitative analysis will provide a solid foundation for
further investigations. Carol Weiss makes the following point:
Any participant without supporting data or proof for their perspective runs the danger of being
disregarded; a group whose argument is based on erroneous data or poor analysis may find it
easier to win the argument. Of course, the presence of strong patrons and backers may save
even an analytically weak argument, but in situations where there are several competing
organizations, where power is fairly evenly divided, or in which big players have not yet taken
a position, analytical proof is often of great importance. Make the analysis clear and concise.
Your clientele are they informed by the analysis? Do they comprehend it and, as a result, act
more wisely? Any policy study should start with these key inquiries. The analysis has to be
straightforward to meet these objectives. This doesn't imply simple-minded; rather, it is not
complicated, confusing, or difficult for a smart, knowledgeable customer to follow.
Another quality of a good analysis is transparency. Simplicity and transparency go hand in
hand, thus if any models or calculating routines are employed, the client should be able to
understand how they operate, step by step, rather than just receiving the results of the internal
workings of a "black box". The use of a gravity model to forecast retail sales is a nice
illustration of this idea. A conventional gravity model was used by planners to evaluate how a
planned suburban shopping mall might affect a medium-sized city's downtown. Those who are
acquainted with these models will be aware that they are the result of feeding data through a
mathematical formula, one whose many parameters need to be explicit and transparent and
available for debate, critique, and potential testing with real data by others. The mall is
simultaneously increasing overall commerce and siphoning off business from other locations,
especially downtown. the findings from analysis. In order to follow our approach, the elements
in the formula must be specified, the information utilized to get the findings must be
documented, and a justification for utilizing this model in the particular situation must be
presented. Such information should always be made public so that users of the analysis may
follow the reasoning and verify the elements being utilized and their measurement. In certain
reports, the analyst may desire to relegate such material to an appendix, but this should never
be the case. If something is difficult to understand, it shouldn't be utilized to analyze policy.
The analyst has to know how much analysis the customer wants: one person for ten hours, one
person for a day, seven people for a month, or how many people for a year? Analysts must be
able to investigate an issue at any of these levels and, where necessary, prescribe the right
amount of effort for each level of investigation. Spending time and money should be done in a
way that results in the greatest marginal knowledge gain per dollar invested. For a policy issue,
two or three levels of study may often be determined, after which a suitable budget and work
schedule can be created for each level. This may be shown by using the example of the
hypothetical parking garage. Should the city demolish an empty piece of land in the heart of
the city and construct a large parking garage on public land? We could have fewer than ten
hours to study the concept at the basic level. The focus of the work plan would likely be on
Page | 399
Copyright2021@CIIR
confirming the overall cost of construction and operation for the city as well as assessing any
potential income streams utilizing the use rates and fee structures of several nearby properties.
If given additional time, let's say 40 hours, the study may be expanded to look at the opportunity
costs of constructing the garage, or the gains forfeited by not selling the site to a private
developer who would construct a 20-story tax-generating office structure. If the choice to
construct still stands under negative scenarios, a sensitivity study on the garage's planned price
schedule and anticipated usage rate may be conducted. It would be able to inventory the city's
private and public parking facilities for pricing patterns and usage rates by location using a
work program that may last for six months and include many staff members, and link this
information to an overarching strategy for downtown development. Significant secondary
impacts including the influence on mass-transit use and retail sales might also be investigated.
If there was still more time, it may also be feasible to engage in more thorough discussions
with prospective owners of the downtown property and get formal commitments to certain sorts
of development. The total effects of those planned construction projects might then be
contrasted with those of the parking garage options.
This next level closely resembles the studied analysis we previously discussed. It may be
difficult to distinguish between basic and in-depth assessments, however. Given varying time
and resource restrictions, most policy issues may be handled on several levels, and relevant
guidance can be provided to decision-makers at all levels of study. As time and resources are
added, the study may become more thorough and in-depth, but even then, there are still some
unanswered problems. In the parking garage example, these may include the ambiguity around
occupancy rates, their influence on retail and public transportation, as well as the uncertainty
surrounding potential garage alternatives and their effects on employment and property taxes
[8]–[10].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, the complexity of policy challenges is driving a need for straightforward
approaches to designing and analyzing policies. In terms of clarity, transparency, efficiency,
and flexibility, simple techniques have benefits. These techniques improve policy results,
public engagement, and decision-making processes by making policy analyses easier to access
and comprehend. However, simplicity should not be sacrificed for accuracy, and each policy
issue's unique context and needs should be taken into account when determining whether
simple procedures are acceptable. The rigor or correctness of procedures should not be
compromised by their simplicity, it is crucial to remember. Even simple approaches should be
supported by solid theories, solid data, and professional insight. Without oversimplifying, they
need to be able to capture the main dynamics and intricacies of policy challenges. The particular
context and requirements of the current policy problem should serve as a guide for the selection
and deployment of basic solutions.
REFERENCES
[1] S. B. White, “A Review of ‘Basic methods of policy analysis and planning,’” J. Am.
Plan. Assoc., 2012, doi: 10.1080/01944363.2012.722876.
[2] D. B. Demissie, G. A. Bulto, and R. Mmusi-Phetoe, “Unmet need for family planning
and factors associated among women living with HIV in Oromia regional state,
Ethiopia,” Reprod. Health, 2021, doi: 10.1186/s12978-021-01280-y.
[3] J. Dargin, B. Daher, and R. H. Mohtar, “Complexity versus simplicity in water energy
food nexus (WEF) assessment tools,” Sci. Total Environ., 2019, doi:
Page | 400
Copyright2021@CIIR
10.1016/j.scitotenv.2018.09.080.
[4] E. I. Walsh, Y. Chung, N. Cherbuin, and L. Salvador-Carulla, “Experts’ perceptions on
the use of visual analytics for complex mental healthcare planning: An exploratory
study,” BMC Med. Res. Methodol., 2020, doi: 10.1186/s12874-020-00986-0.
[5] S. Van Ackere, G. Van Eetvelde, D. Schillebeeckx, E. Papa, K. Van Wyngene, and L.
Vandevelde, “Wind resource mapping using landscape roughness and spatial
interpolation methods,” Energies, 2015, doi: 10.3390/en8088682.
[6] F. D. Musinya, “An Investigation Of The Relationship Between Work Environment
Practices And Employee Retention In International Non-Governmental Organizations
In Nairobi County, Kenya,” Hum. Resour. Leadersh. J., 2021, doi: 10.47941/hrlj.632.
[7] M. A. Et.al, “The Link Between Marketing Capabilities and Co-Operative Performance
in Malaysia,” Turkish J. Comput. Math. Educ., 2021, doi: 10.17762/turcomat.v12i3.869.
[8] F. R. G. Al-Ghazali and M. A. J. Al-Janabi, “Absorptive Capacity as an Interaction
Variable between Authentic Leadership and Sustainability of Safe Organizational
Performance: an Analytical Study,” Webology, 2021, doi:
10.14704/WEB/V18SI03/WEB18031.
[9] R. Sk, A. Banerjee, and M. J. Rana, “Nutritional status and concomitant factors of
stunting among pre-school children in Malda, India: A micro-level study using a
multilevel approach,” BMC Public Health, 2021, doi: 10.1186/s12889-021-11704-w.
[10] T. Suzuki, S. Koike, and M. Matsumoto, “Effect and significance of incorporating access
in estimating the number of required physicians: focus on differences in population
density in the target area,” Int. J. Health Geogr., 2021, doi: 10.1186/s12942-021-00274-
0.
Page | 401
Copyright2021@CIIR

Role of Analyst in Policy-Making Process

ABSTRACT:
This abstract explores the role of an analyst in the policy-making process and decision-making
more broadly. Analysts play a crucial role in providing evidence-based insights, conducting
rigorous analysis, and informing policy choices. The primary role of an analyst is to gather,
analyze, and interpret data and information related to a specific policy issue. This involves
conducting research, reviewing literature, collecting relevant data, and applying analytical
methods to draw meaningful conclusions. Analysts are responsible for ensuring the accuracy,
reliability, and relevance of the information they utilize, as well as maintaining a
comprehensive understanding of the policy context in which they operate. The act of
identifying and assessing different policies or programs that are meant to alleviate or address
social, economic, or physical issues is known as policy analysis. But the phrase "policy
analysis" is also often used to describe the end result of the analytical process. Although it
might be a bound, illustrated report, a memo, position paper, or draft legislation are more
typical.
KEYWORDS:
Critical Thinking, Data Analysis, Decision-Making, Expertise, Information Synthesis,
Objectivity, Policy Analysis, Problem-Solving.
INTRODUCTION
It is also possible to communicate the analytical method and the results visually and verbally.
The analyst strives to persuade others of the insights discovered while examining the policy
challenge, and this process and output together are oral and written persuasion1. This book's
main focus is on the policy analysis process, including how the analysis is created, carried out,
and the tools used. However, since the quality of the output and its presentation may be just as
essential as the analysis they convey, they are treated at various places throughout the work. A
good product is enhanced by a strong presentation [1], [2]. Analysis of policies may be done
either before or after they are put into effect. An analysis may be done to characterize the effects
of a policy or to predict the outcomes of different policies so that one can select between them.
Descriptive policy analysis refers to either the appraisal of a new policy while it is being
implemented or the historical examination of current policies. Ex post, post hoc, retrospective,
and other terms have also been used to describe descriptive policy analysis. This analysis
conducted after the fact may be further divided into two categories: retrospective and
evaluative. Retrospective analysis refers to the description and interpretation of previous
policies, while evaluative policy analysis refers to program assessment. Retrospective studies
Page | 402
Copyright2021@CIIR
include, for instance, studies of prior student loan default rates among students with various
majors. An evaluative policy analysis would look at default rates among students with certain
characteristics to determine whether they matched those that had been expected when the
program was set up.
Ex ante, pre hoc, anticipatory, or prospective policy analysis are terms used to describe policy
analysis that focuses on the potential effects of proposed measures. Predictive and prescriptive
policy analysis are two categories under which this study may be classified prior to the
implementation of policies. Prescriptive policy analysis is the analysis that suggests actions
because they will result in a certain outcome, while predictive policy analysis projects future
states as a consequence of selecting specific options. Majone sharpens the line even more by
restricting prescription to situations in which the issue has a clear resolution and a clear path to
getting there. The analyst offers guidance when the decision-maker is unsure about the nature
of the issue or when there is no established method for selecting amongst potential solutions.
Persuasive counsel occurs when an analyst use language of advise to change the policy-maker's
attitudes, preferences, or cognitive beliefs.
Prescriptive policy analysis therefore comprises presenting the findings of the study and giving
a suggestion. Here, it is assumed that the analyst is aware of the client's values, goals, and
objectives and that the customer prefers recommendations over lists of possibilities, or at least
will tolerate them. Predictive policy analysis would include research that predicted how altering
student loan interest rates will affect the saving habits of borrowers and their parents. A
prescriptive analysis would be a research to advise what interest rate should be applied to
student loans to encourage prospective borrowers to utilise family resources before borrowing.
Prospective policy analysis often includes descriptive analysis. It is necessary to comprehend
the justification for and effects of prior policies in order to establish and assess new ones.
Monitoring and evaluating implemented policies is necessary to determine whether to keep
them in place or change them, as well as to gather data that will be helpful when similar policies
are suggested in the future. In the case of student loans, a descriptive study of prior borrowing
patterns would be a crucial component of an examination of potential changes to loan
regulations. However, the procedures and techniques outlined in this book are mainly designed
to be used in predictive and prescriptive policy assessments, which aid analysts in analyzing
the likely effects of enacting new laws.
The identification and verification of complex problems, the quantitative and qualitative
comparison of potential solutions, and the assembly of this data into a format that policymakers
can use when making decisions are the main tasks of prospective policy analysis. Thus, policy
analysis is a methodical assessment of the political, technological, and economic viability of
different policies, as well as the effects of adopting such policies. An effective policy analysis
combines quantitative and qualitative data, takes a multifaceted approach to the issue, and
employs the right techniques to gauge the viability of alternative solutions. In policy analysis,
techniques and methods including decision analysis, discounting, and modeling are crucial.
But policy analysis goes beyond the specialized resources utilized to assist informing decision-
making. Additionally, it is the process that directs the choice and use of methodologies and
instruments, acknowledges the objectives and values of the client, the impacted parties, citizen
groups, elected officials, and units of government, and offers a concise justification of the topic
under discussion. Additionally, it entails clearly articulating the standards by which potential
policies will be assessed, the process for developing and accessing alternatives, the manner in
which these policies will be implemented, and the method for evaluating the analysis's findings.
Page | 403
Copyright2021@CIIR
It is obvious that policy analysis is more than a specialized, numerical procedure. In fact, it has
been suggested that political analysis largely determines policy. Regardless of the balance,
policy analysis needs both quantitative and qualitative analyses: if the goal of policy analysis
is to guarantee that the policy will really be decided and executed rather than just determine
what is excellent or adequate policy, the conventional skills are insufficient. Additionally, the
analyst must understand rhetorical and dialectic techniques, which include the capacity to
identify an issue from several points of view, to assemble an argument from a variety of
sources, to modify the argument for the intended audience, and to influence public opinion.
We do not see a decrease in the use of quantitative analysis as we look to the future of policy
analysis. Instead, we see a greater emphasis on negotiation, a much more open and visible or
transparent process, a greater explicit recognition of the role that values play in the entire policy
process, from the selection of the issues to address to the types of alternatives chosen to the
policy indicators chosen to the respective weights given to economic, technological, and social
factors. In addition, the ethics of policy analysis will get more attention, however it is yet
unclear if this trend will result in improved public policies. What therefore makes a sound,
comprehensive policy analysis? The definitions given above imply that a good policy analysis
addresses an important problem in a rational, valid, and replicable manner and offers
information that decision-makers can use to adopt morally and politically acceptable policies
that are also economically and technically feasible [3], [4].
DISCUSSION
All levels of government, commercial consulting firms, non-profit organizations, issue
advocacy groups, and academic institutions employ policy analysts. Government departments,
legislative committees, and budget and planning offices all employ policy analysts. They work
for lobbying companies and think tanks in addition to municipal managers, boards of education,
finance departments, planning and development agencies, and government departments and
agencies. These analysts are often members of the research team, and their tasks typically
change from day to day or week to week. They often develop solutions to particular issues for
immediate use. Their work entails a significant amount of gathering data and developing
arguments for use in the discussion of potential changes to governmental policy.
Analysts may work for an agency or for an outside body, such as a commission, a think tank, a
private consulting firm, or a university department. Being a member of a continuing agency
increases the risk that they will get so strongly linked with its programs that their evaluations
won't suggest many changes from the status quo, will be biased in favor of upholding its beliefs,
and won't be able to evaluate policies objectively. As a result, it is sometimes said that
independent contractors, external organizations, or other third parties may generate policy
studies that are more impartial. People choose to work as policy analysts because they want to
tackle interesting problems, use their technical expertise, be helpful, have an impact, earn a
respectable living doing something they enjoy, and be in or near positions of power. According
to MacRae and Wilde, informed citizens can act as their own policy analysts.
The technician is a researcher with excellent analytical skills but few political skills who would
"rather be right than on time." The politician is the analyst-turned-bureaucrat striving for
personal advancement who is more attuned to politics than analysis. Meltsner has divided
policy analysts into three types: the technician, the politician, and the entrepreneur35. The
entrepreneur, who possesses strong analytical and political skills, is able to work with people
and numbers without being constrained by his immediate client. He sees the public interest
even though his client has strong normative views about the range of government activity and
is both concerned with distribution and efficiency is significantly more conscious than other
Page | 404
Copyright2021@CIIR
analysts that the choice and resolution of analytical tasks are influenced by his inclinations.
The vast majority of analysts we know and students we instruct perceive themselves as, or want
to be, entrepreneurs. They aim to use both their technical and political talents.
It takes work to become an entrepreneur as opposed to a bureaucrat. According to Meltsner,
bureaucratic influences are more likely to affect analysts in bureaucracies because they are
"members of an emerging profession without enforceable standards and sanctions; 2) they lack
an adequate base of knowledge and associated theoretical paradigms; 3) they have tenuous
communication networks; and 4) they are low resource, low status political actors". Without
social and political support from outside the bureaucracy, they fall victim to bureacratic
influences. In order to assist the starting analyst develop into the sort of analyst who can deal
with numbers and people, both types of methodologies are covered in this book since it is
crucial to integrate technical and political abilities early in a career [5], [6].
There are many difficulties for the novice analyst. The analyst must not only put their academic
knowledge into practice, but also understand how the agency and political system function.
When Bellavita conducted interviews with hundreds of administrators, she discovered that the
majority of them acquired their knowledge of organizations from books, courses, role models,
and experience, with the latter being the most important source of information. In addition to
reading and coursework, the analyst can also watch analysts and managers at work to learn
about their experiences. Bellavita questioned many seasoned administrators on what they now
understand about organizations that they wish they had understood earlier in their careers. The
following are some of the points:
1. Conflict is inherent to organizations because they are motivated by the self-interest of
their members.
2. You have a certain amount of control over how other people behave as a manager.
3. There are several realities in organizations.
4. There are various levels of discourse in organizations, and several levels of dialogue
are going on at once.
5. Learn by paying attention and reflecting on the theoretical ramifications of a major
event after it has occurred.
6. Recognize your own objectives, values, and views; before you can assist others, you
must first understand where you stand.
Although policy analysts sometimes take on the role of policy advocates, they more often
remain analysts who work to provide their employer or client an assessment of the options that
may be utilized as one of perhaps multiple inputs when coming to a choice. Policy is made by
so-called street-level bureaucrats such as school teachers, police officers, social workers,
judges, prosecutors, zoning administrators, and other government employees in the course of
carrying out their day-to-day duties. Although policy analysts may be asked for advice and
occasionally have the power to set an agenda, most of the time the agency director, the
legislative committee, the governor, or the mayor make the final decision. Even though it has
been said that "most policy actors run in totally opposite directions from what many policy
analysts advocate," and that analysis is underappreciated and underutilized, Wildavsky
contends that the life of a public servant is likely to get harder as he or she serves as a mediator
between politicians who disagree on what the public interest is. Conflicts over differing
opinions on what should be done, according to Wildavsky, will make public employees more
vulnerable. In a similar vein, Bellavita referred to administrators with achievements that go
above and beyond the call of duty as "heroes" and who should lead the public sector in the
future. It is possible that the analyst who does not comprehend the connection with the
customer, particularly the analyst who reports to an elected figure, may feel upset and let down.
Page | 405
Copyright2021@CIIR
Political considerations often hinder the choice of a technically better solution. Lineberry issues
the following warning: "It is not overstating the case to suggest that politicians often pay more
attention to the opinions of the people than to analysis, but the converse is true of professionals.
Essentially, the dilemma is whether a policy should be implemented because it is the reasonable
thing to do or because the majority prefers it. Occasionally, the two viewpoints are equivalent,
but the analyst must also be prepared for situations in which they are not.
The effect of the analyst who will be engaged in the interpretation of issues, the construction
of a fact foundation, and the discovery and assessment of options is not necessarily negated by
the fact that the choice is often made by others. Decisions may be influenced by the
organization or presentation of the analysis. In addition, fundamental presumptions could
induce biases into the study. As a result, in order to preserve credibility, the analyst must
recognize underlying assumptions, keep correct records, draw on a variety of information
sources, and apply testable techniques and models.
Real-world leaders, lawmakers, and agency representatives choose the majority of the policy
analysis issues as they try to weigh the advantages and disadvantages of the choices they have
to make. Staff members may be given these issues to analyze or they may offer data for the
decision maker to analyze. The analyst has a right to anticipate some advice from the CEO or
client in either situation, but particularly when given the duty of performing the research. We
glean this information from our experience and recommendations from the Urban Institute.
CONSIDERATIONS OF ETHICS
Planners, analysts, specialists, and advisors deal with ethical concerns on a daily basis. In the
previous section, we recommended that policy analysts and planners deal with ethical
considerations. As you'll see, almost all of the case studies in this book also deal with ethical
difficulties. Many of these concerns, such as those relating to administrative choices, formal
processes, and guidelines for treating customers and superiors, are handled and settled without
contention. The most complicated questions are the moral ramifications of our methodology,
the ethical nature of the criteria included in decision models, and the ethical problems inherent
in the assessment of significant policy options.
Because of the potential effects the conclusions may have on the neighborhood, the mayor in
this instance is not pleased with the findings of a planning study. The report's authors,
consultants, are refusing to make changes to suit the mayor. The mayor then requests that the
report be revised by a staff analyst. As a result, the staff analyst is confronted with a moral
conundrum and many moral obligations, including those to the mayor, the community, the
profession, and oneself. Although the consultants declined to revise their report, they could run
into another ethical problem if a staff member does so and the mayor discloses the revised
version. Conflicts between various moral or ethical principles, such as those between client
loyalty, the public interest, fairness, equality, efficiency, justice, the law, and professional
autonomy, give rise to such ethical quandaries or moral issues. When two moral principles
disagree with one another, a "conflict of duties" results.
Planners and analysts use a normative moral framework or viewpoint to address ethical
challenges. Using the city of Oldport as an example, the staff analyst may decide on the policy
action to be implemented using the criteria of the greatest good for the greatest number, the
greatest benefit to the least advantaged, that lying with statistics is always incorrect, that lying
is acceptable to achieve a good end, that economic costs and benefits should be considered, or
that we can determine what is right based on our gut feelings. However, the fact that policy
analysts and planners face moral conundrums is not the problem. The fundamental issue is how
to conduct analysis in an ethical way, which entails debating issues like what is morally correct,
Page | 406
Copyright2021@CIIR
what is right, whose values should be upheld, whose objectives should be sought, and to what
degree a client's interests should take precedence over the general welfare. Planners and policy
analysts need to comprehend ethics since they will be choosing between several options for
actions and policies, conceptual analytic frameworks, and their personal conduct.
Not merely those concerning contemporaries, but also those involving intergenerational and
global justice, are considered ethical concerns. Our decisions on what to analyze, how to
approach it, what information to offer, how to deal with customers, and how to generally
conduct ourselves as professionals are often extremely delicate.
Analysis of Values
Today, very few planners and analysts would claim that their job has no value. In truth,
practitioners in the majority of areas are becoming more and more aware of the high importance
of their work as well as the limitations of their technical expertise. The majority of modern
authors on policy analysis also acknowledge that analysis has a significant normative
component since we use it to learn more about the results of actions and how they affect people.
According to Dunn, "The aims of policy analysis include but go beyond the production of facts;
policy analysts also seek to produce information about values and their attainment through
reflective action."61 We think that very few, if any, policy analysts and planners still cling to a
strict objective, value-neutral view of policy development. Majone has actually made the point
that, according to the decisionist perspective, rational policy analysis cannot start until the
relevant values have been determined, and that these values evolve through time as a
consequence of the formulation of policies. In addition to the fact that values are widely
acknowledged to be important in analysis, Heineman and colleagues argue that values and
beliefs are used as heuristic short-cuts in decision-making, particularly in the formulation of
foreign policy63. Leung also asserts that "a policy is a concrete expression of values, which
involves the distribution of resources and powers.
Even in his early version of "The Policy Orientation," Lasswell said that the analyst must
define values:
The policy-science approach not only emphasizes fundamental issues and intricate models but
also demands a significant definition of the value objectives associated with policy. In what
way, therefore, is an issue "basic"? Evaluations are based on presumptions about what
constitutes ideal interpersonal connections. The word "value" is used in analysis to refer to "a
category of preferred events," such as peace over war, high levels of productive employment
over mass unemployment, democracy over dictatorship, and amiable and productive people
over destructive ones. Though the value-laden character of planning and policy analysis is well
acknowledged, the systematic influence of ethical principles on choices has not been given
much attention in practice. Because policy analysis has evolved from empirically based
disciplines founded on scientific objectivity and presumed moral neutrality, this endeavor has
proved challenging. However, some analysts have made an effort to include normative issues
into their work. According to Fischer and Forester, policy analysis is mixed-method. Although
it is empirical, it is not strictly scientific in the meaning of the word in the traditional sense.
However, it is not ethics in the traditional sense; rather, it is primarily concerned with the
implementation of norms and ideals. Between science and ethics is exactly where policy
analysis falls.
Ethical Evaluation
Ethics did not become a popular topic in policy analysis and planning until the 1980s.67 The
scientific management approach of the late 19th and early 20th centuries and the
Page | 407
Copyright2021@CIIR
professionalism of politics and public administration pushed out the ethical considerations that
had been brought about by the Pendleton Act of 1883.68 The rapid growth of policy analysis
after World War II was driven primarily by operations research, systems analysis, and applied
economics, which Dunn calls “disciplines particularly resistant to ethical reasoning and
valuative discourse.” It was not until the decline in confidence in social institutions and the
Watergate issue in the 1970s that ethics reemerged as a topic of concern, which continues today
as a result of the lack of confidence in government. The 1970s also saw discontent with the
way in which normative issues were being considered in policy analysis, in particular, that
techniques such as policy analysis assumed general agreement on societal priorities and values
that did not exist. Although the body of literature on ethics has grown significantly in recent
years, it has been characterized as "chaotic," and it has been said that ethics and many other
subjects such as personnel, budgeting, administrative law, and other subjects have overlap. Not
only have the journals in virtually all fields published articles or even special issue on ethics,
but numerous journals are devoted primarily to ethics. Even with all of this publication activity,
there is no commonly accepted definition of ethics of moral thinking in the field of policy
analysis.
Three types of moral thinking can be found in the larger body of literature on ethics:
descriptive, which attempts to develop a theory of human nature relevant to ethical questions;
normative, which addresses what is good or right in a specific situation or as a general principle
and results in a normative judgment; and critical, or meta-ethical, which addresses logical,
epistemological, or semantic issues pertaining to the establishment and justification of ethical
and value standards. The problems brought up by the city of old port example come under the
category of "normative ethics," which is described as "a systematic investigation into the
justification for individual conduct and institutional practices and modes of thought." Instead
of looking for a cause-and-effect explanation for action, normative ethics tackles the
explanations for behavior and offers rules for picking a policy that is good or right. Normative
ethics places more emphasis on value judgements than facts, despite the fact that facts are
essential to moral decision-making.
How do we assess a policy's morality? "Normative ethics provides guidelines for deciding what
makes right acts right." It is generally acknowledged that morally righteous or ethical behavior
cannot be defined by regulations. We cannot only follow established customs or traditions as
our guidance. Instead, we must consider the values that will guide our activities. Even while
law, prudence, economics, religion, authority, and opinion/bias/taste may all be important in
making ethical decisions, they are not adequate on their own. We must also use moral
reasoning. But what kind of concepts can we use to back up this claim? Deontological and
teleological theories of normative moral duty are the two main subcategories. The quality of
outcomes is an issue in teleological theories. They contend that rather than the act itself, the
nonmoral good is what determines whether an action has moral value.80 Teleological views
may focus on implications for oneself, others, or everyone. We must first have a conception of
what is good in a nonmoral sense before determining if the proposed action would result in the
good in order to determine whether it is proper, good, or ought to be done.
Process is a focus of deontological ideas. Deontologists contend that an action may be morally
justified even if it does not result in the greatest balance of good over evil. They maintain that
an action or behavior is judged right or wrong according to the essence of the action,
independent of the results. Theories of deontology and teleology may be either rule-based or
act-based. In rule-based theories, rules that direct people's conduct are created using ethical
concepts. In act-based theories, people employ overarching ethical precepts to decide what to
do in specific circumstances.83 Act-based theories have the adaptability to handle
Page | 408
Copyright2021@CIIR
disagreements and exceptions, but they have the issue of having too many exceptions. The rule
method is rigorous yet avoids the issue of having too many exceptions. Act-utilitarianism is
one universalistic teleological theory that maintains that a deed is ethical if and only if it results
in the greatest happiness for the largest number of people, regardless of how the good or bad
are distributed. The net happiness generated determines which option we choose. The
foundation for benefit-cost analysis is this notion. Even though this strategy is appealing and
frequently employed, critics have criticized it because it is difficult to define happiness, there
is no clear justification for pursuing it for the greatest number of people, there may be an unfair
distribution of pleasure and pain, it is challenging to compare the relative happiness of
individuals, and it allows for too many exceptions to established rules.
Instead of emphasizing results, rule-deontology theory concentrates on rules, rights, and
activities that are just in and of themselves. In other words, it emphasizes right and wrong rather
than good and bad. Immanuel Kant, a rule-deontologist who advanced a rational rule non-self-
interest theory, is one of the rule-deontologists. There is also John Rawls, who put out a theory
of justice based on a person's entitlement to fundamental freedoms and the distribution of more
benefit to those who are least fortunate via accessible positions of authority and equal and fair
access to positions of power. The rule-deontology method is challenged because moral
standards that must apply in all situations are routinely broken in modern society, and thus
approach has little bearing on the results of policy. Although deontology theory has had little
impact on the practice of planning and policy analysis, many individuals find it appealing in a
society where everyone is expected to adhere to the same set of moral standards and where
Judeo-Christian religious traditions are dominant.
The majority of us, according to Callahan, would identify as deontologists, but in reality, we
frequently act teleologically. For instance, whenever we balance pros and cons, we "attempt to
produce good results without considering seriously enough what moral values might be
sacrificed in the process". Rules-utilitarianism and act-deontology are two alternative middle-
ground methods that have been established since, in reality, none of these two approaches is
entirely adequate. These ideas have served as the foundation for codes of ethics. The notion of
usefulness is applied to rules rather than specific actions in rule-utilitarianism. It permits the
utility principle and moral principles to coexist and be justified. Good outcomes make it
possible for individuals to deviate from moral norms, and in situations when numerous
established standards contradict, the concept of utility may be used to choose between them.
Unfortunately, this ethical framework does not emphasize on the problem of community goods.
Because there are times when it is possible to choose between conflicting ethical standards,
act-deontology methods are less strict than rule-deontology approaches. One interpretation of
act-deontology is intuitionism, which acknowledges that there are numerous moral rules that
should be followed but that they sometimes may clash with one another and that each person
must decide for themselves what is morally appropriate in each situation. Many planners and
policy analysts see ethics in this way; however, the theory offers little direction on how to make
decisions, and ethical intuition might easily be overwhelmed by "personal preference, self-
interest, political pressure, or pragmatic eclecticism [8]–[10].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, the analyst's function is crucial to the formulation of policies and the making of
decisions. By doing thorough analysis, evaluating policy choices, offering unbiased views, and
effectively articulating complicated material, analysts support the formulation of evidence-
based policy. Their responsibilities also include cooperation, continuing assessment, and data
interpretation. Analysts contribute significantly to aiding informed decision-making and
Page | 409
Copyright2021@CIIR
enhancing policy results by carrying out their tasks. Last but not least, an analyst's
responsibilities go beyond just conducting analyses. They could take part in tracking results,
analyzing how policies are being implemented, and modifying suggestions in light of fresh data
or evolving situations. By evaluating the efficacy and impact of policies and offering
suggestions for future decision-making procedures, analysts support a culture of learning and
continual development.
REFERENCES
[1] S. Dhole, F. A. Gul, S. Mishra, and A. M. Pal, “The joint information role of analysts’
cash flow and earnings forecasts,” Account. Financ., 2021, doi: 10.1111/acfi.12581.
[2] C. Wright, S. Atkins, B. Jones, and J. Todd, “The role of performance analysts within
the coaching process: Performance Analysts Survey ‘The role of performance analysts
in elite football club settings,’” Int. J. Perform. Anal. Sport, 2013, doi:
10.1080/24748668.2013.11868645.
[3] S. McCartney, C. Murphy, and J. Mccarthy, “21st century HR: a competency model for
the emerging role of HR Analysts,” Pers. Rev., 2020, doi: 10.1108/PR-12-2019-0670.
[4] F. Rababah and G. Abuqauod, “The role of public policy analyst in public organizations:
An assessed applied study in the ministries of education, health and social development
in Jordan,” Jordan J. Bus. Adm., 2020.
[5] D. Du and T. Osmonbekov, “Direct effect of advertising spending on firm value:
Moderating role of financial analyst coverage,” Int. J. Res. Mark., 2020, doi:
10.1016/j.ijresmar.2019.07.005.
[6] R. Kim and S. Kim, “Does revenue-expense matching play a differential role in analysts’
earnings and revenue forecasts?,” Br. Account. Rev., 2021, doi:
10.1016/j.bar.2021.101033.
[7] T. M. Barbosa et al., “The role of the biomechanics analyst in swimming training and
competition analysis,” Sports Biomechanics. 2021. doi:
10.1080/14763141.2021.1960417.
[8] L. Zhu, Q. Chen, S. Yang, and Z. Yi, “The role of analysts in negative information
production and disclosure: Evidence from short selling deregulation in an emerging
market,” Int. Rev. Econ. Financ., 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.iref.2021.01.016.
[9] S. K. Naqvi, F. Shahzad, I. U. Rehman, F. Qureshi, and U. Laique, “Corporate social
responsibility performance and information asymmetry: The moderating role of analyst
coverage,” Corp. Soc. Responsib. Environ. Manag., 2021, doi: 10.1002/csr.2114.
Page | 410
Copyright2021@CIIR

Concept of Ethical Decision Making and Its

Significance
ABSTRACT:
This abstract explores the concept of ethical decision making and its significance in various
contexts, including business, healthcare, and personal life. Ethical decision making involves
evaluating and choosing actions or courses of conduct that align with moral principles and
values, and that consider the potential impact on stakeholders and society as a whole. Ethical
decision making requires individuals to consider a range of factors, including fairness, justice,
honesty, integrity, and respect for others. It involves identifying ethical dilemmas or conflicts,
analyzing the available options, and selecting the most ethically sound course of action. Ethical
decision making is guided by ethical frameworks, theories, and principles, which provide
guidance and support in navigating complex moral choices. Depending on their origins and the
moral groups they are a part of, planners and analysts have highlighted various theories.
Efficiency is often emphasized by economists, rights are typically emphasized by attorneys,
equality and the environment are typically emphasized by planners, and the utilitarian cost-
benefit analysis is typically emphasized by policy analysts.
KEYWORDS:
Autonomy, Beneficence, Consequentialism, Deontology, Ethical Decision Making, Ethics,
Fairness, Integrity.
INTRODUCTION
The morally illiterate, the ethically hyperactive, the ethical relativists, and the ethical hybrids
are Kaufman's four categories for ethical participation in planners. Only the most egregious
ethical problems could be detected by the first group. The second group was very sensitive and
tended to see conduct as either right or bad, much like deontologists. The relativists, who
emphasized acts' results, were more akin to teleologic lists. The hybrids alternated between
taking a deontological and an ideological position. Howe contends that when confronted with
"professional ethics" issues, we think in terms of act-deontology, but when faced with policy
analysis, we think in terms of act-utilitarianism. It is obvious that neither a single shared ethical
theory for the policy areas nor a set of ethical guidelines are likely to materialize. It seems that
many planners and policy analysts base their decisions on a variety of beliefs. Both of them
make an effort to behave honorably, faithfully, and effectively. But applying various moral
frameworks has come under fire for producing cognitive dissonance. Tong contends that policy
analysts should establish a moral point of view that enables them to live according to a set of
Page | 411
Copyright2021@CIIR
self-imposed moral goals rather than a set of moral or ethical regulations. She points out that
the same moral principles should apply to both our personal and professional life, analysts
should be governed by a moral code founded on personal integrity, and analysts must develop
moral qualities unique to their professions. These moral qualities come from either justice or
kindness. Tong emphasizes the value of commitments to clients and other stakeholders in the
workplace.
Is there agreement on the main ethical issue for experts and practitioners even if there isn't a
consistent definition of ethics in policy analysis? Vasu, Stewart, and Garson reviewed
definitions of ethics and found that the idea of obligation was a recurring theme. They defined
obligation as having to do with who is responsible for it, whether it is a positive or negative
obligation, and whether or not the effort to influence ethical decision-making is internal or
external to the person or organization. Cooper cited the idea of accountability as the main issue
in administrative ethics.96 According to him, when we face a dilemma regarding what should
be done, we must identify our obligation in the administrative function. There are two types of
responsibility: objective responsibility and subjective responsibility. Subjective responsibility
is founded on an internal drive made up of views, attitudes, and predispositions about how we
should behave, as opposed to objective responsibility, which arises from legal, organizational,
and social obligations on our duty as an administrator. The majority of the time, ethical
conundrums arise when we must choose between competing, contradictory, and inconsistent
duties. Rohr, who has argued that there is an increasing agreement on the nature of the ethical
challenge the political servant faces the appropriate use of administrative discretion offers a
similar point of view. He thinks that "career civil servants participate in governing a democratic
society through administrative discretion without being directly accountable to the electorate.
Ethical Principles and Rules
How can we utilize these different ideas to help us make ethical decisions? Although having a
set of rules or instructions to follow may appear useful, the solution is not that simple. Ethics
is a continuous process; it cannot be established just by reference to a collection of rules.
Individual choices about moral matters over time result in the development of a "operational
ethic. According to Tong, ethics is as much about character and action as it is about laws and
qualities. According to her, "if a person is not interested in growing in moral character, he
probably won't care about articulating and adhering to moral principles that are justifiable.
Similar to this, if someone does not care about moral principles, it is probable that they will not
care for moral character [1], [2].
The American Society for Public Administration, the International City/County Management
Association, the American Institute of Certified Planners, the National Association of Social
Workers, the National Society of Professional Engineers, and the National Association of
Environmental Professionals have all created codes of ethics or statements of principles or
guidelines. Of course, these standards are understood differently by practitioners, and there is
a significant disconnect between the codes and actual practice106 as well as between
practitioners' and students' ideas. Doing no damage, a conventional and fundamental ethical
guideline in public service, may need extensive ethical analysis to define what constitutes an
injury to the numerous people involved in an ethical issue. In contrast, the duty to do good may
not be acknowledged by all administrators. The utilitarian belief that good should always
outweigh evil, as in benefit-cost analysis, is another stance where an administrator would be
able to address suffering committed by others.
Tong comes to the conclusion that the fiduciary model of professional-client interactions is the
best suitable after analyzing a variety of options. This is how a doctor and patient interact, as
Page | 412
Copyright2021@CIIR
well as a lawyer and client. It respects the superior knowledge specialists possess and puts
unique responsibility on them in return, but it also recognizes that customers and policymakers
ultimately have the last say. Trustworthiness, which derives from the virtue of justice and
encompasses honesty, candor, competence, diligence, loyalty, and discretion or secrecy, is a
crucial component of the connection between an expert and a client. The analyst has a
responsibility to other parties in addition to their client. It is challenging to define this
commitment since it is not a proper parallel to compare policy analysts to surgeons, attorneys,
or other professionals. According to this perspective, the policy analyst has many fundamental
duties to third parties, including responsibility over self-interest, refraining from manipulating
or misleading participants, and refraining from doing them damage. Cooper stresses the role of
the public administrator as the citizen-administrator who represents other citizens in carrying
out certain public activities, putting the responsibilities of fiduciary citizenship ahead of
technical knowledge. With a difference between legal citizenship and ethical citizenship,
citizenship has been considered in the area of public administration as the origin of ethical
standards. The social, economic, and political facets of life are added to the legal citizenship's
requirements, privileges, and duties under laws and constitutions to create ethical citizenship.
According to this concept, a community's values, norms, traditions, and cultures determine and
dictate the requirements, rights, and duties of citizens.
DISCUSSION
Tong comes to the conclusion that the people are the ultimate client and that the analyst has a
triple duty: "to draw attention to government policies that they believe may threaten the public
health and welfare, to speak out when they believe that public debate is being unnecessarily
hampered by the misrepresentation or suppression of information, and to share the information
with as many citizens as they practically can when public debate is not as well informed as it
should be." Cooper describes governance as an ethical and political act, but sadly few people
take an active role in it. Additionally, there is a growing understanding that lobbying is a
component of policy analysis. Additionally, analysts and specialists are influencing choices
even more. Among other people, Fischer has argued that the process of policy analysis is
becoming more adversarial and that experts and professionals are playing growing roles in
actually influencing policy.
Advocacy and combative behavior may have a useful purpose. Instead of pursuing the public
interest impartially, Charles Lindblom promotes the principle of thoughtful partisanship. Under
this principle, the analyst acknowledges that his work is influenced by a selection of some
among other possible interests and values; insofar as is practical, he discloses his choice; he
makes no claim that his interests or values are good for everyone, in other words, he
acknowledges that they are to some extent harmful to some people; and he believes that his
work is guided by the interests and Except as previously said, I do not refer to anybody who
misrepresents facts, withholds evidence, or deviates from accepted norms of scientific integrity.
If there is a shared interest, that will be revealed through the "competition of ideas" among the
partisans. He is simply pointing out that everyone is a partisan and places the interests and
preferences of some people over those of others, and that we should recognize it explicitly,
rather than hide behind a "myth of nonpartisanship". The best a society can do, according to
Lindblom, is "acknowledge conflicting versions and work out politically, not analytically a
resolution."118 Additionally, ethical analysis aids in identifying assumptions we share with
others, discarding other assumptions, finding areas of consensus, and identifying when factual
research will not add to the decision because the dispute is over values.119 Heineman and
colleagues are worried, however, that advocacy, while a perfectly legitimate activity, can
sometimes be confused with advocacy. We've seen so far that values are crucial for guiding
Page | 413
Copyright2021@CIIR
policy analysis, that there are various theories of what constitutes ethical behavior, that
objectivity and neutrality are unlikely, and that advocacy and partisanship are viable
approaches for identifying divergent values as well as shared interests. But there are still issues:
How should analysts behave themselves in the workplace? What principles should guide us.
There isn't a single, accepted approach. Many professionals, academics, and educators have
provided descriptions of policy analysis models. others of these procedures have come under
fire because they adhere to the ideal, rational-model approach, which, according to others,
cannot be used. What have these experts stated about the method of policy analysis before we
return to this point?
A framework may be useful for beginning analysts as they learn these abilities via analysis.
Policy analysis has been compared to art, craft, compromise, debate, and persuasion.136 These
tasks heavily rely on the talent, judgment, and intuition of the analyst. When we go through the
processes of the policy analysis process in coming sections, keep the following summary in
mind. According to Quade, the five most crucial steps in the policy analysis process are issue
formulation, alternative research, future environment forecasting, alternative effect modeling,
and alternative evaluation. He emphasizes that policy analysis is an iterative process in which
the issue is reformed as goals are understood, substitutes are created and assessed, and
improved models are created. He proposes that the procedure go on until the allotted time or
funds are exhausted.
Writing for the citizen as a potential analyst, MacRae and Wilde contend that each analysis of
a policy choice entails a set of common components, including the definition of the issue,
establishing the standards for selecting among alternatives, generating a number of potential
policies, selecting a course of action to bring about the implementation of the policy option,
and assessing the policy once it has been put into place. Stokey and Zeckhauser outline a five-
step process as a starting point in their primer on quantitative methods for policy analysis:
identify the underlying issue and the goals to be pursued, list potential alternative courses of
action, forecast the effects of each alternative, choose the metrics for gauging the success of
alternatives, and then specify the preferred course of action. The authors admit that the analyst
may not progress logically from one phase to the next and might need to switch back and forth
between the processes, but they maintain that each of the five areas must be covered in an
analysis [3]–[5].
The Urban Institute has outlined a similar procedure for analyzing state and local programs:
define the issue, identify pertinent goals, choose evaluation criteria, specify the target audience,
identify potential solutions, calculate the costs of each solution, assess each solution's efficacy,
and present findings. Some of the processes noted by previous writers are broken down in this
method. Other approaches include defining the issue in terms of goals and target audiences,
and evaluating the solutions in terms of cost, efficacy, and other factors. Problem analysis and
solution analysis are the two main components of the policy analysis process, according to
Weimer and Vining, who argue that both must get enough attention. Understanding the issue,
selecting and describing pertinent objectives and constraints, and selecting a solution approach
are all included in the problem analysis section. They include selecting assessment criteria,
defining policy options, assessing alternatives in light of criteria, and suggesting actions within
the solution analysis section. They also point out the need of acquiring data to support the
research and giving customers helpful suggestions.
These and other techniques to policy analysis approximate the ideal, logical decision-making
process that may be found in many other domains. Define the issue, identify the alternatives,
quantify the alternatives, use decision aids, choose an alternative, and execute the choice, for
instance, is how the process is stated in a multi-disciplinary textbook on decision making. When
Page | 414
Copyright2021@CIIR
a particular stage cannot be completed because of a lack of knowledge, this formulation of the
decision-making process, like previous ones, includes step-by-step iteration. Backtracking
through the processes may result in more specific issue descriptions and the discovery of more
potential solutions. The rational approach is recommended for resolving company strategy
issues as well. The procedures are the same: diagnose the issue, specify objectives, produce
alternatives, weigh repercussions, choose the "best" option, reimplement the "best" solution,
and put it into action. Over the years, similar rational problem-solving techniques have been
recommended for a variety of industries, including public administration, design, urban and
regional planning, economic development, and design.
Can anybody follow these methods, particularly a novice analyst? Clear goals and objectives
must be stated, the whole range of alternatives that may be employed to accomplish the goals
must be identified, and the costs and advantages of each alternative must be calculated. The
perfect procedure is not only cognitively taxing, but also expensive and time-consuming. By
the time the analyst completes the procedure, the issue can have found a different solution,
vanished, or grown to be too enormous to handle. Additionally, businesses often lack the
resources to undertake thorough studies.
In the real world of policymaking, concessions must be made within the rational model in order
to make speedy, approximately correct judgments. According to Simon, decent or acceptable
options rather than the best are chosen since the expense of the search will exceed the
advantages. According to Lindblom, since decision-makers are unable to conduct the
simultaneous comparisons necessary by the rational model, they adopt an incremental strategy
instead, making a series of constrained comparisons and choosing solutions that are marginally
better than alternative options. In order to look at problems thoroughly while also concentrating
on the areas that seem most promising for in-depth investigation, Etzioni introduced the mixed
scanning strategy as a compromise between the incremental and rational approaches. And Paris
and Reynolds suggest that policy arguments be assessed via a rational ideology that connects
normative experiences and perceptual evidence to enable us to decide preferred policies, stating
that policy analysis is not a science. The gradual character of the budget process, which ensures
that substantial changes take time to happen and that current programs are likely to be
sustained, undermines the rational decision-making process since policies often include
finance.
Because of their excessive expectations and exaggerated claims, the rational model and policy
analysis have itself come under heavy fire. According to Robert Formaini, scientifically
informed public policy is a fantasy and a theoretical delusion. It has been a dream since the
Enlightenment and may have achieved its peak at the end of our century. It is only in our
thoughts, analyses, and procedures because we are looking for it, and looking for something
usually results in finding it. There is also the issue of whether policies and programs have
accomplished anything after spending a lot of money on them. Hofferbert points out that
several significant governmental policy initiatives, such as adolescent job training programs
and attempts to lower drug and alcohol usage, have not had appreciable effects. Formaini also
draws attention to the fact that government policy analysis failed to develop the best response
to the 1976 swine flu outbreak. Similar criticisms of the government and international
organizations' reaction to the 2009 H1N1 pandemic were made by experts.
Schwarz, however, has maintained that government initiatives have improved American
society, such as by lowering poverty and promoting health. In addition, he contends that the
majority of Americans rely on assistance from government programs, that self-initiative is
insufficient, and that government policies have had a greater beneficial impact than generally
acknowledged. In support of their claim that policy analysis has an effect, Quigley and
Page | 415
Copyright2021@CIIR
Scotchmer provide a number of recent situations in which analysis was crucial. Additionally,
Bryson and colleagues showed via a thorough quantitative investigation of 58 situations that
planning and planners have had a significant beneficial influence on the production of desired
results in large-scale undertakings. Furthermore, policy analysis may indirectly influence
choices via the enlightenment process[6].
Numerous writers have suggested changes and alternatives to the rational model, but no other
paradigm has come to dominate. Alexander, however, contends that the rational model is most
likely to be replaced by a contingency approach that combines research findings with normative
recommendations. The majority of contemporary writers on policy analysis as well as
practitioners support the use of a rational model variant that combines the scientific-technical
approach with the normative-political approach. A rigorous rational model cannot be used since
many choices that seem sensible must be altered because they cannot be implemented
politically. Because the political system will not support it, a policy that is logical, reasonable,
and technically desirable may not be implemented. There is sometimes a lack of agreement on
fundamental principles, and excellent ideas do not always prevail. The s do not always speak
for themselves. Analysts and decision-makers often need to include argumentation, persuasion,
and political efforts into their analytical procedures due to the ongoing tension between options
that are technically superior and politically practicable.
In his summary of the criticisms of policy research, Nagel noted that many of them also applied
to policy analysis and that it was attacked for having both too many and too few of the same
traits. These contradictory traits include being too theoretical or too practical, too
transdisciplinary or too narrowly focused on political science, too quantitative or too
subjective, underused or overused, and too liberal or too conservative. In response, he argues
that policy studies incorporate many concepts in order to better prepare the profession to handle
the systematic assessment of options. Additionally, he claims that policy research performs
well across a range of criteria [7]–[9]. It has a long-standing philosophical underpinning,
originality, a theoretical side, a practical side, an important political science component that
involves all fields of political science, a multidisciplinary side that involves all fields of
knowledge, especially the social sciences, a qualitative value-oriented side, a quantitative,
reasonably objective way of dealing with analytical problems, the ability to be used when
warranted in light of democratic processes, and more. Frequently, it is not possible. We do
believe that novice analysts should go through each phase of the process and may utilize the
process outline as a framework or guide for analysis. Similar defenses of the rational model
have also been offered by others, who have added that it educates people, minimizes
subjectivity, scales down issues to manageable sizes, and enables others to review the study
[10].
CONCLUSION
Ultimately, ethical decision-making is a basic process that directs people, businesses, and
professions in making decisions that are consistent with moral standards and values. It entails
evaluating possibilities, choosing the most morally just course of action, and taking into
account the interests and well-being of stakeholders. Making ethical decisions is crucial in
business, medicine, and daily life because it promotes honesty, trust, and social ideals. Creating
ethically supportive settings, encouraging open discussion of ethical concerns, and arming
people with the information and resources they need to solve ethical problems are all necessary
for encouraging ethical decision-making. Organizations and organizations may create codes of
ethics, provide instruction and training on making ethical choices, and promote a climate of
moral responsibility. We evidently think there is value in systematic analysis since this book is
on techniques of policy analysis. However, we acknowledge as do other policy analysts that
Page | 416
Copyright2021@CIIR
actual people don't always behave as predicted by models. We are reporting how analyses
should be undertaken when we describe how they are carried out. We don't advocate that the
policy analyst adheres strictly to the logical model's stages.
REFERENCES
[1] S. Valentine and L. Godkin, “Moral intensity, ethical decision making, and
whistleblowing intention,” J. Bus. Res., 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.01.009.
[2] M. K. Johnson, “Making a Decision on Ethical Decision-Making Models,” All Grad.
Theses Diss., 2020.
[3] N. Ogunbiyi, A. Basukoski, and T. Chaussalet, “An exploration of ethical decision
making with intelligence augmentation,” Social Sciences. 2021. doi:
10.3390/socsci10020057.
[4] M. S. Schwartz, “Ethical Decision-Making Theory: An Integrated Approach,” J. Bus.
Ethics, 2016, doi: 10.1007/s10551-015-2886-8.
[5] P. Dunn and B. Sainty, “Professionalism in accounting: a five-factor model of ethical
decision-making,” Soc. Responsib. J., 2020, doi: 10.1108/SRJ-11-2017-0240.
[6] R. Mladenovic, N. Martinov-Bennie, and A. Bell, “Business Students’ Insights into
Their Development of Ethical Decision-Making,” J. Bus. Ethics, 2019, doi:
10.1007/s10551-017-3523-5.
[7] J. L. Craft, “A Review of the Empirical Ethical Decision-Making Literature: 2004-
2011,” Journal of Business Ethics. 2013. doi: 10.1007/s10551-012-1518-9.
[8] A. Musbah, C. J. Cowton, and D. Tyfa, “The Role of Individual Variables,
Organizational Variables and Moral Intensity Dimensions in Libyan Management
Accountants’ Ethical Decision Making,” J. Bus. Ethics, 2016, doi: 10.1007/s10551-014-
2421-3.
[9] I. Klopotan, A. Aleksić, and N. Vinković, “Do Business Ethics and Ethical Decision
Making Still Matter: Perspective of Different Generational Cohorts,” Bus. Syst. Res.,
2020, doi: 10.2478/bsrj-2020-0003.
[10] D. Sari, E. Baysal, G. G. Celik, and I. Eser, “Ethical decision making levels of nursing
students,” Pakistan J. Med. Sci., 2018, doi: 10.12669/pjms.343.14922.
Page | 417
Copyright2021@CIIR

Excessive Accident Rate Among Teenage

Drivers
ABSTRACT:
Explores the issue of excessive accident rates among teenage drivers and highlights the factors
contributing to this concerning trend. Teenage drivers, particularly those in the age range of 16
to 19, face a significantly higher risk of being involved in accidents compared to other age
groups. The excessive accident rate among teenage drivers can be attributed to a combination
of factors. Firstly, lack of driving experience plays a significant role. Many teenagers are newly
licensed drivers who have limited exposure to diverse driving conditions and complex traffic
situations. Inadequate experience and exposure to various driving scenarios can result in poor
judgment, delayed reactions, and an increased likelihood of making critical errors while
driving. Because of variations in training, available time for study, issue complexity, resource
availability, and organizational affiliation, analysts may follow different paths through the
policy analysis process. Most analysts start their problem-solving process by using the
techniques and viewpoint of their field. People with sociological training may start by
examining the disparate effects on various groups of people, economists often start by
analyzing the problem in terms of economic costs and benefits, and lawyers may start by
analyzing the legal elements of the issue.
KEYWORDS:
Accident Prevention, Driver Behavior, Driver Education, Excessive Accidents, Risk Factors,
Road Safety.
INTRODUCTION
The likelihood that a step will be skipped or collapsed increases with the amount of time
available. Although complex issues may seem to need job delegation and the employment of
experts, if resources are few, the work will be completed internally. Those in small
organizations are less likely to have such support and are more likely to carry out the majority
of the analysis themselves. In contrast, analysts in large organizations are more likely to have
access to consultants, technical support staff, and specialized equipment and may frequently
deal with only part of the problem [1], [2]. We anticipate readers of this book to develop their
own versions of the policy analysis method after acquiring some experience since compromises
with the model are often necessary. However, as a starting point, we recommend six
fundamental actions.
Step 1: Confirm, Describe, and Specify the Issue
Page | 418
Copyright2021@CIIR
We are often irritated by the many factors that must be taken into account and the contradicting
character of potential solutions when confronted with issues in our daily life. The bigger the
number of things that are brought to our notice, the more individuals we contact about a
situation. The more we examine the issue, the more facets we discover that need analysis. The
similar conundrum occurs when analyzing policies. Never take the original problem statement
at its value. It could merely be the tip of the iceberg, a little portion of a bigger issue, or
something that neither the customer nor the decision maker can change.
The policy analyst must constantly check to see whether the issue that prompted the study still
exists because situations change. The issue often evolves throughout analysis and takes on new
aspects, requiring the analyst to reinterpret it. In order to tackle issues, policy analysis students
are instructed to define them. Backward issue resolution has been the name given to this
technique. In order to redefine the problem so that it may be minimized, managed, or even
solved with the knowledge and resources at hand, it is necessary to analyze the best available
facts on the issue, decide on the standards that will be used to assess various policies, consider
potential alternatives, and then redefine the problem. The urgency of issues and the little time
frame within which the research must be completed often necessitate such an approach.
Because the client's goals are often unclear or seem to clash, problem definition may be
challenging. A customer and analyst could sometimes have trouble understanding one another
due to language or terminology discrepancies. However, organizations often find it difficult or
unwilling to articulate their goals clearly. Public organizations in particular face this issue since
they often have to juggle various objectives, many clienteles, and the need to react to
contradictory or shifting public opinion. In huge organizations, authority is also dispersed and
pursued by rival groups, including the ability to set organizational goals. Some of the
challenges inherently present in problem description are shown with an ostensibly
straightforward modern issue.
The average age to receive a driver's license in the majority of states is 18, however if a person
has successfully finished a driving education course, they may do so as young as 16. Of all
driving age groups, teenagers have the greatest accident rate. One political contender demanded
"reducing the carnage on our highways." What's the issue? Keep in mind that the response is
context-dependent. It may be beneficial for you and your client to take into account certain
constituents' opinions while ignoring others, but it is wise to evaluate all potential viewpoints
from the outset. Use a sound justification to swiftly narrow them down after that.
Is there an issue with the high accident rate of adolescent drivers? Or maybe it's more
particularly the fatalities and injuries brought on by some of these accidents? Teenagers driving
unsafe second- and third-hand cars, teenagers driving under the influence of alcohol, driver
education programs that do not adequately prepare teens for unsupervised driving, license
exams that do not differentiate between prepared and unprepared teens, and more may all be
contributing factors. The issue could be identified by school districts as the high price of driving
education. Due to risky adolescent drivers pushing up insurance prices, parents of teenage
drivers may identify the issue as the high expense of insuring their safe teen driver. In order to
ensure that the issue can be solved by policies that the relevant decision maker has influence
over, the analyst must confirm, define, and explain the situation in light of the wide range of
potential outcomes [3]–[5].
The analyst will attempt to ascertain the scope and size of the issue, assuming that one exists.
How many adolescent vehicle deaths occur each year, for instance, per mile driven? What does
this mean in terms of other age groups? How long, if at all, has the disparity been present? How
does this location stack up against others? Back of the envelope calculations, often known as
Page | 419
Copyright2021@CIIR
quick calculations, may help define the problem's parameters. Look for other people's
comparable assessments.
West Says Keep Driver Ed, Don’t Up Driving Age
the capital cityThe incorrect approach to addressing the issue of accidents involving
inexperienced young drivers, according to Secretary of State Chris West, is to raise the state's
legal driving age to 17 and eliminate the need for drivers' education. West said on Monday that
driving instruction programs in schools should continue. She also advocated for giving teens
under 18 temporary licenses that may be suspended if they break traffic regulations rather than
increasing the legal driving age. In press conferences held at the Statehouse and other locations,
West addressed remarks made last week by Pat Karl, a Democratic candidate for governor.
The driving age should be increased from 16 to 17, according to Karl, in order to "reduce the
carnage on our highways". Teenagers have the greatest accident rate of any category of drivers,
and according to West, the state has around 300,000 licensed drivers who are 16 and 17 years
old. West disagreed with Karl's suggestion that the state abolish its mandated driver education
programs. Raising the legal drinking age to 17 or 18 discriminates against mature, responsible
young people who need to drive to work or school, according to West. According to a
representative for West's opponent in November, Democratic state Treasurer Val Lawrence,
Lawrence basically supports West's stance while opposing Karl's. Karl also wants to enforce
drug laws against youths and outlaw the use of electronic devices while driving. About 32,000
licensed 16 and 17-year-olds had one driving infraction against them in 2011, according to
West, and another 11,000 had received two fines. After receiving their first citation, a young
person's driving privileges would be banned for three months under West's temporary license
proposal. A driver's license would be suspended for a year for anybody under the age of 18 who
received a second ticket within a year.
Since late spring, West has been researching the temporary license program with the State
Motor Vehicle Laws Commission. According to West, driver education is a useful method for
teaching young people how to drive. Numerous school districts all around the state gripe about
the state's failure to reimburse them for the true expenses of driving education. According to
West, the state will spend $30 million on the initiatives during the current fiscal year. A
percentage of the license cost, instructional permits for 15 and 16-year-olds engaged in driver
education, and a premium on penalties for traffic violations are all sources of funding for this
program. According to West, a lack of state funding would not be a sufficient justification for
getting rid of required driver education programs. In this state, teenagers who do not finish
their drivers education in the classroom and on the road must be 18 in order to get a license.
In the case of teenage accidents, the affected and interested parties or stakeholders could
include the politician who brought up the issue and saw it as a potential campaign issue; driving
instructors who might lose their jobs if driver education courses were dropped; school districts
who must pay for driver education; the police who enforce traffic laws and investigate
accidents; parents who are worried about the safety of their children. The list of interested
parties or groups could also include motor clubs that care about driver and passenger safety;
school/parent, teacher organizations that care about the health and lives of teen drivers;
insurance companies that are concerned about risk-taking; the farm lobby that values farm teen
labor mobility; and, of course, society as a whole that has invested in teen drivers.
Finally, the analyst must determine if there is sufficient data to do the analysis and whether
gathering additional information would be advantageous. How much time would it take to
roughly respond to the fundamental queries, and how much time would it take to do a more
thorough investigation? The difficulty at this point in the policy analysis process is to express
Page | 420
Copyright2021@CIIR
the issue clearly, exclude superfluous information, quantify it, concentrate on its core elements,
and characterize it in a manner that leaves no room for ambiguity. The analyst should be able
to offer the first complete description of the issue after this effort, determine if there is a
problem that the client may be able to address, and determine how much time and resources
the study will need. Other parts of the issue can be discovered later when options are developed
and assessed, necessitating a redefining of the problem.
Establish Evaluation Criteria in Step Two
How will the analyst know when the issue has been resolved or when a viable policy has been
found? How will potential policy options be contrasted? Any suggested policy will have a range
of effects and might have a varied impact on different populations. Policies that look acceptable
when assessed on the basis of cost, for example, may turn out to be unacceptable when the
policy's environmental implications are taken into account. Moreover, policies that are
acceptable to one group may turn out to be unacceptable or damaging to another group.
Relevant assessment criteria must be defined in order to compare, quantify, and choose
amongst options. Cost, net benefit, efficacy, efficiency, equality, administrative convenience,
legality, and political acceptability are a few examples of regularly used metrics. One option,
for instance, may be less expensive than the others or fit within a limited budget. There may be
a difference between two options in terms of net economic gain. One might make the most use
of the funding at hand. One might be the most affordable method of achieving a given goal.
One may have a greater or lesser impact on certain people, groups, or organizations than other
possibilities. The implementation of certain options will be more challenging than others. One
could need more time or administrative expertise than they have. Some could need legal
amendments. Some people may not agree with everyone. Since the political acceptability of
the options will differ, it is important to understand the political aspects of the issue that will
influence a solution [6]–[8].
The decision criteria are obtained by the analyst from where? They may be provided by the
customer at times, either explicitly as metrics or inadvertently via a declaration of aims or
objectives. It is the analyst's responsibility to make the criteria in the first scenario detailed
enough for their accomplishment to be quantified. In the latter instance, we need to infer
standards and have our customer validate them. Sometimes the decision-maker is unable or
unwilling to specify objectives, goals, or standards. The analyst will thus need to speculate as
to what they are. The analyst will also need to establish criteria that are pertinent to the general
interest, to potential future affected groups, and to competing interests. The analyst must choose
the factors that are most important to the parties concerned since seldom are all criteria equal.
The degree to which the criteria significant to the different people and groups concerned are
met by the alternative policies will need to be taken into consideration when the options are
subsequently reviewed. The analysis's focal point then shifts to the decision criteria's relative
importance.
What conceivable assessment standards may there be for the minimum driving age issue? It
could be useful to consider this issue from the viewpoint of the potential groups involved in
order to identify potential criteria. The adolescent accident rate, as well as criteria like the
teenage car fatality rate and the driving while intoxicated arrest rate, may be relevant from the
perspective of society at large. In addition to accident, mortality, and drunk driving statistics,
parents may prioritize characteristics like insurance prices. Parental convenience may be
measured using other parameters. Driver education expenses and parental attitudes are two
factors that school districts may find essential. Teenagers are prone to prioritize factors like
mobility and personal safety. The aforementioned requirements would worry politicians and
state authorities, but they would likely also add administrative, legal, and political factors.
Page | 421
Copyright2021@CIIR
The analyst will need to pinpoint the criteria that are crucial to the study of the situation at hand
and most pertinent to the major decision-makers. The analyst looks for criteria that fit these
requirements, although sometimes criteria are decided by the information that is available.
However, the analyst is able to more clearly define the values, aims, and objectives of the
interested and affected parties as well as to make apparent both the desired and unwanted
results by providing assessment criteria and choosing the dimensions along which the
alternatives will be assessed. We are establishing requirements that must be fulfilled while
evaluating options by outlining the criteria in advance. It also helps to minimize the temptation
to subsequently justify favored solutions by stating assessment criteria up front. Later in the
study, more criteria could come to light; nevertheless, the analyst must expressly acknowledge
the inclusion of such criteria.
Determine Alternative Policies in Step 3
The analyst should have a grasp of the values, objectives, and aims of all stakeholders involved
at this point in the process, not just the customer. The analyst may develop alternative policies
with the aid of knowing what is desired and having determined the standards to be utilized in
evaluating alternatives. Most likely, the analyst already has a list of potential options. The
analyst may have inferred this if the customer had a favored policy in mind when he or she
assigned the challenge. The no-action option is a strategy that has to be taken into account.
Similar issues may have been discovered elsewhere during the problem-identification step, and
the remedies implemented elsewhere might be taken into consideration. Other viable policies
may be suggested by the analysts who worked on such issues. Even a problem that is somewhat
clearly defined might have a vast number of potential solutions, particularly when variations
and combinations of solutions are taken into account. The following might be among an initial
set of solutions to the issue of adolescent car accidents:
1. Increasing the age requirement for obtaining a driver's license
2. Giving youngsters limited licenses that allow for just daytime travel to and from job or school
3. Giving youngsters temporary licenses that would be withdrawn if they broke traffic laws
4. Stricter enforcement of existing traffic regulations
5. Discontinuing driver education programs
6. Changing the options for driver education
7. Making the requirements for obtaining a driver's license for teens more rigorous
9. Requiring that cars include sensors that would prevent their use by drunk people 8. Enforcing
rules against texting and driving.
10. Preserving the current situation
It is also conceivable for these options to be combined or varied, in which case specifics for
each option would need to be provided. Teenagers may only be granted temporary licenses and
driving instruction might be maintained. Alternately, the age requirement for acquiring a
driver's licence may be increased, driving instruction could be eliminated, and the test for
getting a license could be made more difficult. Retaining driving education and providing
limited licenses to minors who successfully finish a driver education course might be another
mix. If the minimum age is raised to 16 1/2, 17 1/2, or higher, whether driving is restricted by
time, purpose, or both time and purpose, what types and numbers of laws would result in the
Page | 422
Copyright2021@CIIR
suspension of a provisional license, how long the suspension would last, and other details
would need to be specified.
Alternatives may be created and combined to expose parts of the issue that were previously
undetected. Examining solutions used by others in comparable circumstances may provide
more understanding of the issue. Due to the new knowledge, it can be essential to reframe the
issue, and the revised problem statement might need changing or adding to the assessment
criteria. The difficulty at this stage of the analytical process is to avoid deciding on a small
number of possibilities too quickly. The most effective technique to find alternatives may
include careful thought, especially when time is of the essence. Alternatives may also be found
through doing trials and research, using brainstorming approaches, and by creating scenarios.
Alternatives relevant to individual groups may be shown by typologies defining the many
groups that might be impacted. Alternatives that seem out of the ordinary shouldn't be
disregarded. What was formerly unaccepted could now be more accepted. Testing these
extremes could also provide information on the acceptability of less severe actions and how
fundamental rules might be changed. The unaccepted choices of yesterday cannot be simply
dismissed today without consideration since participant attitudes and assumptions change
throughout time.
Step 4: Evaluate Alternative Policies
The examination of alternative policies and the organization of policies into strategies and
programs serve as the foundation of the policy analysis process. What effects should each
policy anticipate to have? How well does each policy adhere to the evaluation standards? The
sorts of assessment criteria and the nature of the issue will propose potential techniques for
evaluating the policies. Avoid using your preferred technique, such as decision analysis, linear
programming, or cost-benefit analysis, to evaluate each assessment. When an analyst just has
a hammer as their sole tool, all issues will seem to be nail-like. Quantitative analysis will be
necessary to solve certain issues. Others will call for qualitative research. Most issues will call
for both.
A cost-benefit analysis could be used to determine whether raising the minimum licensing age
to, say, 18 years would have a net economic benefit by comparing potential savings on things
like auto operation, maintenance, repair, insurance, and traffic enforcement with costs like
income taxes. Cost-effectiveness studies could be used to determine the least expensive way to
reduce the teenage auto accident rate. But in this case, it could also be necessary to assess the
options' equity. Will the lack of access to public transit result in a heavier strain being placed
on families and youths in rural and small towns? Political considerations must also be taken
into account while evaluating options. Would voters support raising the legal age to drive via
their political representatives? If given enough time, it could be possible to measure support
for alternative solutions using well-researched techniques like a citizen survey. When there isn't
enough time to complete such tasks, we must use basic models and simple prediction and
forecasting techniques to demonstrate the effects of the options, sensitivity analysis to
determine the effects of changes in fundamental assumptions and parameters, and quick
decision analysis to provide probabilities for the results of various decision-making sequences.
In addition to alternatives that may be dismissed with minimal more investigation, this
assessment stage may also discover alternatives that fulfill most or all of the key criteria. Some
options will need further investigation. Possibly more information needs to be gathered. It is
crucial for the analyst to distinguish between politically acceptable solutions and those that are
technically or economically viable at this phase. The goal of policy formation, which involves
creating and evaluating alternatives or policy choices, is to accurately define the issue and
Page | 423
Copyright2021@CIIR
provide workable solutions. It simply comes down to politics whether any of these options can
be put into action. Would the parents of teenage drivers, school administrators, teacher unions,
farm groups, etc. support the change if the alternative removing driver education and raising
the minimum age for obtaining a license was found to be the most affordable, life-saving
measure? Since policies shouldn't be compared without consideration of the likelihood that
they will be implemented, this information must be included in the policy evaluation stage.
The analysis may reveal, during the policy review process, that the issue no longer exists in the
way we originally characterized it or as it was defined for us. The issue may take on new
dimensions as a result of information learned during the identification and assessment of
policies, which may necessitate the use of additional or different evaluation criteria. At this
point in the study, it could be discouraging to find fresh approaches to the issue, but it's
important to keep going. The likelihood that the issue has been incompletely or erroneously
characterized during the assessment stage reinforces the recommendation that a first-cut
analysis be carried out soon during the problem-definition phase. A few quick iterations
through the policy analysis process could be more productive and efficient than one long one.
Step 5: Showcase and Identify Alternative Policies
The assessment findings may be given as a list of options, an enumeration of criteria, and a
report of the extent to which each alternative satisfies the criteria, depending on the analyst-
client relationship. This is not meant to imply that the numbers speak for themselves or even
should. The sequence of criteria, the order of choices, and the amount of space allocated to
different possibilities may all have an impact on judgments, even in this fairly neutral
presenting structure. The evaluation's findings might be presented in a variety of additional
ways. We'll demonstrate later how matrices may be used as a comparison format to quickly
highlight advantages and disadvantages. Value comparison methods may be used to describe
the benefits and downsides of the alternatives when criteria can be articulated quantitatively.
In order to combine quantitative techniques, qualitative evaluations, and intricate political
issues, evaluation findings might also be presented as scenarios. The alternatives are described,
the prices of the possibilities are reported, the winners and losers of each alternative are listed,
and the economic, political, legal, and administrative repercussions of each alternative are
played out.
It is unclear that the study' findings can be summarized numerically for a topic like the
adolescent accident issue that incorporates both quantitative and qualitative data. The relative
relevance of the criteria may not also be agreed upon. In such a situation, the analysis may be
summed up using a comparison matrix. The choices would be displayed along one axis, while
the criteria would be listed along the other. Where applicable, the cells would include the net
benefits in dollars, the lives saved, the change in the adolescent car accident rate, and other
information. A decision-maker or customer may evaluate the possibilities and utilize the
analysis to choose a course of action with the help of such a framework. Ranking or weighing
systems may be suitable when the customer or decision maker has clearly defined goals, but
the analyst must be mindful that personal biases may readily infiltrate such summing schemes.
Some customers prefer that the analyst provide a compelling case for the better choice, and
sometimes the analyst may believe that a certain choice has such a strong case to be made for
it. Writing scenarios may be the best option in these situations because it enables the analysis
to be seen in a wider perspective, may breathe new life into a dry analysis, and can excite,
enrage, and motivate a person to take action. This stage of the analysis may entail more
lobbying and feature an explicit rating of options as the analyst wins confidence from superiors
and clients and acquires expertise.
Page | 424
Copyright2021@CIIR
Remember the distinction between a politically feasible option and one that is technically
better. In other cases, the technically preferable choice is known, and the challenge is to handle
political resistance. Use political feasibility analysis to weigh the advantages and disadvantages
of different options and to find the answers to questions like: Will the policy's decision-makers
be motivated to adopt it? Would a less complete plan that just addressed a portion of the issue
and could be implemented by fewer people have a higher chance of being successful? What
must the customer pledge or give up in order for the policies to be carried out? Will there be a
need for new administrative procedures? Since policy is neither created or executed in a
vacuum, it could be necessary to influence other people to do certain actions. Governmental
agencies may have to work together. Rarely will there be only one acceptable or suitable option.
Not only may diverse interested parties be drawn to various possibilities, but two or more
alternatives could have outcomes that are quite similar. Since issues are seldom fully resolved,
none of the solutions are likely to be ideal. More often, their severity is diminished, the load is
divided more fairly, or they are replaced with less serious issues.
Policy analysts are limited by time. They therefore cut corners. They speculate. They fail to
consider options and factors. The majority of policy analyses are lacking. Analysts must
disclose all uncertainties and potential negative outcomes since they must make
recommendations in the face of ambiguity. Will the proposed strategy create more issues than
it solves? According to a saying, "every solution breeds new problems." Is the customer open
to accepting them, if so? Exist any strategies to lessen these undesired effects? Will senior
transit users become more fearful as a result of more youths using the buses and trains as a
result of increasing the age for a driver's permit? Will the local governments and transportation
networks be able to allay these worries? Will the court system be able to handle the cases if the
preferred option is to harshly punish juveniles who break traffic laws? To outline what may go
wrong with the execution of each choice, a worst-case scenario or worst-case worksheet can
be created.
The analyst must now reevaluate whether the proper problem was recognized, if significant
aspects of the problem have been disregarded, and whether actual alternatives have been
considered after having learnt a great lot about the concerns and alternatives at this stage in the
process. Have circumstances altered that could require modifying the evaluation of
alternatives? Exist any new options? Has the quality of the data improved? Using this data,
should some of the analysis be redone? Checks for accuracy should be made. Technical studies
that were previously deemed unnecessary may now be required as support. Without peer
review, an analysis is unlikely to have progressed to this far; nevertheless, if it has, and the
project is not top-secret, others should be requested to assess it for logical flaws, arithmetic
problems, general faults, and political viability. What steps still need to be taken to adopt the
desired policy, in the end? Assignments of duties and obligations are necessary. Plans should
be created for observing and assessing the applied policy.
Step 6: Keep track of and evaluate the adopted policy
In most cases, the execution of the favored option does not directly include the policy analyst,
planner, or expert. Although to varied degrees the analyst will be engaged in formulating
implementation guidelines and procedures, agency operations employees typically execute
policies. Instead of driving the bus, analysts design it. On the other side, the policy analyst has
to be engaged in the upkeep, supervision, and assessment of the adopted policy. There may be
some uncertainty about the problem's right resolution and even the effectiveness of the chosen
strategy even after it has been put into place. In order to ensure that policies and programs do
not change form unintentionally, to measure their impact, to determine whether or not they are
Page | 425
Copyright2021@CIIR
having the intended impact, and to decide whether they should be continued, modified, or
terminated, policies and programs must be maintained and monitored during implementation.
Post-program assessment is crucial, even if we have opted to concentrate mostly on pre-
program policy analysis components. If we know how to perform post-program assessments
and if we understand how and why policies and programs fail, the quality of pre-program
analysis may be enhanced. This information may be used to inform the design of policy
maintenance, monitoring, and evaluation methods that will help to prevent some of these
failures. The analyst must understand that policies might fail either because the program could
not be executed as intended or because the program was run as intended but failed to get the
anticipated outcomes because the underlying theory was flawed. Evaluation of policies or
programs has a tendency to focus mostly on theoretical failure, but we shouldn't rule out the
potential that a plan may not be executed exactly as intended.
Evaluation efforts would need to take into account whether the new policy was implemented
as intended in the teenage driving situation. Is it being enforced if the option chosen was to
limit adolescent driving to daylight hours? Is this legislation being followed if its purpose is to
enforce the legal drinking age? If it was decided to provide temporary permits, are they being
cancelled following offenses? We may undertake an examination to see whether the policies
are having an effect on the number of adolescent drivers involved in accidents or fatalities if
we discover that they are being implemented correctly. Comparisons of relevant rates before
and after the policy's adoption as well as comparisons between rates in a test state and a control
state are two examples of potential assessment approaches. The assessment may alternatively
take the form of a time-series analysis from a year before the change in policy to at least a year
of the policy since it may be hard to construct a control or comparison group [9]–[11].
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, the high accident rate among young drivers is a serious problem that has to be
addressed. This unsettling tendency is influenced by elements including inexperience,
dangerous driving habits, and cognitive and developmental characteristics. We may work
towards minimizing accidents and encouraging safer driving practices among adolescent
drivers by putting in place comprehensive initiatives that include education, awareness
programs, driver training, graded driver licensing systems, and technology improvements.
Technological developments may potentially help to lower the number of accidents involving
young drivers. Safety technologies like lane departure warning systems, electronic stability
control, and forward collision warning systems may offer extra levels of defense and assist
reduce the hazards brought on by inexperience or brief attention gaps.
REFERENCES
[1] M. Vennelle, H. M. Engleman, and N. J. Douglas, “Sleepiness and sleep-related
accidents in commercial bus drivers,” Sleep Breath., 2010, doi: 10.1007/s11325-009-
0277-z.
[2] J. H. O’Keefe, S. K. Bhatti, A. Bajwa, J. J. DiNicolantonio, and C. J. Lavie, “Alcohol
and cardiovascular health: The dose makes the poison.or the remedy,” Mayo Clinic
Proceedings. 2014. doi: 10.1016/j.mayocp.2013.11.005.
[3] P. Finn and B. W. E. Bragg, “Perception of the risk of an accident by young and older
drivers,” Accid. Anal. Prev., 1986, doi: 10.1016/0001-4575(86)90043-6.
[4] M. W. Arbour, I. K. Gordon, M. Saftner, and T. Tanner, “The experience of sleep
deprivation for midwives practicing in the united states,” Midwifery, 2020, doi:
Page | 426
Copyright2021@CIIR
10.1016/j.midw.2020.102782.
[5] M. Al-Khader and F. M. A. Al Mirdef, “Psychological Effects Related to Accident
among Victims,” J. Sci. Res. Med. Biol. Sci., 2020, doi: 10.47631/jsrmbs.v1i1.21.
[6] T. M. Laursen, T. Munk-Olsen, and M. Vestergaard, “Life expectancy and cardiovascular
mortality in persons with schizophrenia,” Current Opinion in Psychiatry. 2012. doi:
10.1097/YCO.0b013e32835035ca.
[7] T. Matsubayashi and K. Yoshikawa, “Minimum legal drinking age and youth health:
Evidence from Japan,” J. Stud. Alcohol Drugs, 2018, doi: 10.15288/JSAD.2018.79.539.
[8] H. B. Moss, “The impact of alcohol on society: A brief overview,” Social Work in Public
Health. 2013. doi: 10.1080/19371918.2013.758987.
[9] A. Westwell, P. Cocco, M. Van Tongeren, and E. Murphy, “Sleepiness and safety at work
among night shift NHS nurses,” Occup. Med. (Chic. Ill)., 2021, doi:
10.1093/occmed/kqab137.
[10] J. Niederdeppe, R. Avery, and E. N. Miller, “Alcohol-control public service
announcements (PSAs) and drunk-driving fatal accidents in the United States, 1996–
2010,” Prev. Med. (Baltim)., 2017, doi: 10.1016/j.ypmed.2017.03.009.
[11] R. Catarino, J. Spratley, I. Catarino, N. Lunet, and M. Pais-Clemente, “Sleepiness and
sleep-disordered breathing in truck drivers: Risk analysis of road accidents,” Sleep
Breath., 2014, doi: 10.1007/s11325-013-0848-x.
Page | 427
Copyright2021@CIIR
Publisher:
M/s Council of Industrial Innovation & Research (CIIR)
research@ciir.in
International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research (IJMIR)

www.ijmir.org
ISSN: 2583-0228
Please submit your manuscripts/papers to research@ciir.in

For any query kindly write to research@ciir.in
© All rights are reserved with Council of Industrial Innovation and Research (CIIR), Noida, India.

2022 Jul&#39; Special Issue

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2022 Jul&#39; Special Issue

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EDITION

A Comprehensive Review of Inventory Management ........................................................................ 136

Alternative Benefit-Cost Decision Criteria .......................................................................................... 289

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Understanding the Basis of Strategic Planning

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Understanding the Relationship between

Marks with Questions or Problematic Kids

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Consumer Behaviour: Examining Product

their marketing tactics to match customer demands by understanding the decision-making

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

An Overview of Individual Traits and

in-depth conversations with customers or distributing lengthy questionnaires to them. The

[11] L. Siracusa, G. Avola, C. Patanè, E. Riggi, and G. Ruberto, “Re-evaluation of traditional

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

A Comprehensive Review of Business Buying

B2B marketplaces is another distinguishing factor. Salespeople directly contact corporate

2020, doi: 10.17265/1537-1506/2020.03.002.

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

An Overview of B2B Buying Situations and

recommendations from connections in the sector. Following the evaluation of alternatives,

B2B Markets Throughout the World and E-Commerce

Forsch., 2020, doi: 10.1007/s41471-020-00102-4.

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Approaches of Targeting, Positioning and

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Demographics-based segmentation is always evolving thanks to developments in data

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Market Segmentation in B2B: Enhancing

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Developing Offers: Creating Strong Customer

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Developing and Managing Offerings: An

making strategic decisions, pursuing continuous development, and concentrating on providing

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Product Life Cycle Management: Strategies

including product diversification, discontinuance, or revival via repositioning or relaunching.

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Using Marketing Channels to Deliver Value to

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Exploring the Marketing Platforms and

Activities Conducted by Channel Partners

ProQuest Diss. Theses Glob., 2017.

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

An Analysis of Advertising Channel

efficiently by keeping track of important performance measures including reach, impressions,

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Creating Value for Customers Using Effective

Manag., 2020, doi: 10.1016/j.pursup.2020.100621.

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

A Comprehensive Review of Inventory

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Marketing Research: From Theory to Practice

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Discipline of Advertising and Integrated

Additionally, businesses choose whether to use tactics like an open-ended or closed-ended

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Sales Promotions and Public Relations: An

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

The Impact of Market Intelligence on

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

Exploring Selling Strategies to Successfully

International Journal of Multidisciplinary Innovative Research

2022 Jul' Special Issue

2022 Jul' Special Issue